diff --git a/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll b/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll
index 967a9332b..9059e6458 100644
Binary files a/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll and b/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll.refresh b/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c05259e1
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.xml b/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 364abd39d..000000000
--- a/Bin/BouncyCastle.Crypto.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26258 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- BouncyCastle.Crypto
-
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- Return the DER encoding of the object, null if the DER encoding can not be made.
-
- @return a DER byte array, null otherwise.
-
-
- Mutable class for building ASN.1 constructed objects such as SETs or SEQUENCEs.
-
-
- a general purpose ASN.1 decoder - note: this class differs from the
- others in that it returns null after it has read the last object in
- the stream. If an ASN.1 Null is encountered a Der/BER Null object is
- returned.
-
-
- Create an ASN1InputStream where no DER object will be longer than limit.
-
- @param input stream containing ASN.1 encoded data.
- @param limit maximum size of a DER encoded object.
-
-
- Create an ASN1InputStream based on the input byte array. The length of DER objects in
- the stream is automatically limited to the length of the input array.
-
- @param input array containing ASN.1 encoded data.
-
-
- build an object given its tag and the number of bytes to construct it from.
-
-
- A Null object.
-
-
- Create a base ASN.1 object from a byte array.
- The byte array to parse.
- The base ASN.1 object represented by the byte array.
-
- If there is a problem parsing the data, or parsing an object did not exhaust the available data.
-
-
-
- Read a base ASN.1 object from a stream.
- The stream to parse.
- The base ASN.1 object represented by the byte array.
- If there is a problem parsing the data.
-
-
- return an Octet string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- return an Octet string from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- @param string the octets making up the octet string.
-
-
- return an Asn1Sequence from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Return an ASN1 sequence from a tagged object. There is a special
- case here, if an object appears to have been explicitly tagged on
- reading but we were expecting it to be implicitly tagged in the
- normal course of events it indicates that we lost the surrounding
- sequence - so we need to add it back (this will happen if the tagged
- object is a sequence that contains other sequences). If you are
- dealing with implicitly tagged sequences you really should
- be using this method.
-
- @param obj the tagged object.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly tagged,
- false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- return the object at the sequence position indicated by index.
-
- @param index the sequence number (starting at zero) of the object
- @return the object at the sequence position indicated by index.
-
-
- return an ASN1Set from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Return an ASN1 set from a tagged object. There is a special
- case here, if an object appears to have been explicitly tagged on
- reading but we were expecting it to be implicitly tagged in the
- normal course of events it indicates that we lost the surrounding
- set - so we need to add it back (this will happen if the tagged
- object is a sequence that contains other sequences). If you are
- dealing with implicitly tagged sets you really should
- be using this method.
-
- @param obj the tagged object.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly tagged
- false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- return the object at the set position indicated by index.
-
- @param index the set number (starting at zero) of the object
- @return the object at the set position indicated by index.
-
-
- ASN.1 TaggedObject - in ASN.1 notation this is any object preceded by
- a [n] where n is some number - these are assumed to follow the construction
- rules (as with sequences).
-
-
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- @param explicitly true if the object is explicitly tagged.
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- return whether or not the object may be explicitly tagged.
-
- Note: if the object has been read from an input stream, the only
- time you can be sure if isExplicit is returning the true state of
- affairs is if it returns false. An implicitly tagged object may appear
- to be explicitly tagged, so you need to understand the context under
- which the reading was done as well, see GetObject below.
-
-
- return whatever was following the tag.
-
- Note: tagged objects are generally context dependent if you're
- trying to extract a tagged object you should be going via the
- appropriate GetInstance method.
-
-
- Return the object held in this tagged object as a parser assuming it has
- the type of the passed in tag. If the object doesn't have a parser
- associated with it, the base object is returned.
-
-
- iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprise.legion-of-the-bouncy-castle
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554
-
-
- pbe(1) algorithms
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1
-
-
- SHA-1(1)
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1
-
-
- SHA-2.SHA-256; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.1
-
-
- SHA-2.SHA-384; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.2
-
-
- SHA-2.SHA-512; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.3
-
-
- SHA-2.SHA-224; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.4
-
-
- PKCS-5(1)|PKCS-12(2)
- SHA-1.PKCS5; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.1
-
-
- SHA-1.PKCS12; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2
-
-
- SHA-256.PKCS12; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.1.1
-
-
- SHA-256.PKCS12; 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.2.1.2
-
-
- AES(1) . (CBC-128(2)|CBC-192(22)|CBC-256(42))
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.1.2
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.1.22
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.1.42
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.2.2
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.2.22
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.22554.1.1.2.2.42
-
-
- signature(2) algorithms
-
-
- Sphincs-256
-
-
- XMSS
-
-
- XMSS^MT
-
-
- key_exchange(3) algorithms
-
-
- NewHope
-
-
-
- Extension to tie an alternate certificate to the containing certificate.
-
- LinkedCertificate := SEQUENCE {
- digest DigestInfo, -- digest of PQC certificate
- certLocation GeneralName, -- location of PQC certificate
- certIssuer [0] Name OPTIONAL, -- issuer of PQC cert (if different from current certificate)
- cACerts [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL, -- CA certificates for PQC cert (one of more locations)
- }
-
-
-
- A BER Null object.
-
-
- return the DER octets that make up this string.
-
-
- create an empty sequence
-
-
- create a sequence containing one object
-
-
- create a sequence containing a vector of objects.
-
-
- create an empty sequence
-
-
- create a set containing one object
-
-
- create a set containing a vector of objects.
-
-
- BER TaggedObject - in ASN.1 notation this is any object preceded by
- a [n] where n is some number - these are assumed to follow the construction
- rules (as with sequences).
-
-
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- @param explicitly true if an explicitly tagged object.
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- create an implicitly tagged object that contains a zero
- length sequence.
-
-
- See https://www.bsi.bund.de/cae/servlet/contentblob/471398/publicationFile/30615/BSI-TR-03111_pdf.pdf
-
-
- 0.4.0.127.0.7.1
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963 OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function SHA-1
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.1
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function SHA224
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.2
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function SHA256
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.3
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function SHA384
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.4
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function SHA512
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.5
-
-
- ElGamal Elliptic Curve Key Agreement and Key Derivation according to X963
- with hash function RIPEMD160
- OID: 0.4.0.127.0.7.1.1.5.1.1.6
-
-
- Key Derivation Function for Session Keys
-
-
-
- CAKeyUpdAnnContent ::= SEQUENCE {
- oldWithNew CmpCertificate, -- old pub signed with new priv
- newWithOld CmpCertificate, -- new pub signed with old priv
- newWithNew CmpCertificate -- new pub signed with new priv
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertConfirmContent ::= SEQUENCE OF CertStatus
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertifiedKeyPair ::= SEQUENCE {
- certOrEncCert CertOrEncCert,
- privateKey [0] EncryptedValue OPTIONAL,
- -- see [CRMF] for comment on encoding
- publicationInfo [1] PKIPublicationInfo OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertOrEncCert ::= CHOICE {
- certificate [0] CMPCertificate,
- encryptedCert [1] EncryptedValue
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertRepMessage ::= SEQUENCE {
- caPubs [1] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF CMPCertificate
- OPTIONAL,
- response SEQUENCE OF CertResponse
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertResponse ::= SEQUENCE {
- certReqId INTEGER,
- -- to match this response with corresponding request (a value
- -- of -1 is to be used if certReqId is not specified in the
- -- corresponding request)
- status PKIStatusInfo,
- certifiedKeyPair CertifiedKeyPair OPTIONAL,
- rspInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- -- analogous to the id-regInfo-utf8Pairs string defined
- -- for regInfo in CertReqMsg [CRMF]
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertStatus ::= SEQUENCE {
- certHash OCTET STRING,
- -- the hash of the certificate, using the same hash algorithm
- -- as is used to create and verify the certificate signature
- certReqId INTEGER,
- -- to match this confirmation with the corresponding req/rep
- statusInfo PKIStatusInfo OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- Challenge ::= SEQUENCE {
- owf AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
-
- -- MUST be present in the first Challenge; MAY be omitted in
- -- any subsequent Challenge in POPODecKeyChallContent (if
- -- omitted, then the owf used in the immediately preceding
- -- Challenge is to be used).
-
- witness OCTET STRING,
- -- the result of applying the one-way function (owf) to a
- -- randomly-generated INTEGER, A. [Note that a different
- -- INTEGER MUST be used for each Challenge.]
- challenge OCTET STRING
- -- the encryption (under the public key for which the cert.
- -- request is being made) of Rand, where Rand is specified as
- -- Rand ::= SEQUENCE {
- -- int INTEGER,
- -- - the randomly-generated INTEGER A (above)
- -- sender GeneralName
- -- - the sender's name (as included in PKIHeader)
- -- }
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Note: the addition of attribute certificates is a BC extension.
-
-
-
- CMPCertificate ::= CHOICE {
- x509v3PKCert Certificate
- x509v2AttrCert [1] AttributeCertificate
- }
-
- Note: the addition of attribute certificates is a BC extension.
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CrlAnnContent ::= SEQUENCE OF CertificateList
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- ErrorMsgContent ::= SEQUENCE {
- pKIStatusInfo PKIStatusInfo,
- errorCode INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- -- implementation-specific error codes
- errorDetails PKIFreeText OPTIONAL
- -- implementation-specific error details
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- GenMsgContent ::= SEQUENCE OF InfoTypeAndValue
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- GenRepContent ::= SEQUENCE OF InfoTypeAndValue
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Example InfoTypeAndValue contents include, but are not limited
- to, the following (un-comment in this ASN.1 module and use as
- appropriate for a given environment):
-
- id-it-caProtEncCert OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 1}
- CAProtEncCertValue ::= CMPCertificate
- id-it-signKeyPairTypes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 2}
- SignKeyPairTypesValue ::= SEQUENCE OF AlgorithmIdentifier
- id-it-encKeyPairTypes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 3}
- EncKeyPairTypesValue ::= SEQUENCE OF AlgorithmIdentifier
- id-it-preferredSymmAlg OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 4}
- PreferredSymmAlgValue ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
- id-it-caKeyUpdateInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 5}
- CAKeyUpdateInfoValue ::= CAKeyUpdAnnContent
- id-it-currentCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 6}
- CurrentCRLValue ::= CertificateList
- id-it-unsupportedOIDs OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 7}
- UnsupportedOIDsValue ::= SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- id-it-keyPairParamReq OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 10}
- KeyPairParamReqValue ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- id-it-keyPairParamRep OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 11}
- KeyPairParamRepValue ::= AlgorithmIdentifer
- id-it-revPassphrase OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 12}
- RevPassphraseValue ::= EncryptedValue
- id-it-implicitConfirm OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 13}
- ImplicitConfirmValue ::= NULL
- id-it-confirmWaitTime OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 14}
- ConfirmWaitTimeValue ::= GeneralizedTime
- id-it-origPKIMessage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 15}
- OrigPKIMessageValue ::= PKIMessages
- id-it-suppLangTags OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-it 16}
- SuppLangTagsValue ::= SEQUENCE OF UTF8String
-
- where
-
- id-pkix OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
- iso(1) identified-organization(3)
- dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7)}
- and
- id-it OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-pkix 4}
-
-
-
-
- InfoTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- infoType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- infoValue ANY DEFINED BY infoType OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- KeyRecRepContent ::= SEQUENCE {
- status PKIStatusInfo,
- newSigCert [0] CMPCertificate OPTIONAL,
- caCerts [1] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- CMPCertificate OPTIONAL,
- keyPairHist [2] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- CertifiedKeyPair OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- OobCertHash ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlg [0] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- certId [1] CertId OPTIONAL,
- hashVal BIT STRING
- -- hashVal is calculated over the Der encoding of the
- -- self-signed certificate with the identifier certID.
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PbmParameter ::= SEQUENCE {
- salt OCTET STRING,
- -- note: implementations MAY wish to limit acceptable sizes
- -- of this string to values appropriate for their environment
- -- in order to reduce the risk of denial-of-service attacks
- owf AlgorithmIdentifier,
- -- AlgId for a One-Way Function (SHA-1 recommended)
- iterationCount INTEGER,
- -- number of times the OWF is applied
- -- note: implementations MAY wish to limit acceptable sizes
- -- of this integer to values appropriate for their environment
- -- in order to reduce the risk of denial-of-service attacks
- mac AlgorithmIdentifier
- -- the MAC AlgId (e.g., DES-MAC, Triple-DES-MAC [PKCS11],
- } -- or HMAC [RFC2104, RFC2202])
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Creates a new PkiBody.
- @param type one of the TYPE_* constants
- @param content message content
-
-
-
- PkiBody ::= CHOICE { -- message-specific body elements
- ir [0] CertReqMessages, --Initialization Request
- ip [1] CertRepMessage, --Initialization Response
- cr [2] CertReqMessages, --Certification Request
- cp [3] CertRepMessage, --Certification Response
- p10cr [4] CertificationRequest, --imported from [PKCS10]
- popdecc [5] POPODecKeyChallContent, --pop Challenge
- popdecr [6] POPODecKeyRespContent, --pop Response
- kur [7] CertReqMessages, --Key Update Request
- kup [8] CertRepMessage, --Key Update Response
- krr [9] CertReqMessages, --Key Recovery Request
- krp [10] KeyRecRepContent, --Key Recovery Response
- rr [11] RevReqContent, --Revocation Request
- rp [12] RevRepContent, --Revocation Response
- ccr [13] CertReqMessages, --Cross-Cert. Request
- ccp [14] CertRepMessage, --Cross-Cert. Response
- ckuann [15] CAKeyUpdAnnContent, --CA Key Update Ann.
- cann [16] CertAnnContent, --Certificate Ann.
- rann [17] RevAnnContent, --Revocation Ann.
- crlann [18] CRLAnnContent, --CRL Announcement
- pkiconf [19] PKIConfirmContent, --Confirmation
- nested [20] NestedMessageContent, --Nested Message
- genm [21] GenMsgContent, --General Message
- genp [22] GenRepContent, --General Response
- error [23] ErrorMsgContent, --Error Message
- certConf [24] CertConfirmContent, --Certificate confirm
- pollReq [25] PollReqContent, --Polling request
- pollRep [26] PollRepContent --Polling response
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PkiConfirmContent ::= NULL
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PKIFailureInfo ::= BIT STRING {
- badAlg (0),
- -- unrecognized or unsupported Algorithm Identifier
- badMessageCheck (1), -- integrity check failed (e.g., signature did not verify)
- badRequest (2),
- -- transaction not permitted or supported
- badTime (3), -- messageTime was not sufficiently close to the system time, as defined by local policy
- badCertId (4), -- no certificate could be found matching the provided criteria
- badDataFormat (5),
- -- the data submitted has the wrong format
- wrongAuthority (6), -- the authority indicated in the request is different from the one creating the response token
- incorrectData (7), -- the requester's data is incorrect (for notary services)
- missingTimeStamp (8), -- when the timestamp is missing but should be there (by policy)
- badPOP (9) -- the proof-of-possession failed
- certRevoked (10),
- certConfirmed (11),
- wrongIntegrity (12),
- badRecipientNonce (13),
- timeNotAvailable (14),
- -- the TSA's time source is not available
- unacceptedPolicy (15),
- -- the requested TSA policy is not supported by the TSA
- unacceptedExtension (16),
- -- the requested extension is not supported by the TSA
- addInfoNotAvailable (17)
- -- the additional information requested could not be understood
- -- or is not available
- badSenderNonce (18),
- badCertTemplate (19),
- signerNotTrusted (20),
- transactionIdInUse (21),
- unsupportedVersion (22),
- notAuthorized (23),
- systemUnavail (24),
- systemFailure (25),
- -- the request cannot be handled due to system failure
- duplicateCertReq (26)
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
-
- Return the number of string elements present.
-
- @return number of elements present.
-
-
- Return the UTF8STRING at index.
-
- @param index index of the string of interest
- @return the string at index.
-
-
-
- PkiFreeText ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF UTF8String
-
-
-
- Value for a "null" recipient or sender.
-
-
-
- PkiHeader ::= SEQUENCE {
- pvno INTEGER { cmp1999(1), cmp2000(2) },
- sender GeneralName,
- -- identifies the sender
- recipient GeneralName,
- -- identifies the intended recipient
- messageTime [0] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- -- time of production of this message (used when sender
- -- believes that the transport will be "suitable"; i.e.,
- -- that the time will still be meaningful upon receipt)
- protectionAlg [1] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- algorithm used for calculation of protection bits
- senderKID [2] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- recipKID [3] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- to identify specific keys used for protection
- transactionID [4] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- identifies the transaction; i.e., this will be the same in
- -- corresponding request, response, certConf, and PKIConf
- -- messages
- senderNonce [5] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- recipNonce [6] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- nonces used to provide replay protection, senderNonce
- -- is inserted by the creator of this message; recipNonce
- -- is a nonce previously inserted in a related message by
- -- the intended recipient of this message
- freeText [7] PKIFreeText OPTIONAL,
- -- this may be used to indicate context-specific instructions
- -- (this field is intended for human consumption)
- generalInfo [8] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- InfoTypeAndValue OPTIONAL
- -- this may be used to convey context-specific information
- -- (this field not primarily intended for human consumption)
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PKIHeader ::= SEQUENCE {
- pvno INTEGER { cmp1999(1), cmp2000(2) },
- sender GeneralName,
- -- identifies the sender
- recipient GeneralName,
- -- identifies the intended recipient
- messageTime [0] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- -- time of production of this message (used when sender
- -- believes that the transport will be "suitable"; i.e.,
- -- that the time will still be meaningful upon receipt)
- protectionAlg [1] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- algorithm used for calculation of protection bits
- senderKID [2] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- recipKID [3] KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- to identify specific keys used for protection
- transactionID [4] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- identifies the transaction; i.e., this will be the same in
- -- corresponding request, response, certConf, and PKIConf
- -- messages
- senderNonce [5] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- recipNonce [6] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- nonces used to provide replay protection, senderNonce
- -- is inserted by the creator of this message; recipNonce
- -- is a nonce previously inserted in a related message by
- -- the intended recipient of this message
- freeText [7] PKIFreeText OPTIONAL,
- -- this may be used to indicate context-specific instructions
- -- (this field is intended for human consumption)
- generalInfo [8] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- InfoTypeAndValue OPTIONAL
- -- this may be used to convey context-specific information
- -- (this field not primarily intended for human consumption)
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Creates a new PkiMessage.
-
- @param header message header
- @param body message body
- @param protection message protection (may be null)
- @param extraCerts extra certificates (may be null)
-
-
-
- PkiMessage ::= SEQUENCE {
- header PKIHeader,
- body PKIBody,
- protection [0] PKIProtection OPTIONAL,
- extraCerts [1] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF CMPCertificate
- OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PkiMessages ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF PkiMessage
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- @param status
-
-
- @param status
- @param statusString
-
-
-
- PkiStatusInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- status PKIStatus, (INTEGER)
- statusString PkiFreeText OPTIONAL,
- failInfo PkiFailureInfo OPTIONAL (BIT STRING)
- }
-
- PKIStatus:
- granted (0), -- you got exactly what you asked for
- grantedWithMods (1), -- you got something like what you asked for
- rejection (2), -- you don't get it, more information elsewhere in the message
- waiting (3), -- the request body part has not yet been processed, expect to hear more later
- revocationWarning (4), -- this message contains a warning that a revocation is imminent
- revocationNotification (5), -- notification that a revocation has occurred
- keyUpdateWarning (6) -- update already done for the oldCertId specified in CertReqMsg
-
- PkiFailureInfo:
- badAlg (0), -- unrecognized or unsupported Algorithm Identifier
- badMessageCheck (1), -- integrity check failed (e.g., signature did not verify)
- badRequest (2), -- transaction not permitted or supported
- badTime (3), -- messageTime was not sufficiently close to the system time, as defined by local policy
- badCertId (4), -- no certificate could be found matching the provided criteria
- badDataFormat (5), -- the data submitted has the wrong format
- wrongAuthority (6), -- the authority indicated in the request is different from the one creating the response token
- incorrectData (7), -- the requester's data is incorrect (for notary services)
- missingTimeStamp (8), -- when the timestamp is missing but should be there (by policy)
- badPOP (9) -- the proof-of-possession failed
-
-
-
-
-
- PollRepContent ::= SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
- certReqId INTEGER,
- checkAfter INTEGER, -- time in seconds
- reason PKIFreeText OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PollReqContent ::= SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
- certReqId INTEGER
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PopoDecKeyChallContent ::= SEQUENCE OF Challenge
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PopoDecKeyRespContent ::= SEQUENCE OF INTEGER
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- ProtectedPart ::= SEQUENCE {
- header PKIHeader,
- body PKIBody
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- RevAnnContent ::= SEQUENCE {
- status PKIStatus,
- certId CertId,
- willBeRevokedAt GeneralizedTime,
- badSinceDate GeneralizedTime,
- crlDetails Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- extra CRL details (e.g., crl number, reason, location, etc.)
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- RevDetails ::= SEQUENCE {
- certDetails CertTemplate,
- -- allows requester to specify as much as they can about
- -- the cert. for which revocation is requested
- -- (e.g., for cases in which serialNumber is not available)
- crlEntryDetails Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- requested crlEntryExtensions
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- RevRepContent ::= SEQUENCE {
- status SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF PKIStatusInfo,
- -- in same order as was sent in RevReqContent
- revCerts [0] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF CertId OPTIONAL,
- -- IDs for which revocation was requested
- -- (same order as status)
- crls [1] SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF CertificateList OPTIONAL
- -- the resulting CRLs (there may be more than one)
- }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- RevReqContent ::= SEQUENCE OF RevDetails
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- return an Attribute object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Attribute ::= SEQUENCE {
- attrType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- attrValues SET OF AttributeValue
- }
-
-
-
-
- Attributes ::=
- SET SIZE(1..MAX) OF Attribute -- according to RFC 5652
-
- @return
-
-
- Return the first attribute matching the given OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
- Return all the attributes matching the OBJECT IDENTIFIER oid. The vector will be
- empty if there are no attributes of the required type present.
-
- @param oid type of attribute required.
- @return a vector of all the attributes found of type oid.
-
-
- Return a new table with the passed in attribute added.
-
- @param attrType
- @param attrValue
- @return
-
-
- return an AuthenticatedData object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an AuthenticatedData object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AuthenticatedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- macAlgorithm MessageAuthenticationCodeAlgorithm,
- digestAlgorithm [1] DigestAlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo,
- authAttrs [2] IMPLICIT AuthAttributes OPTIONAL,
- mac MessageAuthenticationCode,
- unauthAttrs [3] IMPLICIT UnauthAttributes OPTIONAL }
-
- AuthAttributes ::= SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
-
- UnauthAttributes ::= SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
-
- MessageAuthenticationCode ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AuthenticatedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- macAlgorithm MessageAuthenticationCodeAlgorithm,
- digestAlgorithm [1] DigestAlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo,
- authAttrs [2] IMPLICIT AuthAttributes OPTIONAL,
- mac MessageAuthenticationCode,
- unauthAttrs [3] IMPLICIT UnauthAttributes OPTIONAL }
-
- AuthAttributes ::= SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
-
- UnauthAttributes ::= SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
-
- MessageAuthenticationCode ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- return an AuthEnvelopedData object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an AuthEnvelopedData object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AuthEnvelopedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- authEncryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo,
- authAttrs [1] IMPLICIT AuthAttributes OPTIONAL,
- mac MessageAuthenticationCode,
- unauthAttrs [2] IMPLICIT UnauthAttributes OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
-
- AuthEnvelopedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- authEncryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo,
- authAttrs [1] IMPLICIT AuthAttributes OPTIONAL,
- mac MessageAuthenticationCode,
- unauthAttrs [2] IMPLICIT UnauthAttributes OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- The other Revocation Info arc
- id-ri OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3)
- dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) ri(16) }
-
-
- RFC 3274 - CMS Compressed Data.
-
- CompressedData ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion,
- compressionAlgorithm CompressionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo
- }
-
-
-
- return a CompressedData object from a tagged object.
-
- @param ato the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a CompressedData object from the given object.
-
- @param _obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- RFC 3274 - CMS Compressed Data.
-
- CompressedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- compressionAlgorithm CompressionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ContentInfo ::= Sequence {
- contentType ContentType,
- content
- [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY contentType OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ContentInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- contentType ContentType,
- content
- [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY contentType OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- return an AuthEnvelopedData object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an AuthEnvelopedData object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @throws ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- MQVuserKeyingMaterial ::= SEQUENCE {
- ephemeralPublicKey OriginatorPublicKey,
- addedukm [0] EXPLICIT UserKeyingMaterial OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- return an EncryptedContentInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- EncryptedContentInfo ::= Sequence {
- contentType ContentType,
- contentEncryptionAlgorithm ContentEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedContent [0] IMPLICIT EncryptedContent OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- EncryptedContentInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- contentType ContentType,
- contentEncryptionAlgorithm ContentEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedContent [0] IMPLICIT EncryptedContent OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- EncryptedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- encryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo,
- unprotectedAttrs [1] IMPLICIT UnprotectedAttributes OPTIONAL }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- return an EnvelopedData object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an EnvelopedData object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- EnvelopedData ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- encryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo,
- unprotectedAttrs [1] IMPLICIT UnprotectedAttributes OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- EnvelopedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- originatorInfo [0] IMPLICIT OriginatorInfo OPTIONAL,
- recipientInfos RecipientInfos,
- encryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo,
- unprotectedAttrs [1] IMPLICIT UnprotectedAttributes OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- return a KekIdentifier object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a KekIdentifier object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- KekIdentifier ::= Sequence {
- keyIdentifier OCTET STRING,
- date GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- other OtherKeyAttribute OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- return a KekRecipientInfo object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a KekRecipientInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- KekRecipientInfo ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion, -- always set to 4
- kekID KekIdentifier,
- keyEncryptionAlgorithm KeyEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedKey EncryptedKey
- }
-
-
-
- return an KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier ::= CHOICE {
- issuerAndSerialNumber IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- rKeyId [0] IMPLICIT RecipientKeyIdentifier
- }
-
-
-
- return a KeyAgreeRecipientInfo object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a KeyAgreeRecipientInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- * Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
- *
- * KeyAgreeRecipientInfo ::= Sequence {
- * version CMSVersion, -- always set to 3
- * originator [0] EXPLICIT OriginatorIdentifierOrKey,
- * ukm [1] EXPLICIT UserKeyingMaterial OPTIONAL,
- * keyEncryptionAlgorithm KeyEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- * recipientEncryptedKeys RecipientEncryptedKeys
- * }
- *
- * UserKeyingMaterial ::= OCTET STRING
- *
-
-
- return a KeyTransRecipientInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- KeyTransRecipientInfo ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion, -- always set to 0 or 2
- rid RecipientIdentifier,
- keyEncryptionAlgorithm KeyEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedKey EncryptedKey
- }
-
-
-
-
- MetaData ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashProtected BOOLEAN,
- fileName UTF8String OPTIONAL,
- mediaType IA5String OPTIONAL,
- otherMetaData Attributes OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return
-
-
- return an OriginatorIdentifierOrKey object from a tagged object.
-
- @param o the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an OriginatorIdentifierOrKey object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OriginatorIdentifierOrKey ::= CHOICE {
- issuerAndSerialNumber IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- subjectKeyIdentifier [0] SubjectKeyIdentifier,
- originatorKey [1] OriginatorPublicKey
- }
-
- SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- return an OriginatorInfo object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an OriginatorInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OriginatorInfo ::= Sequence {
- certs [0] IMPLICIT CertificateSet OPTIONAL,
- crls [1] IMPLICIT CertificateRevocationLists OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- return an OriginatorPublicKey object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an OriginatorPublicKey object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OriginatorPublicKey ::= Sequence {
- algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- publicKey BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
- return an OtherKeyAttribute object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OtherKeyAttribute ::= Sequence {
- keyAttrId OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- keyAttr ANY DEFINED BY keyAttrId OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- return a OtherRecipientInfo object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a OtherRecipientInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OtherRecipientInfo ::= Sequence {
- oriType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- oriValue ANY DEFINED BY oriType }
-
-
-
- return a OtherRevocationInfoFormat object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a OtherRevocationInfoFormat object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an ASN1OutputStream.
-
- OtherRevocationInfoFormat ::= SEQUENCE {
- otherRevInfoFormat OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- otherRevInfo ANY DEFINED BY otherRevInfoFormat }
-
-
-
- return a PasswordRecipientInfo object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a PasswordRecipientInfo object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- PasswordRecipientInfo ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion, -- Always set to 0
- keyDerivationAlgorithm [0] KeyDerivationAlgorithmIdentifier
- OPTIONAL,
- keyEncryptionAlgorithm KeyEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedKey EncryptedKey }
-
-
-
- return an RecipientEncryptedKey object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a RecipientEncryptedKey object from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- RecipientEncryptedKey ::= SEQUENCE {
- rid KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier,
- encryptedKey EncryptedKey
- }
-
-
-
- return a RecipientIdentifier object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- RecipientIdentifier ::= CHOICE {
- issuerAndSerialNumber IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- subjectKeyIdentifier [0] SubjectKeyIdentifier
- }
-
- SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- RecipientInfo ::= CHOICE {
- ktri KeyTransRecipientInfo,
- kari [1] KeyAgreeRecipientInfo,
- kekri [2] KekRecipientInfo,
- pwri [3] PasswordRecipientInfo,
- ori [4] OtherRecipientInfo }
-
-
-
- return a RecipientKeyIdentifier object from a tagged object.
-
- @param _ato the tagged object holding the object we want.
- @param _explicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object held by the
- tagged object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a RecipientKeyIdentifier object from the given object.
-
- @param _obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- RecipientKeyIdentifier ::= Sequence {
- subjectKeyIdentifier SubjectKeyIdentifier,
- date GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- other OtherKeyAttribute OPTIONAL
- }
-
- SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
-
- ScvpReqRes ::= SEQUENCE {
- request [0] EXPLICIT ContentInfo OPTIONAL,
- response ContentInfo }
-
- @return the ASN.1 primitive representation.
-
-
- a signed data object.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SignedData ::= Sequence {
- version CMSVersion,
- digestAlgorithms DigestAlgorithmIdentifiers,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo,
- certificates [0] IMPLICIT CertificateSet OPTIONAL,
- crls [1] IMPLICIT CertificateRevocationLists OPTIONAL,
- signerInfos SignerInfos
- }
-
-
-
-
- SignedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CMSVersion,
- digestAlgorithms DigestAlgorithmIdentifiers,
- encapContentInfo EncapsulatedContentInfo,
- certificates [0] IMPLICIT CertificateSet OPTIONAL,
- crls [1] IMPLICIT CertificateRevocationLists OPTIONAL,
- signerInfos SignerInfos
- }
-
-
-
- return a SignerIdentifier object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SignerIdentifier ::= CHOICE {
- issuerAndSerialNumber IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- subjectKeyIdentifier [0] SubjectKeyIdentifier
- }
-
- SubjectKeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SignerInfo ::= Sequence {
- version Version,
- SignerIdentifier sid,
- digestAlgorithm DigestAlgorithmIdentifier,
- authenticatedAttributes [0] IMPLICIT Attributes OPTIONAL,
- digestEncryptionAlgorithm DigestEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedDigest EncryptedDigest,
- unauthenticatedAttributes [1] IMPLICIT Attributes OPTIONAL
- }
-
- EncryptedDigest ::= OCTET STRING
-
- DigestAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
-
- DigestEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
-
-
-
- creates a time object from a given date - if the date is between 1950
- and 2049 a UTCTime object is Generated, otherwise a GeneralizedTime
- is used.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Time ::= CHOICE {
- utcTime UTCTime,
- generalTime GeneralizedTime }
-
-
-
-
- TimeStampAndCRL ::= SEQUENCE {
- timeStamp TimeStampToken, -- according to RFC 3161
- crl CertificateList OPTIONAL -- according to RFC 5280
- }
-
- @return
-
-
-
- TimeStampedData ::= SEQUENCE {
- version INTEGER { v1(1) },
- dataUri IA5String OPTIONAL,
- metaData MetaData OPTIONAL,
- content OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- temporalEvidence Evidence
- }
-
- @return
-
-
-
- TimeStampTokenEvidence ::=
- SEQUENCE SIZE(1..MAX) OF TimeStampAndCrl
-
- @return
-
-
-
- AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- type OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- value ANY DEFINED BY type }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertId ::= SEQUENCE {
- issuer GeneralName,
- serialNumber INTEGER }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertReqMessages ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF CertReqMsg
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Creates a new CertReqMsg.
- @param certReq CertRequest
- @param popo may be null
- @param regInfo may be null
-
-
-
- CertReqMsg ::= SEQUENCE {
- certReq CertRequest,
- pop ProofOfPossession OPTIONAL,
- -- content depends upon key type
- regInfo SEQUENCE SIZE(1..MAX) OF AttributeTypeAndValue OPTIONAL }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
- certReqId INTEGER, -- ID for matching request and reply
- certTemplate CertTemplate, -- Selected fields of cert to be issued
- controls Controls OPTIONAL } -- Attributes affecting issuance
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- CertTemplate ::= SEQUENCE {
- version [0] Version OPTIONAL,
- serialNumber [1] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- signingAlg [2] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- issuer [3] Name OPTIONAL,
- validity [4] OptionalValidity OPTIONAL,
- subject [5] Name OPTIONAL,
- publicKey [6] SubjectPublicKeyInfo OPTIONAL,
- issuerUID [7] UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- subjectUID [8] UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions [9] Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Sets the X.509 version. Note: for X509v3, use 2 here.
-
-
- Sets the issuer unique ID (deprecated in X.509v3)
-
-
- Sets the subject unique ID (deprecated in X.509v3)
-
-
-
- CertTemplate ::= SEQUENCE {
- version [0] Version OPTIONAL,
- serialNumber [1] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- signingAlg [2] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- issuer [3] Name OPTIONAL,
- validity [4] OptionalValidity OPTIONAL,
- subject [5] Name OPTIONAL,
- publicKey [6] SubjectPublicKeyInfo OPTIONAL,
- issuerUID [7] UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- subjectUID [8] UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions [9] Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- Controls ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(1..MAX) OF AttributeTypeAndValue
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- EncKeyWithID ::= SEQUENCE {
- privateKey PrivateKeyInfo,
- identifier CHOICE {
- string UTF8String,
- generalName GeneralName
- } OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @return
-
-
-
- EncryptedKey ::= CHOICE {
- encryptedValue EncryptedValue, -- deprecated
- envelopedData [0] EnvelopedData }
- -- The encrypted private key MUST be placed in the envelopedData
- -- encryptedContentInfo encryptedContent OCTET STRING.
-
-
-
-
- EncryptedValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- intendedAlg [0] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- the intended algorithm for which the value will be used
- symmAlg [1] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- the symmetric algorithm used to encrypt the value
- encSymmKey [2] BIT STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- the (encrypted) symmetric key used to encrypt the value
- keyAlg [3] AlgorithmIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- -- algorithm used to encrypt the symmetric key
- valueHint [4] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- -- a brief description or identifier of the encValue content
- -- (may be meaningful only to the sending entity, and used only
- -- if EncryptedValue might be re-examined by the sending entity
- -- in the future)
- encValue BIT STRING }
- -- the encrypted value itself
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- OptionalValidity ::= SEQUENCE {
- notBefore [0] Time OPTIONAL,
- notAfter [1] Time OPTIONAL } --at least one MUST be present
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PkiArchiveOptions ::= CHOICE {
- encryptedPrivKey [0] EncryptedKey,
- -- the actual value of the private key
- keyGenParameters [1] KeyGenParameters,
- -- parameters which allow the private key to be re-generated
- archiveRemGenPrivKey [2] BOOLEAN }
- -- set to TRUE if sender wishes receiver to archive the private
- -- key of a key pair that the receiver generates in response to
- -- this request; set to FALSE if no archival is desired.
-
-
-
-
- PkiPublicationInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- action INTEGER {
- dontPublish (0),
- pleasePublish (1) },
- pubInfos SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF SinglePubInfo OPTIONAL }
- -- pubInfos MUST NOT be present if action is "dontPublish"
- -- (if action is "pleasePublish" and pubInfos is omitted,
- -- "dontCare" is assumed)
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Password-based MAC value for use with POPOSigningKeyInput.
-
-
- Creates a new PKMACValue.
- @param params parameters for password-based MAC
- @param value MAC of the DER-encoded SubjectPublicKeyInfo
-
-
- Creates a new PKMACValue.
- @param aid CMPObjectIdentifiers.passwordBasedMAC, with PBMParameter
- @param value MAC of the DER-encoded SubjectPublicKeyInfo
-
-
-
- PKMACValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- algId AlgorithmIdentifier,
- -- algorithm value shall be PasswordBasedMac 1.2.840.113533.7.66.13
- -- parameter value is PBMParameter
- value BIT STRING }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- PopoPrivKey ::= CHOICE {
- thisMessage [0] BIT STRING, -- Deprecated
- -- possession is proven in this message (which contains the private
- -- key itself (encrypted for the CA))
- subsequentMessage [1] SubsequentMessage,
- -- possession will be proven in a subsequent message
- dhMAC [2] BIT STRING, -- Deprecated
- agreeMAC [3] PKMACValue,
- encryptedKey [4] EnvelopedData }
-
-
-
- Creates a new Proof of Possession object for a signing key.
- @param poposkIn the PopoSigningKeyInput structure, or null if the
- CertTemplate includes both subject and publicKey values.
- @param aid the AlgorithmIdentifier used to sign the proof of possession.
- @param signature a signature over the DER-encoded value of poposkIn,
- or the DER-encoded value of certReq if poposkIn is null.
-
-
-
- PopoSigningKey ::= SEQUENCE {
- poposkInput [0] PopoSigningKeyInput OPTIONAL,
- algorithmIdentifier AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING }
- -- The signature (using "algorithmIdentifier") is on the
- -- DER-encoded value of poposkInput. NOTE: If the CertReqMsg
- -- certReq CertTemplate contains the subject and publicKey values,
- -- then poposkInput MUST be omitted and the signature MUST be
- -- computed on the DER-encoded value of CertReqMsg certReq. If
- -- the CertReqMsg certReq CertTemplate does not contain the public
- -- key and subject values, then poposkInput MUST be present and
- -- MUST be signed. This strategy ensures that the public key is
- -- not present in both the poposkInput and CertReqMsg certReq
- -- CertTemplate fields.
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Creates a new PopoSigningKeyInput with sender name as authInfo.
-
-
- Creates a new PopoSigningKeyInput using password-based MAC.
-
-
- Returns the sender field, or null if authInfo is publicKeyMac
-
-
- Returns the publicKeyMac field, or null if authInfo is sender
-
-
-
- PopoSigningKeyInput ::= SEQUENCE {
- authInfo CHOICE {
- sender [0] GeneralName,
- -- used only if an authenticated identity has been
- -- established for the sender (e.g., a DN from a
- -- previously-issued and currently-valid certificate
- publicKeyMac PKMacValue },
- -- used if no authenticated GeneralName currently exists for
- -- the sender; publicKeyMac contains a password-based MAC
- -- on the DER-encoded value of publicKey
- publicKey SubjectPublicKeyInfo } -- from CertTemplate
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
- Creates a ProofOfPossession with type raVerified.
-
-
- Creates a ProofOfPossession for a signing key.
-
-
- Creates a ProofOfPossession for key encipherment or agreement.
- @param type one of TYPE_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT or TYPE_KEY_AGREEMENT
-
-
-
- ProofOfPossession ::= CHOICE {
- raVerified [0] NULL,
- -- used if the RA has already verified that the requester is in
- -- possession of the private key
- signature [1] PopoSigningKey,
- keyEncipherment [2] PopoPrivKey,
- keyAgreement [3] PopoPrivKey }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- SinglePubInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- pubMethod INTEGER {
- dontCare (0),
- x500 (1),
- web (2),
- ldap (3) },
- pubLocation GeneralName OPTIONAL }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- Table of the available named parameters for GOST 3410-2001 / 2012.
-
-
-
- return the ECDomainParameters object for the given OID, null if it
- isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named parameters, if present.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
-
- Gost28147-89-Parameters ::=
- SEQUENCE {
- iv Gost28147-89-IV,
- encryptionParamSet OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- }
-
- Gost28147-89-IV ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE (8))
-
-
-
- table of the available named parameters for GOST 3410-94.
-
-
- return the GOST3410ParamSetParameters object for the given OID, null if it
- isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named parameters, if present.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for parameters
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- Base class for an application specific object
-
-
- Return the enclosed object assuming explicit tagging.
-
- @return the resulting object
- @throws IOException if reconstruction fails.
-
-
- Return the enclosed object assuming implicit tagging.
-
- @param derTagNo the type tag that should be applied to the object's contents.
- @return the resulting object
- @throws IOException if reconstruction fails.
-
-
- return a Bit string from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a Bit string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- @param data the octets making up the bit string.
- @param padBits the number of extra bits at the end of the string.
-
-
- Return the octets contained in this BIT STRING, checking that this BIT STRING really
- does represent an octet aligned string. Only use this method when the standard you are
- following dictates that the BIT STRING will be octet aligned.
-
- @return a copy of the octet aligned data.
-
-
- @return the value of the bit string as an int (truncating if necessary)
-
-
- Der BMPString object.
-
-
- return a BMP string from the given object.
-
- @param obj the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a BMP string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - byte encoded string.
-
-
- basic constructor
-
-
- return a bool from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a DerBoolean from the passed in bool.
-
-
- return a Boolean from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- return an integer from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an Enumerated from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- Class representing the DER-type External
-
-
- Creates a new instance of DerExternal
- See X.690 for more informations about the meaning of these parameters
- @param directReference The direct reference or null if not set.
- @param indirectReference The indirect reference or null if not set.
- @param dataValueDescriptor The data value descriptor or null if not set.
- @param externalData The external data in its encoded form.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of DerExternal.
- See X.690 for more informations about the meaning of these parameters
- @param directReference The direct reference or null if not set.
- @param indirectReference The indirect reference or null if not set.
- @param dataValueDescriptor The data value descriptor or null if not set.
- @param encoding The encoding to be used for the external data
- @param externalData The external data
-
-
- The encoding of the content. Valid values are
-
- 0 single-ASN1-type
- 1 OCTET STRING
- 2 BIT STRING
-
-
-
- Generalized time object.
-
-
- return a generalized time from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a Generalized Time object from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- The correct format for this is YYYYMMDDHHMMSS[.f]Z, or without the Z
- for local time, or Z+-HHMM on the end, for difference between local
- time and UTC time. The fractional second amount f must consist of at
- least one number with trailing zeroes removed.
-
- @param time the time string.
- @exception ArgumentException if string is an illegal format.
-
-
- base constructor from a local time object
-
-
- Return the time.
- @return The time string as it appeared in the encoded object.
-
-
- return the time - always in the form of
- YYYYMMDDhhmmssGMT(+hh:mm|-hh:mm).
-
- Normally in a certificate we would expect "Z" rather than "GMT",
- however adding the "GMT" means we can just use:
-
- dateF = new SimpleDateFormat("yyyyMMddHHmmssz");
-
- To read in the time and Get a date which is compatible with our local
- time zone.
-
-
- return a Graphic String from the passed in object
-
- @param obj a DerGraphicString or an object that can be converted into one.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
- @return a DerGraphicString instance, or null.
-
-
- return a Graphic String from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
- @return a DerGraphicString instance, or null.
-
-
- basic constructor - with bytes.
- @param string the byte encoding of the characters making up the string.
-
-
- Der IA5String object - this is an ascii string.
-
-
- return a IA5 string from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an IA5 string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - with bytes.
-
-
- basic constructor - without validation.
-
-
- Constructor with optional validation.
-
- @param string the base string to wrap.
- @param validate whether or not to check the string.
- @throws ArgumentException if validate is true and the string
- contains characters that should not be in an IA5String.
-
-
- return true if the passed in String can be represented without
- loss as an IA5String, false otherwise.
-
- @return true if in printable set, false otherwise.
-
-
- return an integer from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an Integer from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param isExplicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- in some cases positive values Get crammed into a space,
- that's not quite big enough...
-
-
- Apply the correct validation for an INTEGER primitive following the BER rules.
-
- @param bytes The raw encoding of the integer.
- @return true if the (in)put fails this validation.
-
-
- A Null object.
-
-
- Der NumericString object - this is an ascii string of characters {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, }.
-
-
- return a Numeric string from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an Numeric string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - with bytes.
-
-
- basic constructor - without validation..
-
-
- Constructor with optional validation.
-
- @param string the base string to wrap.
- @param validate whether or not to check the string.
- @throws ArgumentException if validate is true and the string
- contains characters that should not be in a NumericString.
-
-
- Return true if the string can be represented as a NumericString ('0'..'9', ' ')
-
- @param str string to validate.
- @return true if numeric, fale otherwise.
-
-
- return an Oid from the passed in object
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an object Identifier from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- Return true if this oid is an extension of the passed in branch, stem.
- @param stem the arc or branch that is a possible parent.
- @return true if the branch is on the passed in stem, false otherwise.
-
-
- The octets making up the octet string.
-
-
- Der PrintableString object.
-
-
- return a printable string from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a Printable string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - byte encoded string.
-
-
- basic constructor - this does not validate the string
-
-
- Constructor with optional validation.
-
- @param string the base string to wrap.
- @param validate whether or not to check the string.
- @throws ArgumentException if validate is true and the string
- contains characters that should not be in a PrintableString.
-
-
- return true if the passed in String can be represented without
- loss as a PrintableString, false otherwise.
-
- @return true if in printable set, false otherwise.
-
-
- create an empty sequence
-
-
- create a sequence containing one object
-
-
- create a sequence containing a vector of objects.
-
-
- A Der encoded set object
-
-
- create an empty set
-
-
- @param obj - a single object that makes up the set.
-
-
- @param v - a vector of objects making up the set.
-
-
- Der T61String (also the teletex string) - 8-bit characters
-
-
- return a T61 string from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an T61 string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - with bytes.
-
-
- basic constructor - with string.
-
-
- DER TaggedObject - in ASN.1 notation this is any object preceded by
- a [n] where n is some number - these are assumed to follow the construction
- rules (as with sequences).
-
-
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- @param explicitly true if an explicitly tagged object.
- @param tagNo the tag number for this object.
- @param obj the tagged object.
-
-
- create an implicitly tagged object that contains a zero
- length sequence.
-
-
- Der UniversalString object.
-
-
- return a Universal string from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a Universal string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - byte encoded string.
-
-
- UTC time object.
-
-
- return an UTC Time from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an UTC Time from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- The correct format for this is YYMMDDHHMMSSZ (it used to be that seconds were
- never encoded. When you're creating one of these objects from scratch, that's
- what you want to use, otherwise we'll try to deal with whatever Gets read from
- the input stream... (this is why the input format is different from the GetTime()
- method output).
-
- @param time the time string.
-
-
- base constructor from a DateTime object
-
-
- return the time as a date based on whatever a 2 digit year will return. For
- standardised processing use ToAdjustedDateTime().
-
- @return the resulting date
- @exception ParseException if the date string cannot be parsed.
-
-
- return the time as an adjusted date
- in the range of 1950 - 2049.
-
- @return a date in the range of 1950 to 2049.
- @exception ParseException if the date string cannot be parsed.
-
-
- return the time - always in the form of
- YYMMDDhhmmssGMT(+hh:mm|-hh:mm).
-
- Normally in a certificate we would expect "Z" rather than "GMT",
- however adding the "GMT" means we can just use:
-
- dateF = new SimpleDateFormat("yyMMddHHmmssz");
-
- To read in the time and Get a date which is compatible with our local
- time zone.
-
- Note: In some cases, due to the local date processing, this
- may lead to unexpected results. If you want to stick the normal
- convention of 1950 to 2049 use the GetAdjustedTime() method.
-
-
-
- Return a time string as an adjusted date with a 4 digit year.
- This goes in the range of 1950 - 2049.
-
-
-
- Der UTF8String object.
-
-
- return an UTF8 string from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return an UTF8 string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - byte encoded string.
-
-
- basic constructor
-
-
- return a Videotex String from the passed in object
-
- @param obj a DERVideotexString or an object that can be converted into one.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
- @return a DERVideotexString instance, or null.
-
-
- return a Videotex String from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicit true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
- @return a DERVideotexString instance, or null.
-
-
- basic constructor - with bytes.
- @param string the byte encoding of the characters making up the string.
-
-
- Der VisibleString object.
-
-
- return a Visible string from the passed in object.
-
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- return a Visible string from a tagged object.
-
- @param obj the tagged object holding the object we want
- @param explicitly true if the object is meant to be explicitly
- tagged false otherwise.
- @exception ArgumentException if the tagged object cannot
- be converted.
-
-
- basic constructor - byte encoded string.
-
-
- basic constructor
-
-
- Edwards Elliptic Curve Object Identifiers (RFC 8410)
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.3.1 Certificate Values Attribute Definition
-
- CertificateValues ::= SEQUENCE OF Certificate
-
-
-
-
-
- CommitmentTypeIndication ::= SEQUENCE {
- commitmentTypeId CommitmentTypeIdentifier,
- commitmentTypeQualifier SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- CommitmentTypeQualifier OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Commitment type qualifiers, used in the Commitment-Type-Indication attribute (RFC3126).
-
-
- CommitmentTypeQualifier ::= SEQUENCE {
- commitmentTypeIdentifier CommitmentTypeIdentifier,
- qualifier ANY DEFINED BY commitmentTypeIdentifier OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Creates a new CommitmentTypeQualifier instance.
-
- @param commitmentTypeIdentifier a CommitmentTypeIdentifier value
-
-
- Creates a new CommitmentTypeQualifier instance.
-
- @param commitmentTypeIdentifier a CommitmentTypeIdentifier value
- @param qualifier the qualifier, defined by the above field.
-
-
- Creates a new CommitmentTypeQualifier instance.
-
- @param as CommitmentTypeQualifier structure
- encoded as an Asn1Sequence.
-
-
- Returns a DER-encodable representation of this instance.
-
- @return a Asn1Object value
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.1 Complete Certificate Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CompleteCertificateRefs ::= SEQUENCE OF OtherCertID
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CompleteRevocationRefs ::= SEQUENCE OF CrlOcspRef
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CrlIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- crlissuer Name,
- crlIssuedTime UTCTime,
- crlNumber INTEGER OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CRLListID ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- crls SEQUENCE OF CrlValidatedID
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CrlOcspRef ::= SEQUENCE {
- crlids [0] CRLListID OPTIONAL,
- ocspids [1] OcspListID OPTIONAL,
- otherRev [2] OtherRevRefs OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- CrlValidatedID ::= SEQUENCE {
- crlHash OtherHash,
- crlIdentifier CrlIdentifier OPTIONAL}
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- OcspIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE {
- ocspResponderID ResponderID,
- -- As in OCSP response data
- producedAt GeneralizedTime
- -- As in OCSP response data
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- OcspListID ::= SEQUENCE {
- ocspResponses SEQUENCE OF OcspResponsesID
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- OcspResponsesID ::= SEQUENCE {
- ocspIdentifier OcspIdentifier,
- ocspRepHash OtherHash OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OtherCertID ::= SEQUENCE {
- otherCertHash OtherHash,
- issuerSerial IssuerSerial OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OtherHash ::= CHOICE {
- sha1Hash OtherHashValue, -- This contains a SHA-1 hash
- otherHash OtherHashAlgAndValue
- }
-
- OtherHashValue ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for OtherHashAlgAndValue.
-
-
-
- OtherHashAlgAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- hashValue OtherHashValue
- }
-
- OtherHashValue ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.2.2 Complete Revocation Refs Attribute Definition
-
- OtherRevRefs ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- otherRevRefType OtherRevRefType,
- otherRevRefs ANY DEFINED BY otherRevRefType
- }
-
- OtherRevRefType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 3126: 4.3.2 Revocation Values Attribute Definition
-
- OtherRevVals ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- otherRevValType OtherRevValType,
- otherRevVals ANY DEFINED BY otherRevValType
- }
-
- OtherRevValType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OtherSigningCertificate ::= SEQUENCE {
- certs SEQUENCE OF OtherCertID,
- policies SEQUENCE OF PolicyInformation OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 5126: 6.3.4. revocation-values Attribute Definition
-
- RevocationValues ::= SEQUENCE {
- crlVals [0] SEQUENCE OF CertificateList OPTIONAL,
- ocspVals [1] SEQUENCE OF BasicOCSPResponse OPTIONAL,
- otherRevVals [2] OtherRevVals OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SignaturePolicyId ::= SEQUENCE {
- sigPolicyIdentifier SigPolicyId,
- sigPolicyHash SigPolicyHash,
- sigPolicyQualifiers SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF SigPolicyQualifierInfo OPTIONAL
- }
-
- SigPolicyId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
- SigPolicyHash ::= OtherHashAlgAndValue
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SignaturePolicyIdentifier ::= CHOICE {
- SignaturePolicyId SignaturePolicyId,
- SignaturePolicyImplied SignaturePolicyImplied
- }
-
- SignaturePolicyImplied ::= NULL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- SignerAttribute ::= SEQUENCE OF CHOICE {
- claimedAttributes [0] ClaimedAttributes,
- certifiedAttributes [1] CertifiedAttributes }
-
- ClaimedAttributes ::= SEQUENCE OF Attribute
- CertifiedAttributes ::= AttributeCertificate -- as defined in RFC 3281: see clause 4.1.
-
-
-
- Signer-Location attribute (RFC3126).
-
-
- SignerLocation ::= SEQUENCE {
- countryName [0] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- localityName [1] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- postalAddress [2] PostalAddress OPTIONAL }
-
- PostalAddress ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(1..6) OF DirectoryString
-
-
-
-
- SignerLocation ::= SEQUENCE {
- countryName [0] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- localityName [1] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- postalAddress [2] PostalAddress OPTIONAL }
-
- PostalAddress ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(1..6) OF DirectoryString
-
- DirectoryString ::= CHOICE {
- teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1.. MAX)),
- bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..MAX)) }
-
-
-
-
-
- SigPolicyQualifierInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- sigPolicyQualifierId SigPolicyQualifierId,
- sigQualifier ANY DEFINED BY sigPolicyQualifierId
- }
-
- SigPolicyQualifierId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
-
-
- constructor
-
-
-
- ContentHints ::= SEQUENCE {
- contentDescription UTF8String (SIZE (1..MAX)) OPTIONAL,
- contentType ContentType }
-
-
-
- Create from OCTET STRING whose octets represent the identifier.
-
-
- Create from byte array representing the identifier.
-
-
- The definition of ContentIdentifier is
-
- ContentIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
- id-aa-contentIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1)
- member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) pkcs9(9)
- smime(16) id-aa(2) 7 }
-
-
- constructor
-
-
-
- EssCertID ::= SEQUENCE {
- certHash Hash,
- issuerSerial IssuerSerial OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
-
- EssCertIDv2 ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier
- DEFAULT {algorithm id-sha256},
- certHash Hash,
- issuerSerial IssuerSerial OPTIONAL
- }
-
- Hash ::= OCTET STRING
-
- IssuerSerial ::= SEQUENCE {
- issuer GeneralNames,
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber
- }
-
-
-
- constructor
-
-
-
- OtherCertID ::= SEQUENCE {
- otherCertHash OtherHash,
- issuerSerial IssuerSerial OPTIONAL }
-
- OtherHash ::= CHOICE {
- sha1Hash OCTET STRING,
- otherHash OtherHashAlgAndValue }
-
- OtherHashAlgAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- hashValue OCTET STRING }
-
-
-
-
- constructors
-
-
- The definition of OtherSigningCertificate is
-
- OtherSigningCertificate ::= SEQUENCE {
- certs SEQUENCE OF OtherCertID,
- policies SEQUENCE OF PolicyInformation OPTIONAL
- }
-
- id-aa-ets-otherSigCert OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1)
- member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) pkcs9(9)
- smime(16) id-aa(2) 19 }
-
-
- constructors
-
-
- The definition of SigningCertificate is
-
- SigningCertificate ::= SEQUENCE {
- certs SEQUENCE OF EssCertID,
- policies SEQUENCE OF PolicyInformation OPTIONAL
- }
-
- id-aa-signingCertificate OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1)
- member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) pkcs9(9)
- smime(16) id-aa(2) 12 }
-
-
- The definition of SigningCertificateV2 is
-
- SigningCertificateV2 ::= SEQUENCE {
- certs SEQUENCE OF EssCertIDv2,
- policies SEQUENCE OF PolicyInformation OPTIONAL
- }
-
- id-aa-signingCertificateV2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1)
- member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) pkcs9(9)
- smime(16) id-aa(2) 47 }
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- 1.3.6.1.4.1.11591.15 - ellipticCurve
-
-
- Marker interface for CHOICE objects - if you implement this in a roll-your-own
- object, any attempt to tag the object implicitly will convert the tag to an
- explicit one as the encoding rules require.
-
- If you use this interface your class should also implement the getInstance
- pattern which takes a tag object and the tagging mode used.
-
-
-
- basic interface for Der string objects.
-
-
- The CscaMasterList object. This object can be wrapped in a
- CMSSignedData to be published in LDAP.
-
-
- CscaMasterList ::= SEQUENCE {
- version CscaMasterListVersion,
- certList SET OF Certificate }
-
- CscaMasterListVersion :: INTEGER {v0(0)}
-
-
-
- The DataGroupHash object.
-
- DataGroupHash ::= SEQUENCE {
- dataGroupNumber DataGroupNumber,
- dataGroupHashValue OCTET STRING }
-
- DataGroupNumber ::= INTEGER {
- dataGroup1 (1),
- dataGroup1 (2),
- dataGroup1 (3),
- dataGroup1 (4),
- dataGroup1 (5),
- dataGroup1 (6),
- dataGroup1 (7),
- dataGroup1 (8),
- dataGroup1 (9),
- dataGroup1 (10),
- dataGroup1 (11),
- dataGroup1 (12),
- dataGroup1 (13),
- dataGroup1 (14),
- dataGroup1 (15),
- dataGroup1 (16) }
-
-
-
-
- The LDSSecurityObject object (V1.8).
-
- LDSSecurityObject ::= SEQUENCE {
- version LDSSecurityObjectVersion,
- hashAlgorithm DigestAlgorithmIdentifier,
- dataGroupHashValues SEQUENCE SIZE (2..ub-DataGroups) OF DataHashGroup,
- ldsVersionInfo LDSVersionInfo OPTIONAL
- -- if present, version MUST be v1 }
-
- DigestAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier,
-
- LDSSecurityObjectVersion :: INTEGER {V0(0)}
-
-
-
-
- LDSVersionInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- ldsVersion PRINTABLE STRING
- unicodeVersion PRINTABLE STRING
- }
-
- @return
-
-
- The id-isismtt-cp-accredited OID indicates that the certificate is a
- qualified certificate according to Directive 1999/93/EC of the European
- Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 1999 on a Community
- Framework for Electronic Signatures, which additionally conforms the
- special requirements of the SigG and has been issued by an accredited CA.
-
-
- Certificate extensionDate of certificate generation
-
-
- DateOfCertGenSyntax ::= GeneralizedTime
-
-
-
- Attribute to indicate that the certificate holder may sign in the name of
- a third person. May also be used as extension in a certificate.
-
-
- Attribute to indicate admissions to certain professions. May be used as
- attribute in attribute certificate or as extension in a certificate
-
-
- Monetary limit for transactions. The QcEuMonetaryLimit QC statement MUST
- be used in new certificates in place of the extension/attribute
- MonetaryLimit since January 1, 2004. For the sake of backward
- compatibility with certificates already in use, SigG conforming
- components MUST support MonetaryLimit (as well as QcEuLimitValue).
-
-
- A declaration of majority. May be used as attribute in attribute
- certificate or as extension in a certificate
-
-
-
- Serial number of the smart card containing the corresponding private key
-
-
- ICCSNSyntax ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(8..20))
-
-
-
-
- Reference for a file of a smartcard that stores the public key of this
- certificate and that is used as �security anchor�.
-
-
- PKReferenceSyntax ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(20))
-
-
-
- Some other restriction regarding the usage of this certificate. May be
- used as attribute in attribute certificate or as extension in a
- certificate.
-
-
- RestrictionSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..1024))
-
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.Restriction
-
-
-
- (Single)Request extension: Clients may include this extension in a
- (single) Request to request the responder to send the certificate in the
- response message along with the status information. Besides the LDAP
- service, this extension provides another mechanism for the distribution
- of certificates, which MAY optionally be provided by certificate
- repositories.
-
-
- RetrieveIfAllowed ::= BOOLEAN
-
-
-
- SingleOCSPResponse extension: The certificate requested by the client by
- inserting the RetrieveIfAllowed extension in the request, will be
- returned in this extension.
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.Ocsp.RequestedCertificate
-
-
- Base ObjectIdentifier for naming authorities
-
-
- SingleOCSPResponse extension: Date, when certificate has been published
- in the directory and status information has become available. Currently,
- accrediting authorities enforce that SigG-conforming OCSP servers include
- this extension in the responses.
-
-
- CertInDirSince ::= GeneralizedTime
-
-
-
- Hash of a certificate in OCSP.
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.Ocsp.CertHash
-
-
-
- NameAtBirth ::= DirectoryString(SIZE(1..64)
-
-
- Used in
- {@link Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.X509.SubjectDirectoryAttributes SubjectDirectoryAttributes}
-
-
- Some other information of non-restrictive nature regarding the usage of
- this certificate. May be used as attribute in atribute certificate or as
- extension in a certificate.
-
-
- AdditionalInformationSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..2048))
-
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.AdditionalInformationSyntax
-
-
- Indicates that an attribute certificate exists, which limits the
- usability of this public key certificate. Whenever verifying a signature
- with the help of this certificate, the content of the corresponding
- attribute certificate should be concerned. This extension MUST be
- included in a PKC, if a corresponding attribute certificate (having the
- PKC as base certificate) contains some attribute that restricts the
- usability of the PKC too. Attribute certificates with restricting content
- MUST always be included in the signed document.
-
-
- LiabilityLimitationFlagSyntax ::= BOOLEAN
-
-
-
- ISIS-MTT PROFILE: The responder may include this extension in a response to
- send the hash of the requested certificate to the responder. This hash is
- cryptographically bound to the certificate and serves as evidence that the
- certificate is known to the responder (i.e. it has been issued and is present
- in the directory). Hence, this extension is a means to provide a positive
- statement of availability as described in T8.[8]. As explained in T13.[1],
- clients may rely on this information to be able to validate signatures after
- the expiry of the corresponding certificate. Hence, clients MUST support this
- extension. If a positive statement of availability is to be delivered, this
- extension syntax and OID MUST be used.
-
-
-
- CertHash ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- certificateHash OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type CertHash:
-
-
- CertHash ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- certificateHash OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param hashAlgorithm The hash algorithm identifier.
- @param certificateHash The hash of the whole DER encoding of the certificate.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- CertHash ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- certificateHash OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- ISIS-MTT-Optional: The certificate requested by the client by inserting the
- RetrieveIfAllowed extension in the request, will be returned in this
- extension.
-
- ISIS-MTT-SigG: The signature act allows publishing certificates only then,
- when the certificate owner gives his isExplicit permission. Accordingly, there
- may be �nondownloadable� certificates, about which the responder must provide
- status information, but MUST NOT include them in the response. Clients may
- get therefore the following three kind of answers on a single request
- including the RetrieveIfAllowed extension:
-
- - a) the responder supports the extension and is allowed to publish the
- certificate: RequestedCertificate returned including the requested
- certificate
- - b) the responder supports the extension but is NOT allowed to publish
- the certificate: RequestedCertificate returned including an empty OCTET
- STRING
- - c) the responder does not support the extension: RequestedCertificate is
- not included in the response
-
- Clients requesting RetrieveIfAllowed MUST be able to handle these cases. If
- any of the OCTET STRING options is used, it MUST contain the DER encoding of
- the requested certificate.
-
-
- RequestedCertificate ::= CHOICE {
- Certificate Certificate,
- publicKeyCertificate [0] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING,
- attributeCertificate [1] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- Only one parameter can be given. All other must be null.
-
- @param certificate Given as Certificate
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- RequestedCertificate ::= CHOICE {
- Certificate Certificate,
- publicKeyCertificate [0] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING,
- attributeCertificate [1] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Some other information of non-restrictive nature regarding the usage of this
- certificate.
-
-
- AdditionalInformationSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..2048))
-
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param information The describtion of the information.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- AdditionalInformationSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..2048))
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- An Admissions structure.
-
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
-
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.AdmissionSyntax
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.ProfessionInfo
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.NamingAuthority
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type ProcurationSyntax:
-
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- Parameter professionInfos is mandatory.
-
- @param admissionAuthority The admission authority.
- @param namingAuthority The naming authority.
- @param professionInfos The profession infos.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Attribute to indicate admissions to certain professions.
-
-
- AdmissionSyntax ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- contentsOfAdmissions SEQUENCE OF Admissions
- }
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityId OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOIDs SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- ISIS-MTT PROFILE: The relatively complex structure of AdmissionSyntax
- supports the following concepts and requirements:
-
- - External institutions (e.g. professional associations, chambers, unions,
- administrative bodies, companies, etc.), which are responsible for granting
- and verifying professional admissions, are indicated by means of the data
- field admissionAuthority. An admission authority is indicated by a
- GeneralName object. Here an X.501 directory name (distinguished name) can be
- indicated in the field directoryName, a URL address can be indicated in the
- field uniformResourceIdentifier, and an object identifier can be indicated in
- the field registeredId.
- - The names of authorities which are responsible for the administration of
- title registers are indicated in the data field namingAuthority. The name of
- the authority can be identified by an object identifier in the field
- namingAuthorityId, by means of a text string in the field
- namingAuthorityText, by means of a URL address in the field
- namingAuthorityUrl, or by a combination of them. For example, the text string
- can contain the name of the authority, the country and the name of the title
- register. The URL-option refers to a web page which contains lists with
- officially registered professions (text and possibly OID) as well as
- further information on these professions. Object identifiers for the
- component namingAuthorityId are grouped under the OID-branch
- id-isis-at-namingAuthorities and must be applied for.
- - See http://www.teletrust.de/anwend.asp?Id=30200&Sprache=E_&HomePG=0
- for an application form and http://www.teletrust.de/links.asp?id=30220,11
- for an overview of registered naming authorities.
- - By means of the data type ProfessionInfo certain professions,
- specializations, disciplines, fields of activity, etc. are identified. A
- profession is represented by one or more text strings, resp. profession OIDs
- in the fields professionItems and professionOIDs and by a registration number
- in the field registrationNumber. An indication in text form must always be
- present, whereas the other indications are optional. The component
- addProfessionInfo may contain additional applicationspecific information in
- DER-encoded form.
-
-
- By means of different namingAuthority-OIDs or profession OIDs hierarchies of
- professions, specializations, disciplines, fields of activity, etc. can be
- expressed. The issuing admission authority should always be indicated (field
- admissionAuthority), whenever a registration number is presented. Still,
- information on admissions can be given without indicating an admission or a
- naming authority by the exclusive use of the component professionItems. In
- this case the certification authority is responsible for the verification of
- the admission information.
-
-
-
- This attribute is single-valued. Still, several admissions can be captured in
- the sequence structure of the component contentsOfAdmissions of
- AdmissionSyntax or in the component professionInfos of Admissions. The
- component admissionAuthority of AdmissionSyntax serves as default value for
- the component admissionAuthority of Admissions. Within the latter component
- the default value can be overwritten, in case that another authority is
- responsible. The component namingAuthority of Admissions serves as a default
- value for the component namingAuthority of ProfessionInfo. Within the latter
- component the default value can be overwritten, in case that another naming
- authority needs to be recorded.
-
- The length of the string objects is limited to 128 characters. It is
- recommended to indicate a namingAuthorityURL in all issued attribute
- certificates. If a namingAuthorityURL is indicated, the field professionItems
- of ProfessionInfo should contain only registered titles. If the field
- professionOIDs exists, it has to contain the OIDs of the professions listed
- in professionItems in the same order. In general, the field professionInfos
- should contain only one entry, unless the admissions that are to be listed
- are logically connected (e.g. they have been issued under the same admission
- number).
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.Admissions
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.ProfessionInfo
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.NamingAuthority
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type ProcurationSyntax:
-
-
- AdmissionSyntax ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- contentsOfAdmissions SEQUENCE OF Admissions
- }
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityId OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOIDs SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- @param admissionAuthority The admission authority.
- @param contentsOfAdmissions The admissions.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- AdmissionSyntax ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- contentsOfAdmissions SEQUENCE OF Admissions
- }
-
- Admissions ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- admissionAuthority [0] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL
- namingAuthority [1] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL
- professionInfos SEQUENCE OF ProfessionInfo
- }
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityId OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOIDs SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- @return Returns the admissionAuthority if present, null otherwise.
-
-
- @return Returns the contentsOfAdmissions.
-
-
- A declaration of majority.
-
-
- DeclarationOfMajoritySyntax ::= CHOICE
- {
- notYoungerThan [0] IMPLICIT INTEGER,
- fullAgeAtCountry [1] IMPLICIT SEQUENCE
- {
- fullAge BOOLEAN DEFAULT TRUE,
- country PrintableString (SIZE(2))
- }
- dateOfBirth [2] IMPLICIT GeneralizedTime
- }
-
-
- fullAgeAtCountry indicates the majority of the owner with respect to the laws
- of a specific country.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- DeclarationOfMajoritySyntax ::= CHOICE
- {
- notYoungerThan [0] IMPLICIT INTEGER,
- fullAgeAtCountry [1] IMPLICIT SEQUENCE
- {
- fullAge BOOLEAN DEFAULT TRUE,
- country PrintableString (SIZE(2))
- }
- dateOfBirth [2] IMPLICIT GeneralizedTime
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- @return notYoungerThan if that's what we are, -1 otherwise
-
-
- Monetary limit for transactions. The QcEuMonetaryLimit QC statement MUST be
- used in new certificates in place of the extension/attribute MonetaryLimit
- since January 1, 2004. For the sake of backward compatibility with
- certificates already in use, components SHOULD support MonetaryLimit (as well
- as QcEuLimitValue).
-
- Indicates a monetary limit within which the certificate holder is authorized
- to act. (This value DOES NOT express a limit on the liability of the
- certification authority).
-
-
- MonetaryLimitSyntax ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- currency PrintableString (SIZE(3)),
- amount INTEGER,
- exponent INTEGER
- }
-
-
- currency must be the ISO code.
-
- value = amount�10*exponent
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
-
- value = amount�10^exponent
-
- @param currency The currency. Must be the ISO code.
- @param amount The amount
- @param exponent The exponent
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- MonetaryLimitSyntax ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- currency PrintableString (SIZE(3)),
- amount INTEGER,
- exponent INTEGER
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Names of authorities which are responsible for the administration of title
- registers.
-
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityID OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.AdmissionSyntax
-
-
-
- Profession OIDs should always be defined under the OID branch of the
- responsible naming authority. At the time of this writing, the work group
- �Recht, Wirtschaft, Steuern� (�Law, Economy, Taxes�) is registered as the
- first naming authority under the OID id-isismtt-at-namingAuthorities.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
-
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityID OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- @return Returns the namingAuthorityID.
-
-
- @return Returns the namingAuthorityText.
-
-
- @return Returns the namingAuthorityUrl.
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- All parameters can be combined.
-
- @param namingAuthorityID ObjectIdentifier for naming authority.
- @param namingAuthorityUrl URL for naming authority.
- @param namingAuthorityText Textual representation of naming authority.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- NamingAuthority ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthorityID OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityUrl IA5String OPTIONAL,
- namingAuthorityText DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Attribute to indicate that the certificate holder may sign in the name of a
- third person.
-
- ISIS-MTT PROFILE: The corresponding ProcurationSyntax contains either the
- name of the person who is represented (subcomponent thirdPerson) or a
- reference to his/her base certificate (in the component signingFor,
- subcomponent certRef), furthermore the optional components country and
- typeSubstitution to indicate the country whose laws apply, and respectively
- the type of procuration (e.g. manager, procuration, custody).
-
-
- ISIS-MTT PROFILE: The GeneralName MUST be of type directoryName and MAY only
- contain: - RFC3039 attributes, except pseudonym (countryName, commonName,
- surname, givenName, serialNumber, organizationName, organizationalUnitName,
- stateOrProvincename, localityName, postalAddress) and - SubjectDirectoryName
- attributes (title, dateOfBirth, placeOfBirth, gender, countryOfCitizenship,
- countryOfResidence and NameAtBirth).
-
-
- ProcurationSyntax ::= SEQUENCE {
- country [1] EXPLICIT PrintableString(SIZE(2)) OPTIONAL,
- typeOfSubstitution [2] EXPLICIT DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- signingFor [3] EXPLICIT SigningFor
- }
-
- SigningFor ::= CHOICE
- {
- thirdPerson GeneralName,
- certRef IssuerSerial
- }
-
-
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type ProcurationSyntax:
-
-
- ProcurationSyntax ::= SEQUENCE {
- country [1] EXPLICIT PrintableString(SIZE(2)) OPTIONAL,
- typeOfSubstitution [2] EXPLICIT DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- signingFor [3] EXPLICIT SigningFor
- }
-
- SigningFor ::= CHOICE
- {
- thirdPerson GeneralName,
- certRef IssuerSerial
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
-
- Either generalName or certRef MUST be
- null.
-
- @param country The country code whose laws apply.
- @param typeOfSubstitution The type of procuration.
- @param certRef Reference to certificate of the person who is represented.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
-
- Either generalName or certRef MUST be
- null.
-
- @param country The country code whose laws apply.
- @param typeOfSubstitution The type of procuration.
- @param thirdPerson The GeneralName of the person who is represented.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- ProcurationSyntax ::= SEQUENCE {
- country [1] EXPLICIT PrintableString(SIZE(2)) OPTIONAL,
- typeOfSubstitution [2] EXPLICIT DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- signingFor [3] EXPLICIT SigningFor
- }
-
- SigningFor ::= CHOICE
- {
- thirdPerson GeneralName,
- certRef IssuerSerial
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Professions, specializations, disciplines, fields of activity, etc.
-
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOids SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.IsisMtt.X509.AdmissionSyntax
-
-
- Rechtsanw�ltin
-
-
- Rechtsanwalt
-
-
- Rechtsbeistand
-
-
- Steuerberaterin
-
-
- Steuerberater
-
-
- Steuerbevollm�chtigte
-
-
- Steuerbevollm�chtigter
-
-
- Notarin
-
-
- Notar
-
-
- Notarvertreterin
-
-
- Notarvertreter
-
-
- Notariatsverwalterin
-
-
- Notariatsverwalter
-
-
- Wirtschaftspr�ferin
-
-
- Wirtschaftspr�fer
-
-
- Vereidigte Buchpr�ferin
-
-
- Vereidigter Buchpr�fer
-
-
- Patentanw�ltin
-
-
- Patentanwalt
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
-
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOids SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- professionItems is mandatory, all other parameters are
- optional.
-
- @param namingAuthority The naming authority.
- @param professionItems Directory strings of the profession.
- @param professionOids DERObjectIdentfier objects for the
- profession.
- @param registrationNumber Registration number.
- @param addProfessionInfo Additional infos in encoded form.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- ProfessionInfo ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- namingAuthority [0] EXPLICIT NamingAuthority OPTIONAL,
- professionItems SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString (SIZE(1..128)),
- professionOids SEQUENCE OF OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- registrationNumber PrintableString(SIZE(1..128)) OPTIONAL,
- addProfessionInfo OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- @return Returns the addProfessionInfo.
-
-
- @return Returns the namingAuthority.
-
-
- @return Returns the professionItems.
-
-
- @return Returns the professionOids.
-
-
- @return Returns the registrationNumber.
-
-
- Some other restriction regarding the usage of this certificate.
-
-
- RestrictionSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..1024))
-
-
-
- Constructor from DirectoryString.
-
- The DirectoryString is of type RestrictionSyntax:
-
-
- RestrictionSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..1024))
-
-
- @param restriction A IAsn1String.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param restriction The description of the restriction.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- RestrictionSyntax ::= DirectoryString (SIZE(1..1024))
-
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- cast5CBCParameters ::= Sequence {
- iv OCTET STRING DEFAULT 0,
- -- Initialization vector
- keyLength Integer
- -- Key length, in bits
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- IDEA-CBCPar ::= Sequence {
- iv OCTET STRING OPTIONAL -- exactly 8 octets
- }
-
-
-
- The NetscapeCertType object.
-
- NetscapeCertType ::= BIT STRING {
- SSLClient (0),
- SSLServer (1),
- S/MIME (2),
- Object Signing (3),
- Reserved (4),
- SSL CA (5),
- S/MIME CA (6),
- Object Signing CA (7) }
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param usage - the bitwise OR of the Key Usage flags giving the
- allowed uses for the key.
- e.g. (X509NetscapeCertType.sslCA | X509NetscapeCertType.smimeCA)
-
-
- This is designed to parse
- the PublicKeyAndChallenge created by the KEYGEN tag included by
- Mozilla based browsers.
-
- PublicKeyAndChallenge ::= SEQUENCE {
- spki SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
- challenge IA5STRING
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- KMACwithSHAKE128-params ::= SEQUENCE {
- kMACOutputLength INTEGER DEFAULT 256, -- Output length in bits
- customizationString OCTET STRING DEFAULT ''H
- }
-
-
-
-
- KMACwithSHAKE256-params ::= SEQUENCE {
- kMACOutputLength INTEGER DEFAULT 512, -- Output length in bits
- customizationString OCTET STRING DEFAULT ''H
- }
-
-
-
- Utility class for fetching curves using their NIST names as published in FIPS-PUB 186-3
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.5
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.6
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.7
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.8
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.9
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.10
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.11
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.12
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.9
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.10
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.11
-
-
- 2.16.840.1.101.3.4.3.12
-
-
- From RFC 3657
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- BasicOcspResponse ::= Sequence {
- tbsResponseData ResponseData,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING,
- certs [0] EXPLICIT Sequence OF Certificate OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- CertID ::= Sequence {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuerNameHash OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuer's DN
- issuerKeyHash OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuers public key
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber }
-
-
-
- create a CertStatus object with a tag of zero.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- CertStatus ::= CHOICE {
- good [0] IMPLICIT Null,
- revoked [1] IMPLICIT RevokedInfo,
- unknown [2] IMPLICIT UnknownInfo }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- CrlID ::= Sequence {
- crlUrl [0] EXPLICIT IA5String OPTIONAL,
- crlNum [1] EXPLICIT Integer OPTIONAL,
- crlTime [2] EXPLICIT GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OcspRequest ::= Sequence {
- tbsRequest TBSRequest,
- optionalSignature [0] EXPLICIT Signature OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OcspResponse ::= Sequence {
- responseStatus OcspResponseStatus,
- responseBytes [0] EXPLICIT ResponseBytes OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- The OcspResponseStatus enumeration.
-
- OcspResponseStatus ::= Enumerated {
- successful (0), --Response has valid confirmations
- malformedRequest (1), --Illegal confirmation request
- internalError (2), --Internal error in issuer
- tryLater (3), --Try again later
- --(4) is not used
- sigRequired (5), --Must sign the request
- unauthorized (6) --Request unauthorized
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Request ::= Sequence {
- reqCert CertID,
- singleRequestExtensions [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ResponderID ::= CHOICE {
- byName [1] Name,
- byKey [2] KeyHash }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ResponseBytes ::= Sequence {
- responseType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- response OCTET STRING }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ResponseData ::= Sequence {
- version [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
- responderID ResponderID,
- producedAt GeneralizedTime,
- responses Sequence OF SingleResponse,
- responseExtensions [1] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- RevokedInfo ::= Sequence {
- revocationTime GeneralizedTime,
- revocationReason [0] EXPLICIT CRLReason OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ServiceLocator ::= Sequence {
- issuer Name,
- locator AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Signature ::= Sequence {
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING,
- certs [0] EXPLICIT Sequence OF Certificate OPTIONAL}
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SingleResponse ::= Sequence {
- certID CertID,
- certStatus CertStatus,
- thisUpdate GeneralizedTime,
- nextUpdate [0] EXPLICIT GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- singleExtensions [1] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- TBSRequest ::= Sequence {
- version [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
- requestorName [1] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- requestList Sequence OF Request,
- requestExtensions [2] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- class for breaking up an Oid into it's component tokens, ala
- java.util.StringTokenizer. We need this class as some of the
- lightweight Java environment don't support classes like
- StringTokenizer.
-
-
- return an Attribute object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Attr ::= Sequence {
- attrType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- attrValues Set OF AttributeValue
- }
-
-
-
- Pkcs10 Certfication request object.
-
- CertificationRequest ::= Sequence {
- certificationRequestInfo CertificationRequestInfo,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier{{ SignatureAlgorithms }},
- signature BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
- Pkcs10 CertificationRequestInfo object.
-
- CertificationRequestInfo ::= Sequence {
- version Integer { v1(0) } (v1,...),
- subject Name,
- subjectPKInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo{{ PKInfoAlgorithms }},
- attributes [0] Attributes{{ CRIAttributes }}
- }
-
- Attributes { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Set OF Attr{{ IOSet }}
-
- Attr { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Sequence {
- type ATTRIBUTE.&id({IOSet}),
- values Set SIZE(1..MAX) OF ATTRIBUTE.&Type({IOSet}{\@type})
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ContentInfo ::= Sequence {
- contentType ContentType,
- content
- [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY contentType OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- The EncryptedData object.
-
- EncryptedData ::= Sequence {
- version Version,
- encryptedContentInfo EncryptedContentInfo
- }
-
-
- EncryptedContentInfo ::= Sequence {
- contentType ContentType,
- contentEncryptionAlgorithm ContentEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedContent [0] IMPLICIT EncryptedContent OPTIONAL
- }
-
- EncryptedContent ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo ::= Sequence {
- encryptionAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier {{KeyEncryptionAlgorithms}},
- encryptedData EncryptedData
- }
-
- EncryptedData ::= OCTET STRING
-
- KeyEncryptionAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- ... -- For local profiles
- }
-
-
-
-
- MacData ::= SEQUENCE {
- mac DigestInfo,
- macSalt OCTET STRING,
- iterations INTEGER DEFAULT 1
- -- Note: The default is for historic reasons and its use is deprecated. A
- -- higher value, like 1024 is recommended.
-
- @return the basic DERObject construction.
-
-
- the infamous Pfx from Pkcs12
-
-
- PKCS#1: 1.2.840.113549.1.1.15
-
-
- PKCS#1: 1.2.840.113549.1.1.16
-
-
-
- id-alg-AEADChaCha20Poly1305 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=
- { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1)
- pkcs9(9) smime(16) alg(3) 18 }
-
- AEADChaCha20Poly1305Nonce ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(12))
-
-
-
- PKCS#9: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.2.37 - RFC 4108
-
-
- PKCS#9: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.2.38 - RFC 4108
-
-
- PKCS#9: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.2.54 RFC7030
-
-
- PKCS#9: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.2.43 RFC7030
-
-
- PKCS#9: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.2.40 RFC7030
-
-
- RFC 5958
-
-
- [IMPLICIT TAGS]
-
- OneAsymmetricKey ::= SEQUENCE {
- version Version,
- privateKeyAlgorithm PrivateKeyAlgorithmIdentifier,
- privateKey PrivateKey,
- attributes [0] Attributes OPTIONAL,
- ...,
- [[2: publicKey [1] PublicKey OPTIONAL ]],
- ...
- }
-
- PrivateKeyInfo ::= OneAsymmetricKey
-
- Version ::= INTEGER { v1(0), v2(1) } (v1, ..., v2)
-
- PrivateKeyAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
- { PUBLIC-KEY,
- { PrivateKeyAlgorithms } }
-
- PrivateKey ::= OCTET STRING
- -- Content varies based on type of key. The
- -- algorithm identifier dictates the format of
- -- the key.
-
- PublicKey ::= BIT STRING
- -- Content varies based on type of key. The
- -- algorithm identifier dictates the format of
- -- the key.
-
- Attributes ::= SET OF Attribute { { OneAsymmetricKeyAttributes } }
-
-
-
- Return true if a public key is present, false otherwise.
-
-
- For when the public key is an ASN.1 encoding.
-
-
- Return the public key as a raw bit string.
-
-
- The default version
-
-
-
- RSAES-OAEP-params ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm [0] OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms DEFAULT sha1,
- maskGenAlgorithm [1] PKCS1MGFAlgorithms DEFAULT mgf1SHA1,
- pSourceAlgorithm [2] PKCS1PSourceAlgorithms DEFAULT pSpecifiedEmpty
- }
-
- OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- { OID id-sha1 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha256 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha384 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha512 PARAMETERS NULL },
- ... -- Allows for future expansion --
- }
- PKCS1MGFAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- { OID id-mgf1 PARAMETERS OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms },
- ... -- Allows for future expansion --
- }
- PKCS1PSourceAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- { OID id-pSpecified PARAMETERS OCTET STRING },
- ... -- Allows for future expansion --
- }
-
- @return the asn1 primitive representing the parameters.
-
-
- This outputs the key in Pkcs1v2 format.
-
- RsaPrivateKey ::= Sequence {
- version Version,
- modulus Integer, -- n
- publicExponent Integer, -- e
- privateExponent Integer, -- d
- prime1 Integer, -- p
- prime2 Integer, -- q
- exponent1 Integer, -- d mod (p-1)
- exponent2 Integer, -- d mod (q-1)
- coefficient Integer -- (inverse of q) mod p
- }
-
- Version ::= Integer
-
- This routine is written to output Pkcs1 version 0, private keys.
-
-
- The default version
-
-
-
- RSASSA-PSS-params ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm [0] OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms DEFAULT sha1,
- maskGenAlgorithm [1] PKCS1MGFAlgorithms DEFAULT mgf1SHA1,
- saltLength [2] INTEGER DEFAULT 20,
- trailerField [3] TrailerField DEFAULT trailerFieldBC
- }
-
- OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- { OID id-sha1 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha256 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha384 PARAMETERS NULL }|
- { OID id-sha512 PARAMETERS NULL },
- ... -- Allows for future expansion --
- }
-
- PKCS1MGFAlgorithms ALGORITHM-IDENTIFIER ::= {
- { OID id-mgf1 PARAMETERS OAEP-PSSDigestAlgorithms },
- ... -- Allows for future expansion --
- }
-
- TrailerField ::= INTEGER { trailerFieldBC(1) }
-
- @return the asn1 primitive representing the parameters.
-
-
- a Pkcs#7 signed data object.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SignedData ::= Sequence {
- version Version,
- digestAlgorithms DigestAlgorithmIdentifiers,
- contentInfo ContentInfo,
- certificates
- [0] IMPLICIT ExtendedCertificatesAndCertificates
- OPTIONAL,
- crls
- [1] IMPLICIT CertificateRevocationLists OPTIONAL,
- signerInfos SignerInfos }
-
-
-
- a Pkcs#7 signer info object.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SignerInfo ::= Sequence {
- version Version,
- issuerAndSerialNumber IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- digestAlgorithm DigestAlgorithmIdentifier,
- authenticatedAttributes [0] IMPLICIT Attributes OPTIONAL,
- digestEncryptionAlgorithm DigestEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier,
- encryptedDigest EncryptedDigest,
- unauthenticatedAttributes [1] IMPLICIT Attributes OPTIONAL
- }
-
- EncryptedDigest ::= OCTET STRING
-
- DigestAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
-
- DigestEncryptionAlgorithmIdentifier ::= AlgorithmIdentifier
-
-
-
- the elliptic curve private key object from SEC 1
-
-
- ECPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE {
- version INTEGER { ecPrivkeyVer1(1) } (ecPrivkeyVer1),
- privateKey OCTET STRING,
- parameters [0] Parameters OPTIONAL,
- publicKey [1] BIT STRING OPTIONAL }
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- EllipticCurve OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
- iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0)
- }
-
-
- Handler class for dealing with S/MIME Capabilities
-
-
- general preferences
-
-
- encryption algorithms preferences
-
-
- return an Attr object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- returns an ArrayList with 0 or more objects of all the capabilities
- matching the passed in capability Oid. If the Oid passed is null the
- entire set is returned.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SMIMECapabilities ::= Sequence OF SMIMECapability
-
-
-
- general preferences
-
-
- encryption algorithms preferences
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SMIMECapability ::= Sequence {
- capabilityID OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- parameters ANY DEFINED BY capabilityID OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- Handler for creating a vector S/MIME Capabilities
-
-
- The SmimeEncryptionKeyPreference object.
-
- SmimeEncryptionKeyPreference ::= CHOICE {
- issuerAndSerialNumber [0] IssuerAndSerialNumber,
- receipentKeyId [1] RecipientKeyIdentifier,
- subjectAltKeyIdentifier [2] SubjectKeyIdentifier
- }
-
-
-
- @param sKeyId the subjectKeyIdentifier value (normally the X.509 one)
-
-
- elliptic curves defined in "ECC Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation"
- http://www.ecc-brainpool.org/download/draft_pkix_additional_ecc_dp.txt
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
-
- Accuracy ::= SEQUENCE {
- seconds INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- millis [0] INTEGER (1..999) OPTIONAL,
- micros [1] INTEGER (1..999) OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- MessageImprint ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- hashedMessage OCTET STRING }
-
-
-
-
- TimeStampReq ::= SEQUENCE {
- version INTEGER { v1(1) },
- messageImprint MessageImprint,
- --a hash algorithm OID and the hash value of the data to be
- --time-stamped
- reqPolicy TSAPolicyId OPTIONAL,
- nonce INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- certReq BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- extensions [0] IMPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- TimeStampResp ::= SEQUENCE {
- status PkiStatusInfo,
- timeStampToken TimeStampToken OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
-
-
- TstInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- version INTEGER { v1(1) },
- policy TSAPolicyId,
- messageImprint MessageImprint,
- -- MUST have the same value as the similar field in
- -- TimeStampReq
- serialNumber INTEGER,
- -- Time-Stamping users MUST be ready to accommodate integers
- -- up to 160 bits.
- genTime GeneralizedTime,
- accuracy Accuracy OPTIONAL,
- ordering BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- nonce INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- -- MUST be present if the similar field was present
- -- in TimeStampReq. In that case it MUST have the same value.
- tsa [0] GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- extensions [1] IMPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
-
-
- Base OID: 1.2.804.2.1.1.1
-
-
- DSTU4145 Little Endian presentation. OID: 1.2.804.2.1.1.1.1.3.1.1
-
-
- DSTU4145 Big Endian presentation. OID: 1.2.804.2.1.1.1.1.3.1.1.1
-
-
- DSTU7564 256-bit digest presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7564 384-bit digest presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7564 512-bit digest presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7564 256-bit mac presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7564 384-bit mac presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7564 512-bit mac presentation.
-
-
- DSTU7624 in ECB mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in ECB mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in ECB mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CTR mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CTR mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CTR mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CFB mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CFB mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CFB mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in MAC mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in MAC mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in MAC mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CBC mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CBC mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CBC mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in OFB mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in OFB mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in OFB mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in GMAC (GCM witout encryption) mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in GMAC (GCM witout encryption) mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in GMAC (GCM witout encryption) mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CCM mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CCM mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in CCM mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in XTS mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in XTS mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in XTS mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in key wrap (KW) mode with 128 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in key wrap (KW) mode with 256 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- DSTU7624 in key wrap (KW) mode with 512 bit block/key presentation
-
-
- dump a Der object as a formatted string with indentation
-
- @param obj the Asn1Object to be dumped out.
-
-
- dump out a DER object as a formatted string, in non-verbose mode
-
- @param obj the Asn1Encodable to be dumped out.
- @return the resulting string.
-
-
- Dump out the object as a string
-
- @param obj the Asn1Encodable to be dumped out.
- @param verbose if true, dump out the contents of octet and bit strings.
- @return the resulting string.
-
-
- Holding class for the AttributeTypeAndValue structures that make up an RDN.
-
-
-
- AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- type OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- value ANY DEFINED BY type }
-
- @return a basic ASN.1 object representation.
-
-
-
- DirectoryString ::= CHOICE {
- teletexString TeletexString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- printableString PrintableString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- universalString UniversalString (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..MAX)),
- bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..MAX)) }
-
-
-
- Holding class for a single Relative Distinguished Name (RDN).
-
-
- Create a single valued RDN.
-
- @param oid RDN type.
- @param value RDN value.
-
-
- Create a multi-valued RDN.
-
- @param aAndVs attribute type/value pairs making up the RDN
-
-
- Return the number of AttributeTypeAndValue objects in this RDN,
-
- @return size of RDN, greater than 1 if multi-valued.
-
-
- *
- * RelativeDistinguishedName ::=
- * SET OF AttributeTypeAndValue
-
- * AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- * type AttributeType,
- * value AttributeValue }
- *
- * @return this object as its ASN1Primitive type
-
-
- The AccessDescription object.
-
- AccessDescription ::= SEQUENCE {
- accessMethod OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- accessLocation GeneralName }
-
-
-
- create an AccessDescription with the oid and location provided.
-
-
-
- @return the access method.
-
-
-
- @return the access location
-
-
-
- Return the OID in the Algorithm entry of this identifier.
-
-
-
-
- Return the parameters structure in the Parameters entry of this identifier.
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AlgorithmIdentifier ::= Sequence {
- algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- parameters ANY DEFINED BY algorithm OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
-
- Don't use this one if you are trying to be RFC 3281 compliant.
- Use it for v1 attribute certificates only.
-
- Our GeneralNames structure
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AttCertIssuer ::= CHOICE {
- v1Form GeneralNames, -- MUST NOT be used in this
- -- profile
- v2Form [0] V2Form -- v2 only
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AttCertValidityPeriod ::= Sequence {
- notBeforeTime GeneralizedTime,
- notAfterTime GeneralizedTime
- }
-
-
-
- return an Attr object from the given object.
-
- @param o the object we want converted.
- @exception ArgumentException if the object cannot be converted.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Attr ::= Sequence {
- attrType OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- attrValues Set OF AttributeValue
- }
-
-
-
- @param obj
- @return
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AttributeCertificate ::= Sequence {
- acinfo AttributeCertificateInfo,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signatureValue BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- AttributeCertificateInfo ::= Sequence {
- version AttCertVersion -- version is v2,
- holder Holder,
- issuer AttCertIssuer,
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
- attrCertValidityPeriod AttCertValidityPeriod,
- attributes Sequence OF Attr,
- issuerUniqueID UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions Extensions OPTIONAL
- }
-
- AttCertVersion ::= Integer { v2(1) }
-
-
-
- The AuthorityInformationAccess object.
-
- id-pe-authorityInfoAccess OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pe 1 }
-
- AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax ::=
- Sequence SIZE (1..MAX) OF AccessDescription
- AccessDescription ::= Sequence {
- accessMethod OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- accessLocation GeneralName }
-
- id-ad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 48 }
- id-ad-caIssuers OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 2 }
- id-ad-ocsp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ad 1 }
-
-
-
- create an AuthorityInformationAccess with the oid and location provided.
-
-
- The AuthorityKeyIdentifier object.
-
- id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 35 }
-
- AuthorityKeyIdentifier ::= Sequence {
- keyIdentifier [0] IMPLICIT KeyIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- authorityCertIssuer [1] IMPLICIT GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- authorityCertSerialNumber [2] IMPLICIT CertificateSerialNumber OPTIONAL }
-
- KeyIdentifier ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
-
- *
- * Calulates the keyidentifier using a SHA1 hash over the BIT STRING
- * from SubjectPublicKeyInfo as defined in RFC2459.
- *
- * Example of making a AuthorityKeyIdentifier:
- *
- * SubjectPublicKeyInfo apki = new SubjectPublicKeyInfo((ASN1Sequence)new ASN1InputStream(
- * publicKey.getEncoded()).readObject());
- * AuthorityKeyIdentifier aki = new AuthorityKeyIdentifier(apki);
- *
- *
- *
-
-
- create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier with the GeneralNames tag and
- the serial number provided as well.
-
-
- create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier with the GeneralNames tag and
- the serial number provided.
-
-
- create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier with a precomputed key identifier
-
-
- create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier with a precomupted key identifier
- and the GeneralNames tag and the serial number provided as well.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
-
- create a cA=true object for the given path length constraint.
-
- @param pathLenConstraint
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- BasicConstraints := Sequence {
- cA Boolean DEFAULT FALSE,
- pathLenConstraint Integer (0..MAX) OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- PKIX RFC-2459
-
- The X.509 v2 CRL syntax is as follows. For signature calculation,
- the data that is to be signed is ASN.1 Der encoded.
-
-
- CertificateList ::= Sequence {
- tbsCertList TbsCertList,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signatureValue BIT STRING }
-
-
-
- This class helps to support crossCerfificatePairs in a LDAP directory
- according RFC 2587
-
-
- crossCertificatePairATTRIBUTE::={
- WITH SYNTAX CertificatePair
- EQUALITY MATCHING RULE certificatePairExactMatch
- ID joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) attributeType(4) crossCertificatePair(40)}
-
-
- The forward elements of the crossCertificatePair attribute of a
- CA's directory entry shall be used to store all, except self-issued
- certificates issued to this CA. Optionally, the reverse elements of the
- crossCertificatePair attribute, of a CA's directory entry may contain a
- subset of certificates issued by this CA to other CAs. When both the forward
- and the reverse elements are present in a single attribute value, issuer name
- in one certificate shall match the subject name in the other and vice versa,
- and the subject public key in one certificate shall be capable of verifying
- the digital signature on the other certificate and vice versa.
-
- When a reverse element is present, the forward element value and the reverse
- element value need not be stored in the same attribute value; in other words,
- they can be stored in either a single attribute value or two attribute
- values.
-
-
- CertificatePair ::= SEQUENCE {
- forward [0] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- reverse [1] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- -- at least one of the pair shall be present -- }
-
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type CertificatePair:
-
-
- CertificatePair ::= SEQUENCE {
- forward [0] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- reverse [1] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- -- at least one of the pair shall be present -- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param forward Certificates issued to this CA.
- @param reverse Certificates issued by this CA to other CAs.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- CertificatePair ::= SEQUENCE {
- forward [0] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- reverse [1] Certificate OPTIONAL,
- -- at least one of the pair shall be present -- }
-
-
- @return a DERObject
-
-
- @return Returns the forward.
-
-
- @return Returns the reverse.
-
-
- Construct a CertificatePolicies object containing one PolicyInformation.
-
- @param name the name to be contained.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an ASN1OutputStream.
-
- CertificatePolicies ::= SEQUENCE SIZE {1..MAX} OF PolicyInformation
-
-
-
- CertPolicyId, used in the CertificatePolicies and PolicyMappings
- X509V3 Extensions.
-
-
- CertPolicyId ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
-
- Return the distribution points making up the sequence.
-
- @return DistributionPoint[]
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- CrlDistPoint ::= Sequence SIZE {1..MAX} OF DistributionPoint
-
-
-
- The CRLNumber object.
-
- CRLNumber::= Integer(0..MAX)
-
-
-
- The CRLReason enumeration.
-
- CRLReason ::= Enumerated {
- unspecified (0),
- keyCompromise (1),
- cACompromise (2),
- affiliationChanged (3),
- superseded (4),
- cessationOfOperation (5),
- certificateHold (6),
- removeFromCRL (8),
- privilegeWithdrawn (9),
- aACompromise (10)
- }
-
-
-
- The DigestInfo object.
-
- DigestInfo::=Sequence{
- digestAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- digest OCTET STRING }
-
-
-
- DisplayText class, used in
- CertificatePolicies X509 V3 extensions (in policy qualifiers).
-
- It stores a string in a chosen encoding.
-
- DisplayText ::= CHOICE {
- ia5String IA5String (SIZE (1..200)),
- visibleString VisibleString (SIZE (1..200)),
- bmpString BMPString (SIZE (1..200)),
- utf8String UTF8String (SIZE (1..200)) }
-
- @see PolicyQualifierInfo
- @see PolicyInformation
-
-
- Constant corresponding to ia5String encoding.
-
-
-
- Constant corresponding to bmpString encoding.
-
-
-
- Constant corresponding to utf8String encoding.
-
-
-
- Constant corresponding to visibleString encoding.
-
-
-
- Describe constant DisplayTextMaximumSize here.
-
-
-
- Creates a new DisplayText instance.
-
- @param type the desired encoding type for the text.
- @param text the text to store. Strings longer than 200
- characters are truncated.
-
-
- Creates a new DisplayText instance.
-
- @param text the text to encapsulate. Strings longer than 200
- characters are truncated.
-
-
- Creates a new DisplayText instance.
- Useful when reading back a DisplayText class
- from it's Asn1Encodable form.
-
- @param contents an Asn1Encodable instance.
-
-
- Returns the stored string object.
-
- @return the stored text as a string.
-
-
- The DistributionPoint object.
-
- DistributionPoint ::= Sequence {
- distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
- reasons [1] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
- cRLIssuer [2] GeneralNames OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- The DistributionPointName object.
-
- DistributionPointName ::= CHOICE {
- fullName [0] GeneralNames,
- nameRelativeToCRLIssuer [1] RDN
- }
-
-
-
- The extendedKeyUsage object.
-
- extendedKeyUsage ::= Sequence SIZE (1..MAX) OF KeyPurposeId
-
-
-
- Returns all extended key usages.
- The returned ArrayList contains DerObjectIdentifier instances.
- @return An ArrayList with all key purposes.
-
-
- The GeneralName object.
-
- GeneralName ::= CHOICE {
- otherName [0] OtherName,
- rfc822Name [1] IA5String,
- dNSName [2] IA5String,
- x400Address [3] ORAddress,
- directoryName [4] Name,
- ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName,
- uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String,
- iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING,
- registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER}
-
- OtherName ::= Sequence {
- type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id }
-
- EDIPartyName ::= Sequence {
- nameAssigner [0] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- partyName [1] DirectoryString }
-
-
-
- When the subjectAltName extension contains an Internet mail address,
- the address MUST be included as an rfc822Name. The format of an
- rfc822Name is an "addr-spec" as defined in RFC 822 [RFC 822].
-
- When the subjectAltName extension contains a domain name service
- label, the domain name MUST be stored in the dNSName (an IA5String).
- The name MUST be in the "preferred name syntax," as specified by RFC
- 1034 [RFC 1034].
-
- When the subjectAltName extension contains a URI, the name MUST be
- stored in the uniformResourceIdentifier (an IA5String). The name MUST
- be a non-relative URL, and MUST follow the URL syntax and encoding
- rules specified in [RFC 1738]. The name must include both a scheme
- (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part. The scheme-
- specific-part must include a fully qualified domain name or IP
- address as the host.
-
- When the subjectAltName extension contains a iPAddress, the address
- MUST be stored in the octet string in "network byte order," as
- specified in RFC 791 [RFC 791]. The least significant bit (LSB) of
- each octet is the LSB of the corresponding byte in the network
- address. For IP Version 4, as specified in RFC 791, the octet string
- MUST contain exactly four octets. For IP Version 6, as specified in
- RFC 1883, the octet string MUST contain exactly sixteen octets [RFC
- 1883].
-
-
- Create a GeneralName for the given tag from the passed in string.
-
- This constructor can handle:
-
- - rfc822Name
- - iPAddress
- - directoryName
- - dNSName
- - uniformResourceIdentifier
- - registeredID
-
- For x400Address, otherName and ediPartyName there is no common string
- format defined.
-
- Note: A directory name can be encoded in different ways into a byte
- representation. Be aware of this if the byte representation is used for
- comparing results.
-
-
- @param tag tag number
- @param name string representation of name
- @throws ArgumentException if the string encoding is not correct or
- not supported.
-
-
- Construct a GeneralNames object containing one GeneralName.
- The name to be contained.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- GeneralNames ::= Sequence SIZE {1..MAX} OF GeneralName
-
-
-
- Class for containing a restriction object subtrees in NameConstraints. See
- RFC 3280.
-
-
-
- GeneralSubtree ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- baseName GeneralName,
- minimum [0] BaseDistance DEFAULT 0,
- maximum [1] BaseDistance OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.NameConstraints
-
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- According RFC 3280, the minimum and maximum fields are not used with any
- name forms, thus minimum MUST be zero, and maximum MUST be absent.
-
- If minimum is null, zero is assumed, if
- maximum is null, maximum is absent.
-
- @param baseName
- A restriction.
- @param minimum
- Minimum
-
- @param maximum
- Maximum
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- GeneralSubtree ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- baseName GeneralName,
- minimum [0] BaseDistance DEFAULT 0,
- maximum [1] BaseDistance OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @return a DERObject
-
-
- The Holder object.
-
- For an v2 attribute certificate this is:
-
-
- Holder ::= SEQUENCE {
- baseCertificateID [0] IssuerSerial OPTIONAL,
- -- the issuer and serial number of
- -- the holder's Public Key Certificate
- entityName [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- -- the name of the claimant or role
- objectDigestInfo [2] ObjectDigestInfo OPTIONAL
- -- used to directly authenticate the holder,
- -- for example, an executable
- }
-
-
-
- For an v1 attribute certificate this is:
-
-
- subject CHOICE {
- baseCertificateID [0] IssuerSerial,
- -- associated with a Public Key Certificate
- subjectName [1] GeneralNames },
- -- associated with a name
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for a holder for an v1 attribute certificate.
-
- @param tagObj The ASN.1 tagged holder object.
-
-
- Constructor for a holder for an v2 attribute certificate. *
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructs a holder from a IssuerSerial.
- @param baseCertificateID The IssuerSerial.
- @param version The version of the attribute certificate.
-
-
- Returns 1 for v2 attribute certificates or 0 for v1 attribute
- certificates.
- @return The version of the attribute certificate.
-
-
- Constructs a holder with an entityName for v2 attribute certificates or
- with a subjectName for v1 attribute certificates.
-
- @param entityName The entity or subject name.
-
-
- Constructs a holder with an entityName for v2 attribute certificates or
- with a subjectName for v1 attribute certificates.
-
- @param entityName The entity or subject name.
- @param version The version of the attribute certificate.
-
-
- Constructs a holder from an object digest info.
-
- @param objectDigestInfo The object digest info object.
-
-
- Returns the entityName for an v2 attribute certificate or the subjectName
- for an v1 attribute certificate.
-
- @return The entityname or subjectname.
-
-
- The Holder object.
-
- Holder ::= Sequence {
- baseCertificateID [0] IssuerSerial OPTIONAL,
- -- the issuer and serial number of
- -- the holder's Public Key Certificate
- entityName [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- -- the name of the claimant or role
- objectDigestInfo [2] ObjectDigestInfo OPTIONAL
- -- used to directly authenticate the holder,
- -- for example, an executable
- }
-
-
-
- Implementation of IetfAttrSyntax as specified by RFC3281.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- IetfAttrSyntax ::= Sequence {
- policyAuthority [0] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- values Sequence OF CHOICE {
- octets OCTET STRING,
- oid OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- string UTF8String
- }
- }
-
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- IssuerSerial ::= Sequence {
- issuer GeneralNames,
- serial CertificateSerialNumber,
- issuerUid UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- IssuingDistributionPoint ::= SEQUENCE {
- distributionPoint [0] DistributionPointName OPTIONAL,
- onlyContainsUserCerts [1] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- onlyContainsCACerts [2] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- onlySomeReasons [3] ReasonFlags OPTIONAL,
- indirectCRL [4] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- onlyContainsAttributeCerts [5] BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE }
-
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- @param distributionPoint
- May contain an URI as pointer to most current CRL.
- @param onlyContainsUserCerts Covers revocation information for end certificates.
- @param onlyContainsCACerts Covers revocation information for CA certificates.
-
- @param onlySomeReasons
- Which revocation reasons does this point cover.
- @param indirectCRL
- If true then the CRL contains revocation
- information about certificates ssued by other CAs.
- @param onlyContainsAttributeCerts Covers revocation information for attribute certificates.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence
-
-
- @return Returns the distributionPoint.
-
-
- @return Returns the onlySomeReasons.
-
-
- The KeyPurposeID object.
-
- KeyPurposeID ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-
-
-
- The KeyUsage object.
-
- id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 }
-
- KeyUsage ::= BIT STRING {
- digitalSignature (0),
- nonRepudiation (1),
- keyEncipherment (2),
- dataEncipherment (3),
- keyAgreement (4),
- keyCertSign (5),
- cRLSign (6),
- encipherOnly (7),
- decipherOnly (8) }
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param usage - the bitwise OR of the Key Usage flags giving the
- allowed uses for the key.
- e.g. (KeyUsage.keyEncipherment | KeyUsage.dataEncipherment)
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- permitted and excluded are Vectors of GeneralSubtree objects.
-
- @param permitted Permitted subtrees
- @param excluded Excluded subtrees
-
-
- NoticeReference class, used in
- CertificatePolicies X509 V3 extensions
- (in policy qualifiers).
-
-
- NoticeReference ::= Sequence {
- organization DisplayText,
- noticeNumbers Sequence OF Integer }
-
-
-
- @see PolicyQualifierInfo
- @see PolicyInformation
-
-
- Creates a new NoticeReference instance.
-
- @param organization a String value
- @param numbers a Vector value
-
-
- Creates a new NoticeReference instance.
-
- @param organization a String value
- @param noticeNumbers an ASN1EncodableVector value
-
-
- Creates a new NoticeReference instance.
-
- @param organization displayText
- @param noticeNumbers an ASN1EncodableVector value
-
-
- Creates a new NoticeReference instance.
- Useful for reconstructing a NoticeReference
- instance from its encodable/encoded form.
-
- @param as an Asn1Sequence value obtained from either
- calling @{link ToAsn1Object()} for a NoticeReference
- instance or from parsing it from a Der-encoded stream.
-
-
- Describe ToAsn1Object method here.
-
- @return a Asn1Object value
-
-
- ObjectDigestInfo ASN.1 structure used in v2 attribute certificates.
-
-
-
- ObjectDigestInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- digestedObjectType ENUMERATED {
- publicKey (0),
- publicKeyCert (1),
- otherObjectTypes (2) },
- -- otherObjectTypes MUST NOT
- -- be used in this profile
- otherObjectTypeID OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- digestAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- objectDigest BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- The public key is hashed.
-
-
- The public key certificate is hashed.
-
-
- An other object is hashed.
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- If digestedObjectType is not {@link #publicKeyCert} or
- {@link #publicKey} otherObjectTypeID must be given,
- otherwise it is ignored.
-
- @param digestedObjectType The digest object type.
- @param otherObjectTypeID The object type ID for
- otherObjectDigest.
- @param digestAlgorithm The algorithm identifier for the hash.
- @param objectDigest The hash value.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
-
-
- ObjectDigestInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
- digestedObjectType ENUMERATED {
- publicKey (0),
- publicKeyCert (1),
- otherObjectTypes (2) },
- -- otherObjectTypes MUST NOT
- -- be used in this profile
- otherObjectTypeID OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- digestAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- objectDigest BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
-
- The OtherName object.
-
- OtherName ::= SEQUENCE {
- type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id }
-
-
-
- OtherName factory method.
- @param obj the object used to construct an instance of
- OtherName. It must be an instance of OtherName
- or ASN1Sequence.
- @return the instance of OtherName built from the
- supplied object.
- @throws java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the object passed
- to the factory is not an instance of OtherName or something that
- can be converted into an appropriate ASN1Sequence.
-
-
- Base constructor.
- @param typeID the type of the other name.
- @param value the ANY object that represents the value.
-
-
- PolicyMappings V3 extension, described in RFC3280.
-
- PolicyMappings ::= Sequence SIZE (1..MAX) OF Sequence {
- issuerDomainPolicy CertPolicyId,
- subjectDomainPolicy CertPolicyId }
-
-
- @see RFC 3280, section 4.2.1.6
-
-
- Creates a new PolicyMappings instance.
-
- @param seq an Asn1Sequence constructed as specified
- in RFC 3280
-
-
- Creates a new PolicyMappings instance.
-
- @param mappings a HashMap value that maps
- string oids
- to other string oids.
-
-
- PolicyQualifierId, used in the CertificatePolicies
- X509V3 extension.
-
-
- id-qt OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 2 }
- id-qt-cps OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 1 }
- id-qt-unotice OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-qt 2 }
- PolicyQualifierId ::=
- OBJECT IDENTIFIER ( id-qt-cps | id-qt-unotice )
-
-
-
- Policy qualifiers, used in the X509V3 CertificatePolicies
- extension.
-
-
- PolicyQualifierInfo ::= Sequence {
- policyQualifierId PolicyQualifierId,
- qualifier ANY DEFINED BY policyQualifierId }
-
-
-
- Creates a new PolicyQualifierInfo instance.
-
- @param policyQualifierId a PolicyQualifierId value
- @param qualifier the qualifier, defined by the above field.
-
-
- Creates a new PolicyQualifierInfo containing a
- cPSuri qualifier.
-
- @param cps the CPS (certification practice statement) uri as a
- string.
-
-
- Creates a new PolicyQualifierInfo instance.
-
- @param as PolicyQualifierInfo X509 structure
- encoded as an Asn1Sequence.
-
-
- Returns a Der-encodable representation of this instance.
-
- @return a Asn1Object value
-
-
-
-
- PrivateKeyUsagePeriod ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- notBefore [0] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- notAfter [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
-
- The BiometricData object.
-
- BiometricData ::= SEQUENCE {
- typeOfBiometricData TypeOfBiometricData,
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- biometricDataHash OCTET STRING,
- sourceDataUri IA5String OPTIONAL }
-
-
-
- The Iso4217CurrencyCode object.
-
- Iso4217CurrencyCode ::= CHOICE {
- alphabetic PrintableString (SIZE 3), --Recommended
- numeric INTEGER (1..999) }
- -- Alphabetic or numeric currency code as defined in ISO 4217
- -- It is recommended that the Alphabetic form is used
-
-
-
- The MonetaryValue object.
-
- MonetaryValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- currency Iso4217CurrencyCode,
- amount INTEGER,
- exponent INTEGER }
- -- value = amount * 10^exponent
-
-
-
- The QCStatement object.
-
- QCStatement ::= SEQUENCE {
- statementId OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- statementInfo ANY DEFINED BY statementId OPTIONAL}
-
-
-
- The SemanticsInformation object.
-
- SemanticsInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
- semanticsIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER OPTIONAL,
- nameRegistrationAuthorities NameRegistrationAuthorities
- OPTIONAL }
- (WITH COMPONENTS {..., semanticsIdentifier PRESENT}|
- WITH COMPONENTS {..., nameRegistrationAuthorities PRESENT})
-
- NameRegistrationAuthorities ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF
- GeneralName
-
-
-
- The TypeOfBiometricData object.
-
- TypeOfBiometricData ::= CHOICE {
- predefinedBiometricType PredefinedBiometricType,
- biometricDataOid OBJECT IDENTIFIER }
-
- PredefinedBiometricType ::= INTEGER {
- picture(0),handwritten-signature(1)}
- (picture|handwritten-signature)
-
-
-
- The ReasonFlags object.
-
- ReasonFlags ::= BIT STRING {
- unused(0),
- keyCompromise(1),
- cACompromise(2),
- affiliationChanged(3),
- superseded(4),
- cessationOfOperation(5),
- certficateHold(6)
- }
-
-
-
- @param reasons - the bitwise OR of the Key Reason flags giving the
- allowed uses for the key.
-
-
- Implementation of the RoleSyntax object as specified by the RFC3281.
-
-
- RoleSyntax ::= SEQUENCE {
- roleAuthority [0] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- roleName [1] GeneralName
- }
-
-
-
- RoleSyntax factory method.
- @param obj the object used to construct an instance of
- RoleSyntax. It must be an instance of RoleSyntax
- or Asn1Sequence.
- @return the instance of RoleSyntax built from the
- supplied object.
- @throws java.lang.ArgumentException if the object passed
- to the factory is not an instance of RoleSyntax or
- Asn1Sequence.
-
-
- Constructor.
- @param roleAuthority the role authority of this RoleSyntax.
- @param roleName the role name of this RoleSyntax.
-
-
- Constructor. Invoking this constructor is the same as invoking
- new RoleSyntax(null, roleName).
- @param roleName the role name of this RoleSyntax.
-
-
- Utility constructor. Takes a string argument representing
- the role name, builds a GeneralName to hold the role name
- and calls the constructor that takes a GeneralName.
- @param roleName
-
-
- Constructor that builds an instance of RoleSyntax by
- extracting the encoded elements from the Asn1Sequence
- object supplied.
- @param seq an instance of Asn1Sequence that holds
- the encoded elements used to build this RoleSyntax.
-
-
- Gets the role authority of this RoleSyntax.
- @return an instance of GeneralNames holding the
- role authority of this RoleSyntax.
-
-
- Gets the role name of this RoleSyntax.
- @return an instance of GeneralName holding the
- role name of this RoleSyntax.
-
-
- Gets the role name as a java.lang.string object.
- @return the role name of this RoleSyntax represented as a
- string object.
-
-
- Gets the role authority as a string[] object.
- @return the role authority of this RoleSyntax represented as a
- string[] array.
-
-
- Implementation of the method ToAsn1Object as
- required by the superclass ASN1Encodable.
-
-
- RoleSyntax ::= SEQUENCE {
- roleAuthority [0] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- roleName [1] GeneralName
- }
-
-
-
- This outputs the key in Pkcs1v2 format.
-
- RSAPublicKey ::= Sequence {
- modulus Integer, -- n
- publicExponent Integer, -- e
- }
-
-
-
- Structure for a name or pseudonym.
-
-
- NameOrPseudonym ::= CHOICE {
- surAndGivenName SEQUENCE {
- surName DirectoryString,
- givenName SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString
- },
- pseudonym DirectoryString
- }
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.sigi.PersonalData
-
-
-
- Constructor from DERString.
-
- The sequence is of type NameOrPseudonym:
-
-
- NameOrPseudonym ::= CHOICE {
- surAndGivenName SEQUENCE {
- surName DirectoryString,
- givenName SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString
- },
- pseudonym DirectoryString
- }
-
- @param pseudonym pseudonym value to use.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type NameOrPseudonym:
-
-
- NameOrPseudonym ::= CHOICE {
- surAndGivenName SEQUENCE {
- surName DirectoryString,
- givenName SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString
- },
- pseudonym DirectoryString
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param pseudonym The pseudonym.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param surname The surname.
- @param givenName A sequence of directory strings making up the givenName
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- NameOrPseudonym ::= CHOICE {
- surAndGivenName SEQUENCE {
- surName DirectoryString,
- givenName SEQUENCE OF DirectoryString
- },
- pseudonym DirectoryString
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Contains personal data for the otherName field in the subjectAltNames
- extension.
-
-
- PersonalData ::= SEQUENCE {
- nameOrPseudonym NameOrPseudonym,
- nameDistinguisher [0] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- dateOfBirth [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- placeOfBirth [2] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- gender [3] PrintableString OPTIONAL,
- postalAddress [4] DirectoryString OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.sigi.NameOrPseudonym
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.sigi.SigIObjectIdentifiers
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type NameOrPseudonym:
-
-
- PersonalData ::= SEQUENCE {
- nameOrPseudonym NameOrPseudonym,
- nameDistinguisher [0] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- dateOfBirth [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- placeOfBirth [2] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- gender [3] PrintableString OPTIONAL,
- postalAddress [4] DirectoryString OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @param seq The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from a given details.
-
- @param nameOrPseudonym Name or pseudonym.
- @param nameDistinguisher Name distinguisher.
- @param dateOfBirth Date of birth.
- @param placeOfBirth Place of birth.
- @param gender Gender.
- @param postalAddress Postal Address.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- PersonalData ::= SEQUENCE {
- nameOrPseudonym NameOrPseudonym,
- nameDistinguisher [0] INTEGER OPTIONAL,
- dateOfBirth [1] GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
- placeOfBirth [2] DirectoryString OPTIONAL,
- gender [3] PrintableString OPTIONAL,
- postalAddress [4] DirectoryString OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Object Identifiers of SigI specifciation (German Signature Law
- Interoperability specification).
-
-
- Key purpose IDs for German SigI (Signature Interoperability
- Specification)
-
-
- Certificate policy IDs for German SigI (Signature Interoperability
- Specification)
-
-
- Other Name IDs for German SigI (Signature Interoperability Specification)
-
-
- To be used for for the generation of directory service certificates.
-
-
- ID for PersonalData
-
-
- Certificate is conform to german signature law.
-
-
- This extension may contain further X.500 attributes of the subject. See also
- RFC 3039.
-
-
- SubjectDirectoryAttributes ::= Attributes
- Attributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
- Attribute ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- type AttributeType
- values SET OF AttributeValue
- }
-
- AttributeType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY AttributeType
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.X509Name for AttributeType ObjectIdentifiers.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- The sequence is of type SubjectDirectoryAttributes:
-
-
- SubjectDirectoryAttributes ::= Attributes
- Attributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
- Attribute ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- type AttributeType
- values SET OF AttributeValue
- }
-
- AttributeType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY AttributeType
-
-
- @param seq
- The ASN.1 sequence.
-
-
- Constructor from an ArrayList of attributes.
-
- The ArrayList consists of attributes of type {@link Attribute Attribute}
-
- @param attributes The attributes.
-
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- SubjectDirectoryAttributes ::= Attributes
- Attributes ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Attribute
- Attribute ::= SEQUENCE
- {
- type AttributeType
- values SET OF AttributeValue
- }
-
- AttributeType ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER
- AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY AttributeType
-
-
- @return a DERObject
-
-
- @return Returns the attributes.
-
-
- The SubjectKeyIdentifier object.
-
- SubjectKeyIdentifier::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- Calculates the keyIdentifier using a SHA1 hash over the BIT STRING
- from SubjectPublicKeyInfo as defined in RFC3280.
-
- @param spki the subject public key info.
-
-
- Return a RFC 3280 type 1 key identifier. As in:
-
- (1) The keyIdentifier is composed of the 160-bit SHA-1 hash of the
- value of the BIT STRING subjectPublicKey (excluding the tag,
- length, and number of unused bits).
-
- @param keyInfo the key info object containing the subjectPublicKey field.
- @return the key identifier.
-
-
- Return a RFC 3280 type 2 key identifier. As in:
-
- (2) The keyIdentifier is composed of a four bit type field with
- the value 0100 followed by the least significant 60 bits of the
- SHA-1 hash of the value of the BIT STRING subjectPublicKey.
-
- @param keyInfo the key info object containing the subjectPublicKey field.
- @return the key identifier.
-
-
- The object that contains the public key stored in a certficate.
-
- The GetEncoded() method in the public keys in the JCE produces a DER
- encoded one of these.
-
-
- for when the public key is an encoded object - if the bitstring
- can't be decoded this routine raises an IOException.
-
- @exception IOException - if the bit string doesn't represent a Der
- encoded object.
-
-
- for when the public key is an encoded object - if the bitstring
- can't be decoded this routine raises an IOException.
-
- @exception IOException - if the bit string doesn't represent a Der
- encoded object.
-
-
- for when the public key is raw bits...
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- SubjectPublicKeyInfo ::= Sequence {
- algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- publicKey BIT STRING }
-
-
-
- Target structure used in target information extension for attribute
- certificates from RFC 3281.
-
-
- Target ::= CHOICE {
- targetName [0] GeneralName,
- targetGroup [1] GeneralName,
- targetCert [2] TargetCert
- }
-
-
-
- The targetCert field is currently not supported and must not be used
- according to RFC 3281.
-
-
- Creates an instance of a Target from the given object.
-
- obj can be a Target or a {@link Asn1TaggedObject}
-
- @param obj The object.
- @return A Target instance.
- @throws ArgumentException if the given object cannot be
- interpreted as Target.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1TaggedObject.
-
- @param tagObj The tagged object.
- @throws ArgumentException if the encoding is wrong.
-
-
- Constructor from given details.
-
- Exactly one of the parameters must be not null.
-
- @param type the choice type to apply to the name.
- @param name the general name.
- @throws ArgumentException if type is invalid.
-
-
- @return Returns the targetGroup.
-
-
- @return Returns the targetName.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- Target ::= CHOICE {
- targetName [0] GeneralName,
- targetGroup [1] GeneralName,
- targetCert [2] TargetCert
- }
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Target information extension for attributes certificates according to RFC
- 3281.
-
-
- SEQUENCE OF Targets
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of a TargetInformation from the given object.
-
- obj can be a TargetInformation or a {@link Asn1Sequence}
-
- @param obj The object.
- @return A TargetInformation instance.
- @throws ArgumentException if the given object cannot be interpreted as TargetInformation.
-
-
- Constructor from a Asn1Sequence.
-
- @param seq The Asn1Sequence.
- @throws ArgumentException if the sequence does not contain
- correctly encoded Targets elements.
-
-
- Returns the targets in this target information extension.
-
- The ArrayList is cloned before it is returned.
-
- @return Returns the targets.
-
-
- Constructs a target information from a single targets element.
- According to RFC 3281 only one targets element must be produced.
-
- @param targets A Targets instance.
-
-
- According to RFC 3281 only one targets element must be produced. If
- multiple targets are given they must be merged in
- into one targets element.
-
- @param targets An array with {@link Targets}.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- SEQUENCE OF Targets
-
-
-
- According to RFC 3281 only one targets element must be produced. If
- multiple targets are given in the constructor they are merged into one
- targets element. If this was produced from a
- {@link Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.Asn1Sequence} the encoding is kept.
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- Targets structure used in target information extension for attribute
- certificates from RFC 3281.
-
-
- Targets ::= SEQUENCE OF Target
-
- Target ::= CHOICE {
- targetName [0] GeneralName,
- targetGroup [1] GeneralName,
- targetCert [2] TargetCert
- }
-
- TargetCert ::= SEQUENCE {
- targetCertificate IssuerSerial,
- targetName GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- certDigestInfo ObjectDigestInfo OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.Target
- @see org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.TargetInformation
-
-
- Creates an instance of a Targets from the given object.
-
- obj can be a Targets or a {@link Asn1Sequence}
-
- @param obj The object.
- @return A Targets instance.
- @throws ArgumentException if the given object cannot be interpreted as Target.
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- @param targets The ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
- @throws ArgumentException if the contents of the sequence are
- invalid.
-
-
- Constructor from given targets.
-
- The ArrayList is copied.
-
- @param targets An ArrayList of {@link Target}s.
- @see Target
- @throws ArgumentException if the ArrayList contains not only Targets.
-
-
- Returns the targets in an ArrayList.
-
- The ArrayList is cloned before it is returned.
-
- @return Returns the targets.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Returns:
-
-
- Targets ::= SEQUENCE OF Target
-
-
- @return an Asn1Object
-
-
- The TbsCertificate object.
-
- TbsCertificate ::= Sequence {
- version [ 0 ] Version DEFAULT v1(0),
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuer Name,
- validity Validity,
- subject Name,
- subjectPublicKeyInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
- issuerUniqueID [ 1 ] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- subjectUniqueID [ 2 ] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions [ 3 ] Extensions OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
- Note: issuerUniqueID and subjectUniqueID are both deprecated by the IETF. This class
- will parse them, but you really shouldn't be creating new ones.
-
-
- PKIX RFC-2459 - TbsCertList object.
-
- TbsCertList ::= Sequence {
- version Version OPTIONAL,
- -- if present, shall be v2
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuer Name,
- thisUpdate Time,
- nextUpdate Time OPTIONAL,
- revokedCertificates Sequence OF Sequence {
- userCertificate CertificateSerialNumber,
- revocationDate Time,
- crlEntryExtensions Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- if present, shall be v2
- } OPTIONAL,
- crlExtensions [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- if present, shall be v2
- }
-
-
-
- creates a time object from a given date - if the date is between 1950
- and 2049 a UTCTime object is Generated, otherwise a GeneralizedTime
- is used.
-
-
-
- Return our time as DateTime.
-
- A date time.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Time ::= CHOICE {
- utcTime UTCTime,
- generalTime GeneralizedTime }
-
-
-
- UserNotice class, used in
- CertificatePolicies X509 extensions (in policy
- qualifiers).
-
- UserNotice ::= Sequence {
- noticeRef NoticeReference OPTIONAL,
- explicitText DisplayText OPTIONAL}
-
-
-
- @see PolicyQualifierId
- @see PolicyInformation
-
-
- Creates a new UserNotice instance.
-
- @param noticeRef a NoticeReference value
- @param explicitText a DisplayText value
-
-
- Creates a new UserNotice instance.
-
- @param noticeRef a NoticeReference value
- @param str the explicitText field as a string.
-
-
- Creates a new UserNotice instance.
- Useful from reconstructing a UserNotice instance
- from its encodable/encoded form.
-
- @param as an ASN1Sequence value obtained from either
- calling @{link toASN1Object()} for a UserNotice
- instance or from parsing it from a DER-encoded stream.
-
-
- Generator for Version 1 TbsCertificateStructures.
-
- TbsCertificate ::= Sequence {
- version [ 0 ] Version DEFAULT v1(0),
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuer Name,
- validity Validity,
- subject Name,
- subjectPublicKeyInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
- }
-
-
-
-
- Generator for Version 2 AttributeCertificateInfo
-
- AttributeCertificateInfo ::= Sequence {
- version AttCertVersion -- version is v2,
- holder Holder,
- issuer AttCertIssuer,
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
- attrCertValidityPeriod AttCertValidityPeriod,
- attributes Sequence OF Attr,
- issuerUniqueID UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions Extensions OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- @param attribute
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- V2Form ::= Sequence {
- issuerName GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- baseCertificateID [0] IssuerSerial OPTIONAL,
- objectDigestInfo [1] ObjectDigestInfo OPTIONAL
- -- issuerName MUST be present in this profile
- -- baseCertificateID and objectDigestInfo MUST NOT
- -- be present in this profile
- }
-
-
-
- Generator for Version 2 TbsCertList structures.
-
- TbsCertList ::= Sequence {
- version Version OPTIONAL,
- -- if present, shall be v2
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuer Name,
- thisUpdate Time,
- nextUpdate Time OPTIONAL,
- revokedCertificates Sequence OF Sequence {
- userCertificate CertificateSerialNumber,
- revocationDate Time,
- crlEntryExtensions Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- if present, shall be v2
- } OPTIONAL,
- crlExtensions [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL
- -- if present, shall be v2
- }
-
-
- Note: This class may be subject to change
-
-
- Generator for Version 3 TbsCertificateStructures.
-
- TbsCertificate ::= Sequence {
- version [ 0 ] Version DEFAULT v1(0),
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber,
- signature AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuer Name,
- validity Validity,
- subject Name,
- subjectPublicKeyInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
- issuerUniqueID [ 1 ] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- subjectUniqueID [ 2 ] IMPLICIT UniqueIdentifier OPTIONAL,
- extensions [ 3 ] Extensions OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- an X509Certificate structure.
-
- Certificate ::= Sequence {
- tbsCertificate TbsCertificate,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING
- }
-
-
-
- The default converter for X509 DN entries when going from their
- string value to ASN.1 strings.
-
-
- Apply default conversion for the given value depending on the oid
- and the character range of the value.
-
- @param oid the object identifier for the DN entry
- @param value the value associated with it
- @return the ASN.1 equivalent for the string value.
-
-
- an object for the elements in the X.509 V3 extension block.
-
-
- Convert the value of the passed in extension to an object.
- The extension to parse.
- The object the value string contains.
- If conversion is not possible.
-
-
- Subject Directory Attributes
-
-
- Subject Key Identifier
-
-
- Key Usage
-
-
- Private Key Usage Period
-
-
- Subject Alternative Name
-
-
- Issuer Alternative Name
-
-
- Basic Constraints
-
-
- CRL Number
-
-
- Reason code
-
-
- Hold Instruction Code
-
-
- Invalidity Date
-
-
- Delta CRL indicator
-
-
- Issuing Distribution Point
-
-
- Certificate Issuer
-
-
- Name Constraints
-
-
- CRL Distribution Points
-
-
- Certificate Policies
-
-
- Policy Mappings
-
-
- Authority Key Identifier
-
-
- Policy Constraints
-
-
- Extended Key Usage
-
-
- Freshest CRL
-
-
- Inhibit Any Policy
-
-
- Authority Info Access
-
-
- Subject Info Access
-
-
- Logo Type
-
-
- BiometricInfo
-
-
- QCStatements
-
-
- Audit identity extension in attribute certificates.
-
-
- NoRevAvail extension in attribute certificates.
-
-
- TargetInformation extension in attribute certificates.
-
-
- Expired Certificates on CRL extension
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence.
-
- the extensions are a list of constructed sequences, either with (Oid, OctetString) or (Oid, Boolean, OctetString)
-
-
- constructor from a table of extensions.
-
- it's is assumed the table contains Oid/string pairs.
-
-
- Constructor from a table of extensions with ordering.
-
- It's is assumed the table contains Oid/string pairs.
-
-
- Constructor from two vectors
-
- @param objectIDs an ArrayList of the object identifiers.
- @param values an ArrayList of the extension values.
-
-
- constructor from a table of extensions.
-
- it's is assumed the table contains Oid/string pairs.
-
-
- Constructor from a table of extensions with ordering.
-
- It's is assumed the table contains Oid/string pairs.
-
-
- Constructor from two vectors
-
- @param objectIDs an ArrayList of the object identifiers.
- @param values an ArrayList of the extension values.
-
-
- return an Enumeration of the extension field's object ids.
-
-
- return the extension represented by the object identifier
- passed in.
-
- @return the extension if it's present, null otherwise.
-
-
- return the parsed value of the extension represented by the object identifier
- passed in.
-
- @return the parsed value of the extension if it's present, null otherwise.
-
-
-
- Extensions ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF Extension
-
- Extension ::= SEQUENCE {
- extnId EXTENSION.&id ({ExtensionSet}),
- critical BOOLEAN DEFAULT FALSE,
- extnValue OCTET STRING }
-
-
-
- Generator for X.509 extensions
-
-
- Reset the generator
-
-
-
- Add an extension with the given oid and the passed in value to be included
- in the OCTET STRING associated with the extension.
-
- OID for the extension.
- True if critical, false otherwise.
- The ASN.1 object to be included in the extension.
-
-
-
- Add an extension with the given oid and the passed in byte array to be wrapped
- in the OCTET STRING associated with the extension.
-
- OID for the extension.
- True if critical, false otherwise.
- The byte array to be wrapped.
-
-
- Return true if there are no extension present in this generator.
- True if empty, false otherwise
-
-
- Generate an X509Extensions object based on the current state of the generator.
- An X509Extensions object
-
-
-
- RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName
-
- RelativeDistinguishedName ::= SET SIZE (1..MAX) OF AttributeTypeAndValue
-
- AttributeTypeAndValue ::= SEQUENCE {
- type OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- value ANY }
-
-
-
- country code - StringType(SIZE(2))
-
-
- organization - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- organizational unit name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- Title
-
-
- common name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- street - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- device serial number name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- locality name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- state, or province name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- Naming attributes of type X520name
-
-
- businessCategory - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)
-
-
- postalCode - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..40)
-
-
- dnQualifier - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..64)
-
-
- RFC 3039 Pseudonym - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..64)
-
-
- RFC 3039 DateOfBirth - GeneralizedTime - YYYYMMDD000000Z
-
-
- RFC 3039 PlaceOfBirth - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..128)
-
-
- RFC 3039 DateOfBirth - PrintableString (SIZE(1)) -- "M", "F", "m" or "f"
-
-
- RFC 3039 CountryOfCitizenship - PrintableString (SIZE (2)) -- ISO 3166
- codes only
-
-
- RFC 3039 CountryOfCitizenship - PrintableString (SIZE (2)) -- ISO 3166
- codes only
-
-
- ISIS-MTT NameAtBirth - DirectoryString(SIZE(1..64)
-
-
- RFC 3039 PostalAddress - SEQUENCE SIZE (1..6) OF
- DirectoryString(SIZE(1..30))
-
-
- RFC 2256 dmdName
-
-
- id-at-telephoneNumber
-
-
- id-at-organizationIdentifier
-
-
- id-at-name
-
-
- Email address (RSA PKCS#9 extension) - IA5String.
- Note: if you're trying to be ultra orthodox, don't use this! It shouldn't be in here.
-
-
- more from PKCS#9
-
-
- email address in Verisign certificates
-
-
- LDAP User id.
-
-
- determines whether or not strings should be processed and printed
- from back to front.
-
-
- default look up table translating OID values into their common symbols following
- the convention in RFC 2253 with a few extras
-
-
- look up table translating OID values into their common symbols following the convention in RFC 2253
-
-
- look up table translating OID values into their common symbols following the convention in RFC 1779
-
-
-
- look up table translating common symbols into their OIDS.
-
-
- Return a X509Name based on the passed in tagged object.
-
- @param obj tag object holding name.
- @param explicitly true if explicitly tagged false otherwise.
- @return the X509Name
-
-
- Constructor from Asn1Sequence
-
- the principal will be a list of constructed sets, each containing an (OID, string) pair.
-
-
- Constructor from a table of attributes with ordering.
-
- it's is assumed the table contains OID/string pairs, and the contents
- of the table are copied into an internal table as part of the
- construction process. The ordering ArrayList should contain the OIDs
- in the order they are meant to be encoded or printed in ToString.
-
-
- Constructor from a table of attributes with ordering.
-
- it's is assumed the table contains OID/string pairs, and the contents
- of the table are copied into an internal table as part of the
- construction process. The ordering ArrayList should contain the OIDs
- in the order they are meant to be encoded or printed in ToString.
-
- The passed in converter will be used to convert the strings into their
- ASN.1 counterparts.
-
-
- Takes two vectors one of the oids and the other of the values.
-
-
- Takes two vectors one of the oids and the other of the values.
-
- The passed in converter will be used to convert the strings into their
- ASN.1 counterparts.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes with each
- string value being converted to its associated ASN.1 type using the passed
- in converter.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes. If reverse
- is true, create the encoded version of the sequence starting from the
- last element in the string.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes with each
- string value being converted to its associated ASN.1 type using the passed
- in converter. If reverse is true the ASN.1 sequence representing the DN will
- be built by starting at the end of the string, rather than the start.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes. lookUp
- should provide a table of lookups, indexed by lowercase only strings and
- yielding a DerObjectIdentifier, other than that OID. and numeric oids
- will be processed automatically.
-
- If reverse is true, create the encoded version of the sequence
- starting from the last element in the string.
- @param reverse true if we should start scanning from the end (RFC 2553).
- @param lookUp table of names and their oids.
- @param dirName the X.500 string to be parsed.
-
-
- Takes an X509 dir name as a string of the format "C=AU, ST=Victoria", or
- some such, converting it into an ordered set of name attributes. lookUp
- should provide a table of lookups, indexed by lowercase only strings and
- yielding a DerObjectIdentifier, other than that OID. and numeric oids
- will be processed automatically. The passed in converter is used to convert the
- string values to the right of each equals sign to their ASN.1 counterparts.
-
- @param reverse true if we should start scanning from the end, false otherwise.
- @param lookUp table of names and oids.
- @param dirName the string dirName
- @param converter the converter to convert string values into their ASN.1 equivalents
-
-
- return an IList of the oids in the name, in the order they were found.
-
-
- return an IList of the values found in the name, in the order they
- were found.
-
-
- return an IList of the values found in the name, in the order they
- were found, with the DN label corresponding to passed in oid.
-
-
- The X509Name object to test equivalency against.
- If true, the order of elements must be the same,
- as well as the values associated with each element.
-
-
- test for equivalence - note: case is ignored.
-
-
- convert the structure to a string - if reverse is true the
- oids and values are listed out starting with the last element
- in the sequence (ala RFC 2253), otherwise the string will begin
- with the first element of the structure. If no string definition
- for the oid is found in oidSymbols the string value of the oid is
- added. Two standard symbol tables are provided DefaultSymbols, and
- RFC2253Symbols as part of this class.
-
- @param reverse if true start at the end of the sequence and work back.
- @param oidSymbols look up table strings for oids.
-
-
- * It turns out that the number of standard ways the fields in a DN should be
- * encoded into their ASN.1 counterparts is rapidly approaching the
- * number of machines on the internet. By default the X509Name class
- * will produce UTF8Strings in line with the current recommendations (RFC 3280).
- *
- * An example of an encoder look like below:
- *
- * public class X509DirEntryConverter
- * : X509NameEntryConverter
- * {
- * public Asn1Object GetConvertedValue(
- * DerObjectIdentifier oid,
- * string value)
- * {
- * if (str.Length() != 0 && str.charAt(0) == '#')
- * {
- * return ConvertHexEncoded(str, 1);
- * }
- * if (oid.Equals(EmailAddress))
- * {
- * return new DerIA5String(str);
- * }
- * else if (CanBePrintable(str))
- * {
- * return new DerPrintableString(str);
- * }
- * else if (CanBeUTF8(str))
- * {
- * return new DerUtf8String(str);
- * }
- * else
- * {
- * return new DerBmpString(str);
- * }
- * }
- * }
- *
- *
-
-
- Convert an inline encoded hex string rendition of an ASN.1
- object back into its corresponding ASN.1 object.
-
- @param str the hex encoded object
- @param off the index at which the encoding starts
- @return the decoded object
-
-
- return true if the passed in string can be represented without
- loss as a PrintableString, false otherwise.
-
-
- Convert the passed in string value into the appropriate ASN.1
- encoded object.
-
- @param oid the oid associated with the value in the DN.
- @param value the value of the particular DN component.
- @return the ASN.1 equivalent for the value.
-
-
- class for breaking up an X500 Name into it's component tokens, ala
- java.util.StringTokenizer. We need this class as some of the
- lightweight Java environment don't support classes like
- StringTokenizer.
-
-
- A general class that reads all X9.62 style EC curve tables.
-
-
- return a X9ECParameters object representing the passed in named
- curve. The routine returns null if the curve is not present.
-
- @param name the name of the curve requested
- @return an X9ECParameters object or null if the curve is not available.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return a X9ECParameters object representing the passed in named
- curve.
-
- @param oid the object id of the curve requested
- @return an X9ECParameters object or null if the curve is not available.
-
-
- return an enumeration of the names of the available curves.
-
- @return an enumeration of the names of the available curves.
-
-
- ASN.1 def for Diffie-Hellman key exchange KeySpecificInfo structure. See
- RFC 2631, or X9.42, for further details.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- KeySpecificInfo ::= Sequence {
- algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
- counter OCTET STRING SIZE (4..4)
- }
-
-
-
- ANS.1 def for Diffie-Hellman key exchange OtherInfo structure. See
- RFC 2631, or X9.42, for further details.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- OtherInfo ::= Sequence {
- keyInfo KeySpecificInfo,
- partyAInfo [0] OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
- suppPubInfo [2] OCTET STRING
- }
-
-
-
- table of the current named curves defined in X.962 EC-DSA.
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Parameters ::= CHOICE {
- ecParameters ECParameters,
- namedCurve CURVES.&id({CurveNames}),
- implicitlyCA Null
- }
-
-
-
- ASN.1 def for Elliptic-Curve Curve structure. See
- X9.62, for further details.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- Curve ::= Sequence {
- a FieldElement,
- b FieldElement,
- seed BIT STRING OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- ASN.1 def for Elliptic-Curve ECParameters structure. See
- X9.62, for further details.
-
-
- Return the ASN.1 entry representing the Curve.
-
- @return the X9Curve for the curve in these parameters.
-
-
- Return the ASN.1 entry representing the FieldID.
-
- @return the X9FieldID for the FieldID in these parameters.
-
-
- Return the ASN.1 entry representing the base point G.
-
- @return the X9ECPoint for the base point in these parameters.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ECParameters ::= Sequence {
- version Integer { ecpVer1(1) } (ecpVer1),
- fieldID FieldID {{FieldTypes}},
- curve X9Curve,
- base X9ECPoint,
- order Integer,
- cofactor Integer OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
- class for describing an ECPoint as a Der object.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- ECPoint ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
- Octet string produced using ECPoint.GetEncoded().
-
-
- Class for processing an ECFieldElement as a DER object.
-
-
- Produce an object suitable for an Asn1OutputStream.
-
- FieldElement ::= OCTET STRING
-
-
-
- - if q is an odd prime then the field element is
- processed as an Integer and converted to an octet string
- according to x 9.62 4.3.1.
- - if q is 2m then the bit string
- contained in the field element is converted into an octet
- string with the same ordering padded at the front if necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
- ASN.1 def for Elliptic-Curve Field ID structure. See
- X9.62, for further details.
-
-
- Constructor for elliptic curves over prime fields
- F2.
- @param primeP The prime p defining the prime field.
-
-
- Constructor for elliptic curves over binary fields
- F2m.
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k1 The integer k1 where xm +
- xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- Constructor for elliptic curves over binary fields
- F2m.
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k1 The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k2 The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k3 The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z)..
-
-
- Produce a Der encoding of the following structure.
-
- FieldID ::= Sequence {
- fieldType FIELD-ID.&id({IOSet}),
- parameters FIELD-ID.&Type({IOSet}{@fieldType})
- }
-
-
-
- id-dsa-with-sha1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2)
- us(840) x9-57 (10040) x9cm(4) 3 }
-
-
- X9.63
-
-
- X9.42
-
-
- reader for Base64 armored objects - read the headers and then start returning
- bytes when the data is reached. An IOException is thrown if the CRC check
- fails.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded input data.
-
- @return the offset the data starts in out.
-
-
- Create a stream for reading a PGP armoured message, parsing up to a header
- and then reading the data that follows.
-
- @param input
-
-
- Create an armoured input stream which will assume the data starts
- straight away, or parse for headers first depending on the value of
- hasHeaders.
-
- @param input
- @param hasHeaders true if headers are to be looked for, false otherwise.
-
-
- @return true if we are inside the clear text section of a PGP
- signed message.
-
-
- @return true if the stream is actually at end of file.
-
-
- Return the armor header line (if there is one)
- @return the armor header line, null if none present.
-
-
- Return the armor headers (the lines after the armor header line),
- @return an array of armor headers, null if there aren't any.
-
-
- Basic output stream.
-
-
- encode the input data producing a base 64 encoded byte array.
-
-
- Set an additional header entry. Any current value(s) under the same name will be
- replaced by the new one. A null value will clear the entry for name. *
- @param name the name of the header entry.
- @param v the value of the header entry.
-
-
- Set an additional header entry. The current value(s) will continue to exist together
- with the new one. Adding a null value has no effect.
-
- @param name the name of the header entry.
- @param value the value of the header entry.
-
-
- Reset the headers to only contain a Version string (if one is present).
-
-
- Start a clear text signed message.
- @param hashAlgorithm
-
-
- Note: Close() does not close the underlying stream. So it is possible to write
- multiple objects using armoring to a single stream.
-
-
- Basic type for a image attribute packet.
-
-
- Reader for PGP objects.
-
-
- Returns the next packet tag in the stream.
-
-
-
- A stream that overlays our input stream, allowing the user to only read a segment of it.
- NB: dataLength will be negative if the segment length is in the upper range above 2**31.
-
-
-
- Base class for a PGP object.
-
-
- Basic output stream.
-
-
- Create a stream representing a general packet.
- Output stream to write to.
-
-
- Create a stream representing an old style partial object.
- Output stream to write to.
- The packet tag for the object.
-
-
- Create a stream representing a general packet.
- Output stream to write to.
- Packet tag.
- Size of chunks making up the packet.
- If true, the header is written out in old format.
-
-
- Create a new style partial input stream buffered into chunks.
- Output stream to write to.
- Packet tag.
- Size of chunks making up the packet.
-
-
- Create a new style partial input stream buffered into chunks.
- Output stream to write to.
- Packet tag.
- Buffer to use for collecting chunks.
-
-
- Flush the underlying stream.
-
-
- Finish writing out the current packet without closing the underlying stream.
-
-
- Generic compressed data object.
-
-
- The algorithm tag value.
-
-
- Basic tags for compression algorithms.
-
-
- Basic type for a PGP packet.
-
-
- Base class for a DSA public key.
-
-
- The stream to read the packet from.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Base class for a DSA secret key.
-
-
- @param in
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- @return x
-
-
- Base class for an ECDH Public Key.
-
-
- The stream to read the packet from.
-
-
- Base class for an ECDSA Public Key.
-
-
- The stream to read the packet from.
-
-
- Base class for an EC Public Key.
-
-
- The stream to read the packet from.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Base class for an EC Secret Key.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Base class for an ElGamal public key.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Base class for an ElGamal secret key.
-
-
- @param in
-
-
- @param x
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Basic packet for an experimental packet.
-
-
- Basic tags for hash algorithms.
-
-
- Base interface for a PGP key.
-
-
-
- The base format for this key - in the case of the symmetric keys it will generally
- be raw indicating that the key is just a straight byte representation, for an asymmetric
- key the format will be PGP, indicating the key is a string of MPIs encoded in PGP format.
-
- "RAW" or "PGP".
-
-
- Note: you can only read from this once...
-
-
- Generic literal data packet.
-
-
- The format tag value.
-
-
- The modification time of the file in milli-seconds (since Jan 1, 1970 UTC)
-
-
- Basic type for a marker packet.
-
-
- Basic packet for a modification detection code packet.
-
-
- A multiple precision integer
-
-
- Generic signature object
-
-
- The encryption algorithm tag.
-
-
- The hash algorithm tag.
-
-
- Basic PGP packet tag types.
-
-
- Public Key Algorithm tag numbers.
-
-
- Basic packet for a PGP public key.
-
-
- Basic packet for a PGP public key.
-
-
- Construct a version 4 public key packet.
-
-
- Basic packet for a PGP public subkey
-
-
- Construct a version 4 public subkey packet.
-
-
- Base class for an RSA public key.
-
-
- Construct an RSA public key from the passed in stream.
-
-
- The modulus.
- The public exponent.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- Base class for an RSA secret (or priate) key.
-
-
- The format, as a string, always "PGP".
-
-
- Return the standard PGP encoding of the key.
-
-
- The string to key specifier class.
-
-
- The hash algorithm.
-
-
- The IV for the key generation algorithm.
-
-
- The iteration count
-
-
- The protection mode - only if GnuDummyS2K
-
-
- Basic packet for a PGP secret key.
-
-
- Basic packet for a PGP secret key.
-
-
- Generic signature packet.
-
-
- Generate a version 4 signature packet.
-
- @param signatureType
- @param keyAlgorithm
- @param hashAlgorithm
- @param hashedData
- @param unhashedData
- @param fingerprint
- @param signature
-
-
- Generate a version 2/3 signature packet.
-
- @param signatureType
- @param keyAlgorithm
- @param hashAlgorithm
- @param fingerprint
- @param signature
-
-
- return the keyId
- @return the keyId that created the signature.
-
-
- return the signature trailer that must be included with the data
- to reconstruct the signature
-
- @return byte[]
-
-
- * return the signature as a set of integers - note this is normalised to be the
- * ASN.1 encoding of what appears in the signature packet.
-
-
- Return the byte encoding of the signature section.
- @return uninterpreted signature bytes.
-
-
- Return the creation time in milliseconds since 1 Jan., 1970 UTC.
-
-
- Basic type for a PGP Signature sub-packet.
-
-
- Return the generic data making up the packet.
-
-
- reader for signature sub-packets
-
-
- Basic PGP signature sub-packet tag types.
-
-
- Packet embedded signature
-
-
- packet giving signature creation time.
-
-
- packet giving signature expiration time.
-
-
- Identifier for the modification detection feature
-
-
- Returns if modification detection is supported.
-
-
- Returns if a particular feature is supported.
-
-
- Sets support for a particular feature.
-
-
- packet giving signature creation time.
-
-
- packet giving time after creation at which the key expires.
-
-
- Return the number of seconds after creation time a key is valid for.
-
- @return second count for key validity.
-
-
- Packet holding the key flag values.
-
-
-
- Return the flag values contained in the first 4 octets (note: at the moment
- the standard only uses the first one).
-
-
-
- Class provided a NotationData object according to
- RFC2440, Chapter 5.2.3.15. Notation Data
-
-
- packet giving signature creation time.
-
-
- packet giving whether or not the signature is signed using the primary user ID for the key.
-
-
- packet giving whether or not is revocable.
-
-
- packet giving signature creation time.
-
-
- packet giving signature expiration time.
-
-
- return time in seconds before signature expires after creation time.
-
-
- packet giving the User ID of the signer.
-
-
- packet giving trust.
-
-
-
- Represents revocation key OpenPGP signature sub packet.
-
-
-
-
- Represents revocation reason OpenPGP signature sub packet.
-
-
-
- Basic type for a symmetric key encrypted packet.
-
-
- Basic tags for symmetric key algorithms
-
-
- Basic type for a symmetric encrypted session key packet
-
-
- @return int
-
-
- @return S2k
-
-
- @return byte[]
-
-
- @return int
-
-
- Basic type for a trust packet.
-
-
- Basic type for a user attribute packet.
-
-
- Basic type for a user attribute sub-packet.
-
-
- return the generic data making up the packet.
-
-
- reader for user attribute sub-packets
-
-
- Basic PGP user attribute sub-packet tag types.
-
-
- Basic type for a user ID packet.
-
-
- Compressed data objects
-
-
- The algorithm used for compression
-
-
- Get the raw input stream contained in the object.
-
-
- Return an uncompressed input stream which allows reading of the compressed data.
-
-
- Class for producing compressed data packets.
-
-
-
-
- Return an output stream which will save the data being written to
- the compressed object.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- Stream to be used for output.
- A Stream for output of the compressed data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return an output stream which will compress the data as it is written to it.
- The stream will be written out in chunks according to the size of the passed in buffer.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- Note: if the buffer is not a power of 2 in length only the largest power of 2
- bytes worth of the buffer will be used.
-
-
- Note: using this may break compatibility with RFC 1991 compliant tools.
- Only recent OpenPGP implementations are capable of accepting these streams.
-
-
- Stream to be used for output.
- The buffer to use.
- A Stream for output of the compressed data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the compressed object.summary>
-
-
-
- Thrown if the IV at the start of a data stream indicates the wrong key is being used.
-
-
-
- Return the raw input stream for the data stream.
-
-
- Return true if the message is integrity protected.
- True, if there is a modification detection code namespace associated
- with this stream.
-
-
- Note: This can only be called after the message has been read.
- True, if the message verifies, false otherwise
-
-
- Generator for encrypted objects.
-
-
- Existing SecureRandom constructor.
- The symmetric algorithm to use.
- Source of randomness.
-
-
- Creates a cipher stream which will have an integrity packet associated with it.
-
-
- Base constructor.
- The symmetric algorithm to use.
- Source of randomness.
- PGP 2.6.x compatibility required.
-
-
-
- Add a PBE encryption method to the encrypted object using the default algorithm (S2K_SHA1).
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
- Add a PBE encryption method to the encrypted object.
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
- Add a PBE encryption method to the encrypted object.
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
- Add a PBE encryption method to the encrypted object.
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
- Add a public key encrypted session key to the encrypted object.
-
-
-
-
- If buffer is non null stream assumed to be partial, otherwise the length will be used
- to output a fixed length packet.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return an output stream which will encrypt the data as it is written to it.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return an output stream which will encrypt the data as it is written to it.
- The stream will be written out in chunks according to the size of the passed in buffer.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- Note: if the buffer is not a power of 2 in length only the largest power of 2
- bytes worth of the buffer will be used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Close off the encrypted object - this is equivalent to calling Close() on the stream
- returned by the Open() method.
-
-
- Note: This does not close the underlying output stream, only the stream on top of
- it created by the Open() method.
-
-
-
-
- A holder for a list of PGP encryption method packets.
-
-
- Generic exception class for PGP encoding/decoding problems.
-
-
- Key flag values for the KeyFlags subpacket.
-
-
-
- General class to handle JCA key pairs and convert them into OpenPGP ones.
-
- A word for the unwary, the KeyId for an OpenPGP public key is calculated from
- a hash that includes the time of creation, if you pass a different date to the
- constructor below with the same public private key pair the KeyIs will not be the
- same as for previous generations of the key, so ideally you only want to do
- this once.
-
-
-
-
- Create a key pair from a PgpPrivateKey and a PgpPublicKey.
- The public key.
- The private key.
-
-
- The keyId associated with this key pair.
-
-
-
- Generator for a PGP master and subkey ring.
- This class will generate both the secret and public key rings
-
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator using old style checksumming. It is recommended to use
- SHA1 checksumming where possible.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
-
- If true, conversion of the passphrase to bytes uses Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(), otherwise the conversion
- is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The hash algorithm.
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The hash algorithm.
-
- If true, conversion of the passphrase to bytes uses Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(), otherwise the conversion
- is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
-
- Create a new key ring generator.
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
- The certification level for keys on this ring.
- The master key pair.
- The id to be associated with the ring.
- The algorithm to be used to protect secret keys.
- The hash algorithm.
- The passPhrase to be used to protect secret keys.
- Checksum the secret keys with SHA1 rather than the older 16 bit checksum.
- Packets to be included in the certification hash.
- Packets to be attached unhashed to the certification.
- input secured random.
-
-
- Add a subkey to the key ring to be generated with default certification.
-
-
-
- Add a subkey to the key ring to be generated with default certification.
-
- The key pair.
- The hash algorithm.
-
-
-
- Add a subkey with specific hashed and unhashed packets associated with it and
- default certification.
-
- Public/private key pair.
- Hashed packet values to be included in certification.
- Unhashed packets values to be included in certification.
-
-
-
-
- Add a subkey with specific hashed and unhashed packets associated with it and
- default certification.
-
- Public/private key pair.
- Hashed packet values to be included in certification.
- Unhashed packets values to be included in certification.
- The hash algorithm.
- exception adding subkey:
-
-
-
- Return the secret key ring.
-
-
- Return the public key ring that corresponds to the secret key ring.
-
-
-
- Thrown if the key checksum is invalid.
-
-
-
- Class for processing literal data objects.
-
-
- The special name indicating a "for your eyes only" packet.
-
-
- The format of the data stream - Binary or Text
-
-
- The file name that's associated with the data stream.
-
-
- Return the file name as an unintrepreted byte array.
-
-
- The modification time for the file.
-
-
- The raw input stream for the data stream.
-
-
- The input stream representing the data stream.
-
-
- Class for producing literal data packets.
-
-
- The special name indicating a "for your eyes only" packet.
-
-
-
- Generates literal data objects in the old format.
- This is important if you need compatibility with PGP 2.6.x.
-
- If true, uses old format.
-
-
-
-
- Open a literal data packet, returning a stream to store the data inside the packet.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- The stream we want the packet in.
- The format we are using.
- The name of the 'file'.
- The length of the data we will write.
- The time of last modification we want stored.
-
-
-
-
- Open a literal data packet, returning a stream to store the data inside the packet,
- as an indefinite length stream. The stream is written out as a series of partial
- packets with a chunk size determined by the size of the passed in buffer.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- Note: if the buffer is not a power of 2 in length only the largest power of 2
- bytes worth of the buffer will be used.
-
- The stream we want the packet in.
- The format we are using.
- The name of the 'file'.
- The time of last modification we want stored.
- The buffer to use for collecting data to put into chunks.
-
-
-
-
- Open a literal data packet for the passed in FileInfo object, returning
- an output stream for saving the file contents.
-
-
- The stream created can be closed off by either calling Close()
- on the stream or Close() on the generator. Closing the returned
- stream does not close off the Stream parameter outStr.
-
-
- The stream we want the packet in.
- The format we are using.
- The FileInfo object containg the packet details.
-
-
-
- Close the literal data packet - this is equivalent to calling Close()
- on the stream returned by the Open() method.
-
-
-
-
- A PGP marker packet - in general these should be ignored other than where
- the idea is to preserve the original input stream.
-
-
-
-
- General class for reading a PGP object stream.
-
- Note: if this class finds a PgpPublicKey or a PgpSecretKey it
- will create a PgpPublicKeyRing, or a PgpSecretKeyRing for each
- key found. If all you are trying to do is read a key ring file use
- either PgpPublicKeyRingBundle or PgpSecretKeyRingBundle.
-
-
-
- Return the next object in the stream, or null if the end is reached.
- On a parse error
-
-
-
- Return all available objects in a list.
-
- An IList containing all objects from this factory, in order.
-
-
-
- Read all available objects, returning only those that are assignable to the specified type.
-
- The type of objects to return. All other objects are ignored.
- An IList containing the filtered objects from this factory, in order.
-
-
- A one pass signature object.
-
-
- Initialise the signature object for verification.
-
-
- Verify the calculated signature against the passed in PgpSignature.
-
-
- Holder for a list of PgpOnePassSignature objects.
-
-
- Padding functions.
-
-
- A password based encryption object.
-
-
- Return the raw input stream for the data stream.
-
-
- Return the decrypted input stream, using the passed in passphrase.
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
- Return the decrypted input stream, using the passed in passphrase.
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
- Return the decrypted input stream, using the passed in passphrase.
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
- General class to contain a private key for use with other OpenPGP objects.
-
-
-
- Create a PgpPrivateKey from a keyID, the associated public data packet, and a regular private key.
-
- ID of the corresponding public key.
- the public key data packet to be associated with this private key.
- the private key data packet to be associated with this private key.
-
-
- The keyId associated with the contained private key.
-
-
- The public key packet associated with this private key, if available.
-
-
- The contained private key.
-
-
- General class to handle a PGP public key object.
-
-
-
- Create a PgpPublicKey from the passed in lightweight one.
-
-
- Note: the time passed in affects the value of the key's keyId, so you probably only want
- to do this once for a lightweight key, or make sure you keep track of the time you used.
-
- Asymmetric algorithm type representing the public key.
- Actual public key to associate.
- Date of creation.
- If pubKey is not public.
- On key creation problem.
-
-
- Constructor for a sub-key.
-
-
- Copy constructor.
- The public key to copy.
-
-
- The version of this key.
-
-
- The creation time of this key.
-
-
- The number of valid days from creation time - zero means no expiry.
- WARNING: This method will return 1 for keys with version > 3 that expire in less than 1 day
-
-
- Return the trust data associated with the public key, if present.
- A byte array with trust data, null otherwise.
-
-
- The number of valid seconds from creation time - zero means no expiry.
-
-
- The keyId associated with the public key.
-
-
- The fingerprint of the key
-
-
-
- Check if this key has an algorithm type that makes it suitable to use for encryption.
-
-
- Note: with version 4 keys KeyFlags subpackets should also be considered when present for
- determining the preferred use of the key.
-
-
- true if this key algorithm is suitable for encryption.
-
-
-
- True, if this could be a master key.
-
-
- The algorithm code associated with the public key.
-
-
- The strength of the key in bits.
-
-
- The public key contained in the object.
- A lightweight public key.
- If the key algorithm is not recognised.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of any user IDs associated with the key.
- An IEnumerable of string objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of any user attribute vectors associated with the key.
- An IEnumerable of PgpUserAttributeSubpacketVector objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of any signatures associated with the passed in id.
- The ID to be matched.
- An IEnumerable of PgpSignature objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of signatures associated with the passed in user attributes.
- The vector of user attributes to be matched.
- An IEnumerable of PgpSignature objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of signatures of the passed in type that are on this key.
- The type of the signature to be returned.
- An IEnumerable of PgpSignature objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of all signatures/certifications associated with this key.
- An IEnumerable with all signatures/certifications.
-
-
- Return all signatures/certifications directly associated with this key (ie, not to a user id).
-
- @return an iterator (possibly empty) with all signatures/certifications.
-
-
- Check whether this (sub)key has a revocation signature on it.
- True, if this (sub)key has been revoked.
-
-
- Add a certification for an id to the given public key.
- The key the certification is to be added to.
- The ID the certification is associated with.
- The new certification.
- The re-certified key.
-
-
- Add a certification for the given UserAttributeSubpackets to the given public key.
- The key the certification is to be added to.
- The attributes the certification is associated with.
- The new certification.
- The re-certified key.
-
-
-
- Remove any certifications associated with a user attribute subpacket on a key.
-
- The key the certifications are to be removed from.
- The attributes to be removed.
-
- The re-certified key, or null if the user attribute subpacket was not found on the key.
-
-
-
- Remove any certifications associated with a given ID on a key.
- The key the certifications are to be removed from.
- The ID that is to be removed.
- The re-certified key, or null if the ID was not found on the key.
-
-
- Remove a certification associated with a given ID on a key.
- The key the certifications are to be removed from.
- The ID that the certfication is to be removed from.
- The certfication to be removed.
- The re-certified key, or null if the certification was not found.
-
-
- Remove a certification associated with a given user attributes on a key.
- The key the certifications are to be removed from.
- The user attributes that the certfication is to be removed from.
- The certification to be removed.
- The re-certified key, or null if the certification was not found.
-
-
- Add a revocation or some other key certification to a key.
- The key the revocation is to be added to.
- The key signature to be added.
- The new changed public key object.
-
-
- Remove a certification from the key.
- The key the certifications are to be removed from.
- The certfication to be removed.
- The modified key, null if the certification was not found.
-
-
- A public key encrypted data object.
-
-
- The key ID for the key used to encrypt the data.
-
-
-
- Return the algorithm code for the symmetric algorithm used to encrypt the data.
-
-
-
- Return the decrypted data stream for the packet.
-
-
-
- Class to hold a single master public key and its subkeys.
-
- Often PGP keyring files consist of multiple master keys, if you are trying to process
- or construct one of these you should use the PgpPublicKeyRingBundle class.
-
-
-
-
- Return the first public key in the ring.
-
-
- Return the public key referred to by the passed in key ID if it is present.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of all the public keys.
- An IEnumerable of PgpPublicKey objects.
-
-
-
- Returns a new key ring with the public key passed in either added or
- replacing an existing one.
-
- The public key ring to be modified.
- The public key to be inserted.
- A new PgpPublicKeyRing
-
-
- Returns a new key ring with the public key passed in removed from the key ring.
- The public key ring to be modified.
- The public key to be removed.
- A new PgpPublicKeyRing, or null if pubKey is not found.
-
-
-
- Often a PGP key ring file is made up of a succession of master/sub-key key rings.
- If you want to read an entire public key file in one hit this is the class for you.
-
-
-
- Build a PgpPublicKeyRingBundle from the passed in input stream.
- Input stream containing data.
- If a problem parsing the stream occurs.
- If an object is encountered which isn't a PgpPublicKeyRing.
-
-
- Return the number of key rings in this collection.
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the public key rings making up this collection.
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- If true, userId need only be a substring of an actual ID string to match.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- If true, userId need only be a substring of an actual ID string to match.
- If true, case is ignored in user ID comparisons.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Return the PGP public key associated with the given key id.
- The ID of the public key to return.
-
-
- Return the public key ring which contains the key referred to by keyId
- key ID to match against
-
-
-
- Return true if a key matching the passed in key ID is present, false otherwise.
-
- key ID to look for.
-
-
-
- Return a new bundle containing the contents of the passed in bundle and
- the passed in public key ring.
-
- The PgpPublicKeyRingBundle the key ring is to be added to.
- The key ring to be added.
- A new PgpPublicKeyRingBundle merging the current one with the passed in key ring.
- If the keyId for the passed in key ring is already present.
-
-
-
- Return a new bundle containing the contents of the passed in bundle with
- the passed in public key ring removed.
-
- The PgpPublicKeyRingBundle the key ring is to be removed from.
- The key ring to be removed.
- A new PgpPublicKeyRingBundle not containing the passed in key ring.
- If the keyId for the passed in key ring is not present.
-
-
- General class to handle a PGP secret key object.
-
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- If utf8PassPhrase is true, conversion of the passphrase to bytes uses Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(), otherwise the conversion
- is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- If utf8PassPhrase is true, conversion of the passphrase to bytes uses Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(), otherwise the conversion
- is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Check if this key has an algorithm type that makes it suitable to use for signing.
-
-
- Note: with version 4 keys KeyFlags subpackets should also be considered when present for
- determining the preferred use of the key.
-
-
- true if this key algorithm is suitable for use with signing.
-
-
-
- True, if this is a master key.
-
-
- Detect if the Secret Key's Private Key is empty or not
-
-
- The algorithm the key is encrypted with.
-
-
- The key ID of the public key associated with this key.
-
-
- Return the S2K usage associated with this key.
-
-
- Return the S2K used to process this key.
-
-
- The public key associated with this key.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of any user IDs associated with the key.
- An IEnumerable of string objects.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of any user attribute vectors associated with the key.
- An IEnumerable of string objects.
-
-
- Extract a PgpPrivateKey from this secret key's encrypted contents.
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
- Extract a PgpPrivateKey from this secret key's encrypted contents.
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
- Extract a PgpPrivateKey from this secret key's encrypted contents.
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Return a copy of the passed in secret key, encrypted using a new password
- and the passed in algorithm.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
- The PgpSecretKey to be copied.
- The current password for the key.
- The new password for the key.
- The algorithm to be used for the encryption.
- Source of randomness.
-
-
-
- Return a copy of the passed in secret key, encrypted using a new password
- and the passed in algorithm.
-
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
- The PgpSecretKey to be copied.
- The current password for the key.
- The new password for the key.
- The algorithm to be used for the encryption.
- Source of randomness.
-
-
-
- Return a copy of the passed in secret key, encrypted using a new password
- and the passed in algorithm.
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
- The PgpSecretKey to be copied.
- The current password for the key.
- The new password for the key.
- The algorithm to be used for the encryption.
- Source of randomness.
-
-
- Replace the passed the public key on the passed in secret key.
- Secret key to change.
- New public key.
- A new secret key.
- If KeyId's do not match.
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys associating it with the passed in public key.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys associating it with the passed in public key.
-
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys associating it with the passed in public key.
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys.
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys.
-
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys.
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Parse a secret key from one of the GPG S expression keys.
-
-
-
-
- Class to hold a single master secret key and its subkeys.
-
- Often PGP keyring files consist of multiple master keys, if you are trying to process
- or construct one of these you should use the PgpSecretKeyRingBundle class.
-
-
-
-
- Return the public key for the master key.
-
-
- Return the master private key.
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the secret keys.
- An IEnumerable of PgpSecretKey objects.
-
-
-
- Return an iterator of the public keys in the secret key ring that
- have no matching private key. At the moment only personal certificate data
- appears in this fashion.
-
- An IEnumerable of unattached, or extra, public keys.
-
-
-
- Replace the public key set on the secret ring with the corresponding key off the public ring.
-
- Secret ring to be changed.
- Public ring containing the new public key set.
-
-
-
- Return a copy of the passed in secret key ring, with the master key and sub keys encrypted
- using a new password and the passed in algorithm.
-
- The PgpSecretKeyRing to be copied.
- The current password for key.
- The new password for the key.
- The algorithm to be used for the encryption.
- Source of randomness.
-
-
-
- Returns a new key ring with the secret key passed in either added or
- replacing an existing one with the same key ID.
-
- The secret key ring to be modified.
- The secret key to be inserted.
- A new PgpSecretKeyRing
-
-
- Returns a new key ring with the secret key passed in removed from the key ring.
- The secret key ring to be modified.
- The secret key to be removed.
- A new PgpSecretKeyRing, or null if secKey is not found.
-
-
-
- Often a PGP key ring file is made up of a succession of master/sub-key key rings.
- If you want to read an entire secret key file in one hit this is the class for you.
-
-
-
- Build a PgpSecretKeyRingBundle from the passed in input stream.
- Input stream containing data.
- If a problem parsing the stream occurs.
- If an object is encountered which isn't a PgpSecretKeyRing.
-
-
- Return the number of rings in this collection.
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the secret key rings making up this collection.
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- If true, userId need only be a substring of an actual ID string to match.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Allow enumeration of the key rings associated with the passed in userId.
- The user ID to be matched.
- If true, userId need only be a substring of an actual ID string to match.
- If true, case is ignored in user ID comparisons.
- An IEnumerable of key rings which matched (possibly none).
-
-
- Return the PGP secret key associated with the given key id.
- The ID of the secret key to return.
-
-
- Return the secret key ring which contains the key referred to by keyId
- The ID of the secret key
-
-
-
- Return true if a key matching the passed in key ID is present, false otherwise.
-
- key ID to look for.
-
-
-
- Return a new bundle containing the contents of the passed in bundle and
- the passed in secret key ring.
-
- The PgpSecretKeyRingBundle the key ring is to be added to.
- The key ring to be added.
- A new PgpSecretKeyRingBundle merging the current one with the passed in key ring.
- If the keyId for the passed in key ring is already present.
-
-
-
- Return a new bundle containing the contents of the passed in bundle with
- the passed in secret key ring removed.
-
- The PgpSecretKeyRingBundle the key ring is to be removed from.
- The key ring to be removed.
- A new PgpSecretKeyRingBundle not containing the passed in key ring.
- If the keyId for the passed in key ring is not present.
-
-
- A PGP signature object.
-
-
- The OpenPGP version number for this signature.
-
-
- The key algorithm associated with this signature.
-
-
- The hash algorithm associated with this signature.
-
-
- Return true if this signature represents a certification.
-
-
-
- Verify the signature as certifying the passed in public key as associated
- with the passed in user attributes.
-
- User attributes the key was stored under.
- The key to be verified.
- True, if the signature matches, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Verify the signature as certifying the passed in public key as associated
- with the passed in ID.
-
- ID the key was stored under.
- The key to be verified.
- True, if the signature matches, false otherwise.
-
-
- Verify a certification for the passed in key against the passed in master key.
- The key we are verifying against.
- The key we are verifying.
- True, if the certification is valid, false otherwise.
-
-
- Verify a key certification, such as revocation, for the passed in key.
- The key we are checking.
- True, if the certification is valid, false otherwise.
-
-
- The ID of the key that created the signature.
-
-
- The creation time of this signature.
-
-
-
- Return true if the signature has either hashed or unhashed subpackets.
-
-
-
-
- Return true if the passed in signature type represents a certification, false if the signature type is not.
-
-
- true if signatureType is a certification, false otherwise.
-
-
- Generator for PGP signatures.
-
-
- Create a generator for the passed in keyAlgorithm and hashAlgorithm codes.
-
-
- Initialise the generator for signing.
-
-
- Initialise the generator for signing.
-
-
- Return the one pass header associated with the current signature.
-
-
- Return a signature object containing the current signature state.
-
-
- Generate a certification for the passed in ID and key.
- The ID we are certifying against the public key.
- The key we are certifying against the ID.
- The certification.
-
-
- Generate a certification for the passed in userAttributes.
- The ID we are certifying against the public key.
- The key we are certifying against the ID.
- The certification.
-
-
- Generate a certification for the passed in key against the passed in master key.
- The key we are certifying against.
- The key we are certifying.
- The certification.
-
-
- Generate a certification, such as a revocation, for the passed in key.
- The key we are certifying.
- The certification.
-
-
- A list of PGP signatures - normally in the signature block after literal data.
-
-
- Generator for signature subpackets.
-
-
-
- Add a TrustSignature packet to the signature. The values for depth and trust are largely
- installation dependent but there are some guidelines in RFC 4880 - 5.2.3.13.
-
- true if the packet is critical.
- depth level.
- trust amount.
-
-
-
- Set the number of seconds a key is valid for after the time of its creation.
- A value of zero means the key never expires.
-
- True, if should be treated as critical, false otherwise.
- The number of seconds the key is valid, or zero if no expiry.
-
-
-
- Set the number of seconds a signature is valid for after the time of its creation.
- A value of zero means the signature never expires.
-
- True, if should be treated as critical, false otherwise.
- The number of seconds the signature is valid, or zero if no expiry.
-
-
-
- Set the creation time for the signature.
-
- Note: this overrides the generation of a creation time when the signature
- is generated.
-
-
-
-
- Sets revocation reason sub packet
-
-
-
-
- Sets revocation key sub packet
-
-
-
-
- Sets issuer key sub packet
-
-
-
- Container for a list of signature subpackets.
-
-
- Return true if a particular subpacket type exists.
-
- @param type type to look for.
- @return true if present, false otherwise.
-
-
- Return all signature subpackets of the passed in type.
- @param type subpacket type code
- @return an array of zero or more matching subpackets.
-
-
-
- Return the number of seconds a signature is valid for after its creation date.
- A value of zero means the signature never expires.
-
- Seconds a signature is valid for.
-
-
-
- Return the number of seconds a key is valid for after its creation date.
- A value of zero means the key never expires.
-
- Seconds a signature is valid for.
-
-
- Return the number of packets this vector contains.
-
-
- Container for a list of user attribute subpackets.
-
-
- Basic utility class.
-
-
-
- Conversion of the passphrase characters to bytes is performed using Convert.ToByte(), which is
- the historical behaviour of the library (1.7 and earlier).
-
-
-
-
- The passphrase is encoded to bytes using UTF8 (Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes).
-
-
-
-
- Allows the caller to handle the encoding of the passphrase to bytes.
-
-
-
- Write out the passed in file as a literal data packet.
-
-
- Write out the passed in file as a literal data packet in partial packet format.
-
-
-
- Return either an ArmoredInputStream or a BcpgInputStream based on whether
- the initial characters of the stream are binary PGP encodings or not.
-
-
-
- Generator for old style PGP V3 Signatures.
-
-
- Create a generator for the passed in keyAlgorithm and hashAlgorithm codes.
-
-
- Initialise the generator for signing.
-
-
- Initialise the generator for signing.
-
-
- Return the one pass header associated with the current signature.
-
-
- Return a V3 signature object containing the current signature state.
-
-
- Utility functions for looking a S-expression keys. This class will move when it finds a better home!
-
- Format documented here:
- http://git.gnupg.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=gnupg.git;a=blob;f=agent/keyformat.txt;h=42c4b1f06faf1bbe71ffadc2fee0fad6bec91a97;hb=refs/heads/master
-
-
-
-
- Wrap a PKIMessage ASN.1 structure.
-
- PKI message.
-
-
-
- Create a PKIMessage from the passed in bytes.
-
- BER/DER encoding of the PKIMessage
-
-
-
- Return true if this message has protection bits on it. A return value of true
- indicates the message can be used to construct a ProtectedPKIMessage.
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper for a PKIMessage with protection attached to it.
-
-
-
-
- Wrap a general message.
-
- If the general message does not have protection.
- The General message
-
-
-
- Wrap a PKI message.
-
- If the PKI message does not have protection.
- The PKI message
-
-
-
- Message header
-
-
-
-
- Message Body
-
-
-
-
- Return the underlying ASN.1 structure contained in this object.
-
- PKI Message structure
-
-
-
- Determine whether the message is protected by a password based MAC. Use verify(PKMACBuilder, char[])
- to verify the message if this method returns true.
-
- true if protection MAC PBE based, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return the extra certificates associated with this message.
-
- an array of extra certificates, zero length if none present.
-
-
-
- Verify a message with a public key based signature attached.
-
- a factory of signature verifiers.
- true if the provider is able to create a verifier that validates the signature, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Verify a message with password based MAC protection.
-
- MAC builder that can be used to construct the appropriate MacCalculator
- the MAC password
- true if the passed in password and MAC builder verify the message, false otherwise.
- if algorithm not MAC based, or an exception is thrown verifying the MAC.
-
-
-
- The 'Signature' parameter is only available when generating unsigned attributes.
-
-
-
- containing class for an CMS Authenticated Data object
-
-
- return the object identifier for the content MAC algorithm.
-
-
- return a store of the intended recipients for this message
-
-
- return the ContentInfo
-
-
- return a table of the digested attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
-
-
- return a table of the undigested attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- General class for generating a CMS authenticated-data message.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
-
- CMSAuthenticatedDataGenerator fact = new CMSAuthenticatedDataGenerator();
-
- fact.addKeyTransRecipient(cert);
-
- CMSAuthenticatedData data = fact.generate(content, algorithm, "BC");
-
-
-
- base constructor
-
-
- constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- @param rand instance of SecureRandom to use
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data
- object using the given provider and the passed in key generator.
-
-
- generate an authenticated object that contains an CMS Authenticated Data object
-
-
- Parsing class for an CMS Authenticated Data object from an input stream.
-
- Note: that because we are in a streaming mode only one recipient can be tried and it is important
- that the methods on the parser are called in the appropriate order.
-
-
- Example of use - assuming the first recipient matches the private key we have.
-
- CMSAuthenticatedDataParser ad = new CMSAuthenticatedDataParser(inputStream);
-
- RecipientInformationStore recipients = ad.getRecipientInfos();
-
- Collection c = recipients.getRecipients();
- Iterator it = c.iterator();
-
- if (it.hasNext())
- {
- RecipientInformation recipient = (RecipientInformation)it.next();
-
- CMSTypedStream recData = recipient.getContentStream(privateKey, "BC");
-
- processDataStream(recData.getContentStream());
-
- if (!Arrays.equals(ad.getMac(), recipient.getMac())
- {
- System.err.println("Data corrupted!!!!");
- }
- }
-
- Note: this class does not introduce buffering - if you are processing large files you should create
- the parser with:
-
- CMSAuthenticatedDataParser ep = new CMSAuthenticatedDataParser(new BufferedInputStream(inputStream, bufSize));
-
- where bufSize is a suitably large buffer size.
-
-
-
- return the object identifier for the mac algorithm.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded encryption algorithm parameters, or null if
- there aren't any.
-
-
- return a store of the intended recipients for this message
-
-
- return a table of the unauthenticated attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
- @exception java.io.IOException
-
-
- return a table of the unauthenticated attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
- @exception java.io.IOException
-
-
- General class for generating a CMS authenticated-data message stream.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
- CMSAuthenticatedDataStreamGenerator edGen = new CMSAuthenticatedDataStreamGenerator();
-
- edGen.addKeyTransRecipient(cert);
-
- ByteArrayOutputStream bOut = new ByteArrayOutputStream();
-
- OutputStream out = edGen.open(
- bOut, CMSAuthenticatedDataGenerator.AES128_CBC, "BC");*
- out.write(data);
-
- out.close();
-
-
-
-
- base constructor
-
-
- constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- @param rand instance of SecureRandom to use
-
-
- Set the underlying string size for encapsulated data
-
- @param bufferSize length of octet strings to buffer the data.
-
-
- Use a BER Set to store the recipient information
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data
- object using the given provider and the passed in key generator.
- @throws java.io.IOException
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object
-
-
- base constructor
-
-
- constructor allowing specific source of randomness
-
- @param rand instance of SecureRandom to use
-
-
- containing class for an CMS AuthEnveloped Data object
-
-
- containing class for an CMS Compressed Data object
-
-
- Return the uncompressed content.
-
- @return the uncompressed content
- @throws CmsException if there is an exception uncompressing the data.
-
-
- Return the uncompressed content, throwing an exception if the data size
- is greater than the passed in limit. If the content is exceeded getCause()
- on the CMSException will contain a StreamOverflowException
-
- @param limit maximum number of bytes to read
- @return the content read
- @throws CMSException if there is an exception uncompressing the data.
-
-
- return the ContentInfo
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- * General class for generating a compressed CMS message.
- *
- * A simple example of usage.
- *
- *
- * CMSCompressedDataGenerator fact = new CMSCompressedDataGenerator();
- * CMSCompressedData data = fact.Generate(content, algorithm);
- *
- *
-
-
- Generate an object that contains an CMS Compressed Data
-
-
- Class for reading a CMS Compressed Data stream.
-
- CMSCompressedDataParser cp = new CMSCompressedDataParser(inputStream);
-
- process(cp.GetContent().GetContentStream());
-
- Note: this class does not introduce buffering - if you are processing large files you should create
- the parser with:
-
- CMSCompressedDataParser ep = new CMSCompressedDataParser(new BufferedInputStream(inputStream, bufSize));
-
- where bufSize is a suitably large buffer size.
-
-
- General class for generating a compressed CMS message stream.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
-
- CMSCompressedDataStreamGenerator gen = new CMSCompressedDataStreamGenerator();
-
- Stream cOut = gen.Open(outputStream, CMSCompressedDataStreamGenerator.ZLIB);
-
- cOut.Write(data);
-
- cOut.Close();
-
-
-
- base constructor
-
-
- Set the underlying string size for encapsulated data
-
- @param bufferSize length of octet strings to buffer the data.
-
-
- Close the underlying data stream.
- @throws IOException if the close fails.
-
-
- containing class for an CMS Enveloped Data object
-
-
- return the object identifier for the content encryption algorithm.
-
-
- return a store of the intended recipients for this message
-
-
- return the ContentInfo
-
-
- return a table of the unprotected attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
-
- General class for generating a CMS enveloped-data message.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
-
- CmsEnvelopedDataGenerator fact = new CmsEnvelopedDataGenerator();
-
- fact.AddKeyTransRecipient(cert);
-
- CmsEnvelopedData data = fact.Generate(content, algorithm);
-
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
-
- Generate an enveloped object that contains a CMS Enveloped Data
- object using the passed in key generator.
-
-
-
- Generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object.
-
-
- Generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object.
-
-
- Parsing class for an CMS Enveloped Data object from an input stream.
-
- Note: that because we are in a streaming mode only one recipient can be tried and it is important
- that the methods on the parser are called in the appropriate order.
-
-
- Example of use - assuming the first recipient matches the private key we have.
-
- CmsEnvelopedDataParser ep = new CmsEnvelopedDataParser(inputStream);
-
- RecipientInformationStore recipients = ep.GetRecipientInfos();
-
- Collection c = recipients.getRecipients();
- Iterator it = c.iterator();
-
- if (it.hasNext())
- {
- RecipientInformation recipient = (RecipientInformation)it.next();
-
- CMSTypedStream recData = recipient.getContentStream(privateKey);
-
- processDataStream(recData.getContentStream());
- }
-
- Note: this class does not introduce buffering - if you are processing large files you should create
- the parser with:
-
- CmsEnvelopedDataParser ep = new CmsEnvelopedDataParser(new BufferedInputStream(inputStream, bufSize));
-
- where bufSize is a suitably large buffer size.
-
-
-
- return the object identifier for the content encryption algorithm.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded encryption algorithm parameters, or null if
- there aren't any.
-
-
- return a store of the intended recipients for this message
-
-
- return a table of the unprotected attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- General class for generating a CMS enveloped-data message stream.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
- CmsEnvelopedDataStreamGenerator edGen = new CmsEnvelopedDataStreamGenerator();
-
- edGen.AddKeyTransRecipient(cert);
-
- MemoryStream bOut = new MemoryStream();
-
- Stream out = edGen.Open(
- bOut, CMSEnvelopedDataGenerator.AES128_CBC);*
- out.Write(data);
-
- out.Close();
-
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
- Set the underlying string size for encapsulated data.
- Length of octet strings to buffer the data.
-
-
- Use a BER Set to store the recipient information.
-
-
-
- Generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data
- object using the passed in key generator.
-
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object
- @throws IOException
-
-
- generate an enveloped object that contains an CMS Enveloped Data object
- @throws IOException
-
-
- General class for generating a CMS enveloped-data message.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
-
- CMSEnvelopedDataGenerator fact = new CMSEnvelopedDataGenerator();
-
- fact.addKeyTransRecipient(cert);
-
- CMSEnvelopedData data = fact.generate(content, algorithm, "BC");
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
- add a recipient.
-
- @param cert recipient's public key certificate
- @exception ArgumentException if there is a problem with the certificate
-
-
- add a recipient
-
- @param key the public key used by the recipient
- @param subKeyId the identifier for the recipient's public key
- @exception ArgumentException if there is a problem with the key
-
-
- add a KEK recipient.
- @param key the secret key to use for wrapping
- @param keyIdentifier the byte string that identifies the key
-
-
- add a KEK recipient.
- @param key the secret key to use for wrapping
- @param keyIdentifier the byte string that identifies the key
-
-
- Add a key agreement based recipient.
-
- @param agreementAlgorithm key agreement algorithm to use.
- @param senderPrivateKey private key to initialise sender side of agreement with.
- @param senderPublicKey sender public key to include with message.
- @param recipientCert recipient's public key certificate.
- @param cekWrapAlgorithm OID for key wrapping algorithm to use.
- @exception SecurityUtilityException if the algorithm requested cannot be found
- @exception InvalidKeyException if the keys are inappropriate for the algorithm specified
-
-
- Add multiple key agreement based recipients (sharing a single KeyAgreeRecipientInfo structure).
-
- @param agreementAlgorithm key agreement algorithm to use.
- @param senderPrivateKey private key to initialise sender side of agreement with.
- @param senderPublicKey sender public key to include with message.
- @param recipientCerts recipients' public key certificates.
- @param cekWrapAlgorithm OID for key wrapping algorithm to use.
- @exception SecurityUtilityException if the algorithm requested cannot be found
- @exception InvalidKeyException if the keys are inappropriate for the algorithm specified
-
-
-
- Add a generator to produce the recipient info required.
-
- a generator of a recipient info object.
-
-
-
- Generic routine to copy out the data we want processed.
-
-
- This routine may be called multiple times.
-
-
-
- a holding class for a byte array of data to be processed.
-
-
- A clone of the byte array
-
-
- a holding class for a file of data to be processed.
-
-
- The file handle
-
-
- general class for handling a pkcs7-signature message.
-
- A simple example of usage - note, in the example below the validity of
- the certificate isn't verified, just the fact that one of the certs
- matches the given signer...
-
-
- IX509Store certs = s.GetCertificates();
- SignerInformationStore signers = s.GetSignerInfos();
-
- foreach (SignerInformation signer in signers.GetSigners())
- {
- ArrayList certList = new ArrayList(certs.GetMatches(signer.SignerID));
- X509Certificate cert = (X509Certificate) certList[0];
-
- if (signer.Verify(cert.GetPublicKey()))
- {
- verified++;
- }
- }
-
-
-
- Content with detached signature, digests precomputed
-
- @param hashes a map of precomputed digests for content indexed by name of hash.
- @param sigBlock the signature object.
-
-
- base constructor - content with detached signature.
-
- @param signedContent the content that was signed.
- @param sigData the signature object.
-
-
- base constructor - with encapsulated content
-
-
- Return the version number for this object.
-
-
- return the collection of signers that are associated with the
- signatures for the message.
-
-
- return a X509Store containing the attribute certificates, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of attribute certificates
- @exception NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
- return a X509Store containing the public key certificates, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of public key certificates
- @exception NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
- return a X509Store containing CRLs, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of CRLs
- @exception NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
-
- Return the DerObjectIdentifier associated with the encapsulated
- content info structure carried in the signed data.
-
-
-
- return the ContentInfo
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object using the specified encoding.
-
- @param encoding the ASN.1 encoding format to use ("BER" or "DER").
-
-
- Replace the signerinformation store associated with this
- CmsSignedData object with the new one passed in. You would
- probably only want to do this if you wanted to change the unsigned
- attributes associated with a signer, or perhaps delete one.
-
- @param signedData the signed data object to be used as a base.
- @param signerInformationStore the new signer information store to use.
- @return a new signed data object.
-
-
- Replace the certificate and CRL information associated with this
- CmsSignedData object with the new one passed in.
-
- @param signedData the signed data object to be used as a base.
- @param x509Certs the new certificates to be used.
- @param x509Crls the new CRLs to be used.
- @return a new signed data object.
- @exception CmsException if there is an error processing the stores
-
-
- * general class for generating a pkcs7-signature message.
- *
- * A simple example of usage.
- *
- *
- * IX509Store certs...
- * IX509Store crls...
- * CmsSignedDataGenerator gen = new CmsSignedDataGenerator();
- *
- * gen.AddSigner(privKey, cert, CmsSignedGenerator.DigestSha1);
- * gen.AddCertificates(certs);
- * gen.AddCrls(crls);
- *
- * CmsSignedData data = gen.Generate(content);
- *
- *
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
- * add a signer - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- * provided here.
- *
- * @param key signing key to use
- * @param cert certificate containing corresponding public key
- * @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm to use - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
-
- @param key signing key to use
- @param cert certificate containing corresponding public key
- @param encryptionOID digest encryption algorithm OID
- @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
-
-
- add a signer - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm to use - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
-
-
- * add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
- *
- * @param key signing key to use
- * @param cert certificate containing corresponding public key
- * @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
- * @param signedAttr table of attributes to be included in signature
- * @param unsignedAttr table of attributes to be included as unsigned
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm, with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
-
- @param key signing key to use
- @param cert certificate containing corresponding public key
- @param encryptionOID digest encryption algorithm OID
- @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
- @param signedAttr table of attributes to be included in signature
- @param unsignedAttr table of attributes to be included as unsigned
-
-
- * add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
- *
- * @param key signing key to use
- * @param subjectKeyID subjectKeyID of corresponding public key
- * @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
- * @param signedAttr table of attributes to be included in signature
- * @param unsignedAttr table of attributes to be included as unsigned
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm, with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
-
- @param key signing key to use
- @param subjectKeyID subjectKeyID of corresponding public key
- @param encryptionOID digest encryption algorithm OID
- @param digestOID digest algorithm OID
- @param signedAttr table of attributes to be included in signature
- @param unsignedAttr table of attributes to be included as unsigned
-
-
- add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes based on generators.
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm, with extra signed/unsigned attributes based on generators.
-
-
- add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes based on generators.
-
-
- add a signer, including digest encryption algorithm, with extra signed/unsigned attributes based on generators.
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data object
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature. The content type
- is set according to the OID represented by the string signedContentType.
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature with the
- default content type "data".
-
-
- generate a set of one or more SignerInformation objects representing counter signatures on
- the passed in SignerInformation object.
-
- @param signer the signer to be countersigned
- @param sigProvider the provider to be used for counter signing.
- @return a store containing the signers.
-
-
- Parsing class for an CMS Signed Data object from an input stream.
-
- Note: that because we are in a streaming mode only one signer can be tried and it is important
- that the methods on the parser are called in the appropriate order.
-
-
- A simple example of usage for an encapsulated signature.
-
-
- Two notes: first, in the example below the validity of
- the certificate isn't verified, just the fact that one of the certs
- matches the given signer, and, second, because we are in a streaming
- mode the order of the operations is important.
-
-
- CmsSignedDataParser sp = new CmsSignedDataParser(encapSigData);
-
- sp.GetSignedContent().Drain();
-
- IX509Store certs = sp.GetCertificates();
- SignerInformationStore signers = sp.GetSignerInfos();
-
- foreach (SignerInformation signer in signers.GetSigners())
- {
- ArrayList certList = new ArrayList(certs.GetMatches(signer.SignerID));
- X509Certificate cert = (X509Certificate) certList[0];
-
- Console.WriteLine("verify returns: " + signer.Verify(cert));
- }
-
- Note also: this class does not introduce buffering - if you are processing large files you should create
- the parser with:
-
- CmsSignedDataParser ep = new CmsSignedDataParser(new BufferedInputStream(encapSigData, bufSize));
-
- where bufSize is a suitably large buffer size.
-
-
- base constructor - with encapsulated content
-
-
- base constructor
-
- @param signedContent the content that was signed.
- @param sigData the signature object.
-
-
- Return the version number for the SignedData object
-
- @return the version number
-
-
- return the collection of signers that are associated with the
- signatures for the message.
- @throws CmsException
-
-
- return a X509Store containing the attribute certificates, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of attribute certificates
- @exception org.bouncycastle.x509.NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
- return a X509Store containing the public key certificates, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of public key certificates
- @exception NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
- return a X509Store containing CRLs, if any, contained
- in this message.
-
- @param type type of store to create
- @return a store of CRLs
- @exception NoSuchStoreException if the store type isn't available.
- @exception CmsException if a general exception prevents creation of the X509Store
-
-
-
- Return the DerObjectIdentifier associated with the encapsulated
- content info structure carried in the signed data.
-
-
-
- Replace the signerinformation store associated with the passed
- in message contained in the stream original with the new one passed in.
- You would probably only want to do this if you wanted to change the unsigned
- attributes associated with a signer, or perhaps delete one.
-
- The output stream is returned unclosed.
-
- @param original the signed data stream to be used as a base.
- @param signerInformationStore the new signer information store to use.
- @param out the stream to Write the new signed data object to.
- @return out.
-
-
- Replace the certificate and CRL information associated with this
- CMSSignedData object with the new one passed in.
-
- The output stream is returned unclosed.
-
- @param original the signed data stream to be used as a base.
- @param certsAndCrls the new certificates and CRLs to be used.
- @param out the stream to Write the new signed data object to.
- @return out.
- @exception CmsException if there is an error processing the CertStore
-
-
- General class for generating a pkcs7-signature message stream.
-
- A simple example of usage.
-
-
- IX509Store certs...
- CmsSignedDataStreamGenerator gen = new CmsSignedDataStreamGenerator();
-
- gen.AddSigner(privateKey, cert, CmsSignedDataStreamGenerator.DIGEST_SHA1);
-
- gen.AddCertificates(certs);
-
- Stream sigOut = gen.Open(bOut);
-
- sigOut.Write(Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes("Hello World!"));
-
- sigOut.Close();
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
- Set the underlying string size for encapsulated data
-
- @param bufferSize length of octet strings to buffer the data.
-
-
- add a signer - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer, specifying the digest encryption algorithm - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
- @throws NoSuchProviderException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes - specifying digest
- encryption algorithm.
- @throws NoSuchProviderException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer - no attributes other than the default ones will be
- provided here.
- @throws NoSuchProviderException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- add a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws InvalidKeyException
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data object
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature with the
- default content type "data".
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object using the given provider - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature with the
- default content type "data". If dataOutputStream is non null the data
- being signed will be written to the stream as it is processed.
- @param out stream the CMS object is to be written to.
- @param encapsulate true if data should be encapsulated.
- @param dataOutputStream output stream to copy the data being signed to.
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature. The content type
- is set according to the OID represented by the string signedContentType.
-
-
- generate a signed object that for a CMS Signed Data
- object using the given provider - if encapsulate is true a copy
- of the message will be included in the signature. The content type
- is set according to the OID represented by the string signedContentType.
- @param out stream the CMS object is to be written to.
- @param signedContentType OID for data to be signed.
- @param encapsulate true if data should be encapsulated.
- @param dataOutputStream output stream to copy the data being signed to.
-
-
- Default type for the signed data.
-
-
- Constructor allowing specific source of randomness
- Instance of SecureRandom to use.
-
-
- Add the attribute certificates contained in the passed in store to the
- generator.
-
- @param store a store of Version 2 attribute certificates
- @throws CmsException if an error occurse processing the store.
-
-
- Add a store of precalculated signers to the generator.
-
- @param signerStore store of signers
-
-
- Return a map of oids and byte arrays representing the digests calculated on the content during
- the last generate.
-
- @return a map of oids (as string objects) and byte[] representing digests.
-
-
- Return the digest algorithm using one of the standard JCA string
- representations rather than the algorithm identifier (if possible).
-
-
- Return the digest encryption algorithm using one of the standard
- JCA string representations rather than the algorithm identifier (if
- possible).
-
-
- Default authenticated attributes generator.
-
-
- Initialise to use all defaults
-
-
- Initialise with some extra attributes or overrides.
-
- @param attributeTable initial attribute table to use.
-
-
- Create a standard attribute table from the passed in parameters - this will
- normally include contentType and messageDigest. If the constructor
- using an AttributeTable was used, entries in it for contentType and
- messageDigest will override the generated ones.
-
- @param parameters source parameters for table generation.
-
- @return a filled in IDictionary of attributes.
-
-
- @param parameters source parameters
- @return the populated attribute table
-
-
- Default signed attributes generator.
-
-
- Initialise to use all defaults
-
-
- Initialise with some extra attributes or overrides.
-
- @param attributeTable initial attribute table to use.
-
-
- Create a standard attribute table from the passed in parameters - this will
- normally include contentType, signingTime, and messageDigest. If the constructor
- using an AttributeTable was used, entries in it for contentType, signingTime, and
- messageDigest will override the generated ones.
-
- @param parameters source parameters for table generation.
-
- @return a filled in Hashtable of attributes.
-
-
- @param parameters source parameters
- @return the populated attribute table
-
-
- the RecipientInfo class for a recipient who has been sent a message
- encrypted using a secret key known to the other side.
-
-
- decrypt the content and return an input stream.
-
-
- the RecipientInfo class for a recipient who has been sent a message
- encrypted using key agreement.
-
-
- decrypt the content and return an input stream.
-
-
- the KeyTransRecipientInformation class for a recipient who has been sent a secret
- key encrypted using their public key that needs to be used to
- extract the message.
-
-
- decrypt the content and return it as a byte array.
-
-
- a basic index for an originator.
-
-
- Return the certificates stored in the underlying OriginatorInfo object.
-
- @return a Store of X509CertificateHolder objects.
-
-
- Return the CRLs stored in the underlying OriginatorInfo object.
-
- @return a Store of X509CRLHolder objects.
-
-
- Return the underlying ASN.1 object defining this SignerInformation object.
-
- @return a OriginatorInfo.
-
-
- the RecipientInfo class for a recipient who has been sent a message
- encrypted using a password.
-
-
- return the object identifier for the key derivation algorithm, or null
- if there is none present.
-
- @return OID for key derivation algorithm, if present.
-
-
- decrypt the content and return an input stream.
-
-
-
- PKCS5 scheme-2 - password converted to bytes assuming ASCII.
-
-
-
- PKCS5 scheme-2 - password converted to bytes using UTF-8.
-
-
-
- Generate a RecipientInfo object for the given key.
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- * return the object identifier for the key encryption algorithm.
- *
- * @return OID for key encryption algorithm.
-
-
- * return the ASN.1 encoded key encryption algorithm parameters, or null if
- * there aren't any.
- *
- * @return ASN.1 encoding of key encryption algorithm parameters.
-
-
- Return the MAC calculated for the content stream. Note: this call is only meaningful once all
- the content has been read.
-
- @return byte array containing the mac.
-
-
- Return the first RecipientInformation object that matches the
- passed in selector. Null if there are no matches.
-
- @param selector to identify a recipient
- @return a single RecipientInformation object. Null if none matches.
-
-
- Return the number of recipients in the collection.
-
- @return number of recipients identified.
-
-
- Return all recipients in the collection
-
- @return a collection of recipients.
-
-
- Return possible empty collection with recipients matching the passed in RecipientID
-
- @param selector a recipient id to select against.
- @return a collection of RecipientInformation objects.
-
-
- a basic index for a signer.
-
-
- If the passed in flag is true, the signer signature will be based on the data, not
- a collection of signed attributes, and no signed attributes will be included.
-
- @return the builder object
-
-
- Provide a custom signed attribute generator.
-
- @param signedGen a generator of signed attributes.
- @return the builder object
-
-
- Provide a generator of unsigned attributes.
-
- @param unsignedGen a generator for signed attributes.
- @return the builder object
-
-
- Build a generator with the passed in X.509 certificate issuer and serial number as the signerIdentifier.
-
- @param contentSigner operator for generating the final signature in the SignerInfo with.
- @param certificate X.509 certificate related to the contentSigner.
- @return a SignerInfoGenerator
- @throws OperatorCreationException if the generator cannot be built.
-
-
- Build a generator with the passed in subjectKeyIdentifier as the signerIdentifier. If used you should
- try to follow the calculation described in RFC 5280 section 4.2.1.2.
-
- @param signerFactory operator factory for generating the final signature in the SignerInfo with.
- @param subjectKeyIdentifier key identifier to identify the public key for verifying the signature.
- @return a SignerInfoGenerator
-
-
- an expanded SignerInfo block from a CMS Signed message
-
-
- Protected constructor. In some cases clients have their own idea about how to encode
- the signed attributes and calculate the signature. This constructor is to allow developers
- to deal with that by extending off the class and overriding e.g. SignedAttributes property.
-
- @param baseInfo the SignerInformation to base this one on.
-
-
- return the version number for this objects underlying SignerInfo structure.
-
-
- return the object identifier for the signature.
-
-
- return the signature parameters, or null if there aren't any.
-
-
- return the content digest that was calculated during verification.
-
-
- return the object identifier for the signature.
-
-
- return the signature/encryption algorithm parameters, or null if
- there aren't any.
-
-
- return a table of the signed attributes - indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
-
-
- return a table of the unsigned attributes indexed by
- the OID of the attribute.
-
-
- return the encoded signature
-
-
- Return a SignerInformationStore containing the counter signatures attached to this
- signer. If no counter signatures are present an empty store is returned.
-
-
- return the DER encoding of the signed attributes.
- @throws IOException if an encoding error occurs.
-
-
- verify that the given public key successfully handles and confirms the
- signature associated with this signer.
-
-
- verify that the given certificate successfully handles and confirms
- the signature associated with this signer and, if a signingTime
- attribute is available, that the certificate was valid at the time the
- signature was generated.
-
-
- Return the base ASN.1 CMS structure that this object contains.
-
- @return an object containing a CMS SignerInfo structure.
-
-
- Return a signer information object with the passed in unsigned
- attributes replacing the ones that are current associated with
- the object passed in.
-
- @param signerInformation the signerInfo to be used as the basis.
- @param unsignedAttributes the unsigned attributes to add.
- @return a copy of the original SignerInformationObject with the changed attributes.
-
-
- Return a signer information object with passed in SignerInformationStore representing counter
- signatures attached as an unsigned attribute.
-
- @param signerInformation the signerInfo to be used as the basis.
- @param counterSigners signer info objects carrying counter signature.
- @return a copy of the original SignerInformationObject with the changed attributes.
-
-
- Create a store containing a single SignerInformation object.
-
- @param signerInfo the signer information to contain.
-
-
- Create a store containing a collection of SignerInformation objects.
-
- @param signerInfos a collection signer information objects to contain.
-
-
- Return the first SignerInformation object that matches the
- passed in selector. Null if there are no matches.
-
- @param selector to identify a signer
- @return a single SignerInformation object. Null if none matches.
-
-
- The number of signers in the collection.
-
-
- An ICollection of all signers in the collection
-
-
- Return possible empty collection with signers matching the passed in SignerID
-
- @param selector a signer id to select against.
- @return a collection of SignerInformation objects.
-
-
- Basic generator that just returns a preconstructed attribute table
-
-
-
- Carrier for an authenticator control.
-
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - build from a UTF-8 string representing the token.
-
- UTF-8 string representing the token.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - build from a string representing the token.
-
- string representing the token.
-
-
-
- Return the type of this control.
-
-
-
-
- Return the token associated with this control (a UTF8String).
-
-
-
-
- Create a CertificateRequestMessage from the passed in bytes.
-
- BER/DER encoding of the CertReqMsg structure.
-
-
-
- Return the underlying ASN.1 object defining this CertificateRequestMessage object.
-
- A CertReqMsg
-
-
-
- Return the certificate template contained in this message.
-
- a CertTemplate structure.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not this request has control values associated with it.
-
- true if there are control values present, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not this request has a specific type of control value.
-
- the type OID for the control value we are checking for.
- true if a control value of type is present, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return a control value of the specified type.
-
- the type OID for the control value we are checking for.
- the control value if present, null otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not this request message has a proof-of-possession field in it.
-
- true if proof-of-possession is present, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return the type of the proof-of-possession this request message provides.
-
- one of: popRaVerified, popSigningKey, popKeyEncipherment, popKeyAgreement
-
-
-
- Return whether or not the proof-of-possession (POP) is of the type popSigningKey and
- it has a public key MAC associated with it.
-
- true if POP is popSigningKey and a PKMAC is present, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return whether or not a signing key proof-of-possession (POP) is valid.
-
- a provider that can produce content verifiers for the signature contained in this POP.
- true if the POP is valid, false otherwise.
- if there is a problem in verification or content verifier creation.
- if POP not appropriate.
-
-
-
- Return the ASN.1 encoding of the certReqMsg we wrap.
-
- a byte array containing the binary encoding of the certReqMsg.
-
-
-
- Create a builder that makes EncryptedValue structures.
-
- wrapper a wrapper for key used to encrypt the actual data contained in the EncryptedValue.
- encryptor an output encryptor to encrypt the actual data contained in the EncryptedValue.
-
-
-
-
- Create a builder that makes EncryptedValue structures with fixed length blocks padded using the passed in padder.
-
- a wrapper for key used to encrypt the actual data contained in the EncryptedValue.
- encryptor an output encryptor to encrypt the actual data contained in the EncryptedValue.
- padder a padder to ensure that the EncryptedValue created will always be a constant length.
-
-
-
-
- Build an EncryptedValue structure containing the passed in pass phrase.
-
- a revocation pass phrase.
- an EncryptedValue containing the encrypted pass phrase.
-
-
-
-
- Build an EncryptedValue structure containing the certificate contained in
- the passed in holder.
-
- a holder containing a certificate.
- an EncryptedValue containing the encrypted certificate.
- on a failure to encrypt the data, or wrap the symmetric key for this value.
-
-
-
-
- Build an EncryptedValue structure containing the private key contained in
- the passed info structure.
-
- a PKCS#8 private key info structure.
- an EncryptedValue containing an EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo structure.
- on a failure to encrypt the data, or wrap the symmetric key for this value.
-
-
-
-
- Generic interface for a CertificateRequestMessage control value.
-
-
-
-
- Return the type of this control.
-
-
-
-
- Return the value contained in this control object.
-
-
-
-
- An encrypted value padder is used to make sure that prior to a value been
- encrypted the data is padded to a standard length.
-
-
-
-
- Return a byte array of padded data.
-
- the data to be padded.
- a padded byte array containing data.
-
-
-
-
- Return a byte array of with padding removed.
-
- the data to be padded.
- an array containing the original unpadded data.
-
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - build from an PKIArchiveOptions structure.
-
- the ASN.1 structure that will underlie this control.
-
-
-
- Return the type of this control.
-
- CRMFObjectIdentifiers.id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions
-
-
-
- Return the underlying ASN.1 object.
-
- a PKIArchiveOptions structure.
-
-
-
- Return the archive control type, one of: encryptedPrivKey,keyGenParameters,or archiveRemGenPrivKey.
-
- the archive control type.
-
-
-
- Return whether this control contains enveloped data.
-
- true if the control contains enveloped data, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return the enveloped data structure contained in this control.
-
- a CMSEnvelopedData object.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - specify the contents of the PKIArchiveControl structure.
-
- the private key to be archived.
- the general name to be associated with the private key.
-
-
-
- Add a recipient generator to this control.
- recipient generator created for a specific recipient.
- this builder object.
-
-
- Build the PKIArchiveControl using the passed in encryptor to encrypt its contents.
- a suitable content encryptor.
- a PKIArchiveControl object.
-
-
-
- Default, IterationCount = 1000, OIW=IdSha1, Mac=HmacSHA1
-
-
-
-
- Defaults with IPKMacPrimitivesProvider
-
-
-
-
-
- Create.
-
- The Mac provider
- Digest Algorithm Id
- Mac Algorithm Id
-
-
-
- Create a PKMAC builder enforcing a ceiling on the maximum iteration count.
-
- supporting calculator
- max allowable value for iteration count.
-
-
- Set the salt length in octets.
-
- @param saltLength length in octets of the salt to be generated.
- @return the generator
-
-
-
- Set the iteration count.
-
- the iteration count.
- this
- if iteration count is less than 100
-
-
-
- Set PbmParameters
-
- The parameters.
- this
-
-
-
- The Secure random
-
- The random.
- this
-
-
-
- Build an IMacFactory.
-
- The password.
- IMacFactory
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - build from a UTF-8 string representing the token.
-
- UTF-8 string representing the token.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor - build from a string representing the token.
-
- string representing the token.
-
-
-
- Return the type of this control.
-
- CRMFObjectIdentifiers.id_regCtrl_regToken
-
-
-
- Return the token associated with this control (a UTF8String).
-
- a UTF8String.
-
-
- a Diffie-Hellman key exchange engine.
-
- note: This uses MTI/A0 key agreement in order to make the key agreement
- secure against passive attacks. If you're doing Diffie-Hellman and both
- parties have long term public keys you should look at using this. For
- further information have a look at RFC 2631.
-
- It's possible to extend this to more than two parties as well, for the moment
- that is left as an exercise for the reader.
-
-
- calculate our initial message.
-
-
- given a message from a given party and the corresponding public key
- calculate the next message in the agreement sequence. In this case
- this will represent the shared secret.
-
-
- a Diffie-Hellman key agreement class.
-
- note: This is only the basic algorithm, it doesn't take advantage of
- long term public keys if they are available. See the DHAgreement class
- for a "better" implementation.
-
-
- given a short term public key from a given party calculate the next
- message in the agreement sequence.
-
-
- Standard Diffie-Hellman groups from various IETF specifications.
-
-
- P1363 7.2.1 ECSVDP-DH
-
- ECSVDP-DH is Elliptic Curve Secret Value Derivation Primitive,
- Diffie-Hellman version. It is based on the work of [DH76], [Mil86],
- and [Kob87]. This primitive derives a shared secret value from one
- party's private key and another party's public key, where both have
- the same set of EC domain parameters. If two parties correctly
- execute this primitive, they will produce the same output. This
- primitive can be invoked by a scheme to derive a shared secret key;
- specifically, it may be used with the schemes ECKAS-DH1 and
- DL/ECKAS-DH2. It assumes that the input keys are valid (see also
- Section 7.2.2).
-
-
- P1363 7.2.2 ECSVDP-DHC
-
- ECSVDP-DHC is Elliptic Curve Secret Value Derivation Primitive,
- Diffie-Hellman version with cofactor multiplication. It is based on
- the work of [DH76], [Mil86], [Kob87], [LMQ98] and [Kal98a]. This
- primitive derives a shared secret value from one party's private key
- and another party's public key, where both have the same set of EC
- domain parameters. If two parties correctly execute this primitive,
- they will produce the same output. This primitive can be invoked by a
- scheme to derive a shared secret key; specifically, it may be used
- with the schemes ECKAS-DH1 and DL/ECKAS-DH2. It does not assume the
- validity of the input public key (see also Section 7.2.1).
-
- Note: As stated P1363 compatibility mode with ECDH can be preset, and
- in this case the implementation doesn't have a ECDH compatibility mode
- (if you want that just use ECDHBasicAgreement and note they both implement
- BasicAgreement!).
-
-
-
- A participant in a Password Authenticated Key Exchange by Juggling (J-PAKE) exchange.
-
- The J-PAKE exchange is defined by Feng Hao and Peter Ryan in the paper
-
- "Password Authenticated Key Exchange by Juggling, 2008."
-
- The J-PAKE protocol is symmetric.
- There is no notion of a client or server, but rather just two participants.
- An instance of JPakeParticipant represents one participant, and
- is the primary interface for executing the exchange.
-
- To execute an exchange, construct a JPakeParticipant on each end,
- and call the following 7 methods
- (once and only once, in the given order, for each participant, sending messages between them as described):
-
- CreateRound1PayloadToSend() - and send the payload to the other participant
- ValidateRound1PayloadReceived(JPakeRound1Payload) - use the payload received from the other participant
- CreateRound2PayloadToSend() - and send the payload to the other participant
- ValidateRound2PayloadReceived(JPakeRound2Payload) - use the payload received from the other participant
- CalculateKeyingMaterial()
- CreateRound3PayloadToSend(BigInteger) - and send the payload to the other participant
- ValidateRound3PayloadReceived(JPakeRound3Payload, BigInteger) - use the payload received from the other participant
-
- Each side should derive a session key from the keying material returned by CalculateKeyingMaterial().
- The caller is responsible for deriving the session key using a secure key derivation function (KDF).
-
- Round 3 is an optional key confirmation process.
- If you do not execute round 3, then there is no assurance that both participants are using the same key.
- (i.e. if the participants used different passwords, then their session keys will differ.)
-
- If the round 3 validation succeeds, then the keys are guaranteed to be the same on both sides.
-
- The symmetric design can easily support the asymmetric cases when one party initiates the communication.
- e.g. Sometimes the round1 payload and round2 payload may be sent in one pass.
- Also, in some cases, the key confirmation payload can be sent together with the round2 payload.
- These are the trivial techniques to optimize the communication.
-
- The key confirmation process is implemented as specified in
- NIST SP 800-56A Revision 1,
- Section 8.2 Unilateral Key Confirmation for Key Agreement Schemes.
-
- This class is stateful and NOT threadsafe.
- Each instance should only be used for ONE complete J-PAKE exchange
- (i.e. a new JPakeParticipant should be constructed for each new J-PAKE exchange).
-
-
-
-
- Convenience constructor for a new JPakeParticipant that uses
- the JPakePrimeOrderGroups#NIST_3072 prime order group,
- a SHA-256 digest, and a default SecureRandom implementation.
-
- After construction, the State state will be STATE_INITIALIZED.
-
- Throws NullReferenceException if any argument is null. Throws
- ArgumentException if password is empty.
-
- Unique identifier of this participant.
- The two participants in the exchange must NOT share the same id.
- Shared secret.
- A defensive copy of this array is made (and cleared once CalculateKeyingMaterial() is called).
- Caller should clear the input password as soon as possible.
-
-
-
- Convenience constructor for a new JPakeParticipant that uses
- a SHA-256 digest, and a default SecureRandom implementation.
-
- After construction, the State state will be STATE_INITIALIZED.
-
- Throws NullReferenceException if any argument is null. Throws
- ArgumentException if password is empty.
-
- Unique identifier of this participant.
- The two participants in the exchange must NOT share the same id.
- Shared secret.
- A defensive copy of this array is made (and cleared once CalculateKeyingMaterial() is called).
- Caller should clear the input password as soon as possible.
- Prime order group. See JPakePrimeOrderGroups for standard groups.
-
-
-
- Constructor for a new JPakeParticipant.
-
- After construction, the State state will be STATE_INITIALIZED.
-
- Throws NullReferenceException if any argument is null. Throws
- ArgumentException if password is empty.
-
- Unique identifier of this participant.
- The two participants in the exchange must NOT share the same id.
- Shared secret.
- A defensive copy of this array is made (and cleared once CalculateKeyingMaterial() is called).
- Caller should clear the input password as soon as possible.
- Prime order group. See JPakePrimeOrderGroups for standard groups.
- Digest to use during zero knowledge proofs and key confirmation
- (SHA-256 or stronger preferred).
- Source of secure random data for x1 and x2, and for the zero knowledge proofs.
-
-
-
- Gets the current state of this participant.
- See the STATE_* constants for possible values.
-
-
-
-
- Creates and returns the payload to send to the other participant during round 1.
-
- After execution, the State state} will be STATE_ROUND_1_CREATED}.
-
-
-
-
- Validates the payload received from the other participant during round 1.
-
- Must be called prior to CreateRound2PayloadToSend().
-
- After execution, the State state will be STATE_ROUND_1_VALIDATED.
-
- Throws CryptoException if validation fails. Throws InvalidOperationException
- if called multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- Creates and returns the payload to send to the other participant during round 2.
-
- ValidateRound1PayloadReceived(JPakeRound1Payload) must be called prior to this method.
-
- After execution, the State state will be STATE_ROUND_2_CREATED.
-
- Throws InvalidOperationException if called prior to ValidateRound1PayloadReceived(JPakeRound1Payload), or multiple times
-
-
-
-
- Validates the payload received from the other participant during round 2.
- Note that this DOES NOT detect a non-common password.
- The only indication of a non-common password is through derivation
- of different keys (which can be detected explicitly by executing round 3 and round 4)
-
- Must be called prior to CalculateKeyingMaterial().
-
- After execution, the State state will be STATE_ROUND_2_VALIDATED.
-
- Throws CryptoException if validation fails. Throws
- InvalidOperationException if called prior to ValidateRound1PayloadReceived(JPakeRound1Payload), or multiple times
-
-
-
-
- Calculates and returns the key material.
- A session key must be derived from this key material using a secure key derivation function (KDF).
- The KDF used to derive the key is handled externally (i.e. not by JPakeParticipant).
-
- The keying material will be identical for each participant if and only if
- each participant's password is the same. i.e. If the participants do not
- share the same password, then each participant will derive a different key.
- Therefore, if you immediately start using a key derived from
- the keying material, then you must handle detection of incorrect keys.
- If you want to handle this detection explicitly, you can optionally perform
- rounds 3 and 4. See JPakeParticipant for details on how to execute
- rounds 3 and 4.
-
- The keying material will be in the range [0, p-1].
-
- ValidateRound2PayloadReceived(JPakeRound2Payload) must be called prior to this method.
-
- As a side effect, the internal password array is cleared, since it is no longer needed.
-
- After execution, the State state will be STATE_KEY_CALCULATED.
-
- Throws InvalidOperationException if called prior to ValidateRound2PayloadReceived(JPakeRound2Payload),
- or if called multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- Creates and returns the payload to send to the other participant during round 3.
-
- See JPakeParticipant for more details on round 3.
-
- After execution, the State state} will be STATE_ROUND_3_CREATED.
- Throws InvalidOperationException if called prior to CalculateKeyingMaterial, or multiple
- times.
-
- The keying material as returned from CalculateKeyingMaterial().
-
-
-
- Validates the payload received from the other participant during round 3.
-
- See JPakeParticipant for more details on round 3.
-
- After execution, the State state will be STATE_ROUND_3_VALIDATED.
-
- Throws CryptoException if validation fails. Throws InvalidOperationException if called prior to
- CalculateKeyingMaterial or multiple times
-
- The round 3 payload received from the other participant.
- The keying material as returned from CalculateKeyingMaterial().
-
-
-
- A pre-computed prime order group for use during a J-PAKE exchange.
-
- Typically a Schnorr group is used. In general, J-PAKE can use any prime order group
- that is suitable for public key cryptography, including elliptic curve cryptography.
-
- See JPakePrimeOrderGroups for convenient standard groups.
-
- NIST publishes
- many groups that can be used for the desired level of security.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new JPakePrimeOrderGroup.
-
- In general, you should use one of the pre-approved groups from
- JPakePrimeOrderGroups, rather than manually constructing one.
-
- The following basic checks are performed:
-
- p-1 must be evenly divisible by q
- g must be in [2, p-1]
- g^q mod p must equal 1
- p must be prime (within reasonably certainty)
- q must be prime (within reasonably certainty)
-
- The prime checks are performed using BigInteger#isProbablePrime(int),
- and are therefore subject to the same probability guarantees.
-
- These checks prevent trivial mistakes.
- However, due to the small uncertainties if p and q are not prime,
- advanced attacks are not prevented.
- Use it at your own risk.
-
- Throws NullReferenceException if any argument is null. Throws
- InvalidOperationException is any of the above validations fail.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor used by the pre-approved groups in JPakePrimeOrderGroups.
- These pre-approved groups can avoid the expensive checks.
- User-specified groups should not use this constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Standard pre-computed prime order groups for use by J-PAKE.
- (J-PAKE can use pre-computed prime order groups, same as DSA and Diffie-Hellman.)
-
- This class contains some convenient constants for use as input for
- constructing {@link JPAKEParticipant}s.
-
- The prime order groups below are taken from Sun's JDK JavaDoc (docs/guide/security/CryptoSpec.html#AppB),
- and from the prime order groups
- published by NIST.
-
-
-
-
- From Sun's JDK JavaDoc (docs/guide/security/CryptoSpec.html#AppB)
- 1024-bit p, 160-bit q and 1024-bit g for 80-bit security.
-
-
-
-
- From NIST.
- 2048-bit p, 224-bit q and 2048-bit g for 112-bit security.
-
-
-
-
- From NIST.
- 3072-bit p, 256-bit q and 3072-bit g for 128-bit security.
-
-
-
-
- The payload sent/received during the first round of a J-PAKE exchange.
-
- Each JPAKEParticipant creates and sends an instance of this payload to
- the other. The payload to send should be created via
- JPAKEParticipant.CreateRound1PayloadToSend().
-
- Each participant must also validate the payload received from the other.
- The received payload should be validated via
- JPAKEParticipant.ValidateRound1PayloadReceived(JPakeRound1Payload).
-
-
-
-
- The id of the JPAKEParticipant who created/sent this payload.
-
-
-
-
- The value of g^x1
-
-
-
-
- The value of g^x2
-
-
-
-
- The zero knowledge proof for x1.
-
- This is a two element array, containing {g^v, r} for x1.
-
-
-
-
- The zero knowledge proof for x2.
-
- This is a two element array, containing {g^v, r} for x2.
-
-
-
-
- The payload sent/received during the second round of a J-PAKE exchange.
-
- Each JPAKEParticipant creates and sends an instance
- of this payload to the other JPAKEParticipant.
- The payload to send should be created via
- JPAKEParticipant#createRound2PayloadToSend()
-
- Each JPAKEParticipant must also validate the payload
- received from the other JPAKEParticipant.
- The received payload should be validated via
- JPAKEParticipant#validateRound2PayloadReceived(JPakeRound2Payload)
-
-
-
-
- The id of the JPAKEParticipant who created/sent this payload.
-
-
-
-
- The value of A, as computed during round 2.
-
-
-
-
- The zero knowledge proof for x2 * s.
-
- This is a two element array, containing {g^v, r} for x2 * s.
-
-
-
-
- The payload sent/received during the optional third round of a J-PAKE exchange,
- which is for explicit key confirmation.
-
- Each JPAKEParticipant creates and sends an instance
- of this payload to the other JPAKEParticipant.
- The payload to send should be created via
- JPAKEParticipant#createRound3PayloadToSend(BigInteger)
-
- Eeach JPAKEParticipant must also validate the payload
- received from the other JPAKEParticipant.
- The received payload should be validated via
- JPAKEParticipant#validateRound3PayloadReceived(JPakeRound3Payload, BigInteger)
-
-
-
-
- The id of the {@link JPAKEParticipant} who created/sent this payload.
-
-
-
-
- The value of MacTag, as computed by round 3.
-
- See JPAKEUtil#calculateMacTag(string, string, BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, org.bouncycastle.crypto.Digest)
-
-
-
-
- Primitives needed for a J-PAKE exchange.
-
- The recommended way to perform a J-PAKE exchange is by using
- two JPAKEParticipants. Internally, those participants
- call these primitive operations in JPakeUtilities.
-
- The primitives, however, can be used without a JPAKEParticipant if needed.
-
-
-
-
- Return a value that can be used as x1 or x3 during round 1.
- The returned value is a random value in the range [0, q-1].
-
-
-
-
- Return a value that can be used as x2 or x4 during round 1.
- The returned value is a random value in the range [1, q-1].
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given password to a BigInteger
- for use in arithmetic calculations.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate g^x mod p as done in round 1.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate ga as done in round 2.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate x2 * s as done in round 2.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate A as done in round 2.
-
-
-
-
- Calculate a zero knowledge proof of x using Schnorr's signature.
- The returned array has two elements {g^v, r = v-x*h} for x.
-
-
-
-
- Validates that g^x4 is not 1.
- throws CryptoException if g^x4 is 1
-
-
-
-
- Validates that ga is not 1.
-
- As described by Feng Hao...
- Alice could simply check ga != 1 to ensure it is a generator.
- In fact, as we will explain in Section 3, (x1 + x3 + x4 ) is random over Zq even in the face of active attacks.
- Hence, the probability for ga = 1 is extremely small - on the order of 2^160 for 160-bit q.
-
- throws CryptoException if ga is 1
-
-
-
-
- Validates the zero knowledge proof (generated by
- calculateZeroKnowledgeProof(BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, BigInteger, string, Digest, SecureRandom)
- is correct.
-
- throws CryptoException if the zero knowledge proof is not correct
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the keying material, which can be done after round 2 has completed.
- A session key must be derived from this key material using a secure key derivation function (KDF).
- The KDF used to derive the key is handled externally (i.e. not by JPAKEParticipant).
-
- KeyingMaterial = (B/g^{x2*x4*s})^x2
-
-
-
-
- Validates that the given participant ids are not equal.
- (For the J-PAKE exchange, each participant must use a unique id.)
-
- Throws CryptoException if the participantId strings are equal.
-
-
-
-
- Validates that the given participant ids are equal.
- This is used to ensure that the payloads received from
- each round all come from the same participant.
-
-
-
-
- Validates that the given object is not null.
- throws NullReferenceException if the object is null.
-
- object in question
- name of the object (to be used in exception message)
-
-
-
- Calculates the MacTag (to be used for key confirmation), as defined by
- NIST SP 800-56A Revision 1,
- Section 8.2 Unilateral Key Confirmation for Key Agreement Schemes.
-
- MacTag = HMAC(MacKey, MacLen, MacData)
- MacKey = H(K || "JPAKE_KC")
- MacData = "KC_1_U" || participantId || partnerParticipantId || gx1 || gx2 || gx3 || gx4
-
- Note that both participants use "KC_1_U" because the sender of the round 3 message
- is always the initiator for key confirmation.
-
- HMAC = {@link HMac} used with the given {@link Digest}
- H = The given {@link Digest}
- MacLen = length of MacTag
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the MacKey (i.e. the key to use when calculating the MagTag for key confirmation).
-
- MacKey = H(K || "JPAKE_KC")
-
-
-
-
- Validates the MacTag received from the partner participant.
-
- throws CryptoException if the participantId strings are equal.
-
-
-
- Generator for Concatenation Key Derivation Function defined in NIST SP 800-56A, Sect 5.8.1
-
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of generated bytes
-
-
- return the underlying digest.
-
-
- fill len bytes of the output buffer with bytes generated from
- the derivation function.
-
- @throws DataLengthException if the out buffer is too small.
-
-
- RFC 2631 Diffie-hellman KEK derivation function.
-
-
- X9.63 based key derivation function for ECDH CMS.
-
-
-
- SM2 Key Exchange protocol - based on https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-shen-sm2-ecdsa-02
-
-
-
- Implements the client side SRP-6a protocol. Note that this class is stateful, and therefore NOT threadsafe.
- This implementation of SRP is based on the optimized message sequence put forth by Thomas Wu in the paper
- "SRP-6: Improvements and Refinements to the Secure Remote Password Protocol, 2002"
-
-
- Initialises the client to begin new authentication attempt
- @param N The safe prime associated with the client's verifier
- @param g The group parameter associated with the client's verifier
- @param digest The digest algorithm associated with the client's verifier
- @param random For key generation
-
-
- Generates client's credentials given the client's salt, identity and password
- @param salt The salt used in the client's verifier.
- @param identity The user's identity (eg. username)
- @param password The user's password
- @return Client's public value to send to server
-
-
- Generates client's verification message given the server's credentials
- @param serverB The server's credentials
- @return Client's verification message for the server
- @throws CryptoException If server's credentials are invalid
-
-
- Computes the client evidence message M1 using the previously received values.
- To be called after calculating the secret S.
- @return M1: the client side generated evidence message
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Authenticates the server evidence message M2 received and saves it only if correct.
- @param M2: the server side generated evidence message
- @return A boolean indicating if the server message M2 was the expected one.
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Computes the final session key as a result of the SRP successful mutual authentication
- To be called after verifying the server evidence message M2.
- @return Key: the mutually authenticated symmetric session key
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Implements the server side SRP-6a protocol. Note that this class is stateful, and therefore NOT threadsafe.
- This implementation of SRP is based on the optimized message sequence put forth by Thomas Wu in the paper
- "SRP-6: Improvements and Refinements to the Secure Remote Password Protocol, 2002"
-
-
- Initialises the server to accept a new client authentication attempt
- @param N The safe prime associated with the client's verifier
- @param g The group parameter associated with the client's verifier
- @param v The client's verifier
- @param digest The digest algorithm associated with the client's verifier
- @param random For key generation
-
-
- Generates the server's credentials that are to be sent to the client.
- @return The server's public value to the client
-
-
- Processes the client's credentials. If valid the shared secret is generated and returned.
- @param clientA The client's credentials
- @return A shared secret BigInteger
- @throws CryptoException If client's credentials are invalid
-
-
- Authenticates the received client evidence message M1 and saves it only if correct.
- To be called after calculating the secret S.
- @param M1: the client side generated evidence message
- @return A boolean indicating if the client message M1 was the expected one.
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Computes the server evidence message M2 using the previously verified values.
- To be called after successfully verifying the client evidence message M1.
- @return M2: the server side generated evidence message
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Computes the final session key as a result of the SRP successful mutual authentication
- To be called after calculating the server evidence message M2.
- @return Key: the mutual authenticated symmetric session key
- @throws CryptoException
-
-
- Computes the client evidence message (M1) according to the standard routine:
- M1 = H( A | B | S )
- @param digest The Digest used as the hashing function H
- @param N Modulus used to get the pad length
- @param A The public client value
- @param B The public server value
- @param S The secret calculated by both sides
- @return M1 The calculated client evidence message
-
-
- Computes the server evidence message (M2) according to the standard routine:
- M2 = H( A | M1 | S )
- @param digest The Digest used as the hashing function H
- @param N Modulus used to get the pad length
- @param A The public client value
- @param M1 The client evidence message
- @param S The secret calculated by both sides
- @return M2 The calculated server evidence message
-
-
- Computes the final Key according to the standard routine: Key = H(S)
- @param digest The Digest used as the hashing function H
- @param N Modulus used to get the pad length
- @param S The secret calculated by both sides
- @return
-
-
- Generates new SRP verifier for user
-
-
- Initialises generator to create new verifiers
- @param N The safe prime to use (see DHParametersGenerator)
- @param g The group parameter to use (see DHParametersGenerator)
- @param digest The digest to use. The same digest type will need to be used later for the actual authentication
- attempt. Also note that the final session key size is dependent on the chosen digest.
-
-
- Creates a new SRP verifier
- @param salt The salt to use, generally should be large and random
- @param identity The user's identifying information (eg. username)
- @param password The user's password
- @return A new verifier for use in future SRP authentication
-
-
- a holding class for public/private parameter pairs.
-
-
- basic constructor.
-
- @param publicParam a public key parameters object.
- @param privateParam the corresponding private key parameters.
-
-
- return the public key parameters.
-
- @return the public key parameters.
-
-
- return the private key parameters.
-
- @return the private key parameters.
-
-
- The AEAD block ciphers already handle buffering internally, so this class
- just takes care of implementing IBufferedCipher methods.
-
-
- initialise the cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
- @return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update
- an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update plus a
- doFinal with an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update and doFinal
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- process a single byte, producing an output block if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- process an array of bytes, producing output if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset at which the input data starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be copied out of the input array.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- Process the last block in the buffer.
-
- @param out the array the block currently being held is copied into.
- @param outOff the offset at which the copying starts.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there is insufficient space in out for
- the output, or the input is not block size aligned and should be.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the underlying cipher is not
- initialised.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if padding is expected and not found.
- @exception DataLengthException if the input is not block size
- aligned.
-
-
- Reset the buffer and cipher. After resetting the object is in the same
- state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
- The AEAD ciphers already handle buffering internally, so this class
- just takes care of implementing IBufferedCipher methods.
-
-
- initialise the cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
- @return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update
- an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update plus a
- doFinal with an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update and doFinal
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- process a single byte, producing an output block if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- process an array of bytes, producing output if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset at which the input data starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be copied out of the input array.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- Process the last block in the buffer.
-
- @param out the array the block currently being held is copied into.
- @param outOff the offset at which the copying starts.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there is insufficient space in out for
- the output, or the input is not block size aligned and should be.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the underlying cipher is not
- initialised.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if padding is expected and not found.
- @exception DataLengthException if the input is not block size
- aligned.
-
-
- Reset the buffer and cipher. After resetting the object is in the same
- state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
- a buffer wrapper for an asymmetric block cipher, allowing input
- to be accumulated in a piecemeal fashion until final processing.
-
-
- base constructor.
-
- @param cipher the cipher this buffering object wraps.
-
-
- return the amount of data sitting in the buffer.
-
- @return the amount of data sitting in the buffer.
-
-
- initialise the buffer and the underlying cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
-
-
- process the contents of the buffer using the underlying
- cipher.
-
- @return the result of the encryption/decryption process on the
- buffer.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if we are given a garbage block.
-
-
- Reset the buffer
-
-
- A wrapper class that allows block ciphers to be used to process data in
- a piecemeal fashion. The BufferedBlockCipher outputs a block only when the
- buffer is full and more data is being added, or on a doFinal.
-
- Note: in the case where the underlying cipher is either a CFB cipher or an
- OFB one the last block may not be a multiple of the block size.
-
-
-
- constructor for subclasses
-
-
- Create a buffered block cipher without padding.
-
- @param cipher the underlying block cipher this buffering object wraps.
- false otherwise.
-
-
- initialise the cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
- @return the blocksize for the underlying cipher.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update
- an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update plus a
- doFinal with an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update and doFinal
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- process a single byte, producing an output block if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- process an array of bytes, producing output if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset at which the input data starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be copied out of the input array.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- Process the last block in the buffer.
-
- @param out the array the block currently being held is copied into.
- @param outOff the offset at which the copying starts.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there is insufficient space in out for
- the output, or the input is not block size aligned and should be.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the underlying cipher is not
- initialised.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if padding is expected and not found.
- @exception DataLengthException if the input is not block size
- aligned.
-
-
- Reset the buffer and cipher. After resetting the object is in the same
- state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
- The base class for symmetric, or secret, cipher key generators.
-
-
- initialise the key generator.
-
- @param param the parameters to be used for key generation
-
-
- Generate a secret key.
-
- @return a byte array containing the key value.
-
-
- this exception is thrown if a buffer that is meant to have output
- copied into it turns out to be too short, or if we've been given
- insufficient input. In general this exception will Get thrown rather
- than an ArrayOutOfBounds exception.
-
-
- base constructor.
-
-
- create a DataLengthException with the given message.
-
- @param message the message to be carried with the exception.
-
-
-
- Basic sized constructor - size in bits.
-
- @param digestSize size of the digest in bits
-
-
- Blake2b for authentication ("Prefix-MAC mode").
- After calling the doFinal() method, the key will
- remain to be used for further computations of
- this instance.
- The key can be overwritten using the clearKey() method.
-
- @param key A key up to 64 bytes or null
-
-
- Blake2b with key, required digest length (in bytes), salt and personalization.
- After calling the doFinal() method, the key, the salt and the personal string
- will remain and might be used for further computations with this instance.
- The key can be overwritten using the clearKey() method, the salt (pepper)
- can be overwritten using the clearSalt() method.
-
- @param key A key up to 64 bytes or null
- @param digestLength from 1 up to 64 bytes
- @param salt 16 bytes or null
- @param personalization 16 bytes or null
-
-
- update the message digest with a single byte.
-
- @param b the input byte to be entered.
-
-
- update the message digest with a block of bytes.
-
- @param message the byte array containing the data.
- @param offset the offset into the byte array where the data starts.
- @param len the length of the data.
-
-
- close the digest, producing the final digest value. The doFinal
- call leaves the digest reset.
- Key, salt and personal string remain.
-
- @param out the array the digest is to be copied into.
- @param outOffset the offset into the out array the digest is to start at.
-
-
- Reset the digest back to it's initial state.
- The key, the salt and the personal string will
- remain for further computations.
-
-
- return the algorithm name
-
- @return the algorithm name
-
-
- return the size, in bytes, of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
- @return the size, in bytes, of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
-
- Return the size in bytes of the internal buffer the digest applies it's compression
- function to.
-
- @return byte length of the digests internal buffer.
-
-
- Overwrite the key
- if it is no longer used (zeroization)
-
-
- Overwrite the salt (pepper) if it
- is secret and no longer used (zeroization)
-
-
- Implementation of the cryptographic hash function BLAKE2s.
-
- BLAKE2s offers a built-in keying mechanism to be used directly
- for authentication ("Prefix-MAC") rather than a HMAC construction.
-
- BLAKE2s offers a built-in support for a salt for randomized hashing
- and a personal string for defining a unique hash function for each application.
-
- BLAKE2s is optimized for 32-bit platforms and produces digests of any size
- between 1 and 32 bytes.
-
-
- BLAKE2s Initialization Vector
-
-
-
- Message word permutations
-
-
-
- Whenever this buffer overflows, it will be processed in the Compress()
- function. For performance issues, long messages will not use this buffer.
-
-
- Position of last inserted byte
-
-
-
- Internal state, in the BLAKE2 paper it is called v
-
-
-
- State vector, in the BLAKE2 paper it is called h
-
-
-
- holds least significant bits of counter
-
-
-
- holds most significant bits of counter
-
-
-
- finalization flag, for last block: ~0
-
-
-
- BLAKE2s-256 for hashing.
-
-
- BLAKE2s for hashing.
-
- @param digestBits the desired digest length in bits. Must be a multiple of 8 and less than 256.
-
-
- BLAKE2s for authentication ("Prefix-MAC mode").
-
- After calling the doFinal() method, the key will remain to be used for
- further computations of this instance. The key can be overwritten using
- the clearKey() method.
-
- @param key a key up to 32 bytes or null
-
-
- BLAKE2s with key, required digest length, salt and personalization.
-
- After calling the doFinal() method, the key, the salt and the personal
- string will remain and might be used for further computations with this
- instance. The key can be overwritten using the clearKey() method, the
- salt (pepper) can be overwritten using the clearSalt() method.
-
- @param key a key up to 32 bytes or null
- @param digestBytes from 1 up to 32 bytes
- @param salt 8 bytes or null
- @param personalization 8 bytes or null
-
-
- Update the message digest with a single byte.
-
- @param b the input byte to be entered.
-
-
- Update the message digest with a block of bytes.
-
- @param message the byte array containing the data.
- @param offset the offset into the byte array where the data starts.
- @param len the length of the data.
-
-
- Close the digest, producing the final digest value. The doFinal() call
- leaves the digest reset. Key, salt and personal string remain.
-
- @param out the array the digest is to be copied into.
- @param outOffset the offset into the out array the digest is to start at.
-
-
- Reset the digest back to its initial state. The key, the salt and the
- personal string will remain for further computations.
-
-
- Return the algorithm name.
-
- @return the algorithm name
-
-
- Return the size in bytes of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
- @return the size in bytes of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
-
- Return the size in bytes of the internal buffer the digest applies its
- compression function to.
-
- @return byte length of the digest's internal buffer.
-
-
- Overwrite the key if it is no longer used (zeroization).
-
-
- Overwrite the salt (pepper) if it is secret and no longer used
- (zeroization).
-
-
-
- Customizable SHAKE function.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor
-
- bit length of the underlying SHAKE function, 128 or 256.
- the function name string, note this is reserved for use by NIST. Avoid using it if not required.
- the customization string - available for local use.
-
-
- implementation of Ukrainian DSTU 7564 hash function
-
-
- base implementation of MD4 family style digest as outlined in
- "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", pages 344 - 347.
-
-
- implementation of GOST R 34.11-94
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Constructor to allow use of a particular sbox with GOST28147
- @see GOST28147Engine#getSBox(String)
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
-
- Implementation of Keccak based on following KeccakNISTInterface.c from http://keccak.noekeon.org/
-
-
- Following the naming conventions used in the C source code to enable easy review of the implementation.
-
-
-
- Return the size of block that the compression function is applied to in bytes.
-
- @return internal byte length of a block.
-
-
- Base class for SHA-384 and SHA-512.
-
-
- Constructor for variable length word
-
-
- Copy constructor. We are using copy constructors in place
- of the object.Clone() interface as this interface is not
- supported by J2ME.
-
-
- adjust the byte counts so that byteCount2 represents the
- upper long (less 3 bits) word of the byte count.
-
-
- implementation of MD2
- as outlined in RFC1319 by B.Kaliski from RSA Laboratories April 1992
-
-
- return the algorithm name
-
- @return the algorithm name
-
-
- Close the digest, producing the final digest value. The doFinal
- call leaves the digest reset.
-
- @param out the array the digest is to be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the digest is to start at.
-
-
- reset the digest back to it's initial state.
-
-
- update the message digest with a single byte.
-
- @param in the input byte to be entered.
-
-
- update the message digest with a block of bytes.
-
- @param in the byte array containing the data.
- @param inOff the offset into the byte array where the data starts.
- @param len the length of the data.
-
-
- implementation of MD4 as RFC 1320 by R. Rivest, MIT Laboratory for
- Computer Science and RSA Data Security, Inc.
-
- NOTE: This algorithm is only included for backwards compatibility
- with legacy applications, it's not secure, don't use it for anything new!
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
- implementation of MD5 as outlined in "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", pages 346 - 347.
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
- Wrapper removes exposure to the IMemoable interface on an IDigest implementation.
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param baseDigest underlying digest to use.
- @exception IllegalArgumentException if baseDigest is null
-
-
- implementation of RipeMD128
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
- implementation of RipeMD see,
- http://www.esat.kuleuven.ac.be/~bosselae/ripemd160.html
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
-
- Implementation of RipeMD256.
- Note: this algorithm offers the same level of security as RipeMD128.
-
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
-
- Implementation of RipeMD 320.
- Note: this algorithm offers the same level of security as RipeMD160.
-
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
-
- reset the chaining variables to the IV values.
-
-
- implementation of SHA-1 as outlined in "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", pages 346 - 349.
-
- It is interesting to ponder why the, apart from the extra IV, the other difference here from MD5
- is the "endianness" of the word processing!
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
- SHA-224 as described in RFC 3874
-
- block word digest
- SHA-1 512 32 160
- SHA-224 512 32 224
- SHA-256 512 32 256
- SHA-384 1024 64 384
- SHA-512 1024 64 512
-
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
- Draft FIPS 180-2 implementation of SHA-256. Note: As this is
- based on a draft this implementation is subject to change.
-
-
- block word digest
- SHA-1 512 32 160
- SHA-256 512 32 256
- SHA-384 1024 64 384
- SHA-512 1024 64 512
-
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
- Draft FIPS 180-2 implementation of SHA-384. Note: As this is
- based on a draft this implementation is subject to change.
-
-
- block word digest
- SHA-1 512 32 160
- SHA-256 512 32 256
- SHA-384 1024 64 384
- SHA-512 1024 64 512
-
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
-
- Implementation of SHA-3 based on following KeccakNISTInterface.c from http://keccak.noekeon.org/
-
-
- Following the naming conventions used in the C source code to enable easy review of the implementation.
-
-
-
- Draft FIPS 180-2 implementation of SHA-512. Note: As this is
- based on a draft this implementation is subject to change.
-
-
- block word digest
- SHA-1 512 32 160
- SHA-256 512 32 256
- SHA-384 1024 64 384
- SHA-512 1024 64 512
-
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
- FIPS 180-4 implementation of SHA-512/t
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
-
- Implementation of SHAKE based on following KeccakNISTInterface.c from http://keccak.noekeon.org/
-
-
- Following the naming conventions used in the C source code to enable easy review of the implementation.
-
-
-
- Wrapper class that reduces the output length of a particular digest to
- only the first n bytes of the digest function.
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param baseDigest underlying digest to use.
- @param length length in bytes of the output of doFinal.
- @exception ArgumentException if baseDigest is null, or length is greater than baseDigest.GetDigestSize().
-
-
-
- Implementation of the Skein parameterised hash function in 256, 512 and 1024 bit block sizes,
- based on the Threefish tweakable block cipher.
-
-
- This is the 1.3 version of Skein defined in the Skein hash function submission to the NIST SHA-3
- competition in October 2010.
-
- Skein was designed by Niels Ferguson - Stefan Lucks - Bruce Schneier - Doug Whiting - Mihir
- Bellare - Tadayoshi Kohno - Jon Callas - Jesse Walker.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 256 bit block size - Skein-256
-
-
-
-
- 512 bit block size - Skein-512
-
-
-
-
- 1024 bit block size - Skein-1024
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a Skein digest with an internal state size and output size.
-
- the internal state size in bits - one of or
- .
- the output/digest size to produce in bits, which must be an integral number of
- bytes.
-
-
-
- Optionally initialises the Skein digest with the provided parameters.
-
- See for details on the parameterisation of the Skein hash function.
- the parameters to apply to this engine, or null to use no parameters.
-
-
-
- Implementation of the Skein family of parameterised hash functions in 256, 512 and 1024 bit block
- sizes, based on the Threefish tweakable block cipher.
-
-
- This is the 1.3 version of Skein defined in the Skein hash function submission to the NIST SHA-3
- competition in October 2010.
-
- Skein was designed by Niels Ferguson - Stefan Lucks - Bruce Schneier - Doug Whiting - Mihir
- Bellare - Tadayoshi Kohno - Jon Callas - Jesse Walker.
-
- This implementation is the basis for and , implementing the
- parameter based configuration system that allows Skein to be adapted to multiple applications.
- Initialising the engine with allows standard and arbitrary parameters to
- be applied during the Skein hash function.
-
- Implemented:
-
- - 256, 512 and 1024 bit internal states.
- - Full 96 bit input length.
- - Parameters defined in the Skein specification, and arbitrary other pre and post message
- parameters.
- - Arbitrary output size in 1 byte intervals.
-
-
- Not implemented:
-
- - Sub-byte length input (bit padding).
- - Tree hashing.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 256 bit block size - Skein-256
-
-
-
-
- 512 bit block size - Skein-512
-
-
-
-
- 1024 bit block size - Skein-1024
-
-
-
- The parameter type for the Skein key.
-
-
- The parameter type for the Skein configuration block.
-
-
- The parameter type for the message.
-
-
- The parameter type for the output transformation.
-
-
- Precalculated UBI(CFG) states for common state/output combinations without key or other
- pre-message params.
-
-
- Point at which position might overflow long, so switch to add with carry logic
-
-
- Bit 127 = final
-
-
- Bit 126 = first
-
-
- UBI uses a 128 bit tweak
-
-
- Whether 64 bit position exceeded
-
-
- Advances the position in the tweak by the specified value.
-
-
- The Unique Block Iteration chaining mode.
-
-
- Buffer for the current block of message data
-
-
- Offset into the current message block
-
-
- Buffer for message words for feedback into encrypted block
-
-
- Underlying Threefish tweakable block cipher
-
-
- Size of the digest output, in bytes
-
-
- The current chaining/state value
-
-
- The initial state value
-
-
- The (optional) key parameter
-
-
- Parameters to apply prior to the message
-
-
- Parameters to apply after the message, but prior to output
-
-
- The current UBI operation
-
-
- Buffer for single byte update method
-
-
-
- Constructs a Skein digest with an internal state size and output size.
-
- the internal state size in bits - one of or
- .
- the output/digest size to produce in bits, which must be an integral number of
- bytes.
-
-
-
- Creates a SkeinEngine as an exact copy of an existing instance.
-
-
-
-
- Initialises the Skein engine with the provided parameters. See for
- details on the parameterisation of the Skein hash function.
-
- the parameters to apply to this engine, or null to use no parameters.
-
-
- Calculate the initial (pre message block) chaining state.
-
-
-
- Reset the engine to the initial state (with the key and any pre-message parameters , ready to
- accept message input.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Chinese SM3 digest as described at
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-shen-sm3-hash-00
- and at .... ( Chinese PDF )
-
-
- The specification says "process a bit stream",
- but this is written to process bytes in blocks of 4,
- meaning this will process 32-bit word groups.
- But so do also most other digest specifications,
- including the SHA-256 which was a origin for
- this specification.
-
-
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
-
- implementation of Tiger based on:
-
- http://www.cs.technion.ac.il/~biham/Reports/Tiger
-
-
- Standard constructor
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided
- message digest.
-
-
- reset the chaining variables
-
-
- Implementation of WhirlpoolDigest, based on Java source published by Barreto
- and Rijmen.
-
-
-
- Copy constructor. This will copy the state of the provided message
- digest.
-
-
- Reset the chaining variables
-
-
- return the X9ECParameters object for the named curve represented by
- the passed in object identifier. Null if the curve isn't present.
-
- @param oid an object identifier representing a named curve, if present.
-
-
- return the object identifier signified by the passed in name. Null
- if there is no object identifier associated with name.
-
- @return the object identifier associated with name, if present.
-
-
- return the named curve name represented by the given object identifier.
-
-
- returns an enumeration containing the name strings for curves
- contained in this structure.
-
-
- ISO 9796-1 padding. Note in the light of recent results you should
- only use this with RSA (rather than the "simpler" Rabin keys) and you
- should never use it with anything other than a hash (ie. even if the
- message is small don't sign the message, sign it's hash) or some "random"
- value. See your favorite search engine for details.
-
-
- return the input block size. The largest message we can process
- is (key_size_in_bits + 3)/16, which in our world comes to
- key_size_in_bytes / 2.
-
-
- return the maximum possible size for the output.
-
-
- set the number of bits in the next message to be treated as
- pad bits.
-
-
- retrieve the number of pad bits in the last decoded message.
-
-
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if the decrypted block is not a valid ISO 9796 bit string
-
-
- Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding (OAEP) - see PKCS 1 V 2.
-
-
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if the decrypted block turns out to
- be badly formatted.
-
-
- int to octet string.
-
-
- mask generator function, as described in PKCS1v2.
-
-
- this does your basic Pkcs 1 v1.5 padding - whether or not you should be using this
- depends on your application - see Pkcs1 Version 2 for details.
-
-
- some providers fail to include the leading zero in PKCS1 encoded blocks. If you need to
- work with one of these set the system property Org.BouncyCastle.Pkcs1.Strict to false.
-
-
- The same effect can be achieved by setting the static property directly
-
- The static property is checked during construction of the encoding object, it is set to
- true by default.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher
-
-
- Constructor for decryption with a fixed plaintext length.
-
- @param cipher The cipher to use for cryptographic operation.
- @param pLen Length of the expected plaintext.
-
-
- Constructor for decryption with a fixed plaintext length and a fallback
- value that is returned, if the padding is incorrect.
-
- @param cipher
- The cipher to use for cryptographic operation.
- @param fallback
- The fallback value, we don't to a arraycopy here.
-
-
- Checks if the argument is a correctly PKCS#1.5 encoded Plaintext
- for encryption.
-
- @param encoded The Plaintext.
- @param pLen Expected length of the plaintext.
- @return Either 0, if the encoding is correct, or -1, if it is incorrect.
-
-
- Decode PKCS#1.5 encoding, and return a random value if the padding is not correct.
-
- @param in The encrypted block.
- @param inOff Offset in the encrypted block.
- @param inLen Length of the encrypted block.
- @param pLen Length of the desired output.
- @return The plaintext without padding, or a random value if the padding was incorrect.
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException
-
-
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if the decrypted block is not in Pkcs1 format.
-
-
- an implementation of the AES (Rijndael), from FIPS-197.
-
- For further details see: http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/aes/.
-
- This implementation is based on optimizations from Dr. Brian Gladman's paper and C code at
- http://fp.gladman.plus.com/cryptography_technology/rijndael/
-
- There are three levels of tradeoff of speed vs memory
- Because java has no preprocessor, they are written as three separate classes from which to choose
-
- The fastest uses 8Kbytes of static tables to precompute round calculations, 4 256 word tables for encryption
- and 4 for decryption.
-
- The middle performance version uses only one 256 word table for each, for a total of 2Kbytes,
- adding 12 rotate operations per round to compute the values contained in the other tables from
- the contents of the first.
-
- The slowest version uses no static tables at all and computes the values in each round.
-
-
- This file contains the middle performance version with 2Kbytes of static tables for round precomputation.
-
-
-
- Calculate the necessary round keys
- The number of calculations depends on key size and block size
- AES specified a fixed block size of 128 bits and key sizes 128/192/256 bits
- This code is written assuming those are the only possible values
-
-
- default constructor - 128 bit block size.
-
-
- initialise an AES cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- an implementation of the AES (Rijndael)), from FIPS-197.
-
- For further details see: http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/aes/.
-
- This implementation is based on optimizations from Dr. Brian Gladman's paper and C code at
- http://fp.gladman.plus.com/cryptography_technology/rijndael/
-
- There are three levels of tradeoff of speed vs memory
- Because java has no preprocessor), they are written as three separate classes from which to choose
-
- The fastest uses 8Kbytes of static tables to precompute round calculations), 4 256 word tables for encryption
- and 4 for decryption.
-
- The middle performance version uses only one 256 word table for each), for a total of 2Kbytes),
- adding 12 rotate operations per round to compute the values contained in the other tables from
- the contents of the first
-
- The slowest version uses no static tables at all and computes the values in each round
-
-
- This file contains the fast version with 8Kbytes of static tables for round precomputation
-
-
- Unfortunately this class has a few side channel issues.
- In an environment where encryption/decryption may be closely observed it should not be used.
-
-
-
- Calculate the necessary round keys
- The number of calculations depends on key size and block size
- AES specified a fixed block size of 128 bits and key sizes 128/192/256 bits
- This code is written assuming those are the only possible values
-
-
- default constructor - 128 bit block size.
-
-
- initialise an AES cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- an implementation of the AES (Rijndael), from FIPS-197.
-
- For further details see: http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/aes/.
-
- This implementation is based on optimizations from Dr. Brian Gladman's paper and C code at
- http://fp.gladman.plus.com/cryptography_technology/rijndael/
-
- There are three levels of tradeoff of speed vs memory
- Because java has no preprocessor, they are written as three separate classes from which to choose
-
- The fastest uses 8Kbytes of static tables to precompute round calculations, 4 256 word tables for encryption
- and 4 for decryption.
-
- The middle performance version uses only one 256 word table for each, for a total of 2Kbytes,
- adding 12 rotate operations per round to compute the values contained in the other tables from
- the contents of the first
-
- The slowest version uses no static tables at all and computes the values
- in each round.
-
-
- This file contains the slowest performance version with no static tables
- for round precomputation, but it has the smallest foot print.
-
-
-
- Calculate the necessary round keys
- The number of calculations depends on key size and block size
- AES specified a fixed block size of 128 bits and key sizes 128/192/256 bits
- This code is written assuming those are the only possible values
-
-
- default constructor - 128 bit block size.
-
-
- initialise an AES cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the AES Key Wrapper from the NIST Key Wrap Specification.
-
- For further details see: http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/kms/key-wrap.pdf.
-
-
-
- A class that provides Blowfish key encryption operations,
- such as encoding data and generating keys.
- All the algorithms herein are from Applied Cryptography
- and implement a simplified cryptography interface.
-
-
- initialise a Blowfish cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- apply the encryption cycle to each value pair in the table.
-
-
- Encrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
- The input will be an exact multiple of our blocksize.
-
-
- Decrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
- The input will be an exact multiple of our blocksize.
-
-
- Camellia - based on RFC 3713.
-
-
- Camellia - based on RFC 3713, smaller implementation, about half the size of CamelliaEngine.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the Camellia key wrapper based on RFC 3657/RFC 3394.
-
- For further details see: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3657.txt.
-
-
-
- A class that provides CAST key encryption operations,
- such as encoding data and generating keys.
-
- All the algorithms herein are from the Internet RFC's
-
- RFC2144 - Cast5 (64bit block, 40-128bit key)
- RFC2612 - CAST6 (128bit block, 128-256bit key)
-
- and implement a simplified cryptography interface.
-
-
- initialise a CAST cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Encrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param src The plaintext buffer
- @param srcIndex An offset into src
- @param dst The ciphertext buffer
- @param dstIndex An offset into dst
-
-
- Decrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param src The plaintext buffer
- @param srcIndex An offset into src
- @param dst The ciphertext buffer
- @param dstIndex An offset into dst
-
-
- The first of the three processing functions for the
- encryption and decryption.
-
- @param D the input to be processed
- @param Kmi the mask to be used from Km[n]
- @param Kri the rotation value to be used
-
-
-
- The second of the three processing functions for the
- encryption and decryption.
-
- @param D the input to be processed
- @param Kmi the mask to be used from Km[n]
- @param Kri the rotation value to be used
-
-
-
- The third of the three processing functions for the
- encryption and decryption.
-
- @param D the input to be processed
- @param Kmi the mask to be used from Km[n]
- @param Kri the rotation value to be used
-
-
-
- Does the 16 rounds to encrypt the block.
-
- @param L0 the LH-32bits of the plaintext block
- @param R0 the RH-32bits of the plaintext block
-
-
- A class that provides CAST6 key encryption operations,
- such as encoding data and generating keys.
-
- All the algorithms herein are from the Internet RFC
-
- RFC2612 - CAST6 (128bit block, 128-256bit key)
-
- and implement a simplified cryptography interface.
-
-
- Encrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param src The plaintext buffer
- @param srcIndex An offset into src
- @param dst The ciphertext buffer
- @param dstIndex An offset into dst
-
-
- Decrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param src The plaintext buffer
- @param srcIndex An offset into src
- @param dst The ciphertext buffer
- @param dstIndex An offset into dst
-
-
- Does the 12 quad rounds rounds to encrypt the block.
-
- @param A the 00-31 bits of the plaintext block
- @param B the 32-63 bits of the plaintext block
- @param C the 64-95 bits of the plaintext block
- @param D the 96-127 bits of the plaintext block
- @param result the resulting ciphertext
-
-
- Does the 12 quad rounds rounds to decrypt the block.
-
- @param A the 00-31 bits of the ciphertext block
- @param B the 32-63 bits of the ciphertext block
- @param C the 64-95 bits of the ciphertext block
- @param D the 96-127 bits of the ciphertext block
- @param result the resulting plaintext
-
-
-
- Implementation of Daniel J. Bernstein's ChaCha stream cipher.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a 20 rounds ChaCha engine.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Daniel J. Bernstein's ChaCha stream cipher.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a 20 rounds ChaCha engine.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a ChaCha engine with a specific number of rounds.
-
- the number of rounds (must be an even number).
-
-
-
- ChaCha function.
-
- The number of ChaCha rounds to execute
- The input words.
- The ChaCha state to modify.
-
-
- A class that provides a basic DESede (or Triple DES) engine.
-
-
- initialise a DESede cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- * Wrap keys according to
- *
- * draft-ietf-smime-key-wrap-01.txt.
- *
- * Note:
- *
- * - this is based on a draft, and as such is subject to change - don't use this class for anything requiring long term storage.
- * - if you are using this to wrap triple-des keys you need to set the
- * parity bits on the key and, if it's a two-key triple-des key, pad it
- * yourself.
- *
- *
-
-
- Field engine
-
-
- Field param
-
-
- Field paramPlusIV
-
-
- Field iv
-
-
- Field forWrapping
-
-
- Field IV2
-
-
- Method init
-
- @param forWrapping
- @param param
-
-
- Method GetAlgorithmName
-
- @return
-
-
- Method wrap
-
- @param in
- @param inOff
- @param inLen
- @return
-
-
- Method unwrap
-
- @param in
- @param inOff
- @param inLen
- @return
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException
-
-
- Some key wrap algorithms make use of the Key Checksum defined
- in CMS [CMS-Algorithms]. This is used to provide an integrity
- check value for the key being wrapped. The algorithm is
-
- - Compute the 20 octet SHA-1 hash on the key being wrapped.
- - Use the first 8 octets of this hash as the checksum value.
-
- @param key
- @return
- @throws Exception
- @see http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core/#sec-CMSKeyChecksum
-
-
- @param key
- @param checksum
- @return
- @see http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core/#sec-CMSKeyChecksum
-
-
- A class that provides a basic DES engine.
-
-
- initialise a DES cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- what follows is mainly taken from "Applied Cryptography", by
- Bruce Schneier, however it also bears great resemblance to Richard
- Outerbridge's D3DES...
-
-
- Generate an integer based working key based on our secret key
- and what we processing we are planning to do.
-
- Acknowledgements for this routine go to James Gillogly and Phil Karn.
- (whoever, and wherever they are!).
-
-
- the DES engine.
-
-
- implementation of DSTU 7624 (Kalyna)
-
-
- this does your basic ElGamal algorithm.
-
-
- initialise the ElGamal engine.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are encrypting, false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary ElGamal key parameters.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an input block to this engine.
- For ElGamal this is always one byte less than the size of P on
- encryption, and twice the length as the size of P on decryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an input block.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an output block to this engine.
- For ElGamal this is always one byte less than the size of P on
- decryption, and twice the length as the size of P on encryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an output block.
-
-
- Process a single block using the basic ElGamal algorithm.
-
- @param in the input array.
- @param inOff the offset into the input buffer where the data starts.
- @param length the length of the data to be processed.
- @return the result of the ElGamal process.
- @exception DataLengthException the input block is too large.
-
-
- implementation of GOST 28147-89
-
-
- standard constructor.
-
-
- initialise an Gost28147 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is inappropriate.
-
-
- Return the S-Box associated with SBoxName
- @param sBoxName name of the S-Box
- @return byte array representing the S-Box
-
-
- HC-128 is a software-efficient stream cipher created by Hongjun Wu. It
- generates keystream from a 128-bit secret key and a 128-bit initialization
- vector.
-
- http://www.ecrypt.eu.org/stream/p3ciphers/hc/hc128_p3.pdf
-
- It is a third phase candidate in the eStream contest, and is patent-free.
- No attacks are known as of today (April 2007). See
-
- http://www.ecrypt.eu.org/stream/hcp3.html
-
-
-
- Initialise a HC-128 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption. Irrelevant, as
- encryption and decryption are the same.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @throws ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate (ie. the key is not 128 bit long).
-
-
- HC-256 is a software-efficient stream cipher created by Hongjun Wu. It
- generates keystream from a 256-bit secret key and a 256-bit initialization
- vector.
-
- http://www.ecrypt.eu.org/stream/p3ciphers/hc/hc256_p3.pdf
-
- Its brother, HC-128, is a third phase candidate in the eStream contest.
- The algorithm is patent-free. No attacks are known as of today (April 2007).
- See
-
- http://www.ecrypt.eu.org/stream/hcp3.html
-
-
-
- Initialise a HC-256 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption. Irrelevant, as
- encryption and decryption are the same.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @throws ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate (ie. the key is not 256 bit long).
-
-
- A class that provides a basic International Data Encryption Algorithm (IDEA) engine.
-
- This implementation is based on the "HOWTO: INTERNATIONAL DATA ENCRYPTION ALGORITHM"
- implementation summary by Fauzan Mirza (F.U.Mirza@sheffield.ac.uk). (barring 1 typo at the
- end of the MulInv function!).
-
-
- It can be found at ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/crypt/cryptography/symmetric/idea/
-
-
- Note: This algorithm was patented in the USA, Japan and Europe. These patents expired in 2011/2012.
-
-
-
- standard constructor.
-
-
- initialise an IDEA cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return x = x * y where the multiplication is done modulo
- 65537 (0x10001) (as defined in the IDEA specification) and
- a zero input is taken to be 65536 (0x10000).
-
- @param x the x value
- @param y the y value
- @return x = x * y
-
-
- The following function is used to expand the user key to the encryption
- subkey. The first 16 bytes are the user key, and the rest of the subkey
- is calculated by rotating the previous 16 bytes by 25 bits to the left,
- and so on until the subkey is completed.
-
-
- This function computes multiplicative inverse using Euclid's Greatest
- Common Divisor algorithm. Zero and one are self inverse.
-
- i.e. x * MulInv(x) == 1 (modulo BASE)
-
-
-
- Return the additive inverse of x.
-
- i.e. x + AddInv(x) == 0
-
-
-
- The function to invert the encryption subkey to the decryption subkey.
- It also involves the multiplicative inverse and the additive inverse functions.
-
-
- support class for constructing intergrated encryption ciphers
- for doing basic message exchanges on top of key agreement ciphers
-
-
- set up for use with stream mode, where the key derivation function
- is used to provide a stream of bytes to xor with the message.
-
- @param agree the key agreement used as the basis for the encryption
- @param kdf the key derivation function used for byte generation
- @param mac the message authentication code generator for the message
-
-
- set up for use in conjunction with a block cipher to handle the
- message.
-
- @param agree the key agreement used as the basis for the encryption
- @param kdf the key derivation function used for byte generation
- @param mac the message authentication code generator for the message
- @param cipher the cipher to used for encrypting the message
-
-
- Initialise the encryptor.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not this is encryption/decryption.
- @param privParam our private key parameters
- @param pubParam the recipient's/sender's public key parameters
- @param param encoding and derivation parameters.
-
-
- Implementation of Bob Jenkin's ISAAC (Indirection Shift Accumulate Add and Count).
- see: http://www.burtleburtle.net/bob/rand/isaacafa.html
-
-
- initialise an ISAAC cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- NaccacheStern Engine. For details on this cipher, please see
- http://www.gemplus.com/smart/rd/publications/pdf/NS98pkcs.pdf
-
-
- Initializes this algorithm. Must be called before all other Functions.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.AsymmetricBlockCipher#init(bool,
- org.bouncycastle.crypto.CipherParameters)
-
-
- Returns the input block size of this algorithm.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.AsymmetricBlockCipher#GetInputBlockSize()
-
-
- Returns the output block size of this algorithm.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.AsymmetricBlockCipher#GetOutputBlockSize()
-
-
- Process a single Block using the Naccache-Stern algorithm.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.AsymmetricBlockCipher#ProcessBlock(byte[],
- int, int)
-
-
- Encrypts a BigInteger aka Plaintext with the public key.
-
- @param plain
- The BigInteger to encrypt
- @return The byte[] representation of the encrypted BigInteger (i.e.
- crypted.toByteArray())
-
-
- Adds the contents of two encrypted blocks mod sigma
-
- @param block1
- the first encrypted block
- @param block2
- the second encrypted block
- @return encrypt((block1 + block2) mod sigma)
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException
-
-
- Convenience Method for data exchange with the cipher.
-
- Determines blocksize and splits data to blocksize.
-
- @param data the data to be processed
- @return the data after it went through the NaccacheSternEngine.
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException
-
-
- Computes the integer x that is expressed through the given primes and the
- congruences with the chinese remainder theorem (CRT).
-
- @param congruences
- the congruences c_i
- @param primes
- the primes p_i
- @return an integer x for that x % p_i == c_i
-
-
- A Noekeon engine, using direct-key mode.
-
-
- Create an instance of the Noekeon encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- The no-op engine that just copies bytes through, irrespective of whether encrypting and decrypting.
- Provided for the sake of completeness.
-
-
- an implementation of RC2 as described in RFC 2268
- "A Description of the RC2(r) Encryption Algorithm" R. Rivest.
-
-
- initialise a RC2 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the result rotating the 16 bit number in x left by y
-
-
- Wrap keys according to RFC 3217 - RC2 mechanism
-
-
- Field engine
-
-
- Field param
-
-
- Field paramPlusIV
-
-
- Field iv
-
-
- Field forWrapping
-
-
- Field IV2
-
-
- Method init
-
- @param forWrapping
- @param param
-
-
- Method GetAlgorithmName
-
- @return
-
-
- Method wrap
-
- @param in
- @param inOff
- @param inLen
- @return
-
-
- Method unwrap
-
- @param in
- @param inOff
- @param inLen
- @return
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException
-
-
- Some key wrap algorithms make use of the Key Checksum defined
- in CMS [CMS-Algorithms]. This is used to provide an integrity
- check value for the key being wrapped. The algorithm is
-
- - Compute the 20 octet SHA-1 hash on the key being wrapped.
- - Use the first 8 octets of this hash as the checksum value.
-
- @param key
- @return
- @throws Exception
- @see http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core/#sec-CMSKeyChecksum
-
-
- @param key
- @param checksum
- @return
- @see http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core/#sec-CMSKeyChecksum
-
-
- initialise a RC4 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- The specification for RC5 came from the RC5 Encryption Algorithm
- publication in RSA CryptoBytes, Spring of 1995.
- http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/cryptobytes.
-
- This implementation has a word size of 32 bits.
-
-
- Create an instance of the RC5 encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise a RC5-32 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Re-key the cipher.
-
- @param key the key to be used
-
-
- Encrypt the given block starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param in in byte buffer containing data to encrypt
- @param inOff offset into src buffer
- @param out out buffer where encrypted data is written
- @param outOff offset into out buffer
-
-
- Perform a left "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(32) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % 32
-
-
- Perform a right "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(32) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % 32
-
-
- The specification for RC5 came from the RC5 Encryption Algorithm
- publication in RSA CryptoBytes, Spring of 1995.
- http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/cryptobytes.
-
- This implementation is set to work with a 64 bit word size.
-
-
- Create an instance of the RC5 encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise a RC5-64 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Re-key the cipher.
-
- @param key the key to be used
-
-
- Encrypt the given block starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
-
- @param in in byte buffer containing data to encrypt
- @param inOff offset into src buffer
- @param out out buffer where encrypted data is written
- @param outOff offset into out buffer
-
-
- Perform a left "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(wordSize) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % wordSize
-
-
- Perform a right "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(wordSize) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % wordSize
-
-
- An RC6 engine.
-
-
- Create an instance of the RC6 encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise a RC5-32 cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Re-key the cipher.
-
- @param inKey the key to be used
-
-
- Perform a left "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(wordSize) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % wordSize
-
-
- Perform a right "spin" of the word. The rotation of the given
- word x is rotated left by y bits.
- Only the lg(wordSize) low-order bits of y
- are used to determine the rotation amount. Here it is
- assumed that the wordsize used is a power of 2.
-
- @param x word to rotate
- @param y number of bits to rotate % wordSize
-
-
- an implementation of the RFC 3211 Key Wrap
- Specification.
-
-
-
- An implementation of the AES Key Wrapper from the NIST Key Wrap
- Specification as described in RFC 3394.
-
- For further details see: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3394.txt
- and http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/kms/key-wrap.pdf.
-
-
-
- an implementation of Rijndael, based on the documentation and reference implementation
- by Paulo Barreto, Vincent Rijmen, for v2.0 August '99.
-
- Note: this implementation is based on information prior to readonly NIST publication.
-
-
-
- multiply two elements of GF(2^m)
- needed for MixColumn and InvMixColumn
-
-
- xor corresponding text input and round key input bytes
-
-
- Row 0 remains unchanged
- The other three rows are shifted a variable amount
-
-
- Replace every byte of the input by the byte at that place
- in the nonlinear S-box
-
-
- Mix the bytes of every column in a linear way
-
-
- Mix the bytes of every column in a linear way
- This is the opposite operation of Mixcolumn
-
-
- Calculate the necessary round keys
- The number of calculations depends on keyBits and blockBits
-
-
- default constructor - 128 bit block size.
-
-
- basic constructor - set the cipher up for a given blocksize
-
- @param blocksize the blocksize in bits, must be 128, 192, or 256.
-
-
- initialise a Rijndael cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- this does your basic RSA algorithm with blinding
-
-
- initialise the RSA engine.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are encrypting, false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary RSA key parameters.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an input block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- encryption, and the same length as the key size on decryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an input block.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an output block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- decryption, and the same length as the key size on encryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an output block.
-
-
- Process a single block using the basic RSA algorithm.
-
- @param inBuf the input array.
- @param inOff the offset into the input buffer where the data starts.
- @param inLen the length of the data to be processed.
- @return the result of the RSA process.
- @exception DataLengthException the input block is too large.
-
-
- This does your basic RSA Chaum's blinding and unblinding as outlined in
- "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", page 475. You need to use this if you are
- trying to get another party to generate signatures without them being aware
- of the message they are signing.
-
-
- Initialise the blinding engine.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are encrypting (blinding), false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary RSA key parameters.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an input block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- encryption, and the same length as the key size on decryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an input block.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an output block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- decryption, and the same length as the key size on encryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an output block.
-
-
- Process a single block using the RSA blinding algorithm.
-
- @param in the input array.
- @param inOff the offset into the input buffer where the data starts.
- @param inLen the length of the data to be processed.
- @return the result of the RSA process.
- @throws DataLengthException the input block is too large.
-
-
- this does your basic RSA algorithm.
-
-
- initialise the RSA engine.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are encrypting, false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary RSA key parameters.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an input block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- encryption, and the same length as the key size on decryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an input block.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an output block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- decryption, and the same length as the key size on encryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an output block.
-
-
- this does your basic RSA algorithm.
-
-
- initialise the RSA engine.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are encrypting, false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary RSA key parameters.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an input block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- encryption, and the same length as the key size on decryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an input block.
-
-
- Return the maximum size for an output block to this engine.
- For RSA this is always one byte less than the key size on
- decryption, and the same length as the key size on encryption.
-
- @return maximum size for an output block.
-
-
- Process a single block using the basic RSA algorithm.
-
- @param inBuf the input array.
- @param inOff the offset into the input buffer where the data starts.
- @param inLen the length of the data to be processed.
- @return the result of the RSA process.
- @exception DataLengthException the input block is too large.
-
-
-
- Implementation of Daniel J. Bernstein's Salsa20 stream cipher, Snuffle 2005
-
-
-
- Constants
-
-
-
- Creates a 20 round Salsa20 engine.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a Salsa20 engine with a specific number of rounds.
-
- the number of rounds (must be an even number).
-
-
- Implementation of the SEED algorithm as described in RFC 4009
-
-
-
- An implementation of the SEED key wrapper based on RFC 4010/RFC 3394.
-
- For further details see: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4010.txt.
-
-
-
- * Serpent is a 128-bit 32-round block cipher with variable key lengths,
- * including 128, 192 and 256 bit keys conjectured to be at least as
- * secure as three-key triple-DES.
- *
- * Serpent was designed by Ross Anderson, Eli Biham and Lars Knudsen as a
- * candidate algorithm for the NIST AES Quest.
- *
- *
- * For full details see The Serpent home page
- *
-
-
- Expand a user-supplied key material into a session key.
-
- @param key The user-key bytes (multiples of 4) to use.
- @exception ArgumentException
-
-
- Encrypt one block of plaintext.
-
- @param input the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param output the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
-
-
- Decrypt one block of ciphertext.
-
- @param input the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param output the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
-
-
- initialise a Serpent cipher.
-
- @param encrypting whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
- @throws DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @throws IllegalStateException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- InvSO - {13, 3,11, 0,10, 6, 5,12, 1,14, 4, 7,15, 9, 8, 2 } - 15 terms.
-
-
- S1 - {15,12, 2, 7, 9, 0, 5,10, 1,11,14, 8, 6,13, 3, 4 } - 14 terms.
-
-
- InvS1 - { 5, 8, 2,14,15, 6,12, 3,11, 4, 7, 9, 1,13,10, 0 } - 14 steps.
-
-
- S2 - { 8, 6, 7, 9, 3,12,10,15,13, 1,14, 4, 0,11, 5, 2 } - 16 terms.
-
-
- InvS2 - {12, 9,15, 4,11,14, 1, 2, 0, 3, 6,13, 5, 8,10, 7 } - 16 steps.
-
-
- S3 - { 0,15,11, 8,12, 9, 6, 3,13, 1, 2, 4,10, 7, 5,14 } - 16 terms.
-
-
- InvS3 - { 0, 9,10, 7,11,14, 6,13, 3, 5,12, 2, 4, 8,15, 1 } - 15 terms
-
-
- S4 - { 1,15, 8, 3,12, 0,11, 6, 2, 5, 4,10, 9,14, 7,13 } - 15 terms.
-
-
- InvS4 - { 5, 0, 8, 3,10, 9, 7,14, 2,12,11, 6, 4,15,13, 1 } - 15 terms.
-
-
- S5 - {15, 5, 2,11, 4,10, 9,12, 0, 3,14, 8,13, 6, 7, 1 } - 16 terms.
-
-
- InvS5 - { 8,15, 2, 9, 4, 1,13,14,11, 6, 5, 3, 7,12,10, 0 } - 16 terms.
-
-
- S6 - { 7, 2,12, 5, 8, 4, 6,11,14, 9, 1,15,13, 3,10, 0 } - 15 terms.
-
-
- InvS6 - {15,10, 1,13, 5, 3, 6, 0, 4, 9,14, 7, 2,12, 8,11 } - 15 terms.
-
-
- S7 - { 1,13,15, 0,14, 8, 2,11, 7, 4,12,10, 9, 3, 5, 6 } - 16 terms.
-
-
- InvS7 - { 3, 0, 6,13, 9,14,15, 8, 5,12,11, 7,10, 1, 4, 2 } - 17 terms.
-
-
- Apply the linear transformation to the register set.
-
-
- Apply the inverse of the linear transformation to the register set.
-
-
- a class that provides a basic SKIPJACK engine.
-
-
- initialise a SKIPJACK cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- The G permutation
-
-
- the inverse of the G permutation.
-
-
-
- SM2 public key encryption engine - based on https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-shen-sm2-ecdsa-02.
-
-
-
- SM4 Block Cipher - SM4 is a 128 bit block cipher with a 128 bit key.
-
- The implementation here is based on the document http://eprint.iacr.org/2008/329.pdf
- by Whitfield Diffie and George Ledin, which is a translation of Prof. LU Shu-wang's original standard.
-
-
-
- An TEA engine.
-
-
- Create an instance of the TEA encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Re-key the cipher.
-
- @param key the key to be used
-
-
-
- Implementation of the Threefish tweakable large block cipher in 256, 512 and 1024 bit block
- sizes.
-
-
- This is the 1.3 version of Threefish defined in the Skein hash function submission to the NIST
- SHA-3 competition in October 2010.
-
- Threefish was designed by Niels Ferguson - Stefan Lucks - Bruce Schneier - Doug Whiting - Mihir
- Bellare - Tadayoshi Kohno - Jon Callas - Jesse Walker.
-
- This implementation inlines all round functions, unrolls 8 rounds, and uses 1.2k of static tables
- to speed up key schedule injection.
- 2 x block size state is retained by each cipher instance.
-
-
-
-
- 256 bit block size - Threefish-256
-
-
-
-
- 512 bit block size - Threefish-512
-
-
-
-
- 1024 bit block size - Threefish-1024
-
-
-
- Size of the tweak in bytes (always 128 bit/16 bytes)
-
-
- Rounds in Threefish-256
-
-
- Rounds in Threefish-512
-
-
- Rounds in Threefish-1024
-
-
- Max rounds of any of the variants
-
-
- Key schedule parity constant
-
-
- Block size in bytes
-
-
- Block size in 64 bit words
-
-
- Buffer for byte oriented processBytes to call internal word API
-
-
- Tweak bytes (2 byte t1,t2, calculated t3 and repeat of t1,t2 for modulo free lookup
-
-
- Key schedule words
-
-
- The internal cipher implementation (varies by blocksize)
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Threefish cipher, with a specified block size.
-
- the block size in bits, one of , ,
- .
-
-
-
- Initialise the engine.
-
- Initialise for encryption if true, for decryption if false.
- an instance of or (to
- use a 0 tweak)
-
-
-
- Initialise the engine, specifying the key and tweak directly.
-
- the cipher mode.
- the words of the key, or null to use the current key.
- the 2 word (128 bit) tweak, or null to use the current tweak.
-
-
-
- Process a block of data represented as 64 bit words.
-
- the number of 8 byte words processed (which will be the same as the block size).
- a block sized buffer of words to process.
- a block sized buffer of words to receive the output of the operation.
- if either the input or output is not block sized
- if this engine is not initialised
-
-
-
- Read a single 64 bit word from input in LSB first order.
-
-
-
-
- Write a 64 bit word to output in LSB first order.
-
-
-
- Rotate left + xor part of the mix operation.
-
-
- Rotate xor + rotate right part of the unmix operation.
-
-
- The extended + repeated tweak words
-
-
- The extended + repeated key words
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Mix rotation constants defined in Skein 1.3 specification
-
-
- Tnepres is a 128-bit 32-round block cipher with variable key lengths,
- including 128, 192 and 256 bit keys conjectured to be at least as
- secure as three-key triple-DES.
-
- Tnepres is based on Serpent which was designed by Ross Anderson, Eli Biham and Lars Knudsen as a
- candidate algorithm for the NIST AES Quest. Unfortunately there was an endianness issue
- with test vectors in the AES submission and the resulting confusion lead to the Tnepres cipher
- as well, which is a byte swapped version of Serpent.
-
-
- For full details see The Serpent home page
-
-
-
- Expand a user-supplied key material into a session key.
-
- @param key The user-key bytes (multiples of 4) to use.
- @exception ArgumentException
-
-
- Encrypt one block of plaintext.
-
- @param input the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param output the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
-
-
- Decrypt one block of ciphertext.
-
- @param input the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param output the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
-
-
- A class that provides Twofish encryption operations.
-
- This Java implementation is based on the Java reference
- implementation provided by Bruce Schneier and developed
- by Raif S. Naffah.
-
-
- Define the fixed p0/p1 permutations used in keyed S-box lookup.
- By changing the following constant definitions, the S-boxes will
- automatically Get changed in the Twofish engine.
-
-
- gSubKeys[] and gSBox[] are eventually used in the
- encryption and decryption methods.
-
-
- initialise a Twofish cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param parameters the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Encrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
- The input will be an exact multiple of our blocksize.
-
- encryptBlock uses the pre-calculated gSBox[] and subKey[]
- arrays.
-
-
- Decrypt the given input starting at the given offset and place
- the result in the provided buffer starting at the given offset.
- The input will be an exact multiple of our blocksize.
-
-
- Use (12, 8) Reed-Solomon code over GF(256) to produce
- a key S-box 32-bit entity from 2 key material 32-bit
- entities.
-
- @param k0 first 32-bit entity
- @param k1 second 32-bit entity
- @return Remainder polynomial Generated using RS code
-
-
- * Reed-Solomon code parameters: (12,8) reversible code:
- *
- *
- * G(x) = x^4 + (a+1/a)x^3 + ax^2 + (a+1/a)x + 1
- *
- * where a = primitive root of field generator 0x14D
- *
-
-
- initialise a VMPC cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption
- whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params
- the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException
- if the params argument is inappropriate.
-
-
-
- Implementation of Daniel J. Bernstein's XSalsa20 stream cipher - Salsa20 with an extended nonce.
-
-
- XSalsa20 requires a 256 bit key, and a 192 bit nonce.
-
-
-
-
- XSalsa20 key generation: process 256 bit input key and 128 bits of the input nonce
- using a core Salsa20 function without input addition to produce 256 bit working key
- and use that with the remaining 64 bits of nonce to initialize a standard Salsa20 engine state.
-
-
-
- An XTEA engine.
-
-
- Create an instance of the TEA encryption algorithm
- and set some defaults
-
-
- initialise
-
- @param forEncryption whether or not we are for encryption.
- @param params the parameters required to set up the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the params argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Re-key the cipher.
-
- @param key the key to be used
-
-
- Basic KDF generator for derived keys and ivs as defined by IEEE P1363a/ISO 18033
-
- This implementation is based on ISO 18033/P1363a.
-
-
- Construct a KDF Parameters generator.
-
- @param counterStart value of counter.
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of derived keys.
-
-
- return the underlying digest.
-
-
- fill len bytes of the output buffer with bytes generated from
- the derivation function.
-
- @throws ArgumentException if the size of the request will cause an overflow.
- @throws DataLengthException if the out buffer is too small.
-
-
- Core of password hashing scheme Bcrypt,
- designed by Niels Provos and David Mazières,
- corresponds to the C reference implementation.
-
- This implementation does not correspondent to the 1999 published paper
- "A Future-Adaptable Password Scheme" of Niels Provos and David Mazières,
- see: https://www.usenix.org/legacy/events/usenix99/provos/provos_html/node1.html.
- In contrast to the paper, the order of key setup and salt setup is reversed:
- state <- ExpandKey(state, 0, key)
- state %lt;- ExpandKey(state, 0, salt)
- This corresponds to the OpenBSD reference implementation of Bcrypt.
-
- Note:
- There is no successful cryptanalysis (status 2015), but
- the amount of memory and the band width of Bcrypt
- may be insufficient to effectively prevent attacks
- with custom hardware like FPGAs, ASICs
-
- This implementation uses some parts of Bouncy Castle's BlowfishEngine.
-
-
-
- Derives a raw 192 bit Bcrypt key
-
- @param cost the cost factor, treated as an exponent of 2
- @param salt a 16 byte salt
- @param psw the password
- @return a 192 bit key
-
-
- Size of the salt parameter in bytes
-
-
- Minimum value of cost parameter, equal to log2(bytes of salt)
-
-
- Maximum value of cost parameter (31 == 2,147,483,648)
-
-
- Maximum size of password == max (unrestricted) size of Blowfish key
-
-
- Converts a character password to bytes incorporating the required trailing zero byte.
-
- @param password the password to be encoded.
- @return a byte representation of the password in UTF8 + trailing zero.
-
-
- Calculates the bcrypt hash of a password.
-
- This implements the raw bcrypt function as defined in the bcrypt specification, not
- the crypt encoded version implemented in OpenBSD.
-
- @param password the password bytes (up to 72 bytes) to use for this invocation.
- @param salt the 128 bit salt to use for this invocation.
- @param cost the bcrypt cost parameter. The cost of the bcrypt function grows as
- 2^cost. Legal values are 4..31 inclusive.
- @return the output of the raw bcrypt operation: a 192 bit (24 byte) hash.
-
-
- initialise the key generator - if strength is set to zero
- the key Generated will be 192 bits in size, otherwise
- strength can be 128 or 192 (or 112 or 168 if you don't count
- parity bits), depending on whether you wish to do 2-key or 3-key
- triple DES.
-
- @param param the parameters to be used for key generation
-
-
- initialise the key generator - if strength is set to zero
- the key generated will be 64 bits in size, otherwise
- strength can be 64 or 56 bits (if you don't count the parity bits).
-
- @param param the parameters to be used for key generation
-
-
- a basic Diffie-Hellman key pair generator.
-
- This generates keys consistent for use with the basic algorithm for
- Diffie-Hellman.
-
-
- a Diffie-Hellman key pair generator.
-
- This generates keys consistent for use in the MTI/A0 key agreement protocol
- as described in "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", Pages 516-519.
-
-
- which Generates the p and g values from the given parameters,
- returning the DHParameters object.
-
- Note: can take a while...
-
-
- a DSA key pair generator.
-
- This Generates DSA keys in line with the method described
- in FIPS 186-3 B.1 FFC Key Pair Generation.
-
-
- Generate suitable parameters for DSA, in line with FIPS 186-2, or FIPS 186-3.
-
-
- Initialise the generator
- This form can only be used for older DSA (pre-DSA2) parameters
- the size of keys in bits (from 512 up to 1024, and a multiple of 64)
- measure of robustness of primes (at least 80 for FIPS 186-2 compliance)
- the source of randomness to use
-
-
- Initialise the generator for DSA 2
- You must use this Init method if you need to generate parameters for DSA 2 keys
- An instance of DsaParameterGenerationParameters used to configure this generator
-
-
- Generates a set of DsaParameters
- Can take a while...
-
-
- generate suitable parameters for DSA, in line with
- FIPS 186-3 A.1 Generation of the FFC Primes p and q.
-
-
- Given the domain parameters this routine generates an EC key
- pair in accordance with X9.62 section 5.2.1 pages 26, 27.
-
-
- a ElGamal key pair generator.
-
- This Generates keys consistent for use with ElGamal as described in
- page 164 of "Handbook of Applied Cryptography".
-
-
- * which Generates the p and g values from the given parameters,
- * returning the ElGamalParameters object.
- *
- * Note: can take a while...
- *
-
-
- a GOST3410 key pair generator.
- This generates GOST3410 keys in line with the method described
- in GOST R 34.10-94.
-
-
- generate suitable parameters for GOST3410.
-
-
- initialise the key generator.
-
- @param size size of the key
- @param typeProcedure type procedure A,B = 1; A',B' - else
- @param random random byte source.
-
-
- Procedure C
- procedure generates the a value from the given p,q,
- returning the a value.
-
-
- which generates the p , q and a values from the given parameters,
- returning the Gost3410Parameters object.
-
-
- HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) implemented
- according to IETF RFC 5869, May 2010 as specified by H. Krawczyk, IBM
- Research & P. Eronen, Nokia. It uses a HMac internally to compute de OKM
- (output keying material) and is likely to have better security properties
- than KDF's based on just a hash function.
-
-
- Creates a HKDFBytesGenerator based on the given hash function.
-
- @param hash the digest to be used as the source of generatedBytes bytes
-
-
- Performs the extract part of the key derivation function.
-
- @param salt the salt to use
- @param ikm the input keying material
- @return the PRK as KeyParameter
-
-
- Performs the expand part of the key derivation function, using currentT
- as input and output buffer.
-
- @throws DataLengthException if the total number of bytes generated is larger than the one
- specified by RFC 5869 (255 * HashLen)
-
-
- KFD2 generator for derived keys and ivs as defined by IEEE P1363a/ISO 18033
-
- This implementation is based on IEEE P1363/ISO 18033.
-
-
- Construct a KDF1 byte generator.
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of derived keys.
-
-
- KDF2 generator for derived keys and ivs as defined by IEEE P1363a/ISO 18033
-
- This implementation is based on IEEE P1363/ISO 18033.
-
-
- Construct a KDF2 bytes generator. Generates key material
- according to IEEE P1363 or ISO 18033 depending on the initialisation.
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of derived keys.
-
-
- Generator for MGF1 as defined in Pkcs 1v2
-
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of Generated bytes
-
-
- return the underlying digest.
-
-
- int to octet string.
-
-
- fill len bytes of the output buffer with bytes Generated from
- the derivation function.
-
- @throws DataLengthException if the out buffer is too small.
-
-
- Key generation parameters for NaccacheStern cipher. For details on this cipher, please see
-
- http://www.gemplus.com/smart/rd/publications/pdf/NS98pkcs.pdf
-
-
- Generates a permuted ArrayList from the original one. The original List
- is not modified
-
- @param arr
- the ArrayList to be permuted
- @param rand
- the source of Randomness for permutation
- @return a new IList with the permuted elements.
-
-
- Finds the first 'count' primes starting with 3
-
- @param count
- the number of primes to find
- @return a vector containing the found primes as Integer
-
-
- Password hashing scheme BCrypt,
- designed by Niels Provos and David Mazières, using the
- String format and the Base64 encoding
- of the reference implementation on OpenBSD
-
-
- Creates a 60 character Bcrypt String, including
- version, cost factor, salt and hash, separated by '$'
-
- @param version the version, 2y,2b or 2a. (2a is not backwards compatible.)
- @param cost the cost factor, treated as an exponent of 2
- @param salt a 16 byte salt
- @param password the password
- @return a 60 character Bcrypt String
-
-
- Creates a 60 character Bcrypt String, including
- version, cost factor, salt and hash, separated by '$' using version
- '2y'.
-
- @param cost the cost factor, treated as an exponent of 2
- @param salt a 16 byte salt
- @param password the password
- @return a 60 character Bcrypt String
-
-
- Creates a 60 character Bcrypt String, including
- version, cost factor, salt and hash, separated by '$'
-
- @param version the version, may be 2b, 2y or 2a. (2a is not backwards compatible.)
- @param cost the cost factor, treated as an exponent of 2
- @param salt a 16 byte salt
- @param password the password
- @return a 60 character Bcrypt String
-
-
- Checks if a password corresponds to a 60 character Bcrypt String
-
- @param bcryptString a 60 character Bcrypt String, including
- version, cost factor, salt and hash,
- separated by '$'
- @param password the password as an array of chars
- @return true if the password corresponds to the
- Bcrypt String, otherwise false
-
-
- Generator for PBE derived keys and ivs as usd by OpenSSL.
-
- The scheme is a simple extension of PKCS 5 V2.0 Scheme 1 using MD5 with an
- iteration count of 1.
-
-
-
- Construct a OpenSSL Parameters generator.
-
-
- Initialise - note the iteration count for this algorithm is fixed at 1.
-
- @param password password to use.
- @param salt salt to use.
-
-
- the derived key function, the ith hash of the password and the salt.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter derived from the password, salt, and iteration
- count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
- @exception ArgumentException if the key length larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generate a key with initialisation vector parameter derived from
- the password, salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised
- with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @param ivSize the size of the iv we want (in bits)
- @return a ParametersWithIV object.
- @exception ArgumentException if keySize + ivSize is larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter for use with a MAC derived from the password,
- salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
- @exception ArgumentException if the key length larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generator for Pbe derived keys and ivs as defined by Pkcs 12 V1.0.
-
- The document this implementation is based on can be found at
-
- RSA's Pkcs12 Page
-
-
-
- Construct a Pkcs 12 Parameters generator.
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of derived keys.
- @exception ArgumentException if an unknown digest is passed in.
-
-
- add a + b + 1, returning the result in a. The a value is treated
- as a BigInteger of length (b.Length * 8) bits. The result is
- modulo 2^b.Length in case of overflow.
-
-
- generation of a derived key ala Pkcs12 V1.0.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter derived from the password, salt, and iteration
- count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
-
-
- Generate a key with initialisation vector parameter derived from
- the password, salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised
- with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @param ivSize the size of the iv we want (in bits)
- @return a ParametersWithIV object.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter for use with a MAC derived from the password,
- salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
-
-
- Generator for Pbe derived keys and ivs as defined by Pkcs 5 V2.0 Scheme 1.
- Note this generator is limited to the size of the hash produced by the
- digest used to drive it.
-
- The document this implementation is based on can be found at
-
- RSA's Pkcs5 Page
-
-
-
- Construct a Pkcs 5 Scheme 1 Parameters generator.
-
- @param digest the digest to be used as the source of derived keys.
-
-
- the derived key function, the ith hash of the mPassword and the mSalt.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter derived from the mPassword, mSalt, and iteration
- count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
- @exception ArgumentException if the key length larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generate a key with initialisation vector parameter derived from
- the mPassword, mSalt, and iteration count we are currently initialised
- with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @param ivSize the size of the iv we want (in bits)
- @return a ParametersWithIV object.
- @exception ArgumentException if keySize + ivSize is larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter for use with a MAC derived from the mPassword,
- mSalt, and iteration count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
- @exception ArgumentException if the key length larger than the base hash size.
-
-
- Generator for Pbe derived keys and ivs as defined by Pkcs 5 V2.0 Scheme 2.
- This generator uses a SHA-1 HMac as the calculation function.
-
- The document this implementation is based on can be found at
-
- RSA's Pkcs5 Page
-
-
- construct a Pkcs5 Scheme 2 Parameters generator.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter derived from the password, salt, and iteration
- count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
-
-
- Generate a key with initialisation vector parameter derived from
- the password, salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised
- with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @param ivSize the size of the iv we want (in bits)
- @return a ParametersWithIV object.
-
-
- Generate a key parameter for use with a MAC derived from the password,
- salt, and iteration count we are currently initialised with.
-
- @param keySize the size of the key we want (in bits)
- @return a KeyParameter object.
-
-
-
- Generates keys for the Poly1305 MAC.
-
-
- Poly1305 keys are 256 bit keys consisting of a 128 bit secret key used for the underlying block
- cipher followed by a 128 bit {@code r} value used for the polynomial portion of the Mac.
- The {@code r} value has a specific format with some bits required to be cleared, resulting in an
- effective 106 bit key.
- A separately generated 256 bit key can be modified to fit the Poly1305 key format by using the
- {@link #clamp(byte[])} method to clear the required bits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialises the key generator.
-
-
- Poly1305 keys are always 256 bits, so the key length in the provided parameters is ignored.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a 256 bit key in the format required for Poly1305 - e.g.
- k[0] ... k[15], r[0] ... r[15] with the required bits in r cleared
- as per .
-
-
-
-
- Modifies an existing 32 byte key value to comply with the requirements of the Poly1305 key by
- clearing required bits in the r (second 16 bytes) portion of the key.
- Specifically:
-
- - r[3], r[7], r[11], r[15] have top four bits clear (i.e., are {0, 1, . . . , 15})
- - r[4], r[8], r[12] have bottom two bits clear (i.e., are in {0, 4, 8, . . . , 252})
-
-
- a 32 byte key value k[0] ... k[15], r[0] ... r[15]
-
-
-
- Checks a 32 byte key for compliance with the Poly1305 key requirements, e.g.
- k[0] ... k[15], r[0] ... r[15] with the required bits in r cleared
- as per .
-
- Key.
- if the key is of the wrong length, or has invalid bits set
- in the r portion of the key.
-
-
- Generate a random factor suitable for use with RSA blind signatures
- as outlined in Chaum's blinding and unblinding as outlined in
- "Handbook of Applied Cryptography", page 475.
-
-
- Initialise the factor generator
-
- @param param the necessary RSA key parameters.
-
-
- Generate a suitable blind factor for the public key the generator was initialised with.
-
- @return a random blind factor
-
-
- an RSA key pair generator.
-
-
- Choose a random prime value for use with RSA
- the bit-length of the returned prime
- the RSA public exponent
- a prime p, with (p-1) relatively prime to e
-
-
- Implementation of the scrypt a password-based key derivation function.
-
- Scrypt was created by Colin Percival and is specified in
- draft-josefsson-scrypt-kd.
-
-
-
- Generate a key using the scrypt key derivation function.
- the bytes of the pass phrase.
- the salt to use for this invocation.
- CPU/Memory cost parameter. Must be larger than 1, a power of 2 and less than
- 2^(128 * r / 8).
- the block size, must be >= 1.
- Parallelization parameter. Must be a positive integer less than or equal to
- Int32.MaxValue / (128 * r * 8).
- the length of the key to generate.
- the generated key.
-
-
- Base interface for a public/private key block cipher.
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher.
- Initialise for encryption if true, for decryption if false.
- The key or other data required by the cipher.
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, an input block may be.
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, an output block will be.
-
-
- Process a block.
- The input buffer.
- The offset into inBuf that the input block begins.
- The length of the input block.
- Input decrypts improperly.
- Input is too large for the cipher.
-
-
- interface that a public/private key pair generator should conform to.
-
-
- intialise the key pair generator.
-
- @param the parameters the key pair is to be initialised with.
-
-
- return an AsymmetricCipherKeyPair containing the Generated keys.
-
- @return an AsymmetricCipherKeyPair containing the Generated keys.
-
-
- The basic interface that basic Diffie-Hellman implementations
- conforms to.
-
-
- initialise the agreement engine.
-
-
- return the field size for the agreement algorithm in bytes.
-
-
- given a public key from a given party calculate the next
- message in the agreement sequence.
-
-
- Base interface for a symmetric key block cipher.
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher.
- Initialise for encryption if true, for decryption if false.
- The key or other data required by the cipher.
-
-
- The block size for this cipher, in bytes.
-
-
- Indicates whether this cipher can handle partial blocks.
-
-
- Process a block.
- The input buffer.
- The offset into inBuf that the input block begins.
- The output buffer.
- The offset into outBuf to write the output block.
- If input block is wrong size, or outBuf too small.
- The number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
-
- Reset the cipher to the same state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
-
-
- Operators that reduce their input to a single block return an object
- of this type.
-
-
-
-
- Return the final result of the operation.
-
- A block of bytes, representing the result of an operation.
-
-
-
- Store the final result of the operation by copying it into the destination array.
-
- The number of bytes copied into destination.
- The byte array to copy the result into.
- The offset into destination to start copying the result at.
-
-
- Block cipher engines are expected to conform to this interface.
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher.
- If true the cipher is initialised for encryption,
- if false for decryption.
- The key and other data required by the cipher.
-
-
-
- Reset the cipher. After resetting the cipher is in the same state
- as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for a ciphers that do not require data to be block aligned.
-
- Note: In cases where the underlying algorithm is block based, these ciphers may add or remove padding as needed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the size of the output buffer required for a Write() plus a
- close() with the write() being passed inputLen bytes.
-
- The returned size may be dependent on the initialisation of this cipher
- and may not be accurate once subsequent input data is processed as the cipher may
- add, add or remove padding, as it sees fit.
-
-
- The space required to accommodate a call to processBytes and doFinal with inputLen bytes of input.
- The length of the expected input.
-
-
-
- Return the size of the output buffer required for a write() with the write() being
- passed inputLen bytes and just updating the cipher output.
-
- The space required to accommodate a call to processBytes with inputLen bytes of input.
- The length of the expected input.
-
-
-
- Gets the stream for reading/writing data processed/to be processed.
-
- The stream associated with this cipher.
-
-
-
- Base interface for cipher builders.
-
-
-
-
- Return the algorithm and parameter details associated with any cipher built.
-
-
-
-
- Return the maximum output size that a given input will produce.
-
- the length of the expected input.
- The maximum possible output size that can produced for the expected input length.
-
-
-
- Build a cipher that operates on the passed in stream.
-
- The stream to write/read any encrypted/decrypted data.
- A cipher based around the given stream.
-
-
-
- A cipher builder that can also return the key it was initialized with.
-
-
-
-
- Return the key we were initialized with.
-
-
-
- all parameter classes implement this.
-
-
-
- Interface describing a provider of cipher builders for creating decrypting ciphers.
-
-
-
-
- Return a cipher builder for creating decrypting ciphers.
-
- The algorithm details/parameters to use to create the final cipher.
- A new cipher builder.
-
-
- base interface for general purpose byte derivation functions.
-
-
- return the message digest used as the basis for the function
-
-
- Parameters for key/byte stream derivation classes
-
-
- interface that a message digest conforms to.
-
-
- return the algorithm name
-
- @return the algorithm name
-
-
- return the size, in bytes, of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
- @return the size, in bytes, of the digest produced by this message digest.
-
-
- return the size, in bytes, of the internal buffer used by this digest.
-
- @return the size, in bytes, of the internal buffer used by this digest.
-
-
- update the message digest with a single byte.
-
- @param inByte the input byte to be entered.
-
-
- update the message digest with a block of bytes.
-
- @param input the byte array containing the data.
- @param inOff the offset into the byte array where the data starts.
- @param len the length of the data.
-
-
- Close the digest, producing the final digest value. The doFinal
- call leaves the digest reset.
-
- @param output the array the digest is to be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the digest is to start at.
-
-
- reset the digest back to it's initial state.
-
-
-
- Base interface for operator factories that create stream-based digest calculators.
-
-
-
- The algorithm details object for calculators made by this factory.
-
-
- Return the size of the digest associated with this factory.
- The length of the digest produced by this calculators from this factory in bytes.
-
-
-
- Create a stream calculator for the digest associated with this factory. The stream
- calculator is used for the actual operation of entering the data to be digested
- and producing the digest block.
-
- A calculator producing an IBlockResult with the final digest in it.
-
-
- interface for classes implementing the Digital Signature Algorithm
-
-
- initialise the signer for signature generation or signature
- verification.
-
- @param forSigning true if we are generating a signature, false
- otherwise.
- @param param key parameters for signature generation.
-
-
- sign the passed in message (usually the output of a hash function).
-
- @param message the message to be signed.
- @return two big integers representing the r and s values respectively.
-
-
- verify the message message against the signature values r and s.
-
- @param message the message that was supposed to have been signed.
- @param r the r signature value.
- @param s the s signature value.
-
-
-
- An "extended" interface for classes implementing DSA-style algorithms, that provides access
- to the group order.
-
-
-
- The order of the group that the r, s values in signatures belong to.
-
-
-
- Base interface describing an entropy source for a DRBG.
-
-
-
-
- Return whether or not this entropy source is regarded as prediction resistant.
-
- true if this instance is prediction resistant; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Return a byte array of entropy.
-
- The entropy bytes.
-
-
-
- Return the number of bits of entropy this source can produce.
-
- The size, in bits, of the return value of getEntropy.
-
-
-
- Base interface describing a provider of entropy sources.
-
-
-
-
- Return an entropy source providing a block of entropy.
-
- The size of the block of entropy required.
- An entropy source providing bitsRequired blocks of entropy.
-
-
-
- Base interface for a key unwrapper.
-
-
-
-
- The parameter set used to configure this key unwrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Unwrap the passed in data.
-
- The array containing the data to be unwrapped.
- The offset into cipherText at which the unwrapped data starts.
- The length of the data to be unwrapped.
- an IBlockResult containing the unwrapped key data.
-
-
-
- Base interface for a key wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- The parameter set used to configure this key wrapper.
-
-
-
-
- Wrap the passed in key data.
-
- The key data to be wrapped.
- an IBlockResult containing the wrapped key data.
-
-
- The base interface for implementations of message authentication codes (MACs).
-
-
- Initialise the MAC.
-
- @param param the key and other data required by the MAC.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the MAC implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the MAC implements.
-
-
- Return the block size for this MAC (in bytes).
-
- @return the block size for this MAC in bytes.
-
-
- add a single byte to the mac for processing.
-
- @param in the byte to be processed.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the MAC is not initialised.
-
-
- @param in the array containing the input.
- @param inOff the index in the array the data begins at.
- @param len the length of the input starting at inOff.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the MAC is not initialised.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in.
-
-
- Compute the final stage of the MAC writing the output to the out
- parameter.
-
- doFinal leaves the MAC in the same state it was after the last init.
-
- @param out the array the MAC is to be output to.
- @param outOff the offset into the out buffer the output is to start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the MAC is not initialised.
-
-
- Reset the MAC. At the end of resetting the MAC should be in the
- in the same state it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
- The algorithm details object for this calculator.
-
-
-
- Create a stream calculator for this signature calculator. The stream
- calculator is used for the actual operation of entering the data to be signed
- and producing the signature block.
-
- A calculator producing an IBlockResult with a signature in it.
-
-
- this exception is thrown whenever we find something we don't expect in a
- message.
-
-
- base constructor.
-
-
- create a InvalidCipherTextException with the given message.
-
- @param message the message to be carried with the exception.
-
-
-
- Base interface for operators that serve as stream-based signature calculators.
-
-
-
- The algorithm details object for this calculator.
-
-
-
- Create a stream calculator for this signature calculator. The stream
- calculator is used for the actual operation of entering the data to be signed
- and producing the signature block.
-
- A calculator producing an IBlockResult with a signature in it.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the signer implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the signer implements.
-
-
- Initialise the signer for signing or verification.
-
- @param forSigning true if for signing, false otherwise
- @param param necessary parameters.
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using
- the key we were initialised with.
-
-
- return true if the internal state represents the signature described
- in the passed in array.
-
-
- reset the internal state
-
-
- Signer with message recovery.
-
-
- Returns true if the signer has recovered the full message as
- part of signature verification.
-
- @return true if full message recovered.
-
-
- Returns a reference to what message was recovered (if any).
-
- @return full/partial message, null if nothing.
-
-
- Perform an update with the recovered message before adding any other data. This must
- be the first update method called, and calling it will result in the signer assuming
- that further calls to update will include message content past what is recoverable.
-
- @param signature the signature that we are in the process of verifying.
- @throws IllegalStateException
-
-
-
- Base interface for cryptographic operations such as Hashes, MACs, and Signatures which reduce a stream of data
- to a single value.
-
-
-
- Return a "sink" stream which only exists to update the implementing object.
- A stream to write to in order to update the implementing object.
-
-
-
- Return the result of processing the stream. This value is only available once the stream
- has been closed.
-
- The result of processing the stream.
-
-
- The interface stream ciphers conform to.
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher.
- If true the cipher is initialised for encryption,
- if false for decryption.
- The key and other data required by the cipher.
-
- If the parameters argument is inappropriate.
-
-
-
- encrypt/decrypt a single byte returning the result.
- the byte to be processed.
- the result of processing the input byte.
-
-
-
- Process a block of bytes from input putting the result into output.
-
- The input byte array.
-
- The offset into input where the data to be processed starts.
-
- The number of bytes to be processed.
- The output buffer the processed bytes go into.
-
- The offset into output the processed data starts at.
-
- If the output buffer is too small.
-
-
-
- Reset the cipher to the same state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
-
-
- Operators that reduce their input to the validation of a signature produce this type.
-
-
-
-
- Return true if the passed in data matches what is expected by the verification result.
-
- The bytes representing the signature.
- true if the signature verifies, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Return true if the length bytes from off in the source array match the signature
- expected by the verification result.
-
- Byte array containing the signature.
- The offset into the source array where the signature starts.
- The number of bytes in source making up the signature.
- true if the signature verifies, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Base interface for operators that serve as stream-based signature verifiers.
-
-
-
- The algorithm details object for this verifier.
-
-
-
- Create a stream calculator for this verifier. The stream
- calculator is used for the actual operation of entering the data to be verified
- and producing a result which can be used to verify the original signature.
-
- A calculator producing an IVerifier which can verify the signature.
-
-
-
- Base interface for a provider to support the dynamic creation of signature verifiers.
-
-
-
-
- Return a signature verfier for signature algorithm described in the passed in algorithm details object.
-
- The details of the signature algorithm verification is required for.
- A new signature verifier.
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
-
- With FIPS PUB 202 a new kind of message digest was announced which supported extendable output, or variable digest sizes.
- This interface provides the extra method required to support variable output on a digest implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Output the results of the final calculation for this digest to outLen number of bytes.
-
- output array to write the output bytes to.
- offset to start writing the bytes at.
- the number of output bytes requested.
- the number of bytes written
-
-
-
- Start outputting the results of the final calculation for this digest. Unlike DoFinal, this method
- will continue producing output until the Xof is explicitly reset, or signals otherwise.
-
- output array to write the output bytes to.
- offset to start writing the bytes at.
- the number of output bytes requested.
- the number of bytes written
-
-
- The base class for parameters to key generators.
-
-
- initialise the generator with a source of randomness
- and a strength (in bits).
-
- @param random the random byte source.
- @param strength the size, in bits, of the keys we want to produce.
-
-
- return the random source associated with this
- generator.
-
- @return the generators random source.
-
-
- return the bit strength for keys produced by this generator,
-
- @return the strength of the keys this generator produces (in bits).
-
-
- standard CBC Block Cipher MAC - if no padding is specified the default of
- pad of zeroes is used.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a CBC block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code half the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a CBC block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code half the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param padding the padding to be used to complete the last block.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses CBC mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses CBC mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
- @param padding the padding to be used to complete the last block.
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
- implements a Cipher-FeedBack (CFB) mode on top of a simple cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- feedback mode.
- @param blockSize the block size in bits (note: a multiple of 8)
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/CFB"
- and the block size in bits.
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at.
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the chaining vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a CFB block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code half the length of the block size of the cipher, with
- the CFB mode set to 8 bits.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a CFB block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code half the length of the block size of the cipher, with
- the CFB mode set to 8 bits.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param padding the padding to be used.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses CFB mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param cfbBitSize the size of an output block produced by the CFB mode.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses CFB mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param cfbBitSize the size of an output block produced by the CFB mode.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
- @param padding a padding to be used.
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
- CMAC - as specified at www.nuee.nagoya-u.ac.jp/labs/tiwata/omac/omac.html
-
- CMAC is analogous to OMAC1 - see also en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMAC
-
- CMAC is a NIST recomendation - see
- csrc.nist.gov/CryptoToolkit/modes/800-38_Series_Publications/SP800-38B.pdf
-
- CMAC/OMAC1 is a blockcipher-based message authentication code designed and
- analyzed by Tetsu Iwata and Kaoru Kurosawa.
-
- CMAC/OMAC1 is a simple variant of the CBC MAC (Cipher Block Chaining Message
- Authentication Code). OMAC stands for One-Key CBC MAC.
-
- It supports 128- or 64-bits block ciphers, with any key size, and returns
- a MAC with dimension less or equal to the block size of the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a CBC block cipher (64 or 128 bit block).
- This will produce an authentication code the length of the block size
- of the cipher.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8 and @lt;= 128.
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
-
- Implementation of DSTU7564 mac mode
-
-
-
- implementation of DSTU 7624 MAC
-
-
-
- The GMAC specialisation of Galois/Counter mode (GCM) detailed in NIST Special Publication
- 800-38D.
-
-
- GMac is an invocation of the GCM mode where no data is encrypted (i.e. all input data to the Mac
- is processed as additional authenticated data with the underlying GCM block cipher).
-
-
-
-
- Creates a GMAC based on the operation of a block cipher in GCM mode.
-
-
- This will produce an authentication code the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- the cipher to be used in GCM mode to generate the MAC.
-
-
-
- Creates a GMAC based on the operation of a 128 bit block cipher in GCM mode.
-
-
- This will produce an authentication code the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- the cipher to be used in GCM mode to generate the MAC.
- the mac size to generate, in bits. Must be a multiple of 8, between 32 and 128 (inclusive).
- Sizes less than 96 are not recommended, but are supported for specialized applications.
-
-
-
- Initialises the GMAC - requires a
- providing a and a nonce.
-
-
-
- implementation of GOST 28147-89 MAC
-
-
- HMAC implementation based on RFC2104
-
- H(K XOR opad, H(K XOR ipad, text))
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
- DES based CBC Block Cipher MAC according to ISO9797, algorithm 3 (ANSI X9.19 Retail MAC)
-
- This could as well be derived from CBCBlockCipherMac, but then the property mac in the base
- class must be changed to protected
-
-
- create a Retail-MAC based on a CBC block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code of the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation. This must
- be DESEngine.
-
-
- create a Retail-MAC based on a CBC block cipher. This will produce an
- authentication code of the length of the block size of the cipher.
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param padding the padding to be used to complete the last block.
-
-
- create a Retail-MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses single DES CBC mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
-
-
- create a standard MAC based on a block cipher with the size of the
- MAC been given in bits. This class uses single DES CBC mode as the basis for the
- MAC generation. The final block is decrypted and then encrypted using the
- middle and right part of the key.
-
- Note: the size of the MAC must be at least 24 bits (FIPS Publication 81),
- or 16 bits if being used as a data authenticator (FIPS Publication 113),
- and in general should be less than the size of the block cipher as it reduces
- the chance of an exhaustive attack (see Handbook of Applied Cryptography).
-
- @param cipher the cipher to be used as the basis of the MAC generation.
- @param macSizeInBits the size of the MAC in bits, must be a multiple of 8.
- @param padding the padding to be used to complete the last block.
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
-
- Poly1305 message authentication code, designed by D. J. Bernstein.
-
-
- Poly1305 computes a 128-bit (16 bytes) authenticator, using a 128 bit nonce and a 256 bit key
- consisting of a 128 bit key applied to an underlying cipher, and a 128 bit key (with 106
- effective key bits) used in the authenticator.
-
- The polynomial calculation in this implementation is adapted from the public domain poly1305-donna-unrolled C implementation
- by Andrew M (@floodyberry).
-
-
-
-
- Polynomial key
-
-
- Polynomial key
-
-
- Polynomial key
-
-
- Polynomial key
-
-
- Polynomial key
-
-
- Precomputed 5 * r[1..4]
-
-
- Precomputed 5 * r[1..4]
-
-
- Precomputed 5 * r[1..4]
-
-
- Precomputed 5 * r[1..4]
-
-
- Encrypted nonce
-
-
- Encrypted nonce
-
-
- Encrypted nonce
-
-
- Encrypted nonce
-
-
- Current block of buffered input
-
-
- Current offset in input buffer
-
-
- Polynomial accumulator
-
-
- Polynomial accumulator
-
-
- Polynomial accumulator
-
-
- Polynomial accumulator
-
-
- Polynomial accumulator
-
-
- Constructs a Poly1305 MAC, where the key passed to init() will be used directly.
-
-
- Constructs a Poly1305 MAC, using a 128 bit block cipher.
-
-
-
- Initialises the Poly1305 MAC.
-
- a {@link ParametersWithIV} containing a 128 bit nonce and a {@link KeyParameter} with
- a 256 bit key complying to the {@link Poly1305KeyGenerator Poly1305 key format}.
-
-
-
- Implementation of SipHash as specified in "SipHash: a fast short-input PRF", by Jean-Philippe
- Aumasson and Daniel J. Bernstein (https://131002.net/siphash/siphash.pdf).
-
-
- "SipHash is a family of PRFs SipHash-c-d where the integer parameters c and d are the number of
- compression rounds and the number of finalization rounds. A compression round is identical to a
- finalization round and this round function is called SipRound. Given a 128-bit key k and a
- (possibly empty) byte string m, SipHash-c-d returns a 64-bit value..."
-
-
-
- SipHash-2-4
-
-
- SipHash-c-d
- the number of compression rounds
- the number of finalization rounds
-
-
-
- Implementation of the Skein parameterised MAC function in 256, 512 and 1024 bit block sizes,
- based on the Threefish tweakable block cipher.
-
-
- This is the 1.3 version of Skein defined in the Skein hash function submission to the NIST SHA-3
- competition in October 2010.
-
- Skein was designed by Niels Ferguson - Stefan Lucks - Bruce Schneier - Doug Whiting - Mihir
- Bellare - Tadayoshi Kohno - Jon Callas - Jesse Walker.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 256 bit block size - Skein-256
-
-
-
-
- 512 bit block size - Skein-512
-
-
-
-
- 1024 bit block size - Skein-1024
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a Skein MAC with an internal state size and output size.
-
- the internal state size in bits - one of or
- .
- the output/MAC size to produce in bits, which must be an integral number of
- bytes.
-
-
-
- Optionally initialises the Skein digest with the provided parameters.
-
- See for details on the parameterisation of the Skein hash function.
- the parameters to apply to this engine, or null to use no parameters.
-
-
-
- This exception is thrown whenever a cipher requires a change of key, iv
- or similar after x amount of bytes enciphered
-
-
-
- implements Cipher-Block-Chaining (CBC) mode on top of a simple cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of chaining.
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/CBC".
-
-
- return the block size of the underlying cipher.
-
- @return the block size of the underlying cipher.
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the chaining vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- Do the appropriate chaining step for CBC mode encryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be encrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the encrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Do the appropriate chaining step for CBC mode decryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be decrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the decrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Implements the Counter with Cipher Block Chaining mode (CCM) detailed in
- NIST Special Publication 800-38C.
-
- Note: this mode is a packet mode - it needs all the data up front.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used.
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Returns a byte array containing the mac calculated as part of the
- last encrypt or decrypt operation.
-
- @return the last mac calculated.
-
-
- Process a packet of data for either CCM decryption or encryption.
-
- @param in data for processing.
- @param inOff offset at which data starts in the input array.
- @param inLen length of the data in the input array.
- @return a byte array containing the processed input..
- @throws IllegalStateException if the cipher is not appropriately set up.
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException if the input data is truncated or the mac check fails.
-
-
- Process a packet of data for either CCM decryption or encryption.
-
- @param in data for processing.
- @param inOff offset at which data starts in the input array.
- @param inLen length of the data in the input array.
- @param output output array.
- @param outOff offset into output array to start putting processed bytes.
- @return the number of bytes added to output.
- @throws IllegalStateException if the cipher is not appropriately set up.
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException if the input data is truncated or the mac check fails.
- @throws DataLengthException if output buffer too short.
-
-
- implements a Cipher-FeedBack (CFB) mode on top of a simple cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- feedback mode.
- @param blockSize the block size in bits (note: a multiple of 8)
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/CFB"
- and the block size in bits.
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at.
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Do the appropriate processing for CFB mode encryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be encrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the encrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Do the appropriate processing for CFB mode decryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be decrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the encrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the chaining vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- A Cipher Text Stealing (CTS) mode cipher. CTS allows block ciphers to
- be used to produce cipher text which is the same outLength as the plain text.
-
-
- Create a buffered block cipher that uses Cipher Text Stealing
-
- @param cipher the underlying block cipher this buffering object wraps.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update of 'length' bytes.
-
- @param length the outLength of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update
- with length bytes of input.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update plus a
- doFinal with an input of length bytes.
-
- @param length the outLength of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update and doFinal
- with length bytes of input.
-
-
- process a single byte, producing an output block if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- process an array of bytes, producing output if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset at which the input data starts.
- @param length the number of bytes to be copied out of the input array.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- Process the last block in the buffer.
-
- @param out the array the block currently being held is copied into.
- @param outOff the offset at which the copying starts.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there is insufficient space in out for
- the output.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the underlying cipher is not
- initialised.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if cipher text decrypts wrongly (in
- case the exception will never Get thrown).
-
-
- A Two-Pass Authenticated-Encryption Scheme Optimized for Simplicity and
- Efficiency - by M. Bellare, P. Rogaway, D. Wagner.
-
- http://www.cs.ucdavis.edu/~rogaway/papers/eax.pdf
-
- EAX is an AEAD scheme based on CTR and OMAC1/CMAC, that uses a single block
- cipher to encrypt and authenticate data. It's on-line (the length of a
- message isn't needed to begin processing it), has good performances, it's
- simple and provably secure (provided the underlying block cipher is secure).
-
- Of course, this implementations is NOT thread-safe.
-
-
- Constructor that accepts an instance of a block cipher engine.
-
- @param cipher the engine to use
-
-
-
- Implements the Galois/Counter mode (GCM) detailed in
- NIST Special Publication 800-38D.
-
-
-
-
- MAC sizes from 32 bits to 128 bits (must be a multiple of 8) are supported. The default is 128 bits.
- Sizes less than 96 are not recommended, but are supported for specialized applications.
-
-
-
- implements the GOST 28147 OFB counter mode (GCTR).
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- counter mode (must have a 64 bit block size).
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param encrypting if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param parameters the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/GCTR"
- and the block size in bits
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the feedback vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- An IAeadCipher based on an IBlockCipher.
-
-
- The block size for this cipher, in bytes.
-
-
- The block cipher underlying this algorithm.
-
-
-
- A cipher mode that includes authenticated encryption with a streaming mode and optional
- associated data.
-
-
- Implementations of this interface may operate in a packet mode (where all input data is
- buffered and processed during the call to DoFinal, or in a streaming mode (where output
- data is incrementally produced with each call to ProcessByte or ProcessBytes. This is
- important to consider during decryption: in a streaming mode, unauthenticated plaintext
- data may be output prior to the call to DoFinal that results in an authentication failure.
- The higher level protocol utilising this cipher must ensure the plaintext data is handled
- appropriately until the end of data is reached and the entire ciphertext is authenticated.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the algorithm this cipher implements.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher.
- Parameter can either be an AeadParameters or a ParametersWithIV object.
- Initialise for encryption if true, for decryption if false.
- The key or other data required by the cipher.
-
-
- Add a single byte to the associated data check.
- If the implementation supports it, this will be an online operation and will not retain the associated data.
- The byte to be processed.
-
-
- Add a sequence of bytes to the associated data check.
- If the implementation supports it, this will be an online operation and will not retain the associated data.
- The input byte array.
- The offset into the input array where the data to be processed starts.
- The number of bytes to be processed.
-
-
- Encrypt/decrypt a single byte.
-
- @param input the byte to be processed.
- @param outBytes the output buffer the processed byte goes into.
- @param outOff the offset into the output byte array the processed data starts at.
- @return the number of bytes written to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if the output buffer is too small.
-
-
- Process a block of bytes from in putting the result into out.
-
- @param inBytes the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset into the in array where the data to be processed starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be processed.
- @param outBytes the output buffer the processed bytes go into.
- @param outOff the offset into the output byte array the processed data starts at.
- @return the number of bytes written to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if the output buffer is too small.
-
-
- Finish the operation either appending or verifying the MAC at the end of the data.
-
- @param outBytes space for any resulting output data.
- @param outOff offset into out to start copying the data at.
- @return number of bytes written into out.
- @throws InvalidOperationException if the cipher is in an inappropriate state.
- @throws InvalidCipherTextException if the MAC fails to match.
-
-
- Return the value of the MAC associated with the last stream processed.
-
- @return MAC for plaintext data.
-
-
- Return the size of the output buffer required for a ProcessBytes
- an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to ProcessBytes
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- Return the size of the output buffer required for a ProcessBytes plus a
- DoFinal with an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to ProcessBytes and DoFinal
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
-
- Reset the cipher to the same state as it was after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor. Nb value is set to 4.
-
- base cipher to use under CCM.
-
-
-
- Constructor allowing Nb configuration.
-
- Nb is a parameter specified in CCM mode of DSTU7624 standard.
- This parameter specifies maximum possible length of input.It should
- be calculated as follows: Nb = 1 / 8 * (-3 + log[2]Nmax) + 1,
- where Nmax - length of input message in bits.For practical reasons
- Nmax usually less than 4Gb, e.g. for Nmax = 2^32 - 1, Nb = 4.
-
- base cipher to use under CCM.
- Nb value to use.
-
-
- Implements a Gamming or Counter (CTR) mode on top of a DSTU 7624 block cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- feedback mode.
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/KCTR"
- and the block size in bits.
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at.
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param input the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param output the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the chaining vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- An implementation of RFC 7253 on The OCB
- Authenticated-Encryption Algorithm, licensed per:
-
- License for
- Open-Source Software Implementations of OCB (Jan 9, 2013) - 'License 1'
- Under this license, you are authorized to make, use, and distribute open-source software
- implementations of OCB. This license terminates for you if you sue someone over their open-source
- software implementation of OCB claiming that you have a patent covering their implementation.
-
- This is a non-binding summary of a legal document (the link above). The parameters of the license
- are specified in the license document and that document is controlling.
-
-
- implements a Output-FeedBack (OFB) mode on top of a simple cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- feedback mode.
- @param blockSize the block size in bits (note: a multiple of 8)
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/OFB"
- and the block size in bits
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the feedback vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- * Implements OpenPGP's rather strange version of Cipher-FeedBack (CFB) mode
- * on top of a simple cipher. This class assumes the IV has been prepended
- * to the data stream already, and just accomodates the reset after
- * (blockSize + 2) bytes have been read.
- *
- * For further info see RFC 2440.
- *
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be used as the basis of the
- feedback mode.
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- return the algorithm name and mode.
-
- @return the name of the underlying algorithm followed by "/PGPCFB"
- and the block size in bits.
-
-
- return the block size we are operating at.
-
- @return the block size we are operating at (in bytes).
-
-
- Process one block of input from the array in and write it to
- the out array.
-
- @param in the array containing the input data.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the output data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- reset the chaining vector back to the IV and reset the underlying
- cipher.
-
-
- Initialise the cipher and, possibly, the initialisation vector (IV).
- If an IV isn't passed as part of the parameter, the IV will be all zeros.
- An IV which is too short is handled in FIPS compliant fashion.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param parameters the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- Encrypt one byte of data according to CFB mode.
- @param data the byte to encrypt
- @param blockOff offset in the current block
- @returns the encrypted byte
-
-
- Do the appropriate processing for CFB IV mode encryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be encrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the encrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Do the appropriate processing for CFB IV mode decryption.
-
- @param in the array containing the data to be decrypted.
- @param inOff offset into the in array the data starts at.
- @param out the array the encrypted data will be copied into.
- @param outOff the offset into the out array the output will start at.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough data in in, or
- space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
- @return the number of bytes processed and produced.
-
-
- Implements the Segmented Integer Counter (SIC) mode on top of a simple
- block cipher.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param c the block cipher to be used.
-
-
- return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
- @return the underlying block cipher that we are wrapping.
-
-
- Return the digest algorithm using one of the standard JCA string
- representations rather than the algorithm identifier (if possible).
-
-
-
- Calculator factory class for signature generation in ASN.1 based profiles that use an AlgorithmIdentifier to preserve
- signature algorithm details.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- The name of the signature algorithm to use.
- The private key to be used in the signing operation.
-
-
-
- Constructor which also specifies a source of randomness to be used if one is required.
-
- The name of the signature algorithm to use.
- The private key to be used in the signing operation.
- The source of randomness to be used in signature calculation.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the verifier provider.
-
-
-
-
- Verifier class for signature verification in ASN.1 based profiles that use an AlgorithmIdentifier to preserve
- signature algorithm details.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- The name of the signature algorithm to use.
- The public key to be used in the verification operation.
-
-
-
- Provider class which supports dynamic creation of signature verifiers.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor - specify the public key to be used in verification.
-
- The public key to be used in creating verifiers provided by this object.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the verifier provider.
-
-
-
- Block cipher padders are expected to conform to this interface
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
- @param param parameters, if any required.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if the padding is badly formed
- or invalid.
-
-
- A padder that adds ISO10126-2 padding to a block.
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
- @param random a SecureRandom if available.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- A padder that adds the padding according to the scheme referenced in
- ISO 7814-4 - scheme 2 from ISO 9797-1. The first byte is 0x80, rest is 0x00
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
- @param random - a SecureRandom if available.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the padder implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the padder implements.
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- A wrapper class that allows block ciphers to be used to process data in
- a piecemeal fashion with padding. The PaddedBufferedBlockCipher
- outputs a block only when the buffer is full and more data is being added,
- or on a doFinal (unless the current block in the buffer is a pad block).
- The default padding mechanism used is the one outlined in Pkcs5/Pkcs7.
-
-
- Create a buffered block cipher with the desired padding.
-
- @param cipher the underlying block cipher this buffering object wraps.
- @param padding the padding type.
-
-
- Create a buffered block cipher Pkcs7 padding
-
- @param cipher the underlying block cipher this buffering object wraps.
-
-
- initialise the cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption if true the cipher is initialised for
- encryption, if false for decryption.
- @param param the key and other data required by the cipher.
- @exception ArgumentException if the parameters argument is
- inappropriate.
-
-
- return the minimum size of the output buffer required for an update
- plus a doFinal with an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update and doFinal
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- return the size of the output buffer required for an update
- an input of len bytes.
-
- @param len the length of the input.
- @return the space required to accommodate a call to update
- with len bytes of input.
-
-
- process a single byte, producing an output block if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- process an array of bytes, producing output if necessary.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset at which the input data starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be copied out of the input array.
- @param out the space for any output that might be produced.
- @param outOff the offset from which the output will be copied.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there isn't enough space in out.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the cipher isn't initialised.
-
-
- Process the last block in the buffer. If the buffer is currently
- full and padding needs to be added a call to doFinal will produce
- 2 * GetBlockSize() bytes.
-
- @param out the array the block currently being held is copied into.
- @param outOff the offset at which the copying starts.
- @return the number of output bytes copied to out.
- @exception DataLengthException if there is insufficient space in out for
- the output or we are decrypting and the input is not block size aligned.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if the underlying cipher is not
- initialised.
- @exception InvalidCipherTextException if padding is expected and not found.
-
-
- A padder that adds Pkcs7/Pkcs5 padding to a block.
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
- @param random - a SecureRandom if available.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- A padder that adds Trailing-Bit-Compliment padding to a block.
-
- This padding pads the block out compliment of the last bit
- of the plain text.
-
-
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
- the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
- - a SecureRandom if available.
-
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
- Note: this assumes that the last block of plain text is always
- passed to it inside in. i.e. if inOff is zero, indicating the
- entire block is to be overwritten with padding the value of in
- should be the same as the last block of plain text.
-
-
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- A padder that adds X9.23 padding to a block - if a SecureRandom is
- passed in random padding is assumed, otherwise padding with zeros is used.
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
- @param random a SecureRandom if one is available.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- A padder that adds Null byte padding to a block.
-
-
- Return the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
- the name of the algorithm the cipher implements.
-
-
-
- Initialise the padder.
-
-
- - a SecureRandom if available.
-
-
-
- add the pad bytes to the passed in block, returning the
- number of bytes added.
-
-
-
- return the number of pad bytes present in the block.
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param key key to be used by underlying cipher
- @param macSize macSize in bits
- @param nonce nonce to be used
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param key key to be used by underlying cipher
- @param macSize macSize in bits
- @param nonce nonce to be used
- @param associatedText associated text, if any
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param key key to be used by underlying cipher
- @param macSize macSize in bits
- @param nonce nonce to be used
- @param associatedText associated text, if any
-
-
- return true if the passed in key is a DES-EDE weak key.
-
- @param key bytes making up the key
- @param offset offset into the byte array the key starts at
- @param length number of bytes making up the key
-
-
- return true if the passed in key is a DES-EDE weak key.
-
- @param key bytes making up the key
- @param offset offset into the byte array the key starts at
-
-
- return true if the passed in key is a real 2/3 part DES-EDE key.
-
- @param key bytes making up the key
- @param offset offset into the byte array the key starts at
-
-
- return true if the passed in key is a real 2 part DES-EDE key.
-
- @param key bytes making up the key
- @param offset offset into the byte array the key starts at
-
-
- return true if the passed in key is a real 3 part DES-EDE key.
-
- @param key bytes making up the key
- @param offset offset into the byte array the key starts at
-
-
- DES has 16 weak keys. This method will check
- if the given DES key material is weak or semi-weak.
- Key material that is too short is regarded as weak.
-
- See "Applied
- Cryptography" by Bruce Schneier for more information.
-
- @return true if the given DES key material is weak or semi-weak,
- false otherwise.
-
-
- DES Keys use the LSB as the odd parity bit. This can
- be used to check for corrupt keys.
-
- @param bytes the byte array to set the parity on.
-
-
- The minimum bitlength of the private value.
-
-
- The bitlength of the private value.
-
-
- Construct without a usage index, this will do a random construction of G.
-
- @param L desired length of prime P in bits (the effective key size).
- @param N desired length of prime Q in bits.
- @param certainty certainty level for prime number generation.
- @param random the source of randomness to use.
-
-
- Construct for a specific usage index - this has the effect of using verifiable canonical generation of G.
-
- @param L desired length of prime P in bits (the effective key size).
- @param N desired length of prime Q in bits.
- @param certainty certainty level for prime number generation.
- @param random the source of randomness to use.
- @param usageIndex a valid usage index.
-
-
- return the generator - g
-
-
- return private value limit - l
-
-
- Parameter class for the HkdfBytesGenerator class.
-
-
- Generates parameters for HKDF, specifying both the optional salt and
- optional info. Step 1: Extract won't be skipped.
-
- @param ikm the input keying material or seed
- @param salt the salt to use, may be null for a salt for hashLen zeros
- @param info the info to use, may be null for an info field of zero bytes
-
-
- Factory method that makes the HKDF skip the extract part of the key
- derivation function.
-
- @param ikm the input keying material or seed, directly used for step 2:
- Expand
- @param info the info to use, may be null for an info field of zero bytes
- @return HKDFParameters that makes the implementation skip step 1
-
-
- Returns the input keying material or seed.
-
- @return the keying material
-
-
- Returns if step 1: extract has to be skipped or not
-
- @return true for skipping, false for no skipping of step 1
-
-
- Returns the salt, or null if the salt should be generated as a byte array
- of HashLen zeros.
-
- @return the salt, or null
-
-
- Returns the info field, which may be empty (null is converted to empty).
-
- @return the info field, never null
-
-
- parameters for using an integrated cipher in stream mode.
-
-
- @param derivation the derivation parameter for the KDF function.
- @param encoding the encoding parameter for the KDF function.
- @param macKeySize the size of the MAC key (in bits).
-
-
- @param derivation the derivation parameter for the KDF function.
- @param encoding the encoding parameter for the KDF function.
- @param macKeySize the size of the MAC key (in bits).
- @param cipherKeySize the size of the associated Cipher key (in bits).
-
-
- parameters for Key derivation functions for ISO-18033
-
-
-
- Base constructor - suffix fixed input data only.
-
- the KDF seed
- fixed input data to follow counter.
- length of the counter in bits
-
-
-
- Base constructor - prefix and suffix fixed input data.
-
- the KDF seed
- fixed input data to precede counter
- fixed input data to follow counter.
- length of the counter in bits.
-
-
- parameters for Key derivation functions for IEEE P1363a
-
-
- Parameters for mask derivation functions.
-
-
- Parameters for NaccacheStern public private key generation. For details on
- this cipher, please see
-
- http://www.gemplus.com/smart/rd/publications/pdf/NS98pkcs.pdf
-
-
- Parameters for generating a NaccacheStern KeyPair.
-
- @param random
- The source of randomness
- @param strength
- The desired strength of the Key in Bits
- @param certainty
- the probability that the generated primes are not really prime
- as integer: 2^(-certainty) is then the probability
- @param countSmallPrimes
- How many small key factors are desired
-
-
- * Parameters for a NaccacheStern KeyPair.
- *
- * @param random
- * The source of randomness
- * @param strength
- * The desired strength of the Key in Bits
- * @param certainty
- * the probability that the generated primes are not really prime
- * as integer: 2^(-certainty) is then the probability
- * @param cntSmallPrimes
- * How many small key factors are desired
- * @param debug
- * Ignored
-
-
- @return Returns the certainty.
-
-
- @return Returns the countSmallPrimes.
-
-
- Public key parameters for NaccacheStern cipher. For details on this cipher,
- please see
-
- http://www.gemplus.com/smart/rd/publications/pdf/NS98pkcs.pdf
-
-
- @param privateKey
-
-
- @return Returns the g.
-
-
- @return Returns the lowerSigmaBound.
-
-
- @return Returns the n.
-
-
- Private key parameters for NaccacheStern cipher. For details on this cipher,
- please see
-
- http://www.gemplus.com/smart/rd/publications/pdf/NS98pkcs.pdf
-
-
- Constructs a NaccacheSternPrivateKey
-
- @param g
- the public enryption parameter g
- @param n
- the public modulus n = p*q
- @param lowerSigmaBound
- the public lower sigma bound up to which data can be encrypted
- @param smallPrimes
- the small primes, of which sigma is constructed in the right
- order
- @param phi_n
- the private modulus phi(n) = (p-1)(q-1)
-
-
- Cipher parameters with a fixed salt value associated with them.
-
-
-
- Parameters for the Skein hash function - a series of byte[] strings identified by integer tags.
-
-
- Parameterised Skein can be used for:
-
- - MAC generation, by providing a key.
- - Randomised hashing, by providing a nonce.
- - A hash function for digital signatures, associating a
- public key with the message digest.
- - A key derivation function, by providing a
- key identifier.
- - Personalised hashing, by providing a
- recommended format or
- arbitrary personalisation string.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for a secret key, supporting MAC or KDF functions: 0
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for the Skein configuration block: 4
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for a personalisation string: 8
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for a public key: 12
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for a key identifier string: 16
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for a nonce: 20
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for the message: 48
-
-
-
-
- The parameter type for the output transformation: 63
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a map of type (int) to value (byte[]) for the parameters tracked in this object.
-
-
-
-
- Obtains the value of the key parameter, or null if not
- set.
-
- The key.
-
-
-
- Obtains the value of the personalisation parameter, or
- null if not set.
-
-
-
-
- Obtains the value of the public key parameter, or
- null if not set.
-
-
-
-
- Obtains the value of the key identifier parameter, or
- null if not set.
-
-
-
-
- Obtains the value of the nonce parameter, or null if
- not set.
-
-
-
-
- A builder for .
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameters to apply to the Skein hash function.
-
-
- Parameter types must be in the range 0,5..62, and cannot use the value 48
- (reserved for message body).
-
- Parameters with type < 48 are processed before
- the message content, parameters with type > 48
- are processed after the message and prior to output.
-
- the type of the parameter, in the range 5..62.
- the byte sequence of the parameter.
-
-
-
- Sets the parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Implements the recommended personalisation format for Skein defined in Section 4.11 of
- the Skein 1.3 specification.
-
-
- The format is YYYYMMDD email@address distinguisher, encoded to a byte
- sequence using UTF-8 encoding.
-
- the date the personalised application of the Skein was defined.
- the email address of the creation of the personalised application.
- an arbitrary personalisation string distinguishing the application.
-
-
-
- Sets the parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new instance with the parameters provided to this
- builder.
-
-
-
- Private parameters for an SM2 key exchange.
- The ephemeralPrivateKey is used to calculate the random point used in the algorithm.
-
-
- Public parameters for an SM2 key exchange.
- In this case the ephemeralPublicKey provides the random point used in the algorithm.
-
-
-
- Parameters for tweakable block ciphers.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key.
-
- the key to use, or null to use the current key.
-
-
-
- Gets the tweak value.
-
- The tweak to use, or null to use the current tweak.
-
-
- super class for all Password Based Encyrption (Pbe) parameter generator classes.
-
-
- base constructor.
-
-
- initialise the Pbe generator.
-
- @param password the password converted into bytes (see below).
- @param salt the salt to be mixed with the password.
- @param iterationCount the number of iterations the "mixing" function
- is to be applied for.
-
-
- return the password byte array.
-
- @return the password byte array.
-
-
- return the salt byte array.
-
- @return the salt byte array.
-
-
- return the iteration count.
-
- @return the iteration count.
-
-
- Generate derived parameters for a key of length keySize.
-
- @param keySize the length, in bits, of the key required.
- @return a parameters object representing a key.
-
-
- Generate derived parameters for a key of length keySize, and
- an initialisation vector (IV) of length ivSize.
-
- @param keySize the length, in bits, of the key required.
- @param ivSize the length, in bits, of the iv required.
- @return a parameters object representing a key and an IV.
-
-
- Generate derived parameters for a key of length keySize, specifically
- for use with a MAC.
-
- @param keySize the length, in bits, of the key required.
- @return a parameters object representing a key.
-
-
- converts a password to a byte array according to the scheme in
- Pkcs5 (ascii, no padding)
-
- @param password a character array representing the password.
- @return a byte array representing the password.
-
-
- converts a password to a byte array according to the scheme in
- PKCS5 (UTF-8, no padding)
-
- @param password a character array representing the password.
- @return a byte array representing the password.
-
-
- converts a password to a byte array according to the scheme in
- Pkcs12 (unicode, big endian, 2 zero pad bytes at the end).
-
- @param password a character array representing the password.
- @return a byte array representing the password.
-
-
- An EntropySourceProvider where entropy generation is based on a SecureRandom output using SecureRandom.generateSeed().
-
-
- Create a entropy source provider based on the passed in SecureRandom.
-
- @param secureRandom the SecureRandom to base EntropySource construction on.
- @param isPredictionResistant boolean indicating if the SecureRandom is based on prediction resistant entropy or not (true if it is).
-
-
- Return an entropy source that will create bitsRequired bits of entropy on
- each invocation of getEntropy().
-
- @param bitsRequired size (in bits) of entropy to be created by the provided source.
- @return an EntropySource that generates bitsRequired bits of entropy on each call to its getEntropy() method.
-
-
-
- Uses RandomNumberGenerator.Create() to get randomness generator
-
-
-
- Random generation based on the digest with counter. Calling AddSeedMaterial will
- always increase the entropy of the hash.
-
- Internal access to the digest is synchronized so a single one of these can be shared.
-
-
-
- A SP800-90A CTR DRBG.
-
-
- Construct a SP800-90A CTR DRBG.
-
- Minimum entropy requirement is the security strength requested.
-
- @param engine underlying block cipher to use to support DRBG
- @param keySizeInBits size of the key to use with the block cipher.
- @param securityStrength security strength required (in bits)
- @param entropySource source of entropy to use for seeding/reseeding.
- @param personalizationString personalization string to distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
- @param nonce nonce to further distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
-
-
- Return the block size (in bits) of the DRBG.
-
- @return the number of bits produced on each internal round of the DRBG.
-
-
- Populate a passed in array with random data.
-
- @param output output array for generated bits.
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
- @param predictionResistant true if a reseed should be forced, false otherwise.
-
- @return number of bits generated, -1 if a reseed required.
-
-
- Reseed the DRBG.
-
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
-
-
- Pad out a key for TDEA, setting odd parity for each byte.
-
- @param keyMaster
- @param keyOff
- @param tmp
- @param tmpOff
-
-
- Used by both Dual EC and Hash.
-
-
- A SP800-90A Hash DRBG.
-
-
- Construct a SP800-90A Hash DRBG.
-
- Minimum entropy requirement is the security strength requested.
-
- @param digest source digest to use for DRB stream.
- @param securityStrength security strength required (in bits)
- @param entropySource source of entropy to use for seeding/reseeding.
- @param personalizationString personalization string to distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
- @param nonce nonce to further distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
-
-
- Return the block size (in bits) of the DRBG.
-
- @return the number of bits produced on each internal round of the DRBG.
-
-
- Populate a passed in array with random data.
-
- @param output output array for generated bits.
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
- @param predictionResistant true if a reseed should be forced, false otherwise.
-
- @return number of bits generated, -1 if a reseed required.
-
-
- Reseed the DRBG.
-
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
-
-
- A SP800-90A HMAC DRBG.
-
-
- Construct a SP800-90A Hash DRBG.
-
- Minimum entropy requirement is the security strength requested.
-
- @param hMac Hash MAC to base the DRBG on.
- @param securityStrength security strength required (in bits)
- @param entropySource source of entropy to use for seeding/reseeding.
- @param personalizationString personalization string to distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
- @param nonce nonce to further distinguish this DRBG (may be null).
-
-
- Return the block size (in bits) of the DRBG.
-
- @return the number of bits produced on each round of the DRBG.
-
-
- Populate a passed in array with random data.
-
- @param output output array for generated bits.
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
- @param predictionResistant true if a reseed should be forced, false otherwise.
-
- @return number of bits generated, -1 if a reseed required.
-
-
- Reseed the DRBG.
-
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
-
-
- Interface to SP800-90A deterministic random bit generators.
-
-
- Return the block size of the DRBG.
-
- @return the block size (in bits) produced by each round of the DRBG.
-
-
- Populate a passed in array with random data.
-
- @param output output array for generated bits.
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
- @param predictionResistant true if a reseed should be forced, false otherwise.
-
- @return number of bits generated, -1 if a reseed required.
-
-
- Reseed the DRBG.
-
- @param additionalInput additional input to be added to the DRBG in this step.
-
-
- Generate numBytes worth of entropy from the passed in entropy source.
-
- @param entropySource the entropy source to request the data from.
- @param numBytes the number of bytes of entropy requested.
- @return a byte array populated with the random data.
-
-
- Generic interface for objects generating random bytes.
-
-
- Add more seed material to the generator.
- A byte array to be mixed into the generator's state.
-
-
- Add more seed material to the generator.
- A long value to be mixed into the generator's state.
-
-
- Fill byte array with random values.
- Array to be filled.
-
-
- Fill byte array with random values.
- Array to receive bytes.
- Index to start filling at.
- Length of segment to fill.
-
-
-
- Takes bytes generated by an underling RandomGenerator and reverses the order in
- each small window (of configurable size).
-
- Access to internals is synchronized so a single one of these can be shared.
-
-
-
-
- Add more seed material to the generator.
- A byte array to be mixed into the generator's state.
-
-
- Add more seed material to the generator.
- A long value to be mixed into the generator's state.
-
-
- Fill byte array with random values.
- Array to be filled.
-
-
- Fill byte array with random values.
- Array to receive bytes.
- Index to start filling at.
- Length of segment to fill.
-
-
- Force a reseed of the DRBG.
- optional additional input
-
-
- Builder class for making SecureRandom objects based on SP 800-90A Deterministic Random Bit Generators (DRBG).
-
-
- Basic constructor, creates a builder using an EntropySourceProvider based on the default SecureRandom with
- predictionResistant set to false.
-
- Any SecureRandom created from a builder constructed like this will make use of input passed to SecureRandom.setSeed() if
- the default SecureRandom does for its generateSeed() call.
-
-
-
- Construct a builder with an EntropySourceProvider based on the passed in SecureRandom and the passed in value
- for prediction resistance.
-
- Any SecureRandom created from a builder constructed like this will make use of input passed to SecureRandom.setSeed() if
- the passed in SecureRandom does for its generateSeed() call.
-
- @param entropySource
- @param predictionResistant
-
-
- Create a builder which makes creates the SecureRandom objects from a specified entropy source provider.
-
- Note: If this constructor is used any calls to setSeed() in the resulting SecureRandom will be ignored.
-
- @param entropySourceProvider a provider of EntropySource objects.
-
-
- Set the personalization string for DRBG SecureRandoms created by this builder
- @param personalizationString the personalisation string for the underlying DRBG.
- @return the current builder.
-
-
- Set the security strength required for DRBGs used in building SecureRandom objects.
-
- @param securityStrength the security strength (in bits)
- @return the current builder.
-
-
- Set the amount of entropy bits required for seeding and reseeding DRBGs used in building SecureRandom objects.
-
- @param entropyBitsRequired the number of bits of entropy to be requested from the entropy source on each seed/reseed.
- @return the current builder.
-
-
- Build a SecureRandom based on a SP 800-90A Hash DRBG.
-
- @param digest digest algorithm to use in the DRBG underneath the SecureRandom.
- @param nonce nonce value to use in DRBG construction.
- @param predictionResistant specify whether the underlying DRBG in the resulting SecureRandom should reseed on each request for bytes.
- @return a SecureRandom supported by a Hash DRBG.
-
-
- Build a SecureRandom based on a SP 800-90A CTR DRBG.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to base the DRBG on.
- @param keySizeInBits key size in bits to be used with the block cipher.
- @param nonce nonce value to use in DRBG construction.
- @param predictionResistant specify whether the underlying DRBG in the resulting SecureRandom should reseed on each request for bytes.
- @return a SecureRandom supported by a CTR DRBG.
-
-
- Build a SecureRandom based on a SP 800-90A HMAC DRBG.
-
- @param hMac HMAC algorithm to use in the DRBG underneath the SecureRandom.
- @param nonce nonce value to use in DRBG construction.
- @param predictionResistant specify whether the underlying DRBG in the resulting SecureRandom should reseed on each request for bytes.
- @return a SecureRandom supported by a HMAC DRBG.
-
-
- A thread based seed generator - one source of randomness.
-
- Based on an idea from Marcus Lippert.
-
-
-
- Generate seed bytes. Set fast to false for best quality.
-
- If fast is set to true, the code should be round about 8 times faster when
- generating a long sequence of random bytes. 20 bytes of random values using
- the fast mode take less than half a second on a Nokia e70. If fast is set to false,
- it takes round about 2500 ms.
-
- @param numBytes the number of bytes to generate
- @param fast true if fast mode should be used
-
-
-
- Permutation generated by code:
-
- // First 1850 fractional digit of Pi number.
- byte[] key = new BigInteger("14159265358979323846...5068006422512520511").ToByteArray();
- s = 0;
- P = new byte[256];
- for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- {
- P[i] = (byte) i;
- }
- for (int m = 0; m < 768; m++)
- {
- s = P[(s + P[m & 0xff] + key[m % key.length]) & 0xff];
- byte temp = P[m & 0xff];
- P[m & 0xff] = P[s & 0xff];
- P[s & 0xff] = temp;
- }
-
-
-
- Value generated in the same way as P.
-
-
-
- @param engine
- @param entropySource
-
-
- Populate a passed in array with random data.
-
- @param output output array for generated bits.
- @param predictionResistant true if a reseed should be forced, false otherwise.
-
- @return number of bits generated, -1 if a reseed required.
-
-
- Reseed the RNG.
-
-
- Basic constructor, creates a builder using an EntropySourceProvider based on the default SecureRandom with
- predictionResistant set to false.
-
- Any SecureRandom created from a builder constructed like this will make use of input passed to SecureRandom.setSeed() if
- the default SecureRandom does for its generateSeed() call.
-
-
-
- Construct a builder with an EntropySourceProvider based on the passed in SecureRandom and the passed in value
- for prediction resistance.
-
- Any SecureRandom created from a builder constructed like this will make use of input passed to SecureRandom.setSeed() if
- the passed in SecureRandom does for its generateSeed() call.
-
- @param entropySource
- @param predictionResistant
-
-
- Create a builder which makes creates the SecureRandom objects from a specified entropy source provider.
-
- Note: If this constructor is used any calls to setSeed() in the resulting SecureRandom will be ignored.
-
- @param entropySourceProvider a provider of EntropySource objects.
-
-
- Construct a X9.31 secure random generator using the passed in engine and key. If predictionResistant is true the
- generator will be reseeded on each request.
-
- @param engine a block cipher to use as the operator.
- @param key the block cipher key to initialise engine with.
- @param predictionResistant true if engine to be reseeded on each use, false otherwise.
- @return a SecureRandom.
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using
- the key we were initialised with.
-
-
- true if the internal state represents the signature described in the passed in array.
-
-
- Reset the internal state
-
-
- The Digital Signature Algorithm - as described in "Handbook of Applied
- Cryptography", pages 452 - 453.
-
-
- Default configuration, random K values.
-
-
- Configuration with an alternate, possibly deterministic calculator of K.
-
- @param kCalculator a K value calculator.
-
-
- Generate a signature for the given message using the key we were
- initialised with. For conventional DSA the message should be a SHA-1
- hash of the message of interest.
-
- @param message the message that will be verified later.
-
-
- return true if the value r and s represent a DSA signature for
- the passed in message for standard DSA the message should be a
- SHA-1 hash of the real message to be verified.
-
-
- EC-DSA as described in X9.62
-
-
- Default configuration, random K values.
-
-
- Configuration with an alternate, possibly deterministic calculator of K.
-
- @param kCalculator a K value calculator.
-
-
- Generate a signature for the given message using the key we were
- initialised with. For conventional DSA the message should be a SHA-1
- hash of the message of interest.
-
- @param message the message that will be verified later.
-
-
- return true if the value r and s represent a DSA signature for
- the passed in message (for standard DSA the message should be
- a SHA-1 hash of the real message to be verified).
-
-
- GOST R 34.10-2001 Signature Algorithm
-
-
- generate a signature for the given message using the key we were
- initialised with. For conventional GOST3410 the message should be a GOST3411
- hash of the message of interest.
-
- @param message the message that will be verified later.
-
-
- return true if the value r and s represent a GOST3410 signature for
- the passed in message (for standard GOST3410 the message should be
- a GOST3411 hash of the real message to be verified).
-
-
- EC-NR as described in IEEE 1363-2000
-
-
- generate a signature for the given message using the key we were
- initialised with. Generally, the order of the curve should be at
- least as long as the hash of the message of interest, and with
- ECNR it *must* be at least as long.
-
- @param digest the digest to be signed.
- @exception DataLengthException if the digest is longer than the key allows
-
-
- return true if the value r and s represent a signature for the
- message passed in. Generally, the order of the curve should be at
- least as long as the hash of the message of interest, and with
- ECNR, it *must* be at least as long. But just in case the signer
- applied mod(n) to the longer digest, this implementation will
- apply mod(n) during verification.
-
- @param digest the digest to be verified.
- @param r the r value of the signature.
- @param s the s value of the signature.
- @exception DataLengthException if the digest is longer than the key allows
-
-
- initialise the signer for signing or verification.
-
- @param forSigning
- true if for signing, false otherwise
- @param parameters
- necessary parameters.
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using the key
- we were initialised with.
-
-
- return true if the internal state represents the signature described in
- the passed in array.
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using
- the key we were initialised with.
-
-
- true if the internal state represents the signature described in the passed in array.
-
-
- Reset the internal state
-
-
- Gost R 34.10-94 Signature Algorithm
-
-
- generate a signature for the given message using the key we were
- initialised with. For conventional Gost3410 the message should be a Gost3411
- hash of the message of interest.
-
- @param message the message that will be verified later.
-
-
- return true if the value r and s represent a Gost3410 signature for
- the passed in message for standard Gost3410 the message should be a
- Gost3411 hash of the real message to be verified.
-
-
- A deterministic K calculator based on the algorithm in section 3.2 of RFC 6979.
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param digest digest to build the HMAC on.
-
-
-
- An interface for different encoding formats for DSA signatures.
-
-
-
- Decode the (r, s) pair of a DSA signature.
- The order of the group that r, s belong to.
- An encoding of the (r, s) pair of a DSA signature.
- The (r, s) of a DSA signature, stored in an array of exactly two elements, r followed by s.
-
-
- Encode the (r, s) pair of a DSA signature.
- The order of the group that r, s belong to.
- The r value of a DSA signature.
- The s value of a DSA signature.
- An encoding of the DSA signature given by the provided (r, s) pair.
-
-
- Interface define calculators of K values for DSA/ECDSA.
-
-
- Return true if this calculator is deterministic, false otherwise.
-
- @return true if deterministic, otherwise false.
-
-
- Non-deterministic initialiser.
-
- @param n the order of the DSA group.
- @param random a source of randomness.
-
-
- Deterministic initialiser.
-
- @param n the order of the DSA group.
- @param d the DSA private value.
- @param message the message being signed.
-
-
- Return the next valid value of K.
-
- @return a K value.
-
-
- ISO9796-2 - mechanism using a hash function with recovery (scheme 2 and 3).
-
- Note: the usual length for the salt is the length of the hash
- function used in bytes.
-
-
-
-
- Return a reference to the recoveredMessage message.
-
- The full/partial recoveredMessage message.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a signer with either implicit or explicit trailers for ISO9796-2, scheme 2 or 3.
-
- base cipher to use for signature creation/verification
- digest to use.
- length of salt in bytes.
- whether or not the trailer is implicit or gives the hash.
-
-
- Constructor for a signer with an explicit digest trailer.
-
-
- cipher to use.
-
- digest to sign with.
-
- length of salt in bytes.
-
-
-
- Initialise the signer.
- true if for signing, false if for verification.
- parameters for signature generation/verification. If the
- parameters are for generation they should be a ParametersWithRandom,
- a ParametersWithSalt, or just an RsaKeyParameters object. If RsaKeyParameters
- are passed in a SecureRandom will be created.
-
- if wrong parameter type or a fixed
- salt is passed in which is the wrong length.
-
-
-
- compare two byte arrays - constant time.
-
-
- clear possible sensitive data
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- reset the internal state
-
-
- Generate a signature for the loaded message using the key we were
- initialised with.
-
-
-
- return true if the signature represents a ISO9796-2 signature
- for the passed in message.
-
-
-
-
- Return true if the full message was recoveredMessage.
-
- true on full message recovery, false otherwise, or if not sure.
-
-
-
- int to octet string.
- int to octet string.
-
-
- long to octet string.
-
-
- mask generator function, as described in Pkcs1v2.
-
-
- ISO9796-2 - mechanism using a hash function with recovery (scheme 1)
-
-
-
- Return a reference to the recoveredMessage message.
-
- The full/partial recoveredMessage message.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a signer with either implicit or explicit trailers for ISO9796-2.
-
- base cipher to use for signature creation/verification
- digest to use.
- whether or not the trailer is implicit or gives the hash.
-
-
- Constructor for a signer with an explicit digest trailer.
-
-
- cipher to use.
-
- digest to sign with.
-
-
-
- compare two byte arrays - constant time.
-
-
- clear possible sensitive data
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- reset the internal state
-
-
- Generate a signature for the loaded message using the key we were
- initialised with.
-
-
-
- return true if the signature represents a ISO9796-2 signature
- for the passed in message.
-
-
-
-
- Return true if the full message was recoveredMessage.
-
- true on full message recovery, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- RSA-PSS as described in Pkcs# 1 v 2.1.
-
- Note: the usual value for the salt length is the number of
- bytes in the hash function.
-
-
-
- Basic constructor
- the asymmetric cipher to use.
- the digest to use.
- the length of the salt to use (in bytes).
-
-
- Basic constructor
- the asymmetric cipher to use.
- the digest to use.
- the fixed salt to be used.
-
-
- clear possible sensitive data
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- reset the internal state
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using
- the key we were initialised with.
-
-
-
- return true if the internal state represents the signature described
- in the passed in array.
-
-
-
- int to octet string.
-
-
- mask generator function, as described in Pkcs1v2.
-
-
-
- Load oid table.
-
-
-
- Initialise the signer for signing or verification.
-
- @param forSigning true if for signing, false otherwise
- @param param necessary parameters.
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- Generate a signature for the message we've been loaded with using
- the key we were initialised with.
-
-
- return true if the internal state represents the signature described
- in the passed in array.
-
-
- The SM2 Digital Signature algorithm.
-
-
- X9.31-1998 - signing using a hash.
-
- The message digest hash, H, is encapsulated to form a byte string as follows
-
-
- EB = 06 || PS || 0xBA || H || TRAILER
-
- where PS is a string of bytes all of value 0xBB of length such that |EB|=|n|, and TRAILER is the ISO/IEC 10118 part number†for the digest. The byte string, EB, is converted to an integer value, the message representative, f.
-
-
- Generate a signer with either implicit or explicit trailers for X9.31.
-
- @param cipher base cipher to use for signature creation/verification
- @param digest digest to use.
- @param implicit whether or not the trailer is implicit or gives the hash.
-
-
- Constructor for a signer with an explicit digest trailer.
-
- @param cipher cipher to use.
- @param digest digest to sign with.
-
-
- clear possible sensitive data
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte b
-
-
- update the internal digest with the byte array in
-
-
- reset the internal state
-
-
- generate a signature for the loaded message using the key we were
- initialised with.
-
-
- return true if the signature represents a ISO9796-2 signature
- for the passed in message.
-
-
-
- A simple block result object which just carries a byte array.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor - a wrapper for the passed in byte array.
-
- The byte array to be wrapped.
-
-
-
- Return the number of bytes in the result
-
- The length of the result in bytes.
-
-
-
- Return the final result of the operation.
-
- A block of bytes, representing the result of an operation.
-
-
-
- Store the final result of the operation by copying it into the destination array.
-
- The number of bytes copied into destination.
- The byte array to copy the result into.
- The offset into destination to start copying the result at.
-
-
- a wrapper for block ciphers with a single byte block size, so that they
- can be treated like stream ciphers.
-
-
- basic constructor.
-
- @param cipher the block cipher to be wrapped.
- @exception ArgumentException if the cipher has a block size other than
- one.
-
-
- initialise the underlying cipher.
-
- @param forEncryption true if we are setting up for encryption, false otherwise.
- @param param the necessary parameters for the underlying cipher to be initialised.
-
-
- return the name of the algorithm we are wrapping.
-
- @return the name of the algorithm we are wrapping.
-
-
- encrypt/decrypt a single byte returning the result.
-
- @param in the byte to be processed.
- @return the result of processing the input byte.
-
-
- process a block of bytes from in putting the result into out.
-
- @param in the input byte array.
- @param inOff the offset into the in array where the data to be processed starts.
- @param len the number of bytes to be processed.
- @param out the output buffer the processed bytes go into.
- @param outOff the offset into the output byte array the processed data stars at.
- @exception DataLengthException if the output buffer is too small.
-
-
- reset the underlying cipher. This leaves it in the same state
- it was at after the last init (if there was one).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 5246 7.2
-
-
-
- This message notifies the recipient that the sender will not send any more messages on this
- connection. Note that as of TLS 1.1, failure to properly close a connection no longer
- requires that a session not be resumed. This is a change from TLS 1.0 ("The session becomes
- unresumable if any connection is terminated without proper close_notify messages with level
- equal to warning.") to conform with widespread implementation practice.
-
-
- An inappropriate message was received. This alert is always fatal and should never be
- observed in communication between proper implementations.
-
-
- This alert is returned if a record is received with an incorrect MAC. This alert also MUST be
- returned if an alert is sent because a TLSCiphertext decrypted in an invalid way: either it
- wasn't an even multiple of the block length, or its padding values, when checked, weren't
- correct. This message is always fatal and should never be observed in communication between
- proper implementations (except when messages were corrupted in the network).
-
-
- This alert was used in some earlier versions of TLS, and may have permitted certain attacks
- against the CBC mode [CBCATT]. It MUST NOT be sent by compliant implementations.
-
-
- A TLSCiphertext record was received that had a length more than 2^14+2048 bytes, or a record
- decrypted to a TLSCompressed record with more than 2^14+1024 bytes. This message is always
- fatal and should never be observed in communication between proper implementations (except
- when messages were corrupted in the network).
-
-
- The decompression function received improper input (e.g., data that would expand to excessive
- length). This message is always fatal and should never be observed in communication between
- proper implementations.
-
-
- Reception of a handshake_failure alert message indicates that the sender was unable to
- negotiate an acceptable set of security parameters given the options available. This is a
- fatal error.
-
-
- This alert was used in SSLv3 but not any version of TLS. It MUST NOT be sent by compliant
- implementations.
-
-
- A certificate was corrupt, contained signatures that did not verify correctly, etc.
-
-
- A certificate was of an unsupported type.
-
-
- A certificate was revoked by its signer.
-
-
- A certificate has expired or is not currently valid.
-
-
- Some other (unspecified) issue arose in processing the certificate, rendering it
- unacceptable.
-
-
- A field in the handshake was out of range or inconsistent with other fields. This message is
- always fatal.
-
-
- A valid certificate chain or partial chain was received, but the certificate was not accepted
- because the CA certificate could not be located or couldn't be matched with a known, trusted
- CA. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- A valid certificate was received, but when access control was applied, the sender decided not
- to proceed with negotiation. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- A message could not be decoded because some field was out of the specified range or the
- length of the message was incorrect. This message is always fatal and should never be
- observed in communication between proper implementations (except when messages were corrupted
- in the network).
-
-
- A handshake cryptographic operation failed, including being unable to correctly verify a
- signature or validate a Finished message. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- This alert was used in some earlier versions of TLS. It MUST NOT be sent by compliant
- implementations.
-
-
- The protocol version the client has attempted to negotiate is recognized but not supported.
- (For example, old protocol versions might be avoided for security reasons.) This message is
- always fatal.
-
-
- Returned instead of handshake_failure when a negotiation has failed specifically because the
- server requires ciphers more secure than those supported by the client. This message is
- always fatal.
-
-
- An internal error unrelated to the peer or the correctness of the protocol (such as a memory
- allocation failure) makes it impossible to continue. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- This handshake is being canceled for some reason unrelated to a protocol failure. If the user
- cancels an operation after the handshake is complete, just closing the connection by sending
- a close_notify is more appropriate. This alert should be followed by a close_notify. This
- message is generally a warning.
-
-
- Sent by the client in response to a hello request or by the server in response to a client
- hello after initial handshaking. Either of these would normally lead to renegotiation; when
- that is not appropriate, the recipient should respond with this alert. At that point, the
- original requester can decide whether to proceed with the connection. One case where this
- would be appropriate is where a server has spawned a process to satisfy a request; the
- process might receive security parameters (key length, authentication, etc.) at startup, and
- it might be difficult to communicate changes to these parameters after that point. This
- message is always a warning.
-
-
- Sent by clients that receive an extended server hello containing an extension that they did
- not put in the corresponding client hello. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- This alert is sent by servers who are unable to retrieve a certificate chain from the URL
- supplied by the client (see Section 3.3). This message MAY be fatal - for example if client
- authentication is required by the server for the handshake to continue and the server is
- unable to retrieve the certificate chain, it may send a fatal alert.
-
-
- This alert is sent by servers that receive a server_name extension request, but do not
- recognize the server name. This message MAY be fatal.
-
-
- This alert is sent by clients that receive an invalid certificate status response (see
- Section 3.6). This message is always fatal.
-
-
- This alert is sent by servers when a certificate hash does not match a client provided
- certificate_hash. This message is always fatal.
-
-
- If the server does not recognize the PSK identity, it MAY respond with an
- "unknown_psk_identity" alert message.
-
-
- If TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV appears in ClientHello.cipher_suites and the highest protocol version
- supported by the server is higher than the version indicated in ClientHello.client_version,
- the server MUST respond with a fatal inappropriate_fallback alert [..].
-
-
-
- RFC 5246 7.2
-
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
-
- A queue for bytes.
-
- This file could be more optimized.
-
-
-
-
- The smallest number which can be written as 2^x which is bigger than i.
-
-
- The initial size for our buffer.
-
-
- The buffer where we store our data.
-
-
- How many bytes at the beginning of the buffer are skipped.
-
-
- How many bytes in the buffer are valid data.
-
-
- Add some data to our buffer.
- A byte-array to read data from.
- How many bytes to skip at the beginning of the array.
- How many bytes to read from the array.
-
-
- The number of bytes which are available in this buffer.
-
-
- Copy some bytes from the beginning of the data to the provided Stream.
- The Stream to copy the bytes to.
- How many bytes to copy.
- If insufficient data is available.
- If there is a problem copying the data.
-
-
- Read data from the buffer.
- The buffer where the read data will be copied to.
- How many bytes to skip at the beginning of buf.
- How many bytes to read at all.
- How many bytes from our data to skip.
-
-
- Return a MemoryStream over some bytes at the beginning of the data.
- How many bytes will be readable.
- A MemoryStream over the data.
- If insufficient data is available.
-
-
- Remove some bytes from our data from the beginning.
- How many bytes to remove.
-
-
- Parsing and encoding of a Certificate struct from RFC 4346.
-
-
- opaque ASN.1Cert<2^24-1>;
-
- struct {
- ASN.1Cert certificate_list<0..2^24-1>;
- } Certificate;
-
-
- @see Org.BouncyCastle.Asn1.X509.X509CertificateStructure
-
-
- The certificates.
-
-
- @return an array of {@link org.bouncycastle.asn1.x509.Certificate} representing a certificate
- chain.
-
-
- @return true if this certificate chain contains no certificates, or
- false otherwise.
-
-
- Encode this {@link Certificate} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link Certificate} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link Certificate} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parsing and encoding of a CertificateRequest struct from RFC 4346.
-
-
- struct {
- ClientCertificateType certificate_types<1..2^8-1>;
- DistinguishedName certificate_authorities<3..2^16-1>
- } CertificateRequest;
-
-
- @see ClientCertificateType
- @see X509Name
-
-
- @param certificateTypes see {@link ClientCertificateType} for valid constants.
- @param certificateAuthorities an {@link IList} of {@link X509Name}.
-
-
- @return an array of certificate types
- @see {@link ClientCertificateType}
-
-
- @return an {@link IList} of {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm} (or null before TLS 1.2).
-
-
- @return an {@link IList} of {@link X509Name}
-
-
- Encode this {@link CertificateRequest} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link CertificateRequest} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param context
- the {@link TlsContext} of the current connection.
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link CertificateRequest} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Encode this {@link CertificateStatus} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link CertificateStatus} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link CertificateStatus} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Encode this {@link CertificateStatusRequest} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link CertificateStatusRequest} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link CertificateStatusRequest} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 6091
-
-
- @param type
- see {@link CertChainType} for valid constants.
- @param urlAndHashList
- a {@link IList} of {@link UrlAndHash}.
-
-
- @return {@link CertChainType}
-
-
- @return an {@link IList} of {@link UrlAndHash}
-
-
- Encode this {@link CertificateUrl} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link CertificateUrl} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param context
- the {@link TlsContext} of the current connection.
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link CertificateUrl} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- draft-ietf-tls-chacha20-poly1305-04
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- RFC 2246 A.5
-
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
- A combined hash, which implements md5(m) || sha1(m).
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.Digest#update(byte[], int, int)
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.Digest#doFinal(byte[], int)
-
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.crypto.Digest#reset()
-
-
-
- RFC 2246 6.1
-
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
- RFC 2246 6.2.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Accept various standard DH groups with 'P' at least DefaultMinimumPrimeBits bits.
-
-
- Accept various standard DH groups with 'P' at least the specified number of bits.
-
-
- Accept a custom set of group parameters, subject to a minimum bitlength for 'P'.
- An IList of acceptable DHParameters.
- The minimum acceptable bitlength of the 'P' parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Accept only the group parameters specified in RFC 5054 Appendix A.
-
-
- Specify a custom set of acceptable group parameters.
-
- @param groups a {@link Vector} of acceptable {@link SRP6GroupParameters}
-
-
- Buffers input until the hash algorithm is determined.
-
-
- @return a {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm} (or null before TLS 1.2).
-
-
- Encode this {@link DigitallySigned} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link DigitallySigned} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param context
- the {@link TlsContext} of the current connection.
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link DigitallySigned} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Check that there are no "extra" messages left in the current inbound flight
-
-
- RFC 4347 4.1.2.5 Anti-replay
-
- Support fast rejection of duplicate records by maintaining a sliding receive window
-
-
- Check whether a received record with the given sequence number should be rejected as a duplicate.
-
- @param seq the 48-bit DTLSPlainText.sequence_number field of a received record.
- @return true if the record should be discarded without further processing.
-
-
- Report that a received record with the given sequence number passed authentication checks.
-
- @param seq the 48-bit DTLSPlainText.sequence_number field of an authenticated record.
-
-
- When a new epoch begins, sequence numbers begin again at 0
-
-
- RFC 4492 5.4. (Errata ID: 2389)
-
-
-
- RFC 4492 5.4
-
-
-
- Indicates the elliptic curve domain parameters are conveyed verbosely, and the
- underlying finite field is a prime field.
-
-
- Indicates the elliptic curve domain parameters are conveyed verbosely, and the
- underlying finite field is a characteristic-2 field.
-
-
- Indicates that a named curve is used. This option SHOULD be used when applicable.
-
-
-
- RFC 4492 5.1.2
-
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
- RFC 5705
-
-
- RFC 5246 7.4.1.4.1
-
-
- Encode this {@link HeartbeatExtension} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link HeartbeatExtension} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link HeartbeatExtension} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Encode this {@link HeartbeatMessage} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link HeartbeatMessage} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link HeartbeatMessage} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
- RFC 2246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
-
- RFC 4492 5.1.1
- The named curves defined here are those specified in SEC 2 [13]. Note that many of
- these curves are also recommended in ANSI X9.62 [7] and FIPS 186-2 [11]. Values 0xFE00
- through 0xFEFF are reserved for private use. Values 0xFF01 and 0xFF02 indicate that the
- client supports arbitrary prime and characteristic-2 curves, respectively (the curve
- parameters must be encoded explicitly in ECParameters).
-
-
-
- Encode this {@link NewSessionTicket} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link NewSessionTicket} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link NewSessionTicket} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 3546 3.6
-
-
- @param responderIDList
- an {@link IList} of {@link ResponderID}, specifying the list of trusted OCSP
- responders. An empty list has the special meaning that the responders are
- implicitly known to the server - e.g., by prior arrangement.
- @param requestExtensions
- OCSP request extensions. A null value means that there are no extensions.
-
-
- @return an {@link IList} of {@link ResponderID}
-
-
- @return OCSP request extensions
-
-
- Encode this {@link OcspStatusRequest} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link OcspStatusRequest} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return an {@link OcspStatusRequest} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 5246
-
- Note that the values here are implementation-specific and arbitrary. It is recommended not to
- depend on the particular values (e.g. serialization).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- An implementation of the TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 record layer, allowing downgrade to SSLv3.
-
-
- RFC 5246 E.1. "Earlier versions of the TLS specification were not fully clear on what the
- record layer version number (TLSPlaintext.version) should contain when sending ClientHello
- (i.e., before it is known which version of the protocol will be employed). Thus, TLS servers
- compliant with this specification MUST accept any value {03,XX} as the record layer version
- number for ClientHello."
-
-
- @return {@link ConnectionEnd}
-
-
- @return {@link CipherSuite}
-
-
- @return {@link CompressionMethod}
-
-
- @return {@link PRFAlgorithm}
-
-
- Encode this {@link ServerName} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link ServerName} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link ServerName} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param serverNameList an {@link IList} of {@link ServerName}.
-
-
- @return an {@link IList} of {@link ServerName}.
-
-
- Encode this {@link ServerNameList} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link ServerNameList} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link ServerNameList} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Encode this {@link ServerSRPParams} to an {@link OutputStream}.
-
- @param output
- the {@link OutputStream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link ServerSRPParams} from an {@link InputStream}.
-
- @param input
- the {@link InputStream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link ServerSRPParams} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 5246 7.4.1.4.1 (in RFC 2246, there were no specific values assigned)
-
-
- RFC 5246 7.4.1.4.1
-
-
- @param hash {@link HashAlgorithm}
- @param signature {@link SignatureAlgorithm}
-
-
- @return {@link HashAlgorithm}
-
-
- @return {@link SignatureAlgorithm}
-
-
- Encode this {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param input the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- An implementation of {@link TlsSRPIdentityManager} that simulates the existence of "unknown" identities
- to obscure the fact that there is no verifier for them.
-
-
- Create a {@link SimulatedTlsSRPIdentityManager} that implements the algorithm from RFC 5054 2.5.1.3
-
- @param group the {@link SRP6GroupParameters} defining the group that SRP is operating in
- @param seedKey the secret "seed key" referred to in RFC 5054 2.5.1.3
- @return an instance of {@link SimulatedTlsSRPIdentityManager}
-
-
- HMAC implementation based on original internet draft for HMAC (RFC 2104)
-
- The difference is that padding is concatentated versus XORed with the key
-
- H(K + opad, H(K + ipad, text))
-
-
- Base constructor for one of the standard digest algorithms that the byteLength of
- the algorithm is know for. Behaviour is undefined for digests other than MD5 or SHA1.
-
- @param digest the digest.
-
-
- Reset the mac generator.
-
-
- RFC 4680
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the protocol handler to report the server certificate.
-
-
- This method is responsible for certificate verification and validation
-
- The server received
-
-
-
-
- Return client credentials in response to server's certificate request
-
-
- A containing server certificate request details
-
-
- A to be used for client authentication
- (or null for no client authentication)
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic TLS 1.0-1.2 / SSLv3 block cipher. This can be used for AES or 3DES for example.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Called at the start of a new TLS session, before any other methods.
-
-
- A
-
-
-
- Return the session this client wants to resume, if any.
- Note that the peer's certificate chain for the session (if any) may need to be periodically revalidated.
-
- A representing the resumable session to be used for this connection,
- or null to use a new session.
-
-
-
-
- Return the to use for the TLSPlaintext.version field prior to
- receiving the server version. NOTE: This method is not called for DTLS.
-
-
- See RFC 5246 E.1.: "TLS clients that wish to negotiate with older servers MAY send any value
- {03,XX} as the record layer version number. Typical values would be {03,00}, the lowest
- version number supported by the client, and the value of ClientHello.client_version. No
- single value will guarantee interoperability with all old servers, but this is a complex
- topic beyond the scope of this document."
-
- The to use.
-
-
-
- Get the list of cipher suites that this client supports.
-
-
- An array of values, each specifying a supported cipher suite.
-
-
-
-
- Get the list of compression methods that this client supports.
-
-
- An array of values, each specifying a supported compression method.
-
-
-
-
- Get the (optional) table of client extensions to be included in (extended) client hello.
-
-
- A (Int32 -> byte[]). May be null.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the client of the session_id sent in the ServerHello.
-
- An array of
-
-
-
- Report the cipher suite that was selected by the server.
-
-
- The protocol handler validates this value against the offered cipher suites
-
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- Report the compression method that was selected by the server.
-
-
- The protocol handler validates this value against the offered compression methods
-
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- Report the extensions from an extended server hello.
-
-
- Will only be called if we returned a non-null result from .
-
-
- A (Int32 -> byte[])
-
-
-
- A list of
-
-
-
-
- Return an implementation of to negotiate the key exchange
- part of the protocol.
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
-
- Return an implementation of to handle authentication
- part of the protocol.
-
-
-
-
- A list of
-
-
-
- RFC 5077 3.3. NewSessionTicket Handshake Message
-
- This method will be called (only) when a NewSessionTicket handshake message is received. The
- ticket is opaque to the client and clients MUST NOT examine the ticket under the assumption
- that it complies with e.g. RFC 5077 4. Recommended Ticket Construction.
-
- The ticket
-
-
-
- Constructor for blocking mode.
- @param stream The bi-directional stream of data to/from the server
- @param secureRandom Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Constructor for blocking mode.
- @param input The stream of data from the server
- @param output The stream of data to the server
- @param secureRandom Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Constructor for non-blocking mode.
-
- When data is received, use {@link #offerInput(java.nio.ByteBuffer)} to
- provide the received ciphertext, then use
- {@link #readInput(byte[], int, int)} to read the corresponding cleartext.
-
- Similarly, when data needs to be sent, use
- {@link #offerOutput(byte[], int, int)} to provide the cleartext, then use
- {@link #readOutput(byte[], int, int)} to get the corresponding
- ciphertext.
-
- @param secureRandom
- Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Initiates a TLS handshake in the role of client.
-
- In blocking mode, this will not return until the handshake is complete.
- In non-blocking mode, use {@link TlsPeer#NotifyHandshakeComplete()} to
- receive a callback when the handshake is complete.
-
- @param tlsClient The {@link TlsClient} to use for the handshake.
- @throws IOException If in blocking mode and handshake was not successful.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to get the resumable session, if any, used by this connection. Only available after the
- handshake has successfully completed.
-
- @return A {@link TlsSession} representing the resumable session used by this connection, or
- null if no resumable session available.
- @see TlsPeer#NotifyHandshakeComplete()
-
-
- Export keying material according to RFC 5705: "Keying Material Exporters for TLS".
-
- @param asciiLabel indicates which application will use the exported keys.
- @param context_value allows the application using the exporter to mix its own data with the TLS PRF for
- the exporter output.
- @param length the number of bytes to generate
- @return a pseudorandom bit string of 'length' bytes generated from the master_secret.
-
-
- (D)TLS DH key exchange.
-
-
- An interface for verifying that Diffie-Hellman parameters are acceptable.
-
-
- Verify that the given DHParameters are acceptable.
- The DHParameters to verify.
- true if (and only if) the specified parameters are acceptable.
-
-
- (D)TLS ECDHE key exchange (see RFC 4492).
-
-
- (D)TLS ECDH key exchange (see RFC 4492).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic interface for key exchange implementations in (D)TLS.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A generic TLS MAC implementation, acting as an HMAC based on some underlying Digest.
-
-
-
- Generate a new instance of an TlsMac.
-
- @param context the TLS client context
- @param digest The digest to use.
- @param key A byte-array where the key for this MAC is located.
- @param keyOff The number of bytes to skip, before the key starts in the buffer.
- @param keyLen The length of the key.
-
-
- @return the MAC write secret
-
-
- @return The output length of this MAC.
-
-
- Calculate the MAC for some given data.
-
- @param type The message type of the message.
- @param message A byte-buffer containing the message.
- @param offset The number of bytes to skip, before the message starts.
- @param length The length of the message.
- @return A new byte-buffer containing the MAC value.
-
-
-
- This exception will be thrown(only) when the connection is closed by the peer without sending a
- close_notify warning alert.
-
-
- If this happens, the TLS protocol cannot rule out truncation of the connection data (potentially
- malicious). It may be possible to check for truncation via some property of a higher level protocol
- built upon TLS, e.g.the Content-Length header for HTTPS.
-
-
-
-
- A NULL CipherSuite, with optional MAC.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Specify the timeout, in milliseconds, to use for the complete handshake process.
-
-
- Negative values are not allowed. A timeout of zero means an infinite timeout (i.e. the
- handshake will never time out). NOTE: Currently only respected by DTLS protocols.
-
-
-
-
- This implementation supports RFC 7627 and will always negotiate the extended_master_secret
- extension where possible.
-
-
- When connecting to a peer that does not offer/accept this extension, it is recommended to
- abort the handshake. This option is provided for interoperability with legacy peers,
- although some TLS features will be disabled in that case (see RFC 7627 5.4).
-
-
- true if the handshake should be aborted when the peer does not negotiate the
- extended_master_secret extension, or false to support legacy interoperability.
-
-
-
-
- draft-mathewson-no-gmtunixtime-00 2. "If existing users of a TLS implementation may rely on
- gmt_unix_time containing the current time, we recommend that implementors MAY provide the
- ability to set gmt_unix_time as an option only, off by default."
-
-
- true if the current time should be used in the gmt_unix_time field of
- Random, or false if gmt_unix_time should contain a cryptographically
- random value.
-
-
-
-
- Report whether the server supports secure renegotiation
-
-
- The protocol handler automatically processes the relevant extensions
-
-
- A , true if the server supports secure renegotiation
-
-
-
-
-
- Return an implementation of to handle record compression.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- Return an implementation of to use for encryption/decryption.
-
- A
-
-
-
- This method will be called when an alert is raised by the protocol.
-
-
- A human-readable message explaining what caused this alert. May be null.
- The Exception that caused this alert to be raised. May be null.
-
-
- This method will be called when an alert is received from the remote peer.
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the peer that the handshake has been successfully completed.
-
-
-
- This method is called, when a change cipher spec message is received.
-
- @throws IOException If the message has an invalid content or the handshake is not in the correct
- state.
-
-
- Read data from the network. The method will return immediately, if there is still some data
- left in the buffer, or block until some application data has been read from the network.
-
- @param buf The buffer where the data will be copied to.
- @param offset The position where the data will be placed in the buffer.
- @param len The maximum number of bytes to read.
- @return The number of bytes read.
- @throws IOException If something goes wrong during reading data.
-
-
- Send some application data to the remote system.
-
- The method will handle fragmentation internally.
-
- @param buf The buffer with the data.
- @param offset The position in the buffer where the data is placed.
- @param len The length of the data.
- @throws IOException If something goes wrong during sending.
-
-
- The secure bidirectional stream for this connection
- Only allowed in blocking mode.
-
-
- Should be called in non-blocking mode when the input data reaches EOF.
-
-
- Equivalent to OfferInput(input, 0, input.length)
- @see TlsProtocol#OfferInput(byte[], int, int)
- @param input The input buffer to offer
- @throws IOException If an error occurs while decrypting or processing a record
-
-
- Offer input from an arbitrary source. Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
-
- This method will decrypt and process all records that are fully available.
- If only part of a record is available, the buffer will be retained until the
- remainder of the record is offered.
-
- If any records containing application data were processed, the decrypted data
- can be obtained using {@link #readInput(byte[], int, int)}. If any records
- containing protocol data were processed, a response may have been generated.
- You should always check to see if there is any available output after calling
- this method by calling {@link #getAvailableOutputBytes()}.
- @param input The input buffer to offer
- @param inputOff The offset within the input buffer that input begins
- @param inputLen The number of bytes of input being offered
- @throws IOException If an error occurs while decrypting or processing a record
-
-
- Gets the amount of received application data. A call to {@link #readInput(byte[], int, int)}
- is guaranteed to be able to return at least this much data.
-
- Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
- @return The number of bytes of available application data
-
-
- Retrieves received application data. Use {@link #getAvailableInputBytes()} to check
- how much application data is currently available. This method functions similarly to
- {@link InputStream#read(byte[], int, int)}, except that it never blocks. If no data
- is available, nothing will be copied and zero will be returned.
-
- Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
- @param buffer The buffer to hold the application data
- @param offset The start offset in the buffer at which the data is written
- @param length The maximum number of bytes to read
- @return The total number of bytes copied to the buffer. May be less than the
- length specified if the length was greater than the amount of available data.
-
-
- Offer output from an arbitrary source. Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
-
- After this method returns, the specified section of the buffer will have been
- processed. Use {@link #readOutput(byte[], int, int)} to get the bytes to
- transmit to the other peer.
-
- This method must not be called until after the handshake is complete! Attempting
- to call it before the handshake is complete will result in an exception.
- @param buffer The buffer containing application data to encrypt
- @param offset The offset at which to begin reading data
- @param length The number of bytes of data to read
- @throws IOException If an error occurs encrypting the data, or the handshake is not complete
-
-
- Gets the amount of encrypted data available to be sent. A call to
- {@link #readOutput(byte[], int, int)} is guaranteed to be able to return at
- least this much data.
-
- Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
- @return The number of bytes of available encrypted data
-
-
- Retrieves encrypted data to be sent. Use {@link #getAvailableOutputBytes()} to check
- how much encrypted data is currently available. This method functions similarly to
- {@link InputStream#read(byte[], int, int)}, except that it never blocks. If no data
- is available, nothing will be copied and zero will be returned.
-
- Only allowed in non-blocking mode.
- @param buffer The buffer to hold the encrypted data
- @param offset The start offset in the buffer at which the data is written
- @param length The maximum number of bytes to read
- @return The total number of bytes copied to the buffer. May be less than the
- length specified if the length was greater than the amount of available data.
-
-
- Closes this connection.
-
- @throws IOException If something goes wrong during closing.
-
-
- Make sure the InputStream 'buf' now empty. Fail otherwise.
-
- @param buf The InputStream to check.
- @throws IOException If 'buf' is not empty.
-
-
- 'sender' only relevant to SSLv3
-
-
- Both streams can be the same object
-
-
- (D)TLS PSK key exchange (RFC 4279).
-
-
- (D)TLS and SSLv3 RSA key exchange.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A (Int32 -> byte[]). Will never be null.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the (optional) table of server extensions to be included in (extended) server hello.
-
-
- A (Int32 -> byte[]). May be null.
-
-
-
-
-
- A (). May be null.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This method will be called (only) if the server included an extension of type
- "status_request" with empty "extension_data" in the extended server hello. See RFC 3546
- 3.6. Certificate Status Request. If a non-null is returned, it
- is sent to the client as a handshake message of type "certificate_status".
-
- A to be sent to the client (or null for none).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ()
-
-
-
-
- Called by the protocol handler to report the client certificate, only if GetCertificateRequest
- returned non-null.
-
- Note: this method is responsible for certificate verification and validation.
- the effective client certificate (may be an empty chain).
-
-
-
- RFC 5077 3.3. NewSessionTicket Handshake Message.
-
- This method will be called (only) if a NewSessionTicket extension was sent by the server. See
- RFC 5077 4. Recommended Ticket Construction for recommended format and protection.
-
- The ticket)
-
-
-
- Constructor for blocking mode.
- @param stream The bi-directional stream of data to/from the client
- @param output The stream of data to the client
- @param secureRandom Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Constructor for blocking mode.
- @param input The stream of data from the client
- @param output The stream of data to the client
- @param secureRandom Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Constructor for non-blocking mode.
-
- When data is received, use {@link #offerInput(java.nio.ByteBuffer)} to
- provide the received ciphertext, then use
- {@link #readInput(byte[], int, int)} to read the corresponding cleartext.
-
- Similarly, when data needs to be sent, use
- {@link #offerOutput(byte[], int, int)} to provide the cleartext, then use
- {@link #readOutput(byte[], int, int)} to get the corresponding
- ciphertext.
-
- @param secureRandom
- Random number generator for various cryptographic functions
-
-
- Receives a TLS handshake in the role of server.
-
- In blocking mode, this will not return until the handshake is complete.
- In non-blocking mode, use {@link TlsPeer#notifyHandshakeComplete()} to
- receive a callback when the handshake is complete.
-
- @param tlsServer
- @throws IOException If in blocking mode and handshake was not successful.
-
-
-
-
-
- Check whether the given SRP group parameters are acceptable for use.
-
- @param group the {@link SRP6GroupParameters} to check
- @return true if (and only if) the specified group parameters are acceptable
-
-
- Lookup the {@link TlsSRPLoginParameters} corresponding to the specified identity.
-
- NOTE: To avoid "identity probing", unknown identities SHOULD be handled as recommended in RFC
- 5054 2.5.1.3. {@link SimulatedTlsSRPIdentityManager} is provided for this purpose.
-
- @param identity
- the SRP identity sent by the connecting client
- @return the {@link TlsSRPLoginParameters} for the specified identity, or else 'simulated'
- parameters if the identity is not recognized. A null value is also allowed, but not
- recommended.
-
-
- (D)TLS SRP key exchange (RFC 5054).
-
-
- RFC 5764 DTLS Extension to Establish Keys for SRTP.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Some helper functions for MicroTLS.
-
-
- Add a 'signature_algorithms' extension to existing extensions.
-
- @param extensions A {@link Hashtable} to add the extension to.
- @param supportedSignatureAlgorithms {@link Vector} containing at least 1 {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm}.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Get a 'signature_algorithms' extension from extensions.
-
- @param extensions A {@link Hashtable} to get the extension from, if it is present.
- @return A {@link Vector} containing at least 1 {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm}, or null.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Create a 'signature_algorithms' extension value.
-
- @param supportedSignatureAlgorithms A {@link Vector} containing at least 1 {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm}.
- @return A byte array suitable for use as an extension value.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Read 'signature_algorithms' extension data.
-
- @param extensionData The extension data.
- @return A {@link Vector} containing at least 1 {@link SignatureAndHashAlgorithm}.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 6066 5.
-
-
- Encode this {@link UrlAndHash} to a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param output the {@link Stream} to encode to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parse a {@link UrlAndHash} from a {@link Stream}.
-
- @param context
- the {@link TlsContext} of the current connection.
- @param input
- the {@link Stream} to parse from.
- @return a {@link UrlAndHash} object.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- RFC 4681
-
-
- RFC 5764 4.1.1
-
-
- @param protectionProfiles see {@link SrtpProtectionProfile} for valid constants.
- @param mki valid lengths from 0 to 255.
-
-
- @return see {@link SrtpProtectionProfile} for valid constants.
-
-
- @return valid lengths from 0 to 255.
-
-
- Create an AlgorithmIdentifier for the passed in encryption algorithm.
-
- @param encryptionOID OID for the encryption algorithm
- @param keySize key size in bits (-1 if unknown)
- @param random SecureRandom to use for parameter generation.
- @return a full AlgorithmIdentifier including parameters
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if encryptionOID cannot be matched
-
-
- Create a key generator for the passed in Object Identifier.
-
- @param algorithm the Object Identifier indicating the algorithn the generator is for.
- @param random a source of random to initialise the generator with.
- @return an initialised CipherKeyGenerator.
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if the algorithm cannot be identified.
-
-
- return a = a + b - b preserved.
-
-
- unsigned comparison on two arrays - note the arrays may
- start with leading zeros.
-
-
- return z = x / y - done in place (z value preserved, x contains the
- remainder)
-
-
- return whether or not a BigInteger is probably prime with a
- probability of 1 - (1/2)**certainty.
- From Knuth Vol 2, pg 395.
-
-
- Calculate the numbers u1, u2, and u3 such that:
-
- u1 * a + u2 * b = u3
-
- where u3 is the greatest common divider of a and b.
- a and b using the extended Euclid algorithm (refer p. 323
- of The Art of Computer Programming vol 2, 2nd ed).
- This also seems to have the side effect of calculating
- some form of multiplicative inverse.
-
- @param a First number to calculate gcd for
- @param b Second number to calculate gcd for
- @param u1Out the return object for the u1 value
- @return The greatest common divisor of a and b
-
-
- return w with w = x * x - w is assumed to have enough space.
-
-
- return x with x = y * z - x is assumed to have enough space.
-
-
- Calculate mQuote = -m^(-1) mod b with b = 2^32 (32 = word size)
-
-
- Montgomery multiplication: a = x * y * R^(-1) mod m
-
- Based algorithm 14.36 of Handbook of Applied Cryptography.
-
- m, x, y should have length n
- a should have length (n + 1)
- b = 2^32, R = b^n
-
- The result is put in x
-
- NOTE: the indices of x, y, m, a different in HAC and in Java
-
-
- return x = x % y - done in place (y value preserved)
-
-
- do a left shift - this returns a new array.
-
-
- do a right shift - this does it in place.
-
-
- do a right shift by one - this does it in place.
-
-
- returns x = x - y - we assume x is >= y
-
-
- Class representing a simple version of a big decimal. A
- SimpleBigDecimal is basically a
- {@link java.math.BigInteger BigInteger} with a few digits on the right of
- the decimal point. The number of (binary) digits on the right of the decimal
- point is called the scale of the SimpleBigDecimal.
- Unlike in {@link java.math.BigDecimal BigDecimal}, the scale is not adjusted
- automatically, but must be set manually. All SimpleBigDecimals
- taking part in the same arithmetic operation must have equal scale. The
- result of a multiplication of two SimpleBigDecimals returns a
- SimpleBigDecimal with double scale.
-
-
- Returns a SimpleBigDecimal representing the same numerical
- value as value.
- @param value The value of the SimpleBigDecimal to be
- created.
- @param scale The scale of the SimpleBigDecimal to be
- created.
- @return The such created SimpleBigDecimal.
-
-
- Constructor for SimpleBigDecimal. The value of the
- constructed SimpleBigDecimal Equals bigInt /
- 2scale.
- @param bigInt The bigInt value parameter.
- @param scale The scale of the constructed SimpleBigDecimal.
-
-
- Class holding methods for point multiplication based on the window
- τ-adic nonadjacent form (WTNAF). The algorithms are based on the
- paper "Improved Algorithms for Arithmetic on Anomalous Binary Curves"
- by Jerome A. Solinas. The paper first appeared in the Proceedings of
- Crypto 1997.
-
-
- The window width of WTNAF. The standard value of 4 is slightly less
- than optimal for running time, but keeps space requirements for
- precomputation low. For typical curves, a value of 5 or 6 results in
- a better running time. When changing this value, the
- αu's must be computed differently, see
- e.g. "Guide to Elliptic Curve Cryptography", Darrel Hankerson,
- Alfred Menezes, Scott Vanstone, Springer-Verlag New York Inc., 2004,
- p. 121-122
-
-
- 24
-
-
- The αu's for a=0 as an array
- of ZTauElements.
-
-
- The αu's for a=0 as an array
- of TNAFs.
-
-
- The αu's for a=1 as an array
- of ZTauElements.
-
-
- The αu's for a=1 as an array
- of TNAFs.
-
-
- Computes the norm of an element λ of
- Z[τ].
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param lambda The element λ of
- Z[τ].
- @return The norm of λ.
-
-
- Computes the norm of an element λ of
- R[τ], where λ = u + vτ
- and u and u are real numbers (elements of
- R).
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param u The real part of the element λ of
- R[τ].
- @param v The τ-adic part of the element
- λ of R[τ].
- @return The norm of λ.
-
-
- Rounds an element λ of R[τ]
- to an element of Z[τ], such that their difference
- has minimal norm. λ is given as
- λ = λ0 + λ1τ.
- @param lambda0 The component λ0.
- @param lambda1 The component λ1.
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve. Must
- equal 1 or -1.
- @return The rounded element of Z[τ].
- @throws ArgumentException if lambda0 and
- lambda1 do not have same scale.
-
-
- Approximate division by n. For an integer
- k, the value λ = s k / n is
- computed to c bits of accuracy.
- @param k The parameter k.
- @param s The curve parameter s0 or
- s1.
- @param vm The Lucas Sequence element Vm.
- @param a The parameter a of the elliptic curve.
- @param m The bit length of the finite field
- Fm.
- @param c The number of bits of accuracy, i.e. the scale of the returned
- SimpleBigDecimal.
- @return The value λ = s k / n computed to
- c bits of accuracy.
-
-
- Computes the τ-adic NAF (non-adjacent form) of an
- element λ of Z[τ].
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param lambda The element λ of
- Z[τ].
- @return The τ-adic NAF of λ.
-
-
- Applies the operation τ() to an
- AbstractF2mPoint.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to which τ() is applied.
- @return τ(p)
-
-
- Returns the parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param curve The elliptic curve from which to obtain μ.
- The curve must be a Koblitz curve, i.e. a Equals
- 0 or 1 and b Equals
- 1.
- @return μ of the elliptic curve.
- @throws ArgumentException if the given ECCurve is not a Koblitz
- curve.
-
-
- Calculates the Lucas Sequence elements Uk-1 and
- Uk or Vk-1 and
- Vk.
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param k The index of the second element of the Lucas Sequence to be
- returned.
- @param doV If set to true, computes Vk-1 and
- Vk, otherwise Uk-1 and
- Uk.
- @return An array with 2 elements, containing Uk-1
- and Uk or Vk-1
- and Vk.
-
-
- Computes the auxiliary value tw. If the width is
- 4, then for mu = 1, tw = 6 and for
- mu = -1, tw = 10
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param w The window width of the WTNAF.
- @return the auxiliary value tw
-
-
- Computes the auxiliary values s0 and
- s1 used for partial modular reduction.
- @param curve The elliptic curve for which to compute
- s0 and s1.
- @throws ArgumentException if curve is not a
- Koblitz curve (Anomalous Binary Curve, ABC).
-
-
- Partial modular reduction modulo
- (τm - 1)/(τ - 1).
- @param k The integer to be reduced.
- @param m The bitlength of the underlying finite field.
- @param a The parameter a of the elliptic curve.
- @param s The auxiliary values s0 and
- s1.
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param c The precision (number of bits of accuracy) of the partial
- modular reduction.
- @return ρ := k partmod (τm - 1)/(τ - 1)
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by a BigInteger using the reduced τ-adic
- NAF (RTNAF) method.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to Multiply.
- @param k The BigInteger by which to Multiply p.
- @return k * p
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by an element λ of Z[τ]
- using the τ-adic NAF (TNAF) method.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to Multiply.
- @param lambda The element λ of
- Z[τ].
- @return λ * p
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by an element λ of Z[τ]
- using the τ-adic NAF (TNAF) method, given the TNAF
- of λ.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to Multiply.
- @param u The the TNAF of λ..
- @return λ * p
-
-
- Computes the [τ]-adic window NAF of an element
- λ of Z[τ].
- @param mu The parameter μ of the elliptic curve.
- @param lambda The element λ of
- Z[τ] of which to compute the
- [τ]-adic NAF.
- @param width The window width of the resulting WNAF.
- @param pow2w 2width.
- @param tw The auxiliary value tw.
- @param alpha The αu's for the window width.
- @return The [τ]-adic window NAF of
- λ.
-
-
- Does the precomputation for WTNAF multiplication.
- @param p The ECPoint for which to do the precomputation.
- @param a The parameter a of the elliptic curve.
- @return The precomputation array for p.
-
-
- Class representing an element of Z[τ]. Let
- λ be an element of Z[τ]. Then
- λ is given as λ = u + vτ. The
- components u and v may be used directly, there
- are no accessor methods.
- Immutable class.
-
-
- The "real" part of λ.
-
-
- The "τ-adic" part of λ.
-
-
- Constructor for an element λ of
- Z[τ].
- @param u The "real" part of λ.
- @param v The "τ-adic" part of
- λ.
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve the curve to use
- @param x affine x co-ordinate
- @param y affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.CreatePoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve the curve to use
- @param x affine x co-ordinate
- @param y affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(boolean)}
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.CreatePoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.CreatePoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.CreatePoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation returns the right value - if
- none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Create a point which encodes with point compression.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compresion.
-
- @param curve
- the curve to use
- @param x
- affine x co-ordinate
- @param y
- affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression
- if true encode with point compression
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer
- {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- @deprecated Use ECCurve.createPoint to construct points
-
-
- @deprecated per-point compression property will be removed, refer {@link #getEncoded(bool)}
-
-
- Simple shift-and-add multiplication. Serves as reference implementation to verify (possibly
- faster) implementations, and for very small scalars. CAUTION: This implementation is NOT
- constant-time in any way. It is only intended to be used for diagnostics.
-
- @param p
- The point to multiply.
- @param k
- The multiplier.
- @return The result of the point multiplication kP.
-
-
- Base class for an elliptic curve.
-
-
- Compute a PreCompInfo for a point on this curve, under a given name. Used by
- ECMultipliers to save the precomputation for this ECPoint for use
- by subsequent multiplication.
-
- @param point
- The ECPoint to store precomputations for.
- @param name
- A String used to index precomputations of different types.
- @param callback
- Called to calculate the PreCompInfo.
-
-
- Normalization ensures that any projective coordinate is 1, and therefore that the x, y
- coordinates reflect those of the equivalent point in an affine coordinate system. Where more
- than one point is to be normalized, this method will generally be more efficient than
- normalizing each point separately.
-
- @param points
- An array of points that will be updated in place with their normalized versions,
- where necessary
-
-
- Normalization ensures that any projective coordinate is 1, and therefore that the x, y
- coordinates reflect those of the equivalent point in an affine coordinate system. Where more
- than one point is to be normalized, this method will generally be more efficient than
- normalizing each point separately. An (optional) z-scaling factor can be applied; effectively
- each z coordinate is scaled by this value prior to normalization (but only one
- actual multiplication is needed).
-
- @param points
- An array of points that will be updated in place with their normalized versions,
- where necessary
- @param off
- The start of the range of points to normalize
- @param len
- The length of the range of points to normalize
- @param iso
- The (optional) z-scaling factor - can be null
-
-
- Create a cache-safe lookup table for the specified sequence of points. All the points MUST
- belong to this ECCurve instance, and MUST already be normalized.
-
-
- Sets the default ECMultiplier, unless already set.
-
- We avoid locking for performance reasons, so there is no uniqueness guarantee.
-
-
- Decode a point on this curve from its ASN.1 encoding. The different
- encodings are taken account of, including point compression for
- Fp (X9.62 s 4.2.1 pg 17).
- @return The decoded point.
-
-
- Elliptic curve over Fp
-
-
- The auxiliary values s0 and
- s1 used for partial modular reduction for
- Koblitz curves.
-
-
- Solves a quadratic equation z2 + z = beta(X9.62
- D.1.6) The other solution is z + 1.
-
- @param beta
- The value to solve the quadratic equation for.
- @return the solution for z2 + z = beta or
- null if no solution exists.
-
-
- @return the auxiliary values s0 and
- s1 used for partial modular reduction for
- Koblitz curves.
-
-
- Returns true if this is a Koblitz curve (ABC curve).
- @return true if this is a Koblitz curve (ABC curve), false otherwise
-
-
- Elliptic curves over F2m. The Weierstrass equation is given by
- y2 + xy = x3 + ax2 + b.
-
-
- The exponent m of F2m.
-
-
- TPB: The integer k where xm +
- xk + 1 represents the reduction polynomial
- f(z).
- PPB: The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- TPB: Always set to 0
- PPB: The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- TPB: Always set to 0
- PPB: The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- The point at infinity on this curve.
-
-
- Constructor for Trinomial Polynomial Basis (TPB).
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k The integer k where xm +
- xk + 1 represents the reduction
- polynomial f(z).
- @param a The coefficient a in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param b The coefficient b in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
-
-
- Constructor for Trinomial Polynomial Basis (TPB).
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k The integer k where xm +
- xk + 1 represents the reduction
- polynomial f(z).
- @param a The coefficient a in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param b The coefficient b in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param order The order of the main subgroup of the elliptic curve.
- @param cofactor The cofactor of the elliptic curve, i.e.
- #Ea(F2m) = h * n.
-
-
- Constructor for Pentanomial Polynomial Basis (PPB).
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k1 The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k2 The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k3 The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param a The coefficient a in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param b The coefficient b in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
-
-
- Constructor for Pentanomial Polynomial Basis (PPB).
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k1 The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k2 The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k3 The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param a The coefficient a in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param b The coefficient b in the Weierstrass equation
- for non-supersingular elliptic curves over
- F2m.
- @param order The order of the main subgroup of the elliptic curve.
- @param cofactor The cofactor of the elliptic curve, i.e.
- #Ea(F2m) = h * n.
-
-
- Return true if curve uses a Trinomial basis.
-
- @return true if curve Trinomial, false otherwise.
-
-
- return the field name for this field.
-
- @return the string "Fp".
-
-
- return a sqrt root - the routine verifies that the calculation
- returns the right value - if none exists it returns null.
-
-
- Class representing the Elements of the finite field
- F2m in polynomial basis (PB)
- representation. Both trinomial (Tpb) and pentanomial (Ppb) polynomial
- basis representations are supported. Gaussian normal basis (GNB)
- representation is not supported.
-
-
- Indicates gaussian normal basis representation (GNB). Number chosen
- according to X9.62. GNB is not implemented at present.
-
-
- Indicates trinomial basis representation (Tpb). Number chosen
- according to X9.62.
-
-
- Indicates pentanomial basis representation (Ppb). Number chosen
- according to X9.62.
-
-
- Tpb or Ppb.
-
-
- The exponent m of F2m.
-
-
- The LongArray holding the bits.
-
-
- Constructor for Ppb.
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k1 The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k2 The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param k3 The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
- @param x The BigInteger representing the value of the field element.
-
-
- Constructor for Tpb.
- @param m The exponent m of
- F2m.
- @param k The integer k where xm +
- xk + 1 represents the reduction
- polynomial f(z).
- @param x The BigInteger representing the value of the field element.
-
-
- Checks, if the ECFieldElements a and b
- are elements of the same field F2m
- (having the same representation).
- @param a field element.
- @param b field element to be compared.
- @throws ArgumentException if a and b
- are not elements of the same field
- F2m (having the same
- representation).
-
-
- @return the representation of the field
- F2m, either of
- {@link F2mFieldElement.Tpb} (trinomial
- basis representation) or
- {@link F2mFieldElement.Ppb} (pentanomial
- basis representation).
-
-
- @return the degree m of the reduction polynomial
- f(z).
-
-
- @return Tpb: The integer k where xm +
- xk + 1 represents the reduction polynomial
- f(z).
- Ppb: The integer k1 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- @return Tpb: Always returns 0
- Ppb: The integer k2 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- @return Tpb: Always set to 0
- Ppb: The integer k3 where xm +
- xk3 + xk2 + xk1 + 1
- represents the reduction polynomial f(z).
-
-
- base class for points on elliptic curves.
-
-
- Returns the affine x-coordinate after checking that this point is normalized.
-
- @return The affine x-coordinate of this point
- @throws IllegalStateException if the point is not normalized
-
-
- Returns the affine y-coordinate after checking that this point is normalized
-
- @return The affine y-coordinate of this point
- @throws IllegalStateException if the point is not normalized
-
-
- Returns the x-coordinate.
-
- Caution: depending on the curve's coordinate system, this may not be the same value as in an
- affine coordinate system; use Normalize() to get a point where the coordinates have their
- affine values, or use AffineXCoord if you expect the point to already have been normalized.
-
- @return the x-coordinate of this point
-
-
- Returns the y-coordinate.
-
- Caution: depending on the curve's coordinate system, this may not be the same value as in an
- affine coordinate system; use Normalize() to get a point where the coordinates have their
- affine values, or use AffineYCoord if you expect the point to already have been normalized.
-
- @return the y-coordinate of this point
-
-
- Normalization ensures that any projective coordinate is 1, and therefore that the x, y
- coordinates reflect those of the equivalent point in an affine coordinate system.
-
- @return a new ECPoint instance representing the same point, but with normalized coordinates
-
-
- return the field element encoded with point compression. (S 4.3.6)
-
-
- Multiplies this ECPoint by the given number.
- @param k The multiplicator.
- @return k * this.
-
-
- Elliptic curve points over Fp
-
-
- Create a point which encodes without point compression.
-
- @param curve the curve to use
- @param x affine x co-ordinate
- @param y affine y co-ordinate
-
-
- Create a point that encodes with or without point compression.
-
- @param curve the curve to use
- @param x affine x co-ordinate
- @param y affine y co-ordinate
- @param withCompression if true encode with point compression
-
-
- Elliptic curve points over F2m
-
-
- @param curve base curve
- @param x x point
- @param y y point
-
-
- @param curve base curve
- @param x x point
- @param y y point
- @param withCompression true if encode with point compression.
-
-
- Joye's double-add algorithm.
-
-
- Interface for classes encapsulating a point multiplication algorithm
- for ECPoints.
-
-
- Multiplies the ECPoint p by k, i.e.
- p is added k times to itself.
- @param p The ECPoint to be multiplied.
- @param k The factor by which p is multiplied.
- @return p multiplied by k.
-
-
- Class holding precomputation data for fixed-point multiplications.
-
-
- Lookup table for the precomputed ECPoints used for a fixed point multiplication.
-
-
- The width used for the precomputation. If a larger width precomputation
- is already available this may be larger than was requested, so calling
- code should refer to the actual width.
-
-
- Class implementing the NAF (Non-Adjacent Form) multiplication algorithm (right-to-left) using
- mixed coordinates.
-
-
- By default, addition will be done in Jacobian coordinates, and doubling will be done in
- Modified Jacobian coordinates (independent of the original coordinate system of each point).
-
-
- Montgomery ladder.
-
-
- Class implementing the NAF (Non-Adjacent Form) multiplication algorithm (left-to-right).
-
-
- Class implementing the NAF (Non-Adjacent Form) multiplication algorithm (right-to-left).
-
-
- Interface for classes storing precomputation data for multiplication
- algorithms. Used as a Memento (see GOF patterns) for
- WNafMultiplier.
-
-
- Class implementing the WNAF (Window Non-Adjacent Form) multiplication
- algorithm.
-
-
- Multiplies this by an integer k using the
- Window NAF method.
- @param k The integer by which this is multiplied.
- @return A new ECPoint which equals this
- multiplied by k.
-
-
- Class holding precomputation data for the WNAF (Window Non-Adjacent Form)
- algorithm.
-
-
- Array holding the precomputed ECPoints used for a Window
- NAF multiplication.
-
-
- Array holding the negations of the precomputed ECPoints used
- for a Window NAF multiplication.
-
-
- Holds an ECPoint representing Twice(this). Used for the
- Window NAF multiplication to create or extend the precomputed values.
-
-
- Computes the Window NAF (non-adjacent Form) of an integer.
- @param width The width w of the Window NAF. The width is
- defined as the minimal number w, such that for any
- w consecutive digits in the resulting representation, at
- most one is non-zero.
- @param k The integer of which the Window NAF is computed.
- @return The Window NAF of the given width, such that the following holds:
- k = ∑i=0l-1 ki2i
- , where the ki denote the elements of the
- returned byte[].
-
-
- Determine window width to use for a scalar multiplication of the given size.
-
- @param bits the bit-length of the scalar to multiply by
- @return the window size to use
-
-
- Determine window width to use for a scalar multiplication of the given size.
-
- @param bits the bit-length of the scalar to multiply by
- @param maxWidth the maximum window width to return
- @return the window size to use
-
-
- Determine window width to use for a scalar multiplication of the given size.
-
- @param bits the bit-length of the scalar to multiply by
- @param windowSizeCutoffs a monotonically increasing list of bit sizes at which to increment the window width
- @return the window size to use
-
-
- Determine window width to use for a scalar multiplication of the given size.
-
- @param bits the bit-length of the scalar to multiply by
- @param windowSizeCutoffs a monotonically increasing list of bit sizes at which to increment the window width
- @param maxWidth the maximum window width to return
- @return the window size to use
-
-
- Class implementing the WTNAF (Window
- τ-adic Non-Adjacent Form) algorithm.
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by k using the reduced τ-adic NAF (RTNAF)
- method.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to multiply.
- @param k The integer by which to multiply k.
- @return p multiplied by k.
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by an element λ of Z[τ] using
- the τ-adic NAF (TNAF) method.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to multiply.
- @param lambda The element λ of
- Z[τ] of which to compute the
- [τ]-adic NAF.
- @return p multiplied by λ.
-
-
- Multiplies a {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.AbstractF2mPoint AbstractF2mPoint}
- by an element λ of Z[τ]
- using the window τ-adic NAF (TNAF) method, given the
- WTNAF of λ.
- @param p The AbstractF2mPoint to multiply.
- @param u The the WTNAF of λ..
- @return λ * p
-
-
- Class holding precomputation data for the WTNAF (Window
- τ-adic Non-Adjacent Form) algorithm.
-
-
- Array holding the precomputed AbstractF2mPoints used for the
- WTNAF multiplication in
- {@link org.bouncycastle.math.ec.multiplier.WTauNafMultiplier.multiply()
- WTauNafMultiplier.multiply()}.
-
-
- 'Zeroless' Signed Digit Left-to-Right.
-
-
- 'Zeroless' Signed Digit Right-to-Left.
-
-
- Utility methods for generating primes and testing for primality.
-
-
- Used to return the output from the
- {@linkplain Primes#enhancedMRProbablePrimeTest(BigInteger, SecureRandom, int) Enhanced
- Miller-Rabin Probabilistic Primality Test}
-
-
- Used to return the output from the {@linkplain Primes#generateSTRandomPrime(Digest, int, byte[]) Shawe-Taylor Random_Prime Routine}
-
-
- FIPS 186-4 C.6 Shawe-Taylor Random_Prime Routine
-
- Construct a provable prime number using a hash function.
-
- @param hash
- the {@link Digest} instance to use (as "Hash()"). Cannot be null.
- @param length
- the length (in bits) of the prime to be generated. Must be at least 2.
- @param inputSeed
- the seed to be used for the generation of the requested prime. Cannot be null or
- empty.
- @return an {@link STOutput} instance containing the requested prime.
-
-
- FIPS 186-4 C.3.2 Enhanced Miller-Rabin Probabilistic Primality Test
-
- Run several iterations of the Miller-Rabin algorithm with randomly-chosen bases. This is an
- alternative to {@link #isMRProbablePrime(BigInteger, SecureRandom, int)} that provides more
- information about a composite candidate, which may be useful when generating or validating
- RSA moduli.
-
- @param candidate
- the {@link BigInteger} instance to test for primality.
- @param random
- the source of randomness to use to choose bases.
- @param iterations
- the number of randomly-chosen bases to perform the test for.
- @return an {@link MROutput} instance that can be further queried for details.
-
-
- A fast check for small divisors, up to some implementation-specific limit.
-
- @param candidate
- the {@link BigInteger} instance to test for division by small factors.
-
- @return true if the candidate is found to have any small factors,
- false otherwise.
-
-
- FIPS 186-4 C.3.1 Miller-Rabin Probabilistic Primality Test
-
- Run several iterations of the Miller-Rabin algorithm with randomly-chosen bases.
-
- @param candidate
- the {@link BigInteger} instance to test for primality.
- @param random
- the source of randomness to use to choose bases.
- @param iterations
- the number of randomly-chosen bases to perform the test for.
- @return false if any witness to compositeness is found amongst the chosen bases
- (so candidate is definitely NOT prime), or else true
- (indicating primality with some probability dependent on the number of iterations
- that were performed).
-
-
- FIPS 186-4 C.3.1 Miller-Rabin Probabilistic Primality Test (to a fixed base).
-
- Run a single iteration of the Miller-Rabin algorithm against the specified base.
-
- @param candidate
- the {@link BigInteger} instance to test for primality.
- @param baseValue
- the base value to use for this iteration.
- @return false if the specified base is a witness to compositeness (so
- candidate is definitely NOT prime), or else true.
-
-
-
-
- BasicOcspResponse ::= SEQUENCE {
- tbsResponseData ResponseData,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING,
- certs [0] EXPLICIT SEQUENCE OF Certificate OPTIONAL
- }
-
-
-
-
- The DER encoding of the tbsResponseData field.
- In the event of an encoding error.
-
-
- The certificates, if any, associated with the response.
- In the event of an encoding error.
-
-
-
- Verify the signature against the tbsResponseData object we contain.
-
-
-
- The ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- Generator for basic OCSP response objects.
-
-
- basic constructor
-
-
- construct with the responderID to be the SHA-1 keyHash of the passed in public key.
-
-
- Add a response for a particular Certificate ID.
-
- @param certID certificate ID details
- @param certStatus status of the certificate - null if okay
-
-
- Add a response for a particular Certificate ID.
-
- @param certID certificate ID details
- @param certStatus status of the certificate - null if okay
- @param singleExtensions optional extensions
-
-
- Add a response for a particular Certificate ID.
-
- @param certID certificate ID details
- @param nextUpdate date when next update should be requested
- @param certStatus status of the certificate - null if okay
- @param singleExtensions optional extensions
-
-
- Add a response for a particular Certificate ID.
-
- @param certID certificate ID details
- @param thisUpdate date this response was valid on
- @param nextUpdate date when next update should be requested
- @param certStatus status of the certificate - null if okay
- @param singleExtensions optional extensions
-
-
- Set the extensions for the response.
-
- @param responseExtensions the extension object to carry.
-
-
-
- Generate the signed response using the passed in signature calculator.
-
- Implementation of signing calculator factory.
- The certificate chain associated with the response signer.
- "produced at" date.
-
-
-
- Return an IEnumerable of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
- @return an IEnumerable containing recognised names.
-
-
- create from an issuer certificate and the serial number of the
- certificate it signed.
- @exception OcspException if any problems occur creating the id fields.
-
-
- return the serial number for the certificate associated
- with this request.
-
-
- Create a new CertificateID for a new serial number derived from a previous one
- calculated for the same CA certificate.
-
- @param original the previously calculated CertificateID for the CA.
- @param newSerialNumber the serial number for the new certificate of interest.
-
- @return a new CertificateID for newSerialNumber
-
-
-
- OcspRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
- tbsRequest TBSRequest,
- optionalSignature [0] EXPLICIT Signature OPTIONAL }
-
- TBSRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
- version [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
- requestorName [1] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL,
- requestList SEQUENCE OF Request,
- requestExtensions [2] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
- Signature ::= SEQUENCE {
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- signature BIT STRING,
- certs [0] EXPLICIT SEQUENCE OF Certificate OPTIONAL}
-
- Version ::= INTEGER { v1(0) }
-
- Request ::= SEQUENCE {
- reqCert CertID,
- singleRequestExtensions [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
-
- CertID ::= SEQUENCE {
- hashAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier,
- issuerNameHash OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuer's DN
- issuerKeyHash OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuers public key
- serialNumber CertificateSerialNumber }
-
-
-
- Return the DER encoding of the tbsRequest field.
- @return DER encoding of tbsRequest
- @throws OcspException in the event of an encoding error.
-
-
- return the object identifier representing the signature algorithm
-
-
- If the request is signed return a possibly empty CertStore containing the certificates in the
- request. If the request is not signed the method returns null.
-
- @return null if not signed, a CertStore otherwise
- @throws OcspException
-
-
- Return whether or not this request is signed.
-
- @return true if signed false otherwise.
-
-
- Verify the signature against the TBSRequest object we contain.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- Add a request for the given CertificateID.
-
- @param certId certificate ID of interest
-
-
- Add a request with extensions
-
- @param certId certificate ID of interest
- @param singleRequestExtensions the extensions to attach to the request
-
-
- Set the requestor name to the passed in X509Principal
-
- @param requestorName a X509Principal representing the requestor name.
-
-
- Generate an unsigned request
-
- @return the OcspReq
- @throws OcspException
-
-
- Return an IEnumerable of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
- @return an IEnumerable containing recognised names.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- base generator for an OCSP response - at the moment this only supports the
- generation of responses containing BasicOCSP responses.
-
-
- note 4 is not used.
-
-
- Carrier for a ResponderID.
-
-
- wrapper for the RevokedInfo object
-
-
- return the revocation reason. Note: this field is optional, test for it
- with hasRevocationReason() first.
- @exception InvalidOperationException if a reason is asked for and none is avaliable
-
-
- Return the status object for the response - null indicates good.
-
- @return the status object for the response, null if it is good.
-
-
- return the NextUpdate value - note: this is an optional field so may
- be returned as null.
-
- @return nextUpdate, or null if not present.
-
-
- wrapper for the UnknownInfo object
-
-
-
- Utility class for creating IBasicAgreement objects from their names/Oids
-
-
-
-
- Cipher Utility class contains methods that can not be specifically grouped into other classes.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a ObjectIdentifier for a give encoding.
-
- A string representation of the encoding.
- A DerObjectIdentifier, null if the Oid is not available.
-
-
-
- Utility class for creating IDigest objects from their names/Oids
-
-
-
-
- Returns a ObjectIdentifier for a given digest mechanism.
-
- A string representation of the digest meanism.
- A DerObjectIdentifier, null if the Oid is not available.
-
-
-
- A class containing methods to interface the BouncyCastle world to the .NET Crypto world.
-
-
-
-
- Create an System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificate from an X509Certificate Structure.
-
-
- A System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Utility class for creating HMac object from their names/Oids
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a ObjectIdentifier for a give encoding.
-
- A string representation of the encoding.
- A DerObjectIdentifier, null if the Oid is not available.
-
-
-
- Create and auto-seed an instance based on the given algorithm.
-
- Equivalent to GetInstance(algorithm, true)
- e.g. "SHA256PRNG"
-
-
-
- Create an instance based on the given algorithm, with optional auto-seeding
-
- e.g. "SHA256PRNG"
- If true, the instance will be auto-seeded.
-
-
-
- To replicate existing predictable output, replace with GetInstance("SHA1PRNG", false), followed by SetSeed(seed)
-
-
-
- Use the specified instance of IRandomGenerator as random source.
-
- This constructor performs no seeding of either the IRandomGenerator or the
- constructed SecureRandom. It is the responsibility of the client to provide
- proper seed material as necessary/appropriate for the given IRandomGenerator
- implementation.
-
- The source to generate all random bytes from.
-
-
- base constructor.
-
-
- create a SecurityUtilityException with the given message.
-
- @param message the message to be carried with the exception.
-
-
-
- Signer Utility class contains methods that can not be specifically grouped into other classes.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an ObjectIdentifier for a given encoding.
-
- A string representation of the encoding.
- A DerObjectIdentifier, null if the OID is not available.
-
-
-
- Utility class for creating IWrapper objects from their names/Oids
-
-
-
- PEM generator for the original set of PEM objects used in Open SSL.
-
-
- Class for reading OpenSSL PEM encoded streams containing
- X509 certificates, PKCS8 encoded keys and PKCS7 objects.
-
- In the case of PKCS7 objects the reader will return a CMS ContentInfo object. Keys and
- Certificates will be returned using the appropriate java.security type.
-
-
- Create a new PemReader
-
- @param reader the Reader
-
-
- Create a new PemReader with a password finder
-
- @param reader the Reader
- @param pFinder the password finder
-
-
- Reads in a X509Certificate.
-
- @return the X509Certificate
- @throws IOException if an I/O error occured
-
-
- Reads in a X509CRL.
-
- @return the X509Certificate
- @throws IOException if an I/O error occured
-
-
- Reads in a PKCS10 certification request.
-
- @return the certificate request.
- @throws IOException if an I/O error occured
-
-
- Reads in a X509 Attribute Certificate.
-
- @return the X509 Attribute Certificate
- @throws IOException if an I/O error occured
-
-
- Reads in a PKCS7 object. This returns a ContentInfo object suitable for use with the CMS
- API.
-
- @return the X509Certificate
- @throws IOException if an I/O error occured
-
-
- Read a Key Pair
-
-
- General purpose writer for OpenSSL PEM objects.
-
-
- The TextWriter object to write the output to.
-
-
- Constructor for an unencrypted private key PEM object.
-
- @param key private key to be encoded.
-
-
- Constructor for an encrypted private key PEM object.
-
- @param key private key to be encoded
- @param algorithm encryption algorithm to use
- @param provider provider to use
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException if algorithm/mode cannot be found
-
-
-
- A class for verifying and creating Pkcs10 Certification requests.
-
-
- CertificationRequest ::= Sequence {
- certificationRequestInfo CertificationRequestInfo,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier{{ SignatureAlgorithms }},
- signature BIT STRING
- }
-
- CertificationRequestInfo ::= Sequence {
- version Integer { v1(0) } (v1,...),
- subject Name,
- subjectPKInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo{{ PKInfoAlgorithms }},
- attributes [0] Attributes{{ CRIAttributes }}
- }
-
- Attributes { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Set OF Attr{{ IOSet }}
-
- Attr { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Sequence {
- type ATTRIBUTE.&id({IOSet}),
- values Set SIZE(1..MAX) OF ATTRIBUTE.&Type({IOSet}{\@type})
- }
-
- see
-
-
-
- Instantiate a Pkcs10CertificationRequest object with the necessary credentials.
-
- Name of Sig Alg.
- X509Name of subject eg OU="My unit." O="My Organisatioin" C="au"
- Public Key to be included in cert reqest.
- ASN1Set of Attributes.
- Matching Private key for nominated (above) public key to be used to sign the request.
-
-
-
- Instantiate a Pkcs10CertificationRequest object with the necessary credentials.
-
- The factory for signature calculators to sign the PKCS#10 request with.
- X509Name of subject eg OU="My unit." O="My Organisatioin" C="au"
- Public Key to be included in cert reqest.
- ASN1Set of Attributes.
- Ignored.
-
-
-
- Instantiate a Pkcs10CertificationRequest object with the necessary credentials.
-
- The factory for signature calculators to sign the PKCS#10 request with.
- X509Name of subject eg OU="My unit." O="My Organisatioin" C="au"
- Public Key to be included in cert reqest.
- ASN1Set of Attributes.
-
-
-
- Get the public key.
-
- The public key.
-
-
-
- Verify Pkcs10 Cert Request is valid.
-
- true = valid.
-
-
-
- A class for creating and verifying Pkcs10 Certification requests (this is an extension on ).
- The requests are made using delay signing. This is useful for situations where
- the private key is in another environment and not directly accessible (e.g. HSM)
- So the first step creates the request, then the signing is done outside this
- object and the signature is then used to complete the request.
-
-
- CertificationRequest ::= Sequence {
- certificationRequestInfo CertificationRequestInfo,
- signatureAlgorithm AlgorithmIdentifier{{ SignatureAlgorithms }},
- signature BIT STRING
- }
-
- CertificationRequestInfo ::= Sequence {
- version Integer { v1(0) } (v1,...),
- subject Name,
- subjectPKInfo SubjectPublicKeyInfo{{ PKInfoAlgorithms }},
- attributes [0] Attributes{{ CRIAttributes }}
- }
-
- Attributes { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Set OF Attr{{ IOSet }}
-
- Attr { ATTRIBUTE:IOSet } ::= Sequence {
- type ATTRIBUTE.&id({IOSet}),
- values Set SIZE(1..MAX) OF ATTRIBUTE.&Type({IOSet}{\@type})
- }
-
- see
-
-
-
- Instantiate a Pkcs10CertificationRequest object with the necessary credentials.
-
- Name of Sig Alg.
- X509Name of subject eg OU="My unit." O="My Organisatioin" C="au"
- Public Key to be included in cert reqest.
- ASN1Set of Attributes.
-
- After the object is constructed use the and finally the
- SignRequest methods to finalize the request.
-
-
-
- simply return the cert entry for the private key
-
-
- Utility class for reencoding PKCS#12 files to definite length.
-
-
- Just re-encode the outer layer of the PKCS#12 file to definite length encoding.
-
- @param berPKCS12File - original PKCS#12 file
- @return a byte array representing the DER encoding of the PFX structure
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Re-encode the PKCS#12 structure to definite length encoding at the inner layer
- as well, recomputing the MAC accordingly.
-
- @param berPKCS12File - original PKCS12 file.
- @param provider - provider to use for MAC calculation.
- @return a byte array representing the DER encoding of the PFX structure.
- @throws IOException on parsing, encoding errors.
-
-
-
- A holding class for a PKCS#8 encrypted private key info object that allows for its decryption.
-
-
-
-
- Base constructor from a PKCS#8 EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo object.
-
- A PKCS#8 EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo object.
-
-
-
- Base constructor from a BER encoding of a PKCS#8 EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo object.
-
- A BER encoding of a PKCS#8 EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo objects.
-
-
-
- Returns the underlying ASN.1 structure inside this object.
-
- Return the EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo structure in this object.
-
-
-
- Returns a copy of the encrypted data in this structure.
-
- Return a copy of the encrypted data in this object.
-
-
-
- Return a binary ASN.1 encoding of the EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo structure in this object.
-
- A byte array containing the encoded object.
-
-
-
- Get a decryptor from the passed in provider and decrypt the encrypted private key info, returning the result.
-
- A provider to query for decryptors for the object.
- The decrypted private key info structure.
-
-
-
- Create the encrypted private key info using the passed in encryptor.
-
- The encryptor to use.
- An encrypted private key info containing the original private key info.
-
-
-
- Base exception for PKCS related issues.
-
-
-
-
- Base exception for parsing related issues in the PKCS namespace.
-
-
-
- Create a PrivateKeyInfo representation of a private key with attributes.
-
- @param privateKey the key to be encoded into the info object.
- @param attributes the set of attributes to be included.
- @return the appropriate PrivateKeyInfo
- @throws java.io.IOException on an error encoding the key
-
-
-
- Returns the revocationDate.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the certStatus.
-
-
-
- Returns an immutable Set of X.509 attribute certificate
- extensions that this PkixAttrCertChecker supports or
- null if no extensions are supported.
-
- Each element of the set is a String representing the
- Object Identifier (OID) of the X.509 extension that is supported.
-
-
- All X.509 attribute certificate extensions that a
- PkixAttrCertChecker might possibly be able to process
- should be included in the set.
-
-
- @return an immutable Set of X.509 extension OIDs (in
- String format) supported by this
- PkixAttrCertChecker, or null if no
- extensions are supported
-
-
- Performs checks on the specified attribute certificate. Every handled
- extension is rmeoved from the unresolvedCritExts
- collection.
-
- @param attrCert The attribute certificate to be checked.
- @param certPath The certificate path which belongs to the attribute
- certificate issuer public key certificate.
- @param holderCertPath The certificate path which belongs to the holder
- certificate.
- @param unresolvedCritExts a Collection of OID strings
- representing the current set of unresolved critical extensions
- @throws CertPathValidatorException if the specified attribute certificate
- does not pass the check.
-
-
- Returns a clone of this object.
-
- @return a copy of this PkixAttrCertChecker
-
-
- Build and validate a CertPath using the given parameter.
-
- @param params PKIXBuilderParameters object containing all information to
- build the CertPath
-
-
- CertPathValidatorSpi implementation for X.509 Attribute Certificates la RFC 3281.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.x509.ExtendedPkixParameters
-
-
- Validates an attribute certificate with the given certificate path.
-
-
- params must be an instance of
- ExtendedPkixParameters.
-
- The target constraints in the params must be an
- X509AttrCertStoreSelector with at least the attribute
- certificate criterion set. Obey that also target informations may be
- necessary to correctly validate this attribute certificate.
-
- The attribute certificate issuer must be added to the trusted attribute
- issuers with {@link ExtendedPkixParameters#setTrustedACIssuers(Set)}.
-
- @param certPath The certificate path which belongs to the attribute
- certificate issuer public key certificate.
- @param params The PKIX parameters.
- @return A PKIXCertPathValidatorResult of the result of
- validating the certPath.
- @throws InvalidAlgorithmParameterException if params is
- inappropriate for this validator.
- @throws CertPathValidatorException if the verification fails.
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixBuilderParameters.
-
-
-
- Returns an instance of PkixBuilderParameters.
-
- This method can be used to get a copy from other
- PKIXBuilderParameters, PKIXParameters,
- and ExtendedPKIXParameters instances.
-
-
- @param pkixParams The PKIX parameters to create a copy of.
- @return An PkixBuilderParameters instance.
-
-
-
- Excluded certificates are not used for building a certification path.
-
- the excluded certificates.
-
-
-
- Sets the excluded certificates which are not used for building a
- certification path. If the ISet is null an
- empty set is assumed.
-
-
- The given set is cloned to protect it against subsequent modifications.
-
- The excluded certificates to set.
-
-
- Can alse handle ExtendedPKIXBuilderParameters and
- PKIXBuilderParameters.
-
- @param params Parameters to set.
- @see org.bouncycastle.x509.ExtendedPKIXParameters#setParams(java.security.cert.PKIXParameters)
-
-
- Makes a copy of this PKIXParameters object. Changes to the
- copy will not affect the original and vice versa.
-
- @return a copy of this PKIXParameters object
-
-
- An immutable sequence of certificates (a certification path).
-
- This is an abstract class that defines the methods common to all CertPaths.
- Subclasses can handle different kinds of certificates (X.509, PGP, etc.).
-
- All CertPath objects have a type, a list of Certificates, and one or more
- supported encodings. Because the CertPath class is immutable, a CertPath
- cannot change in any externally visible way after being constructed. This
- stipulation applies to all public fields and methods of this class and any
- added or overridden by subclasses.
-
- The type is a string that identifies the type of Certificates in the
- certification path. For each certificate cert in a certification path
- certPath, cert.getType().equals(certPath.getType()) must be true.
-
- The list of Certificates is an ordered List of zero or more Certificates.
- This List and all of the Certificates contained in it must be immutable.
-
- Each CertPath object must support one or more encodings so that the object
- can be translated into a byte array for storage or transmission to other
- parties. Preferably, these encodings should be well-documented standards
- (such as PKCS#7). One of the encodings supported by a CertPath is considered
- the default encoding. This encoding is used if no encoding is explicitly
- requested (for the {@link #getEncoded()} method, for instance).
-
- All CertPath objects are also Serializable. CertPath objects are resolved
- into an alternate {@link CertPathRep} object during serialization. This
- allows a CertPath object to be serialized into an equivalent representation
- regardless of its underlying implementation.
-
- CertPath objects can be created with a CertificateFactory or they can be
- returned by other classes, such as a CertPathBuilder.
-
- By convention, X.509 CertPaths (consisting of X509Certificates), are ordered
- starting with the target certificate and ending with a certificate issued by
- the trust anchor. That is, the issuer of one certificate is the subject of
- the following one. The certificate representing the
- {@link TrustAnchor TrustAnchor} should not be included in the certification
- path. Unvalidated X.509 CertPaths may not follow these conventions. PKIX
- CertPathValidators will detect any departure from these conventions that
- cause the certification path to be invalid and throw a
- CertPathValidatorException.
-
- Concurrent Access
-
- All CertPath objects must be thread-safe. That is, multiple threads may
- concurrently invoke the methods defined in this class on a single CertPath
- object (or more than one) with no ill effects. This is also true for the List
- returned by CertPath.getCertificates.
-
- Requiring CertPath objects to be immutable and thread-safe allows them to be
- passed around to various pieces of code without worrying about coordinating
- access. Providing this thread-safety is generally not difficult, since the
- CertPath and List objects in question are immutable.
-
- @see CertificateFactory
- @see CertPathBuilder
-
- CertPath implementation for X.509 certificates.
-
-
-
- @param certs
-
-
- Creates a CertPath of the specified type.
- This constructor is protected because most users should use
- a CertificateFactory to create CertPaths.
- @param type the standard name of the type of Certificatesin this path
-
-
-
- Creates a CertPath of the specified type.
- This constructor is protected because most users should use
- a CertificateFactory to create CertPaths.
-
- @param type the standard name of the type of Certificatesin this path
-
-
-
- Returns an iteration of the encodings supported by this
- certification path, with the default encoding
- first. Attempts to modify the returned Iterator via its
- remove method result in an UnsupportedOperationException.
-
- @return an Iterator over the names of the supported encodings (as Strings)
-
-
-
- Compares this certification path for equality with the specified object.
- Two CertPaths are equal if and only if their types are equal and their
- certificate Lists (and by implication the Certificates in those Lists)
- are equal. A CertPath is never equal to an object that is not a CertPath.
-
- This algorithm is implemented by this method. If it is overridden, the
- behavior specified here must be maintained.
-
- @param other
- the object to test for equality with this certification path
-
- @return true if the specified object is equal to this certification path,
- false otherwise
-
- @see Object#hashCode() Object.hashCode()
-
-
- Returns the encoded form of this certification path, using
- the default encoding.
-
- @return the encoded bytes
- @exception CertificateEncodingException if an encoding error occurs
-
-
-
- Returns the encoded form of this certification path, using
- the specified encoding.
-
- @param encoding the name of the encoding to use
- @return the encoded bytes
- @exception CertificateEncodingException if an encoding error
- occurs or the encoding requested is not supported
-
-
-
-
- Returns the list of certificates in this certification
- path.
-
-
-
- Return a DERObject containing the encoded certificate.
-
- @param cert the X509Certificate object to be encoded
-
- @return the DERObject
-
-
-
- Implements the PKIX CertPathBuilding algorithm for BouncyCastle.
-
- @see CertPathBuilderSpi
-
-
- Build and validate a CertPath using the given parameter.
-
- @param params PKIXBuilderParameters object containing all information to
- build the CertPath
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixCertPathBuilderException.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixCertPathBuilderResult.
-
-
-
- * Initializes the internal state of this PKIXCertPathChecker.
- *
- * The forward flag specifies the order that certificates
- * will be passed to the {@link #check check} method (forward or reverse). A
- * PKIXCertPathChecker must support reverse checking
- * and may support forward checking.
- *
- *
- * @param forward
- * the order that certificates are presented to the
- * check method. If true,
- * certificates are presented from target to most-trusted CA
- * (forward); if false, from most-trusted CA to
- * target (reverse).
- * @exception CertPathValidatorException
- * if this PKIXCertPathChecker is unable to
- * check certificates in the specified order; it should never
- * be thrown if the forward flag is false since reverse
- * checking must be supported
-
-
- Indicates if forward checking is supported. Forward checking refers to
- the ability of the PKIXCertPathChecker to perform its
- checks when certificates are presented to the check method
- in the forward direction (from target to most-trusted CA).
-
- @return true if forward checking is supported,
- false otherwise
-
-
- * Returns an immutable Set of X.509 certificate extensions
- * that this PKIXCertPathChecker supports (i.e. recognizes,
- * is able to process), or null if no extensions are
- * supported.
- *
- * Each element of the set is a String representing the
- * Object Identifier (OID) of the X.509 extension that is supported. The OID
- * is represented by a set of nonnegative integers separated by periods.
- *
- * All X.509 certificate extensions that a PKIXCertPathChecker
- * might possibly be able to process should be included in the set.
- *
- *
- * @return an immutable Set of X.509 extension OIDs (in
- * String format) supported by this
- * PKIXCertPathChecker, or null if no
- * extensions are supported
-
-
- Performs the check(s) on the specified certificate using its internal
- state and removes any critical extensions that it processes from the
- specified collection of OID strings that represent the unresolved
- critical extensions. The certificates are presented in the order
- specified by the init method.
-
- @param cert
- the Certificate to be checked
- @param unresolvedCritExts
- a Collection of OID strings representing the
- current set of unresolved critical extensions
- @exception CertPathValidatorException
- if the specified certificate does not pass the check
-
-
- Returns a clone of this object. Calls the Object.clone()
- method. All subclasses which maintain state must support and override
- this method, if necessary.
-
- @return a copy of this PKIXCertPathChecker
-
-
- The Service Provider Interface (SPI)
- for the {@link CertPathValidator CertPathValidator} class. All
- CertPathValidator implementations must include a class (the
- SPI class) that extends this class (CertPathValidatorSpi)
- and implements all of its methods. In general, instances of this class
- should only be accessed through the CertPathValidator class.
- For details, see the Java Cryptography Architecture.
-
- Concurrent Access
-
- Instances of this class need not be protected against concurrent
- access from multiple threads. Threads that need to access a single
- CertPathValidatorSpi instance concurrently should synchronize
- amongst themselves and provide the necessary locking before calling the
- wrapping CertPathValidator object.
-
- However, implementations of CertPathValidatorSpi may still
- encounter concurrency issues, since multiple threads each
- manipulating a different CertPathValidatorSpi instance need not
- synchronize.
-
- CertPathValidatorSpi implementation for X.509 Certificate validation a la RFC
- 3280.
-
-
-
- An exception indicating one of a variety of problems encountered when
- validating a certification path.
-
- A CertPathValidatorException provides support for wrapping
- exceptions. The {@link #getCause getCause} method returns the throwable,
- if any, that caused this exception to be thrown.
-
- A CertPathValidatorException may also include the
- certification path that was being validated when the exception was thrown
- and the index of the certificate in the certification path that caused the
- exception to be thrown. Use the {@link #getCertPath getCertPath} and
- {@link #getIndex getIndex} methods to retrieve this information.
-
- Concurrent Access
-
- Unless otherwise specified, the methods defined in this class are not
- thread-safe. Multiple threads that need to access a single
- object concurrently should synchronize amongst themselves and
- provide the necessary locking. Multiple threads each manipulating
- separate objects need not synchronize.
-
- @see CertPathValidator
-
-
-
-
- Creates a PkixCertPathValidatorException with the given detail
- message. A detail message is a String that describes this
- particular exception.
-
- the detail message
-
-
-
- Creates a PkixCertPathValidatorException with the specified
- detail message and cause.
-
- the detail message
- the cause (which is saved for later retrieval by the
- {@link #getCause getCause()} method). (A null
- value is permitted, and indicates that the cause is
- nonexistent or unknown.)
-
-
-
- Creates a PkixCertPathValidatorException with the specified
- detail message, cause, certification path, and index.
-
- the detail message (or null if none)
- the cause (or null if none)
- the certification path that was in the process of being
- validated when the error was encountered
- the index of the certificate in the certification path that *
-
-
-
- Returns the detail message for this CertPathValidatorException.
-
- the detail message, or null if neither the message nor cause were specified
-
-
- Returns the certification path that was being validated when the
- exception was thrown.
-
- @return the CertPath that was being validated when the
- exception was thrown (or null if not specified)
-
-
- Returns the index of the certificate in the certification path that
- caused the exception to be thrown. Note that the list of certificates in
- a CertPath is zero based. If no index has been set, -1 is
- returned.
-
- @return the index that has been set, or -1 if none has been set
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixCertPathValidatorResult.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixCertPathValidatorUtilities.
-
-
-
-
- key usage bits
-
-
-
-
- Search the given Set of TrustAnchor's for one that is the
- issuer of the given X509 certificate.
-
- the X509 certificate
- a Set of TrustAnchor's
- the TrustAnchor object if found or
- null if not.
-
- @exception
-
-
-
- Returns the issuer of an attribute certificate or certificate.
-
- The attribute certificate or certificate.
- The issuer as X500Principal.
-
-
- Return the next working key inheriting DSA parameters if necessary.
-
- This methods inherits DSA parameters from the indexed certificate or
- previous certificates in the certificate chain to the returned
- PublicKey. The list is searched upwards, meaning the end
- certificate is at position 0 and previous certificates are following.
-
-
- If the indexed certificate does not contain a DSA key this method simply
- returns the public key. If the DSA key already contains DSA parameters
- the key is also only returned.
-
-
- @param certs The certification path.
- @param index The index of the certificate which contains the public key
- which should be extended with DSA parameters.
- @return The public key of the certificate in list position
- index extended with DSA parameters if applicable.
- @throws Exception if DSA parameters cannot be inherited.
-
-
-
- Return a Collection of all certificates or attribute certificates found
- in the X509Store's that are matching the certSelect criteriums.
-
- a {@link Selector} object that will be used to select
- the certificates
- a List containing only X509Store objects. These
- are used to search for certificates.
- a Collection of all found or
- objects.
- May be empty but never null.
-
-
-
- Add the CRL issuers from the cRLIssuer field of the distribution point or
- from the certificate if not given to the issuer criterion of the
- selector.
-
- The issuerPrincipals are a collection with a single
- X500Principal for X509Certificates. For
- {@link X509AttributeCertificate}s the issuer may contain more than one
- X500Principal.
-
-
- @param dp The distribution point.
- @param issuerPrincipals The issuers of the certificate or attribute
- certificate which contains the distribution point.
- @param selector The CRL selector.
- @param pkixParams The PKIX parameters containing the cert stores.
- @throws Exception if an exception occurs while processing.
- @throws ClassCastException if issuerPrincipals does not
- contain only X500Principals.
-
-
- Fetches complete CRLs according to RFC 3280.
-
- @param dp The distribution point for which the complete CRL
- @param cert The X509Certificate or
- {@link org.bouncycastle.x509.X509AttributeCertificate} for
- which the CRL should be searched.
- @param currentDate The date for which the delta CRLs must be valid.
- @param paramsPKIX The extended PKIX parameters.
- @return A Set of X509CRLs with complete
- CRLs.
- @throws Exception if an exception occurs while picking the CRLs
- or no CRLs are found.
-
-
- Fetches delta CRLs according to RFC 3280 section 5.2.4.
-
- @param currentDate The date for which the delta CRLs must be valid.
- @param paramsPKIX The extended PKIX parameters.
- @param completeCRL The complete CRL the delta CRL is for.
- @return A Set of X509CRLs with delta CRLs.
- @throws Exception if an exception occurs while picking the delta
- CRLs.
-
-
- Find the issuer certificates of a given certificate.
-
- @param cert
- The certificate for which an issuer should be found.
- @param pkixParams
- @return A Collection object containing the issuer
- X509Certificates. Never null.
-
- @exception Exception
- if an error occurs.
-
-
-
- Extract the value of the given extension, if it exists.
-
- The extension object.
- The object identifier to obtain.
- Asn1Object
- if the extension cannot be read.
-
-
-
- crl checking
- Return a Collection of all CRLs found in the X509Store's that are
- matching the crlSelect criteriums.
-
- a {@link X509CRLStoreSelector} object that will be used
- to select the CRLs
- a List containing only {@link org.bouncycastle.x509.X509Store
- X509Store} objects. These are used to search for CRLs
- a Collection of all found {@link X509CRL X509CRL} objects. May be
- empty but never null.
-
-
-
- Returns the intersection of the permitted IP ranges in
- permitted with ip.
-
- @param permitted A Set of permitted IP addresses with
- their subnet mask as byte arrays.
- @param ips The IP address with its subnet mask.
- @return The Set of permitted IP ranges intersected with
- ip.
-
-
- Returns the union of the excluded IP ranges in excluded
- with ip.
-
- @param excluded A Set of excluded IP addresses with their
- subnet mask as byte arrays.
- @param ip The IP address with its subnet mask.
- @return The Set of excluded IP ranges unified with
- ip as byte arrays.
-
-
- Calculates the union if two IP ranges.
-
- @param ipWithSubmask1 The first IP address with its subnet mask.
- @param ipWithSubmask2 The second IP address with its subnet mask.
- @return A Set with the union of both addresses.
-
-
- Calculates the interesction if two IP ranges.
-
- @param ipWithSubmask1 The first IP address with its subnet mask.
- @param ipWithSubmask2 The second IP address with its subnet mask.
- @return A Set with the single IP address with its subnet
- mask as a byte array or an empty Set.
-
-
- Concatenates the IP address with its subnet mask.
-
- @param ip The IP address.
- @param subnetMask Its subnet mask.
- @return The concatenated IP address with its subnet mask.
-
-
- Splits the IP addresses and their subnet mask.
-
- @param ipWithSubmask1 The first IP address with the subnet mask.
- @param ipWithSubmask2 The second IP address with the subnet mask.
- @return An array with two elements. Each element contains the IP address
- and the subnet mask in this order.
-
-
- Based on the two IP addresses and their subnet masks the IP range is
- computed for each IP address - subnet mask pair and returned as the
- minimum IP address and the maximum address of the range.
-
- @param ip1 The first IP address.
- @param subnetmask1 The subnet mask of the first IP address.
- @param ip2 The second IP address.
- @param subnetmask2 The subnet mask of the second IP address.
- @return A array with two elements. The first/second element contains the
- min and max IP address of the first/second IP address and its
- subnet mask.
-
-
- Checks if the IP address ip is constrained by
- constraint.
-
- @param constraint The constraint. This is an IP address concatenated with
- its subnetmask.
- @param ip The IP address.
- @return true if constrained, false
- otherwise.
-
-
- Checks if the IP ip is included in the permitted ISet
- permitted.
-
- @param permitted A Set of permitted IP addresses with
- their subnet mask as byte arrays.
- @param ip The IP address.
- @throws PkixNameConstraintValidatorException
- if the IP is not permitted.
-
-
- Checks if the IP ip is included in the excluded ISet
- excluded.
-
- @param excluded A Set of excluded IP addresses with their
- subnet mask as byte arrays.
- @param ip The IP address.
- @throws PkixNameConstraintValidatorException
- if the IP is excluded.
-
-
- The common part of email1 and email2 is
- added to the union union. If email1 and
- email2 have nothing in common they are added both.
-
- @param email1 Email address constraint 1.
- @param email2 Email address constraint 2.
- @param union The union.
-
-
- The most restricting part from email1 and
- email2 is added to the intersection intersect.
-
- @param email1 Email address constraint 1.
- @param email2 Email address constraint 2.
- @param intersect The intersection.
-
-
- Checks if the given GeneralName is in the permitted ISet.
-
- @param name The GeneralName
- @throws PkixNameConstraintValidatorException
- If the name
-
-
- Check if the given GeneralName is contained in the excluded ISet.
-
- @param name The GeneralName.
- @throws PkixNameConstraintValidatorException
- If the name is
- excluded.
-
-
- Updates the permitted ISet of these name constraints with the intersection
- with the given subtree.
-
- @param permitted The permitted subtrees
-
-
- Adds a subtree to the excluded ISet of these name constraints.
-
- @param subtree A subtree with an excluded GeneralName.
-
-
- Returns the maximum IP address.
-
- @param ip1 The first IP address.
- @param ip2 The second IP address.
- @return The maximum IP address.
-
-
- Returns the minimum IP address.
-
- @param ip1 The first IP address.
- @param ip2 The second IP address.
- @return The minimum IP address.
-
-
- Compares IP address ip1 with ip2. If ip1
- is equal to ip2 0 is returned. If ip1 is bigger 1 is returned, -1
- otherwise.
-
- @param ip1 The first IP address.
- @param ip2 The second IP address.
- @return 0 if ip1 is equal to ip2, 1 if ip1 is bigger, -1 otherwise.
-
-
- Returns the logical OR of the IP addresses ip1 and
- ip2.
-
- @param ip1 The first IP address.
- @param ip2 The second IP address.
- @return The OR of ip1 and ip2.
-
-
- Stringifies an IPv4 or v6 address with subnet mask.
-
- @param ip The IP with subnet mask.
- @return The stringified IP address.
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixParameters.
-
-
-
- This is the default PKIX validity model. Actually there are two variants
- of this: The PKIX model and the modified PKIX model. The PKIX model
- verifies that all involved certificates must have been valid at the
- current time. The modified PKIX model verifies that all involved
- certificates were valid at the signing time. Both are indirectly choosen
- with the {@link PKIXParameters#setDate(java.util.Date)} method, so this
- methods sets the Date when all certificates must have been
- valid.
-
-
- This model uses the following validity model. Each certificate must have
- been valid at the moment where is was used. That means the end
- certificate must have been valid at the time the signature was done. The
- CA certificate which signed the end certificate must have been valid,
- when the end certificate was signed. The CA (or Root CA) certificate must
- have been valid, when the CA certificate was signed and so on. So the
- {@link PKIXParameters#setDate(java.util.Date)} method sets the time, when
- the end certificate must have been valid. It is used e.g.
- in the German signature law.
-
-
- Creates an instance of PKIXParameters with the specified Set of
- most-trusted CAs. Each element of the set is a TrustAnchor.
-
- Note that the Set is copied to protect against subsequent modifications.
-
- @param trustAnchors
- a Set of TrustAnchors
-
- @exception InvalidAlgorithmParameterException
- if the specified Set is empty
- (trustAnchors.isEmpty() == true)
- @exception NullPointerException
- if the specified Set is null
- @exception ClassCastException
- if any of the elements in the Set are not of type
- java.security.cert.TrustAnchor
-
-
- Returns the required constraints on the target certificate. The
- constraints are returned as an instance of CertSelector. If
- null, no constraints are defined.
-
- Note that the CertSelector returned is cloned to protect against
- subsequent modifications.
-
- @return a CertSelector specifying the constraints on the target
- certificate (or null)
-
- @see #setTargetCertConstraints(CertSelector)
-
-
- Sets the required constraints on the target certificate. The constraints
- are specified as an instance of CertSelector. If null, no constraints are
- defined.
-
- Note that the CertSelector specified is cloned to protect against
- subsequent modifications.
-
- @param selector
- a CertSelector specifying the constraints on the target
- certificate (or null)
-
- @see #getTargetCertConstraints()
-
-
- Returns an immutable Set of initial policy identifiers (OID strings),
- indicating that any one of these policies would be acceptable to the
- certificate user for the purposes of certification path processing. The
- default return value is an empty Set, which is
- interpreted as meaning that any policy would be acceptable.
-
- @return an immutable Set of initial policy OIDs in String
- format, or an empty Set (implying any policy is
- acceptable). Never returns null.
-
- @see #setInitialPolicies(java.util.Set)
-
-
- Sets the Set of initial policy identifiers (OID strings),
- indicating that any one of these policies would be acceptable to the
- certificate user for the purposes of certification path processing. By
- default, any policy is acceptable (i.e. all policies), so a user that
- wants to allow any policy as acceptable does not need to call this
- method, or can call it with an empty Set (or
- null).
-
- Note that the Set is copied to protect against subsequent modifications.
-
-
- @param initialPolicies
- a Set of initial policy OIDs in String format (or
- null)
-
- @exception ClassCastException
- if any of the elements in the set are not of type String
-
- @see #getInitialPolicies()
-
-
- Sets a List of additional certification path checkers. If
- the specified List contains an object that is not a PKIXCertPathChecker,
- it is ignored.
-
- Each PKIXCertPathChecker specified implements additional
- checks on a certificate. Typically, these are checks to process and
- verify private extensions contained in certificates. Each
- PKIXCertPathChecker should be instantiated with any
- initialization parameters needed to execute the check.
-
- This method allows sophisticated applications to extend a PKIX
- CertPathValidator or CertPathBuilder. Each
- of the specified PKIXCertPathCheckers will be called, in turn, by a PKIX
- CertPathValidator or CertPathBuilder for
- each certificate processed or validated.
-
- Regardless of whether these additional PKIXCertPathCheckers are set, a
- PKIX CertPathValidator or CertPathBuilder
- must perform all of the required PKIX checks on each certificate. The one
- exception to this rule is if the RevocationEnabled flag is set to false
- (see the {@link #setRevocationEnabled(boolean) setRevocationEnabled}
- method).
-
- Note that the List supplied here is copied and each PKIXCertPathChecker
- in the list is cloned to protect against subsequent modifications.
-
- @param checkers
- a List of PKIXCertPathCheckers. May be null, in which case no
- additional checkers will be used.
- @exception ClassCastException
- if any of the elements in the list are not of type
- java.security.cert.PKIXCertPathChecker
- @see #getCertPathCheckers()
-
-
- Returns the List of certification path checkers. Each PKIXCertPathChecker
- in the returned IList is cloned to protect against subsequent modifications.
-
- @return an immutable List of PKIXCertPathCheckers (may be empty, but not
- null)
-
- @see #setCertPathCheckers(java.util.List)
-
-
- Adds a PKIXCertPathChecker to the list of certification
- path checkers. See the {@link #setCertPathCheckers setCertPathCheckers}
- method for more details.
-
- Note that the PKIXCertPathChecker is cloned to protect
- against subsequent modifications.
-
- @param checker a PKIXCertPathChecker to add to the list of
- checks. If null, the checker is ignored (not added to list).
-
-
- Method to support Clone() under J2ME.
- super.Clone() does not exist and fields are not copied.
-
- @param params Parameters to set. If this are
- ExtendedPkixParameters they are copied to.
-
-
- Whether delta CRLs should be used for checking the revocation status.
- Defaults to false.
-
-
- The validity model.
- @see #CHAIN_VALIDITY_MODEL
- @see #PKIX_VALIDITY_MODEL
-
-
- Sets the Bouncy Castle Stores for finding CRLs, certificates, attribute
- certificates or cross certificates.
-
- The IList is cloned.
-
-
- @param stores A list of stores to use.
- @see #getStores
- @throws ClassCastException if an element of stores is not
- a {@link Store}.
-
-
- Adds a Bouncy Castle {@link Store} to find CRLs, certificates, attribute
- certificates or cross certificates.
-
- This method should be used to add local stores, like collection based
- X.509 stores, if available. Local stores should be considered first,
- before trying to use additional (remote) locations, because they do not
- need possible additional network traffic.
-
- If store is null it is ignored.
-
-
- @param store The store to add.
- @see #getStores
-
-
- Adds an additional Bouncy Castle {@link Store} to find CRLs, certificates,
- attribute certificates or cross certificates.
-
- You should not use this method. This method is used for adding additional
- X.509 stores, which are used to add (remote) locations, e.g. LDAP, found
- during X.509 object processing, e.g. in certificates or CRLs. This method
- is used in PKIX certification path processing.
-
- If store is null it is ignored.
-
-
- @param store The store to add.
- @see #getStores()
-
-
- Returns an IList of additional Bouncy Castle
- Stores used for finding CRLs, certificates, attribute
- certificates or cross certificates.
-
- @return an immutable IList of additional Bouncy Castle
- Stores. Never null.
-
- @see #addAddionalStore(Store)
-
-
- Returns an IList of Bouncy Castle
- Stores used for finding CRLs, certificates, attribute
- certificates or cross certificates.
-
- @return an immutable IList of Bouncy Castle
- Stores. Never null.
-
- @see #setStores(IList)
-
-
- Returns if additional {@link X509Store}s for locations like LDAP found
- in certificates or CRLs should be used.
-
- @return Returns true if additional stores are used.
-
-
- Sets if additional {@link X509Store}s for locations like LDAP found in
- certificates or CRLs should be used.
-
- @param enabled true if additional stores are used.
-
-
- Returns the required constraints on the target certificate or attribute
- certificate. The constraints are returned as an instance of
- IX509Selector. If null, no constraints are
- defined.
-
-
- The target certificate in a PKIX path may be a certificate or an
- attribute certificate.
-
- Note that the IX509Selector returned is cloned to protect
- against subsequent modifications.
-
- @return a IX509Selector specifying the constraints on the
- target certificate or attribute certificate (or null)
- @see #setTargetConstraints
- @see X509CertStoreSelector
- @see X509AttributeCertStoreSelector
-
-
- Sets the required constraints on the target certificate or attribute
- certificate. The constraints are specified as an instance of
- IX509Selector. If null, no constraints are
- defined.
-
- The target certificate in a PKIX path may be a certificate or an
- attribute certificate.
-
- Note that the IX509Selector specified is cloned to protect
- against subsequent modifications.
-
-
- @param selector a IX509Selector specifying the constraints on
- the target certificate or attribute certificate (or
- null)
- @see #getTargetConstraints
- @see X509CertStoreSelector
- @see X509AttributeCertStoreSelector
-
-
- Returns the trusted attribute certificate issuers. If attribute
- certificates is verified the trusted AC issuers must be set.
-
- The returned ISet consists of TrustAnchors.
-
- The returned ISet is immutable. Never null
-
-
- @return Returns an immutable set of the trusted AC issuers.
-
-
- Sets the trusted attribute certificate issuers. If attribute certificates
- is verified the trusted AC issuers must be set.
-
- The trustedACIssuers must be a ISet of
- TrustAnchor
-
- The given set is cloned.
-
-
- @param trustedACIssuers The trusted AC issuers to set. Is never
- null.
- @throws ClassCastException if an element of stores is not
- a TrustAnchor.
-
-
- Returns the necessary attributes which must be contained in an attribute
- certificate.
-
- The returned ISet is immutable and contains
- Strings with the OIDs.
-
-
- @return Returns the necessary AC attributes.
-
-
- Sets the necessary which must be contained in an attribute certificate.
-
- The ISet must contain Strings with the
- OIDs.
-
- The set is cloned.
-
-
- @param necessaryACAttributes The necessary AC attributes to set.
- @throws ClassCastException if an element of
- necessaryACAttributes is not a
- String.
-
-
- Returns the attribute certificates which are not allowed.
-
- The returned ISet is immutable and contains
- Strings with the OIDs.
-
-
- @return Returns the prohibited AC attributes. Is never null.
-
-
- Sets the attribute certificates which are not allowed.
-
- The ISet must contain Strings with the
- OIDs.
-
- The set is cloned.
-
-
- @param prohibitedACAttributes The prohibited AC attributes to set.
- @throws ClassCastException if an element of
- prohibitedACAttributes is not a
- String.
-
-
- Returns the attribute certificate checker. The returned set contains
- {@link PKIXAttrCertChecker}s and is immutable.
-
- @return Returns the attribute certificate checker. Is never
- null.
-
-
- Sets the attribute certificate checkers.
-
- All elements in the ISet must a {@link PKIXAttrCertChecker}.
-
-
- The given set is cloned.
-
-
- @param attrCertCheckers The attribute certificate checkers to set. Is
- never null.
- @throws ClassCastException if an element of attrCertCheckers
- is not a PKIXAttrCertChecker.
-
-
-
- Summary description for PkixPolicyNode.
-
-
-
- Constructors
-
-
-
- This class helps to handle CRL revocation reasons mask. Each CRL handles a
- certain set of revocation reasons.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs are reason mask with the reasons.
-
- The reasons.
-
-
-
- A reason mask with no reason.
-
-
-
-
- A mask with all revocation reasons.
-
-
-
- Adds all reasons from the reasons mask to this mask.
-
- @param mask The reasons mask to add.
-
-
-
- Returns true if this reasons mask contains all possible
- reasons.
-
- true if this reasons mask contains all possible reasons.
-
-
-
-
- Intersects this mask with the given reasons mask.
-
- mask The mask to intersect with.
- The intersection of this and teh given mask.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the passed reasons mask has new reasons.
-
- The reasons mask which should be tested for new reasons.
- true if the passed reasons mask has new reasons.
-
-
-
- Returns the reasons in this mask.
-
-
-
- If the complete CRL includes an issuing distribution point (IDP) CRL
- extension check the following:
-
- (i) If the distribution point name is present in the IDP CRL extension
- and the distribution field is present in the DP, then verify that one of
- the names in the IDP matches one of the names in the DP. If the
- distribution point name is present in the IDP CRL extension and the
- distribution field is omitted from the DP, then verify that one of the
- names in the IDP matches one of the names in the cRLIssuer field of the
- DP.
-
-
- (ii) If the onlyContainsUserCerts boolean is asserted in the IDP CRL
- extension, verify that the certificate does not include the basic
- constraints extension with the cA boolean asserted.
-
-
- (iii) If the onlyContainsCACerts boolean is asserted in the IDP CRL
- extension, verify that the certificate includes the basic constraints
- extension with the cA boolean asserted.
-
-
- (iv) Verify that the onlyContainsAttributeCerts boolean is not asserted.
-
-
- @param dp The distribution point.
- @param cert The certificate.
- @param crl The CRL.
- @throws AnnotatedException if one of the conditions is not met or an error occurs.
-
-
- If the DP includes cRLIssuer, then verify that the issuer field in the
- complete CRL matches cRLIssuer in the DP and that the complete CRL
- contains an
- g distribution point extension with the indirectCRL
- boolean asserted. Otherwise, verify that the CRL issuer matches the
- certificate issuer.
-
- @param dp The distribution point.
- @param cert The certificate ot attribute certificate.
- @param crl The CRL for cert.
- @throws AnnotatedException if one of the above conditions does not apply or an error
- occurs.
-
-
- Obtain and validate the certification path for the complete CRL issuer.
- If a key usage extension is present in the CRL issuer's certificate,
- verify that the cRLSign bit is set.
-
- @param crl CRL which contains revocation information for the certificate
- cert.
- @param cert The attribute certificate or certificate to check if it is
- revoked.
- @param defaultCRLSignCert The issuer certificate of the certificate cert.
- @param defaultCRLSignKey The public key of the issuer certificate
- defaultCRLSignCert.
- @param paramsPKIX paramsPKIX PKIX parameters.
- @param certPathCerts The certificates on the certification path.
- @return A Set with all keys of possible CRL issuer
- certificates.
- @throws AnnotatedException if the CRL is not valid or the status cannot be checked or
- some error occurs.
-
-
- Checks a distribution point for revocation information for the
- certificate cert.
-
- @param dp The distribution point to consider.
- @param paramsPKIX PKIX parameters.
- @param cert Certificate to check if it is revoked.
- @param validDate The date when the certificate revocation status should be
- checked.
- @param defaultCRLSignCert The issuer certificate of the certificate cert.
- @param defaultCRLSignKey The public key of the issuer certificate
- defaultCRLSignCert.
- @param certStatus The current certificate revocation status.
- @param reasonMask The reasons mask which is already checked.
- @param certPathCerts The certificates of the certification path.
- @throws AnnotatedException if the certificate is revoked or the status cannot be checked
- or some error occurs.
-
-
- Checks a certificate if it is revoked.
-
- @param paramsPKIX PKIX parameters.
- @param cert Certificate to check if it is revoked.
- @param validDate The date when the certificate revocation status should be
- checked.
- @param sign The issuer certificate of the certificate cert.
- @param workingPublicKey The public key of the issuer certificate sign.
- @param certPathCerts The certificates of the certification path.
- @throws AnnotatedException if the certificate is revoked or the status cannot be checked
- or some error occurs.
-
-
- If use-deltas is set, verify the issuer and scope of the delta CRL.
-
- @param deltaCRL The delta CRL.
- @param completeCRL The complete CRL.
- @param pkixParams The PKIX paramaters.
- @throws AnnotatedException if an exception occurs.
-
-
- Checks if an attribute certificate is revoked.
-
- @param attrCert Attribute certificate to check if it is revoked.
- @param paramsPKIX PKIX parameters.
- @param issuerCert The issuer certificate of the attribute certificate
- attrCert.
- @param validDate The date when the certificate revocation status should
- be checked.
- @param certPathCerts The certificates of the certification path to be
- checked.
-
- @throws CertPathValidatorException if the certificate is revoked or the
- status cannot be checked or some error occurs.
-
-
- Searches for a holder public key certificate and verifies its
- certification path.
-
- @param attrCert the attribute certificate.
- @param pkixParams The PKIX parameters.
- @return The certificate path of the holder certificate.
- @throws Exception if
-
- - no public key certificate can be found although holder
- information is given by an entity name or a base certificate
- ID
- - support classes cannot be created
- - no certification path for the public key certificate can
- be built
-
-
-
-
- Checks a distribution point for revocation information for the
- certificate attrCert.
-
- @param dp The distribution point to consider.
- @param attrCert The attribute certificate which should be checked.
- @param paramsPKIX PKIX parameters.
- @param validDate The date when the certificate revocation status should
- be checked.
- @param issuerCert Certificate to check if it is revoked.
- @param reasonMask The reasons mask which is already checked.
- @param certPathCerts The certificates of the certification path to be
- checked.
- @throws Exception if the certificate is revoked or the status
- cannot be checked or some error occurs.
-
-
-
- A trust anchor or most-trusted Certification Authority (CA).
-
- This class represents a "most-trusted CA", which is used as a trust anchor
- for validating X.509 certification paths. A most-trusted CA includes the
- public key of the CA, the CA's name, and any constraints upon the set of
- paths which may be validated using this key. These parameters can be
- specified in the form of a trusted X509Certificate or as individual
- parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of TrustAnchor with the specified X509Certificate and
- optional name constraints, which are intended to be used as additional
- constraints when validating an X.509 certification path.
- The name constraints are specified as a byte array. This byte array
- should contain the DER encoded form of the name constraints, as they
- would appear in the NameConstraints structure defined in RFC 2459 and
- X.509. The ASN.1 definition of this structure appears below.
-
-
- NameConstraints ::= SEQUENCE {
- permittedSubtrees [0] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL,
- excludedSubtrees [1] GeneralSubtrees OPTIONAL }
-
- GeneralSubtrees ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF GeneralSubtree
-
- GeneralSubtree ::= SEQUENCE {
- base GeneralName,
- minimum [0] BaseDistance DEFAULT 0,
- maximum [1] BaseDistance OPTIONAL }
-
- BaseDistance ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
-
- GeneralName ::= CHOICE {
- otherName [0] OtherName,
- rfc822Name [1] IA5String,
- dNSName [2] IA5String,
- x400Address [3] ORAddress,
- directoryName [4] Name,
- ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName,
- uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String,
- iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING,
- registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER}
-
-
- Note that the name constraints byte array supplied is cloned to protect
- against subsequent modifications.
-
- a trusted X509Certificate
- a byte array containing the ASN.1 DER encoding of a
- NameConstraints extension to be used for checking name
- constraints. Only the value of the extension is included, not
- the OID or criticality flag. Specify null to omit the
- parameter.
- if the specified X509Certificate is null
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of TrustAnchor where the
- most-trusted CA is specified as an X500Principal and public key.
-
-
-
- Name constraints are an optional parameter, and are intended to be used
- as additional constraints when validating an X.509 certification path.
-
- The name constraints are specified as a byte array. This byte array
- contains the DER encoded form of the name constraints, as they
- would appear in the NameConstraints structure defined in RFC 2459
- and X.509. The ASN.1 notation for this structure is supplied in the
- documentation for the other constructors.
-
- Note that the name constraints byte array supplied here is cloned to
- protect against subsequent modifications.
-
-
- the name of the most-trusted CA as X509Name
- the public key of the most-trusted CA
-
- a byte array containing the ASN.1 DER encoding of a NameConstraints extension to
- be used for checking name constraints. Only the value of the extension is included,
- not the OID or criticality flag. Specify null to omit the parameter.
-
-
- if caPrincipal or pubKey is null
-
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of TrustAnchor where the most-trusted
- CA is specified as a distinguished name and public key. Name constraints
- are an optional parameter, and are intended to be used as additional
- constraints when validating an X.509 certification path.
-
- The name constraints are specified as a byte array. This byte array
- contains the DER encoded form of the name constraints, as they would
- appear in the NameConstraints structure defined in RFC 2459 and X.509.
-
- the X.500 distinguished name of the most-trusted CA in RFC
- 2253 string format
- the public key of the most-trusted CA
- a byte array containing the ASN.1 DER encoding of a
- NameConstraints extension to be used for checking name
- constraints. Only the value of the extension is included, not
- the OID or criticality flag. Specify null to omit the
- parameter.
- throws NullPointerException, IllegalArgumentException
-
-
-
- Returns the most-trusted CA certificate.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the most-trusted CA as an X509Name.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the most-trusted CA in RFC 2253 string format.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the public key of the most-trusted CA.
-
-
-
-
- Decode the name constraints and clone them if not null.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a formatted string describing the TrustAnchor.
-
- a formatted string describing the TrustAnchor
-
-
- Base class for an RFC 3161 Time Stamp Request.
-
-
- Create a TimeStampRequest from the past in byte array.
-
- @param req byte array containing the request.
- @throws IOException if the request is malformed.
-
-
- Create a TimeStampRequest from the past in input stream.
-
- @param in input stream containing the request.
- @throws IOException if the request is malformed.
-
-
- Validate the timestamp request, checking the digest to see if it is of an
- accepted type and whether it is of the correct length for the algorithm specified.
-
- @param algorithms a set of string OIDS giving accepted algorithms.
- @param policies if non-null a set of policies we are willing to sign under.
- @param extensions if non-null a set of extensions we are willing to accept.
- @throws TspException if the request is invalid, or processing fails.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- Generator for RFC 3161 Time Stamp Request objects.
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 3)
- @throws IOException
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag
- The value parameter becomes the contents of the octet string associated
- with the extension.
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 3)
- @throws IOException
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag
- The value parameter becomes the contents of the octet string associated
- with the extension.
-
-
- Base class for an RFC 3161 Time Stamp Response object.
-
-
- Create a TimeStampResponse from a byte array containing an ASN.1 encoding.
-
- @param resp the byte array containing the encoded response.
- @throws TspException if the response is malformed.
- @throws IOException if the byte array doesn't represent an ASN.1 encoding.
-
-
- Create a TimeStampResponse from an input stream containing an ASN.1 encoding.
-
- @param input the input stream containing the encoded response.
- @throws TspException if the response is malformed.
- @throws IOException if the stream doesn't represent an ASN.1 encoding.
-
-
- Check this response against to see if it a well formed response for
- the passed in request. Validation will include checking the time stamp
- token if the response status is GRANTED or GRANTED_WITH_MODS.
-
- @param request the request to be checked against
- @throws TspException if the request can not match this response.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object.
-
-
- Generator for RFC 3161 Time Stamp Responses.
-
-
- Return an appropriate TimeStampResponse.
-
- If genTime is null a timeNotAvailable error response will be returned.
-
- @param request the request this response is for.
- @param serialNumber serial number for the response token.
- @param genTime generation time for the response token.
- @param provider provider to use for signature calculation.
- @return
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws NoSuchProviderException
- @throws TSPException
-
-
-
- Generate a TimeStampResponse with chosen status and FailInfoField.
-
- @param status the PKIStatus to set.
- @param failInfoField the FailInfoField to set.
- @param statusString an optional string describing the failure.
- @return a TimeStampResponse with a failInfoField and optional statusString
- @throws TSPException in case the response could not be created
-
-
- Validate the time stamp token.
-
- To be valid the token must be signed by the passed in certificate and
- the certificate must be the one referred to by the SigningCertificate
- attribute included in the hashed attributes of the token. The
- certificate must also have the ExtendedKeyUsageExtension with only
- KeyPurposeID.IdKPTimeStamping and have been valid at the time the
- timestamp was created.
-
-
- A successful call to validate means all the above are true.
-
-
-
- Return the underlying CmsSignedData object.
-
- @return the underlying CMS structure.
-
-
- Return a ASN.1 encoded byte stream representing the encoded object.
-
- @throws IOException if encoding fails.
-
-
- return the ASN.1 encoded representation of this object using the specified encoding.
-
- @param encoding the ASN.1 encoding format to use ("BER" or "DER").
-
-
- basic creation - only the default attributes will be included here.
-
-
- create with a signer with extra signed/unsigned attributes.
-
-
- @return the nonce value, null if there isn't one.
-
-
- Recognised hash algorithms for the time stamp protocol.
-
-
- Fetches the signature time-stamp attributes from a SignerInformation object.
- Checks that the MessageImprint for each time-stamp matches the signature field.
- (see RFC 3161 Appendix A).
-
- @param signerInfo a SignerInformation to search for time-stamps
- @return a collection of TimeStampToken objects
- @throws TSPValidationException
-
-
- Validate the passed in certificate as being of the correct type to be used
- for time stamping. To be valid it must have an ExtendedKeyUsage extension
- which has a key purpose identifier of id-kp-timeStamping.
-
- @param cert the certificate of interest.
- @throws TspValidationException if the certicate fails on one of the check points.
-
-
-
- Return the digest algorithm using one of the standard JCA string
- representations rather than the algorithm identifier (if possible).
-
-
-
- Exception thrown if a TSP request or response fails to validate.
-
- If a failure code is associated with the exception it can be retrieved using
- the getFailureCode() method.
-
-
- Return the failure code associated with this exception - if one is set.
-
- @return the failure code if set, -1 otherwise.
-
-
- General array utilities.
-
-
-
- Are two arrays equal.
-
- Left side.
- Right side.
- True if equal.
-
-
-
- A constant time equals comparison - does not terminate early if
- test will fail.
-
- first array
- second array
- true if arrays equal, false otherwise.
-
-
- Make a copy of a range of bytes from the passed in data array. The range can
- extend beyond the end of the input array, in which case the return array will
- be padded with zeroes.
-
- @param data the array from which the data is to be copied.
- @param from the start index at which the copying should take place.
- @param to the final index of the range (exclusive).
-
- @return a new byte array containing the range given.
-
-
- BigInteger utilities.
-
-
- Return the passed in value as an unsigned byte array.
-
- @param value the value to be converted.
- @return a byte array without a leading zero byte if present in the signed encoding.
-
-
- Return the passed in value as an unsigned byte array of the specified length, padded with
- leading zeros as necessary.
- @param length the fixed length of the result.
- @param n the value to be converted.
- @return a byte array padded to a fixed length with leading zeros.
-
-
- Write the passed in value as unsigned bytes to the specified buffer range, padded with
- leading zeros as necessary.
-
- @param value
- the value to be converted.
- @param buf
- the buffer to which the value is written.
- @param off
- the start offset in array buf at which the data is written.
- @param len
- the fixed length of data written (possibly padded with leading zeros).
-
-
-
- Creates a Random BigInteger from the secure random of a given bit length.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a random BigInteger not less than 'min' and not greater than 'max'
-
- @param min the least value that may be generated
- @param max the greatest value that may be generated
- @param random the source of randomness
- @return a random BigInteger value in the range [min,max]
-
-
-
- Return the number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (1 Jan., 1970 UTC) for a given DateTime value.
-
- A UTC DateTime value not before epoch.
- Number of whole milliseconds after epoch.
- 'dateTime' is before epoch.
-
-
-
- Create a DateTime value from the number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (1 Jan., 1970 UTC).
-
- Number of milliseconds since the epoch.
- A UTC DateTime value
-
-
-
- Return the current number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (1 Jan., 1970 UTC).
-
-
-
- encode the input data producing a base 64 encoded byte array.
-
- @return a byte array containing the base 64 encoded data.
-
-
- encode the input data producing a base 64 encoded byte array.
-
- @return a byte array containing the base 64 encoded data.
-
-
- Encode the byte data to base 64 writing it to the given output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- Encode the byte data to base 64 writing it to the given output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded input data. It is assumed the input data is valid.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded string data - whitespace will be ignored.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded string data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- encode the input data producing a base 64 output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded byte data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the base 64 encoded string data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
-
- A buffering class to allow translation from one format to another to
- be done in discrete chunks.
-
-
-
-
- Create a buffered Decoder.
-
- The translater to use.
- The size of the buffer.
-
-
-
- Process one byte of data.
-
- Data in.
- Byte array for the output.
- The offset in the output byte array to start writing from.
- The amount of output bytes.
-
-
-
- Process data from a byte array.
-
- The input data.
- Start position within input data array.
- Amount of data to process from input data array.
- Array to store output.
- Position in output array to start writing from.
- The amount of output bytes.
-
-
-
- A class that allows encoding of data using a specific encoder to be processed in chunks.
-
-
-
-
- Create.
-
- The translator to use.
- Size of the chunks.
-
-
-
- Process one byte of data.
-
- The byte.
- An array to store output in.
- Offset within output array to start writing from.
-
-
-
-
- Process data from a byte array.
-
- Input data Byte array containing data to be processed.
- Start position within input data array.
- Amount of input data to be processed.
- Output data array.
- Offset within output data array to start writing to.
- The amount of data written.
-
-
-
- Class to decode and encode Hex.
-
-
-
- encode the input data producing a Hex encoded byte array.
-
- @return a byte array containing the Hex encoded data.
-
-
- encode the input data producing a Hex encoded byte array.
-
- @return a byte array containing the Hex encoded data.
-
-
- Hex encode the byte data writing it to the given output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- Hex encode the byte data writing it to the given output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the Hex encoded input data. It is assumed the input data is valid.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- decode the Hex encoded string data - whitespace will be ignored.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- decode the Hex encoded string data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- Decode the hexadecimal-encoded string strictly i.e. any non-hexadecimal characters will be
- considered an error.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- Decode the hexadecimal-encoded string strictly i.e. any non-hexadecimal characters will be
- considered an error.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- encode the input data producing a Hex output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the Hex encoded byte data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the Hex encoded string data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
-
- A hex translator.
-
-
-
-
- Return encoded block size.
-
- 2
-
-
-
- Encode some data.
-
- Input data array.
- Start position within input data array.
- The amount of data to process.
- The output data array.
- The offset within the output data array to start writing from.
- Amount of data encoded.
-
-
-
- Returns the decoded block size.
-
- 1
-
-
-
- Decode data from a byte array.
-
- The input data array.
- Start position within input data array.
- The amounty of data to process.
- The output data array.
- The position within the output data array to start writing from.
- The amount of data written.
-
-
- Encode and decode byte arrays (typically from binary to 7-bit ASCII
- encodings).
-
-
-
- Translator interface.
-
-
-
- Convert binary data to and from UrlBase64 encoding. This is identical to
- Base64 encoding, except that the padding character is "." and the other
- non-alphanumeric characters are "-" and "_" instead of "+" and "/".
-
- The purpose of UrlBase64 encoding is to provide a compact encoding of binary
- data that is safe for use as an URL parameter. Base64 encoding does not
- produce encoded values that are safe for use in URLs, since "/" can be
- interpreted as a path delimiter; "+" is the encoded form of a space; and
- "=" is used to separate a name from the corresponding value in an URL
- parameter.
-
-
-
- Encode the input data producing a URL safe base 64 encoded byte array.
-
- @return a byte array containing the URL safe base 64 encoded data.
-
-
- Encode the byte data writing it to the given output stream.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- Decode the URL safe base 64 encoded input data - white space will be ignored.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- decode the URL safe base 64 encoded byte data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- decode the URL safe base 64 encoded string data - whitespace will be ignored.
-
- @return a byte array representing the decoded data.
-
-
- Decode the URL safe base 64 encoded string data writing it to the given output stream,
- whitespace characters will be ignored.
-
- @return the number of bytes produced.
-
-
- Convert binary data to and from UrlBase64 encoding. This is identical to
- Base64 encoding, except that the padding character is "." and the other
- non-alphanumeric characters are "-" and "_" instead of "+" and "/".
-
- The purpose of UrlBase64 encoding is to provide a compact encoding of binary
- data that is safe for use as an URL parameter. Base64 encoding does not
- produce encoded values that are safe for use in URLs, since "/" can be
- interpreted as a path delimiter; "+" is the encoded form of a space; and
- "=" is used to separate a name from the corresponding value in an URL
- parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Produce a copy of this object with its configuration and in its current state.
-
-
- The returned object may be used simply to store the state, or may be used as a similar object
- starting from the copied state.
-
-
-
-
- Restore a copied object state into this object.
-
-
- Implementations of this method should try to avoid or minimise memory allocation to perform the reset.
-
- an object originally {@link #copy() copied} from an object of the same type as this instance.
- if the provided object is not of the correct type.
- if the other parameter is in some other way invalid.
-
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- A generic PEM writer, based on RFC 1421
-
-
- Base constructor.
-
- @param out output stream to use.
-
-
- Return the number of bytes or characters required to contain the
- passed in object if it is PEM encoded.
-
- @param obj pem object to be output
- @return an estimate of the number of bytes
-
-
-
- Pipe all bytes from inStr to outStr, throwing StreamFlowException if greater
- than limit bytes in inStr.
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- The number of bytes actually transferred, if not greater than limit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Exception to be thrown on a failure to reset an object implementing Memoable.
-
- The exception extends InvalidCastException to enable users to have a single handling case,
- only introducing specific handling of this one if required.
-
-
-
- Basic Constructor.
-
- @param msg message to be associated with this exception.
-
-
- Validate the given IPv4 or IPv6 address.
-
- @param address the IP address as a string.
-
- @return true if a valid address, false otherwise
-
-
- Validate the given IPv4 or IPv6 address and netmask.
-
- @param address the IP address as a string.
-
- @return true if a valid address with netmask, false otherwise
-
-
- Validate the given IPv4 address.
-
- @param address the IP address as a string.
-
- @return true if a valid IPv4 address, false otherwise
-
-
- Validate the given IPv6 address.
-
- @param address the IP address as a string.
-
- @return true if a valid IPv4 address, false otherwise
-
-
- General string utilities.
-
-
-
- Summary description for DeflaterOutputStream.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for DeflaterOutputStream.
-
-
-
-
- The Holder object.
-
- Holder ::= SEQUENCE {
- baseCertificateID [0] IssuerSerial OPTIONAL,
- -- the issuer and serial number of
- -- the holder's Public Key Certificate
- entityName [1] GeneralNames OPTIONAL,
- -- the name of the claimant or role
- objectDigestInfo [2] ObjectDigestInfo OPTIONAL
- -- used to directly authenticate the holder,
- -- for example, an executable
- }
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a holder for v2 attribute certificates with a hash value for
- some type of object.
-
- digestedObjectType can be one of the following:
-
- - 0 - publicKey - A hash of the public key of the holder must be
- passed.
- - 1 - publicKeyCert - A hash of the public key certificate of the
- holder must be passed.
- - 2 - otherObjectDigest - A hash of some other object type must be
- passed.
otherObjectTypeID must not be empty.
-
-
- This cannot be used if a v1 attribute certificate is used.
-
- @param digestedObjectType The digest object type.
- @param digestAlgorithm The algorithm identifier for the hash.
- @param otherObjectTypeID The object type ID if
- digestedObjectType is
- otherObjectDigest.
- @param objectDigest The hash value.
-
-
- Returns the digest object type if an object digest info is used.
-
-
- - 0 - publicKey - A hash of the public key of the holder must be
- passed.
- - 1 - publicKeyCert - A hash of the public key certificate of the
- holder must be passed.
- - 2 - otherObjectDigest - A hash of some other object type must be
- passed.
otherObjectTypeID must not be empty.
-
-
-
- @return The digest object type or -1 if no object digest info is set.
-
-
- Returns the other object type ID if an object digest info is used.
-
- @return The other object type ID or null if no object
- digest info is set.
-
-
- Returns the hash if an object digest info is used.
-
- @return The hash or null if no object digest info is set.
-
-
- Returns the digest algorithm ID if an object digest info is used.
-
- @return The digest algorithm ID or null if no object
- digest info is set.
-
-
- Return any principal objects inside the attribute certificate holder entity names field.
-
- @return an array of IPrincipal objects (usually X509Name), null if no entity names field is set.
-
-
- Return the principals associated with the issuer attached to this holder
-
- @return an array of principals, null if no BaseCertificateID is set.
-
-
- Return the serial number associated with the issuer attached to this holder.
-
- @return the certificate serial number, null if no BaseCertificateID is set.
-
-
- Carrying class for an attribute certificate issuer.
-
-
- Set the issuer directly with the ASN.1 structure.
-
- @param issuer The issuer
-
-
- Return any principal objects inside the attribute certificate issuer object.
- An array of IPrincipal objects (usually X509Principal).
-
-
- A high level authority key identifier.
-
-
- Constructor which will take the byte[] returned from getExtensionValue()
-
- @param encodedValue a DER octet encoded string with the extension structure in it.
- @throws IOException on parsing errors.
-
-
- Create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier using the passed in certificate's public
- key, issuer and serial number.
-
- @param certificate the certificate providing the information.
- @throws CertificateParsingException if there is a problem processing the certificate
-
-
- Create an AuthorityKeyIdentifier using just the hash of the
- public key.
-
- @param pubKey the key to generate the hash from.
- @throws InvalidKeyException if there is a problem using the key.
-
-
- A high level subject key identifier.
-
-
- Constructor which will take the byte[] returned from getExtensionValue()
-
- @param encodedValue a DER octet encoded string with the extension structure in it.
- @throws IOException on parsing errors.
-
-
- Interface for an X.509 Attribute Certificate.
-
-
- The version number for the certificate.
-
-
- The serial number for the certificate.
-
-
- The UTC DateTime before which the certificate is not valid.
-
-
- The UTC DateTime after which the certificate is not valid.
-
-
- The holder of the certificate.
-
-
- The issuer details for the certificate.
-
-
- Return the attributes contained in the attribute block in the certificate.
- An array of attributes.
-
-
- Return the attributes with the same type as the passed in oid.
- The object identifier we wish to match.
- An array of matched attributes, null if there is no match.
-
-
- Return an ASN.1 encoded byte array representing the attribute certificate.
- An ASN.1 encoded byte array.
- If the certificate cannot be encoded.
-
-
-
- Get all critical extension values, by oid
-
- IDictionary with string (OID) keys and Asn1OctetString values
-
-
-
- Get all non-critical extension values, by oid
-
- IDictionary with string (OID) keys and Asn1OctetString values
-
-
-
- A utility class that will extract X509Principal objects from X.509 certificates.
-
- Use this in preference to trying to recreate a principal from a string, not all
- DNs are what they should be, so it's best to leave them encoded where they
- can be.
-
-
-
- Return the issuer of the given cert as an X509Principal.
-
-
- Return the subject of the given cert as an X509Principal.
-
-
- Return the issuer of the given CRL as an X509Principal.
-
-
- This class is an Selector like implementation to select
- attribute certificates from a given set of criteria.
-
- @see org.bouncycastle.x509.X509AttributeCertificate
- @see org.bouncycastle.x509.X509Store
-
-
-
- Decides if the given attribute certificate should be selected.
-
- The attribute certificate to be checked.
- true if the object matches this selector.
-
-
- The attribute certificate which must be matched.
- If null is given, any will do.
-
-
- The criteria for validity
- If null is given any will do.
-
-
- The holder.
- If null is given any will do.
-
-
- The issuer.
- If null is given any will do.
-
-
- The serial number.
- If null is given any will do.
-
-
- Adds a target name criterion for the attribute certificate to the target
- information extension criteria. The X509AttributeCertificate
- must contain at least one of the specified target names.
-
- Each attribute certificate may contain a target information extension
- limiting the servers where this attribute certificate can be used. If
- this extension is not present, the attribute certificate is not targeted
- and may be accepted by any server.
-
-
- @param name The name as a GeneralName (not null)
-
-
- Adds a target name criterion for the attribute certificate to the target
- information extension criteria. The X509AttributeCertificate
- must contain at least one of the specified target names.
-
- Each attribute certificate may contain a target information extension
- limiting the servers where this attribute certificate can be used. If
- this extension is not present, the attribute certificate is not targeted
- and may be accepted by any server.
-
-
- @param name a byte array containing the name in ASN.1 DER encoded form of a GeneralName
- @throws IOException if a parsing error occurs.
-
-
- Adds a collection with target names criteria. If null is
- given any will do.
-
- The collection consists of either GeneralName objects or byte[] arrays representing
- DER encoded GeneralName structures.
-
-
- @param names A collection of target names.
- @throws IOException if a parsing error occurs.
- @see #AddTargetName(byte[])
- @see #AddTargetName(GeneralName)
-
-
- Gets the target names. The collection consists of Lists
- made up of an Integer in the first entry and a DER encoded
- byte array or a String in the second entry.
- The returned collection is immutable.
-
- @return The collection of target names
- @see #setTargetNames(Collection)
-
-
- Adds a target group criterion for the attribute certificate to the target
- information extension criteria. The X509AttributeCertificate
- must contain at least one of the specified target groups.
-
- Each attribute certificate may contain a target information extension
- limiting the servers where this attribute certificate can be used. If
- this extension is not present, the attribute certificate is not targeted
- and may be accepted by any server.
-
-
- @param group The group as GeneralName form (not null)
-
-
- Adds a target group criterion for the attribute certificate to the target
- information extension criteria. The X509AttributeCertificate
- must contain at least one of the specified target groups.
-
- Each attribute certificate may contain a target information extension
- limiting the servers where this attribute certificate can be used. If
- this extension is not present, the attribute certificate is not targeted
- and may be accepted by any server.
-
-
- @param name a byte array containing the group in ASN.1 DER encoded form of a GeneralName
- @throws IOException if a parsing error occurs.
-
-
- Adds a collection with target groups criteria. If null is
- given any will do.
-
- The collection consists of GeneralName objects or byte[]
- representing DER encoded GeneralNames.
-
-
- @param names A collection of target groups.
- @throws IOException if a parsing error occurs.
- @see #AddTargetGroup(byte[])
- @see #AddTargetGroup(GeneralName)
-
-
- Gets the target groups. The collection consists of Lists
- made up of an Integer in the first entry and a DER encoded
- byte array or a String in the second entry.
- The returned collection is immutable.
-
- @return The collection of target groups.
- @see #setTargetGroups(Collection)
-
-
-
- This class is an IX509Selector implementation to select
- certificate pairs, which are e.g. used for cross certificates. The set of
- criteria is given from two X509CertStoreSelector objects,
- each of which, if present, must match the respective component of a pair.
-
-
-
- The certificate pair which is used for testing on equality.
-
-
- The certificate selector for the forward part.
-
-
- The certificate selector for the reverse part.
-
-
-
- Decides if the given certificate pair should be selected. If
- obj is not a X509CertificatePair, this method
- returns false.
-
- The X509CertificatePair to be tested.
- true if the object matches this selector.
-
-
-
- An ISet of DerObjectIdentifier objects.
-
-
-
- A simple collection backed store.
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param collection - initial contents for the store, this is copied.
-
-
- Return the matches in the collection for the passed in selector.
-
- @param selector the selector to match against.
- @return a possibly empty collection of matching objects.
-
-
- This class contains a collection for collection based X509Stores.
-
-
-
- Constructor.
-
- The collection is copied.
-
-
- The collection containing X.509 object types.
- If collection is null.
-
-
- Returns a copy of the ICollection.
-
-
- Returns a formatted string describing the parameters.
-
-
-
- An ICollection of X509Name objects
-
-
-
- The attribute certificate being checked. This is not a criterion.
- Rather, it is optional information that may help a {@link X509Store} find
- CRLs that would be relevant when checking revocation for the specified
- attribute certificate. If null is specified, then no such
- optional information is provided.
-
- @param attrCert the IX509AttributeCertificate being checked (or
- null)
- @see #getAttrCertificateChecking()
-
-
- If true only complete CRLs are returned. Defaults to
- false.
-
- @return true if only complete CRLs are returned.
-
-
- Returns if this selector must match CRLs with the delta CRL indicator
- extension set. Defaults to false.
-
- @return Returns true if only CRLs with the delta CRL
- indicator extension are selected.
-
-
- The issuing distribution point.
-
- The issuing distribution point extension is a CRL extension which
- identifies the scope and the distribution point of a CRL. The scope
- contains among others information about revocation reasons contained in
- the CRL. Delta CRLs and complete CRLs must have matching issuing
- distribution points.
-
- The byte array is cloned to protect against subsequent modifications.
-
- You must also enable or disable this criteria with
- {@link #setIssuingDistributionPointEnabled(bool)}.
-
- @param issuingDistributionPoint The issuing distribution point to set.
- This is the DER encoded OCTET STRING extension value.
- @see #getIssuingDistributionPoint()
-
-
- Whether the issuing distribution point criteria should be applied.
- Defaults to false.
-
- You may also set the issuing distribution point criteria if not a missing
- issuing distribution point should be assumed.
-
- @return Returns if the issuing distribution point check is enabled.
-
-
- The maximum base CRL number. Defaults to null.
-
- @return Returns the maximum base CRL number.
- @see #setMaxBaseCRLNumber(BigInteger)
-
-
-
- A factory to produce Public Key Info Objects.
-
-
-
-
- Create a Subject Public Key Info object for a given public key.
-
- One of ElGammalPublicKeyParameters, DSAPublicKeyParameter, DHPublicKeyParameters, RsaKeyParameters or ECPublicKeyParameters
- A subject public key info object.
- Throw exception if object provided is not one of the above.
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a certificate object and initializes it with the data
- read from the input stream inStream.
-
-
- Returns a (possibly empty) collection view of the certificates
- read from the given input stream inStream.
-
-
- Class for carrying the values in an X.509 Attribute.
-
-
- @param at an object representing an attribute.
-
-
- Create an X.509 Attribute with the type given by the passed in oid and
- the value represented by an ASN.1 Set containing value.
-
- @param oid type of the attribute
- @param value value object to go into the atribute's value set.
-
-
- Create an X.59 Attribute with the type given by the passed in oid and the
- value represented by an ASN.1 Set containing the objects in value.
-
- @param oid type of the attribute
- @param value vector of values to go in the attribute's value set.
-
-
-
- An Object representing an X509 Certificate.
- Has static methods for loading Certificates encoded in many forms that return X509Certificate Objects.
-
-
-
-
- Return true if the current time is within the start and end times nominated on the certificate.
-
- true id certificate is valid for the current time.
-
-
-
- Return true if the nominated time is within the start and end times nominated on the certificate.
-
- The time to test validity against.
- True if certificate is valid for nominated time.
-
-
-
- Checks if the current date is within certificate's validity period.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the given date is within certificate's validity period.
-
- if the certificate is expired by given date
- if the certificate is not yet valid on given date
-
-
-
- Return the certificate's version.
-
- An integer whose value Equals the version of the cerficate.
-
-
-
- Return a BigInteger containing the serial number.
-
- The Serial number.
-
-
-
- Get the Issuer Distinguished Name. (Who signed the certificate.)
-
- And X509Object containing name and value pairs.
-
-
-
- Get the subject of this certificate.
-
- An X509Name object containing name and value pairs.
-
-
-
- The time that this certificate is valid from.
-
- A DateTime object representing that time in the local time zone.
-
-
-
- The time that this certificate is valid up to.
-
- A DateTime object representing that time in the local time zone.
-
-
-
- Return the Der encoded TbsCertificate data.
- This is the certificate component less the signature.
- To Get the whole certificate call the GetEncoded() member.
-
- A byte array containing the Der encoded Certificate component.
-
-
-
- The signature.
-
- A byte array containg the signature of the certificate.
-
-
-
- A meaningful version of the Signature Algorithm. (EG SHA1WITHRSA)
-
- A sting representing the signature algorithm.
-
-
-
- Get the Signature Algorithms Object ID.
-
- A string containg a '.' separated object id.
-
-
-
- Get the signature algorithms parameters. (EG DSA Parameters)
-
- A byte array containing the Der encoded version of the parameters or null if there are none.
-
-
-
- Get the issuers UID.
-
- A DerBitString.
-
-
-
- Get the subjects UID.
-
- A DerBitString.
-
-
-
- Get a key usage guidlines.
-
-
-
-
- Get the public key of the subject of the certificate.
-
- The public key parameters.
-
-
-
- Return a Der encoded version of this certificate.
-
- A byte array.
-
-
-
- Verify the certificate's signature using the nominated public key.
-
- An appropriate public key parameter object, RsaPublicKeyParameters, DsaPublicKeyParameters or ECDsaPublicKeyParameters
- True if the signature is valid.
- If key submitted is not of the above nominated types.
-
-
-
- Verify the certificate's signature using a verifier created using the passed in verifier provider.
-
- An appropriate provider for verifying the certificate's signature.
- True if the signature is valid.
- If verifier provider is not appropriate or the certificate algorithm is invalid.
-
-
-
- This class contains a cross certificate pair. Cross certificates pairs may
- contain two cross signed certificates from two CAs. A certificate from the
- other CA to this CA is contained in the forward certificate, the certificate
- from this CA to the other CA is contained in the reverse certificate.
-
-
-
- Constructor
- Certificate from the other CA to this CA.
- Certificate from this CA to the other CA.
-
-
- Constructor from a ASN.1 CertificatePair structure.
- The CertificatePair ASN.1 object.
-
-
- Returns the certificate from the other CA to this CA.
-
-
- Returns the certificate from this CA to the other CA.
-
-
- class for dealing with X509 certificates.
-
- At the moment this will deal with "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----" to "-----END CERTIFICATE-----"
- base 64 encoded certs, as well as the BER binaries of certificates and some classes of PKCS#7
- objects.
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a certificate object and initializes it with the data
- read from the input stream inStream.
-
-
- Returns a (possibly empty) collection view of the certificates
- read from the given input stream inStream.
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
- The following extensions are listed in RFC 2459 as relevant to CRLs
-
- Authority Key Identifier
- Issuer Alternative Name
- CRL Number
- Delta CRL Indicator (critical)
- Issuing Distribution Point (critical)
-
-
-
- Verify the CRL's signature using a verifier created using the passed in verifier provider.
-
- An appropriate provider for verifying the CRL's signature.
- True if the signature is valid.
- If verifier provider is not appropriate or the CRL algorithm is invalid.
-
-
- Returns a string representation of this CRL.
-
- @return a string representation of this CRL.
-
-
- Checks whether the given certificate is on this CRL.
-
- @param cert the certificate to check for.
- @return true if the given certificate is on this CRL,
- false otherwise.
-
-
- The following extensions are listed in RFC 2459 as relevant to CRL Entries
-
- ReasonCode Hode Instruction Code Invalidity Date Certificate Issuer
- (critical)
-
-
- Constructor for CRLEntries of indirect CRLs. If isIndirect
- is false {@link #getCertificateIssuer()} will always
- return null, previousCertificateIssuer is
- ignored. If this isIndirect is specified and this CrlEntry
- has no certificate issuer CRL entry extension
- previousCertificateIssuer is returned by
- {@link #getCertificateIssuer()}.
-
- @param c
- TbsCertificateList.CrlEntry object.
- @param isIndirect
- true if the corresponding CRL is a indirect
- CRL.
- @param previousCertificateIssuer
- Certificate issuer of the previous CrlEntry.
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create loading data from byte array.
-
-
-
-
- Generates a certificate revocation list (CRL) object and initializes
- it with the data read from the input stream inStream.
-
-
- Returns a (possibly empty) collection view of the CRLs read from
- the given input stream inStream.
-
- The inStream may contain a sequence of DER-encoded CRLs, or
- a PKCS#7 CRL set. This is a PKCS#7 SignedData object, with the
- only significant field being crls. In particular the signature
- and the contents are ignored.
-
-
-
- Get non critical extensions.
-
- A set of non critical extension oids.
-
-
-
- Get any critical extensions.
-
- A sorted list of critical entension.
-
-
-
- Get the value of a given extension.
-
- The object ID of the extension.
- An Asn1OctetString object if that extension is found or null if not.
-
-
- A holding class for constructing an X509 Key Usage extension.
-
-
- id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 }
-
- KeyUsage ::= BIT STRING {
- digitalSignature (0),
- nonRepudiation (1),
- keyEncipherment (2),
- dataEncipherment (3),
- keyAgreement (4),
- keyCertSign (5),
- cRLSign (6),
- encipherOnly (7),
- decipherOnly (8) }
-
-
-
- Basic constructor.
-
- @param usage - the bitwise OR of the Key Usage flags giving the
- allowed uses for the key.
- e.g. (X509KeyUsage.keyEncipherment | X509KeyUsage.dataEncipherment)
-
-
- Return the digest algorithm using one of the standard JCA string
- representations rather than the algorithm identifier (if possible).
-
-
-
- Class to Generate X509V1 Certificates.
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the generator.
-
-
-
-
- Set the certificate's serial number.
-
- Make serial numbers long, if you have no serial number policy make sure the number is at least 16 bytes of secure random data.
- You will be surprised how ugly a serial number collision can get.
- The serial number.
-
-
-
- Set the issuer distinguished name.
- The issuer is the entity whose private key is used to sign the certificate.
-
- The issuers DN.
-
-
-
- Set the date that this certificate is to be valid from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the date after which this certificate will no longer be valid.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the subject distinguished name.
- The subject describes the entity associated with the public key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the public key that this certificate identifies.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the signature algorithm that will be used to sign this certificate.
- This can be either a name or an OID, names are treated as case insensitive.
-
- string representation of the algorithm name
-
-
-
- Generate a new X509Certificate.
-
- The private key of the issuer used to sign this certificate.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Generate a new X509Certificate specifying a SecureRandom instance that you would like to use.
-
- The private key of the issuer used to sign this certificate.
- The Secure Random you want to use.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Generate a new X509Certificate using the passed in SignatureCalculator.
-
- A signature calculator factory with the necessary algorithm details.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
-
-
- An implementation of a version 2 X.509 Attribute Certificate.
-
-
-
- Verify the certificate's signature using a verifier created using the passed in verifier provider.
-
- An appropriate provider for verifying the certificate's signature.
- True if the signature is valid.
- If verifier provider is not appropriate or the certificate algorithm is invalid.
-
-
- Class to produce an X.509 Version 2 AttributeCertificate.
-
-
- Reset the generator
-
-
- Set the Holder of this Attribute Certificate.
-
-
- Set the issuer.
-
-
- Set the serial number for the certificate.
-
-
-
- Set the signature algorithm. This can be either a name or an OID, names
- are treated as case insensitive.
-
- The algorithm name.
-
-
- Add an attribute.
-
-
- Add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag.
-
-
-
- Add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag.
- The value parameter becomes the contents of the octet string associated
- with the extension.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an X509 certificate, based on the current issuer and subject.
-
-
-
-
- Generate an X509 certificate, based on the current issuer and subject,
- using the supplied source of randomness, if required.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new X.509 Attribute Certificate using the passed in SignatureCalculator.
-
- A signature calculator factory with the necessary algorithm details.
- An IX509AttributeCertificate.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
-
-
- class to produce an X.509 Version 2 CRL.
-
-
- reset the generator
-
-
- Set the issuer distinguished name - the issuer is the entity whose private key is used to sign the
- certificate.
-
-
- Reason being as indicated by CrlReason, i.e. CrlReason.KeyCompromise
- or 0 if CrlReason is not to be used
-
-
-
- Add a CRL entry with an Invalidity Date extension as well as a CrlReason extension.
- Reason being as indicated by CrlReason, i.e. CrlReason.KeyCompromise
- or 0 if CrlReason is not to be used
-
-
-
- Add a CRL entry with extensions.
-
-
-
- Add the CRLEntry objects contained in a previous CRL.
-
- @param other the X509Crl to source the other entries from.
-
-
-
- Set the signature algorithm that will be used to sign this CRL.
-
-
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 0)
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 0)
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 0)
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 0)
-
-
-
- Generate an X.509 CRL, based on the current issuer and subject.
-
- The private key of the issuer that is signing this certificate.
- An X509Crl.
-
-
-
- Generate an X.509 CRL, based on the current issuer and subject using the specified secure random.
-
- The private key of the issuer that is signing this certificate.
- Your Secure Random instance.
- An X509Crl.
-
-
-
- Generate a new X509Crl using the passed in SignatureCalculator.
-
- A signature calculator factory with the necessary algorithm details.
- An X509Crl.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
-
-
-
- A class to Generate Version 3 X509Certificates.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the Generator.
-
-
-
-
- Set the certificate's serial number.
-
- Make serial numbers long, if you have no serial number policy make sure the number is at least 16 bytes of secure random data.
- You will be surprised how ugly a serial number collision can Get.
- The serial number.
-
-
-
- Set the distinguished name of the issuer.
- The issuer is the entity which is signing the certificate.
-
- The issuer's DN.
-
-
-
- Set the date that this certificate is to be valid from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the date after which this certificate will no longer be valid.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the DN of the entity that this certificate is about.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the public key that this certificate identifies.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the signature algorithm that will be used to sign this certificate.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the subject unique ID - note: it is very rare that it is correct to do this.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the issuer unique ID - note: it is very rare that it is correct to do this.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 3).
-
- string containing a dotted decimal Object Identifier.
- Is it critical.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Add an extension to this certificate.
-
- Its Object Identifier.
- Is it critical.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Add an extension using a string with a dotted decimal OID.
-
- string containing a dotted decimal Object Identifier.
- Is it critical.
- byte[] containing the value of this extension.
-
-
-
- Add an extension to this certificate.
-
- Its Object Identifier.
- Is it critical.
- byte[] containing the value of this extension.
-
-
-
- Add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 3),
- copying the extension value from another certificate.
-
-
-
- add a given extension field for the standard extensions tag (tag 3)
- copying the extension value from another certificate.
- @throws CertificateParsingException if the extension cannot be extracted.
-
-
-
- Generate an X509Certificate.
-
- The private key of the issuer that is signing this certificate.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Generate an X509Certificate using your own SecureRandom.
-
- The private key of the issuer that is signing this certificate.
- You Secure Random instance.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Generate a new X509Certificate using the passed in SignatureCalculator.
-
- A signature calculator factory with the necessary algorithm details.
- An X509Certificate.
-
-
-
- Allows enumeration of the signature names supported by the generator.
-
-
-
- Base class for both the compress and decompress classes.
- Holds common arrays, and static data.
-
- @author Keiron Liddle
-
-
- An input stream that decompresses from the BZip2 format (with the file
- header chars) to be read as any other stream.
-
- @author Keiron Liddle
-
- NB: note this class has been modified to read the leading BZ from the
- start of the BZIP2 stream to make it compatible with other PGP programs.
-
-
- An output stream that compresses into the BZip2 format (with the file
- header chars) into another stream.
-
- @author Keiron Liddle
-
- TODO: Update to BZip2 1.0.1
- NB: note this class has been modified to add a leading BZ to the
- start of the BZIP2 stream to make it compatible with other PGP programs.
-
-
-
- modified by Oliver Merkel, 010128
-
-
-
- A simple class the hold and calculate the CRC for sanity checking
- of the data.
-
- @author Keiron Liddle
-
-
-
- Return a salted hash based on PBKDF2 for the UTF-8 encoding of the argument text.
-
- Provided key text
- Base64 encoded string representing the salt
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5003e2cd7
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cd85a4ff
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..acba473a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+
+
+
+ Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider
+
+
+
+ Provides an abstraction for time.
+
+
+
+ Gets a that provides a clock based on ,
+ a time zone based on , a high-performance time stamp based on ,
+ and a timer based on .
+
+
+ If the changes after the object is returned, the change will be reflected in any subsequent operations that retrieve .
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value whose date and time are set to the current
+ Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) date and time and whose offset is Zero,
+ all according to this 's notion of time.
+
+
+ The default implementation returns .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value that is set to the current date and time according to this 's
+ notion of time based on , with the offset set to the 's offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a object that represents the local time zone according to this 's notion of time.
+
+
+ The default implementation returns .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the frequency of of high-frequency value per second.
+
+
+ The default implementation returns . For a given TimeProvider instance, the value must be idempotent and remain unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current high-frequency value designed to measure small time intervals with high accuracy in the timer mechanism.
+
+ A long integer representing the high-frequency counter value of the underlying timer mechanism.
+
+ The default implementation returns .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the elapsed time between two timestamps retrieved using .
+
+ The timestamp marking the beginning of the time period.
+ The timestamp marking the end of the time period.
+ A for the elapsed time between the starting and ending timestamps.
+
+
+
+ Gets the elapsed time since the value retrieved using .
+
+ The timestamp marking the beginning of the time period.
+ A for the elapsed time between the starting timestamp and the time of this call./>
+
+
+ Creates a new instance, using values to measure time intervals.
+
+ A delegate representing a method to be executed when the timer fires. The method specified for callback should be reentrant,
+ as it may be invoked simultaneously on two threads if the timer fires again before or while a previous callback is still being handled.
+
+ An object to be passed to the . This may be null.
+ The amount of time to delay before is invoked. Specify to prevent the timer from starting. Specify to start the timer immediately.
+ The time interval between invocations of . Specify to disable periodic signaling.
+
+ The newly created instance.
+
+ is null.
+ The number of milliseconds in the value of or is negative and not equal to , or is greater than .
+
+
+ The delegate specified by the callback parameter is invoked once after elapses, and thereafter each time the time interval elapses.
+
+
+ If is zero, the callback is invoked immediately. If is -1 milliseconds, is not invoked; the timer is disabled,
+ but can be re-enabled by calling the method.
+
+
+ If is 0 or -1 milliseconds and is positive, is invoked once; the periodic behavior of the timer is disabled,
+ but can be re-enabled using the method.
+
+
+ The return instance will be implicitly rooted while the timer is still scheduled.
+
+
+ captures the and stores that with the for use in invoking
+ each time it's called. That capture can be suppressed with .
+
+
+
+
+ Thin wrapper for a .
+
+ We don't return a TimerQueueTimer directly as it implements IThreadPoolWorkItem and we don't
+ want it exposed in a way that user code could directly queue the timer to the thread pool.
+ We also use this instead of Timer because CreateTimer needs to return a timer that's implicitly
+ rooted while scheduled.
+
+
+
+
+ Used to create a instance returned from and uses the default implementation
+ provided by which uses , , , and .
+
+
+
+ Initializes the instance.
+
+
+ Represents a timer that can have its due time and period changed.
+
+ Implementations of , , and
+ must all be thread-safe such that the timer instance may be accessed concurrently from multiple threads.
+
+
+
+ Changes the start time and the interval between method invocations for a timer, using values to measure time intervals.
+
+ A representing the amount of time to delay before invoking the callback method specified when the was constructed.
+ Specify to prevent the timer from restarting. Specify to restart the timer immediately.
+
+
+ The time interval between invocations of the callback method specified when the Timer was constructed.
+ Specify to disable periodic signaling.
+
+ if the timer was successfully updated; otherwise, .
+ The or parameter, in milliseconds, is less than -1 or greater than 4294967294.
+
+ It is the responsibility of the implementer of the ITimer interface to ensure thread safety.
+
+
+
+
+ Provide extensions methods for operations with .
+
+
+ The Microsoft.Bcl.TimeProvider library interfaces are intended solely for use in building against pre-.NET 8 surface area.
+ If your code is being built against .NET 8 or higher, then this library should not be utilized.
+
+
+
+ Creates a task that completes after a specified time interval.
+ The with which to interpret .
+ The to wait before completing the returned task, or to wait indefinitely.
+ A cancellation token to observe while waiting for the task to complete.
+ A task that represents the time delay.
+ The argument is null.
+ represents a negative time interval other than .
+
+
+
+ Gets a that will complete when this completes, when the specified timeout expires, or when the specified has cancellation requested.
+
+ The task for which to wait on until completion.
+ The timeout after which the should be faulted with a if it hasn't otherwise completed.
+ The with which to interpret .
+ The to monitor for a cancellation request.
+ The representing the asynchronous wait. It may or may not be the same instance as the current instance.
+ The argument is null.
+ The argument is null.
+ represents a negative time interval other than .
+
+
+
+ Gets a that will complete when this completes, when the specified timeout expires, or when the specified has cancellation requested.
+
+ The task for which to wait on until completion.
+ The timeout after which the should be faulted with a if it hasn't otherwise completed.
+ The with which to interpret .
+ The to monitor for a cancellation request.
+ The representing the asynchronous wait. It may or may not be the same instance as the current instance.
+ The argument is null.
+ The argument is null.
+ represents a negative time interval other than .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class that will be canceled after the specified .
+ The with which to interpret the .
+ The time interval to wait before canceling this .
+ The is negative and not equal to or greater than maximum allowed timer duration.
+ that will be canceled after the specified .
+
+
+ The countdown for the delay starts during the call to the constructor. When the delay expires,
+ the constructed is canceled if it has
+ not been canceled already.
+
+
+ If running on .NET versions earlier than .NET 8.0, there is a constraint when invoking on the resultant object.
+ This action will not terminate the initial timer indicated by . However, this restriction does not apply on .NET 8.0 and later versions.
+
+
+
+
+ '{0}' must be a non-negative and non-zero value.
+
+
+ '{0}' must be greater than or equal to '{1}'.
+
+
+ '{0}' must be less than or equal to '{1}'.
+
+
+ The operation cannot be performed when TimeProvider.LocalTimeZone is null.
+
+
+ The operation cannot be performed when TimeProvider.TimestampFrequency is zero or negative.
+
+
+
+ Attribute used to indicate a source generator should create a function for marshalling
+ arguments instead of relying on the runtime to generate an equivalent marshalling function at run-time.
+
+
+ This attribute is meaningless if the source generator associated with it is not enabled.
+ The current built-in source generator only supports C# and only supplies an implementation when
+ applied to static, partial, non-generic methods.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the .
+
+ Name of the library containing the import.
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the library containing the import.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the entry point to be called.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets how to marshal string arguments to the method.
+
+
+ If this field is set to a value other than ,
+ must not be specified.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the used to control how string arguments to the method are marshalled.
+
+
+ If this field is specified, must not be specified
+ or must be set to .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether the callee sets an error (SetLastError on Windows or errno
+ on other platforms) before returning from the attributed method.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies how strings should be marshalled for generated p/invokes
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates the user is suppling a specific marshaller in .
+
+
+
+
+ Use the platform-provided UTF-8 marshaller.
+
+
+
+
+ Use the platform-provided UTF-16 marshaller.
+
+
+
+ Specifies that null is allowed as an input even if the corresponding type disallows it.
+
+
+ Specifies that null is disallowed as an input even if the corresponding type allows it.
+
+
+ Specifies that an output may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it.
+
+
+ Specifies that an output will not be null even if the corresponding type allows it. Specifies that an input argument was not null when the call returns.
+
+
+ Specifies that when a method returns , the parameter may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter may be null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
+
+
+ Specifies that when a method returns , the parameter will not be null even if the corresponding type allows it.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
+
+
+ Specifies that the output will be non-null if the named parameter is non-null.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the associated parameter name.
+
+ The associated parameter name. The output will be non-null if the argument to the parameter specified is non-null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the associated parameter name.
+
+
+ Applied to a method that will never return under any circumstance.
+
+
+ Specifies that the method will not return if the associated Boolean parameter is passed the specified value.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified parameter value.
+
+ The condition parameter value. Code after the method will be considered unreachable by diagnostics if the argument to
+ the associated parameter matches this value.
+
+
+
+ Gets the condition parameter value.
+
+
+ Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have not-null values.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with a field or property member.
+
+ The field or property member that is promised to be not-null.
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the list of field and property members.
+
+ The list of field and property members that are promised to be not-null.
+
+
+
+ Gets field or property member names.
+
+
+ Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have not-null values when returning with the specified return value condition.
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+
+
+ The field or property member that is promised to be not-null.
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and list of field and property members.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+
+
+ The list of field and property members that are promised to be not-null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
+
+
+ Gets field or property member names.
+
+
+
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51558984a
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..113b41db8
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cfe0eac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+
+
+
+ Microsoft.IdentityModel.Abstractions
+
+
+
+
+ Defines Event Log Levels.
+
+
+
+
+ No level filtering is done on this log level. Log messages of all levels will be logged.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs that describe an unrecoverable application or system crash, or a catastrophic failure that requires
+ immediate attention.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs that highlight when the current flow of execution is stopped due to a failure. These should indicate a
+ failure in the current activity, not an application-wide failure.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs that highlight an abnormal or unexpected event in the application flow, but do not otherwise cause the
+ application execution to stop.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs that track the general flow of the application. These logs should have long-term value.
+
+
+
+
+ Logs that are used for interactive investigation during development. These logs should primarily contain
+ information useful for debugging and have no long-term value.
+
+
+
+
+ Interface that needs to be implemented by classes providing logging in Microsoft identity libraries.
+
+
+
+
+ Checks to see if logging is enabled at given .
+
+ Log level of a message.
+
+
+
+ Writes a log entry.
+
+ Defines a structured message to be logged at the provided .
+
+
+
+ Interface for Telemetry tracking.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the application or client ID that telemetry is being sent for.
+
+
+
+
+ Perform any necessary bootstrapping for the telemetry client.
+
+
+ The expectation is that this should only be called once for the lifetime of the object however the
+ implementation should be idempotent.
+
+
+
+
+ Checks to see if telemetry is enabled all up.
+
+
+ Returns if telemetry should be sent; otherwise.
+
+
+ This check should be used to gate any resource intensive operations to generate telemetry as well.
+
+
+
+
+ Checks to see if telemetry is enabled for the named event.
+
+ Name of the event to check.
+
+ Returns if telemetry should be sent for ;
+ otherwise.
+
+
+ This check should be used to gate any resource intensive operations to generate telemetry as well.
+
+
+
+
+ Tracks an instance of a named event.
+
+ Details of the event to track.
+
+
+
+ Tracks an instance of a named event.
+
+ Name of the event to track. Should be unique per scenario.
+ Key value pair of strings to long with the event.
+ Key value pair of longs to long with the event.
+ Key value pair of bools to long with the event.
+ Key value pair of DateTimes to long with the event.
+ Key value pair of doubles to long with the event.
+ Key value pair of Guids to long with the event.
+
+
+
+ Defines the structure of a log entry.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines the .
+
+
+
+
+ Message to be logged.
+
+
+
+
+ A unique identifier for a request that can help with diagnostics across components.
+
+
+ Also referred to as ActivityId in Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.CallContext.
+
+
+
+
+ A minimalistic implementation that is disabled by default and doesn't log.
+
+
+
+
+ Default instance of .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The default implementation of the interface which swallows all telemetry signals.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Singleton instance of .
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+
+ Private constructor to prevent the default constructor being exposed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Common class containing observability constants to be used as well known metric keys.
+
+
+
+
+ String used for the name of the property indicating if the call was successful.
+
+
+
+
+ String used for the name of the property indicating the call in Duration (ms).
+
+
+
+
+ String used for the name of the property indicating the call's Activity Id/Correlation Id.
+
+
+
+
+ String used for the name of the property indicating the caller's ClientId.
+
+
+
+
+ Details of the telemetry event.
+
+
+ This implementation is not meant to be thread-safe. This implementation would either need to be overridden or
+ usage should not be concurrently operated on.
+
+
+
+
+ The underlying properties making up the .
+
+
+
+
+ Name of the telemetry event, should be unique between events.
+
+
+
+
+ Properties which describe the event.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
+ Sets a property on the event details.
+
+ Property key.
+ Property value.
+ 'key' is null.
+
+
+
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll
index 3211b6856..00f6b4827 100644
Binary files a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21946fd32
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.xml
index bc1fa266f..bde086136 100644
--- a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.xml
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens.xml
@@ -4,32 +4,50 @@
Microsoft.IdentityModel.JsonWebTokens
+
+
+ Initializes static members of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the InboundClaimTypeMap used by JwtSecurityTokenHandler when producing claims from jwt.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the OutboundClaimTypeMap is used by JwtSecurityTokenHandler to shorten claim types when creating a jwt.
+
+
- Constants for Json Web tokens.
+ Constants that indicate how the should be evaluated.
- A URI that represents the JSON XML data type.
+ A value that indicates the is a Json object.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), if the value was not a string (or an enumeration of strings), the ClaimValue will serialized using the current JSON serializer, a property will be added with the .Net type and the ClaimTypeValue will be set to 'JsonClaimValueType'.
+ When creating a from Json if the value was not a simple type {String, Null, True, False, Number}
+ then will contain the Json value. If the Json was a JsonObject, the will be set to "JSON".
- A URI that represents the JSON array XML data type.
+ A value that indicates the is a Json object.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), if the value was not a string (or an enumeration of strings), the ClaimValue will serialized using the current JSON serializer, a property will be added with the .Net type and the ClaimTypeValue will be set to 'JsonClaimValueType'.
+ When creating a from Json if the value was not a simple type {String, Null, True, False, Number}
+ then will contain the Json value. If the Json was a JsonArray, the will be set to "JSON_ARRAY".
- A URI that represents the JSON null data type
+ A value that indicates the is Json null.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), we use empty string to represent the claim value and set the ClaimValueType to JsonNull
+ When creating a the cannot be null. If the Json value was null, then the
+ will be set to and the will be set to "JSON_NULL".
- A designed for representing a JSON Web Token (JWT).
+ A designed for representing a JSON Web Token (JWT).
@@ -37,10 +55,31 @@
Initializes a new instance of from a string in JWS or JWE Compact serialized format.
A JSON Web Token that has been serialized in JWS or JWE Compact serialized format.
- 'jwtEncodedString' is null or empty.
- 'jwtEncodedString' is not in JWS or JWE Compact serialization format.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is not in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ See: (JWT).
+ See: (JWS).
+ See: (JWE).
+
The contents of the returned have not been validated, the JSON Web Token is simply decoded. Validation can be accomplished using the validation methods in
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of from a ReadOnlyMemory{char} in JWS or JWE Compact serialized format.
+
+ A ReadOnlyMemory{char} containing the JSON Web Token serialized in JWS or JWE Compact format.
+ Thrown if is empty.
+ Thrown if does not represent a valid JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+
+ See: (JWT).
+ See: (JWS).
+ See: (JWE).
+
+ The contents of the returned have not been validated; the JSON Web Token is simply decoded. Validation can be performed using the methods in .
+
@@ -48,130 +87,130 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class where the header contains the crypto algorithms applied to the encoded header and payload.
A string containing JSON which represents the cryptographic operations applied to the JWT and optionally any additional properties of the JWT.
- A string containing JSON which represents the claims contained in the JWT. Each claim is a JSON object of the form { Name, Value }.
- 'header' is null.
- 'payload' is null.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'actort' claim { actort, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'actort' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'alg' claim { alg, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'alg' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the list of 'aud' claim { aud, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'aud' claim is not found, enumeration will be empty.
+ A string containing JSON which represents the claims contained in the JWT. Each claim is a JSON object of the form { Name, Value }. Can be the empty.
+
+ See: (JWT).
+ See: (JWS).
+ See: (JWE).
+
+ The contents of the returned have not been validated, the JSON Web Token is simply decoded. Validation can be accomplished using the validation methods in
+
+
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
Gets the AuthenticationTag from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
+
+ Contains the results of a Authentication Encryption with Associated Data (AEAD).
+ See: .
+
+ If this JWT is not encrypted with an algorithms that uses an Authentication Tag, an empty string will be returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the AuthenticationTag as byte array.
+
- Gets the Ciphertext from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
+ Gets the Ciphertext representing the encrypted JWT in the original raw data.
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
+
+ When decrypted using values in the JWE header will contain the plaintext payload.
+ See: .
+
+ If this JWT is not encrypted, an empty string will be returned.
+
+
-
+
- Gets a for each JSON { name, value }.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'cty' claim { cty, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'cty' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'enc' claim { enc, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'enc' value is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the EncryptedKey from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
-
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
-
-
-
- Represents the cryptographic operations applied to the JWT and optionally any additional properties of the JWT.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'jti' claim { jti, ''value' }.
-
- If the 'jti' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the InitializationVector from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
-
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
-
-
-
- Gets the associated with this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'iat' claim { iat, 'value' } converted to a assuming 'value' is seconds since UnixEpoch (UTC 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z).
-
- If the 'iat' claim is not found, then is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'iss' claim { iss, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'iss' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'kid' claim { kid, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'kid' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Represents the JSON payload.
+ Gets or sets the Ciphertext as byte array.
Gets the EncodedHeader from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
+
+ The original Base64UrlEncoded string of the JWT header.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the Encrypted Content Encryption Key.
+
+
+ For some algorithms this value may be null even though the JWT was encrypted.
+ See: .
+
+ If not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
Gets the EncodedPayload from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
+
+ The original Base64UrlEncoded of the JWT payload, for JWE this will an empty string.
+
Gets the EncodedSignature from the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
- The original JSON Compact serialized format passed into the constructor.
+
+ The original Base64UrlEncoded of the JWT signature.
+ If the JWT was not signed or a JWE, an empty string is returned.
+
Gets the original raw data of this instance when it was created.
+
+ The original Base64UrlEncoded of the JWT.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the Initialization Vector used when encrypting the plaintext.
+
+
+ See: .
+
+ Some algorithms may not use an Initialization Vector.
+ If not found an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the associated with this instance.
+
+
+ See: .
+ For encrypted tokens (JWE), this represents the JWT that was encrypted.
+
+ If the JWT is not encrypted, this value will be null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns if this JsonWebToken was encrypted a JWE.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns if this JsonWebToken was signed a JWS.
+
@@ -180,128 +219,642 @@
- Not implemented.
+ Gets or sets the that was used to sign this token.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'sub' claim { sub, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'sub' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'typ' claim { typ, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'typ' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'nbf' claim { nbf, 'value' } converted to a assuming 'value' is seconds since UnixEpoch (UTC 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z).
-
- If the 'nbf' claim is not found, then is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'exp' claim { exp, 'value' } converted to a assuming 'value' is seconds since UnixEpoch (UTC 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z).
-
- If the 'exp' claim is not found, then is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'x5t' claim { x5t, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'x5t' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Gets the 'value' of the 'zip' claim { zip, 'value' }.
-
- If the 'zip' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
-
-
-
- Decodes the string into the header, payload and signature.
-
- the tokenized string.
- the original token.
-
-
-
- Decodes the payload and signature from the JWE parts.
-
- Parts of the JWE including the header.
- Assumes Header has already been set.
- According to the JWE documentation (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7516#section-2), it is possible for the EncryptedKey, InitializationVector, and AuthenticationTag to be empty strings.
+ If the JWT was not signed or validated, this value will be null.
-
+
- Decodes the payload and signature from the JWS parts.
+ Converts a span into an instance of .
- Parts of the JWS including the header.
- Assumes Header has already been set.
+ A span representing a JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ Thrown if is malformed, a valid JWT should have either 2 dots (JWS) or 4 dots (JWE).
+ Thrown if does not have a non-empty authentication tag after the 4th dot for a JWE.
+ Thrown if has more than 4 dots.
+
+
+
+ Returns the encoded token without signature or authentication tag.
+
+ Encoded token string without signature or authentication tag.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a where each claim in the JWT { name, value } is returned as a .
+
+
+ A requires each value to be represented as a string. If the value was not a string, then contains the json type.
+ and to determine the json type.
+
Gets a representing the { key, 'value' } pair corresponding to the provided .
- If the key has no corresponding value, this method will throw.
+
+ A requires each value to be represented as a string. If the value was not a string, then contains the json type.
+ and to determine the json type.
+
+ If the key has no corresponding value, this method will throw.
+
+
-
+
- Gets the 'value' corresponding to the provided key from the JWT payload { key, 'value' }.
+ Gets the names of the payload claims on the JsonWebToken.
- If the key has no corresponding value, this method will throw.
- Tries to get the representing the { key, 'value' } pair corresponding to the provided .
+ Try to get a representing the { key, 'value' } pair corresponding to the provided .
+ The value is obtained from the Payload.
- If the key has no corresponding value, returns false. Otherwise returns true.
-
-
-
- Tries to get the 'value' corresponding to the provided key from the JWT payload { key, 'value' }.
-
- If the key has no corresponding value, returns false. Otherwise returns true.
+
+ A requires each value to be represented as a string. If the value was not a string, then contains the json type.
+ and to determine the json type.
+
+ true if successful, false otherwise.
- Gets the 'value' corresponding to the provided key from the JWT header { key, 'value' }.
+ Gets the 'value' corresponding to key from the JWT header transformed as type 'T'.
- If the key has no corresponding value, this method will throw.
+
+ The expectation is that the 'value' corresponds to a type are expected in a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true / false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This is not a general purpose translation layer for complex types.
+
+ The value as .
+ Thrown if claim is not found or a transformation to cannot be made.
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' corresponding to key from the JWT payload transformed as type 'T'.
+
+
+ The expectation is that the 'value' corresponds to a type are expected in a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true / false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This is not a general purpose translation layer for complex types.
+
+ The value as .
+ Thrown if claim is not found or a transformation to cannot be made.
+
+
+
+ Tries to get the claim from the JWT payload.
+
+
+ The 'value' a type T if possible.
+
+ if successful, false otherwise.
Tries to get the value corresponding to the provided key from the JWT header { key, 'value' }.
- If the key has no corresponding value, returns false. Otherwise returns true.
+
+ The expectation is that the 'value' corresponds to a type expected in a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true / false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This is not a general purpose translation layer for complex types.
+
+ if successful, false otherwise.
+
+
+
+ Try to get the 'value' corresponding to key from the JWT payload transformed as type 'T'.
+
+
+ The expectation is that the 'value' corresponds to a type are expected in a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true / false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This is not a general purpose translation layer for complex types.
+
+ if successful, false otherwise.
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'alg' claim from the header.
+
+
+ Identifies the cryptographic algorithm used to encrypt or determine the value of the Content Encryption Key.
+ Applicable to an encrypted JWT (JWE).
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'alg' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'cty' claim from the header.
+
+
+ Used by JWS applications to declare the media type[IANA.MediaTypes] of the secured content (the payload).
+ See: (JWE).
+ See: (JWS).
+
+ If the 'cty' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'enc' claim from the header.
+
+
+ Identifies the content encryption algorithm used to perform authenticated encryption
+ on the plaintext to produce the ciphertext and the Authentication Tag.
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'kid' claim from the header.
+
+
+ 'kid'is a hint indicating which key was used to secure the JWS.
+ See: (JWS).
+ See: (JWE).
+
+ If the 'kid' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'typ' claim from the header.
+
+
+ Is used by JWT applications to declare the media type.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'typ' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'x5t' claim from the header.
+
+
+ Is the base64url-encoded SHA-1 thumbprint(a.k.a.digest) of the DER encoding of the X.509 certificate used to sign this token.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'x5t' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'zip' claim from the header.
+
+
+ The "zip" (compression algorithm) applied to the plaintext before encryption, if any.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'zip' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'actort' claim the payload.
+
+
+ If the 'actort' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the list of 'aud' claims from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'aud' claim is not found, enumeration will be empty.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'azp' claim from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the authorized party for the id_token.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'azp' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'iat' claim converted to a from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the time at which the JWT was issued.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'iat' claim is not found, then is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'iss' claim from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the principal that issued the JWT.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'iss' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'jti' claim from the payload.
+
+
+ Provides a unique identifier for the JWT.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'jti' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'sub' claim from the payload.
+
+
+ See: .
+ Identifies the principal that is the subject of the JWT.
+
+ If the 'sub' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'nbf' claim converted to a from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the time before which the JWT MUST NOT be accepted for processing.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'nbf' claim is not found, then is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'exp' claim converted to a from the payload.
+
+
+ Identifies the expiration time on or after which the JWT MUST NOT be accepted for processing.
+ See: .
+
+ If the 'exp' claim is not found, then is returned.
+
+
- A designed for creating and validating Json Web Tokens.
- See: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519 and http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7515.
+ A designed for creating and validating Json Web Tokens.
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519 and http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7515.
+
+ This partial class is focused on TokenCreation.
+
+ A designed for creating and validating JSON Web Tokens.
+ See: and .
+
+ This partial class contains methods and logic related to the validation of tokens.
+ This partial class contains methods and logic related to the validation of tokens' signatures.
+ This partial class contains methods and logic related to the validation of tokens.
+
+
+
+ Creates a from a .
+
+ The to use as a source.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A containing the .
+
+
+
+ Creates a from a with the specified issuer.
+
+ The to use as a source.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ Specifies the issuer for the .
+ A containing the .
+
+
+
+ Creates an unsigned JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ A JWS in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates an unsigned JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ A JWS in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWS.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ A JWS in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWS.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if ,
+ , , and/or
+ are present inside of .
+ A JWS in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JWT that can be a JWS or JWE.
+
+ A that contains details of contents of the token.
+ A JWT in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if ,
+ , , and/or
+ are present inside of .
+ A JWS in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if ,
+ , , and/or
+ are present inside of .
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ The security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ The compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the inner JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if ,
+ , , and/or
+ are present inside of .
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ Creates a JSON Web Encryption (JWE).
+
+ A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
+ Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if ,
+ , , and/or
+ are present inside of .
+ A JWE in Compact Serialization format.
+
+
+
+ A can contain claims from multiple locations.
+ This method consolidates the claims and adds default times {exp, iat, nbf} if needed.
+ In the case of a claim from this set: {Audience, Issuer, Expires, IssuedAt, NotBefore} being defined in multiple
+ locations in the SecurityTokenDescriptor, the following priority is used:
+ SecurityTokenDescriptor.{Audience/Audiences, Issuer, Expires, IssuedAt, NotBefore} > SecurityTokenDescriptor.Claims >
+ SecurityTokenDescriptor.Subject.Claims
+
+ The to use.
+ The used to create the token.
+ A boolean that controls if expiration, notbefore, issuedat should be added if missing.
+ The default value for the token lifetime in minutes.
+ A dictionary of claims.
+
+
+
+ Encrypts a JWS.
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization format.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if both and are null.
+ Thrown if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
+
+
+
+ Encrypts a JWS.
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization format.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if both and are null.
+ Thrown if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
+
+
+
+ Encrypts a JWS.
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization format.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
+ Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the .
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if both and are null.
+ Thrown if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if compression using fails.
+ Thrown if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
+
+
+
+ Encrypts a JWS.
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization format.
+ Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
+ Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if both and are null.
+ Thrown if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if compression using 'algorithm' fails.
+ Thrown if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
+ Thrown if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
+
+
+
+ Default claim type mapping for inbound claims.
+
+
+
+
+ Default value for the flag that determines whether or not the InboundClaimTypeMap is used.
- Gets the Base64Url encoded string representation of the following JWT header:
+ Gets the Base64Url encoded string representation of the following JWT header:
{ , }.
The Base64Url encoded string representation of the unsigned JWT header.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
Gets the type of the .
- The type of
+ The type of .
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the property name of the will contain the original JSON claim 'name' if a mapping occurred when the (s) were created.
+
+ Thrown if 'value' is null or whitespace.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the property which is used when determining whether or not to map claim types that are extracted when validating a .
+ If this is set to true, the is set to the JSON claim 'name' after translating using this mapping. Otherwise, no mapping occurs.
+ The default value is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the which is used when setting the for claims in the extracted when validating a .
+ The is set to the JSON claim 'name' after translating using this mapping.
+ The default value is ClaimTypeMapping.InboundClaimTypeMap.
+
+ Thrown if 'value' is null.
- Determines if the string is a well formed Json Web Token (JWT).
- see: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519
+ Determines if the string is a well formed JSON Web Token (JWT). See: .
String that should represent a valid JWT.
Uses matching:
@@ -310,244 +863,41 @@
JWE: (wrappedkey): @"^[A-Za-z0-9-_]+\.[A-Za-z0-9-_]+\.[A-Za-z0-9-_]+\.[A-Za-z0-9-_]+\.[A-Za-z0-9-_]$"
- 'false' if the token is null or whitespace.
- 'false' if token.Length is greater than .
- 'true' if the token is in JSON compact serialization format.
+ if the token is null or whitespace.
+ if token.Length is greater than .
+ if the token is in JSON Compact Serialization format.
-
-
- Returns a value that indicates if this handler can validate a .
-
- 'true', indicating this instance can validate a .
-
-
-
- Creates an unsigned JWS (Json Web Signature).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- if is null.
- A JWS in Compact Serialization Format.
-
-
-
- Creates an unsigned JWS (Json Web Signature).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the JWT token header.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- A JWS in Compact Serialization Format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWS (Json Web Signature).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWS.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- A JWS in Compact Serialization Format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWS (Json Web Signature).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWS.
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the JWT token header.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if ,
- , , and/or
- are present inside of .
- A JWS in Compact Serialization Format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWS(Json Web Signature).
-
- A that contains details of contents of the token.
- A JWS in Compact Serialization Format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if ,
- , , and/or
- are present inside of .
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Creates a JWE (Json Web Encryption).
-
- A string containing JSON which represents the JWT token payload.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to sign the JWT.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the JWT.
- Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the JWT token payload.
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if ,
- , , and/or
- are present inside of .
- A JWE in compact serialization format.
-
-
-
- Compress a JWT token string.
-
-
-
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if the compression algorithm is not supported.
- Compressed JWT token bytes.
-
Creates a from a .
The to use as a source.
- Contains parameters for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A containing the .
+
+
+
+ Creates a from a with the specified issuer.
+
+ The to use as a source.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ Specifies the issuer for the .
A containing the .
- Decrypts a JWE and returns the clear text
+ Decrypts a JWE and returns the clear text.
- the JWE that contains the cypher text.
- contains crypto material.
- the decoded / cleartext contents of the JWE.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if ' .Enc' is null or empty.
- if decompression failed.
- if ' .Kid' is not null AND decryption fails.
- if the JWE was not able to be decrypted.
-
-
-
- Encrypts a JWS.
-
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization Format.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
- if is null or empty.
- if is null.
- if both and . are null.
- if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
- if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
- if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
- if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
-
-
-
- Encrypts a JWS.
-
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization Format.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
- if is null or empty.
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if both and . are null.
- if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
- if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
- if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
- if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
-
-
-
- Encrypts a JWS.
-
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization Format.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
- Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the 'innerJwt'.
- if is null or empty.
- if is null.
- if is null or empty.
- if both and . are null.
- if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
- if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
- if compression using fails.
- if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
- if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
-
-
-
- Encrypts a JWS.
-
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS Compact Serialization Format.
- Defines the security key and algorithm that will be used to encrypt the .
- Defines the compression algorithm that will be used to compress the 'innerJwt'.
- Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
- if is null or empty.
- if is null.
- if is null or empty.
- if is null or empty.
- if both and . are null.
- if the CryptoProviderFactory being used does not support the (algorithm), pair.
- if unable to create a token encryption provider for the (algorithm), pair.
- if compression using 'algorithm' fails.
- if encryption fails using the (algorithm), pair.
- if not using one of the supported content encryption key (CEK) algorithms: 128, 384 or 512 AesCbcHmac (this applies in the case of key wrap only, not direct encryption).
+ The JWE that contains the cypher text.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The decoded / cleartext contents of the JWE.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the decompression failed.
+ Thrown if is not null AND the decryption fails.
+ Thrown if the JWE was not able to be decrypted.
@@ -555,58 +905,201 @@
The the token that is being decrypted.
The that is being decrypted.
- A required for validation.
- Returns a to use for signature validation.
- If key fails to resolve, then null is returned
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A to use for signature validation.
+ If key fails to resolve, then null is returned.
Converts a string into an instance of .
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization Format.
- A
- 'token' is null or empty.
- 'token.Length' is greater than .
- If the 'token' is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
- This method is unable to decrypt the payload. Use to obtain the payload.
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ A .
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the length of is greater than .
+
+ If the is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
+ This method is unable to decrypt the payload. Use to obtain the payload.
+
+ The token is NOT validated and no security decisions should be made about the contents.
+ Use or to ensure the token is acceptable.
+
+
Converts a string into an instance of .
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization Format.
- A
- 'token' is null or empty.
- 'token.Length' is greater than .
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ A .
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the length of is greater than .
+ The token is NOT validated and no security decisions should be made about the contents.
+ Use or to ensure the token is acceptable.
+
+
+
+
+ Converts a string into an instance of .
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ A whose TokenReader, if set, will be used to read a JWT.
+ A .
+ Thrown if the validationParameters.TokenReader delegate is not able to parse/read the token as a valid .
+ Thrown if is not a valid JWT, .
+
+
+
+ Decrypts a JWE and returns the clear text.
+
+ The JWE that contains the cypher text.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ The decoded / cleartext contents of the JWE.
+
+
+
+ Returns a to use when decrypting a JWE.
+
+ The the token that is being decrypted.
+ The that is being decrypted.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The call context used for logging.
+ A to use for signature validation.
+ If key fails to resolve, then null is returned.
+
+
+
+ Converts a string into an instance of , returned inside of a .
+
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+
+ A with the if valid, or an error.
+ returned if is null or empty.
+ returned if the validationParameters.TokenReader delegate is not able to parse/read the token as a valid .
+ returned if is not a valid JWT, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the JWT signature.
+
+ The JWT token to validate.
+ The parameters used for validation.
+ The optional configuration used for validation.
+ The context in which the method is called.
+ Returned if or is null."
+ Returned by the default implementation if the token is not signed, or if the validation fails.
+ Returned if the algorithm is not supported by the key.
+ Returned if the key cannot be resolved.
+
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates if this handler can validate a .
+
+ if this instance can validate a .
+
+
+
+ Validates the JWT signature.
+
Validates a JWS or a JWE.
- A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization Format.
- A required for validation.
- A
+ A JSON Web Token (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization format.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A .
-
+
- Validates the JWT signature.
+ Validates a token.
+ On a validation failure, no exception will be thrown; instead, the exception will be set in the returned TokenValidationResult.Exception property.
+ Callers should always check the TokenValidationResult.IsValid property to verify the validity of the result.
+
+ The token to be validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A .
+
+ TokenValidationResult.Exception will be set to one of the following exceptions if the is invalid.
+
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if 'token.Length' is greater than .
+ Thrown if is not a valid ,
+ Thrown if the validationParameters.TokenReader delegate is not able to parse/read the token as a valid ,
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Internal method for token validation, responsible for:
+ (1) Obtaining a configuration from the .
+ (2) Revalidating using the Last Known Good Configuration (if present), and obtaining a refreshed configuration (if necessary) and revalidating using it.
+
+ The JWT token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+
+
+
+ Validates a token.
+ On a validation failure, no exception will be thrown; instead, the exception will be set in the returned TokenValidationResult.Exception property.
+ Callers should always check the TokenValidationResult.IsValid property to verify the validity of the result.
+
+ The token to be validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A that contains useful information for logging.
+ A that can be used to request cancellation of the asynchronous operation.
+ A with either a if the token was validated or an with the failure information and exception otherwise.
+
+ ValidationError.GetException() will return one of the following exceptions if the is invalid.
+
+ Returned if is null or empty.
+ Returned if is null.
+ Returned if 'token.Length' is greater than .
+ Returned if is not a valid ,
+ Returned if the validationParameters.TokenReader delegate is not able to parse/read the token as a valid ,
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This class provides an abstraction over the json parser for net461+ using System.Text.Json.
+ will delegate to this class to get values.
-
+
- Obtains a and validates the signature.
+ Retrieves a value of the specified type associated with the given claim from a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true/false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This method is not designed to handle complex types.
+ For that we would need to provide a way to hook a JsonConverter to for complex types.
- Bytes to validate.
- Signature to compare against.
- to use.
- Crypto algorithm to use.
- The being validated.
- Priority will be given to over .
- 'true' if signature is valid.
+ The type of the value to retrieve.
+ The key associated with the claim to retrieve.
+ Indicates whether to throw an exception if the key is not found.
+ Outputs a boolean indicating whether the key was found.
+ The value associated with the specified key.
+
+
+
+ The return types that are expected in a JWT token.
+ The 5 basic types: number, string, true/false, nil, array (of basic types).
+ This is not a general purpose translation layer for complex types.
+ For that, we would need to provide a way to hook a JsonConverter for complex types.
+
+ The type of the value to retrieve.
+ The key associated with the value to retrieve.
+ The retrieved value associated with the specified key, if found.
+ if the key was found; otherwise, .
- Constants for Json Web Tokens.
+ Constants for JSON Web Tokens.
@@ -661,76 +1154,96 @@
- List of header parameter names see: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.
+ Defines JOSE header parameter names. See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.1
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.10
- also:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.2
+ See: and .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.2
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-4.7.1.1
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.2
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.3
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.4
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.9
- also:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.1
+ See: and .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.6
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#page-12
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.5
+ See: .
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.3
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ Parameter names for JsonWebToken header values as UTF8 bytes.
+ Used by UTF8JsonReader/Writer for performance gains.
- List of registered claims from different sources
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ Defines the standard claim names as per the JWT (JSON Web Token) specification.
+ See: .
+ See: .
+ See: .
@@ -739,143 +1252,206 @@
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ See: .
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#HybridIDToken
+ See: .
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#CodeIDToken
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#AuthRequest
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
- https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-frontchannel-1_0.html#OPLogout
+ See: .
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ See: .
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5
+ See: .
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
+
+
+ Parameter names for JsonWebToken registered claim names in UTF8 bytes.
+ Used by UTF8JsonReader/Writer for performance gains.
- Represents the parameters needed to decrypt a JSON Web Token
+ Represents the parameters needed to decrypt a JSON Web Token.
+ The JwtSecurityTokenHandler uses this as a helper when decrypting a JwtSecurityToken, the JsonWebTokenHandler sets the JsonWebToken property.
@@ -923,9 +1499,14 @@
Gets or sets the collection of s to attempt to decrypt with.
+
+
+ Gets and sets the maximum deflate size in chars that will be processed.
+
+
- Gets or sets the 'value' of the 'zip' claim.
+ Gets or sets the value of the 'zip' claim.
@@ -945,41 +1526,42 @@
- Produces a signature over the 'input'.
+ Produces a signature over the .
- String to be signed
+ The value to be signed.
The that contain crypto specs used to sign the token.
- The bse64urlendcoded signature over the bytes obtained from UTF8Encoding.GetBytes( 'input' ).
- 'input' or 'signingCredentials' is null.
+ The base 64 url encoded signature over the bytes obtained from UTF8Encoding.GetBytes( 'input' ).
+ Thrown if or is null.
- Produces a signature over the 'input'.
+ Produces a signature over the .
- String to be signed
+ The value to be signed.
The that contain crypto specs used to sign the token.
- should the be cached.
- The bse64urlendcoded signature over the bytes obtained from UTF8Encoding.GetBytes( 'input' ).
- 'input' or 'signingCredentials' is null.
+ Indicates whether the should be cached.
+ The base 64 url encoded signature over the bytes obtained from UTF8Encoding.GetBytes( 'input' ).
+ Thrown if or is null.
-
+
Decompress JWT token bytes.
-
-
- if is null.
- if is null.
- if the decompression is not supported.
- if decompression using fails.
- Decompressed JWT token
+ The JWT token bytes to be decompressed.
+ The algorithm used for decompression.
+ The maximum allowable size for the decompressed data.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if the decompression is not supported.
+ Thrown if decompression using fails.
+ The decompressed JWT token.
- Decrypts a Json Web Token.
+ Decrypts a JWT token.
- The Json Web Token
- The validation parameters containing cryptographic material.
+ The JWT token, could be a JwtSecurityToken or JsonWebToken.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The decryption parameters container.
The decrypted, and if the 'zip' claim is set, decompressed string representation of the token.
@@ -993,26 +1575,44 @@
Gets all decryption keys.
-
-
- Gets the DateTime using the number of seconds from 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z (UTC)
-
- Claim in the payload that should map to an integer, float, or string.
- The payload that contains the desired claim value.
- If the claim is not found, the function returns: DateTime.MinValue
-
- If the value of the claim cannot be parsed into a long.
- The DateTime representation of a claim.
-
-
+
Returns a to use when validating the signature of a token.
- The kid field of the token being validated
- The x5t field of the token being validated
- A required for validation.
- Returns a to use for signature validation.
- If key fails to resolve, then null is returned
+ The kid field of the token being validated.
+ The x5t field of the token being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The that will be used along with the to resolve the signing key.
+ A to use for signature validation.
+ Resolve the signing key using configuration then the validationParameters until a key is resolved. If key fails to resolve, then null is returned.
+
+
+
+ Returns a to use when validating the signature of a token.
+
+ The kid field of the token being validated.
+ The x5t field of the token being validated.
+ A collection of a signing key to be resolved from.
+ A to use for signature validation.
+ If key fails to resolve, then is returned.
+
+
+
+ Counts the number of JWT token segments.
+
+ The JWT token.
+ The maximum number of segments to count up to.
+ The number of segments up to .
+
+
+
+ Decrypts a JWT token.
+
+ The JWT token to decrypt.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The decryption parameters container.
+ The call context used for logging.
+ The decrypted, and if the 'zip' claim is set, decompressed string representation of the token.
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll
index ed1530366..447cabe86 100644
Binary files a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5cda2ce9e
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.xml
index f12156e7e..d04aeab16 100644
--- a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.xml
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging.xml
@@ -19,11 +19,21 @@
Flag which indicates whether or not PII is shown in logs. False by default.
+
+
+ Flag which indicates whether or not complete is shown in logs when is set to true. False by default.
+
+
String that is used in place of any arguments to log messages if the 'ShowPII' flag is set to false.
+
+
+ String that is used in place of any arguments to log messages if the 'LogCompleteSecurityArtifact' flag is set to false.
+
+
Indicates whether or the log message header (contains library version, date/time, and PII debugging information) has been written.
@@ -181,11 +191,94 @@
The name of the telemetry.
true if the key is successfully removed; otherwise, false.
+
+
+ Interface that provides an unsafe method to log a security artifact.
+
+
+ SecurityToken and encoded token are considered as SecurityArtifacts.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a string that represents the complete security artifact.
+ This may include sensitive information and should only be used for debugging purposes.
+
+
+
+
+ A context class that can be used to store work per request to aid with debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ Instantiates a new with the default activityId.
+
+
+
+
+ Instantiates a new with an activityId.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or set a that will be used in the call to EventSource.SetCurrentThreadActivityId before logging.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean controlling if logs are written into the context.
+ Useful when debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that helps with setting breakpoints when debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ The collection of logs associated with a request. Use to control capture.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets an that enables custom extensibility scenarios.
+
+
Helper class for logging.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a logger to which logs will be written to.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates whether the log message header (contains library version, date/time, and PII debugging information) has been written.
+
+
+
+
+ The log message that is shown when PII is off.
+
+
+
+
+ The log message that is shown when PII is on.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets whether logging is enabled at the specified ."/>
+
+ The log level
+ if logging is enabled at the specified level; otherwise, .
+
Logs an exception using the event source logger and returns new exception.
@@ -381,11 +474,156 @@
Format arguments.
Formatted string.
+
+
+ Marks a log message argument () as NonPII.
+
+ A log message argument to be marked as NonPII.
+ An argument marked as NonPII.
+
+ Marking an argument as NonPII in calls will result in logging
+ that argument in cleartext, regardless of the flag value.
+
+
+
+
+ Marks a log message argument () as SecurityArtifact.
+
+ A log message argument to be marked as SecurityArtifact.
+ A callback function to log the security artifact safely.
+ An argument marked as SecurityArtifact.
+
+ Since even the payload may sometimes contain security artifacts, naïve disarm algorithms such as removing signatures
+ will not work. For now the will only be leveraged if
+ is set and no unsafe callback is provided. Future changes
+ may introduce a support for best effort disarm logging.
+
+
+
+
+ Marks a log message argument () as SecurityArtifact.
+
+ A log message argument to be marked as SecurityArtifact.
+ A callback function to log the security artifact safely.
+ A callback function to log the security artifact without scrubbing.
+ An argument marked as SecurityArtifact.
+ if is null.
+ if is null.
+
+ Since even the payload may sometimes contain security artifacts, naïve disarm algorithms such as removing signatures
+ will not work. For now the is currently unused. Future changes
+ may introduce a support for best effort disarm logging which will leverage .
+
+
+
+
+ Marks a log message argument () as SecurityArtifact.
+
+ A log message argument to be marked as SecurityArtifact.
+ A callback function to log the security artifact without scrubbing.
+ An argument marked as SecurityArtifact.
+ if is null.
+
+
+
+ Creates a by using the provided event level, exception argument, string argument and arguments list.
+
+
+
+ The log message.
+ An object array that contains zero or more objects to format.
+
Log messages and codes for Microsoft.IdentityModel.Logging
+
+
+ An internal structure that is used to mark an argument as NonPII.
+ Arguments wrapped with a NonPII structure will be considered as NonPII in the message logging process.
+
+
+
+
+ Argument wrapped with a structure is considered as NonPII in the message logging process.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of that wraps the .
+
+ An argument that is considered as NonPII.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string that represents the .
+
+ Null if the is , otherwise calls method of the .
+
+
+
+ An internal structure that is used to mark an argument as SecurityArtifact.
+ Arguments wrapped with a SecurityArtifact structure will be considered as a SecurityArtifact in the message logging process.
+
+
+ SecurityToken and encoded token are considered as SecurityArtifacts.
+
+
+
+
+ Argument wrapped with a structure is considered as SecurityArtifact in the message logging process.
+
+
+
+
+ The ToString callback delegate that returns a disarmed SecurityArtifact.
+
+
+
+
+ The ToString callback delegate that returns an unscrubbed SecurityArtifact.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of that wraps the .
+
+ An argument that is considered as SecurityArtifact.
+ A callback used to disarm the token.
+
+ Since even the payload may sometimes contain security artifacts, naïve disarm algorithms (such as removing signatures
+ in the case of JWTs) will not work. For now the will only be leveraged if
+ is set and no unsafe callback is provided. Future changes
+ may introduce a support for best effort disarm logging.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of that wraps the .
+
+ An argument that is considered as SecurityArtifact.
+ A ToString callback.
+ A ToString callback which will return the unscrubbed artifact.
+
+ Since even the payload may sometimes contain security artifacts, naïve disarm algorithms (such as removing signatures
+ in the case of JWTs) will not work. For now the is currently unused. Future changes
+ may introduce a support for best effort disarm logging which will leverage .
+
+
+
+
+ A dummy callback which can be leveraged to return a standard scrubbed token in the case where expected token is unknown.
+
+ Ignored token.
+ The standard scrubbed token string.
+
+
+
+ Returns a string that represents the .
+
+ Null if the is , otherwise calls the provided safe callback on .
+
Event listener that writes logs to a file or a fileStream provided by user.
@@ -424,5 +662,210 @@
Releases all resources used by the current instance of the class.
+
+
+ Indicates that the specified method requires dynamic access to code that is not referenced
+ statically, for example through .
+
+
+ This allows tools to understand which methods are unsafe to call when removing unreferenced
+ code from an application.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified message.
+
+
+ A message that contains information about the usage of unreferenced code.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a message that contains information about the usage of unreferenced code.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets an optional URL that contains more information about the method,
+ why it requires unreferenced code, and what options a consumer has to deal with it.
+
+
+
+
+ Suppresses reporting of a specific rule violation, allowing multiple suppressions on a
+ single code artifact.
+
+
+ is different than
+ in that it doesn't have a
+ . So it is always preserved in the compiled assembly.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the
+ class, specifying the category of the tool and the identifier for an analysis rule.
+
+ The category for the attribute.
+ The identifier of the analysis rule the attribute applies to.
+
+
+
+ Gets the category identifying the classification of the attribute.
+
+
+ The property describes the tool or tool analysis category
+ for which a message suppression attribute applies.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the identifier of the analysis tool rule to be suppressed.
+
+
+ Concatenated together, the and
+ properties form a unique check identifier.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the scope of the code that is relevant for the attribute.
+
+
+ The Scope property is an optional argument that specifies the metadata scope for which
+ the attribute is relevant.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a fully qualified path that represents the target of the attribute.
+
+
+ The property is an optional argument identifying the analysis target
+ of the attribute. An example value is "System.IO.Stream.ctor():System.Void".
+ Because it is fully qualified, it can be long, particularly for targets such as parameters.
+ The analysis tool user interface should be capable of automatically formatting the parameter.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets an optional argument expanding on exclusion criteria.
+
+
+ The property is an optional argument that specifies additional
+ exclusion where the literal metadata target is not sufficiently precise. For example,
+ the cannot be applied within a method,
+ and it may be desirable to suppress a violation against a statement in the method that will
+ give a rule violation, but not against all statements in the method.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the justification for suppressing the code analysis message.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified member types.
+
+ The types of members dynamically accessed.
+
+
+
+ Gets the which specifies the type
+ of members dynamically accessed.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the types of members that are dynamically accessed.
+
+ This enumeration has a attribute that allows a
+ bitwise combination of its member values.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies no members.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies the default, parameterless public constructor.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public constructors.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public constructors.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public methods.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public methods.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public fields.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public fields.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public nested types.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public nested types.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public properties.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public properties.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all public events.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all non-public events.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all interfaces implemented by the type.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies all members.
+
+
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll
index 941c9e961..0dd005fb2 100644
Binary files a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..696a7c39f
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.xml
index 509964abc..0a17896f1 100644
--- a/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.xml
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens.xml
@@ -4,24 +4,95 @@
Microsoft.IdentityModel.Tokens
+
+
+ Identifiers used for switching between different app compat behaviors within the Microsoft.IdentityModel libraries.
+
+
+ Use instead.
+
+
+
+
+ Uses for the token's `kid` header parameter. When using
+ ECDH-based key wrap algorithms the public key portion of is also written
+ to the token's `epk` header parameter.
+
+
+ Enabling this switch improves the library's conformance to RFC 7518 with regards to how the header values for
+ `kid` and `epk` are set in ECDH key wrap scenarios. The previous behavior erroneously used key ID of
+ as the `kid` parameter, and did not automatically set `epk` as the spec
+ defines. This switch enables the intended behavior where
+ is used for `kid` and the public portion of is used for `epk`.
+
+
+
+
+ Identifiers used for switching between different app compatibility behaviors within the Microsoft.IdentityModel packages.
+
+
+ The Microsoft.IdentityModel libraries use to turn on or off certain API behavioral
+ changes that might have an effect on application compatibility. This class defines the set of switches that are
+ available to modify library behavior. Application compatibility is favored as the default - so if your application
+ needs to rely on the new behavior, you will need to enable the switch manually. Setting a switch's value can be
+ done programmatically through the method, or through other means such as
+ setting it through MSBuild, app configuration, or registry settings. These alternate methods are described in the
+ documentation.
+
+
+
+
+ Enables a fallback to the previous behavior of using instead of globally.
+
+
+
+
+ When validating the issuer signing key, specifies whether to fail if the 'tid' claim is missing.
+
+
+
+
+ When reading claims from the token, specifies whether to try to convert all string claims to DateTime.
+ Some claims are known not to be DateTime, so conversion is skipped.
+
+
+
+
+ Uses for the token's `kid` header parameter. When using
+ ECDH-based key wrap algorithms the public key portion of is also written
+ to the token's `epk` header parameter.
+
+
+ Enabling this switch improves the library's conformance to RFC 7518 with regards to how the header values for
+ `kid` and `epk` are set in ECDH key wrap scenarios. The previous behavior erroneously used key ID of
+ as the `kid` parameter, and did not automatically set `epk` as the spec
+ defines. This switch enables the intended behavior where
+ is used for `kid` and the public portion of is used for `epk`.
+
+
+
+
+ Used for testing to reset all switches to its default value.
+
+
- This adapter abstracts the 'RSA' differences between versions of .Net targets.
+ This adapter abstracts the 'RSA' differences between versions of .NET targets.
- Calls and
+ Calls and .
- Base class for a Security Key that contains Asymmetric key material.
+ Base class for a that contains Asymmetric key material.
- Default constructor
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
@@ -32,9 +103,13 @@
- Gets the status of the private key.
+ Gets a value indicating the existence of the private key.
- 'Exists' if private key exists for sure; 'DoesNotExist' if private key doesn't exist for sure; 'Unknown' if we cannot determine.
+
+ if the private key exists.
+ if the private key does not exist.
+ if the existence of the private key cannot be determined.
+
@@ -75,31 +150,23 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class used to create and verify signatures.
- The that will be used for signature operations.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
+ The that will be used for signature operations.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
- Initializes a new instance of the class used to create and verify signatures.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class used for creating and verifying signatures.
The that will be used for signature operations.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
- If this is required to create signatures then set this to true.
-
- Creating signatures requires that the has access to a private key.
- Verifying signatures (the default), does not require access to the private key.
-
- is null.
- is null or empty.
- is true and there is no private key.
- If and algorithm pair are not supported.
-
- willCreateSignatures is true and .KeySize is less than the size corresponding to the given algorithm in .
-
-
- .KeySize is less than the size corresponding to the algorithm in . Note: this is always checked.
-
- If the runtime is unable to create a suitable cryptographic provider.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures; otherwise, it will be used for verifying signatures.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is true and there is no private key available.
+ Thrown if the and algorithm pair are not supported.
+ Thrown if is true and is less than the required size for signing.
+ Thrown if is less than the required size for verifying signatures.
+ Thrown if the runtime is unable to create a suitable cryptographic provider.
@@ -119,8 +186,8 @@
The SignatureAlgorithm in use.
The to use.
- if is null or whitespace.
- if is not supported.
+ Thrown if is null or whitespace.
+ Thrown if is not supported.
@@ -133,22 +200,23 @@
The bytes to be signed.
A signature over the input.
- if is null.
- if .Length == 0.
- If has been called.
+ Thrown if is null or has length of 0.
+ Thrown If has been called.
Sign is thread safe.
+
+
+
Validates that an asymmetric key size is of sufficient size for a SignatureAlgorithm.
The asymmetric key to validate.
- Algorithm for which this key will be used.
- Whether they key will be used for creating signatures.
- if is null.
- if is null or empty.
- if .KeySize is less than the minimum
- acceptable size.
+ The algorithm for which this key will be used.
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is less than the minimum acceptable size.
for minimum signing sizes.
for minimum verifying sizes.
@@ -163,66 +231,345 @@
The bytes to generate the signature over.
The value to verify against.
true if signature matches, false otherwise.
- is null or has length == 0.
- is null or has length == 0.
- If has been called.
+ Thrown if is null or has length of 0.
+ Thrown if is null or has length of 0.
+ Thrown if has been called.
Verify is thread safe.
+
+
+
- Calls to release managed resources.
+ Releases the resources used by the current instance.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer.
+ If true, release both managed and unmanaged resources; otherwise, release only unmanaged resources.
- Encodes and Decodes strings as Base64Url encoding.
+ Encodes and Decodes strings as base64url encoding.
- The following functions perform base64url encoding which differs from regular base64 encoding as follows
- * padding is skipped so the pad character '=' doesn't have to be percent encoded
- * the 62nd and 63rd regular base64 encoding characters ('+' and '/') are replace with ('-' and '_')
- The changes make the encoding alphabet file and URL safe.
+ Performs base64url encoding, which differs from regular base64 encoding as follows:
+ * Padding is skipped so the pad character '=' doesn't have to be percent encoded.
+ * The 62nd and 63rd regular base64 encoding characters ('+' and '/') are replaced with ('-' and '_').
+ This makes the encoding alphabet URL safe.
- string to encode.
- Base64Url encoding of the UTF8 bytes.
-
-
-
- Converts a subset of an array of 8-bit unsigned integers to its equivalent string representation that is encoded with base-64-url digits. Parameters specify
- the subset as an offset in the input array, and the number of elements in the array to convert.
-
- An array of 8-bit unsigned integers.
- An offset in inArray.
- The number of elements of inArray to convert.
- The string representation in base 64 url encoding of length elements of inArray, starting at position offset.
- 'inArray' is null.
- offset or length is negative OR offset plus length is greater than the length of inArray.
+ The string to encode.
+ The base64url encoding of the UTF8 bytes.
- Converts a subset of an array of 8-bit unsigned integers to its equivalent string representation that is encoded with base-64-url digits. Parameters specify
- the subset as an offset in the input array, and the number of elements in the array to convert.
+ Converts a subset of an array of 8-bit unsigned integers to its equivalent string representation encoded with base64url digits.
An array of 8-bit unsigned integers.
- The string representation in base 64 url encoding of length elements of inArray, starting at position offset.
- 'inArray' is null.
- offset or length is negative OR offset plus length is greater than the length of inArray.
+ The base64url encoded string representation of the elements in inArray.
+ Thrown if inArray is null.
+ Thrown if offset or length is negative, or if offset plus length is greater than the length of inArray.
+
+
+
+ Converts a subset of an array of 8-bit unsigned integers to its equivalent string representation encoded with base64url digits.
+ Parameters specify the subset as an offset in the input array and the number of elements in the array to convert.
+
+ An array of 8-bit unsigned integers.
+ An offset in inArray.
+ The number of elements of inArray to convert.
+ The base64url encoded string representation of length elements of inArray, starting at position offset.
+ Thrown if inArray is null.
+ Thrown if offset or length is negative, or if offset plus length is greater than the length of inArray.
+
+
+
+ Populates a with the base64url encoded representation of a of bytes.
+
+ A read-only span of bytes to encode.
+ The span of characters to write the encoded output.
+ The number of characters written to the output span.
- Converts the specified string, which encodes binary data as base-64-url digits, to an equivalent 8-bit unsigned integer array.
- base64Url encoded string.
- UTF8 bytes.
+ Converts the specified base64url encoded string to UTF-8 bytes.
+
+ The base64url encoded string.
+ The UTF-8 bytes.
- Decodes the string from Base64UrlEncoded to UTF8.
+ Decodes the specified base64url encoded string to UTF-8.
+
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The UTF-8 decoded string.
+
+
+
+ Base64 encode/decode implementation for as per https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648#section-5.
+ Uses ArrayPool[T] to minimize memory usage.
+
+
+
+
+ Decodes a base64url encoded string into a byte array.
+
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The decoded bytes.
+
+
+
+ Decodes a base64url encoded substring of a string into a byte array.
+
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The index of the character in to start decoding.
+ The number of characters in to decode.
+ The decoded bytes.
+
+
+
+ Decodes a base64url encoded substring of a string and then performs an action on the decoded bytes.
+
+ The output type of the decoding action.
+ The type of the input parameter to the action.
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The index of the character in to start decoding.
+ The number of characters in to decode from .
+ The input parameter to the action.
+ The action to perform on the decoded bytes.
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The buffer for the decode operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the decoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Decodes a base64url encoded substring of a string and then performs an action on the decoded bytes.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The index of the character in to start decoding from.
+ The number of characters in to decode from .
+ The action to perform on the decoded bytes.
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The buffer for the decode operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the decoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Decodes a base64url encoded substring of a string and then performs an action on the decoded bytes.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The type of input parameter 1 to the action.
+ The type of input parameter 2 to the action.
+ The type of input parameter 3 to the action.
+ The base64url encoded string to decode.
+ The index of the character in to start decoding from.
+ The number of characters in to decode from .
+ Input parameter 1 to the action.
+ Input parameter 2 to the action.
+ Input parameter 3 to the action.
+ The action to perform on the decoded bytes.
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The buffer for the decode operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the decoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Decodes a Base64Url encoded substring of a string into a byte array.
+
+ The string represented as a span to decode.
+ The index of the character in to start decoding from.
+ The number of characters beginning from to decode.
+ The byte array to place the decoded results into.
+
+ Changes from Base64UrlEncoder implementation:
+ 1. Padding is optional.
+ 2. '+' and '-' are treated the same.
+ 3. '/' and '_' are treated the same.
+
+
+
+
+ Encodes a byte array into a base64url encoded string.
+
+ The bytes to encode.
+ base64url encoded string.
+
+
+
+ Encodes a subset of a byte array into a Base64Url encoded string.
+
+ The byte array to encode.
+ The index into to start the encode operation.
+ The number of bytes in to encode, starting from .
+ Base64Url encoded string.
+
+
+
+ Validates the input span for a decode operation.
+
+ The string represented by a span to validate.
+ The index of the character in to start the decode operation.
+ The number of characters in to decode, starting from .
+ The size of the decoded bytes array.
+
+
+
+ Represents a generic metadata configuration which is applicable for both XML and JSON based configurations.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the issuer specified via the metadata endpoint.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the that the IdentityProvider indicates are to be used in order to sign tokens.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the token endpoint specified via the metadata endpoint.
+ This is the fed:PassiveRequestorEndpoint in WS-Federation ()
+ or the token_endpoint in the OIDC metadata.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the token endpoint specified via the metadata endpoint.
+ This is the fed:SecurityTokenServiceType in WS-Federation ()
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the that the IdentityProvider indicates are to be used in order to decrypt tokens.
+
+
+
+
+ Compares instances of for equality.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the specified objects are equal.
+
+ The first to compare.
+ The second to compare.
+ true if the specified objects are equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Returns a hash code for the specified object.
+
+ The for which a hash code is to be returned.
+ A hash code for the specified object.
+
+
+
+ Represents a generic configuration manager.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that controls how often an automatic metadata refresh should occur.
+
+
+
+
+ Default time interval (12 hours) after which a new configuration is obtained automatically.
+
+
+
+
+ Default time interval (1 hour) for which the last known good configuration remains valid.
+
+
+
+
+ Default time interval (5 minutes) that must pass for to obtain a new configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The event queue task creation option.
+
+
+
+ Obtains an updated version of if the appropriate refresh interval has passed.
+ This method may return a cached version of the configuration.
+
+ A cancellation token that can be used to cancel the asynchronous operation.
+ Configuration of type Configuration.
+ This method on the base class throws a
+ as it is meant to be overridden by the class that extends it.
+
+
+
+ Gets all valid last known good configurations.
+
+ A collection of all valid last known good configurations.
+
+
+
+ The last known good configuration or LKG (a configuration retrieved in the past that we were able to successfully validate a token against).
+
+
+
+
+ The length of time that a last known good configuration is valid for.
+
+
+
+
+ The metadata address to retrieve the configuration from.
+
+
+
+
+ Minimum time interval (5 minutes) for automatic refresh. cannot be set to less than this value.
+
+
+
+
+ Minimum time interval (1 second) that must pass before calling to obtain new configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ The minimum time between retrievals, in the event that a retrieval failed, or that a refresh was explicitly requested.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the last known good configuration. Default is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the last known good configuration is still valid, depends on when the LKG was first used and it's lifetime.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicate that the configuration may be stale (as indicated by failing to process incoming tokens).
- string to decode.
- UTF8 string.
@@ -231,40 +578,141 @@
- Instantiates a new with a default activityId.
+ Instantiates a new with a default activity identifier.
- Instantiates a new with an activityId.
+ Instantiates a new with an activity identifier.
-
+
- Gets or set a that will be used in the call to EventSource.SetCurrentThreadActivityId before logging.
+ A derived where claim retrieval is case-sensitive. The current retrieves claims in a case-insensitive manner which is different than querying the underlying . The provides consistent retrieval logic between the and .
-
+
- Gets or sets a boolean controlling if logs are written into the context.
- Useful when debugging.
+ Gets the associated with this claims identity.
-
+
- The collection of logs associated with a request. Use to control capture.
+ Initializes an instance of .
-
+
- Gets or sets an that enables custom extensibility scenarios.
+ Initializes an instance of .
+ The authentication method used to establish this identity.
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+ to copy.
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+ associated with this instance.
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+ associated with this instance.
+ The authentication method used to establish this identity.
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+ associated with this instance.
+ The authentication method used to establish this identity.
+ The used when obtaining the value of .
+ The used when performing logic for .
+
+
+
+ Initializes an instance of .
+
+ The authentication method used to establish this identity.
+ The used when obtaining the value of .
+ The used when performing logic for .
+
+
+
+ Retrieves a where each equals .
+
+ The type of the claim to match.
+ A of matched claims.
+ Comparison is .
+ if is null.
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the first where equals .
+
+ The type of the claim to match.
+ A , if nothing matches.
+ Comparison is .
+ if is null.
+
+
+
+ Determines if a claim with type AND value is contained within this claims identity.
+
+ The type of the claim to match.
+ The value of the claim to match.
+ true if a claim is matched, false otherwise.
+ Comparison is for and .
+ if is null.
+ if is null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Helper class to load X509Certificate2 from byte array.
+
+
+
+
+ Load a X509Certificate2 from a base64 encoded string.
+
+
+
+
+ Facilitates the creation of and instances based on the .
+
+
+
+
+ A class which contains useful methods for processing collections.
+
+
+
+
+ Checks whether the specified is null or empty.
+
+ The type of the elements in the .
+ The to be checked.
+ True if the is null or contains no elements; otherwise, false.
Constants for compression algorithms.
+
+
+ See: .
+
+
Compression provider factory for compression and decompression.
@@ -277,14 +725,14 @@
- Default constructor for .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- Constructor that creates a deep copy of given object.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- to copy from.
+ The to copy from.
@@ -298,63 +746,102 @@
- Answers if an algorithm is supported.
+ Determines whether the specified algorithm is supported.
- the name of the crypto algorithm.
- true if the algorithm is supported, false otherwise.
+ The name of the cryptographic algorithm.
+ if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, .
- Returns a for a specific algorithm.
+ Creates a for a specified compression algorithm.
+
+ The compression algorithm.
+ An instance of for the specified algorithm.
+
+
+
+ Creates a for a specific compression algorithm with a maximum deflate size limit.
+
+ The compression algorithm.
+ The maximum size limit (in characters) for deflate compression processing.
+ A instance.
+
+
+
+ Defines the options which can be used to configure the internal LKG configuration cache.
+ See for more details.
+
+
+
+
+ 10 is the default size limit of the cache (in number of items) for last known good configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that is used to determine equality of values for .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size limit of the cache (in number of items) for last known good configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ The event queue task creation option, default to None instead of LongRunning as LongRunning will always start a task on a new thread instead of a thread from ThreadPool.
+
+
+
+
+ Whether or not to remove expired items.
- the decompression algorithm.
- a .
- Definition of cache for crypto providers
+ Abstract definition of a cache for cryptographic providers.
- Returns the cache key to use when looking up an entry into the cache for a
+ Returns the cache key used to look up an entry for a .
- the to create the key for.
- the cache key to use for finding a .
+ The to create the key for.
+ The cache key used for finding a .
- Returns the 'key' that will be used to find a crypto provider in this cache.
+ Returns the cache key used to find a cryptographic provider in this cache.
- the key that is used to by the crypto provider.
- the algorithm that is used by the crypto provider.
- the typeof the crypto provider obtained by calling object.GetType().
- the cache key to use for finding a crypto provider.
+ The key used by the cryptographic provider.
+ The algorithm used by the cryptographic provider.
+ The type of the cryptographic provider obtained by calling object.GetType().
+ The cache key used for finding a cryptographic provider.
- Trys to adds a to this cache.
+ Tries to add a to this cache.
- to cache.
- true if the was added, false if the cache already contained the
+ The to cache.
+ True if the was added; false if the cache already contained the .
- Trys to find a in this cache.
+ Tries to find a in this cache.
- the key that is used to by the crypto provider.
- the algorithm that is used by the crypto provider.
- the typeof the crypto provider obtained by calling object.GetType().
- a bool to indicate if the will be used to sign.
- the if found.
- true if a was found, false otherwise.
+ The key used by the cryptographic provider.
+ The algorithm used by the cryptographic provider.
+ The type of the cryptographic provider obtained by calling object.GetType().
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures.
+ The if found.
+ True if a was found; false otherwise.
- Trys to remove a from this cache.
+ Tries to remove a from this cache.
- to remove.
- true if the was removed, false if the was not found.
+ The to remove.
+ True if the was removed; false if the was not found.
@@ -365,14 +852,13 @@
- Default value for .
+ Default value for the cache size limit (). Default is 1000.
- Gets or sets the size of the cache (in number of items).
- 20% of the cache will be evicted whenever the cache gets to 95% of this size.
- Items will be evicted from least recently used to most recently used.
+ Gets or sets the size limit of the cache (in number of items).
+ When the cache reaches 95% of this size, 20% of the least recently used items will be evicted.
@@ -402,26 +888,24 @@
- Default constructor for .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- Initializes an instance of a .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The cache to use for caching CryptoProviders
-
+ The cache to use for caching CryptoProviders.
- Constructor that creates a deep copy of given object.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- to copy from.
+ The to copy from.
- Gets the
+ Gets the .
@@ -444,186 +928,191 @@
- Creates an instance of for a specific <SecurityKey, Algorithm>.
+ Creates an instance of for a specific and .
- the to use.
- the algorithm to use.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if and algorithm pair are not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
+ The to use.
+ The algorithm to use.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
- If is set and returns true.
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- When finished with the call .
+ Once done with the , call .
- an instance of
+ An instance of .
- Creates an instance of for a specific <SecurityKey, Algorithm>.
+ Creates an instance of for a specific and .
- the to use.
- the algorithm to use.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if and algorithm pair are not supported.
- thrown if returns a type not assignable from .
+ The to use.
+ The algorithm to use.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
- If is set and returns true.
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- When finished with the call .
+ Once done with the , call .
- an instance of
+ An instance of .
- Creates an instance of for a specific <SecurityKey, Algorithm>.
+ Creates an instance of for a specific and .
- the to use.
- the algorithm to use.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if and algorithm pair are not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
+ The to use.
+ The algorithm to use.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
- If is set and returns true.
- is called to obtain the .
+ If is set and returns true,
+ is called to obtain the .
- When finished with the call .
+ Once done with the , call .
- an instance of
+ An instance of .
- Creates a that creates a signature with the algorithm and .
+ Creates a for signing with the specified and .
- the to use for signing.
- the algorithm to use for signing.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if is too small.
- thrown if is not assignable from or .
- thrown if the key / algorithm is not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
+ The to use for signing.
+ The algorithm to use for signing.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is too small.
+ Thrown if is not assignable from or .
+ Thrown if the key or algorithm combination is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
- AsymmetricSignatureProviders require access to a PrivateKey for Signing.
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ AsymmetricSignatureProviders require access to a PrivateKey for signing.
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A that can be used to create a signature using the and algorithm.
+ A instance that can be used to create a signature.
- Creates a that creates a signature with the algorithm and .
+ Creates a for signing with the specified and .
- the to use for signing.
- the algorithm to use for signing.
- indicates if the should be cached for reuse.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if is too small.
- thrown if is not assignable from or .
- thrown if the key / algorithm is not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
+ The to use for signing.
+ The algorithm to use for signing.
+ Indicates whether the should be cached for reuse.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is too small.
+ Thrown if is not assignable from or .
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
- AsymmetricSignatureProviders require access to a PrivateKey for Signing.
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ AsymmetricSignatureProviders require access to a PrivateKey for signing.
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A that can be used to create a signature using the and algorithm.
+ A instance that can be used to create a signature.
- Creates a that supports the and algorithm.
+ Creates a for verifying signatures with the specified and .
The to use for signature verification.
- The algorithm to use for verifying.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if is too small.
- thrown if is not assignable from or .
- thrown if the key / algorithm is not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ The algorithm to use for verifying signatures.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is too small.
+ Thrown if is not assignable from or .
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
+
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A that can be used to validate a signature using the and algorithm.
+ A instance that can be used to validate signatures using the and algorithm.
- Creates a that supports the and algorithm.
+ Creates a for verifying signatures with the specified and .
The to use for signature verification.
- The algorithm to use for verifying.
- should the be cached.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if is too small.
- thrown if is not assignable from or .
- thrown if the key / algorithm is not supported.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ The algorithm to use for verifying signatures.
+ Specifies whether the should be cached for reuse.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is too small.
+ Thrown if is not assignable from or .
+ Thrown if the combination of and is not supported.
+ Thrown if the type returned by is not assignable to .
+
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A that can be used to validate a signature using the and algorithm.
+ A instance that can be used to validate signatures using the and algorithm.
- Creates a for a specific algorithm.
+ Creates a instance for a specific hash algorithm.
- the name of the hash algorithm to create.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
- thrown if is not supported.
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ The name of the hash algorithm to create.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if returns a type that is not assignable to .
+ Thrown if is not supported.
+
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A .
+ A instance that corresponds to the specified .
- Creates a for a specific algorithm.
+ Creates a instance for a specific hash algorithm.
- the name of the hash algorithm to create.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
- thrown if is not supported.
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ The name of the hash algorithm to create.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if returns a type that is not assignable to .
+ Thrown if is not supported.
+
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A .
+ A instance that corresponds to the specified .
- Returns a for a specific algorithm.
+ Creates a instance for a specific keyed hash algorithm.
- bytes to use to create the Keyed Hash.
- the name of the keyed hash algorithm to create.
- thrown if is null.
- thrown if is null or empty.
- thrown if returns a type that is not assignable from .
- is not supported.
- When finished with the call .
- If is set and returns true.
+ The bytes to use as the key for the keyed hash.
+ The name of the keyed hash algorithm to create.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if returns a type that is not assignable to .
+ Thrown if is not supported.
+
+ Once done with the , call .
+ If is set and returns true,
is called to obtain the .
- A .
+ A instance that corresponds to the specified .
@@ -631,111 +1120,116 @@
In these cases, will be an empty string, and these keys should not be cached.
to be examined.
- True if should be cached, false otherwise.
+ if should be cached; otherwise, .
- Checks if an algorithm is supported.
+ Determines whether the specified hash algorithm is supported.
- the name of the Hash algorithm.
- Only considers known Hash algorithms.
- true if:
-
- If is set and returns true.
-
- The algorithm is supported.
-
+ The name of the hash algorithm.
+ Considers only known hash algorithms.
+
+ if:
+
+ - is set and returns true,
+ - The algorithm is supported.
+
+ Otherwise, .
- Checks if the algorithm and is supported.
+ Checks if the specified algorithm and are supported.
- the security algorithm to apply.
- the .
- Algorithms are supported for specific key types.
+ The security algorithm to be used.
+ The .
+
+ Algorithms are supported for specific key types.
For example:
- and will return true.
- and will return false.
+
+ - and will return true.
+ - and will return false.
+
- true if:
-
- If is set and returns true.
-
- The algorithm / key pair is supported.
-
+
+ if:
+
+ - is set and returns true,
+ - The algorithm / key pair is supported.
+
+ Otherwise, .
- When finished with a call this method for cleanup. The default behavior is to call
+ Releases resources associated with a instance. The default behavior is to call .
- to be released.
- thrown if is null.
+ The instance to release.
+ Thrown if is null.
- When finished with a call this method for cleanup."/>
+ Releases resources associated with a instance.
- to be released.
- thrown if is null.
+ The instance to release.
+ Thrown if is null.
- When finished with a call this method for cleanup."/>
+ Releases resources associated with an instance.
- to be released.
- thrown if is null.
+ The instance to release.
+ Thrown if is null.
- When finished with a call this method for cleanup. The default behavior is to call
+ Releases resources associated with a instance.
- to be released.
- thrown if is null.
+ The instance to release.
+ Thrown if is null.
- Helper class for adding DateTimes and Timespans.
+ Utility class for performing operations involving and .
- Add a DateTime and a TimeSpan.
- The maximum time is DateTime.MaxTime. It is not an error if time + timespan > MaxTime.
- Just return MaxTime.
+ Adds a and a .
+ If the resulting value exceeds , returns .
+ If the resulting value is less than , returns .
Initial value.
to add.
- as the sum of time and timespan.
+ The sum of and , or if the sum exceeds it, or if the sum is less than it.
- Gets the Maximum value for a DateTime specifying kind.
+ Gets the maximum value for a with the specified .
- DateTimeKind to use.
- DateTime of specified kind.
+ The .
+ The maximum value of the specified kind.
- Gets the Minimum value for a DateTime specifying kind.
+ Gets the minimum value for a with the specified .
- DateTimeKind to use.
- DateTime of specified kind.
+ The .
+ The minimum value of the specified kind.
- Ensures that DataTime is UTC.
+ Converts the specified to UTC if it is not already in UTC.
- to convert.
-
+ The to convert.
+ The converted in UTC, or null if is null.
- Ensures that DateTime is UTC.
+ Converts the specified to UTC if it is not already in UTC.
- to convert.
-
+ The to convert.
+ The converted in UTC.
@@ -764,30 +1258,234 @@
Set to by default.
+
+
+ Gets and sets the maximum deflate size in chars that will be processed.
+
+ Thrown if the value is less than 1.
+
- Decompress the value using DEFLATE algorithm.
+ Decompresses the value using Deflate algorithm.
- the bytes to decompress.
- the decompressed bytes.
+ The bytes to decompress.
+ The decompressed bytes.
- Compress the value using the DEFLATE algorithm.
+ Compresses the value using the Deflate algorithm.
- the bytes to compress.
- the compressed bytes.
+ The bytes to compress.
+ The compressed bytes.
- Answers if a compression algorithm is supported.
+ Determines whether the specified compression algorithm is supported.
- the name of the compression algorithm.
- true if the compression algorithm is supported, false otherwise.
+ The name of the compression algorithm.
+ if the compression algorithm is supported; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the cryptographic algorithm used.
+
+ The algorithm to be validated.
+ The used to sign the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ if the algorithm is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the audiences found in the security token.
+
+ The audiences found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ if the audience is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Resolves the signing key used for validating a token's signature.
+
+ The string representation of the token being validated.
+ The being validated, which may be null.
+ The key identifier, which may be null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The used to validate the signature.
+ If both and are set, takes priority.
+
+
+
+ Resolves the signing key using additional configuration.
+
+ The string representation of the token being validated.
+ The being validated, which may be null.
+ The key identifier, which may be null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The configuration required for validation.
+ The used to validate the signature.
+ If both and are set, takes priority.
+
+
+
+ Validates the signing key used for the security token.
+
+ The used to sign the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ if the signing key is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the signing key using additional configuration.
+
+ The used to sign the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The configuration required for validation.
+ if the signing key is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the issuer of the security token.
+
+ The issuer to be validated.
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The validated issuer to use when creating claims.
+ The delegate should return a non-null string that represents the issuer. If null, a default value will be used. If both and are set, takes priority.
+
+
+
+ Validates the issuer using additional configuration.
+
+ The issuer to be validated.
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The configuration required for validation.
+ The validated issuer to use when creating claims.
+ The delegate should return a non-null string that represents the issuer. If null, a default value will be used. If both and are set, takes priority.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously validates the issuer of the security token.
+
+ The issuer to be validated.
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A task that represents the asynchronous operation, containing the validated issuer to use when creating claims.
+ The delegate should return a non-null string that represents the issuer. If null, a default value will be used. will be called before or if set.
+
+
+
+ Validates the lifetime of the security token.
+
+ The 'not before' time found in the .
+ The 'expiration' time found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ if the lifetime is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the replay of the security token.
+
+ The 'expiration' time found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ if the token replay is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ Validates the signature of the security token.
+
+ The security token with a signature.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The validated .
+
+
+
+ Validates the signature using additional configuration.
+
+ The security token with a signature.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The configuration required for validation.
+ The validated .
+
+
+
+ Reads the security token.
+
+ The security token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The read .
+
+
+
+ Resolves the decryption key for the security token.
+
+ The string representation of the token to be decrypted.
+ The to be decrypted, which is null by default.
+ The key identifier, which may be null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The used to decrypt the token.
+
+
+
+ Validates the type of the security token.
+
+ The token type to be validated.
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The actual token type, which may be the same as or a different value if the token type was resolved from a different location.
+
+
+
+ Transforms the security token before signature validation.
+
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The transformed .
+
+
+
+ Resolves the signing key used for validating a token's signature.
+
+ The string representation of the token being validated.
+ The being validated, which may be null.
+ The key identifier, which may be null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The used for logging.
+ The used to validate the signature.
+ If both and are set, takes priority.
+
+
+
+ Resolves the decryption key for the security token.
+
+ The string representation of the token to be decrypted.
+ The to be decrypted, which is null by default.
+ The key identifier, which may be null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for logging.
+ The used to decrypt the token.
+
+
+
+ Validates the signature of the security token.
+
+ The with a signature.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for logging.
+ This method is not expected to throw.
+ The validated .
- This adapter abstracts the differences between versions of .Net targets.
+ This adapter abstracts the differences between versions of .NET targets.
@@ -806,29 +1504,23 @@
- Returns the size of key in bytes
+ Determines the key size in bytes based on the specified ECDSA curve identifier.
- Represents ecdsa curve -P256, P384, P521
- Size of the key in bytes
+ The identifier of the ECDSA curve (P256, P384, P521).
+ The size of the key in bytes.
- Magic numbers identifying ECDSA blob types
+ Magic numbers identifying ECDSA blob types.
- Returns the magic value representing the curve corresponding to the curve id.
+ Returns the magic value representing the curve corresponding to the curve identifier.
- Represents ecdsa curve -P256, P384, P512
- Whether the provider will create signatures or not
- Uint representing the magic number
-
-
-
- Tests if user's runtime platform supports operations using .
-
- True if operations using are supported on user's runtime platform, false otherwise.
+ The identifier of the ECDSA curve (P256, P384, P521).
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures.
+ A representing the magic number.
@@ -838,15 +1530,15 @@
- Returns the elliptic curve corresponding to the curve id.
+ Returns the elliptic curve corresponding to the curve identifier.
- Represents ecdsa curve -P256, P384, P512
+ The identifier of the ECDSA curve (P256, P384, P521).
- Tests if user application's runtime supports structure.
+ Determines whether user application's runtime supports structure.
- True if structure is supported, false otherwise.
+ if structure is supported; Otherwise .
@@ -860,45 +1552,145 @@
- Returns a new instance of .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
+ The .
- instance used to initialize the key.
+ The instance used to initialize the key.
Gets a bool indicating if a private key exists.
- true if it has a private key; otherwise, false.
+ if it has a private key; otherwise, .
- Gets an enum indicating if a private key exists.
+ Gets a value indicating the existence of the private key.
- 'Exists' if private key exists for sure; 'DoesNotExist' if private key doesn't exist for sure; 'Unknown' if we cannot determine.
+
+ if the private key exists.
+ if the private key does not exist.
+ if the existence of the private key cannot be determined.
+
- Gets key size.
+ Gets the key size.
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
- true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, .
+ See: .
- Computes a sha256 hash over the .
+ Computes a SHA256 hash over the .
A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ See: .
+
+
+
+ Collection of text encoding-related helper methods.
+
+
+
+
+ Obtains bytes from a string using the specified encoding and then performs an action on the resulting byte array.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The string to process.
+ The encoding used to obtain bytes from the string.
+ The operation to invoke with the result, which is a byte array and the length of useful data in the array (with offset as 0).
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The encoding operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the actual encoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Obtains bytes from a string using the specified encoding and then performs an action on the resulting byte array.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The string to process.
+ The index to start from in .
+ The length of characters to operate on in from .
+ The encoding used to obtain bytes from the string.
+ The operation to invoke with the result, which is a byte array and the length of useful data in the array (with offset as 0).
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The encoding operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the actual encoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Obtains bytes from a string using the specified encoding and then performs an action on the resulting byte array.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The type of the first input parameter to the action.
+ The type of the second input parameter to the action.
+ The type of the third input parameter to the action.
+ The string to process.
+ The index to start from in .
+ The length of characters to operate on in from .
+ The encoding used to obtain bytes from the string.
+ The first input parameter to the action.
+ The second input parameter to the action.
+ The third input parameter to the action.
+ The action to perform with the resulting byte array and the length of useful data in the array.
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The encoding operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the actual encoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Encodes the string using the given encoding and invokes the operation with the resulting byte array.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The type of the input parameter to the operation.
+ The string to process.
+ The encoding used to obtain bytes from the string.
+ The additional parameter for the operation.
+ The operation to invoke with the resulting byte array and the length of useful data in the array.
+ The result of the operation.
+
+ The encoding operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the actual encoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
+
+
+
+ Obtains bytes from a string using the specified encoding and then performs an action on the resulting byte array.
+
+ The return type of the operation.
+ The type of the input parameter to the operation.
+ The string to process.
+ The index to start from in .
+ The length of characters to operate on in from .
+ The encoding used to obtain bytes from the string.
+ The additional parameter for the operation.
+ The operation to invoke with the resulting byte array and the length of useful data in the array.
+ An instance of {T}.
+
+ The encoding operation uses a shared memory pool to avoid allocations.
+ The length of the rented array of bytes may be larger than the actual encoded bytes; therefore, the action needs to know the actual length to use.
+ The result of is passed to the action.
+
@@ -909,36 +1701,37 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- .
+ The used to encrypt data.
A key wrap algorithm to use when encrypting a session key.
- Data encryption algorithm to apply.
- if 'certificate' is null.
- if 'alg' is null or empty.
- if 'enc' is null or empty.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- to use when encrypting a session key.
+ The to use for encryption.
A key wrap algorithm to use when encrypting a session key.
- Data encryption algorithm to apply.
- if 'key' is null.
- if 'alg' is null or empty.
- if 'enc' is null or empty.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ if is null.
+ if is null or empty.
+ if is null or empty.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- Used in scenarios when a key represents a 'shared' symmetric key.
+
+ Used in scenarios when a key represents a 'shared' symmetric key.
For example, SAML 2.0 Assertion will be encrypted using a provided symmetric key
which won't be serialized to a SAML token.
- to apply.
- Data encryption algorithm to apply.
- If the is not a .
- if 'enc' is null or empty.
+ The to use for encryption.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ Thrown if is not a .
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
@@ -950,11 +1743,24 @@
Gets the data encryption algorithm.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the public key used in Key Agreement Algorithms.
+
+
Users can override the default with this property. This factory will be used for creating encryption providers.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a bool that controls if the encrypted token creation will set default 'cty' if not specified.
+
+
+ Applies to only JWT tokens.
+
+
Gets the used for encryption.
@@ -970,12 +1776,12 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class used for encryption and decryption.
The that will be used for crypto operations.
- The encryption algorithm to apply.
- 'key' is null.
- 'algorithm' is null or whitespace.
- key size is not large enough.
- 'algorithm' is not supported.
- a symmetricSignatureProvider is not created.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or whitespace.
+ Thrown if the key size is not large enough.
+ Thrown if is not supported.
+ Thrown if a symmetricSignatureProvider is not created.
@@ -995,43 +1801,44 @@
- Encrypts the 'plaintext'
+ Encrypts the specified plaintext.
- the data to be encrypted.
- will be combined with iv and ciphertext to create an authenticationtag.
- containing ciphertext, iv, authenticationtag.
- plaintext is null or empty.
- authenticationData is null or empty.
- AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception for details.
+ The data to be encrypted.
+ Will be combined with the initialization vector and ciphertext to create an authentication tag.
+ A the containing ciphertext, initialization vector, the and authentication tag.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception for details.
+ Thrown if the internal is disposed.
- Encrypts the 'plaintext'
+ Encrypts the specified plaintext.
- the data to be encrypted.
- will be combined with iv and ciphertext to create an authenticationtag.
- initialization vector for encryption.
- containing ciphertext, iv, authenticationtag.
- is null or empty.
- is null or empty.
- Thrown if the AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception for details.
+ The data to be encrypted.
+ The initialization vector to be used with the encryption algorithm.
+ Will be combined with the initialization vector and ciphertext to create an authentication tag.
+ A containing the ciphertext, initialization vector, and the authentication tag.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception for details.
Thrown if the internal is disposed.
- Decrypts ciphertext into plaintext
+ Decrypts ciphertext into plaintext.
- the encrypted text to decrypt.
- the authenticateData that is used in verification.
- the initialization vector used when creating the ciphertext.
- the authenticationTag that was created during the encyption.
- decrypted ciphertext
- is null or empty.
- is null or empty.
- is null or empty.
- is null or empty.
+ The encrypted text to be decrypted.
+ The authenticate data that is used in verification.
+ The initialization vector used when creating the ciphertext.
+ The authentication tag that was created during the encyption.
+ The decrypted ciphertext.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
Thrown if the signature over the authenticationTag fails to verify.
- Thrown if the AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception.
+ Thrown if the AES crypto operation threw. See inner exception for details.
Thrown if the internal is disposed.
@@ -1047,42 +1854,42 @@
- Checks if an 'key, algorithm' pair is supported
+ Checks if the key/algorithm pair is supported.
- the
- the algorithm to check.
- true if 'key, algorithm' pair is supported.
+ The .
+ The algorithm to check.
+ if the key/algorithm pair is supported.
The algorithm parameter logically defines a HMAC algorithm.
This method returns the HMAC to use.
-
-
+ The name of the algorithm for HMAC.
+ The name of the HMAC algorithm.
- Called to obtain the byte[] needed to create a
+ Called to obtain the byte[] needed to create a .
- that will be used to obtain the byte[].
+ The that will be used to obtain the byte[].
[] that is used to populated the KeyedHashAlgorithm.
- if is null.
- if a byte[] can not be obtained from SecurityKey.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if a byte[] can not be obtained from SecurityKey.
and are supported.
- For a .Key is returned
- For a Base64UrlEncoder.DecodeBytes is called with if == JsonWebAlgorithmsKeyTypes.Octet
+ For a , is returned
+ For a , is called with if == JsonWebAlgorithmsKeyTypes.Octet.
- Checks that the key has sufficient length
+ Checks that the key has sufficient length.
- that contains bytes.
- the algorithm to apply.
- if is null.
- if is null or empty.
- if is not a supported algorithm.
+ The that contains bytes.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null or empty.
+ Thrown if is not a supported algorithm.
@@ -1091,12 +1898,12 @@
- Initializes a new
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- the used during
- protected text.
- the initialization vector used.
- the bytes that need be passed to .
+ The used during .
+ The encrypted text.
+ The initialization vector used.
+ The authentication tag that was created during the encyption and needs .
@@ -1115,12 +1922,41 @@
- Gets the authentication tag
+ Gets the authentication tag.
+
+
+ Provides a Security Key that can be used as Content Encryption Key (CEK) for use with a JWE
+
+
+
+
+ Number of bits in the desired output key
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of used for CEKs
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations and represents the private key.
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations and represents the public key.
+ alg header parameter value.
+ enc header parameter value.
+
+
+
+
+ Generates the KDF
+
+ Agreement PartyUInfo (optional). When used, the PartyVInfo value contains information about the producer,
+ represented as a base64url-encoded string.
+ Agreement PartyVInfo (optional). When used, the PartyUInfo value contains information about the recipient,
+ represented as a base64url-encoded string.
+ Returns that represents the key generated
+
- Provides Wrap key and Unwrap key services.
+ Provides Wrap and Unwrap key services.
@@ -1141,28 +1977,28 @@
- Calls and
+ Calls and .
- Can be over written in descendants to dispose of internal components.
+ Can be overridden in descendants to dispose of internal components.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer
+ true if called from Dispose(), false if invoked inside a finalizer.
- Unwrap a key.
+ Unwraps a key.
- key to unwrap.
- Unwrapped key.
+ The key to unwrap.
+ The unwrapped key.
- Wrap a key.
+ Wraps a key.
- the key to be wrapped
- wrapped key.
+ The key to be wrapped.
+ The wrapped key.
@@ -1171,17 +2007,17 @@
- Initializes a new instance of used for wrapping and un-wrappping keys.
- These keys are usually symmetric session keys that are wrapped using the recipients public key.
- The that will be used for cryptographic operations.
- The KeyWrap algorithm to apply.
- Whether this is required to un-wrap keys. If true, the private key is required.
- 'key' is null.
- 'algorithm' is null.
- The key size doesn't match the algorithm.
- If and algorithm pair are not supported.
- Failed to create RSA algorithm with provided key and algorithm.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class used for wrapping and unwrapping keys.
+ These keys are usually symmetric session keys that are wrapped using the recipient's public key.
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations.
+ The KeyWrap algorithm to be used.
+ Whether this is required to unwrap keys. If true, the private key is required.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if the key size doesn't match the algorithm.
+ Thrown if the and pair are not supported.
+ Thrown if failed to create RSA algorithm with the provided key and algorithm.
@@ -1201,57 +2037,57 @@
- Disposes of internal components.
+ Releases the resources used by the current instance.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer.
+ If true, release both managed and unmanaged resources; otherwise, release only unmanaged resources.
- Checks if an algorithm is supported.
+ Checks if the specified algorithm is supported.
- The that will be used for crypto operations.
- The KeyWrap algorithm to apply.
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations.
+ The KeyWrap algorithm to be used.
true if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, false.
- Unwrap a key using RSA decryption.
+ Unwraps a key using RSA decryption.
- the bytes to unwrap.
- Unwrapped key
- 'keyBytes' is null or length == 0.
- If has been called.
- Failed to unwrap the wrappedKey.
- If the internal RSA algorithm is null.
+ The bytes to unwrap.
+ The unwrapped key.
+ Thrown if is null or has a length of 0.
+ Thrown if has been called.
+ Thrown if the key unwrapping operation fails.
+ Thrown if the internal RSA algorithm is null.
- Wrap a key using RSA encryption.
+ Wraps a key using RSA encryption.
- the key to be wrapped
- A wrapped key
- 'keyBytes' is null or has length == 0.
- If has been called.
- Failed to wrap the 'keyBytes'.
- If the internal RSA algorithm is null.
+ The key to be wrapped.
+ A wrapped key.
+ Thrown if is null or has a length of 0.
+ Thrown if has been called.
+ Thrown if the key wrapping operation fails.
+ Thrown if the internal RSA algorithm is null.
- Provides Wrap key and Unwrap key services.
+ Provides Wrap and Unwrap key services.
- Initializes a new instance of the class used for wrap key and unwrap key.
- The that will be used for crypto operations.
- The KeyWrap algorithm to apply.
- 'key' is null.
- 'algorithm' is null.
- If and algorithm pair are not supported.
- The cannot be converted to byte array
- The keysize doesn't match the algorithm.
- Failed to create symmetric algorithm with provided key and algorithm.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class used for wrapping and unwrapping keys.
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations.
+ The KeyWrap algorithm to be used.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if is null.
+ Thrown if the and algorithm pair are not supported.
+ Thrown if the cannot be converted to a byte array.
+ Thrown if the key size doesn't match the algorithm.
+ Thrown if failed to create a symmetric algorithm with the provided key and algorithm.
@@ -1271,48 +2107,50 @@
- Disposes of internal components.
+ Releases the resources used by the current instance.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer.
+ If true, release both managed and unmanaged resources; otherwise, release only unmanaged resources.
Returns the .
-
- The cannot be converted to byte array
- The keysize doesn't match the algorithm.
- Failed to create symmetric algorithm with provided key and algorithm.
+ The that will be used for cryptographic operations.
+ The encryption algorithm to be used.
+ The initialized .
+ Thrown if the cannot be converted to a byte array.
+ Thrown if the key size doesn't match the algorithm.
+ Thrown if failed to create a symmetric algorithm with the provided key and algorithm.
- Answers if an algorithm is supported
+ Determines whether the specified algorithm is supported.
- the
- the algorithm to use
- true if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, false.
+ The to use for cryptographic operations.
+ The algorithm to check for support.
+ if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, .
- Unwrap a key using Symmetric decryption.
+ Unwraps a key using symmetric decryption.
- bytes to unwrap
- Unwraped key
- 'keyBytes' is null or length == 0.
- 'keyBytes' is not a multiple of 8.
- If has been called.
- Failed to unwrap the wrappedKey.
+ The bytes to unwrap.
+ The unwrapped key.
+ Thrown if is null or has a length of 0.
+ Thrown if is not a multiple of 8.
+ Thrown if has been called.
+ Thrown if the key unwrapping operation fails.
- Wrap a key using Symmetric encryption.
+ Wraps a key using symmetric encryption.
- the key to be wrapped
- The wrapped key result
- 'keyBytes' is null or has length 0.
- 'keyBytes' is not a multiple of 8.
- If has been called.
- Failed to wrap 'keyBytes'.
+ The key to be wrapped.
+ The wrapped key.
+ Thrown if is null or has a length of 0.
+ Thrown if is not a multiple of 8.
+ Thrown if has been called.
+ Thrown if the key wrapping operation fails.
@@ -1326,18 +2164,17 @@
- Per JWT spec:
Gets the number of seconds from 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z as measured in UTC until the desired date/time.
The DateTime to convert to seconds.
- if dateTimeUtc less than UnixEpoch, return 0
- the number of seconds since Unix Epoch.
+ If is less than Unix Epoch, returns 0.
+ The number of seconds since Unix Epoch.
- Creates a DateTime from epoch time.
+ Creates a from epoch time.
- Number of seconds.
+ The number of seconds since Unix Epoch.
The DateTime in UTC.
@@ -1356,13 +2193,112 @@
The key type to be used by the cache.
The value type to be used by the cache
-
+
- FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY.
+ For back compat any friend would be broken, this is the same as OnItemExpired.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor.
+
+ The capacity of the cache, used to determine if experiencing overflow.
+ The event queue task creation option, default to None instead of LongRunning as LongRunning will always start a task on a new thread instead of ThreadPool.
+ The equality comparison implementation to be used by the map when comparing keys.
+ Whether or not to remove expired items.
+ The period to wait to remove expired items, in seconds.
+ Whether or not to maintain items in a LRU fashion, moving to front of list when accessed in the cache.
+ The period to wait to compact items, in seconds.
+
+
+
+ Occurs when the application is ready to exit.
+
+ The sender of the event.
+ The event argument.
+
+
+
+ Occurs when an AppDomain is about to be unloaded.
+
+ The sender of the event.
+ The event argument.
+
+
+
+ Stop the event queue task.
+ This is provided mainly for users who have unit tests that check for running task(s) to stop the task at the end of each test.
+
+
+
+
+ Stop the event queue task immediately if it is running. This allows the task/thread to terminate gracefully.
+ Currently there is no unmanaged resource, if any is added in the future it should be disposed of in this method.
+
+
+
+
+ This is the delegate for the event queue task.
+
+
+
+
+ Remove all expired cache items from _doubleLinkedList and _map.
+
+ Number of items removed.
+
+
+
+ Remove all expired cache items from the _map ONLY. This is called for the non-LRU (_maintainLRU = false) scenaro.
+ The enumerator returned from the dictionary is safe to use concurrently with reads and writes to the dictionary, according to the MS document.
+
+ Number of items removed.
+
+
+
+ Remove all compacted items.
+
+
+
+
+ Remove items from the LinkedList by the desired compaction percentage.
+ This should be a private method.
+
+
+
+
+ Remove items from the Dictionary by the desired compaction percentage.
+ Since _map does not have LRU order, items are simply removed from using FirstOrDefault().
+
+
+
+
+ When the cache is at _maxCapacityPercentage, it needs to be compacted by _compactionPercentage.
+ This method calculates the new size of the cache after being compacted.
+
+ The new target cache size after compaction.
+
+
+
+ This is the method that determines the end time for the event queue task.
+ The goal is to be able to track the incoming events and predict how long the task should run in order to
+ avoid a long running task and reduce the overhead costs of restarting tasks.
+ For example, maybe we can track the last three events' time and set the _eventQueueRunDurationInSeconds = 2 * average_time_between_events.
+ Note: tasks are based on thread pool so the overhead should not be huge but we should still try to minimize it.
+
+ the time when the event queue task should end
+
+
+
+ This method is called after an item is added to the event queue. It will start the event queue task if one is not already running (_eventQueueTaskState != EventQueueTaskRunning).
+ Using CompareExchange to set the _eventQueueTaskState prevents multiple tasks from being started.
- Each time a node gets accessed, it gets moved to the beginning (head) of the list.
+ Each time a node gets accessed, it gets moved to the beginning (head) of the list if the _maintainLRU == true
+
+
+ Removes a particular key from the cache.
Removes a particular key from the cache.
@@ -1394,16 +2330,84 @@
FOR TESTING ONLY.
-
+
- Calls and
+ FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY.
+ This is for tests to verify all tasks exit at the end of tests if the queue is empty.
-
+
- If is true, this method disposes of .
+ FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY.
+
+
+
+
+ Throw this exception when a received has invalid arguments.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
+
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message
+ and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
+
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+ The that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference if no inner exception is specified.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ the that holds the serialized object data.
+ The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified null parameter.
+
+ The name of the null parameter that triggered the exception.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message
+ and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
+
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+ The that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference if no inner exception is specified.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified null parameter and an error message.
+
+ The name of the null parameter that triggered the exception.
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+
+
+
+ Sets the that is associated with the exception.
+
+ The validation error to associate with the exception.
+
+
+
+ Gets the stack trace that is captured when the exception is created.
- True if called from the method, false otherwise.
@@ -1583,6 +2587,22 @@
the that holds the serialized object data.
The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Sets the that caused the exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the stack trace that is captured when the exception is created.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the source of the exception.
+
+
When overridden in a derived class, sets the System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo
@@ -1703,6 +2723,49 @@
+
+
+ This exception is thrown when the cloud instance of the signing key was not matched with the cloud instance from configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cloud instance name of the signing key that created the validation exception.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cloud instance name from the configuration that did not match the cloud instance name of the signing key.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ Additional information to be included in the exception and displayed to user.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ Additional information to be included in the exception and displayed to user.
+ A that represents the root cause of the exception.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ the that holds the serialized object data.
+ The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+
+
This exception is thrown when 'issuer' of a token was not valid.
@@ -1915,6 +2978,37 @@
the that holds the serialized object data.
The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Represents a exception when the token is malformed.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
+
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message
+ and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
+
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+ The that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference if no inner exception is specified.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ the that holds the serialized object data.
+ The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
This exception is thrown when a security is missing an ExpirationTime.
@@ -2074,6 +3168,9 @@
and when validation errors exist over the security token. This exception is not intended to be used as a signal
to refresh keys.
+
+ This exception type is now considered obsolete and will be removed in the next major version (7.0.0).
+
@@ -2168,61 +3265,64 @@
- Compression provider interface.
+ Provides methods for compressing and decompressing data.
- Gets the compression algorithm.
+ Gets the compression algorithm used by the provider.
- Called to determine if an algorithm is supported.
+ Determines if a specified algorithm is supported by the provider.
- the algorithm that defines the compression method.
- true if supported
+ The compression algorithm to check.
+ if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, .
- Decompress.
+ Decompresses the specified byte array.
- the value to decompress.
+ The byte array to decompress.
+ A byte array containing the decompressed data.
- Compress.
+ Compresses the specified byte array.
- the value to decompress.
+ The byte array to compress.
+ A byte array containing the compressed data.
Provides extensibility for cryptographic operators.
- If custom operators are needed for then can be set to
- return these operators. will be before each creation.
+ If custom operators are needed, can be set to return these operators.
+ This property will be checked before each creation.
- Called to determine if a cryptographic operation is supported.
+ Determines if a cryptographic operation is supported.
- the algorithm that defines the cryptographic operator.
- the arguments required by the cryptographic operator. May be null.
- true if supported
+ The algorithm that defines the cryptographic operator.
+ The arguments required by the cryptographic operator. May be null.
+ if the algorithm is supported; otherwise, .
- returns a cryptographic operator that supports the algorithm.
+ Returns a cryptographic operator that supports the specified algorithm.
- the algorithm that defines the cryptographic operator.
- the arguments required by the cryptographic operator. May be null.
- call when finished with the object.
+ The algorithm that defines the cryptographic operator.
+ The arguments required by the cryptographic operator. May be null.
+ An object representing the cryptographic operator.
+ Call when finished with the object.
- called to release the object returned from
+ Releases the object returned from .
- the object returned from .
+ The object returned from .
@@ -2241,14 +3341,6 @@
The options used to configure the .
-
-
- Creates a new instance of using the specified .
-
- The options used to configure the .
- Options used to create the event queue thread.
- The time used in ms for the timeout interval of the event queue. Defaults to 500 ms.
-
Returns the cache key to use when looking up an entry into the cache for a
@@ -2287,7 +3379,7 @@
the key that is used to by the crypto provider.
the algorithm that is used by the crypto provider.
the typeof the crypto provider obtained by calling object.GetType().
- a bool to indicate if the will be used to sign.
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures.
the if found.
if securityKey is null.
if algorithm is null or empty string.
@@ -2306,6 +3398,8 @@
Calls and
+ Note: the EventBasedLRUCache is no longer being disposed of, but since this is a public class and can be used as base class of
+ custom cache implementations, we need to keep it as some implementations may override Dispose().
@@ -2344,32 +3438,20 @@
FOR TESTING ONLY.
+
+
+ FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY.
+
+
Validators meant to be kept internal
-
+
- Called after signature validation has failed. Will always throw an exception.
+ Called after signature validation has failed to avoid a metadata refresh
-
- If the lifetime and issuer are valid
-
-
- If the lifetime or issuer are invalid
-
-
-
-
- Called after signature validation has failed. Will always throw an exception.
-
-
- If the lifetime and issuer are valid
-
-
- If the lifetime or issuer are invalid
-
@@ -2419,12 +3501,17 @@
Constants for JsonWebAlgorithms "kty" Key Type (sec 6.1)
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-6.1
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-6.1
- Represents a JSON Web Key as defined in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7517.
+ Represents a JSON Web Key as defined in https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes an new instance of .
@@ -2436,11 +3523,6 @@
If 'json' is null or empty.
If 'json' fails to deserialize.
-
-
- Initializes an new instance of .
-
-
Initializes an new instance of from a json string.
@@ -2454,6 +3536,11 @@
If this was converted to or from a SecurityKey, this field will be set.
+
+
+ If this was failed converted to a SecurityKey, this field will be set.
+
+
When deserializing from JSON any properties that are not defined will be placed here.
@@ -2461,40 +3548,40 @@
- Gets or sets the 'alg' (KeyType)..
+ Gets or sets the 'alg' (KeyType).
- Gets or sets the 'crv' (ECC - Curve)..
+ Gets or sets the 'crv' (ECC - Curve).
- Gets or sets the 'd' (ECC - Private Key OR RSA - Private Exponent)..
+ Gets or sets the 'd' (ECC - Private Key OR RSA - Private Exponent).
Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
- Gets or sets the 'dp' (RSA - First Factor CRT Exponent)..
+ Gets or sets the 'dp' (RSA - First Factor CRT Exponent).
Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
- Gets or sets the 'dq' (RSA - Second Factor CRT Exponent)..
+ Gets or sets the 'dq' (RSA - Second Factor CRT Exponent).
Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
- Gets or sets the 'e' (RSA - Exponent)..
+ Gets or sets the 'e' (RSA - Exponent).
- Gets or sets the 'k' (Symmetric - Key Value)..
+ Gets or sets the 'k' (Symmetric - Key Value).
Base64urlEncoding
@@ -2505,7 +3592,7 @@
- Gets the 'key_ops' (Key Operations)..
+ Gets the 'key_ops' (Key Operations).
@@ -2515,37 +3602,37 @@
- Gets or sets the 'kty' (Key Type)..
+ Gets or sets the 'kty' (Key Type).
- Gets or sets the 'n' (RSA - Modulus)..
+ Gets or sets the 'n' (RSA - Modulus).
- Value is formated as: Base64urlEncoding
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlEncoding
- Gets or sets the 'oth' (RSA - Other Primes Info)..
+ Gets or sets the 'oth' (RSA - Other Primes Info).
Gets or sets the 'p' (RSA - First Prime Factor)..
- Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlUInt
Gets or sets the 'q' (RSA - Second Prime Factor)..
- Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlUInt
Gets or sets the 'qi' (RSA - First CRT Coefficient)..
- Value is formated as: Base64urlUInt
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlUInt
@@ -2556,7 +3643,7 @@
Gets or sets the 'x' (ECC - X Coordinate)..
- Value is formated as: Base64urlEncoding
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlEncoding
@@ -2570,7 +3657,7 @@
- Gets or sets the 'x5t#S256' (X.509 Certificate SHA-1 thumbprint)..
+ Gets or sets the 'x5t#S256' (X.509 Certificate SHA-256 thumbprint)..
@@ -2582,7 +3669,7 @@
Gets or sets the 'y' (ECC - Y Coordinate)..
- Value is formated as: Base64urlEncoding
+ Value is formatted as: Base64urlEncoding
@@ -2595,40 +3682,25 @@
true if it has a private key; otherwise, false.
-
-
- Gets a bool that determines if the 'key_ops' (Key Operations) property should be serialized.
- This is used by Json.NET in order to conditionally serialize properties.
-
- true if 'key_ops' (Key Operations) is not empty; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets a bool that determines if the 'x5c' collection (X.509 Certificate Chain) property should be serialized.
- This is used by Json.NET in order to conditionally serialize properties.
-
- true if 'x5c' collection (X.509 Certificate Chain) is not empty; otherwise, false.
-
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
- Computes a sha256 hash over the .
+ Computes the JWK thumprint per spec: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638 />.
- A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ A the JWK thumbprint.
Creates a JsonWebKey representation of an asymmetric public key.
JsonWebKey representation of an asymmetric public key.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7800#section-3.2
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7800#section-3.2
@@ -2699,19 +3771,26 @@
Constants for JsonWebKey Elliptical Curve Types
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-6.2.1.1
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-6.2.1.1
- Names for Json Web Key Values
+ JsonWebKey parameter names
+ see: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517
+
+
+
+
+ JsonWebKey parameter names as UTF8 bytes
+ Used by UTF8JsonReader/Writer for performance gains.
Contains a collection of that can be populated from a json string.
- provides support for http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7517.
+ provides support for https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517.
@@ -2743,7 +3822,7 @@
Gets the .
-
+
@@ -2755,6 +3834,11 @@
Flag that controls whether unresolved JsonWebKeys will be included in the resulting collection of method.
+
+
+ The original string used to create this instance if a string was provided.
+
+
Returns the JsonWebKeys as a .
@@ -2771,9 +3855,91 @@
Constants for JsonWebKeyUse (sec 4.2)
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7517#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517#section-4.2
+
+
+ Creates a that provides information on what went wrong.
+
+ The instance.
+ The expected type the reader was looking for.
+ The name of the type being read.
+ The property name being read.
+ The optional inner exception if available.
+ A instance.
+
+
+
+ is not considered on recursive calls.
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a JSON token value from a , treating it as a string regardless of its actual type (string or number).
+
+ The instance.
+ The property name being read.
+ The type being deserialized.
+ If true, the reader will advance to the next token using .
+ The JSON token value as a string.
+
+
+
+ This is a non-exhaustive list of claim types that are not expected to be DateTime values
+ sourced from expected Entra V1 and V2 claims, OpenID Connect claims, and a selection of
+ restricted claim names.
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a property value from a as an object during deserialization.
+
+ The instance.
+ The property name being read.
+ The type being deserialized.
+ If true, the reader will advance to the next token using .
+ The property value from the reader as an object.
+
+
+
+ Writes an object as a .
+ This was written to support what IdentityModel6x supported and is not meant to be a
+ general object serializer.
+ If a user needs to serialize a special value, then serialize the value into a .
+
+
+
+
+ Writes values into an array.
+ Assumes the writer.StartArray() has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reads a JsonWebKey. see: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517
+
+ a pointing at a StartObject.
+
+ A .
+
+
+
+ Reads a JsonWebKey. see: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7517
+
+ a pointing at a StartObject.
+
+ A .
+
+
+
+ This method will be used when reading OIDC metadata
+
+
+
+
Log messages and codes
@@ -2818,6 +3984,11 @@
reducing how far we will typically search in Allocate.
+
+
+ Returns a string message for the specified Win32 error code.
+
+
The purpose of this class is to ensure that we obtain an RsaCryptoServiceProvider that supports SHA-256 signatures.
@@ -2902,6 +4073,21 @@
if is null.
if is null or Length == 0.
+
+
+ Verifies that a digital signature is valid by determining the hash value in the signature using the provided public key and comparing it to the hash value of the provided data.
+
+ The input byte array.
+
+
+ The hash algorithm to use to create the hash value.
+
+ The signature byte array to be verified.
+ true if the signature is valid; otherwise, false.
+ if is null or Length == 0.
+ if is null.
+ if is null or Length == 0.
+
Exports rsa parameters as
@@ -2917,9 +4103,9 @@
- Calls to release managed resources.
+ Releases the resources used by the current instance.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer.
+ If true, release both managed and unmanaged resources; otherwise, release only unmanaged resources.
@@ -2970,14 +4156,14 @@
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Computes a sha256 hash over the .
A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
@@ -3020,27 +4206,22 @@
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Computes a sha256 hash over the .
A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Checks if can perform the cryptographic operation specified by the with this .
- the algorithm to apply.
+ the algorithm to be used.
true if can perform the cryptographic operation sepecified by the with this .
-
-
- Sets the to value of 's JWK thumbprint if it can be computed, otherwise sets the to .
-
-
Contains information about the keys inside the tokens.
@@ -3051,6 +4232,9 @@
Base class for security token.
+
+
+
This must be overridden to get the Id of this .
@@ -3089,7 +4273,14 @@
- Gets or sets the value of the 'audience' claim.
+ Gets or sets the value of the {"": audience} claim. Will be combined with and any "Aud" claims in
+ or when creating a token.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the list audiences to include in the token's 'Aud' claim. Will be combined with and any
+ "Aud" claims in or when creating a token.
@@ -3133,7 +4324,7 @@
Gets or sets the which represents the claims that will be used when creating a security token.
- If both and are set, the claim values in Subject will be combined with the values
+ If both and are set, the claim values in Subject will be combined with the values
in Claims. The values found in Claims take precedence over those found in Subject, so any duplicate
values will be overridden.
@@ -3147,6 +4338,17 @@
These claims are only added to the outer header (in case of a JWE).
+
+
+ Gets or sets the which contains any custom header claims that need to be added to the inner JWT token header.
+ The 'alg', 'kid', 'x5t', 'enc', and 'zip' claims are added by default based on the ,
+ , and/or provided and SHOULD NOT be included in this dictionary as this
+ will result in an exception being thrown.
+
+ For JsonWebTokenHandler, these claims are merged with while adding to the inner JWT header.
+
+
+
Gets or sets the used to create a security token.
@@ -3155,7 +4357,7 @@
Gets or sets the .
- If both and are set, the claim values in Subject will be combined with the values
+ If both and are set, the claim values in Subject will be combined with the values
in Claims. The values found in Claims take precedence over those found in Subject, so any duplicate
values will be overridden.
@@ -3218,13 +4420,6 @@
The token string thats needs to be read.
'True' if the ReadToken method can parse the token string.
-
-
- Deserializes from string a token of the type handled by this instance.
-
- The string to be deserialized.
- SecurityToken instance which represents the serialized token.
-
Gets security token.
@@ -3251,7 +4446,7 @@
This must be overridden to deserialize token with the provided .
.
- the current .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
SecurityToken instance which represents the serialized token.
@@ -3259,7 +4454,7 @@
This must be overridden to validate a token passed as a string using
A token of type .
- the current .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The token of type that was validated.
@@ -3267,7 +4462,7 @@
Reads and validates a token using a xmlReader and
A pointing at the start element of the token.
- Contains data and information needed for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The that was validated.
@@ -3286,7 +4481,7 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class used to create and verify signatures.
The that will be used for signature operations.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
is null.
is null or empty.
@@ -3334,14 +4529,44 @@
bytes to sign.
signed bytes
+
+
+ Produces a signature over the specified region of the .
+
+ The bytes to produce a signature over.
+ The offset to specify the beginning of the region.
+ The count to specify the end of the region.
+ The signature bytes.
+
+
Verifies that the over using the
and specified by this
are consistent.
+
the bytes that were signed.
signature to compare against.
true if the computed signature matches the signature parameter, false otherwise.
+
+
+ Verifies that a signature created over the 'input' matches the signature. Using and 'algorithm' passed to .
+
+ The bytes to verify.
+ offset in to input bytes to caculate hash.
+ number of bytes of signature to use.
+ signature to compare against.
+ offset into signature array.
+ how many bytes to verfiy.
+ true if computed signature matches the signature parameter, false otherwise.
+ 'input' is null.
+ 'signature' is null.
+ 'input.Length' == 0.
+ 'signature.Length' == 0.
+ 'length < 1'
+ 'offset + length > input.Length'
+ has been called.
+
Gets or sets a bool indicating if this is expected to create signatures.
@@ -3367,7 +4592,7 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
that will be used for signing.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
the 'digest method' if needed may be implied from the algorithm. For example implies Sha256.
if 'certificate' is null.
if 'algorithm' is null or empty.
@@ -3377,7 +4602,7 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
the 'digest method' if needed may be implied from the algorithm. For example implies Sha256.
if 'key' is null.
if 'algorithm' is null or empty.
@@ -3387,8 +4612,8 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
- The digest algorithm to apply.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
+ The digest algorithm to be used.
if 'key' is null.
if 'algorithm' is null or empty.
if 'digest' is null or empty.
@@ -3453,6 +4678,14 @@
the .
true if 'algorithm, key' pair is supported.
+
+
+ Returns the maximum size in bytes for a supported signature algorithms.
+ The key size affects the signature size for asymmetric algorithms.
+
+ The security algorithm to find the maximum size.
+ Set size for known algorithms, 2K default.
+
Represents a symmetric security key.
@@ -3479,20 +4712,25 @@
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Computes a sha256 hash over the .
A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Provides signing and verifying operations using a and specifying an algorithm.
+
+
+ Mapping from algorithm to the expected signature size in bytes.
+
+
This is the minimum .KeySize when creating and verifying signatures.
@@ -3515,7 +4753,7 @@
The that will be used for signature operations.
The signature algorithm to use.
- indicates if this will be used to create signatures.
+ If true, the provider will be used for creating signatures.
'key' is null.
'algorithm' is null or empty.
If and algorithm pair are not supported.
@@ -3577,6 +4815,9 @@
is null. This can occur if a derived type deletes it or does not create it.
Sign is thread safe.
+
+
+
Verifies that a signature created over the 'input' matches the signature. Using and 'algorithm' passed to .
@@ -3608,11 +4849,29 @@
has been called.
If the internal is null. This can occur if a derived type deletes it or does not create it.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This internal method is called from the AuthenticatedEncryptionProvider which passes in the algorithm that defines the size expected for the signature.
+ The reason is the way the AuthenticationTag is validated.
+ For example when "A128CBC-HS256" is specified, SHA256 will used to create the HMAC and 32 bytes will be generated, but only the first 16 will be validated.
+
+ The bytes to verify.
+ offset in to input bytes to caculate hash.
+ number of bytes of signature to use.
+ signature to compare against.
+ offset into signature array.
+ how many bytes to verfiy.
+ algorithm passed by AuthenticatedEncryptionProvider.
+ true if computed signature matches the signature parameter, false otherwise.
+
- Disposes of internal components.
+ Releases the resources used by the current instance.
- true, if called from Dispose(), false, if invoked inside a finalizer.
+ If true, release both managed and unmanaged resources; otherwise, release only unmanaged resources.
@@ -3636,9 +4895,10 @@
- Default lifetime of tokens created. When creating tokens, if 'expires' and 'notbefore' are both null,
- then a default will be set to: expires = DateTime.UtcNow, notbefore = DateTime.UtcNow + TimeSpan.FromMinutes(TokenLifetimeInMinutes).
+ Default lifetime of tokens created. When creating tokens, if 'expires', 'notbefore' or 'issuedat' are null,
+ then a default will be set to: issuedat = DateTime.UtcNow, notbefore = DateTime.UtcNow, expires = DateTime.UtcNow + TimeSpan.FromMinutes(TokenLifetimeInMinutes).
+ See: for configuration.
@@ -3659,6 +4919,57 @@
Used during token creation to set the default expiration ('exp').
'value' less than 1.
+
+
+ Validates a token.
+ On a validation failure, no exception will be thrown; instead, the exception will be set in the returned TokenValidationResult.Exception property.
+ Callers should always check the TokenValidationResult.IsValid property to verify the validity of the result.
+
+ The token to be validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A
+
+
+
+ Validates a token.
+ On a validation failure, no exception will be thrown; instead, the exception will be set in the returned TokenValidationResult.Exception property.
+ Callers should always check the TokenValidationResult.IsValid property to verify the validity of the result.
+
+ The to be validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ A
+
+
+
+ Converts a string into an instance of .
+
+ The string to be deserialized.
+ is null or empty.
+ 'token.Length' is greater than .
+ A .
+
+
+
+ Called by base class to create a .
+ Currently only used by the JsonWebTokenHandler to allow for a Lazy creation.
+
+ the that has the Claims.
+ the that was used to validate the token.
+ the 'issuer' to use by default when creating a Claim.
+ A .
+
+
+
+
+ Called by base class to create a .
+ Currently only used by the JsonWebTokenHandler when called with ValidationParameters to allow for a Lazy creation.
+
+ the that has the Claims.
+ the that was used to validate the token.
+ the 'issuer' to use by default when creating a Claim.
+ A .
+
+
A class which contains useful methods for processing tokens.
@@ -3689,12 +5000,13 @@
A list of claims.
A Dictionary representing claims.
-
+
- Returns all provided in validationParameters.
+ Returns all provided in and .
- A required for validation.
- Returns all provided in validationParameters.
+ The that contains signing keys used for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ Returns all provided in provided in and .
@@ -3704,103 +5016,39 @@
Collection of 's.
A Merged list of 's.
-
+
- Definition for AlgorithmValidator
+ Check whether the given exception type is recoverable by LKG.
- The algorithm to validate.
- The that signed the .
- The being validated.
- required for validation.
- true if the algorithm is considered valid
+ The exception to check.
+ true if the exception is certain types of exceptions otherwise, false.
-
+
- Definition for AudienceValidator.
+ Check whether the given configuration is recoverable by LKG.
- The audiences found in the .
- The being validated.
- required for validation.
- true if the audience is considered valid.
+ The kid from token."/>
+ The to check.
+ The LKG exception to check.
+ The exception to check.
+ true if the configuration is recoverable otherwise, false.
-
+
- Definition for IssuerSigningKeyResolver.
+ Check whether the given exception type is recoverable by LKG.
- The representation of the token that is being validated.
- The that is being validated. It may be null.
- A key identifier. It may be null.
- required for validation.
- A to use when validating a signature.
+ The exception type to check
+ true if the exception is certain types of exceptions otherwise, false.
-
+
- Definition for IssuerSigningKeyValidator.
+ Check whether the given configuration is recoverable by LKG.
- The that signed the .
- The being validated.
- required for validation.
-
-
-
- Definition for IssuerValidator.
-
- The issuer to validate.
- The that is being validated.
- required for validation.
- The issuer to use when creating the "Claim"(s) in a "ClaimsIdentity".
- The delegate should return a non null string that represents the 'issuer'. If null a default value will be used.
-
-
-
- Definition for LifetimeValidator.
-
- The 'notBefore' time found in the .
- The 'expiration' time found in the .
- The being validated.
- required for validation.
-
-
-
- Definition for TokenReplayValidator.
-
- The 'expiration' time found in the .
- The being validated.
- required for validation.
-
-
-
-
- Definition for SignatureValidator.
-
- A securityToken with a signature.
- required for validation.
-
-
-
- Definition for TokenReader.
-
- A securityToken with a signature.
- required for validation.
-
-
-
- Definition for TokenDecryptionKeyResolver.
-
- The representation of the token to be decrypted.
- The to be decrypted. The runtime by default passes null.
- A key identifier. It may be null.
- required for validation.
- A to use when decrypting the token.
-
-
-
- Definition for TypeValidator.
-
- The token type to validate.
- The that is being validated.
- required for validation.
- The actual token type, that may be the same as or a different value if the token type was resolved from a different location.
+ The kid from token."/>
+ The to check.
+ The LKG exception to check.
+ The exception type to check.
+ true if the configuration is recoverable otherwise, false.
@@ -3809,7 +5057,9 @@
- This is the fallback authenticationtype that a will use if nothing is set.
+ This is the default value of when creating a .
+ The value is "AuthenticationTypes.Federation".
+ To change the value, set to a different value.
@@ -3820,7 +5070,7 @@
- Default for the maximm token size.
+ Default for the maximum token size.
250 KB (kilobytes).
@@ -3832,7 +5082,7 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
+
@@ -3853,7 +5103,8 @@
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the audience.
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'audience', instead of normal processing. This means that no default 'audience' validation will occur.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'audience', instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default 'audience' validation will occur.
Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
@@ -3868,6 +5119,7 @@
Gets or sets the clock skew to apply when validating a time.
If 'value' is less than 0.
+ The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
@@ -3885,14 +5137,31 @@
A with Authentication, NameClaimType and RoleClaimType set.
+
+
+ If set, this property will be used to obtain the issuer and signing keys associated with the metadata endpoint of .
+ The obtained issuer and signing keys will then be used along with those present on the TokenValidationParameters for validation of the incoming token.
+
+
Users can override the default with this property. This factory will be used for creating signature providers.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that helps with setting breakpoints when debugging.
+
+
Gets or sets a boolean that controls if a '/' is significant at the end of the audience.
+ The default is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the flag that indicates whether to include the when the validation fails.
@@ -3900,10 +5169,38 @@
Gets or sets a delegate for validating the that signed the token.
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the that signed the token, instead of normal processing. This means that no default validation will occur.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the that signed the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default validation will occur.
Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyResolverUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate for validating the that signed the token.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the that signed the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default validation will occur.
+ Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+ This delegate should be used if properties from the configuration retrieved from the authority are necessary to validate the
+ issuer signing key.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyValidatorUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a that is unique to this instance.
+ Calling will result in a new instance of this IDictionary.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating if was called to obtain this instance.
+
+
Gets or sets the that is to be used for signature validation.
@@ -3915,6 +5212,21 @@
This will be used to check the signature. This can be helpful when the does not contain a key identifier.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyResolverUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to retrieve a used for signature validation using the
+ and .
+
+
+ This will be used to check the signature. This can be helpful when the does not contain a key identifier.
+ This delegate should be used if properties from the configuration retrieved from the authority are necessary to resolve the
+ issuer signing key.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyResolverUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
@@ -3927,51 +5239,114 @@
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the issuer of the token.
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'issuer' of the token, instead of normal processing. This means that no default 'issuer' validation will occur.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'issuer' of the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default 'issuer' validation will occur.
Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+ If both and are set, IssuerValidatorUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the issuer of the token.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'issuer' of the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default 'issuer' validation will occur.
+ Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+ IssuerValidatorAsync takes precedence over and .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the issuer of the token.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'issuer' of the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default 'issuer' validation will occur.
+ Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+ This delegate should be used if properties from the configuration retrieved from the authority are necessary to validate the issuer.
+ If both and are set, IssuerValidatorUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to transform a token to a supported format before validation.
+
+
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the lifetime of the token
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the lifetime of the token, instead of normal processing. This means that no default lifetime validation will occur.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the lifetime of the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default lifetime validation will occur.
Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that will decide if the token identifier claim needs to be logged.
+ Default value is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that will decide if validation failure needs to be logged as an error.
+ Default value is true for backward compatibility of the behavior.
+ If set to false, validation failures are logged as Information and then thrown.
+
+
Gets or sets a that defines the .
Controls the value returns. It will return the first where the equals .
+ The default is .
- Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to obtain the NameClaimType to use when creating a ClaimsIdentity
- after validating a token.
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to set the property after validating a token.
+
+ The function will be passed:
+ The that is being validated.
+ The issuer associated with the token.
+ Returns the value that will set the property .
+
Gets or sets the that contains a collection of custom key/value pairs. This allows addition of parameters that could be used in custom token validation scenarios.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean to control if configuration required to be refreshed before token validation.
+
+
+ The default is false.
+
+
Gets or sets a value indicating whether SAML tokens must have at least one AudienceRestriction.
+ The default is true.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether tokens must have an 'expiration' value.
+ The default is true.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a can be considered valid if not signed.
+ The default is true.
@@ -3981,26 +5356,43 @@
Controls the results of .
Each where == will be checked for a match against the 'string' passed to .
+ The default is .
- Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to obtain the RoleClaimType to use when creating a ClaimsIdentity
- after validating a token.
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to set the property after validating a token.
+
+ The function will be passed:
+ The that is being validated.
+ The issuer associated with the token.
+ Returns the value that will set the property .
+
Gets or sets a boolean to control if the original token should be saved after the security token is validated.
- The runtime will consult this value and save the original token that was validated.
+ The runtime will consult this value and save the original token that was validated.
+ The default is false.
+
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the signature of the token.
- If set, this delegate will be called to signature of the token, instead of normal processing.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the signature of the token, instead of default processing.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the signature of the token using the and
+ the .
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the signature of the token, instead of default processing.
@@ -4026,7 +5418,7 @@
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to read the token.
- If set, this delegate will be called to read the token instead of normal processing.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to read the token instead of default processing.
@@ -4040,13 +5432,15 @@
Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the token replay of the token
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the token replay of the token, instead of normal processing. This means no default token replay validation will occur.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the token replay of the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means no default token replay validation will occur.
Even if is false, this delegate will still be called.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether all should be tried during signature validation when a key is not matched to token kid or if token kid is empty.
+ The default is true.
@@ -4057,23 +5451,26 @@
Implementations that need to resolve it from a different location can use the 'token' parameter.
- If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'type' of the token, instead of normal processing.
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the 'type' of the token, instead of default processing.
This means that no default 'type' validation will occur.
Gets or sets a value indicating if an actor token is detected, whether it should be validated.
+ The default is false.
Gets or sets a boolean to control if the audience will be validated during token validation.
- Validation of the audience, mitigates forwarding attacks. For example, a site that receives a token, could not replay it to another side.
+ Validation of the audience, mitigates forwarding attacks. For example, a site that receives a token, could not replay it to another site.
A forwarded token would contain the audience of the original site.
This boolean only applies to default audience validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
- property is true or false.
+ property is true or false.
+ The default is true.
+
@@ -4085,8 +5482,17 @@
It is possible that a token issued for the same audience could be from a different tenant. For example an application could accept users from
contoso.onmicrosoft.com but not fabrikam.onmicrosoft.com, both valid tenants. An application that accepts tokens from fabrikam could forward them
to the application that accepts tokens for contoso.
- This boolean only applies to default issuer validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
+ This boolean only applies to default issuer validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
property is true or false.
+ The default is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean to control if the LKG configuration will be used for token validation.
+
+
+ The default is false.
@@ -4097,6 +5503,7 @@
which can be used to validate the signature. In these cases it is important to validate the SigningKey that was used to validate the signature.
This boolean only applies to default signing key validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
property is true or false.
+ The default is false.
@@ -4106,6 +5513,15 @@
This boolean only applies to default lifetime validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
property is true or false.
+ The default is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean that controls the validation order of the payload and signature during token validation.
+
+ If is set to true, it will validate payload ahead of signature.
+ The default is false.
@@ -4115,6 +5531,7 @@
This boolean only applies to default token replay validation. If is set, it will be called regardless of whether this
property is true or false.
+ The default is false.
@@ -4123,26 +5540,31 @@
If set to a non-empty collection, only the algorithms listed will be considered valid.
+ The default is null.
Gets or sets a string that represents a valid audience that will be used to check against the token's audience.
+ The default is null.
Gets or sets the that contains valid audiences that will be used to check against the token's audience.
+ The default is null.
Gets or sets a that represents a valid issuer that will be used to check against the token's issuer.
+ The default is null.
Gets or sets the that contains valid issuers that will be used to check against the token's issuer.
+ The default is null.
@@ -4150,60 +5572,7 @@
Gets or sets the that contains valid types that will be used to check against the JWT header's 'typ' claim.
If this property is not set, the 'typ' header claim will not be validated and all types will be accepted.
In the case of a JWE, this property will ONLY apply to the inner token header.
-
-
-
-
- Contains artifacts obtained when a SecurityToken is validated.
-
-
-
-
- The created from the validated security token.
-
-
-
-
- The created from the validated security token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that occurred during validation.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the issuer that was found in the token.
-
-
-
-
- True if the token was successfully validated, false otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains a collection of custom key/value pairs. This allows addition of data that could be used in custom scenarios. This uses for case-sensitive comparison of keys.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that was validated.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that contains call information.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the token type of the that was validated.
- When a is registered,
- the type returned by the delegate is used to populate this property.
- Otherwise, the type is resolved from the token itself, if available
- (e.g for a JSON Web Token, from the "typ" header).
+ The default is null.
@@ -4311,9 +5680,9 @@
true if the bytes are equal, false otherwise.
-
+
- Compares two byte arrays for equality. Hash size is fixed normally it is 32 bytes.
+ Compares two byte spans for equality. Hash size is fixed normally it is 32 bytes.
The attempt here is to take the same time if an attacker shortens the signature OR changes some of the signed contents.
@@ -4322,16 +5691,926 @@
The other set of bytes to compare with.
- length of array to check
+ length of spans to check
true if the bytes are equal, false otherwise.
+
+
+ Creates an instance of an using
+
+ An instance of an Exception.
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of an using
+
+ An instance of an Exception.
+
+
+
+ Contains information so that logs can be written when needed.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ contains information about the exception that is used to generate the exception message.
+ is the level of the event log.
+
+
+
+ Gets the level of the event log.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the message detail.
+
+
+
+
+ Contains information about a message that is used to generate a message for logging or exceptions.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ The message to be formated.
+ The parameters for formatting.
+
+
+
+ Gets the formatted message.
+
+
+
+
+ Contains information so that Exceptions can be logged or thrown written as required.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ contains information about the exception that is used to generate the exception message.
+ is the type of exception that occurred.
+ is the type of validation failure that occurred.
+ is the stack frame where the exception occurred.
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ contains information about the exception that is used to generate the exception message.
+ is the type of exception that occurred.
+ is the type of validation failure that occurred.
+ is the stack frame where the exception occurred.
+ is the inner exception that occurred.
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of an using
+
+ An instance of an Exception.
+
+
+
+ Gets the type of validation failure that occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the type of exception that occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the inner exception that occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the details for the inner exception that occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the message details that are used to generate the exception message.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the stack frames where the exception occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a stack frame to the list of stack frames and returns the updated object.
+
+ The to be added.
+
+
+
+
+ Contains artifacts obtained when a SecurityToken is validated.
+ A SecurityTokenHandler returns an instance that captures the results of validating a token.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of using .
+
+ The
+
+
+
+
+ This constructor is used by JsonWebTokenHandler as part of delaying creation of ClaimsIdentity.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of using .
+
+ The
+
+
+
+
+
+ This constructor is used by JsonWebTokenHandler as part of delaying creation of ClaimsIdentity.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of using .
+
+
+
+
+ This constructor is used by JsonWebTokenHandler as part of delaying creation of ClaimsIdentity.
+
+
+
+ The created from the validated security token.
+
+
+
+
+ The created from the validated security token.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the without synchronization. All accesses must either
+ be protected or used when the caller knows access is serialized.
+
+
+
+ Gets the object to use in for double-checked locking.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that occurred during validation.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the issuer that was found in the token.
+
+
+
+
+ True if the token was successfully validated, false otherwise.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that contains a collection of custom key/value pairs. This allows addition of data that could be used in custom scenarios. This uses for case-sensitive comparison of keys.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that was validated.
+
+
+
+
+ The to be returned when validation fails.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that contains call information.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the token type of the that was validated.
+ When a is registered,
+ the type returned by the delegate is used to populate this property.
+ Otherwise, the type is resolved from the token itself, if available
+ (e.g for a JSON Web Token, from the "typ" header).
+
+
+
+
+ Contains the results of successfully validating a .
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ The that is being validated.
+ The that is being used to validate the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+
+
+ Logs the validation result.
+
+
+
+
+ The created from the validated security token.
+
+
+
+
+ The created from the validated security token.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the without synchronization. All accesses must either
+ be protected or used when the caller knows access is serialized.
+
+
+
+ Gets the object to use in for double-checked locking.
+
+
+
+ Represents a validation result that can be either successful or unsuccessful.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a successful validation result.
+
+ The value associated with the success.
+
+
+
+ Creates an error validation result.
+
+ The error associated with the failure.
+
+
+
+ Empty constructor implementation to prevent creating an empty result.
+
+ Throws an when called as this should never be used. Always initialize Result with either a value or error.
+ Thrown when called.
+
+
+
+ Creates a successful result implicitly from the value.
+
+ The value to be stored in the result.
+
+
+
+ Creates an error result implicitly from the error value.
+
+ The error to be stored in the result.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the result is successful.
+
+
+
+
+ Unwraps the result.
+
+ The wrapped result value.
+ This method is only valid if the result type is successful.
+ Thrown if attempted to unwrap the value from a failed result.
+
+
+
+ Unwraps the error.
+
+ The wrapped error value.
+ This method is only valid if the result type is unsuccessful.
+ Thrown if attempted to unwrap an error from a successful result.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Casts the result to a .
+ #
+ Required for compatibility, see CA2225 for more information
+ The existing instance.
+
+
+
+ The type of the failure that occurred when validating a .
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the name of the .
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents a required parameter was null.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that issuer validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents an algorithm validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that audience validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that token type validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that the token's signature validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that signing key validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that lifetime validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that token replay validation failed.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that a token could not be read.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that a JWE could not be decrypted.
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a type that represents that a token is invalid.
+
+
+
+
+ Contains a set of parameters that are used by a when validating a .
+
+
+
+
+ This is the default value of when creating a .
+ The value is "AuthenticationTypes.Federation".
+ To change the value, set to a different value.
+
+
+
+
+ Default for the clock skew.
+
+ 300 seconds (5 minutes).
+
+
+
+ Default for the maximum token size.
+
+ 250 KB (kilobytes).
+
+
+
+ Copy constructor for .
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets .
+
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate used to validate the cryptographic algorithm used.
+
+
+ If no delegate is set, the default implementation will be used. The default checks the algorithm
+ against the property, if present. If not, it will succeed.
+
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate that will be used to validate the audience.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be responsible for validating the 'audience', instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default 'audience' validation will occur.
+
+ Thrown when the value is set as null.
+ The used to validate the issuer of a token
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the AuthenticationType when creating a .
+
+ If 'value' is null or whitespace.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the clock skew to apply when validating a time.
+
+ If 'value' is less than 0.
+ The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
+
+
+
+ Returns a new instance of with values copied from this object.
+
+ A new object copied from this object
+ This is a shallow Clone.
+
+
+
+ Creates a using:
+
+ 'NameClaimType': If NameClaimTypeRetriever is set, call delegate, else call NameClaimType. If the result is a null or empty string, use .
+ 'RoleClaimType': If RoleClaimTypeRetriever is set, call delegate, else call RoleClaimType. If the result is a null or empty string, use .
+
+ A with Authentication, NameClaimType and RoleClaimType set.
+
+
+
+ If set, this property will be used to obtain the issuer and signing keys associated with the metadata endpoint of .
+ The obtained issuer and signing keys will then be used along with those present on the ValidationParameters for validation of the incoming token.
+
+
+
+
+ Users can override the default with this property. This factory will be used for creating signature providers.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that helps with setting breakpoints when debugging.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean that controls if a '/' is significant at the end of the audience.
+ The default is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the flag that indicates whether to include the when the validation fails.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate for validating the that signed the token.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the that signed the token, instead of default processing.
+ This means that no default validation will occur.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyResolverUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a that is unique to this instance.
+ Calling will result in a new instance of this IDictionary.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating if was called to obtain this instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to retrieve a used for signature validation.
+
+
+ This will be used to check the signature. This can be helpful when the does not contain a key identifier.
+ If both and are set, IssuerSigningKeyResolverUsingConfiguration takes
+ priority.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the used for signature validation.
+
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate that will be used to validate the issuer of the token.
+
+ Thrown when the value is set as null.
+ The used to validate the issuer of a token
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate that will be used to validate the lifetime of the token
+
+ Thrown when the value is set as null.
+ The used to validate the lifetime of a token
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that will decide if the token identifier claim needs to be logged.
+ Default value is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that defines the .
+
+
+ Controls the value returns. It will return the first where the equals .
+ The default is .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to set the property after validating a token.
+
+
+ The function will be passed:
+ The that is being validated.
+ The issuer associated with the token.
+ Returns the value that will set the property .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that contains a collection of custom key/value pairs.
+ This allows addition of parameters that could be used in custom token validation scenarios.
+
+
+
+
+ A boolean to control whether configuration should be refreshed before validating a token.
+
+
+ The default is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that defines the .
+
+
+ Controls the results of .
+ Each where == will be checked for a match against the 'string' passed to .
+ The default is .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to set the property after validating a token.
+
+
+ The function will be passed:
+ The that is being validated.
+ The issuer associated with the token.
+ Returns the value that will set the property .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean to control if the original token should be saved after the security token is validated.
+
+ The runtime will consult this value and save the original token that was validated.
+ The default is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be used to validate the signature of the token.
+
+
+ If set, this delegate will be called to validate the signature of the token, instead of default processing.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the time provider.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a delegate that will be called to retrieve a used for decryption.
+
+
+ This will be used to decrypt the token. This can be helpful when the does not contain a key identifier.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the that is to be used for decrypting inbound tokens.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the that store tokens that can be checked to help detect token replay.
+
+ If set, then tokens must have an expiration time or the runtime will fault.
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate that will be used to validate the token replay of the token.
+
+
+ If no delegate is set, the default implementation will be used.
+ This means no default token replay validation will occur.
+
+ Thrown when the value is set as null.
+ The used to validate the token replay of the token.
+
+
+
+ If the IssuerSigningKeyResolver is unable to resolve the key when validating the signature of the SecurityToken,
+ all available keys will be tried.
+
+ Default is false.
+
+
+
+ Allows overriding the delegate that will be used to validate the type of the token.
+ If the token type cannot be validated, a MUST be returned by the delegate.
+ Note: the 'type' parameter may be null if it couldn't be extracted from its usual location.
+ Implementations that need to resolve it from a different location can use the 'token' parameter.
+
+
+ If no delegate is set, the default implementation will be used. The default checks the type
+ against the property, if the type is present then, it will succeed.
+
+ Thrown when the value is set as null.
+ The used to validate the token type of a token
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean to control if the LKG configuration will be used for token validation.
+
+
+ The default is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a boolean that controls the validation order of the payload and signature during token validation.
+
+ If is set to true, it will validate payload ahead of signature.
+ The default is false.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the valid algorithms for cryptographic operations.
+
+
+ If set to a non-empty collection, only the algorithms listed will be considered valid.
+ The default is null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the that contains valid audiences that will be used to check against the token's audience.
+ The default is an empty collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the that contains valid issuers that will be used to check against the token's issuer.
+ The default is an empty collection.
+
+ The that contains valid issuers that will be used to check against the token's 'iss' claim.
+
+
+
+ Gets the that contains valid types that will be used to check against the JWT header's 'typ' claim.
+ If this property is not set, the 'typ' header claim will not be validated and all types will be accepted.
+ In the case of a JWE, this property will ONLY apply to the inner token header.
+ The default is an empty collection.
+
+ The that contains valid token types that will be used to check against the token's 'typ' claim.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate a given algorithm for a .
+
+ The algorithm to be validated.
+ The that signed the .
+ The being validated.
+ required for validation.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the algorithm.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+ Partial class for Audience Validation.
+
+
+ IssuerValidation
+
+
+ SigningKeyValidation
+
+
+ IssuerValidation
+
+
+ Partial class for Token Replay validation.
+
AudienceValidator
+
+
+ Validates a given algorithm for a .
+
+ The algorithm to be validated.
+ The that signed the .
+ The being validated.
+ required for validation.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines if the audiences found in a are valid.
+
+ The audiences found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
+ If 'audiences' is null and is true.
+ If is null or whitespace and is null.
+ If none of the 'audiences' matched either or one of .
+ An EXACT match is required.
+
+
+
+ Determines if an issuer found in a is valid.
+
+ The issuer to validate
+ The that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+
+ An that contains either the issuer that was validated or an error.
+ An EXACT match is required.
+
+
+
+ Validates the that signed a .
+
+ The that signed the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validation.
+ The to be used for logging.
+ if 'securityKey' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
+ if 'securityToken' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
+ if 'validationParameters' is null.
+
+
+
+ Given a signing key, when it's derived from a certificate, validates that the certificate is already active and non-expired
+
+ The that signed the .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+
+
+
+ Validates the lifetime of a .
+
+ The 'notBefore' time found in the .
+ The 'expiration' time found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ A indicating whether validation was successful, and providing a if it was not.
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
+ If 'expires.HasValue' is false.
+ If 'notBefore' is > 'expires'.
+ If 'notBefore' is > DateTime.UtcNow.
+ If 'expires' is < DateTime.UtcNow.
+ All time comparisons apply .
+
+
+
+ Validates if a token has been replayed.
+
+ When does the security token expire.
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ If 'securityToken' is null or whitespace.
+ If 'validationParameters' is null or whitespace.
+ If is not null and expirationTime.HasValue is false. When a TokenReplayCache is set, tokens require an expiration time.
+ If the 'securityToken' is found in the cache.
+ If the 'securityToken' could not be added to the .
+
+
+
+ Validates the type of the token.
+
+ The token type or null if it couldn't be resolved (e.g from the 'typ' header for a JWT).
+ The that is being validated.
+ required for validation.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the token type.
+ An EXACT match is required. (case sensitive) is used for comparing against .
+
Validates if a given algorithm for a is valid.
@@ -4348,7 +6627,7 @@
The audiences found in the .
The being validated.
required for validation.
- If 'vaidationParameters' is null.
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
If 'audiences' is null and is true.
If is null or whitespace and is null.
If none of the 'audiences' matched either or one of .
@@ -4362,12 +6641,44 @@
The that is being validated.
required for validation.
The issuer to use when creating the "Claim"(s) in a "ClaimsIdentity".
- If 'vaidationParameters' is null.
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
If 'issuer' is null or whitespace and is true.
If is null or whitespace and is null.
If 'issuer' failed to matched either or one of .
An EXACT match is required.
+
+
+ Determines if an issuer found in a is valid.
+
+ The issuer to validate
+ The that is being validated.
+ required for validation.
+ The required for issuer and signing key validation.
+ The issuer to use when creating the "Claim"(s) in a "ClaimsIdentity".
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
+ If 'issuer' is null or whitespace and is true.
+ If ' configuration' is null.
+ If is null or whitespace and is null and is null.
+ If 'issuer' failed to matched either or one of or .
+ An EXACT match is required.
+
+
+
+ Determines if an issuer found in a is valid.
+
+ The issuer to validate
+ The that is being validated.
+ required for validation.
+ The required for issuer and signing key validation.
+ The issuer to use when creating the "Claim"(s) in a "ClaimsIdentity".
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
+ If 'issuer' is null or whitespace and is true.
+ If ' configuration' is null.
+ If is null or whitespace and is null and is null.
+ If 'issuer' failed to matched either or one of or .
+ An EXACT match is required.
+
Validates the that signed a .
@@ -4377,7 +6688,26 @@
required for validation.
if 'securityKey' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
if 'securityToken' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
- if 'vaidationParameters' is null.
+ if 'validationParameters' is null.
+
+
+
+ Validates the that signed a .
+
+ The that signed the .
+ The being validated.
+ required for validation.
+ The required for issuer and signing key validation.
+ if 'securityKey' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
+ if 'securityToken' is null and ValidateIssuerSigningKey is true.
+ if 'validationParameters' is null.
+
+
+
+ Given a signing key, when it's derived from a certificate, validates that the certificate is already active and non-expired
+
+ The that signed the .
+ The that are used to validate the token.
@@ -4387,7 +6717,7 @@
The 'expiration' time found in the .
The being validated.
required for validation.
- If 'vaidationParameters' is null.
+ If 'validationParameters' is null.
If 'expires.HasValue' is false and is true.
If 'notBefore' is > 'expires'.
If 'notBefore' is > DateTime.UtcNow.
@@ -4434,6 +6764,94 @@
An EXACT match is required. (case sensitive) is used for comparing against .
The actual token type, that may be the same as or a different value if the token type was resolved from a different location.
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate the audiences value in a token.
+
+ The audiences to validate.
+ The that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the issuer.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate the issuer value in a token.
+
+ The issuer to validate.
+ The that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+
+ An that contains the results of validating the issuer.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate the that signed a .
+
+ The security key to validate.
+ The that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validation.
+ The to be used for logging.
+ A that contains the results of validating the issuer.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate the lifetime of a .
+
+ The 'notBefore' time found in the .
+ The 'expiration' time found in the .
+ The that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the issuer.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate that a has not been replayed.
+
+ When does the expire..
+ The security token that is being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the token.
+ This delegate is not expected to throw.
+
+
+
+ Definition for delegate that will validate the token type of a token.
+
+ The token type or null if it couldn't be resolved (e.g from the 'typ' header for a JWT).
+ The that is being validated.
+ required for validation.
+
+ A that contains the results of validating the token type.
+ An EXACT match is required. (case sensitive) is used for comparing against .
+
+
+
+ Internal Validator Utilities
+
+
+
+
+ Validates the lifetime of a .
+
+ The 'notBefore' time found in the .
+ The 'expiration' time found in the .
+ The being validated.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ If 'expires.HasValue' is false and is true.
+ If 'notBefore' is > 'expires'.
+ If 'notBefore' is > DateTime.UtcNow.
+ If 'expires' is < DateTime.UtcNow.
+ All time comparisons apply .
+
An designed to construct based on a x509 certificate.
@@ -4529,14 +6947,14 @@
Determines whether the can compute a JWK thumbprint.
true if JWK thumbprint can be computed; otherwise, false.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
Computes a sha256 hash over the .
A JWK thumbprint.
- https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7638
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7638
@@ -4569,7 +6987,7 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A that will be used for signing.
- The signature algorithm to apply.
+ The signature algorithm to be used.
the 'digest method' if needed may be implied from the algorithm. For example implies Sha256.
if 'certificate' is null.
if 'algorithm' is null or empty.
@@ -4579,11084 +6997,5 @@
Gets the used by this instance.
-
-
- Represents a BSON Oid (object id).
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the Oid.
-
- The value of the Oid.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The Oid value.
-
-
-
- Represents a reader that provides fast, non-cached, forward-only access to serialized BSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether binary data reading should be compatible with incorrect Json.NET 3.5 written binary.
-
-
- true if binary data reading will be compatible with incorrect Json.NET 3.5 written binary; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the root object will be read as a JSON array.
-
-
- true if the root object will be read as a JSON array; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used when reading values from BSON.
-
- The used when reading values from BSON.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The containing the BSON data to read.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The containing the BSON data to read.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The containing the BSON data to read.
- if set to true the root object will be read as a JSON array.
- The used when reading values from BSON.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The containing the BSON data to read.
- if set to true the root object will be read as a JSON array.
- The used when reading values from BSON.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying .
-
-
- true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
-
-
-
-
- Changes the reader's state to .
- If is set to true, the underlying is also closed.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a writer that provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way of generating BSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used when writing values to BSON.
- When set to no conversion will occur.
-
- The used when writing values to BSON.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The to write to.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The to write to.
-
-
-
- Flushes whatever is in the buffer to the underlying and also flushes the underlying stream.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the end.
-
- The token.
-
-
-
- Writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
-
-
-
- Writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON where a value is expected and updates the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair on a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the underlying is also closed.
- If is set to true, the JSON is auto-completed.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
- An error will raised if the value cannot be written as a single JSON token.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an undefined value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a [] value that represents a BSON object id.
-
- The Object ID value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a BSON regex.
-
- The regex pattern.
- The regex options.
-
-
-
- Specifies how constructors are used when initializing objects during deserialization by the .
-
-
-
-
- First attempt to use the public default constructor, then fall back to a single parameterized constructor, then to the non-public default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Json.NET will use a non-public default constructor before falling back to a parameterized constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a binary value to and from a base 64 string value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from JSON and BSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a custom object.
-
- The object type to convert.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Creates an object which will then be populated by the serializer.
-
- Type of the object.
- The created object.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this can write JSON.
-
-
- true if this can write JSON; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified value type.
-
- Type of the value.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified value type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified value type.
-
- Type of the value.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified value type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Provides a base class for converting a to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a F# discriminated union type to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts an Entity Framework to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts an to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this can write JSON.
-
-
- true if this can write JSON; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from the ISO 8601 date format (e.g. "2008-04-12T12:53Z").
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date time styles used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
- The date time styles used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date time format used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
- The date time format used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the culture used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
- The culture used when converting a date to and from JSON.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from a JavaScript Date constructor (e.g. new Date(52231943)).
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing property value of the JSON that is being converted.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from JSON and BSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts an to and from its name string value.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the written enum text should be camel case.
- The default value is false.
-
- true if the written enum text will be camel case; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the naming strategy used to resolve how enum text is written.
-
- The naming strategy used to resolve how enum text is written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether integer values are allowed when serializing and deserializing.
- The default value is true.
-
- true if integers are allowed when serializing and deserializing; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- true if the written enum text will be camel case; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The naming strategy used to resolve how enum text is written.
- true if integers are allowed when serializing and deserializing; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The of the used to write enum text.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The of the used to write enum text.
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The of the used to write enum text.
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
- true if integers are allowed when serializing and deserializing; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from Unix epoch time
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing property value of the JSON that is being converted.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Converts a to and from a string (e.g. "1.2.3.4").
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing property value of the JSON that is being converted.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Converts XML to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the root element to insert when deserializing to XML if the JSON structure has produced multiple root elements.
-
- The name of the deserialized root element.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value to indicate whether to write the Json.NET array attribute.
- This attribute helps preserve arrays when converting the written XML back to JSON.
-
- true if the array attribute is written to the XML; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to write the root JSON object.
-
- true if the JSON root object is omitted; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to encode special characters when converting JSON to XML.
- If true, special characters like ':', '@', '?', '#' and '$' in JSON property names aren't used to specify
- XML namespaces, attributes or processing directives. Instead special characters are encoded and written
- as part of the XML element name.
-
- true if special characters are encoded; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The calling serializer.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Checks if the is a namespace attribute.
-
- Attribute name to test.
- The attribute name prefix if it has one, otherwise an empty string.
- true if attribute name is for a namespace attribute, otherwise false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified value type.
-
- Type of the value.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified value type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how dates are formatted when writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Dates are written in the ISO 8601 format, e.g. "2012-03-21T05:40Z".
-
-
-
-
- Dates are written in the Microsoft JSON format, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/".
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed when reading JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Date formatted strings are not parsed to a date type and are read as strings.
-
-
-
-
- Date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed to .
-
-
-
-
- Date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed to .
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how to treat the time value when converting between string and .
-
-
-
-
- Treat as local time. If the object represents a Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), it is converted to the local time.
-
-
-
-
- Treat as a UTC. If the object represents a local time, it is converted to a UTC.
-
-
-
-
- Treat as a local time if a is being converted to a string.
- If a string is being converted to , convert to a local time if a time zone is specified.
-
-
-
-
- Time zone information should be preserved when converting.
-
-
-
-
- The default JSON name table implementation.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the string containing the same characters as the specified range of characters in the given array.
-
- The character array containing the name to find.
- The zero-based index into the array specifying the first character of the name.
- The number of characters in the name.
-
-
-
- Adds the specified string into name table.
-
- The string to add.
- This method is not thread-safe.
-
-
-
- Specifies default value handling options for the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Include members where the member value is the same as the member's default value when serializing objects.
- Included members are written to JSON. Has no effect when deserializing.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore members where the member value is the same as the member's default value when serializing objects
- so that it is not written to JSON.
- This option will ignore all default values (e.g. null for objects and nullable types; 0 for integers,
- decimals and floating point numbers; and false for booleans). The default value ignored can be changed by
- placing the on the property.
-
-
-
-
- Members with a default value but no JSON will be set to their default value when deserializing.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore members where the member value is the same as the member's default value when serializing objects
- and set members to their default value when deserializing.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies float format handling options when writing special floating point numbers, e.g. ,
- and with .
-
-
-
-
- Write special floating point values as strings in JSON, e.g. "NaN", "Infinity", "-Infinity".
-
-
-
-
- Write special floating point values as symbols in JSON, e.g. NaN, Infinity, -Infinity.
- Note that this will produce non-valid JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Write special floating point values as the property's default value in JSON, e.g. 0.0 for a property, null for a of property.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how floating point numbers, e.g. 1.0 and 9.9, are parsed when reading JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Floating point numbers are parsed to .
-
-
-
-
- Floating point numbers are parsed to .
-
-
-
-
- Specifies formatting options for the .
-
-
-
-
- No special formatting is applied. This is the default.
-
-
-
-
- Causes child objects to be indented according to the and settings.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an interface for using pooled arrays.
-
- The array type content.
-
-
-
- Rent an array from the pool. This array must be returned when it is no longer needed.
-
- The minimum required length of the array. The returned array may be longer.
- The rented array from the pool. This array must be returned when it is no longer needed.
-
-
-
- Return an array to the pool.
-
- The array that is being returned.
-
-
-
- Provides an interface to enable a class to return line and position information.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the class can return line information.
-
-
- true if and can be provided; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current line number.
-
- The current line number or 0 if no line information is available (for example, when returns false).
-
-
-
- Gets the current line position.
-
- The current line position or 0 if no line information is available (for example, when returns false).
-
-
-
- Instructs the how to serialize the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether null items are allowed in the collection.
-
- true if null items are allowed in the collection; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with a flag indicating whether the array can contain null items.
-
- A flag indicating whether the array can contain null items.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container Id.
-
- The container Id.
-
-
-
- Instructs the to use the specified constructor when deserializing that object.
-
-
-
-
- Instructs the how to serialize the object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the id.
-
- The id.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the title.
-
- The title.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the description.
-
- The description.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection's items converter.
-
- The collection's items converter.
-
-
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
-
-
- [JsonContainer(ItemConverterType = typeof(MyContainerConverter), ItemConverterParameters = new object[] { 123, "Four" })]
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of the .
-
- The of the .
-
-
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
-
-
- [JsonContainer(NamingStrategyType = typeof(MyNamingStrategy), NamingStrategyParameters = new object[] { 123, "Four" })]
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to preserve object references.
-
-
- true to keep object reference; otherwise, false. The default is false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to preserve collection's items references.
-
-
- true to keep collection's items object references; otherwise, false. The default is false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reference loop handling used when serializing the collection's items.
-
- The reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name handling used when serializing the collection's items.
-
- The type name handling.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container Id.
-
- The container Id.
-
-
-
- Provides methods for converting between .NET types and JSON types.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a function that creates default .
- Default settings are automatically used by serialization methods on ,
- and and on .
- To serialize without using any default settings create a with
- .
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's boolean value true as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's boolean value false as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's null as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's undefined as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's positive infinity as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's negative infinity as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Represents JavaScript's NaN as a string. This field is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation using the specified.
-
- The value to convert.
- The format the date will be converted to.
- The time zone handling when the date is converted to a string.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation using the specified.
-
- The value to convert.
- The format the date will be converted to.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- The string delimiter character.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- The string delimiter character.
- The string escape handling.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Converts the to its JSON string representation.
-
- The value to convert.
- A JSON string representation of the .
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string.
-
- The object to serialize.
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using formatting.
-
- The object to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
-
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using a collection of .
-
- The object to serialize.
- A collection of converters used while serializing.
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using formatting and a collection of .
-
- The object to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- A collection of converters used while serializing.
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using .
-
- The object to serialize.
- The used to serialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using a type, formatting and .
-
- The object to serialize.
- The used to serialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The type of the value being serialized.
- This parameter is used when is to write out the type name if the type of the value does not match.
- Specifying the type is optional.
-
-
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using formatting and .
-
- The object to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- The used to serialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified object to a JSON string using a type, formatting and .
-
- The object to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- The used to serialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The type of the value being serialized.
- This parameter is used when is to write out the type name if the type of the value does not match.
- Specifying the type is optional.
-
-
- A JSON string representation of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to a .NET object.
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to a .NET object using .
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
-
- The used to deserialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type.
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The of object being deserialized.
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type.
-
- The type of the object to deserialize to.
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the given anonymous type.
-
-
- The anonymous type to deserialize to. This can't be specified
- traditionally and must be inferred from the anonymous type passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The anonymous type object.
- The deserialized anonymous type from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the given anonymous type using .
-
-
- The anonymous type to deserialize to. This can't be specified
- traditionally and must be inferred from the anonymous type passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The anonymous type object.
-
- The used to deserialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The deserialized anonymous type from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type using a collection of .
-
- The type of the object to deserialize to.
- The JSON to deserialize.
- Converters to use while deserializing.
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type using .
-
- The type of the object to deserialize to.
- The object to deserialize.
-
- The used to deserialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type using a collection of .
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The type of the object to deserialize.
- Converters to use while deserializing.
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON to the specified .NET type using .
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- The type of the object to deserialize to.
-
- The used to deserialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
- The deserialized object from the JSON string.
-
-
-
- Populates the object with values from the JSON string.
-
- The JSON to populate values from.
- The target object to populate values onto.
-
-
-
- Populates the object with values from the JSON string using .
-
- The JSON to populate values from.
- The target object to populate values onto.
-
- The used to deserialize the object.
- If this is null, default serialization settings will be used.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string.
-
- The node to serialize.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string using formatting.
-
- The node to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string using formatting and omits the root object if is true.
-
- The node to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- Omits writing the root object.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string.
-
- The JSON string.
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by .
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by
- and writes a Json.NET array attribute for collections.
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
-
- A value to indicate whether to write the Json.NET array attribute.
- This attribute helps preserve arrays when converting the written XML back to JSON.
-
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by ,
- writes a Json.NET array attribute for collections, and encodes special characters.
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
-
- A value to indicate whether to write the Json.NET array attribute.
- This attribute helps preserve arrays when converting the written XML back to JSON.
-
-
- A value to indicate whether to encode special characters when converting JSON to XML.
- If true, special characters like ':', '@', '?', '#' and '$' in JSON property names aren't used to specify
- XML namespaces, attributes or processing directives. Instead special characters are encoded and written
- as part of the XML element name.
-
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string.
-
- The node to convert to JSON.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string using formatting.
-
- The node to convert to JSON.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Serializes the to a JSON string using formatting and omits the root object if is true.
-
- The node to serialize.
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- Omits writing the root object.
- A JSON string of the .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string.
-
- The JSON string.
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by .
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by
- and writes a Json.NET array attribute for collections.
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
-
- A value to indicate whether to write the Json.NET array attribute.
- This attribute helps preserve arrays when converting the written XML back to JSON.
-
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Deserializes the from a JSON string nested in a root element specified by ,
- writes a Json.NET array attribute for collections, and encodes special characters.
-
- The JSON string.
- The name of the root element to append when deserializing.
-
- A value to indicate whether to write the Json.NET array attribute.
- This attribute helps preserve arrays when converting the written XML back to JSON.
-
-
- A value to indicate whether to encode special characters when converting JSON to XML.
- If true, special characters like ':', '@', '?', '#' and '$' in JSON property names aren't used to specify
- XML namespaces, attributes or processing directives. Instead special characters are encoded and written
- as part of the XML element name.
-
- The deserialized .
-
-
-
- Converts an object to and from JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this can read JSON.
-
- true if this can read JSON; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this can write JSON.
-
- true if this can write JSON; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Converts an object to and from JSON.
-
- The object type to convert.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to write to.
- The value.
- The calling serializer.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Reads the JSON representation of the object.
-
- The to read from.
- Type of the object.
- The existing value of object being read. If there is no existing value then null will be used.
- The existing value has a value.
- The calling serializer.
- The object value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether this instance can convert the specified object type.
-
- Type of the object.
-
- true if this instance can convert the specified object type; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Instructs the to use the specified when serializing the member or class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the .
-
- The of the .
-
-
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Type of the .
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- Type of the .
- Parameter list to use when constructing the . Can be null.
-
-
-
- Represents a collection of .
-
-
-
-
- Instructs the how to serialize the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container Id.
-
- The container Id.
-
-
-
- The exception thrown when an error occurs during JSON serialization or deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- The parameter is null.
- The class name is null or is zero (0).
-
-
-
- Instructs the to deserialize properties with no matching class member into the specified collection
- and write values during serialization.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to write extension data when serializing the object.
-
-
- true to write extension data when serializing the object; otherwise, false. The default is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to read extension data when deserializing the object.
-
-
- true to read extension data when deserializing the object; otherwise, false. The default is true.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Instructs the not to serialize the public field or public read/write property value.
-
-
-
-
- Base class for a table of atomized string objects.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the string containing the same characters as the specified range of characters in the given array.
-
- The character array containing the name to find.
- The zero-based index into the array specifying the first character of the name.
- The number of characters in the name.
-
-
-
- Instructs the how to serialize the object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the member serialization.
-
- The member serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how the object's properties with null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
-
- How the object's properties with null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object's properties are required.
-
-
- A value indicating whether the object's properties are required.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified member serialization.
-
- The member serialization.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container Id.
-
- The container Id.
-
-
-
- Instructs the to always serialize the member with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items type.
-
-
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
-
-
- [JsonProperty(ItemConverterType = typeof(MyContainerConverter), ItemConverterParameters = new object[] { 123, "Four" })]
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of the .
-
- The of the .
-
-
-
- The parameter list to use when constructing the described by .
- If null, the default constructor is used.
- When non-null, there must be a constructor defined in the that exactly matches the number,
- order, and type of these parameters.
-
-
-
- [JsonProperty(NamingStrategyType = typeof(MyNamingStrategy), NamingStrategyParameters = new object[] { 123, "Four" })]
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the null value handling used when serializing this property.
-
- The null value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default value handling used when serializing this property.
-
- The default value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reference loop handling used when serializing this property.
-
- The reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the object creation handling used when deserializing this property.
-
- The object creation handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name handling used when serializing this property.
-
- The type name handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether this property's value is serialized as a reference.
-
- Whether this property's value is serialized as a reference.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the order of serialization of a member.
-
- The numeric order of serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this property is required.
-
-
- A value indicating whether this property is required.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the property.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reference loop handling used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name handling used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items type name handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether this property's collection items are serialized as a reference.
-
- Whether this property's collection items are serialized as a reference.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name.
-
- Name of the property.
-
-
-
- Represents a reader that provides fast, non-cached, forward-only access to serialized JSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously skips the children of the current token.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a [].
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the []. This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Specifies the state of the reader.
-
-
-
-
- A read method has not been called.
-
-
-
-
- The end of the file has been reached successfully.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is at a property.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is at the start of an object.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is in an object.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is at the start of an array.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is in an array.
-
-
-
-
- The method has been called.
-
-
-
-
- Reader has just read a value.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is at the start of a constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Reader is in a constructor.
-
-
-
-
- An error occurred that prevents the read operation from continuing.
-
-
-
-
- The end of the file has been reached successfully.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current reader state.
-
- The current reader state.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the source should be closed when this reader is closed.
-
-
- true to close the source when this reader is closed; otherwise false. The default is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple pieces of JSON content can
- be read from a continuous stream without erroring.
-
-
- true to support reading multiple pieces of JSON content; otherwise false.
- The default is false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the quotation mark character used to enclose the value of a string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how time zones are handled when reading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed when reading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how floating point numbers, e.g. 1.0 and 9.9, are parsed when reading JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how custom date formatted strings are parsed when reading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum depth allowed when reading JSON. Reading past this depth will throw a .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the text value of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the .NET type for the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the depth of the current token in the JSON document.
-
- The depth of the current token in the JSON document.
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the culture used when reading JSON. Defaults to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source.
-
- true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a .
-
- A . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a [].
-
- A [] or null if the next JSON token is null. This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Skips the children of the current token.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the current token.
-
- The new token.
-
-
-
- Sets the current token and value.
-
- The new token.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Sets the current token and value.
-
- The new token.
- The value.
- A flag indicating whether the position index inside an array should be updated.
-
-
-
- Sets the state based on current token type.
-
-
-
-
- Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources.
-
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Changes the reader's state to .
- If is set to true, the source is also closed.
-
-
-
-
- The exception thrown when an error occurs while reading JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- The parameter is null.
- The class name is null or is zero (0).
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message, JSON path, line number, line position, and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
- The line number indicating where the error occurred.
- The line position indicating where the error occurred.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Instructs the to always serialize the member, and to require that the member has a value.
-
-
-
-
- The exception thrown when an error occurs during JSON serialization or deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- The parameter is null.
- The class name is null or is zero (0).
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message, JSON path, line number, line position, and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
- The line number indicating where the error occurred.
- The line position indicating where the error occurred.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Serializes and deserializes objects into and from the JSON format.
- The enables you to control how objects are encoded into JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the errors during serialization and deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when resolving references.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when resolving type names.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when writing trace messages.
-
- The trace writer.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the equality comparer used by the serializer when comparing references.
-
- The equality comparer.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how type name writing and reading is handled by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
-
- should be used with caution when your application deserializes JSON from an external source.
- Incoming types should be validated with a custom
- when deserializing with a value other than .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how a type name assembly is written and resolved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
- The type name assembly format.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how a type name assembly is written and resolved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
- The type name assembly format.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how object references are preserved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how reference loops (e.g. a class referencing itself) is handled.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how missing members (e.g. JSON contains a property that isn't a member on the object) are handled during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how default values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how objects are created during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The object creation handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how constructors are used during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The constructor handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how metadata properties are used during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The metadata properties handling.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection that will be used during serialization.
-
- Collection that will be used during serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the contract resolver used by the serializer when
- serializing .NET objects to JSON and vice versa.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when invoking serialization callback methods.
-
- The context.
-
-
-
- Indicates how JSON text output is formatted.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how dates are written to JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how time zones are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed when reading JSON.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how floating point numbers, e.g. 1.0 and 9.9, are parsed when reading JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how special floating point numbers, e.g. ,
- and ,
- are written as JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how strings are escaped when writing JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how and values are formatted when writing JSON text,
- and the expected date format when reading JSON text.
- The default value is "yyyy'-'MM'-'dd'T'HH':'mm':'ss.FFFFFFFK".
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the culture used when reading JSON.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum depth allowed when reading JSON. Reading past this depth will throw a .
- A null value means there is no maximum.
- The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether there will be a check for additional JSON content after deserializing an object.
- The default value is false.
-
-
- true if there will be a check for additional JSON content after deserializing an object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
- The will not use default settings
- from .
-
-
- A new instance.
- The will not use default settings
- from .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance using the specified .
- The will not use default settings
- from .
-
- The settings to be applied to the .
-
- A new instance using the specified .
- The will not use default settings
- from .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
- The will use default settings
- from .
-
-
- A new instance.
- The will use default settings
- from .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance using the specified .
- The will use default settings
- from as well as the specified .
-
- The settings to be applied to the .
-
- A new instance using the specified .
- The will use default settings
- from as well as the specified .
-
-
-
-
- Populates the JSON values onto the target object.
-
- The that contains the JSON structure to read values from.
- The target object to populate values onto.
-
-
-
- Populates the JSON values onto the target object.
-
- The that contains the JSON structure to read values from.
- The target object to populate values onto.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON structure contained by the specified .
-
- The that contains the JSON structure to deserialize.
- The being deserialized.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON structure contained by the specified
- into an instance of the specified type.
-
- The containing the object.
- The of object being deserialized.
- The instance of being deserialized.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON structure contained by the specified
- into an instance of the specified type.
-
- The containing the object.
- The type of the object to deserialize.
- The instance of being deserialized.
-
-
-
- Deserializes the JSON structure contained by the specified
- into an instance of the specified type.
-
- The containing the object.
- The of object being deserialized.
- The instance of being deserialized.
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified and writes the JSON structure
- using the specified .
-
- The used to write the JSON structure.
- The to serialize.
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified and writes the JSON structure
- using the specified .
-
- The used to write the JSON structure.
- The to serialize.
-
- The type of the value being serialized.
- This parameter is used when is to write out the type name if the type of the value does not match.
- Specifying the type is optional.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified and writes the JSON structure
- using the specified .
-
- The used to write the JSON structure.
- The to serialize.
-
- The type of the value being serialized.
- This parameter is used when is Auto to write out the type name if the type of the value does not match.
- Specifying the type is optional.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the specified and writes the JSON structure
- using the specified .
-
- The used to write the JSON structure.
- The to serialize.
-
-
-
- Specifies the settings on a object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how reference loops (e.g. a class referencing itself) are handled.
- The default value is .
-
- Reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how missing members (e.g. JSON contains a property that isn't a member on the object) are handled during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- Missing member handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how objects are created during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The object creation handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- Null value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how default values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The default value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a collection that will be used during serialization.
-
- The converters.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how object references are preserved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
- The preserve references handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how type name writing and reading is handled by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
-
- should be used with caution when your application deserializes JSON from an external source.
- Incoming types should be validated with a custom
- when deserializing with a value other than .
-
- The type name handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how metadata properties are used during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The metadata properties handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how a type name assembly is written and resolved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
- The type name assembly format.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how a type name assembly is written and resolved by the serializer.
- The default value is .
-
- The type name assembly format.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how constructors are used during deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
- The constructor handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the contract resolver used by the serializer when
- serializing .NET objects to JSON and vice versa.
-
- The contract resolver.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the equality comparer used by the serializer when comparing references.
-
- The equality comparer.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when resolving references.
-
- The reference resolver.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a function that creates the used by the serializer when resolving references.
-
- A function that creates the used by the serializer when resolving references.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when writing trace messages.
-
- The trace writer.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when resolving type names.
-
- The binder.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler called during serialization and deserialization.
-
- The error handler called during serialization and deserialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used by the serializer when invoking serialization callback methods.
-
- The context.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how and values are formatted when writing JSON text,
- and the expected date format when reading JSON text.
- The default value is "yyyy'-'MM'-'dd'T'HH':'mm':'ss.FFFFFFFK".
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum depth allowed when reading JSON. Reading past this depth will throw a .
- A null value means there is no maximum.
- The default value is null.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates how JSON text output is formatted.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how dates are written to JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how time zones are handled during serialization and deserialization.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how date formatted strings, e.g. "\/Date(1198908717056)\/" and "2012-03-21T05:40Z", are parsed when reading JSON.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how special floating point numbers, e.g. ,
- and ,
- are written as JSON.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how floating point numbers, e.g. 1.0 and 9.9, are parsed when reading JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how strings are escaped when writing JSON text.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the culture used when reading JSON.
- The default value is .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether there will be a check for additional content after deserializing an object.
- The default value is false.
-
-
- true if there will be a check for additional content after deserializing an object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a reader that provides fast, non-cached, forward-only access to JSON text data.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a [].
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the []. This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a of .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the of . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads the next JSON token from the source as a .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous read. The
- property returns the . This result will be null at the end of an array.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
-
- The containing the JSON data to read.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reader's property name table.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reader's character buffer pool.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying .
-
-
- true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a .
-
- A . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a [].
-
- A [] or null if the next JSON token is null. This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Changes the reader's state to .
- If is set to true, the underlying is also closed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the class can return line information.
-
-
- true if and can be provided; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current line number.
-
-
- The current line number or 0 if no line information is available (for example, returns false).
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current line position.
-
-
- The current line position or 0 if no line information is available (for example, returns false).
-
-
-
-
- Represents a writer that provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way of generating JSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously flushes whatever is in the buffer to the destination and also flushes the destination.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the JSON value delimiter.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the specified end token.
-
- The end token to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the destination is also closed.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of the current JSON object or array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes indent characters.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes an indent space.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes raw JSON without changing the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a null value.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- A flag to indicate whether the text should be escaped when it is written as a JSON property name.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes an undefined value.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given white space.
-
- The string of white space characters.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of an array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of a constructor.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of a JSON object.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes raw JSON where a value is expected and updates the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- Derived classes must override this method to get asynchronous behaviour. Otherwise it will
- execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the writer's character array pool.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how many s to write for each level in the hierarchy when is set to .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets which character to use to quote attribute values.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets which character to use for indenting when is set to .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether object names will be surrounded with quotes.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified .
-
- The to write to.
-
-
-
- Flushes whatever is in the buffer to the underlying and also flushes the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the underlying is also closed.
- If is set to true, the JSON is auto-completed.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Writes the specified end token.
-
- The end token to write.
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair on a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair on a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- A flag to indicate whether the text should be escaped when it is written as a JSON property name.
-
-
-
- Writes indent characters.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON value delimiter.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an indent space.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
- An error will raised if the value cannot be written as a single JSON token.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an undefined value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
-
-
-
- Writes the given white space.
-
- The string of white space characters.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- This is returned by the if a read method has not been called.
-
-
-
-
- An object start token.
-
-
-
-
- An array start token.
-
-
-
-
- A constructor start token.
-
-
-
-
- An object property name.
-
-
-
-
- A comment.
-
-
-
-
- Raw JSON.
-
-
-
-
- An integer.
-
-
-
-
- A float.
-
-
-
-
- A string.
-
-
-
-
- A boolean.
-
-
-
-
- A null token.
-
-
-
-
- An undefined token.
-
-
-
-
- An object end token.
-
-
-
-
- An array end token.
-
-
-
-
- A constructor end token.
-
-
-
-
- A Date.
-
-
-
-
- Byte data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a reader that provides validation.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets an event handler for receiving schema validation errors.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the text value of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the depth of the current token in the JSON document.
-
- The depth of the current token in the JSON document.
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the quotation mark character used to enclose the value of a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the .NET type for the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class that
- validates the content returned from the given .
-
- The to read from while validating.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the schema.
-
- The schema.
-
-
-
- Gets the used to construct this .
-
- The specified in the constructor.
-
-
-
- Changes the reader's state to .
- If is set to true, the underlying is also closed.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of .
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a [].
-
-
- A [] or null if the next JSON token is null.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of .
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of .
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of .
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a .
-
- A . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of . This method will return null at the end of an array.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying as a of .
-
- A of .
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying .
-
-
- true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a writer that provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way of generating JSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the destination is also closed.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously flushes whatever is in the buffer to the destination and also flushes the destination.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the specified end token.
-
- The end token to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes indent characters.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the JSON value delimiter.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes an indent space.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes raw JSON without changing the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of the current JSON object or array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of an array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of a constructor.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the end of a JSON object.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a null value.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- A flag to indicate whether the text should be escaped when it is written as a JSON property name.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes raw JSON where a value is expected and updates the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the current token.
-
- The to read the token from.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the current token.
-
- The to read the token from.
- A flag indicating whether the current token's children should be written.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the token and its value.
-
- The to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the token and its value.
-
- The to write.
-
- The value to write.
- A value is only required for tokens that have an associated value, e.g. the property name for .
- null can be passed to the method for tokens that don't have a value, e.g. .
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes an undefined value.
-
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given white space.
-
- The string of white space characters.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously ets the state of the .
-
- The being written.
- The value being written.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A that represents the asynchronous operation.
- The default behaviour is to execute synchronously, returning an already-completed task. Derived
- classes can override this behaviour for true asynchronicity.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the destination should be closed when this writer is closed.
-
-
- true to close the destination when this writer is closed; otherwise false. The default is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the JSON should be auto-completed when this writer is closed.
-
-
- true to auto-complete the JSON when this writer is closed; otherwise false. The default is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the top.
-
- The top.
-
-
-
- Gets the state of the writer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the writer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating how JSON text output should be formatted.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how dates are written to JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how time zones are handled when writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how strings are escaped when writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how special floating point numbers, e.g. ,
- and ,
- are written to JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how and values are formatted when writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the culture used when writing JSON. Defaults to .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Flushes whatever is in the buffer to the destination and also flushes the destination.
-
-
-
-
- Closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the destination is also closed.
- If is set to true, the JSON is auto-completed.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the end of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the end of an array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Writes the end constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair of a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
- A flag to indicate whether the text should be escaped when it is written as a JSON property name.
-
-
-
- Writes the end of the current JSON object or array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the current token and its children.
-
- The to read the token from.
-
-
-
- Writes the current token.
-
- The to read the token from.
- A flag indicating whether the current token's children should be written.
-
-
-
- Writes the token and its value.
-
- The to write.
-
- The value to write.
- A value is only required for tokens that have an associated value, e.g. the property name for .
- null can be passed to the method for tokens that don't have a value, e.g. .
-
-
-
-
- Writes the token.
-
- The to write.
-
-
-
- Writes the specified end token.
-
- The end token to write.
-
-
-
- Writes indent characters.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the JSON value delimiter.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an indent space.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an undefined value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON without changing the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON where a value is expected and updates the writer's state.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a of value.
-
- The of value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
- An error will raised if the value cannot be written as a single JSON token.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
-
-
-
- Writes the given white space.
-
- The string of white space characters.
-
-
-
- Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources.
-
- true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources.
-
-
-
- Sets the state of the .
-
- The being written.
- The value being written.
-
-
-
- The exception thrown when an error occurs while writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- The parameter is null.
- The class name is null or is zero (0).
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message, JSON path and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Specifies how JSON comments are handled when loading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore comments.
-
-
-
-
- Load comments as a with type .
-
-
-
-
- Contains the LINQ to JSON extension methods.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of tokens that contains the ancestors of every token in the source collection.
-
- The type of the objects in source, constrained to .
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains the ancestors of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of tokens that contains every token in the source collection, and the ancestors of every token in the source collection.
-
- The type of the objects in source, constrained to .
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains every token in the source collection, the ancestors of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of tokens that contains the descendants of every token in the source collection.
-
- The type of the objects in source, constrained to .
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains the descendants of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of tokens that contains every token in the source collection, and the descendants of every token in the source collection.
-
- The type of the objects in source, constrained to .
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains every token in the source collection, and the descendants of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of child properties of every object in the source collection.
-
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains the properties of every object in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of child values of every object in the source collection with the given key.
-
- An of that contains the source collection.
- The token key.
- An of that contains the values of every token in the source collection with the given key.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of child values of every object in the source collection.
-
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains the values of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of converted child values of every object in the source collection with the given key.
-
- The type to convert the values to.
- An of that contains the source collection.
- The token key.
- An that contains the converted values of every token in the source collection with the given key.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of converted child values of every object in the source collection.
-
- The type to convert the values to.
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An that contains the converted values of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Converts the value.
-
- The type to convert the value to.
- A cast as a of .
- A converted value.
-
-
-
- Converts the value.
-
- The source collection type.
- The type to convert the value to.
- A cast as a of .
- A converted value.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of child tokens of every array in the source collection.
-
- The source collection type.
- An of that contains the source collection.
- An of that contains the values of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of converted child tokens of every array in the source collection.
-
- An of that contains the source collection.
- The type to convert the values to.
- The source collection type.
- An that contains the converted values of every token in the source collection.
-
-
-
- Returns the input typed as .
-
- An of that contains the source collection.
- The input typed as .
-
-
-
- Returns the input typed as .
-
- The source collection type.
- An of that contains the source collection.
- The input typed as .
-
-
-
- Represents a collection of objects.
-
- The type of token.
-
-
-
- Gets the of with the specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a JSON array.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A representing the asynchronous load. The property contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A representing the asynchronous load. The property contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Gets the container's children tokens.
-
- The container's children tokens.
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content.
-
- The contents of the array.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content.
-
- The contents of the array.
-
-
-
- Loads an from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Loads an from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object.
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- A with the values of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object.
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- The that will be used to read the object.
- A with the values of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified key.
-
- The with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the at the specified index.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines the index of a specific item in the .
-
- The object to locate in the .
-
- The index of if found in the list; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an item to the at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
- The object to insert into the .
-
- is not a valid index in the .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the item at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the item to remove.
-
- is not a valid index in the .
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
-
-
- A of that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an item to the .
-
- The object to add to the .
-
-
-
- Removes all items from the .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the contains a specific value.
-
- The object to locate in the .
-
- true if is found in the ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the to an array, starting at a particular array index.
-
- The array.
- Index of the array.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
-
- true if the is read-only; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the .
-
- The object to remove from the .
-
- true if was successfully removed from the ; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if is not found in the original .
-
-
-
-
- Represents a JSON constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous load. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous load. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Gets the container's children tokens.
-
- The container's children tokens.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this constructor.
-
- The constructor name.
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name and content.
-
- The constructor name.
- The contents of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name and content.
-
- The constructor name.
- The contents of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified name.
-
- The constructor name.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified key.
-
- The with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Represents a token that can contain other tokens.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the list changes or an item in the list changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs before an item is added to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when the items list of the collection has changed, or the collection is reset.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the container's children tokens.
-
- The container's children tokens.
-
-
-
- Raises the event.
-
- The instance containing the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the event.
-
- The instance containing the event data.
-
-
-
- Raises the event.
-
- The instance containing the event data.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this token has child tokens.
-
-
- true if this token has child values; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Get the first child token of this token.
-
-
- A containing the first child token of the .
-
-
-
-
- Get the last child token of this token.
-
-
- A containing the last child token of the .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the child tokens of this token, in document order.
-
-
- An of containing the child tokens of this , in document order.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the child values of this token, in document order.
-
- The type to convert the values to.
-
- A containing the child values of this , in document order.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the descendant tokens for this token in document order.
-
- An of containing the descendant tokens of the .
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the tokens that contain this token, and all descendant tokens of this token, in document order.
-
- An of containing this token, and all the descendant tokens of the .
-
-
-
- Adds the specified content as children of this .
-
- The content to be added.
-
-
-
- Adds the specified content as the first children of this .
-
- The content to be added.
-
-
-
- Creates a that can be used to add tokens to the .
-
- A that is ready to have content written to it.
-
-
-
- Replaces the child nodes of this token with the specified content.
-
- The content.
-
-
-
- Removes the child nodes from this token.
-
-
-
-
- Merge the specified content into this .
-
- The content to be merged.
-
-
-
- Merge the specified content into this using .
-
- The content to be merged.
- The used to merge the content.
-
-
-
- Gets the count of child JSON tokens.
-
- The count of child JSON tokens.
-
-
-
- Represents a collection of objects.
-
- The type of token.
-
-
-
- An empty collection of objects.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the struct.
-
- The enumerable.
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of with the specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
-
- The to compare with this instance.
-
- true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
-
- The to compare with this instance.
-
- true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for this instance.
-
-
- A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous load. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous load. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Gets the container's children tokens.
-
- The container's children tokens.
-
-
-
- Occurs when a property value changes.
-
-
-
-
- Occurs when a property value is changing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content.
-
- The contents of the object.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified content.
-
- The contents of the object.
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Gets an of of this object's properties.
-
- An of of this object's properties.
-
-
-
- Gets a with the specified name.
-
- The property name.
- A with the specified name or null.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified name.
- The exact name will be searched for first and if no matching property is found then
- the will be used to match a property.
-
- The property name.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies how the strings will be compared.
- A matched with the specified name or null.
-
-
-
- Gets a of of this object's property values.
-
- A of of this object's property values.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified key.
-
- The with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the with the specified property name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
- is not valid JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
- is not valid JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
- is not valid JSON.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
- is not valid JSON.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object.
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- A with the values of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object.
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- The that will be used to read the object.
- A with the values of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified property name.
-
- Name of the property.
- The with the specified property name.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified property name.
- The exact property name will be searched for first and if no matching property is found then
- the will be used to match a property.
-
- Name of the property.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies how the strings will be compared.
- The with the specified property name.
-
-
-
- Tries to get the with the specified property name.
- The exact property name will be searched for first and if no matching property is found then
- the will be used to match a property.
-
- Name of the property.
- The value.
- One of the enumeration values that specifies how the strings will be compared.
- true if a value was successfully retrieved; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Adds the specified property name.
-
- Name of the property.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the JSON object has the specified property name.
-
- Name of the property.
- true if the JSON object has the specified property name; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Removes the property with the specified name.
-
- Name of the property.
- true if item was successfully removed; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Tries to get the with the specified property name.
-
- Name of the property.
- The value.
- true if a value was successfully retrieved; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
- A that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Raises the event with the provided arguments.
-
- Name of the property.
-
-
-
- Raises the event with the provided arguments.
-
- Name of the property.
-
-
-
- Returns the responsible for binding operations performed on this object.
-
- The expression tree representation of the runtime value.
-
- The to bind this object.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a JSON property.
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A representing the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Asynchronously loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A representing the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Gets the container's children tokens.
-
- The container's children tokens.
-
-
-
- Gets the property name.
-
- The property name.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property value.
-
- The property value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The property name.
- The property content.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The property name.
- The property content.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Loads a from a .
-
- A that will be read for the content of the .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A that contains the JSON that was read from the specified .
-
-
-
- Represents a view of a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The name.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, returns whether resetting an object changes its value.
-
-
- true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false.
-
- The component to test for reset capability.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, gets the current value of the property on a component.
-
-
- The value of a property for a given component.
-
- The component with the property for which to retrieve the value.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, resets the value for this property of the component to the default value.
-
- The component with the property value that is to be reset to the default value.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, sets the value of the component to a different value.
-
- The component with the property value that is to be set.
- The new value.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, determines a value indicating whether the value of this property needs to be persisted.
-
-
- true if the property should be persisted; otherwise, false.
-
- The component with the property to be examined for persistence.
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the component this property is bound to.
-
-
- A that represents the type of component this property is bound to.
- When the or
-
- methods are invoked, the object specified might be an instance of this type.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether this property is read-only.
-
-
- true if the property is read-only; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the property.
-
-
- A that represents the type of the property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the hash code for the name of the member.
-
-
-
- The hash code for the name of the member.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a raw JSON string.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously creates an instance of with the content of the reader's current token.
-
- The reader.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
- A representing the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns an instance of with the content of the reader's current token.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The raw json.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of with the content of the reader's current token.
-
- The reader.
- An instance of with the content of the reader's current token.
-
-
-
- Specifies the settings used when loading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how JSON comments are handled when loading JSON.
-
- The JSON comment handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how JSON line info is handled when loading JSON.
-
- The JSON line info handling.
-
-
-
- Specifies the settings used when merging JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the method used when merging JSON arrays.
-
- The method used when merging JSON arrays.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how null value properties are merged.
-
- How null value properties are merged.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the comparison used to match property names while merging.
- The exact property name will be searched for first and if no matching property is found then
- the will be used to match a property.
-
- The comparison used to match property names while merging.
-
-
-
- Represents an abstract JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously creates a from a .
-
- An positioned at the token to read into this .
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains
- the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously creates a from a .
-
- An positioned at the token to read into this .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains
- the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously creates a from a .
-
- A positioned at the token to read into this .
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Asynchronously creates a from a .
-
- A positioned at the token to read into this .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests. The default value is .
-
- A that represents the asynchronous creation. The
- property returns a that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a comparer that can compare two tokens for value equality.
-
- A that can compare two nodes for value equality.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent.
-
- The parent.
-
-
-
- Gets the root of this .
-
- The root of this .
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this token has child tokens.
-
-
- true if this token has child values; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Compares the values of two tokens, including the values of all descendant tokens.
-
- The first to compare.
- The second to compare.
- true if the tokens are equal; otherwise false.
-
-
-
- Gets the next sibling token of this node.
-
- The that contains the next sibling token.
-
-
-
- Gets the previous sibling token of this node.
-
- The that contains the previous sibling token.
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the specified content immediately after this token.
-
- A content object that contains simple content or a collection of content objects to be added after this token.
-
-
-
- Adds the specified content immediately before this token.
-
- A content object that contains simple content or a collection of content objects to be added before this token.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the ancestor tokens of this token.
-
- A collection of the ancestor tokens of this token.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of tokens that contain this token, and the ancestors of this token.
-
- A collection of tokens that contain this token, and the ancestors of this token.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the sibling tokens after this token, in document order.
-
- A collection of the sibling tokens after this tokens, in document order.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the sibling tokens before this token, in document order.
-
- A collection of the sibling tokens before this token, in document order.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified key.
-
- The with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Gets the with the specified key converted to the specified type.
-
- The type to convert the token to.
- The token key.
- The converted token value.
-
-
-
- Get the first child token of this token.
-
- A containing the first child token of the .
-
-
-
- Get the last child token of this token.
-
- A containing the last child token of the .
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the child tokens of this token, in document order.
-
- An of containing the child tokens of this , in document order.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the child tokens of this token, in document order, filtered by the specified type.
-
- The type to filter the child tokens on.
- A containing the child tokens of this , in document order.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of the child values of this token, in document order.
-
- The type to convert the values to.
- A containing the child values of this , in document order.
-
-
-
- Removes this token from its parent.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces this token with the specified token.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Returns the indented JSON for this token.
-
-
- The indented JSON for this token.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the JSON for this token using the given formatting and converters.
-
- Indicates how the output should be formatted.
- A collection of s which will be used when writing the token.
- The JSON for this token using the given formatting and converters.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to [].
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to of .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an explicit conversion from to .
-
- The value.
- The result of the conversion.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from [] to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Performs an implicit conversion from of to .
-
- The value to create a from.
- The initialized with the specified value.
-
-
-
- Creates a for this token.
-
- A that can be used to read this token and its descendants.
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object.
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- A with the value of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Creates a from an object using the specified .
-
- The object that will be used to create .
- The that will be used when reading the object.
- A with the value of the specified object.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified .NET type from the .
-
- The object type that the token will be deserialized to.
- The new object created from the JSON value.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified .NET type from the .
-
- The object type that the token will be deserialized to.
- The new object created from the JSON value.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified .NET type from the using the specified .
-
- The object type that the token will be deserialized to.
- The that will be used when creating the object.
- The new object created from the JSON value.
-
-
-
- Creates an instance of the specified .NET type from the using the specified .
-
- The object type that the token will be deserialized to.
- The that will be used when creating the object.
- The new object created from the JSON value.
-
-
-
- Creates a from a .
-
- A positioned at the token to read into this .
-
- A that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a .
-
- An positioned at the token to read into this .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
-
- A that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON.
-
- A that contains JSON.
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON.
-
-
-
- Creates a from a .
-
- A positioned at the token to read into this .
- The used to load the JSON.
- If this is null, default load settings will be used.
-
- A that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a from a .
-
- A positioned at the token to read into this .
-
- A that contains the token and its descendant tokens
- that were read from the reader. The runtime type of the token is determined
- by the token type of the first token encountered in the reader.
-
-
-
-
- Selects a using a JPath expression. Selects the token that matches the object path.
-
-
- A that contains a JPath expression.
-
- A , or null.
-
-
-
- Selects a using a JPath expression. Selects the token that matches the object path.
-
-
- A that contains a JPath expression.
-
- A flag to indicate whether an error should be thrown if no tokens are found when evaluating part of the expression.
- A .
-
-
-
- Selects a collection of elements using a JPath expression.
-
-
- A that contains a JPath expression.
-
- An of that contains the selected elements.
-
-
-
- Selects a collection of elements using a JPath expression.
-
-
- A that contains a JPath expression.
-
- A flag to indicate whether an error should be thrown if no tokens are found when evaluating part of the expression.
- An of that contains the selected elements.
-
-
-
- Returns the responsible for binding operations performed on this object.
-
- The expression tree representation of the runtime value.
-
- The to bind this object.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the responsible for binding operations performed on this object.
-
- The expression tree representation of the runtime value.
-
- The to bind this object.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the . All child tokens are recursively cloned.
-
- A new instance of the .
-
-
-
- Adds an object to the annotation list of this .
-
- The annotation to add.
-
-
-
- Get the first annotation object of the specified type from this .
-
- The type of the annotation to retrieve.
- The first annotation object that matches the specified type, or null if no annotation is of the specified type.
-
-
-
- Gets the first annotation object of the specified type from this .
-
- The of the annotation to retrieve.
- The first annotation object that matches the specified type, or null if no annotation is of the specified type.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of annotations of the specified type for this .
-
- The type of the annotations to retrieve.
- An that contains the annotations for this .
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of annotations of the specified type for this .
-
- The of the annotations to retrieve.
- An of that contains the annotations that match the specified type for this .
-
-
-
- Removes the annotations of the specified type from this .
-
- The type of annotations to remove.
-
-
-
- Removes the annotations of the specified type from this .
-
- The of annotations to remove.
-
-
-
- Compares tokens to determine whether they are equal.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified objects are equal.
-
- The first object of type to compare.
- The second object of type to compare.
-
- true if the specified objects are equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the specified object.
-
- The for which a hash code is to be returned.
- A hash code for the specified object.
- The type of is a reference type and is null.
-
-
-
- Represents a reader that provides fast, non-cached, forward-only access to serialized JSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the at the reader's current position.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The token to read from.
-
-
-
- Reads the next JSON token from the underlying .
-
-
- true if the next token was read successfully; false if there are no more tokens to read.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the current JSON token.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of token.
-
-
-
-
- No token type has been set.
-
-
-
-
- A JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- A JSON array.
-
-
-
-
- A JSON constructor.
-
-
-
-
- A JSON object property.
-
-
-
-
- A comment.
-
-
-
-
- An integer value.
-
-
-
-
- A float value.
-
-
-
-
- A string value.
-
-
-
-
- A boolean value.
-
-
-
-
- A null value.
-
-
-
-
- An undefined value.
-
-
-
-
- A date value.
-
-
-
-
- A raw JSON value.
-
-
-
-
- A collection of bytes value.
-
-
-
-
- A Guid value.
-
-
-
-
- A Uri value.
-
-
-
-
- A TimeSpan value.
-
-
-
-
- Represents a writer that provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way of generating JSON data.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the at the writer's current position.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the token being written.
-
- The token being written.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class writing to the given .
-
- The container being written to.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Flushes whatever is in the buffer to the underlying .
-
-
-
-
- Closes this writer.
- If is set to true, the JSON is auto-completed.
-
-
- Setting to true has no additional effect, since the underlying is a type that cannot be closed.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the beginning of a JSON array.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the start of a constructor with the given name.
-
- The name of the constructor.
-
-
-
- Writes the end.
-
- The token.
-
-
-
- Writes the property name of a name/value pair on a JSON object.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
- An error will be raised if the value cannot be written as a single JSON token.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a null value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes an undefined value.
-
-
-
-
- Writes raw JSON.
-
- The raw JSON to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a comment /*...*/ containing the specified text.
-
- Text to place inside the comment.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a [] value.
-
- The [] value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Writes a value.
-
- The value to write.
-
-
-
- Represents a value in JSON (string, integer, date, etc).
-
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a asynchronously.
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The token to monitor for cancellation requests.
- A collection of which will be used when writing the token.
- A that represents the asynchronous write operation.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class from another object.
-
- A object to copy from.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with the given value.
-
- The value.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this token has child tokens.
-
-
- true if this token has child values; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a comment with the given value.
-
- The value.
- A comment with the given value.
-
-
-
- Creates a string with the given value.
-
- The value.
- A string with the given value.
-
-
-
- Creates a null value.
-
- A null value.
-
-
-
- Creates a undefined value.
-
- A undefined value.
-
-
-
- Gets the node type for this .
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying token value.
-
- The underlying token value.
-
-
-
- Writes this token to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- A collection of s which will be used when writing the token.
-
-
-
- Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type.
-
-
- true if the current object is equal to the parameter; otherwise, false.
-
- An object to compare with this object.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified is equal to the current .
-
- The to compare with the current .
-
- true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
-
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents this instance.
-
-
- A that represents this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents this instance.
-
- The format.
-
- A that represents this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents this instance.
-
- The format provider.
-
- A that represents this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents this instance.
-
- The format.
- The format provider.
-
- A that represents this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the responsible for binding operations performed on this object.
-
- The expression tree representation of the runtime value.
-
- The to bind this object.
-
-
-
-
- Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the other object.
-
- An object to compare with this instance.
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has these meanings:
- Value
- Meaning
- Less than zero
- This instance is less than .
- Zero
- This instance is equal to .
- Greater than zero
- This instance is greater than .
-
-
- is not of the same type as this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how line information is handled when loading JSON.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore line information.
-
-
-
-
- Load line information.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how JSON arrays are merged together.
-
-
-
- Concatenate arrays.
-
-
- Union arrays, skipping items that already exist.
-
-
- Replace all array items.
-
-
- Merge array items together, matched by index.
-
-
-
- Specifies how null value properties are merged.
-
-
-
-
- The content's null value properties will be ignored during merging.
-
-
-
-
- The content's null value properties will be merged.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the member serialization options for the .
-
-
-
-
- All public members are serialized by default. Members can be excluded using or .
- This is the default member serialization mode.
-
-
-
-
- Only members marked with or are serialized.
- This member serialization mode can also be set by marking the class with .
-
-
-
-
- All public and private fields are serialized. Members can be excluded using or .
- This member serialization mode can also be set by marking the class with
- and setting IgnoreSerializableAttribute on to false.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies metadata property handling options for the .
-
-
-
-
- Read metadata properties located at the start of a JSON object.
-
-
-
-
- Read metadata properties located anywhere in a JSON object. Note that this setting will impact performance.
-
-
-
-
- Do not try to read metadata properties.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies missing member handling options for the .
-
-
-
-
- Ignore a missing member and do not attempt to deserialize it.
-
-
-
-
- Throw a when a missing member is encountered during deserialization.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies null value handling options for the .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Include null values when serializing and deserializing objects.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore null values when serializing and deserializing objects.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies how object creation is handled by the .
-
-
-
-
- Reuse existing objects, create new objects when needed.
-
-
-
-
- Only reuse existing objects.
-
-
-
-
- Always create new objects.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies reference handling options for the .
- Note that references cannot be preserved when a value is set via a non-default constructor such as types that implement .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not preserve references when serializing types.
-
-
-
-
- Preserve references when serializing into a JSON object structure.
-
-
-
-
- Preserve references when serializing into a JSON array structure.
-
-
-
-
- Preserve references when serializing.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies reference loop handling options for the .
-
-
-
-
- Throw a when a loop is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Ignore loop references and do not serialize.
-
-
-
-
- Serialize loop references.
-
-
-
-
- Indicating whether a property is required.
-
-
-
-
- The property is not required. The default state.
-
-
-
-
- The property must be defined in JSON but can be a null value.
-
-
-
-
- The property must be defined in JSON and cannot be a null value.
-
-
-
-
- The property is not required but it cannot be a null value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains the JSON schema extension methods.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the is valid.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
- The source to test.
- The schema to test with.
-
- true if the specified is valid; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the is valid.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
- The source to test.
- The schema to test with.
- When this method returns, contains any error messages generated while validating.
-
- true if the specified is valid; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
-
- Validates the specified .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
- The source to test.
- The schema to test with.
-
-
-
-
- Validates the specified .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
- The source to test.
- The schema to test with.
- The validation event handler.
-
-
-
-
- An in-memory representation of a JSON Schema.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the id.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the title.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the object is required.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the object is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the object is visible to users.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the object is transient.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the description of the object.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the types of values allowed by the object.
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern.
-
- The pattern.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum length.
-
- The minimum length.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum length.
-
- The maximum length.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a number that the value should be divisible by.
-
- A number that the value should be divisible by.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum.
-
- The minimum.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum.
-
- The maximum.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether the value can not equal the number defined by the minimum attribute ().
-
- A flag indicating whether the value can not equal the number defined by the minimum attribute ().
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether the value can not equal the number defined by the maximum attribute ().
-
- A flag indicating whether the value can not equal the number defined by the maximum attribute ().
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum number of items.
-
- The minimum number of items.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of items.
-
- The maximum number of items.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of items.
-
- The of items.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether items in an array are validated using the instance at their array position from .
-
-
- true if items are validated using their array position; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of additional items.
-
- The of additional items.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether additional items are allowed.
-
-
- true if additional items are allowed; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether the array items must be unique.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of properties.
-
- The of properties.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the of additional properties.
-
- The of additional properties.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern properties.
-
- The pattern properties.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether additional properties are allowed.
-
-
- true if additional properties are allowed; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the required property if this property is present.
-
- The required property if this property is present.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the a collection of valid enum values allowed.
-
- A collection of valid enum values allowed.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets disallowed types.
-
- The disallowed types.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default value.
-
- The default value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection of that this schema extends.
-
- The collection of that this schema extends.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the format.
-
- The format.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Reads a from the specified .
-
- The containing the JSON Schema to read.
- The object representing the JSON Schema.
-
-
-
- Reads a from the specified .
-
- The containing the JSON Schema to read.
- The to use when resolving schema references.
- The object representing the JSON Schema.
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON Schema.
-
- A that contains JSON Schema.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON Schema.
-
-
-
- Load a from a string that contains JSON Schema using the specified .
-
- A that contains JSON Schema.
- The resolver.
- A populated from the string that contains JSON Schema.
-
-
-
- Writes this schema to a .
-
- A into which this method will write.
-
-
-
- Writes this schema to a using the specified .
-
- A into which this method will write.
- The resolver used.
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents the current .
-
-
- A that represents the current .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns detailed information about the schema exception.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line number indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
- The line position indicating where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
- The path to the JSON where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
-
- The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
- The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or null if no inner exception is specified.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- The parameter is null.
- The class name is null or is zero (0).
-
-
-
-
- Generates a from a specified .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how undefined schemas are handled by the serializer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the contract resolver.
-
- The contract resolver.
-
-
-
- Generate a from the specified type.
-
- The type to generate a from.
- A generated from the specified type.
-
-
-
- Generate a from the specified type.
-
- The type to generate a from.
- The used to resolve schema references.
- A generated from the specified type.
-
-
-
- Generate a from the specified type.
-
- The type to generate a from.
- Specify whether the generated root will be nullable.
- A generated from the specified type.
-
-
-
- Generate a from the specified type.
-
- The type to generate a from.
- The used to resolve schema references.
- Specify whether the generated root will be nullable.
- A generated from the specified type.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves from an id.
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the loaded schemas.
-
- The loaded schemas.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a for the specified reference.
-
- The id.
- A for the specified reference.
-
-
-
-
- The value types allowed by the .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- No type specified.
-
-
-
-
- String type.
-
-
-
-
- Float type.
-
-
-
-
- Integer type.
-
-
-
-
- Boolean type.
-
-
-
-
- Object type.
-
-
-
-
- Array type.
-
-
-
-
- Null type.
-
-
-
-
- Any type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Specifies undefined schema Id handling options for the .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Do not infer a schema Id.
-
-
-
-
- Use the .NET type name as the schema Id.
-
-
-
-
- Use the assembly qualified .NET type name as the schema Id.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns detailed information related to the .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the associated with the validation error.
-
- The JsonSchemaException associated with the validation error.
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the JSON location where the validation error occurred.
-
- The path of the JSON location where the validation error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets the text description corresponding to the validation error.
-
- The text description.
-
-
-
-
- Represents the callback method that will handle JSON schema validation events and the .
-
-
- JSON Schema validation has been moved to its own package. See https://www.newtonsoft.com/jsonschema for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- A camel case naming strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether dictionary keys should be processed.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether explicitly specified property names should be processed,
- e.g. a property name customized with a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether dictionary keys should be processed.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether explicitly specified property names should be processed,
- e.g. a property name customized with a .
-
-
- A flag indicating whether extension data names should be processed.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified property name.
-
- The property name to resolve.
- The resolved property name.
-
-
-
- Resolves member mappings for a type, camel casing property names.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the contract for a given type.
-
- The type to resolve a contract for.
- The contract for a given type.
-
-
-
- Used by to resolve a for a given .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether members are being get and set using dynamic code generation.
- This value is determined by the runtime permissions available.
-
-
- true if using dynamic code generation; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default members search flags.
-
- The default members search flags.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether compiler generated members should be serialized.
-
-
- true if serialized compiler generated members; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the interface when serializing and deserializing types.
-
-
- true if the interface will be ignored when serializing and deserializing types; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the attribute when serializing and deserializing types.
-
-
- true if the attribute will be ignored when serializing and deserializing types; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore IsSpecified members when serializing and deserializing types.
-
-
- true if the IsSpecified members will be ignored when serializing and deserializing types; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore ShouldSerialize members when serializing and deserializing types.
-
-
- true if the ShouldSerialize members will be ignored when serializing and deserializing types; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the naming strategy used to resolve how property names and dictionary keys are serialized.
-
- The naming strategy used to resolve how property names and dictionary keys are serialized.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the contract for a given type.
-
- The type to resolve a contract for.
- The contract for a given type.
-
-
-
- Gets the serializable members for the type.
-
- The type to get serializable members for.
- The serializable members for the type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates the constructor parameters.
-
- The constructor to create properties for.
- The type's member properties.
- Properties for the given .
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given .
-
- The matching member property.
- The constructor parameter.
- A created for the given .
-
-
-
- Resolves the default for the contract.
-
- Type of the object.
- The contract's default .
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Determines which contract type is created for the given type.
-
- Type of the object.
- A for the given type.
-
-
-
- Creates properties for the given .
-
- The type to create properties for.
- /// The member serialization mode for the type.
- Properties for the given .
-
-
-
- Creates the used by the serializer to get and set values from a member.
-
- The member.
- The used by the serializer to get and set values from a member.
-
-
-
- Creates a for the given .
-
- The member's parent .
- The member to create a for.
- A created for the given .
-
-
-
- Resolves the name of the property.
-
- Name of the property.
- Resolved name of the property.
-
-
-
- Resolves the name of the extension data. By default no changes are made to extension data names.
-
- Name of the extension data.
- Resolved name of the extension data.
-
-
-
- Resolves the key of the dictionary. By default is used to resolve dictionary keys.
-
- Key of the dictionary.
- Resolved key of the dictionary.
-
-
-
- Gets the resolved name of the property.
-
- Name of the property.
- Name of the property.
-
-
-
- The default naming strategy. Property names and dictionary keys are unchanged.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified property name.
-
- The property name to resolve.
- The resolved property name.
-
-
-
- The default serialization binder used when resolving and loading classes from type names.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, controls the binding of a serialized object to a type.
-
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
-
- The type of the object the formatter creates a new instance of.
-
-
-
-
- When overridden in a derived class, controls the binding of a serialized object to a type.
-
- The type of the object the formatter creates a new instance of.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
-
-
-
- Represents a trace writer that writes to the application's instances.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
- For example a filter level of will exclude messages and include ,
- and messages.
-
-
- The that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the specified trace level, message and optional exception.
-
- The at which to write this trace.
- The trace message.
- The trace exception. This parameter is optional.
-
-
-
- Get and set values for a using dynamic methods.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The member info.
-
-
-
- Sets the value.
-
- The target to set the value on.
- The value to set on the target.
-
-
-
- Gets the value.
-
- The target to get the value from.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Provides information surrounding an error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the error.
-
- The error.
-
-
-
- Gets the original object that caused the error.
-
- The original object that caused the error.
-
-
-
- Gets the member that caused the error.
-
- The member that caused the error.
-
-
-
- Gets the path of the JSON location where the error occurred.
-
- The path of the JSON location where the error occurred.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is handled.
-
- true if handled; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Provides data for the Error event.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object the error event is being raised against.
-
- The current object the error event is being raised against.
-
-
-
- Gets the error context.
-
- The error context.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The current object.
- The error context.
-
-
-
- Get and set values for a using dynamic methods.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The member info.
-
-
-
- Sets the value.
-
- The target to set the value on.
- The value to set on the target.
-
-
-
- Gets the value.
-
- The target to get the value from.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Provides methods to get attributes.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of all of the attributes, or an empty collection if there are no attributes.
-
- When true, look up the hierarchy chain for the inherited custom attribute.
- A collection of s, or an empty collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of attributes, identified by type, or an empty collection if there are no attributes.
-
- The type of the attributes.
- When true, look up the hierarchy chain for the inherited custom attribute.
- A collection of s, or an empty collection.
-
-
-
- Used by to resolve a for a given .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the contract for a given type.
-
- The type to resolve a contract for.
- The contract for a given type.
-
-
-
- Used to resolve references when serializing and deserializing JSON by the .
-
-
-
-
- Resolves a reference to its object.
-
- The serialization context.
- The reference to resolve.
- The object that was resolved from the reference.
-
-
-
- Gets the reference for the specified object.
-
- The serialization context.
- The object to get a reference for.
- The reference to the object.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified object is referenced.
-
- The serialization context.
- The object to test for a reference.
-
- true if the specified object is referenced; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a reference to the specified object.
-
- The serialization context.
- The reference.
- The object to reference.
-
-
-
- Allows users to control class loading and mandate what class to load.
-
-
-
-
- When implemented, controls the binding of a serialized object to a type.
-
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object
- The type of the object the formatter creates a new instance of.
-
-
-
- When implemented, controls the binding of a serialized object to a type.
-
- The type of the object the formatter creates a new instance of.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
- Specifies the name of the serialized object.
-
-
-
- Represents a trace writer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
- For example a filter level of will exclude messages and include ,
- and messages.
-
- The that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
-
-
-
- Writes the specified trace level, message and optional exception.
-
- The at which to write this trace.
- The trace message.
- The trace exception. This parameter is optional.
-
-
-
- Provides methods to get and set values.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the value.
-
- The target to set the value on.
- The value to set on the target.
-
-
-
- Gets the value.
-
- The target to get the value from.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the of the collection items.
-
- The of the collection items.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection type is a multidimensional array.
-
- true if the collection type is a multidimensional array; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the function used to create the object. When set this function will override .
-
- The function used to create the object.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the creator has a parameter with the collection values.
-
- true if the creator has a parameter with the collection values; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default collection items .
-
- The converter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collection items preserve object references.
-
- true if collection items preserve object references; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection item reference loop handling.
-
- The reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the collection item type name handling.
-
- The type name handling.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Handles serialization callback events.
-
- The object that raised the callback event.
- The streaming context.
-
-
-
- Handles serialization error callback events.
-
- The object that raised the callback event.
- The streaming context.
- The error context.
-
-
-
- Sets extension data for an object during deserialization.
-
- The object to set extension data on.
- The extension data key.
- The extension data value.
-
-
-
- Gets extension data for an object during serialization.
-
- The object to set extension data on.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the underlying type for the contract.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type created during deserialization.
-
- The type created during deserialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether this type contract is serialized as a reference.
-
- Whether this type contract is serialized as a reference.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default for this contract.
-
- The converter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets all methods called immediately after deserialization of the object.
-
- The methods called immediately after deserialization of the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets all methods called during deserialization of the object.
-
- The methods called during deserialization of the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets all methods called after serialization of the object graph.
-
- The methods called after serialization of the object graph.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets all methods called before serialization of the object.
-
- The methods called before serialization of the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets all method called when an error is thrown during the serialization of the object.
-
- The methods called when an error is thrown during the serialization of the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default creator method used to create the object.
-
- The default creator method used to create the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default creator is non-public.
-
- true if the default object creator is non-public; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the dictionary key resolver.
-
- The dictionary key resolver.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the dictionary keys.
-
- The of the dictionary keys.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the dictionary values.
-
- The of the dictionary values.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the function used to create the object. When set this function will override .
-
- The function used to create the object.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the creator has a parameter with the dictionary values.
-
- true if the creator has a parameter with the dictionary values; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the object's properties.
-
- The object's properties.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property name resolver.
-
- The property name resolver.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the object constructor.
-
- The object constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the object member serialization.
-
- The member object serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object's properties are required.
-
-
- A value indicating whether the object's properties are required.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets how the object's properties with null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
-
- How the object's properties with null values are handled during serialization and deserialization.
-
-
-
- Gets the object's properties.
-
- The object's properties.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of instances that define the parameters used with .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the function used to create the object. When set this function will override .
- This function is called with a collection of arguments which are defined by the collection.
-
- The function used to create the object.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension data setter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension data getter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension data value type.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension data name resolver.
-
- The extension data name resolver.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Maps a JSON property to a .NET member or constructor parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the property.
-
- The name of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type that declared this property.
-
- The type that declared this property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the order of serialization of a member.
-
- The numeric order of serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the underlying member or parameter.
-
- The name of the underlying member or parameter.
-
-
-
- Gets the that will get and set the during serialization.
-
- The that will get and set the during serialization.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this property.
-
- The for this property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the property.
-
- The type of the property.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for the property.
- If set this converter takes precedence over the contract converter for the property type.
-
- The converter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the member converter.
-
- The member converter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is ignored.
-
- true if ignored; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is readable.
-
- true if readable; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is writable.
-
- true if writable; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this has a member attribute.
-
- true if has a member attribute; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets the default value.
-
- The default value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is required.
-
- A value indicating whether this is required.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether this property preserves object references.
-
-
- true if this instance is reference; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property null value handling.
-
- The null value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property default value handling.
-
- The default value handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property reference loop handling.
-
- The reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the property object creation handling.
-
- The object creation handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets or sets the type name handling.
-
- The type name handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a predicate used to determine whether the property should be serialized.
-
- A predicate used to determine whether the property should be serialized.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a predicate used to determine whether the property should be deserialized.
-
- A predicate used to determine whether the property should be deserialized.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a predicate used to determine whether the property should be serialized.
-
- A predicate used to determine whether the property should be serialized.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets an action used to set whether the property has been deserialized.
-
- An action used to set whether the property has been deserialized.
-
-
-
- Returns a that represents this instance.
-
-
- A that represents this instance.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the converter used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items converter.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets whether this property's collection items are serialized as a reference.
-
- Whether this property's collection items are serialized as a reference.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name handling used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items type name handling.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reference loop handling used when serializing the property's collection items.
-
- The collection's items reference loop handling.
-
-
-
- A collection of objects.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The type.
-
-
-
- When implemented in a derived class, extracts the key from the specified element.
-
- The element from which to extract the key.
- The key for the specified element.
-
-
-
- Adds a object.
-
- The property to add to the collection.
-
-
-
- Gets the closest matching object.
- First attempts to get an exact case match of and then
- a case insensitive match.
-
- Name of the property.
- A matching property if found.
-
-
-
- Gets a property by property name.
-
- The name of the property to get.
- Type property name string comparison.
- A matching property if found.
-
-
-
- Contract details for a used by the .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The underlying type for the contract.
-
-
-
- Lookup and create an instance of the type described by the argument.
-
- The type to create.
- Optional arguments to pass to an initializing constructor of the JsonConverter.
- If null, the default constructor is used.
-
-
-
- Represents a trace writer that writes to memory. When the trace message limit is
- reached then old trace messages will be removed as new messages are added.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
- For example a filter level of will exclude messages and include ,
- and messages.
-
-
- The that will be used to filter the trace messages passed to the writer.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the specified trace level, message and optional exception.
-
- The at which to write this trace.
- The trace message.
- The trace exception. This parameter is optional.
-
-
-
- Returns an enumeration of the most recent trace messages.
-
- An enumeration of the most recent trace messages.
-
-
-
- Returns a of the most recent trace messages.
-
-
- A of the most recent trace messages.
-
-
-
-
- A base class for resolving how property names and dictionary keys are serialized.
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether dictionary keys should be processed.
- Defaults to false.
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether extension data names should be processed.
- Defaults to false.
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether explicitly specified property names,
- e.g. a property name customized with a , should be processed.
- Defaults to false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the serialized name for a given property name.
-
- The initial property name.
- A flag indicating whether the property has had a name explicitly specified.
- The serialized property name.
-
-
-
- Gets the serialized name for a given extension data name.
-
- The initial extension data name.
- The serialized extension data name.
-
-
-
- Gets the serialized key for a given dictionary key.
-
- The initial dictionary key.
- The serialized dictionary key.
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified property name.
-
- The property name to resolve.
- The resolved property name.
-
-
-
- Represents a method that constructs an object.
-
- The object type to create.
-
-
-
- When applied to a method, specifies that the method is called when an error occurs serializing an object.
-
-
-
-
- Provides methods to get attributes from a , , or .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The instance to get attributes for. This parameter should be a , , or .
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of all of the attributes, or an empty collection if there are no attributes.
-
- When true, look up the hierarchy chain for the inherited custom attribute.
- A collection of s, or an empty collection.
-
-
-
- Returns a collection of attributes, identified by type, or an empty collection if there are no attributes.
-
- The type of the attributes.
- When true, look up the hierarchy chain for the inherited custom attribute.
- A collection of s, or an empty collection.
-
-
-
- Get and set values for a using reflection.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The member info.
-
-
-
- Sets the value.
-
- The target to set the value on.
- The value to set on the target.
-
-
-
- Gets the value.
-
- The target to get the value from.
- The value.
-
-
-
- A snake case naming strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether dictionary keys should be processed.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether explicitly specified property names should be processed,
- e.g. a property name customized with a .
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether dictionary keys should be processed.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether explicitly specified property names should be processed,
- e.g. a property name customized with a .
-
-
- A flag indicating whether extension data names should be processed.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Resolves the specified property name.
-
- The property name to resolve.
- The resolved property name.
-
-
-
- Specifies how strings are escaped when writing JSON text.
-
-
-
-
- Only control characters (e.g. newline) are escaped.
-
-
-
-
- All non-ASCII and control characters (e.g. newline) are escaped.
-
-
-
-
- HTML (<, >, &, ', ") and control characters (e.g. newline) are escaped.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates the method that will be used during deserialization for locating and loading assemblies.
-
-
-
-
- In simple mode, the assembly used during deserialization need not match exactly the assembly used during serialization. Specifically, the version numbers need not match as the LoadWithPartialName method of the class is used to load the assembly.
-
-
-
-
- In full mode, the assembly used during deserialization must match exactly the assembly used during serialization. The Load method of the class is used to load the assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies type name handling options for the .
-
-
- should be used with caution when your application deserializes JSON from an external source.
- Incoming types should be validated with a custom
- when deserializing with a value other than .
-
-
-
-
- Do not include the .NET type name when serializing types.
-
-
-
-
- Include the .NET type name when serializing into a JSON object structure.
-
-
-
-
- Include the .NET type name when serializing into a JSON array structure.
-
-
-
-
- Always include the .NET type name when serializing.
-
-
-
-
- Include the .NET type name when the type of the object being serialized is not the same as its declared type.
- Note that this doesn't include the root serialized object by default. To include the root object's type name in JSON
- you must specify a root type object with
- or .
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the collection is null or empty.
-
- The collection.
-
- true if the collection is null or empty; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of the specified collection to the specified generic .
-
- The list to add to.
- The collection of elements to add.
-
-
-
- Converts the value to the specified type. If the value is unable to be converted, the
- value is checked whether it assignable to the specified type.
-
- The value to convert.
- The culture to use when converting.
- The type to convert or cast the value to.
-
- The converted type. If conversion was unsuccessful, the initial value
- is returned if assignable to the target type.
-
-
-
-
- Helper method for generating a MetaObject which calls a
- specific method on Dynamic that returns a result
-
-
-
-
- Helper method for generating a MetaObject which calls a
- specific method on Dynamic, but uses one of the arguments for
- the result.
-
-
-
-
- Helper method for generating a MetaObject which calls a
- specific method on Dynamic, but uses one of the arguments for
- the result.
-
-
-
-
- Returns a Restrictions object which includes our current restrictions merged
- with a restriction limiting our type
-
-
-
-
- Helper class for serializing immutable collections.
- Note that this is used by all builds, even those that don't support immutable collections, in case the DLL is GACed
- https://github.com/JamesNK/Microsoft.IdentityModel.Json/issues/652
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the typed collection's items.
-
- The type.
- The type of the typed collection's items.
-
-
-
- Gets the member's underlying type.
-
- The member.
- The underlying type of the member.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the member is an indexed property.
-
- The member.
-
- true if the member is an indexed property; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the property is an indexed property.
-
- The property.
-
- true if the property is an indexed property; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the member's value on the object.
-
- The member.
- The target object.
- The member's value on the object.
-
-
-
- Sets the member's value on the target object.
-
- The member.
- The target.
- The value.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified MemberInfo can be read.
-
- The MemberInfo to determine whether can be read.
- /// if set to true then allow the member to be gotten non-publicly.
-
- true if the specified MemberInfo can be read; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified MemberInfo can be set.
-
- The MemberInfo to determine whether can be set.
- if set to true then allow the member to be set non-publicly.
- if set to true then allow the member to be set if read-only.
-
- true if the specified MemberInfo can be set; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a string. Unlike this class lets you reuse its internal buffer.
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether the string is all white space. Empty string will return false.
-
- The string to test whether it is all white space.
-
- true if the string is all white space; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Specifies the state of the .
-
-
-
-
- An exception has been thrown, which has left the in an invalid state.
- You may call the method to put the in the Closed state.
- Any other method calls result in an being thrown.
-
-
-
-
- The method has been called.
-
-
-
-
- An object is being written.
-
-
-
-
- An array is being written.
-
-
-
-
- A constructor is being written.
-
-
-
-
- A property is being written.
-
-
-
-
- A write method has not been called.
-
-
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll
index 0e19530d5..2d870061d 100644
Binary files a/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll and b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll.refresh b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab2d0ae50
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.xml b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.xml
index 4380dc571..73f71f25b 100644
--- a/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.xml
+++ b/Bin/Microsoft.Owin.xml
@@ -4,142 +4,602 @@
Microsoft.Owin
-
+
- Extension methods for .
+ Contains the parts of an address.
-
+
- Inserts a middleware into the OWIN pipeline.
+ Initializes a new instance.
- The middleware type
-
- Any additional arguments for the middleware constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new with the given parts.
+
+ The scheme.
+ The host.
+ The port.
+ The path.
+
+
+
+ Gets the internal dictionary for this collection.
+
+ The internal dictionary for this collection.
+
+
+
+ The uri scheme.
+
+
+
+
+ The uri host.
+
+
+
+
+ The uri port.
+
+
+
+
+ The uri path.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new
+
+ A new
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object.
+
+ The other object.
+ true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object.
+
+ The other object.
+ true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Returns the hash code for this instance.
+
+ The hash code for this instance.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether two specified instances of are equal.
+
+ The first object to compare.
+ The second object to compare.
+ true if left and right represent the same address; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether two specified instances of are not equal.
+
+ The first object to compare.
+ The second object to compare.
+ true if left and right do not represent the same address; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets a specified key and value from the underlying dictionary.
+
+
+ The key.
-
+
- Inserts into the OWIN pipeline a middleware which does not have a next middleware reference.
+ Sets a specified key and value in the underlying dictionary.
-
- An app that handles all requests
-
-
-
- Inserts a middleware into the OWIN pipeline.
-
-
- An app that handles the request or calls the given next Func
+ The key.
+ The value.
-
+
- An ordered list of known Asp.Net integrated pipeline stages. More details on the ASP.NET integrated pipeline can be found at http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.web.httpapplication.aspx
+ Wraps the host.Addresses list.
-
+
- Corresponds to the AuthenticateRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ The address list to set to the collection.
+
+
+
+ Gets the underlying address list.
+
+ The underlying address list.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements in the collection.
+
+ The number of elements in the collection.
+
+
+
+ Gets the item with the specified index from the collection.
+
+ The index.
+ The item with the specified index.
+
+
+
+ Adds the specified address to the collection.
+
+ The address to add to the collection.
+
+
+
+ Gets the enumerator that iterates through the collection.
+
+ The enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+
+ Gets the enumerator that iterates through the collection.
+
+ The enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+
+ Creates a new empty instance of .
+
+ A new empty instance of .
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current collection is equal to the specified collection.
+
+ The other collection to compare to the current collection.
+ true if current collection is equal to the specified collection; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current collection is equal to the specified object.
+
+ The object to compare to the current collection.
+ true if current collection is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the hash code for this instance.
+
+ The hash code for this instance.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the first collection is equal to the second collection.
+
+ The first collection to compare.
+ The second collection to compare.
+ true if both collections are equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the first collection is not equal to the second collection.
+
+ The first collection to compare.
+ The second collection to compare.
+ true if both collections are not equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ A wrapper for the IDictionary.
-
+
- Corresponds to the PostAuthenticateRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the string value for “owin.Version”.
+
+ The string value for “owin.Version”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the function delegate for “builder.DefaultApp”.
+
+ The function delegate for “builder.DefaultApp”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the action delegate for “builder.AddSignatureConversion”.
+
+ The action delegate for “builder.AddSignatureConversion”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the string value for “host.AppName”.
+
+ The string value for “host.AppName”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the text writer for “host.TraceOutput”.
+
+ The text writer for “host.TraceOutput”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cancellation token for “host.OnAppDisposing”.
+
+ The cancellation token for “host.OnAppDisposing”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the address collection for “host.Addresses”.
+
+ The address collection for “host.Addresses”.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the list of “server.Capabilities”.
+
+ The list of “server.Capabilities”.
+
+
+
+ Gets the underlying dictionary for this instance.
+
+ The underlying dictionary for this instance.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current AppProperties is equal to the specified AppProperties.
+
+ The other AppProperties to compare with the current instance.
+ true if the current AppProperties is equal to the specified AppProperties; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current AppProperties is equal to the specified object.
+
+ The object to compare with the current instance.
+ true if the current AppProperties is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Returns the hash code for this instance.
+
+ The hash code for this instance.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the first AppPProperties is equal to the second AppProperties.
+
+ The first AppPropeties to compare.
+ The second AppPropeties to compare.
+ true if both AppProperties are equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the first AppPProperties is not equal to the second AppProperties.
+
+ The first AppPropeties to compare.
+ The second AppPropeties to compare.
+ true if both AppProperties are not equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the value from the dictionary with the specified key.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to get.
+ The value with the specified key.
+
+
+
+ Sets the value with the specified key.
+
+ The key of the value to set.
+ The value to set.
+ This instance.
+
+
+
+ Represents the capabilities for the builder properties.
-
+
- Corresponds to the AuthorizeRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The underling IDictionary
-
+
- Corresponds to the PostAuthorizeRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Gets or sets the string value for "sendfile.Version"
+
+ the string value for "sendfile.Version"
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the websocket version.
+
+ The websocket version.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ A new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current Capabilities instance is equal to the specified Capabilities.
+
+ The other Capabilities to compare with the current instance.
+ true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the current Capabilities is equal to the specified object.
+
+ The object to compare with the current instance.
+ true if the current Capabilities is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Returns the hash code for this instance.
+
+ The hash code for this instance.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether two specified instances of are equal.
+
+ The first object to compare.
+ The second object to compare.
+ true if the two specified instances of are equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether two specified instances of are not equal.
+
+ The first object to compare.
+ The second object to compare.
+ true if the two specified instances of are not equal; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets the value from the dictionary with the specified key.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to get.
+ The value with the specified key.
+
+
+
+ Sets the given key and value in the underlying dictionary.
+
+ The key of the value to set.
+ The value to set.
+ This instance.
+
+
+
+ A standard implementation of IAppBuilder
-
+
- Corresponds to the ResolveRequestCache stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Initializes a new instance of the the type.
-
+
- Corresponds to the PostResolveRequestCache stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contains arbitrary properties which may added, examined, and modified by
+ components during the startup sequence.
+
+ Returns .
+
+
+
+ Adds a middleware node to the OWIN function pipeline. The middleware are
+ invoked in the order they are added: the first middleware passed to Use will
+ be the outermost function, and the last middleware passed to Use will be the
+ innermost.
+
+
+ The middleware parameter determines which behavior is being chained into the
+ pipeline.
+
+ If the middleware given to Use is a Delegate, then it will be invoked with the "next app" in
+ the chain as the first parameter. If the delegate takes more than the single argument,
+ then the additional values must be provided to Use in the args array.
+
+ If the middleware given to Use is a Type, then the public constructor will be
+ invoked with the "next app" in the chain as the first parameter. The resulting object
+ must have a public Invoke method. If the object has constructors which take more than
+ the single "next app" argument, then additional values may be provided in the args array.
+
+
+ Any additional args passed to Use will be passed as additional values, following the "next app"
+ parameter, when the OWIN call pipeline is build.
+
+ They are passed as additional parameters if the middleware parameter is a Delegate, or as additional
+ constructor arguments if the middle parameter is a Type.
+
+
+ The IAppBuilder itself is returned. This enables you to chain your use statements together.
+
+
+
+
+ The New method creates a new instance of an IAppBuilder. This is needed to create
+ a tree structure in your processing, rather than a linear pipeline. The new instance share the
+ same Properties, but will be created with a new, empty middleware list.
+
+ To create a tangent pipeline you would first call New, followed by several calls to Use on
+ the new builder, ending with a call to Build on the new builder. The return value from Build
+ will be the entry-point to your tangent pipeline. This entry-point may now be added to the
+ main pipeline as an argument to a switching middleware, which will either call the tangent
+ pipeline or the "next app", based on something in the request.
+
+ That said - all of that work is typically hidden by a middleware like Map, which will do that
+ for you.
+
+ The new instance of the IAppBuilder implementation
+
+
+
+ The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
+ together. This is typically done by the hosting component which created the app builder,
+ and does not need to be called by the startup method if the IAppBuilder is passed in.
+
+
+ The Type argument indicates which calling convention should be returned, and
+ is typically typeof() for the OWIN
+ calling convention.
+
+
+ Returns an instance of the pipeline's entry point. This object may be safely cast to the
+ type which was provided
+
+
+
+
+ Simple object used by AppBuilder as seed OWIN callable if the
+ builder.Properties["builder.DefaultApp"] is not set
-
+
- Corresponds to the MapRequestHandler stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Extension methods for IAppBuilder.
-
+
- Corresponds to the PostMapRequestHandler stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
+ together. May be called to build pipeline branches.
+
+
+ The request processing entry point for this section of the pipeline.
+
+
+
+ The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
+ together. May be called to build pipeline branches.
+
+ The application signature.
+
+ The request processing entry point for this section of the pipeline.
+
+
+
+ Adds converters for adapting between disparate application signatures.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Adds converters for adapting between disparate application signatures.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Options used to create a new cookie.
-
+
- Corresponds to the AcquireRequestState stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Creates a default cookie with a path of '/'.
-
+
- Corresponds to the PostAcquireRequestState stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Gets or sets the domain to associate the cookie with.
+
+ The domain to associate the cookie with.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cookie path.
+
+ The cookie path.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the expiration date and time for the cookie.
+
+ The expiration date and time for the cookie.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to transmit the cookie using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)—that is, over HTTPS only.
+
+ true to transmit the cookie only over an SSL connection (HTTPS); otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a cookie is accessible by client-side script.
+
+ false if a cookie is accessible by client-side script; otherwise, true.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates on which requests client should or should not send cookie back to the server.
+ Set to null to do not include SameSite attribute at all.
+
+ SameSite attribute value or null if attribute must not be set.
+
+
+
+ Extension methods used to indicate at which stage in the integrated pipeline prior middleware should run.
-
+
- Corresponds to the PreRequestHandlerExecute stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+ Call after other middleware to specify when they should run in the integrated pipeline.
+ The IAppBuilder.
+ The name of the integrated pipeline in which to run.
+ The original IAppBuilder for chaining.
-
+
- Extension methods for the MapMiddleware
+ Call after other middleware to specify when they should run in the integrated pipeline.
-
-
-
- If the request path starts with the given pathMatch, execute the app configured via configuration parameter instead of
- continuing to the next component in the pipeline.
-
-
- The path to match
- The branch to take for positive path matches
-
-
-
-
- If the request path starts with the given pathMatch, execute the app configured via configuration parameter instead of
- continuing to the next component in the pipeline.
-
-
- The path to match
- The branch to take for positive path matches
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for the MapWhenMiddleware
-
-
-
-
- Branches the request pipeline based on the result of the given predicate.
-
-
- Invoked with the request environment to determine if the branch should be taken
- Configures a branch to take
-
-
-
-
- Branches the request pipeline based on the async result of the given predicate.
-
-
- Invoked asynchronously with the request environment to determine if the branch should be taken
- Configures a branch to take
-
+ The IAppBuilder.
+ The stage of the integrated pipeline in which to run.
+ The original IAppBuilder for chaining.
@@ -167,27 +627,6 @@
The OWIN context.
The object that represents the request operation.
-
-
- Extension methods used to indicate at which stage in the integrated pipeline prior middleware should run.
-
-
-
-
- Call after other middleware to specify when they should run in the integrated pipeline.
-
- The IAppBuilder.
- The name of the integrated pipeline in which to run.
- The original IAppBuilder for chaining.
-
-
-
- Call after other middleware to specify when they should run in the integrated pipeline.
-
- The IAppBuilder.
- The stage of the integrated pipeline in which to run.
- The original IAppBuilder for chaining.
-
Contains the parsed form values.
@@ -384,6 +823,18 @@
The item.
true if the specified object was removed from the collection; otherwise, false.
+
+
+ Provides helper methods for processing requests.
+
+
+
+
+ Parses an HTTP form body.
+
+ The HTTP form body to parse.
+ The object containing the parsed HTTP form body.
+
Represents the host portion of a Uri can be used to construct Uri's properly formatted and encoded for use in
@@ -534,36 +985,24 @@
The header name.
The header values.
-
+
- An implementation of ICookieManager that writes directly to IOwinContext.Response.Cookies.
+ Converts between an OwinMiddlware and an .
-
+
- Read a cookie with the given name from the request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
- Appends a new response cookie to the Set-Cookie header.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the cookie with the given key by appending an expired cookie.
-
-
-
-
-
This handles cookies that are limited by per cookie length. It breaks down long cookies for responses, and reassembles them
@@ -621,6 +1060,36 @@
+
+
+ An implementation of ICookieManager that writes directly to IOwinContext.Response.Cookies.
+
+
+
+
+ Read a cookie with the given name from the request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Appends a new response cookie to the Set-Cookie header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes the cookie with the given key by appending an expired cookie.
+
+
+
+
+
An abstraction for reading request cookies and writing response cookies.
@@ -661,6 +1130,35 @@
Retrieves the current system time in UTC.
+
+
+ Transitions between and OwinMiddleware.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds adapters between and OwinMiddleware.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds adapters between and OwinMiddleware.
+
+
+
Provides access to the normal system clock.
@@ -701,53 +1199,6 @@
A collection of name value query pairs to append.
The combine result.
-
-
- Converts between an OwinMiddlware and an .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Transitions between and OwinMiddleware.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
-
-
-
-
- Adds adapters between and OwinMiddleware.
-
-
-
-
- Adds adapters between and OwinMiddleware.
-
-
-
This wraps OWIN environment dictionary and provides strongly typed accessors.
@@ -1222,6 +1673,189 @@
The name of the configuration method
+
+
+ Logging extension methods for IAppBuilder.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the server.LoggerFactory from the Properties collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides an ILoggerFactory based on System.Diagnostics.TraceSource.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Creates a factory named "Microsoft.Owin".
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new DiagnosticsLogger for the given component name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A generic interface for logging.
+
+
+
+
+ Aggregates most logging patterns to a single method. This must be compatible with the Func representation in the OWIN environment.
+
+ To check IsEnabled call WriteCore with only TraceEventType and check the return value, no event will be written.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Used to create logger instances of the given name.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new ILogger instance of the given name.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ILogger extension methods for common scenarios.
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if the given TraceEventType is enabled.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a verbose log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes an informational log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a warning log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a warning log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes an error log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes an error log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a critical log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a critical log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Provides a default ILoggerFactory.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides a default ILoggerFactory based on System.Diagnostics.TraceSorce.
+
+
Used to create path based branches in your application pipeline.
@@ -1361,6 +1995,396 @@
The value to set.
This instance.
+
+
+ An abstract base class for a standard middleware pattern.
+
+
+
+
+ Instantiates the middleware with an optional pointer to the next component.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The optional next component.
+
+
+
+
+ Process an individual request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ This wraps OWIN environment dictionary and provides strongly typed accessors.
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new context with only request and response header collections.
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new environment wrapper exposing request properties.
+
+ OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
+
+
+
+ Gets the OWIN environment.
+
+ The OWIN environment.
+
+
+
+ Gets the request context.
+
+ The request context.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the HTTP method.
+
+ The HTTP method.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the HTTP request scheme from owin.RequestScheme.
+
+ The HTTP request scheme from owin.RequestScheme.
+
+
+
+ Returns true if the owin.RequestScheme is https.
+
+ true if this request is using https; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the Host header. May include the port.
+
+ The Host header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the owin.RequestPathBase.
+
+ The owin.RequestPathBase.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the request path from owin.RequestPath.
+
+ The request path from owin.RequestPath.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the query string from owin.RequestQueryString.
+
+ The query string from owin.RequestQueryString.
+
+
+
+ Gets the query value collection parsed from owin.RequestQueryString.
+
+ The query value collection parsed from owin.RequestQueryString.
+
+
+
+ Gets the uniform resource identifier (URI) associated with the request.
+
+ The uniform resource identifier (URI) associated with the request.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the owin.RequestProtocol.
+
+ The owin.RequestProtocol.
+
+
+
+ Gets the request headers.
+
+ The request headers.
+
+
+
+ Gets the collection of Cookies for this request.
+
+ The collection of Cookies for this request.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Content-Type header.
+
+ The Content-Type header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Cache-Control header.
+
+ The Cache-Control header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Media-Type header.
+
+ The Media-Type header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the Accept header.
+
+ The Accept header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the owin.RequestBody Stream.
+
+ The owin.RequestBody Stream.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cancellation token for the request.
+
+ The cancellation token for the request.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the server.LocalIpAddress.
+
+ The server.LocalIpAddress.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the server.LocalPort.
+
+ The server.LocalPort.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the server.RemoteIpAddress.
+
+ The server.RemoteIpAddress.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the server.RemotePort.
+
+ The server.RemotePort.
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the server.User.
+
+ The server.User.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously reads and parses the request body as a form.
+
+ The parsed form data.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value from the OWIN environment, or returns default(T) if not present.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to get.
+ The value with the specified key or the default(T) if not present.
+
+
+
+ Sets the given key and value in the OWIN environment.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to set.
+ The value to set.
+ This instance.
+
+
+
+ This wraps OWIN environment dictionary and provides strongly typed accessors.
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new context with only request and response header collections.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new environment wrapper exposing response properties.
+
+ OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
+
+
+
+ Gets the OWIN environment.
+
+ The OWIN environment.
+
+
+
+ Gets the request context.
+
+ The request context.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the optional owin.ResponseStatusCode.
+
+ The optional owin.ResponseStatusCode, or 200 if not set.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the the optional owin.ResponseReasonPhrase.
+
+ The the optional owin.ResponseReasonPhrase.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the owin.ResponseProtocol.
+
+ The owin.ResponseProtocol.
+
+
+
+ Gets the response header collection.
+
+ The response header collection.
+
+
+
+ Gets a collection used to manipulate the Set-Cookie header.
+
+ A collection used to manipulate the Set-Cookie header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Content-Length header.
+
+ The Content-Length header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Content-Type header.
+
+ The Content-Type header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Expires header.
+
+ The Expires header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the E-Tag header.
+
+ The E-Tag header.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the owin.ResponseBody Stream.
+
+ The owin.ResponseBody Stream.
+
+
+
+ Registers for an event that fires when the response headers are sent.
+
+ The callback method.
+ The callback state.
+
+
+
+ Sets a 302 response status code and the Location header.
+
+ The location where to redirect the client.
+
+
+
+ Writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
+
+ The response data.
+
+
+
+ Writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
+
+ The response data.
+
+
+
+ Writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
+
+ The response data.
+ The zero-based byte offset in the parameter at which to begin copying bytes.
+ The number of bytes to write.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
+
+ The response data.
+ A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
+
+ The response data.
+ A token used to indicate cancellation.
+ A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
+
+ The response data.
+ A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
+
+ The response data.
+ A token used to indicate cancellation.
+ A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
+
+
+
+ Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
+
+ The response data.
+ The zero-based byte offset in the parameter at which to begin copying bytes.
+ The number of bytes to write.
+ A token used to indicate cancellation.
+ A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value from the OWIN environment, or returns default(T) if not present.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to get.
+ The value with the specified key or the default(T) if not present.
+
+
+
+ Sets the given key and value in the OWIN environment.
+
+ The type of the value.
+ The key of the value to set.
+ The value to set.
+ This instance.
+
Provides correct escaping for Path and PathBase values when needed to reconstruct a request or redirect URI string
@@ -1751,138 +2775,6 @@
Looks up a localized string similar to The query string must start with a '?' unless null or empty..
-
-
- A standard implementation of IAppBuilder
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the the type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains arbitrary properties which may added, examined, and modified by
- components during the startup sequence.
-
- Returns .
-
-
-
- Adds a middleware node to the OWIN function pipeline. The middleware are
- invoked in the order they are added: the first middleware passed to Use will
- be the outermost function, and the last middleware passed to Use will be the
- innermost.
-
-
- The middleware parameter determines which behavior is being chained into the
- pipeline.
-
- If the middleware given to Use is a Delegate, then it will be invoked with the "next app" in
- the chain as the first parameter. If the delegate takes more than the single argument,
- then the additional values must be provided to Use in the args array.
-
- If the middleware given to Use is a Type, then the public constructor will be
- invoked with the "next app" in the chain as the first parameter. The resulting object
- must have a public Invoke method. If the object has constructors which take more than
- the single "next app" argument, then additional values may be provided in the args array.
-
-
- Any additional args passed to Use will be passed as additional values, following the "next app"
- parameter, when the OWIN call pipeline is build.
-
- They are passed as additional parameters if the middleware parameter is a Delegate, or as additional
- constructor arguments if the middle parameter is a Type.
-
-
- The IAppBuilder itself is returned. This enables you to chain your use statements together.
-
-
-
-
- The New method creates a new instance of an IAppBuilder. This is needed to create
- a tree structure in your processing, rather than a linear pipeline. The new instance share the
- same Properties, but will be created with a new, empty middleware list.
-
- To create a tangent pipeline you would first call New, followed by several calls to Use on
- the new builder, ending with a call to Build on the new builder. The return value from Build
- will be the entry-point to your tangent pipeline. This entry-point may now be added to the
- main pipeline as an argument to a switching middleware, which will either call the tangent
- pipeline or the "next app", based on something in the request.
-
- That said - all of that work is typically hidden by a middleware like Map, which will do that
- for you.
-
- The new instance of the IAppBuilder implementation
-
-
-
- The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
- together. This is typically done by the hosting component which created the app builder,
- and does not need to be called by the startup method if the IAppBuilder is passed in.
-
-
- The Type argument indicates which calling convention should be returned, and
- is typically typeof() for the OWIN
- calling convention.
-
-
- Returns an instance of the pipeline's entry point. This object may be safely cast to the
- type which was provided
-
-
-
-
- Simple object used by AppBuilder as seed OWIN callable if the
- builder.Properties["builder.DefaultApp"] is not set
-
-
-
-
- Extension methods for IAppBuilder.
-
-
-
-
- The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
- together. May be called to build pipeline branches.
-
-
- The request processing entry point for this section of the pipeline.
-
-
-
- The Build is called at the point when all of the middleware should be chained
- together. May be called to build pipeline branches.
-
- The application signature.
-
- The request processing entry point for this section of the pipeline.
-
-
-
- Adds converters for adapting between disparate application signatures.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds converters for adapting between disparate application signatures.
-
-
-
-
-
-
A wrapper for the response Set-Cookie header
@@ -2283,1034 +3175,142 @@
Multiple authentication types may be provided to clear out more than one cookie at a time, or to clear
cookies and redirect to an external single-sign out url.
-
+
- Logging extension methods for IAppBuilder.
+ Extension methods for .
-
+
- Sets the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+ Inserts a middleware into the OWIN pipeline.
+
+ The middleware type
+
+ Any additional arguments for the middleware constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Inserts into the OWIN pipeline a middleware which does not have a next middleware reference.
-
+ An app that handles all requests
-
+
- Retrieves the server.LoggerFactory from the Properties collection.
+ Inserts a middleware into the OWIN pipeline.
+ An app that handles the request or calls the given next Func
-
+
- Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+ An ordered list of known Asp.Net integrated pipeline stages. More details on the ASP.NET integrated pipeline can be found at http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.web.httpapplication.aspx
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the AuthenticateRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PostAuthenticateRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the AuthorizeRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PostAuthorizeRequest stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the ResolveRequestCache stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PostResolveRequestCache stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the MapRequestHandler stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PostMapRequestHandler stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the AcquireRequestState stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PostAcquireRequestState stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Corresponds to the PreRequestHandlerExecute stage of the ASP.NET integrated pipeline.
+
+
+
+
+ Extension methods for the MapMiddleware
+
+
+
+
+ If the request path starts with the given pathMatch, execute the app configured via configuration parameter instead of
+ continuing to the next component in the pipeline.
-
+ The path to match
+ The branch to take for positive path matches
-
+
- Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+ If the request path starts with the given pathMatch, execute the app configured via configuration parameter instead of
+ continuing to the next component in the pipeline.
-
+ The path to match
+ The branch to take for positive path matches
-
+
- Creates a new ILogger instance from the server.LoggerFactory in the Properties collection.
+ Extension methods for the MapWhenMiddleware
+
+
+
+
+ Branches the request pipeline based on the result of the given predicate.
-
+ Invoked with the request environment to determine if the branch should be taken
+ Configures a branch to take
-
+
- Provides a default ILoggerFactory.
+ Branches the request pipeline based on the async result of the given predicate.
-
-
-
- Provides a default ILoggerFactory based on System.Diagnostics.TraceSorce.
-
-
-
-
- Provides an ILoggerFactory based on System.Diagnostics.TraceSource.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Creates a factory named "Microsoft.Owin".
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new DiagnosticsLogger for the given component name.
-
-
+
+ Invoked asynchronously with the request environment to determine if the branch should be taken
+ Configures a branch to take
-
-
- A generic interface for logging.
-
-
-
-
- Aggregates most logging patterns to a single method. This must be compatible with the Func representation in the OWIN environment.
-
- To check IsEnabled call WriteCore with only TraceEventType and check the return value, no event will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Used to create logger instances of the given name.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new ILogger instance of the given name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ILogger extension methods for common scenarios.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the given TraceEventType is enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a verbose log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes an informational log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a warning log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a warning log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes an error log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes an error log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a critical log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a critical log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains the parts of an address.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new with the given parts.
-
- The scheme.
- The host.
- The port.
- The path.
-
-
-
- Gets the internal dictionary for this collection.
-
- The internal dictionary for this collection.
-
-
-
- The uri scheme.
-
-
-
-
- The uri host.
-
-
-
-
- The uri port.
-
-
-
-
- The uri path.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new
-
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object.
-
- The other object.
- true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the specified object is equal to the current object.
-
- The other object.
- true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- The hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
- Determines whether two specified instances of are equal.
-
- The first object to compare.
- The second object to compare.
- true if left and right represent the same address; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether two specified instances of are not equal.
-
- The first object to compare.
- The second object to compare.
- true if left and right do not represent the same address; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets a specified key and value from the underlying dictionary.
-
-
- The key.
-
-
-
-
- Sets a specified key and value in the underlying dictionary.
-
- The key.
- The value.
-
-
-
-
- Wraps the host.Addresses list.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- The address list to set to the collection.
-
-
-
- Gets the underlying address list.
-
- The underlying address list.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements in the collection.
-
- The number of elements in the collection.
-
-
-
- Gets the item with the specified index from the collection.
-
- The index.
- The item with the specified index.
-
-
-
- Adds the specified address to the collection.
-
- The address to add to the collection.
-
-
-
- Gets the enumerator that iterates through the collection.
-
- The enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
- Gets the enumerator that iterates through the collection.
-
- The enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
- Creates a new empty instance of .
-
- A new empty instance of .
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current collection is equal to the specified collection.
-
- The other collection to compare to the current collection.
- true if current collection is equal to the specified collection; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current collection is equal to the specified object.
-
- The object to compare to the current collection.
- true if current collection is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets the hash code for this instance.
-
- The hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the first collection is equal to the second collection.
-
- The first collection to compare.
- The second collection to compare.
- true if both collections are equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the first collection is not equal to the second collection.
-
- The first collection to compare.
- The second collection to compare.
- true if both collections are not equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- A wrapper for the IDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string value for “owin.Version”.
-
- The string value for “owin.Version”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the function delegate for “builder.DefaultApp”.
-
- The function delegate for “builder.DefaultApp”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the action delegate for “builder.AddSignatureConversion”.
-
- The action delegate for “builder.AddSignatureConversion”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string value for “host.AppName”.
-
- The string value for “host.AppName”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the text writer for “host.TraceOutput”.
-
- The text writer for “host.TraceOutput”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cancellation token for “host.OnAppDisposing”.
-
- The cancellation token for “host.OnAppDisposing”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the address collection for “host.Addresses”.
-
- The address collection for “host.Addresses”.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the list of “server.Capabilities”.
-
- The list of “server.Capabilities”.
-
-
-
- Gets the underlying dictionary for this instance.
-
- The underlying dictionary for this instance.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current AppProperties is equal to the specified AppProperties.
-
- The other AppProperties to compare with the current instance.
- true if the current AppProperties is equal to the specified AppProperties; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current AppProperties is equal to the specified object.
-
- The object to compare with the current instance.
- true if the current AppProperties is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- The hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the first AppPProperties is equal to the second AppProperties.
-
- The first AppPropeties to compare.
- The second AppPropeties to compare.
- true if both AppProperties are equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the first AppPProperties is not equal to the second AppProperties.
-
- The first AppPropeties to compare.
- The second AppPropeties to compare.
- true if both AppProperties are not equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets the value from the dictionary with the specified key.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to get.
- The value with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Sets the value with the specified key.
-
- The key of the value to set.
- The value to set.
- This instance.
-
-
-
- Represents the capabilities for the builder properties.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The underling IDictionary
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the string value for "sendfile.Version"
-
- the string value for "sendfile.Version"
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the websocket version.
-
- The websocket version.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- A new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current Capabilities instance is equal to the specified Capabilities.
-
- The other Capabilities to compare with the current instance.
- true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the current Capabilities is equal to the specified object.
-
- The object to compare with the current instance.
- true if the current Capabilities is equal to the specified object; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Returns the hash code for this instance.
-
- The hash code for this instance.
-
-
-
- Determines whether two specified instances of are equal.
-
- The first object to compare.
- The second object to compare.
- true if the two specified instances of are equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Determines whether two specified instances of are not equal.
-
- The first object to compare.
- The second object to compare.
- true if the two specified instances of are not equal; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets the value from the dictionary with the specified key.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to get.
- The value with the specified key.
-
-
-
- Sets the given key and value in the underlying dictionary.
-
- The key of the value to set.
- The value to set.
- This instance.
-
-
-
- Options used to create a new cookie.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a default cookie with a path of '/'.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the domain to associate the cookie with.
-
- The domain to associate the cookie with.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cookie path.
-
- The cookie path.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the expiration date and time for the cookie.
-
- The expiration date and time for the cookie.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether to transmit the cookie using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)—that is, over HTTPS only.
-
- true to transmit the cookie only over an SSL connection (HTTPS); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a cookie is accessible by client-side script.
-
- true if a cookie is accessible by client-side script; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates on which requests client should or should not send cookie back to the server.
- Set to null to do not include SameSite attribute at all.
-
- SameSite attribute value or null if attribute must not be set.
-
-
-
- Provides helper methods for processing requests.
-
-
-
-
- Parses an HTTP form body.
-
- The HTTP form body to parse.
- The object containing the parsed HTTP form body.
-
-
-
- An abstract base class for a standard middleware pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates the middleware with an optional pointer to the next component.
-
-
-
-
-
- The optional next component.
-
-
-
-
- Process an individual request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This wraps OWIN environment dictionary and provides strongly typed accessors.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new context with only request and response header collections.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new environment wrapper exposing request properties.
-
- OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
-
-
-
- Gets the OWIN environment.
-
- The OWIN environment.
-
-
-
- Gets the request context.
-
- The request context.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the HTTP method.
-
- The HTTP method.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the HTTP request scheme from owin.RequestScheme.
-
- The HTTP request scheme from owin.RequestScheme.
-
-
-
- Returns true if the owin.RequestScheme is https.
-
- true if this request is using https; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the Host header. May include the port.
-
- The Host header.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the owin.RequestPathBase.
-
- The owin.RequestPathBase.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the request path from owin.RequestPath.
-
- The request path from owin.RequestPath.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the query string from owin.RequestQueryString.
-
- The query string from owin.RequestQueryString.
-
-
-
- Gets the query value collection parsed from owin.RequestQueryString.
-
- The query value collection parsed from owin.RequestQueryString.
-
-
-
- Gets the uniform resource identifier (URI) associated with the request.
-
- The uniform resource identifier (URI) associated with the request.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the owin.RequestProtocol.
-
- The owin.RequestProtocol.
-
-
-
- Gets the request headers.
-
- The request headers.
-
-
-
- Gets the collection of Cookies for this request.
-
- The collection of Cookies for this request.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Content-Type header.
-
- The Content-Type header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Cache-Control header.
-
- The Cache-Control header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Media-Type header.
-
- The Media-Type header.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the Accept header.
-
- The Accept header.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the owin.RequestBody Stream.
-
- The owin.RequestBody Stream.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cancellation token for the request.
-
- The cancellation token for the request.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the server.LocalIpAddress.
-
- The server.LocalIpAddress.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the server.LocalPort.
-
- The server.LocalPort.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the server.RemoteIpAddress.
-
- The server.RemoteIpAddress.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the server.RemotePort.
-
- The server.RemotePort.
-
-
-
- Gets or set the server.User.
-
- The server.User.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously reads and parses the request body as a form.
-
- The parsed form data.
-
-
-
- Gets a value from the OWIN environment, or returns default(T) if not present.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to get.
- The value with the specified key or the default(T) if not present.
-
-
-
- Sets the given key and value in the OWIN environment.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to set.
- The value to set.
- This instance.
-
-
-
- This wraps OWIN environment dictionary and provides strongly typed accessors.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new context with only request and response header collections.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new environment wrapper exposing response properties.
-
- OWIN environment dictionary which stores state information about the request, response and relevant server state.
-
-
-
- Gets the OWIN environment.
-
- The OWIN environment.
-
-
-
- Gets the request context.
-
- The request context.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the optional owin.ResponseStatusCode.
-
- The optional owin.ResponseStatusCode, or 200 if not set.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the the optional owin.ResponseReasonPhrase.
-
- The the optional owin.ResponseReasonPhrase.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the owin.ResponseProtocol.
-
- The owin.ResponseProtocol.
-
-
-
- Gets the response header collection.
-
- The response header collection.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection used to manipulate the Set-Cookie header.
-
- A collection used to manipulate the Set-Cookie header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Content-Length header.
-
- The Content-Length header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Content-Type header.
-
- The Content-Type header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Expires header.
-
- The Expires header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the E-Tag header.
-
- The E-Tag header.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the owin.ResponseBody Stream.
-
- The owin.ResponseBody Stream.
-
-
-
- Registers for an event that fires when the response headers are sent.
-
- The callback method.
- The callback state.
-
-
-
- Sets a 302 response status code and the Location header.
-
- The location where to redirect the client.
-
-
-
- Writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
-
- The response data.
-
-
-
- Writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
-
- The response data.
-
-
-
- Writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
-
- The response data.
- The zero-based byte offset in the parameter at which to begin copying bytes.
- The number of bytes to write.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
-
- The response data.
- A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given text to the response body stream using UTF-8.
-
- The response data.
- A token used to indicate cancellation.
- A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
-
- The response data.
- A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
-
- The response data.
- A token used to indicate cancellation.
- A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
-
-
-
- Asynchronously writes the given bytes to the response body stream.
-
- The response data.
- The zero-based byte offset in the parameter at which to begin copying bytes.
- The number of bytes to write.
- A token used to indicate cancellation.
- A Task tracking the state of the write operation.
-
-
-
- Gets a value from the OWIN environment, or returns default(T) if not present.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to get.
- The value with the specified key or the default(T) if not present.
-
-
-
- Sets the given key and value in the OWIN environment.
-
- The type of the value.
- The key of the value to set.
- The value to set.
- This instance.
-
diff --git a/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll
index 649e45bcb..4502ab258 100644
Binary files a/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll and b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll.refresh b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..545f9ee39
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.xml b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f68cff697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bin/System.Drawing.Common.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,12655 @@
+
+
+
+ System.Drawing.Common
+
+
+
+ Encapsulates a GDI+ bitmap, which consists of the pixel data for a graphics image and its attributes. A is an object used to work with images defined by pixel data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image.
+ The from which to create the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
+ The from which to create the new .
+ The structure that represent the size of the new .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing image, scaled to the specified size.
+ The from which to create the new .
+ The width, in pixels, of the new .
+ The height, in pixels, of the new .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size.
+ The width, in pixels, of the new .
+ The height, in pixels, of the new .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and with the resolution of the specified object.
+ The width, in pixels, of the new .
+ The height, in pixels, of the new .
+ The object that specifies the resolution for the new .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size and format.
+ The width, in pixels, of the new .
+ The height, in pixels, of the new .
+ The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format.
+ A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified size, pixel format, and pixel data.
+ The width, in pixels, of the new .
+ The height, in pixels, of the new .
+ Integer that specifies the byte offset between the beginning of one scan line and the next. This is usually (but not necessarily) the number of bytes in the pixel format (for example, 2 for 16 bits per pixel) multiplied by the width of the bitmap. The value passed to this parameter must be a multiple of four.
+ The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format.
+ Pointer to an array of bytes that contains the pixel data.
+ A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
+ The data stream used to load the image.
+
+ does not contain image data or is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
+ The data stream used to load the image.
+
+ to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
+
+ does not contain image data or is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ contains a PNG image file with a single dimension greater than 65,535 pixels.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
+ The bitmap file name and path.
+ The specified file is not found.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file.
+ The name of the bitmap file.
+
+ to use color correction for this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from a specified resource.
+ The class used to extract the resource.
+ The name of the resource.
+
+
+ Creates a copy of the section of this defined by structure and with a specified enumeration.
+ Defines the portion of this to copy. Coordinates are relative to this .
+ The pixel format for the new . This must specify a value that begins with Format.
+
+ is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
+ The height or width of is 0.
+
+ -or-
+
+ A value is specified whose name does not start with Format. For example, specifying will cause an , but will not.
+ The new that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a copy of the section of this defined with a specified enumeration.
+ Defines the portion of this to copy.
+ Specifies the enumeration for the destination .
+
+ is outside of the source bitmap bounds.
+ The height or width of is 0.
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from a Windows handle to an icon.
+ A handle to an icon.
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified Windows resource.
+ A handle to an instance of the executable file that contains the resource.
+ A string that contains the name of the resource bitmap.
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
+ The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue.
+ The operation failed.
+ A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a GDI bitmap object from this .
+ A structure that specifies the background color. This parameter is ignored if the bitmap is totally opaque.
+ The height or width of the bitmap is greater than Int16.MaxValue.
+ The operation failed.
+ A handle to the GDI bitmap object that this method creates.
+
+
+ Returns the handle to an icon.
+ The operation failed.
+ A Windows handle to an icon with the same image as the .
+
+
+ Gets the color of the specified pixel in this .
+ The x-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
+ The y-coordinate of the pixel to retrieve.
+
+ is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is less than 0, or greater than or equal to .
+ The operation failed.
+ A structure that represents the color of the specified pixel.
+
+
+ Locks a into system memory.
+ A structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
+ An enumeration that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
+ A enumeration that specifies the data format of this .
+ The is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
+ The operation failed.
+ A that contains information about this lock operation.
+
+
+ Locks a into system memory.
+ A rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the to lock.
+ One of the values that specifies the access level (read/write) for the .
+ One of the values that specifies the data format of the .
+ A that contains information about the lock operation.
+
+ value is not a specific bits-per-pixel value.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The incorrect is passed in for a bitmap.
+ The operation failed.
+ A that contains information about the lock operation.
+
+
+ Makes the default transparent color transparent for this .
+ The image format of the is an icon format.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Makes the specified color transparent for this .
+ The structure that represents the color to make transparent.
+ The image format of the is an icon format.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Sets the color of the specified pixel in this .
+ The x-coordinate of the pixel to set.
+ The y-coordinate of the pixel to set.
+ A structure that represents the color to assign to the specified pixel.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Sets the resolution for this .
+ The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
+ The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Unlocks this from system memory.
+ A that specifies information about the lock operation.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in the same assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Specifies that, when interpreting declarations, the assembly should look for the indicated resources in a satellite assembly, but with the configuration value appended to the declared file name.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Defines objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, creates an exact copy of this .
+ The new that this method creates.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
+
+ to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ In a derived class, sets a reference to a GDI+ brush object.
+ A pointer to the GDI+ brush object.
+
+
+ Brushes for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Gets a system-defined object.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Provides a graphics buffer for double buffering.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by the object.
+
+
+ Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the default device.
+
+
+ Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the specified object.
+ A object to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
+
+
+ Writes the contents of the graphics buffer to the device context associated with the specified handle.
+ An that points to the device context to which to write the contents of the graphics buffer.
+
+
+ Gets a object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
+ A object that outputs to the graphics buffer.
+
+
+ Provides methods for creating graphics buffers that can be used for double buffering.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
+ The to match the pixel format for the new buffer to.
+ A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
+ A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
+
+
+ Creates a graphics buffer of the specified size using the pixel format of the specified .
+ An to a device context to match the pixel format of the new buffer to.
+ A indicating the size of the buffer to create.
+ A that can be used to draw to a buffer of the specified dimensions.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by the .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Disposes of the current graphics buffer, if a buffer has been allocated and has not yet been disposed.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the maximum size of the buffer to use.
+ The height or width of the size is less than or equal to zero.
+ A indicating the maximum size of the buffer dimensions.
+
+
+ Provides access to the main buffered graphics context object for the application domain.
+
+
+ Gets the for the current application domain.
+ The for the current application domain.
+
+
+ Specifies a range of character positions within a string.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the structure, specifying a range of character positions within a string.
+ The position of the first character in the range. For example, if is set to 0, the first position of the range is position 0 in the string.
+ The number of positions in the range.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the current instance is equal to another instance of the same type.
+ An instance to compare with this instance.
+
+ if the current instance is equal to the other instance; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this object is equivalent to the specified object.
+ The object to compare to for equality.
+
+ to indicate the specified object is an instance with the same and value as this instance; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns the hash code for this instance.
+ A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance.
+
+
+ Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the and values of the two objects are equal.
+ A to compare for equality.
+ A to compare for equality.
+
+ to indicate the two objects have the same and values; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Compares two objects. Gets a value indicating whether the or values of the two objects are not equal.
+ A to compare for inequality.
+ A to compare for inequality.
+
+ to indicate the either the or values of the two objects differ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the position in the string of the first character of this .
+ The first position of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of positions in this .
+ The number of positions in this .
+
+
+ Specifies alignment of content on the drawing surface.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned at the center.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the left.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned in the middle, and horizontally aligned on the right.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.
+
+
+ Content is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.
+
+
+ Determines how the source color in a copy pixel operation is combined with the destination color to result in a final color.
+
+
+ The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 0 in the physical palette. (This color is black for the default physical palette.)
+
+
+ Windows that are layered on top of your window are included in the resulting image. By default, the image contains only your window. Note that this generally cannot be used for printing device contexts.
+
+
+ The destination area is inverted.
+
+
+ The colors of the source area are merged with the colors of the selected brush of the destination device context using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The colors of the inverted source area are merged with the colors of the destination area by using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The bitmap is not mirrored.
+
+
+ The inverted source area is copied to the destination.
+
+
+ The source and destination colors are combined using the Boolean operator, and then resultant color is then inverted.
+
+
+ The brush currently selected in the destination device context is copied to the destination bitmap.
+
+
+ The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the destination are using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The colors of the brush currently selected in the destination device context are combined with the colors of the inverted source area using the Boolean operator. The result of this operation is combined with the colors of the destination area using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The source area is copied directly to the destination area.
+
+
+ The inverted colors of the destination area are combined with the colors of the source area using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The colors of the source and destination areas are combined using the Boolean operator.
+
+
+ The destination area is filled by using the color associated with index 1 in the physical palette. (This color is white for the default physical palette.)
+
+
+ Represents a collection of category name strings.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified collection.
+ A that contains the names to initialize the collection values to.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified array of names.
+ An array of strings that contains the names of the categories to initialize the collection values to.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified category is contained in the collection.
+ The string to check for in the collection.
+
+ if the specified category is contained in the collection; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Copies the collection elements to the specified array at the specified index.
+ The array to copy to.
+ The index of the destination array at which to begin copying.
+
+
+ Gets the index of the specified value.
+ The category name to retrieve the index of in the collection.
+ The index in the collection, or if the string does not exist in the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the category name at the specified index.
+ The index of the collection element to access.
+ The category name at the specified index.
+
+
+ Represents an adjustable arrow-shaped line cap. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height. The arrow end caps created with this constructor are always filled.
+ The width of the arrow.
+ The height of the arrow.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width, height, and fill property. Whether an arrow end cap is filled depends on the argument passed to the parameter.
+ The width of the arrow.
+ The height of the arrow.
+
+ to fill the arrow cap; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets whether the arrow cap is filled.
+ This property is if the arrow cap is filled; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the height of the arrow cap.
+ The height of the arrow cap.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill.
+ The number of units between the outline of the arrow cap and the fill of the arrow cap.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the width of the arrow cap.
+ The width, in units, of the arrow cap.
+
+
+ Defines a blend pattern for a object. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of factors and positions.
+ The number of elements in the and arrays.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of blend factors for the gradient.
+ An array of blend factors that specify the percentages of the starting color and the ending color to be used at the corresponding position.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of blend positions for the gradient.
+ An array of blend positions that specify the percentages of distance along the gradient line.
+
+
+ Defines arrays of colors and positions used for interpolating color blending in a multicolor gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified number of colors and positions.
+ The number of colors and positions in this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of colors that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
+ An array of structures that represents the colors to use at corresponding positions along a gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the positions along a gradient line.
+ An array of values that specify percentages of distance along the gradient line.
+
+
+ Specifies how different clipping regions can be combined.
+
+
+ Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the existing region being removed from the new region. Said differently, the existing region is excluded from the new region.
+
+
+ Specifies that the existing region is replaced by the result of the new region being removed from the existing region. Said differently, the new region is excluded from the existing region.
+
+
+ Two clipping regions are combined by taking their intersection.
+
+
+ One clipping region is replaced by another.
+
+
+ Two clipping regions are combined by taking the union of both.
+
+
+ Two clipping regions are combined by taking only the areas enclosed by one or the other region, but not both.
+
+
+ Specifies how the source colors are combined with the background colors.
+
+
+ Specifies that when a color is rendered, it overwrites the background color.
+
+
+ Specifies that when a color is rendered, it is blended with the background color. The blend is determined by the alpha component of the color being rendered.
+
+
+ Specifies the quality level to use during compositing.
+
+
+ Assume linear values.
+
+
+ Default quality.
+
+
+ Gamma correction is used.
+
+
+ High quality, low speed compositing.
+
+
+ High speed, low quality.
+
+
+ Invalid quality.
+
+
+ Specifies the system to use when evaluating coordinates.
+
+
+ Specifies that coordinates are in the device coordinate context. On a computer screen the device coordinates are usually measured in pixels.
+
+
+ Specifies that coordinates are in the page coordinate context. Their units are defined by the property, and must be one of the elements of the enumeration.
+
+
+ Specifies that coordinates are in the world coordinate context. World coordinates are used in a nonphysical environment, such as a modeling environment.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a custom user-defined line cap.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified outline and fill.
+ A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
+ A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline and fill.
+ A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
+ A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
+ The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified existing enumeration with the specified outline, fill, and inset.
+ A object that defines the fill for the custom cap.
+ A object that defines the outline of the custom cap.
+ The line cap from which to create the custom cap.
+ The distance between the cap and the line.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
+
+ to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
+
+
+ Allows an to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Gets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
+ The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
+ The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
+
+
+ Sets the caps used to start and end lines that make up this custom cap.
+ The enumeration used at the beginning of a line within this cap.
+ The enumeration used at the end of a line within this cap.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the enumeration on which this is based.
+ The enumeration on which this is based.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the distance between the cap and the line.
+ The distance between the beginning of the cap and the end of the line.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the enumeration that determines how lines that compose this object are joined.
+ The enumeration this object uses to join lines.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the amount by which to scale this Class object with respect to the width of the object.
+ The amount by which to scale the cap.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of graphic shape to use on both ends of each dash in a dashed line.
+
+
+ Specifies a square cap that squares off both ends of each dash.
+
+
+ Specifies a circular cap that rounds off both ends of each dash.
+
+
+ Specifies a triangular cap that points both ends of each dash.
+
+
+ Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object.
+
+
+ Specifies a user-defined custom dash style.
+
+
+ Specifies a line consisting of dashes.
+
+
+ Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot.
+
+
+ Specifies a line consisting of a repeating pattern of dash-dot-dot.
+
+
+ Specifies a line consisting of dots.
+
+
+ Specifies a solid line.
+
+
+ Specifies how the interior of a closed path is filled.
+
+
+ Specifies the alternate fill mode.
+
+
+ Specifies the winding fill mode.
+
+
+ Specifies whether commands in the graphics stack are terminated (flushed) immediately or executed as soon as possible.
+
+
+ Specifies that the stack of all graphics operations is flushed immediately.
+
+
+ Specifies that all graphics operations on the stack are executed as soon as possible. This synchronizes the graphics state.
+
+
+ Represents the internal data of a graphics container. This class is used when saving the state of a object using the and methods. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Represents a series of connected lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a value of .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration.
+ The enumeration that determines how the interior of this is filled.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays.
+ An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
+ An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
+ An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
+ An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
+ A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays.
+ An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
+ An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the array with the specified and arrays and with the specified enumeration element.
+ An array of structures that defines the coordinates of the points that make up this .
+ An array of enumeration elements that specifies the type of each corresponding point in the array.
+ A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
+
+
+ Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
+ A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
+ The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the arc.
+
+
+ Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
+ A that represents the rectangular bounds of the ellipse from which the arc is taken.
+ The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the arc.
+
+
+ Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the arc.
+
+
+ Appends an elliptical arc to the current figure.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The width of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The height of the rectangular region that defines the ellipse from which the arc is drawn.
+ The starting angle of the arc, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the arc.
+
+
+ Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
+ A that represents the starting point of the curve.
+ A that represents the first control point for the curve.
+ A that represents the second control point for the curve.
+ A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
+ A that represents the starting point of the curve.
+ A that represents the first control point for the curve.
+ A that represents the second control point for the curve.
+ A that represents the endpoint of the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
+ The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a cubic Bézier curve to the current figure.
+ The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the first control point for the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the second control point for the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
+
+
+ Adds a sequence of connected cubic Bézier curves to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curves.
+
+
+ Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
+
+
+ Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a closed curve to this path. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ A value between from 0 through 1 that specifies the amount that the curve bends between points, with 0 being the smallest curve (sharpest corner) and 1 being the smoothest curve.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
+ A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
+ A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure. A cardinal spline curve is used because the curve travels through each of the points in the array.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ The index of the element in the array that is used as the first point in the curve.
+ The number of segments used to draw the curve. A segment can be thought of as a line connecting two points.
+ A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
+
+
+ Adds a spline curve to the current figure.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the curve.
+ A value that specifies the amount that the curve bends between control points. Values greater than 1 produce unpredictable results.
+
+
+ Adds an ellipse to the current path.
+ A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+
+ Adds an ellipse to the current path.
+ A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+
+ Adds an ellipse to the current path.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+
+ Adds an ellipse to the current path.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+
+ Appends a line segment to this .
+ A that represents the starting point of the line.
+ A that represents the endpoint of the line.
+
+
+ Appends a line segment to this .
+ A that represents the starting point of the line.
+ A that represents the endpoint of the line.
+
+
+ Appends a line segment to the current figure.
+ The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
+ The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
+ The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
+ The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
+
+
+ Appends a line segment to this .
+ The x-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
+ The y-coordinate of the starting point of the line.
+ The x-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
+ The y-coordinate of the endpoint of the line.
+
+
+ Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
+
+
+ Appends a series of connected line segments to the end of this .
+ An array of structures that represents the points that define the line segments to add.
+
+
+ Appends the specified to this path.
+ The to add.
+ A Boolean value that specifies whether the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that (if possible) the first figure in the added path is part of the last figure in this path. A value of specifies that the first figure in the added path is separate from the last figure in this path.
+
+
+ Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
+ A that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
+
+
+ Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
+
+
+ Adds the outline of a pie shape to this path.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie is drawn.
+ The starting angle for the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis.
+ The angle between and the end of the pie section, measured in degrees clockwise from .
+
+
+ Adds a polygon to this path.
+ An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
+
+
+ Adds a polygon to this path.
+ An array of structures that defines the polygon to add.
+
+
+ Adds a rectangle to this path.
+ A that represents the rectangle to add.
+
+
+ Adds a rectangle to this path.
+ A that represents the rectangle to add.
+
+
+ Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
+ An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
+
+
+ Adds a series of rectangles to this path.
+ An array of structures that represents the rectangles to add.
+
+
+ Adds a text string to this path.
+ The to add.
+ A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
+ A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
+ The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
+ A that represents the point where the text starts.
+ A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
+
+
+ Adds a text string to this path.
+ The to add.
+ A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
+ A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
+ The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
+ A that represents the point where the text starts.
+ A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
+
+
+ Adds a text string to this path.
+ The to add.
+ A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
+ A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
+ The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
+ A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
+
+
+ Adds a text string to this path.
+ The to add.
+ A that represents the name of the font with which the test is drawn.
+ A enumeration that represents style information about the text (bold, italic, and so on). This must be cast as an integer (see the example code later in this section).
+ The height of the em square box that bounds the character.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the text.
+ A that specifies text formatting information, such as line spacing and alignment.
+
+
+ Clears all markers from this path.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this path.
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Closes all open figures in this path and starts a new figure. It closes each open figure by connecting a line from its endpoint to its starting point.
+
+
+ Closes the current figure and starts a new figure. If the current figure contains a sequence of connected lines and curves, the method closes the loop by connecting a line from the endpoint to the starting point.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Converts each curve in this path into a sequence of connected line segments.
+
+
+ Applies the specified transform and then converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
+ A by which to transform this before flattening.
+
+
+ Converts each curve in this into a sequence of connected line segments.
+ A by which to transform this before flattening.
+ Specifies the maximum permitted error between the curve and its flattened approximation. A value of 0.25 is the default. Reducing the flatness value will increase the number of line segments in the approximation.
+
+
+ Returns a rectangle that bounds this .
+ A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
+
+
+ Returns a rectangle that bounds this when this path is transformed by the specified .
+ The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
+ A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
+
+
+ Returns a rectangle that bounds this when the current path is transformed by the specified and drawn with the specified .
+ The that specifies a transformation to be applied to this path before the bounding rectangle is calculated. This path is not permanently transformed; the transformation is used only during the process of calculating the bounding rectangle.
+ The with which to draw the .
+ A that represents a rectangle that bounds this .
+
+
+ Gets the last point in the array of this .
+ A that represents the last point in this .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
+ A that specifies the location to test.
+ The to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
+ A that specifies the location to test.
+ The to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
+ A that specifies the location to test.
+ The to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
+ A that specifies the location to test.
+ The to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within the outline of this when drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this when drawn with the specified and using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within (under) the outline of this as drawn with the specified ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ A that represents the point to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ A that represents the point to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ A that represents the point to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ A that represents the point to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this , using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified point is contained within this in the visible clip region of the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The for which to test visibility.
+ This method returns if the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Empties the and arrays and sets the to .
+
+
+ Reverses the order of points in the array of this .
+
+
+ Sets a marker on this .
+
+
+ Starts a new figure without closing the current figure. All subsequent points added to the path are added to this new figure.
+
+
+ Applies a transform matrix to this .
+ A that represents the transformation to apply.
+
+
+ Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
+ An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
+ A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
+
+
+ Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
+ An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
+ A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
+ A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
+
+
+ Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
+ An array of structures that defines a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
+ A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
+ A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
+ A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
+
+
+ Applies a warp transform, defined by a rectangle and a parallelogram, to this .
+ An array of structures that define a parallelogram to which the rectangle defined by is transformed. The array can contain either three or four elements. If the array contains three elements, the lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three points.
+ A that represents the rectangle that is transformed to the parallelogram defined by .
+ A that specifies a geometric transform to apply to the path.
+ A enumeration that specifies whether this warp operation uses perspective or bilinear mode.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how flat the resulting path is. For more information, see the methods.
+
+
+ Adds an additional outline to the path.
+ A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
+
+
+ Adds an additional outline to the .
+ A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
+ A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
+
+
+ Replaces this with curves that enclose the area that is filled when this path is drawn by the specified pen.
+ A that specifies the width between the original outline of the path and the new outline this method creates.
+ A that specifies a transform to apply to the path before widening.
+ A value that specifies the flatness for curves.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a enumeration that determines how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
+ A enumeration that specifies how the interiors of shapes in this are filled.
+
+
+ Gets a that encapsulates arrays of points () and types () for this .
+ A that encapsulates arrays for both the points and types for this .
+
+
+ Gets the points in the path.
+ An array of objects that represent the path.
+
+
+ Gets the types of the corresponding points in the array.
+ An array of bytes that specifies the types of the corresponding points in the path.
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements in the or the array.
+ An integer that specifies the number of elements in the or the array.
+
+
+ Provides the ability to iterate through subpaths in a and test the types of shapes contained in each subpath. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object.
+ The object for which this helper class is to be initialized.
+
+
+ Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
+ Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
+ Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
+ Specifies the starting index of the arrays.
+ Specifies the ending index of the arrays.
+ The number of points copied.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Copies the property and property arrays of the associated into the two specified arrays.
+ Upon return, contains an array of structures that represents the points in the path.
+ Upon return, contains an array of bytes that represents the types of points in the path.
+ The number of points copied.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the path associated with this contains a curve.
+ This method returns if the current subpath contains a curve; otherwise, .
+
+
+ This object has a object associated with it. The method increments the associated to the next marker in its path and copies all the points contained between the current marker and the next marker (or end of path) to a second object passed in to the parameter.
+ The object to which the points will be copied.
+ The number of points between this marker and the next.
+
+
+ Increments the to the next marker in the path and returns the start and stop indexes by way of the [out] parameters.
+ [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that starts a subpath.
+ [out] The integer reference supplied to this parameter receives the index of the point that ends the subpath to which points.
+ The number of points between this marker and the next.
+
+
+ Gets the starting index and the ending index of the next group of data points that all have the same type.
+ [out] Receives the point type shared by all points in the group. Possible types can be retrieved from the enumeration.
+ [out] Receives the starting index of the group of points.
+ [out] Receives the ending index of the group of points.
+ This method returns the number of data points in the group. If there are no more groups in the path, this method returns 0.
+
+
+ Gets the next figure (subpath) from the associated path of this .
+ A that is to have its data points set to match the data points of the retrieved figure (subpath) for this iterator.
+ [out] Indicates whether the current subpath is closed. It is if the if the figure is closed, otherwise it is .
+ The number of data points in the retrieved figure (subpath). If there are no more figures to retrieve, zero is returned.
+
+
+ Moves the to the next subpath in the path. The start index and end index of the next subpath are contained in the [out] parameters.
+ [out] Receives the starting index of the next subpath.
+ [out] Receives the ending index of the next subpath.
+ [out] Indicates whether the subpath is closed.
+ The number of subpaths in the object.
+
+
+ Rewinds this to the beginning of its associated path.
+
+
+ Gets the number of points in the path.
+ The number of points in the path.
+
+
+ Gets the number of subpaths in the path.
+ The number of subpaths in the path.
+
+
+ Represents the state of a object. This object is returned by a call to the methods. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Defines a rectangular brush with a hatch style, a foreground color, and a background color. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration and foreground color.
+ One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
+ The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified enumeration, foreground color, and background color.
+ One of the values that represents the pattern drawn by this .
+ The structure that represents the color of lines drawn by this .
+ The structure that represents the color of spaces between the lines drawn by this .
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this object.
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Gets the color of spaces between the hatch lines drawn by this object.
+ A structure that represents the background color for this .
+
+
+ Gets the color of hatch lines drawn by this object.
+ A structure that represents the foreground color for this .
+
+
+ Gets the hatch style of this object.
+ One of the values that represents the pattern of this .
+
+
+ Specifies the different patterns available for objects.
+
+
+ A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper right to lower left.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross.
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than, and are twice the width of . This hatch pattern is not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice the width of .
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, are spaced 50 percent closer together than , and are twice its width, but the lines are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than and are twice its width.
+
+
+ Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
+
+
+ Specifies dashed horizontal lines.
+
+
+ Specifies dashed diagonal lines, that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
+
+
+ Specifies dashed vertical lines.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of layered bricks that slant to the left from top points to bottom points.
+
+
+ A pattern of crisscross diagonal lines.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of divots.
+
+
+ Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal and vertical lines, each of which is composed of dots, that cross.
+
+
+ A pattern of lines on a diagonal from upper left to lower right.
+
+
+ A pattern of horizontal lines.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of horizontally layered bricks.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard with squares that are twice the size of .
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti, and is composed of larger pieces than .
+
+
+ Specifies the hatch style .
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points and are spaced 50 percent closer together than , but they are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 50 percent closer together than .
+
+
+ Specifies hatch style .
+
+
+ Specifies hatch style .
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
+
+
+ Specifies vertical lines that are spaced 75 percent closer together than hatch style (or 25 percent closer together than ).
+
+
+ Specifies forward diagonal and backward diagonal lines that cross but are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies a 5-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 5:95.
+
+
+ Specifies a 10-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 10:90.
+
+
+ Specifies a 20-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 20:80.
+
+
+ Specifies a 25-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 25:75.
+
+
+ Specifies a 30-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 30:70.
+
+
+ Specifies a 40-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 40:60.
+
+
+ Specifies a 50-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 50:50.
+
+
+ Specifies a 60-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 60:40.
+
+
+ Specifies a 70-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 70:30.
+
+
+ Specifies a 75-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 75:25.
+
+
+ Specifies a 80-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 80:100.
+
+
+ Specifies a 90-percent hatch. The ratio of foreground color to background color is 90:10.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a plaid material.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of diagonally layered shingles that slant to the right from top points to bottom points.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of confetti.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal and vertical lines that cross and are spaced 50 percent closer together than hatch style .
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a checkerboard placed diagonally.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of spheres laid adjacent to one another.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a trellis.
+
+
+ A pattern of vertical lines.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of tildes.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch that has the appearance of a woven material.
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the right from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies diagonal lines that slant to the left from top points to bottom points, have the same spacing as hatch style , and are triple its width, but are not antialiased.
+
+
+ Specifies horizontal lines that are composed of zigzags.
+
+
+ The enumeration specifies the algorithm that is used when images are scaled or rotated.
+
+
+ Specifies bicubic interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 25 percent of its original size.
+
+
+ Specifies bilinear interpolation. No prefiltering is done. This mode is not suitable for shrinking an image below 50 percent of its original size.
+
+
+ Specifies default mode.
+
+
+ Specifies high quality interpolation.
+
+
+ Specifies high-quality, bicubic interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking. This mode produces the highest quality transformed images.
+
+
+ Specifies high-quality, bilinear interpolation. Prefiltering is performed to ensure high-quality shrinking.
+
+
+ Equivalent to the element of the enumeration.
+
+
+ Specifies low quality interpolation.
+
+
+ Specifies nearest-neighbor interpolation.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a with a linear gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
+ A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and colors.
+ A structure that represents the starting point of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the endpoint of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color of the linear gradient.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and orientation.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
+ Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation mode.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ A enumeration element that specifies the orientation of the gradient. The orientation determines the starting and ending points of the gradient. For example, specifies that the starting point is the upper-left corner of the rectangle and the ending point is the lower-right corner of the rectangle.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class based on a rectangle, starting and ending colors, and an orientation angle.
+ A structure that specifies the bounds of the linear gradient.
+ A structure that represents the starting color for the gradient.
+ A structure that represents the ending color for the gradient.
+ The angle, measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis, of the gradient's orientation line.
+ Set to to specify that the angle is affected by the transform associated with this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified by prepending the specified .
+ The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
+
+
+ Multiplies the that represents the local geometric transform of this by the specified in the specified order.
+ The by which to multiply the geometric transform.
+ A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
+
+
+ Resets the property to identity.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
+ The angle of rotation.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
+ The angle of rotation.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
+ The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
+ The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
+ The amount by which to scale the transform in the x-axis direction.
+ The amount by which to scale the transform in the y-axis direction.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
+
+
+ Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
+
+
+ Creates a linear gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to a single color on both ends.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
+ A value from 0 through1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the starting color to (ending color)
+
+
+ Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the starting color and ending color are blended equally).
+
+
+ Creates a gradient falloff based on a bell-shaped curve.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the center of the gradient (the point where the gradient is composed of only the ending color).
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies how fast the colors falloff from the .
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transform by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+ The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
+ A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled for this .
+ The value is if gamma correction is enabled for this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
+ A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
+ An array of two structures that represents the starting and ending colors of the gradient.
+
+
+ Gets a rectangular region that defines the starting and ending points of the gradient.
+ A structure that specifies the starting and ending points of the gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a copy that defines a local geometric transform for this .
+ A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this .
+ A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
+
+
+ Specifies the direction of a linear gradient.
+
+
+ Specifies a gradient from upper right to lower left.
+
+
+ Specifies a gradient from upper left to lower right.
+
+
+ Specifies a gradient from left to right.
+
+
+ Specifies a gradient from top to bottom.
+
+
+ Specifies the available cap styles with which a object can end a line.
+
+
+ Specifies a mask used to check whether a line cap is an anchor cap.
+
+
+ Specifies an arrow-shaped anchor cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a custom line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a diamond anchor cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a flat line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies no anchor.
+
+
+ Specifies a round line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a round anchor cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a square line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a square anchor line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies a triangular line cap.
+
+
+ Specifies how to join consecutive line or curve segments in a figure (subpath) contained in a object.
+
+
+ Specifies a beveled join. This produces a diagonal corner.
+
+
+ Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a clipped corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
+
+
+ Specifies a mitered join. This produces a sharp corner or a beveled corner, depending on whether the length of the miter exceeds the miter limit.
+
+
+ Specifies a circular join. This produces a smooth, circular arc between the lines.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a 3-by-3 affine matrix that represents a geometric transform. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class as the identity matrix.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
+ A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
+ An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class to the geometric transform defined by the specified rectangle and array of points.
+ A structure that represents the rectangle to be transformed.
+ An array of three structures that represents the points of a parallelogram to which the upper-left, upper-right, and lower-left corners of the rectangle is to be transformed. The lower-right corner of the parallelogram is implied by the first three corners.
+
+
+ Constructs a utilizing the specified .
+ Matrix data to construct from.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified elements.
+ The value in the first row and first column of the new .
+ The value in the first row and second column of the new .
+ The value in the second row and first column of the new .
+ The value in the second row and second column of the new .
+ The value in the third row and first column of the new .
+ The value in the third row and second column of the new .
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
+ The object to test.
+ This method returns if is the specified identical to this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Returns a hash code.
+ The hash code for this .
+
+
+ Inverts this , if it is invertible.
+
+
+ Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, by prepending the specified .
+ The by which this is to be multiplied.
+
+
+ Multiplies this by the matrix specified in the parameter, and in the order specified in the parameter.
+ The by which this is to be multiplied.
+ The that represents the order of the multiplication.
+
+
+ Resets this to have the elements of the identity matrix.
+
+
+ Prepend to this a clockwise rotation, around the origin and by the specified angle.
+ The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
+
+
+ Applies a clockwise rotation of an amount specified in the parameter, around the origin (zero x and y coordinates) for this .
+ The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
+ A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied to this .
+
+
+ Applies a clockwise rotation to this around the point specified in the parameter, and by prepending the rotation.
+ The angle (extent) of the rotation, in degrees.
+ A that represents the center of the rotation.
+
+
+ Applies a clockwise rotation about the specified point to this in the specified order.
+ The angle of the rotation, in degrees.
+ A that represents the center of the rotation.
+ A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the rotation is applied.
+
+
+ Applies the specified scale vector to this by prepending the scale vector.
+ The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
+ The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
+
+
+ Applies the specified scale vector ( and ) to this using the specified order.
+ The value by which to scale this in the x-axis direction.
+ The value by which to scale this in the y-axis direction.
+ A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the scale vector is applied to this .
+
+
+ Applies the specified shear vector to this by prepending the shear transformation.
+ The horizontal shear factor.
+ The vertical shear factor.
+
+
+ Applies the specified shear vector to this in the specified order.
+ The horizontal shear factor.
+ The vertical shear factor.
+ A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the shear is applied.
+
+
+ Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
+ An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
+
+
+ Applies the geometric transform represented by this to a specified array of points.
+ An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
+
+
+ Applies only the scale and rotate components of this to the specified array of points.
+ An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
+
+
+ Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
+ An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
+
+
+ Applies the specified translation vector ( and ) to this by prepending the translation vector.
+ The x value by which to translate this .
+ The y value by which to translate this .
+
+
+ Applies the specified translation vector to this in the specified order.
+ The x value by which to translate this .
+ The y value by which to translate this .
+ A that specifies the order (append or prepend) in which the translation is applied to this .
+
+
+ Multiplies each vector in an array by the matrix. The translation elements of this matrix (third row) are ignored.
+ An array of structures that represents the points to transform.
+
+
+ Gets an array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
+ An array of floating-point values that represents the elements of this .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this is the identity matrix.
+ This property is if this is identity; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this is invertible.
+ This property is if this is invertible; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the elements for the matrix.
+
+
+ Gets the x translation value (the dx value, or the element in the third row and first column) of this .
+ The x translation value of this .
+
+
+ Gets the y translation value (the dy value, or the element in the third row and second column) of this .
+ The y translation value of this .
+
+
+ Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
+
+
+ The new operation is applied after the old operation.
+
+
+ The new operation is applied before the old operation.
+
+
+ Contains the graphical data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of structures that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
+ An array of objects that represents the points through which the path is constructed.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the types of the corresponding points in the path.
+ An array of bytes that specify the types of the corresponding points in the path.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a object that fills the interior of a object with a gradient. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified path.
+ The that defines the area filled by this .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
+ A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified points and wrap mode.
+ An array of structures that represents the points that make up the vertices of the path.
+ A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
+ The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
+
+
+ Updates the brush's transformation matrix with the product of the brush's transformation matrix multiplied by another matrix.
+ The that will be multiplied by the brush's current transformation matrix.
+ A that specifies in which order to multiply the two matrices.
+
+
+ Resets the property to identity.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transform.
+ The angle (extent) of rotation.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transform by the specified amount in the specified order.
+ The angle (extent) of rotation.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transform.
+ The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
+ The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transform by the specified amounts in the specified order.
+ The transform scale factor in the x-axis direction.
+ The transform scale factor in the y-axis direction.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
+
+
+ Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to one surrounding color.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
+
+
+ Creates a gradient with a center color and a linear falloff to each surrounding color.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
+
+
+ Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
+
+
+ Creates a gradient brush that changes color starting from the center of the path outward to the path's boundary. The transition from one color to another is based on a bell-shaped curve.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies where, along any radial from the center of the path to the path's boundary, the center color will be at its highest intensity. A value of 1 (the default) places the highest intensity at the center of the path.
+ A value from 0 through 1 that specifies the maximum intensity of the center color that gets blended with the boundary color. A value of 1 causes the highest possible intensity of the center color, and it is the default value.
+
+
+ Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform. This method prepends the translation to the transform.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+
+
+ Applies the specified translation to the local geometric transform in the specified order.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+ The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that specifies positions and factors that define a custom falloff for the gradient.
+ A that represents a custom falloff for the gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the color at the center of the path gradient.
+ A that represents the color at the center of the path gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the center point of the path gradient.
+ A that represents the center point of the path gradient.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the focus point for the gradient falloff.
+ A that represents the focus point for the gradient falloff.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
+ A that defines a multicolor linear gradient.
+
+
+ Gets a bounding rectangle for this .
+ A that represents a rectangular region that bounds the path this fills.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of colors that correspond to the points in the path this fills.
+ An array of structures that represents the colors associated with each point in the path this fills.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a copy of the that defines a local geometric transform for this .
+ A copy of the that defines a geometric transform that applies only to fills drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that indicates the wrap mode for this .
+ A that specifies how fills drawn with this are tiled.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of point in a object.
+
+
+ A default Bézier curve.
+
+
+ A cubic Bézier curve.
+
+
+ The endpoint of a subpath.
+
+
+ The corresponding segment is dashed.
+
+
+ A line segment.
+
+
+ A path marker.
+
+
+ A mask point.
+
+
+ The starting point of a object.
+
+
+ Specifies the alignment of a object in relation to the theoretical, zero-width line.
+
+
+ Specifies that the object is centered over the theoretical line.
+
+
+ Specifies that the is positioned on the inside of the theoretical line.
+
+
+ Specifies the is positioned to the left of the theoretical line.
+
+
+ Specifies the is positioned on the outside of the theoretical line.
+
+
+ Specifies the is positioned to the right of the theoretical line.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of fill a object uses to fill lines.
+
+
+ Specifies a hatch fill.
+
+
+ Specifies a linear gradient fill.
+
+
+ Specifies a path gradient fill.
+
+
+ Specifies a solid fill.
+
+
+ Specifies a bitmap texture fill.
+
+
+ Specifies how pixels are offset during rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies the default mode.
+
+
+ Specifies that pixels are offset by -.5 units, both horizontally and vertically, for high speed antialiasing.
+
+
+ Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies high speed, low quality rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies an invalid mode.
+
+
+ Specifies no pixel offset.
+
+
+ Specifies the overall quality when rendering GDI+ objects.
+
+
+ Specifies the default mode.
+
+
+ Specifies high quality, low speed rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies an invalid mode.
+
+
+ Specifies low quality, high speed rendering.
+
+
+ Encapsulates the data that makes up a object. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of bytes that specify the object.
+ An array of bytes that specify the object.
+
+
+ Specifies whether smoothing (antialiasing) is applied to lines and curves and the edges of filled areas.
+
+
+ Specifies antialiased rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies no antialiasing.
+
+
+ Specifies antialiased rendering.
+
+
+ Specifies no antialiasing.
+
+
+ Specifies an invalid mode.
+
+
+ Specifies no antialiasing.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of warp transformation applied in a method.
+
+
+ Specifies a bilinear warp.
+
+
+ Specifies a perspective warp.
+
+
+ Specifies how a texture or gradient is tiled when it is smaller than the area being filled.
+
+
+ The texture or gradient is not tiled.
+
+
+ Tiles the gradient or texture.
+
+
+ Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and then tiles the texture or gradient.
+
+
+ Reverses the texture or gradient horizontally and vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
+
+
+ Reverses the texture or gradient vertically and then tiles the texture or gradient.
+
+
+ Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new that uses the specified existing and enumeration.
+ The existing from which to create the new .
+ The to apply to the new . Multiple values of the enumeration can be combined with the operator.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size.
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size, in points, of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size, in points, of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+ A that specifies a
+
+ GDI character set to use for the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+ A that specifies a
+
+ GDI character set to use for this font.
+ A Boolean value indicating whether the new font is derived from a GDI vertical font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+ is
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. Sets the style to .
+ The of the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is .
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size.
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size, in points, of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size and style.
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size, in points, of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size, style, and unit.
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size, style, unit, and character set.
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+ A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using the specified size, style, unit, and character set.
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+ The of the new font.
+ A that specifies a GDI character set to use for this font.
+ A Boolean value indicating whether the new is derived from a GDI vertical font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Initializes a new using a specified size and unit. The style is set to .
+ A string representation of the for the new .
+ The em-size of the new font in the units specified by the parameter.
+ The of the new font.
+
+ is less than or equal to 0, evaluates to infinity, or is not a valid number.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The this method creates, cast as an .
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified object is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this .
+ The object to test.
+
+ if the parameter is a and has the same , , , , , and property values as this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified Windows handle to a device context.
+ A handle to a device context.
+ The font for the specified device context is not a TrueType font.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified Windows handle.
+ A Windows handle to a GDI font.
+
+ points to an object that is not a TrueType font.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure.
+ An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure.
+ An that represents the GDI structure from which to create the .
+ A handle to a device context that contains additional information about the structure.
+ The font is not a TrueType font.
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Gets the hash code for this .
+ The hash code for this .
+
+
+ Returns the line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
+ The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
+
+
+ Returns the line spacing, in the current unit of a specified , of this font.
+ A that holds the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the display device as well as settings for page unit and page scale.
+
+ is .
+ The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
+
+
+ Returns the height, in pixels, of this when drawn to a device with the specified vertical resolution.
+ The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, used to calculate the height of the font.
+ The height, in pixels, of this .
+
+
+ Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
+ The to populate with data.
+ The destination (see ) for this serialization.
+
+
+ Returns a handle to this .
+ The operation was unsuccessful.
+ A Windows handle to this .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this .
+ An to represent the structure that this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a GDI logical font (LOGFONT) structure from this .
+ An to represent the structure that this method creates.
+ A that provides additional information for the structure.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Returns a human-readable string representation of this .
+ A string that represents this .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether this is bold.
+
+ if this is bold; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the associated with this .
+ The associated with this .
+
+
+ Gets a byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses.
+ A byte value that specifies the GDI character set that this uses. The default is 1.
+
+
+ Gets a Boolean value that indicates whether this is derived from a GDI vertical font.
+
+ if this is derived from a GDI vertical font; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the line spacing of this font.
+ The line spacing, in pixels, of this font.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the font is a member of .
+
+ if the font is a member of ; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether this font has the italic style applied.
+
+ to indicate this font has the italic style applied; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the face name of this .
+ A string representation of the face name of this .
+
+
+ Gets the name of the font originally specified.
+ The string representing the name of the font originally specified.
+
+
+ Gets the em-size of this measured in the units specified by the property.
+ The em-size of this .
+
+
+ Gets the em-size, in points, of this .
+ The em-size, in points, of this .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether this specifies a horizontal line through the font.
+
+ if this has a horizontal line through it; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets style information for this .
+ A enumeration that contains style information for this .
+
+
+ Gets the name of the system font if the property returns .
+ The name of the system font, if returns ; otherwise, an empty string ("").
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether this is underlined.
+
+ if this is underlined; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the unit of measure for this .
+ A that represents the unit of measure for this .
+
+
+ Converts objects from one data type to another.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object.
+
+
+ Determines whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ The type you want to convert from.
+ This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
+ An object that provides a format context.
+ A object that represents the type you want to convert to.
+ This method returns if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts the specified object to the native type of the converter.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A object that specifies the culture used to represent the font.
+ The object to convert.
+ The conversion could not be performed.
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Converts the specified object to another type.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get additional information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A object that specifies the culture used to represent the object.
+ The object to convert.
+ The data type to convert the object to.
+ The conversion was not successful.
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Creates an object of this type by using a specified set of property values for the object.
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ A dictionary of new property values. The dictionary contains a series of name-value pairs, one for each property returned from the method.
+ The newly created object, or if the object could not be created. The default implementation returns .
+
+ useful for creating non-changeable objects that have changeable properties.
+
+
+ Determines whether changing a value on this object should require a call to the method to create a new value.
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ This method returns if the object should be called when a change is made to one or more properties of this object; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Retrieves the set of properties for this type. By default, a type does not have any properties to return.
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ The value of the object to get the properties for.
+ An array of objects that describe the properties.
+ The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this may return . The default implementation always returns .
+
+ An easy implementation of this method can call the method for the correct data type.
+
+
+ Determines whether this object supports properties. The default is .
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+ is a type converter that is used to convert a font name to and from various other representations.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter.
+ An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
+ The type you wish to convert from.
+
+ if the converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts the given object to the converter's native type.
+ An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
+ A to use to perform the conversion.
+ The object to convert.
+ The conversion cannot be completed.
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Retrieves a collection containing a set of standard values for the data type this converter is designed for.
+ An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
+ A collection containing a standard set of valid values, or . The default is .
+
+
+ Determines if the list of standard values returned from the method is an exclusive list.
+ An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
+
+ if the collection returned from is an exclusive list of possible values; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Determines if this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
+ An that can be used to extract additional information about the environment this converter is being invoked from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may return .
+
+ if should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
+
+
+ Converts font units to and from other unit types.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns a collection of standard values valid for the type.
+ An that provides a format context.
+
+
+ Defines a group of type faces having a similar basic design and certain variations in styles. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new from the specified generic font family.
+ The from which to create the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new with the specified name.
+ The name of the new .
+
+ is an empty string ("").
+
+ -or-
+
+ specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
+
+ -or-
+
+ specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
+
+
+ Initializes a new in the specified with the specified name.
+ A that represents the name of the new .
+ The that contains this .
+
+ is an empty string ("").
+
+ -or-
+
+ specifies a font that is not installed on the computer running the application.
+
+ -or-
+
+ specifies a font that is not a TrueType font.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified object is a and is identical to this .
+ The object to test.
+
+ if is a and is identical to this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Returns the cell ascent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
+ A that contains style information for the font.
+ The cell ascent for this that uses the specified .
+
+
+ Returns the cell descent, in design units, of the of the specified style.
+ A that contains style information for the font.
+ The cell descent metric for this that uses the specified .
+
+
+ Gets the height, in font design units, of the em square for the specified style.
+ The for which to get the em height.
+ The height of the em square.
+
+
+ Returns an array that contains all the objects available for the specified graphics context.
+ The object from which to return objects.
+
+ is .
+ An array of objects available for the specified object.
+
+
+ Gets a hash code for this .
+ The hash code for this .
+
+
+ Returns the line spacing, in design units, of the of the specified style. The line spacing is the vertical distance between the base lines of two consecutive lines of text.
+ The to apply.
+ The distance between two consecutive lines of text.
+
+
+ Returns the name, in the specified language, of this .
+ The language in which the name is returned.
+ A that represents the name, in the specified language, of this .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified enumeration is available.
+ The to test.
+
+ if the specified is available; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts this to a human-readable string representation.
+ The string that represents this .
+
+
+ Returns an array that contains all the objects associated with the current graphics context.
+ An array of objects associated with the current graphics context.
+
+
+ Gets a generic monospace .
+ A that represents a generic monospace font.
+
+
+ Gets a generic sans serif object.
+ A object that represents a generic sans serif font.
+
+
+ Gets a generic serif .
+ A that represents a generic serif font.
+
+
+ Gets the name of this .
+ A that represents the name of this .
+
+
+ Specifies style information applied to text.
+
+
+ Bold text.
+
+
+ Italic text.
+
+
+ Normal text.
+
+
+ Text with a line through the middle.
+
+
+ Underlined text.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Adds a comment to the current .
+ Array of bytes that contains the comment.
+
+
+ Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container.
+ This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
+
+
+ Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
+
+ structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
+
+ structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the container.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
+ This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
+
+
+ Saves a graphics container with the current state of this and opens and uses a new graphics container with the specified scale transformation.
+
+ structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
+
+ structure that, together with the parameter, specifies a scale transformation for the new graphics container.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure for the container.
+ This method returns a that represents the state of this at the time of the method call.
+
+
+ Clears the entire drawing surface and fills it with the specified background color.
+ The background color of the drawing surface.
+
+
+ Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
+ The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The size of the area to be transferred.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Performs a bit-block transfer of color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
+ The point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The size of the area to be transferred.
+ One of the values.
+
+ is not a member of .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
+ The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The size of the area to be transferred.
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data, corresponding to a rectangle of pixels, from the screen to the drawing surface of the .
+ The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the source rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The y-coordinate of the point at the upper-left corner of the destination rectangle.
+ The size of the area to be transferred.
+ One of the values.
+
+ is not a member of .
+ The operation failed.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
+
+ structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
+
+ structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
+
+ is
+
+
+ Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an arc representing a portion of an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the arc.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the starting point of the arc.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to ending point of the arc.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
+
+ structure that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a Bézier spline defined by four structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the starting point of the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the first control point for the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the second control point for the curve.
+
+ structure that represents the ending point of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a Bézier spline defined by four ordered pairs of coordinates that represent points.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the starting point of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the first control point of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the second control point of the curve.
+ The x-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
+ The y-coordinate of the ending point of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a series of Bézier splines from an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that represent the points that determine the curve. The number of points in the array should be a multiple of 3 plus 1, such as 4, 7, or 10.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the given .
+ The that contains the image to be drawn.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ The is not compatible with the device state.
+
+-or-
+
+The object has a transform applied other than a translation.
+
+
+ Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but ignored.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a closed cardinal spline defined by an array of structures using a specified tension.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled. This parameter is required but is ignored.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and height of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
+ Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
+ Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension. The drawing begins offset from the beginning of the array.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Offset from the first element in the array of the parameter to the starting point in the curve.
+ Number of segments after the starting point to include in the curve.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a cardinal spline through a specified array of structures using a specified tension.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the curve.
+ Array of structures that represent the points that define the curve.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an ellipse specified by a bounding structure.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
+
+ structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding .
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
+
+ structure that defines the boundaries of the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by coordinates for the upper-left corner of the rectangle, a height, and a width.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a height, and a width.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the ellipse.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the image represented by the specified within the area specified by a structure.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image on the display surface. The image contained in the parameter is scaled to the dimensions of this rectangular area.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the image represented by the specified at the specified coordinates.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the image represented by the specified without scaling the image.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the resulting image. The image is not scaled to fit this rectangle, but retains its original size. If the image is larger than the rectangle, it is clipped to fit inside it.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that represents the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+ Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
+
+
+ Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that represents the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified shape and size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+ Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for .
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+ Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Width of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Height of the portion of the source image to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used to determine the source rectangle.
+
+ that specifies recoloring and gamma information for the object.
+
+ delegate that specifies a method to call during the drawing of the image. This method is called frequently to check whether to stop execution of the method according to application-determined criteria.
+ Value specifying additional data for the delegate to use when checking whether to stop execution of the method.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified image, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ Width of the drawn image.
+ Height of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified , using its original physical size, at the specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a portion of an image at a specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the units of measure used by the parameter.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified at the specified location and with the specified size.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ Width of the drawn image.
+ Height of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn image. The X and Y properties of the rectangle specify the upper-left corner. The Width and Height properties are ignored.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified image using its original physical size at the location specified by a coordinate pair.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a specified image using its original physical size at a specified location.
+
+ to draw.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image.
+ Not used.
+ Not used.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified image without scaling and clips it, if necessary, to fit in the specified rectangle.
+ The to draw.
+ The in which to draw the image.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a line connecting two structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
+
+ structure that represents the first point to connect.
+
+ structure that represents the second point to connect.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a line connecting two structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
+
+ structure that represents the first point to connect.
+
+ structure that represents the second point to connect.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
+ The x-coordinate of the first point.
+ The y-coordinate of the first point.
+ The x-coordinate of the second point.
+ The y-coordinate of the second point.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line.
+ The x-coordinate of the first point.
+ The y-coordinate of the first point.
+ The x-coordinate of the second point.
+ The y-coordinate of the second point.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
+ Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a series of line segments that connect an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the line segments.
+ Array of structures that represent the points to connect.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a .
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the path.
+
+ to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
+
+ structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
+
+ structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a pie shape defined by an ellipse specified by a coordinate pair, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the pie shape.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie shape comes.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie shape.
+ Angle measured in degrees clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie shape.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a polygon defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the polygon.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a rectangle specified by a structure.
+ A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
+ A structure that represents the rectangle to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
+ A pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
+ The rectangle to draw.
+
+
+ Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
+ Width of the rectangle to draw.
+ Height of the rectangle to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height.
+ A that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw.
+ The width of the rectangle to draw.
+ The height of the rectangle to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
+ Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ is a zero-length array.
+
+
+ Draws a series of rectangles specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the color, width, and style of the outlines of the rectangles.
+ Array of structures that represent the rectangles to draw.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ is a zero-length array.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string in the specified rectangle with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects.
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Draws the specified text string at the specified location with the specified and objects using the formatting attributes of the specified .
+ String to draw.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ that determines the color and texture of the drawn text.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn text.
+
+ that specifies formatting attributes, such as line spacing and alignment, that are applied to the drawn text.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Closes the current graphics container and restores the state of this to the state saved by a call to the method.
+
+ that represents the container this method restores.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display at a specified point using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location of the upper-left corner of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structures that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records in a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified parallelogram using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+ Array of three structures that define a parallelogram that determines the size and location of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records of the specified , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+
+ Sends the records of a selected rectangle from a , one at a time, to a callback method for display in a specified rectangle using specified image attributes.
+
+ to enumerate.
+
+ structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn metafile.
+
+ structure that specifies the portion of the metafile, relative to its upper-left corner, to draw.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the unit of measure used to determine the portion of the metafile that the rectangle specified by the parameter contains.
+
+ delegate that specifies the method to which the metafile records are sent.
+ Internal pointer that is required, but ignored. You can pass for this parameter.
+
+ that specifies image attribute information for the drawn image.
+
+
+ Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a structure.
+
+ structure that specifies the rectangle to exclude from the clip region.
+
+
+ Updates the clip region of this to exclude the area specified by a .
+
+ that specifies the region to exclude from the clip region.
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a closed cardinal spline curve defined by an array of structures using the specified fill mode and tension.
+ A that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that define the spline.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines how the curve is filled.
+ Value greater than or equal to 0.0F that specifies the tension of the curve.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of an ellipse defined by a bounding rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a .
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ that represents the path to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a structure and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ structure that represents the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse and two radial lines.
+ A brush that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a pie section defined by an ellipse specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, a height, and two radial lines.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Width of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Height of the bounding rectangle that defines the ellipse from which the pie section comes.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the x-axis to the first side of the pie section.
+ Angle in degrees measured clockwise from the parameter to the second side of the pie section.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by structures using the specified fill mode.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines the style of the fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ structure that represents the rectangle to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
+ Width of the rectangle to fill.
+ Height of the rectangle to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill.
+ Width of the rectangle to fill.
+ Height of the rectangle to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ is a zero-length array.
+
+
+ Fills the interiors of a series of rectangles specified by structures.
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+ Array of structures that represent the rectangles to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ is a zero-length array.
+
+
+ Fills the interior of a .
+
+ that determines the characteristics of the fill.
+
+ that represents the area to fill.
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Forces execution of all pending graphics operations and returns immediately without waiting for the operations to finish.
+
+
+ Forces execution of all pending graphics operations with the method waiting or not waiting, as specified, to return before the operations finish.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the method returns immediately or waits for any existing operations to finish.
+
+
+ Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context.
+ Handle to a device context.
+ This method returns a new for the specified device context.
+
+
+ Creates a new from the specified handle to a device context and handle to a device.
+ Handle to a device context.
+ Handle to a device.
+ This method returns a new for the specified device context and device.
+
+
+ Returns a for the specified device context.
+ Handle to a device context.
+ A for the specified device context.
+
+
+ Creates a new from the specified handle to a window.
+ Handle to a window.
+ This method returns a new for the specified window handle.
+
+
+ Creates a new for the specified windows handle.
+ Handle to a window.
+ A for the specified window handle.
+
+
+ Creates a new from the specified .
+
+ from which to create the new .
+
+ is .
+
+ has an indexed pixel format or its format is undefined.
+ This method returns a new for the specified .
+
+
+ Gets the cumulative graphics context.
+ An representing the cumulative graphics context.
+
+
+ Gets the cumulative offset.
+ When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
+
+
+ Gets the cumulative offset and clip region.
+ When this method returns, contains the cumulative offset. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
+ When this method returns, contains the cumulative clip region or if the clip region is infinite. This parameter is treated as uninitialized.
+
+
+ Gets a handle to the current Windows halftone palette.
+ Internal pointer that specifies the handle to the palette.
+
+
+ Gets the handle to the device context associated with this .
+ Handle to the device context associated with this .
+
+
+ Gets the nearest color to the specified structure.
+
+ structure for which to find a match.
+ A structure that represents the nearest color to the one specified with the parameter.
+
+
+ Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
+
+ structure to intersect with the current clip region.
+
+
+ Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified structure.
+
+ structure to intersect with the current clip region.
+
+
+ Updates the clip region of this to the intersection of the current clip region and the specified .
+
+ to intersect with the current region.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+
+ structure to test for visibility.
+
+ if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+
+ structure to test for visibility.
+
+ if the point specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+
+ structure to test for visibility.
+
+ if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a structure is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+
+ structure to test for visibility.
+
+ if the rectangle specified by the parameter is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
+
+ if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+
+ if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the point specified by a pair of coordinates is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test for visibility.
+
+ if the point defined by the and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Indicates whether the rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height is contained within the visible clip region of this .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ Width of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+ Height of the rectangle to test for visibility.
+
+ if the rectangle defined by the , , , and parameters is contained within the visible clip region of this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
+
+
+ Gets an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the layout rectangle for the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+
+ is .
+ This method returns an array of objects, each of which bounds a range of character positions within the specified string.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ Number of characters in the string.
+ Number of text lines in the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the format of the string.
+ Maximum width of the string in pixels.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+ Maximum width of the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ is .
+
+ is .
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the parameter as drawn with the parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that represents the upper-left corner of the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified within the specified layout area.
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified by the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+
+ structure that specifies the maximum layout area for the text.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ Number of characters in the string.
+ Number of text lines in the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size of the string, in the units specified by the property, of the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the format of the string.
+ Maximum width of the string in pixels.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter.
+
+
+ Measures the specified string when drawn with the specified and formatted with the specified .
+ String to measure.
+
+ that defines the text format of the string.
+ Maximum width of the string.
+
+ that represents formatting information, such as line spacing, for the string.
+ This method returns a structure that represents the size, in the units specified by the property, of the string specified in the text parameter as drawn with the font parameter and the stringFormat parameter.
+
+
+ Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the .
+ 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
+
+
+ Multiplies the world transformation of this and specified the in the specified order.
+ 4x4 that multiplies the world transformation.
+ Member of the enumeration that determines the order of the multiplication.
+
+
+ Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
+
+
+ Releases a device context handle obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
+ Handle to a device context obtained by a previous call to the method of this .
+
+
+ Releases a handle to a device context.
+ Handle to a device context.
+
+
+ Resets the clip region of this to an infinite region.
+
+
+ Resets the world transformation matrix of this to the identity matrix.
+
+
+ Restores the state of this to the state represented by a .
+
+ that represents the state to which to restore this .
+
+
+ Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this .
+ Angle of rotation in degrees.
+
+
+ Applies the specified rotation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
+ Angle of rotation in degrees.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the rotation is appended or prepended to the matrix transformation.
+
+
+ Saves the current state of this and identifies the saved state with a .
+ This method returns a that represents the saved state of this .
+
+
+ Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix.
+ Scale factor in the x direction.
+ Scale factor in the y direction.
+
+
+ Applies the specified scaling operation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
+ Scale factor in the x direction.
+ Scale factor in the y direction.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the scaling operation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the specified .
+
+ that represents the new clip region.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
+
+ to combine.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the property of the specified .
+
+ from which to take the new clip region.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified combining operation of the current clip region and the property of the specified .
+
+ that specifies the clip region to combine.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ structure that represents the new clip region.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ structure to combine.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ structure that represents the new clip region.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a structure.
+
+ structure to combine.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
+
+
+ Sets the clipping region of this to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the specified .
+
+ to combine.
+ Member from the enumeration that specifies the combining operation to use.
+
+
+ Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
+ Array of structures that represents the points to transformation.
+
+
+ Transforms an array of points from one coordinate space to another using the current world and page transformations of this .
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the destination coordinate space.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the source coordinate space.
+ Array of structures that represent the points to transform.
+
+
+ Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
+ The x-coordinate of the translation.
+ The y-coordinate of the translation.
+
+
+ Translates the clipping region of this by specified amounts in the horizontal and vertical directions.
+ The x-coordinate of the translation.
+ The y-coordinate of the translation.
+
+
+ Changes the origin of the coordinate system by prepending the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this .
+ The x-coordinate of the translation.
+ The y-coordinate of the translation.
+
+
+ Changes the origin of the coordinate system by applying the specified translation to the transformation matrix of this in the specified order.
+ The x-coordinate of the translation.
+ The y-coordinate of the translation.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies whether the translation is prepended or appended to the transformation matrix.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a that limits the drawing region of this .
+ A that limits the portion of this that is currently available for drawing.
+
+
+ Gets a structure that bounds the clipping region of this .
+ A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this .
+
+
+ Gets a value that specifies how composited images are drawn to this .
+ This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the rendering quality of composited images drawn to this .
+ This property specifies a member of the enumeration. The default is .
+
+
+ Gets the horizontal resolution of this .
+ The value, in dots per inch, for the horizontal resolution supported by this .
+
+
+ Gets the vertical resolution of this .
+ The value, in dots per inch, for the vertical resolution supported by this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the interpolation mode associated with this .
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the clipping region of this is empty.
+
+ if the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the visible clipping region of this is empty.
+
+ if the visible portion of the clipping region of this is empty; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the scaling between world units and page units for this .
+ This property specifies a value for the scaling between world units and page units for this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the unit of measure used for page coordinates in this .
+
+ is set to , which is not a physical unit.
+ One of the values other than .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value specifying how pixels are offset during rendering of this .
+ This property specifies a member of the enumeration.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the rendering origin of this for dithering and for hatch brushes.
+ A structure that represents the dither origin for 8-bits-per-pixel and 16-bits-per-pixel dithering and is also used to set the origin for hatch brushes.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the rendering quality for this .
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the gamma correction value for rendering text.
+ The gamma correction value used for rendering antialiased and ClearType text.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the rendering mode for text associated with this .
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a copy of the geometric world transformation for this .
+ A copy of the that represents the geometric world transformation for this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the world transform elements for this .
+
+
+ Gets the bounding rectangle of the visible clipping region of this .
+ A structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the visible clipping region of this .
+
+
+ Provides a callback method for deciding when the method should prematurely cancel execution and stop drawing an image.
+ Internal pointer that specifies data for the callback method. This parameter is not passed by all overloads. You can test for its absence by checking for the value .
+ This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution. Otherwise it returns to indicate that the method should continue execution.
+
+
+ Provides a callback method for the method.
+ Member of the enumeration that specifies the type of metafile record.
+ Set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
+ Number of bytes in the record data.
+ Pointer to a buffer that contains the record data.
+ Not used.
+ Return if you want to continue enumerating records; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Specifies the unit of measure for the given data.
+
+
+ Specifies the unit of measure of the display device. Typically pixels for video displays, and 1/100 inch for printers.
+
+
+ Specifies the document unit (1/300 inch) as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies the inch as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies the millimeter as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a device pixel as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies the world coordinate system unit as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Represents a Windows icon, which is a small bitmap image that is used to represent an object. Icons can be thought of as transparent bitmaps, although their size is determined by the system.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
+ The from which to load the newly sized icon.
+ A structure that specifies the height and width of the new .
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class and attempts to find a version of the icon that matches the requested size.
+ The icon to load the different size from.
+ The width of the new icon.
+ The height of the new icon.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
+ The data stream from which to load the .
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified stream.
+ The stream that contains the icon data.
+ The desired size of the icon.
+ The is or does not contain image data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream and with the specified width and height.
+ The data stream from which to load the icon.
+ The width, in pixels, of the icon.
+ The height, in pixels, of the icon.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
+ The file to load the from.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class of the specified size from the specified file.
+ The name and path to the file that contains the icon data.
+ The desired size of the icon.
+ The is or does not contain image data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified width and height from the specified file.
+ The name and path to the file that contains the data.
+ The desired width of the .
+ The desired height of the .
+ The is or does not contain image data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from a resource in the specified assembly.
+ A that specifies the assembly in which to look for the resource.
+ The resource name to load.
+ An icon specified by cannot be found in the assembly that contains the specified .
+
+
+ Clones the , creating a duplicate image.
+ An object that can be cast to an .
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Returns an icon representation of an image that is contained in the specified file.
+ The path to the file that contains an image.
+ The does not indicate a valid file.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The indicates a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path.
+ The representation of the image that is contained in the specified file.
+
+
+ Extracts a specified icon from the given filePath.
+ Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
+ Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
+
+ true to get the at the current system small icon size setting. false to get the at the current system large icon size setting. The default is false.
+ An , or null if an icon can't be found with the specified id.
+
+
+ Extracts a specified icon from the given .
+ Path to an icon or PE (.dll, .exe) file.
+ Positive numbers refer to an icon index in the given file. Negative numbers refer to a specific native resource identifier in a PE (.dll, .exe) file.
+ The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
+
+ is negative or larger than .
+
+ could not be accessed.
+
+ is .
+ An , or if an icon can't be found with the specified .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Creates a GDI+ from the specified Windows handle to an icon ().
+ A Windows handle to an icon.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Saves this to the specified output .
+ The to save to.
+
+
+ Populates a with the data that is required to serialize the target object.
+
+ The destination (see ) for this serialization.
+
+
+ Converts this to a GDI+ .
+ A that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Gets a human-readable string that describes the .
+ A string that describes the .
+
+
+ Gets the Windows handle for this . This is not a copy of the handle; do not free it.
+ The Windows handle for the icon.
+
+
+ Gets the height of this .
+ The height of this .
+
+
+ Gets the size of this .
+ A structure that specifies the width and height of this .
+
+
+ Gets the width of this .
+ The width of this .
+
+
+ Converts an object from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
+ This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
+ This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts a specified object to an .
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that holds information about a specific culture.
+ The to be converted.
+ The conversion could not be performed.
+ If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
+
+
+ Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to a specified type.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
+ The object to convert. This object should be of type icon or some type that can be cast to .
+ The type to convert the icon to.
+ The conversion could not be performed.
+ This method returns the converted object.
+
+
+ Defines methods for obtaining and releasing an existing handle to a Windows device context.
+
+
+ Returns the handle to a Windows device context.
+ An representing the handle of a device context.
+
+
+ Releases the handle of a Windows device context.
+
+
+ An abstract base class that provides functionality for the and descended classes.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
+
+ to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Creates an from the specified file.
+ A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
+ The file does not have a valid image format.
+
+ -or-
+
+ GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
+ The specified file does not exist.
+
+ is a .
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates an from the specified file using embedded color management information in that file.
+ A string that contains the name of the file from which to create the .
+ Set to to use color management information embedded in the image file; otherwise, .
+ The file does not have a valid image format.
+
+ -or-
+
+ GDI+ does not support the pixel format of the file.
+ The specified file does not exist.
+
+ is a .
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap.
+ The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates a from a handle to a GDI bitmap and a handle to a GDI palette.
+ The GDI bitmap handle from which to create the .
+ A handle to a GDI palette used to define the bitmap colors if the bitmap specified in the parameter is not a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates an from the specified data stream.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ The stream does not have a valid image format
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+ The stream does not have a valid image format.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information in that stream.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+
+ to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
+ The stream does not have a valid image format
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+ The stream does not have a valid image format.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Creates an from the specified data stream, optionally using embedded color management information and validating the image data.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+
+ to use color management information embedded in the data stream; otherwise, .
+
+ to validate the image data; otherwise, .
+ The stream does not have a valid image format.
+ The stream does not have a valid image format.
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Gets the bounds of the image in the specified unit.
+ One of the values indicating the unit of measure for the bounding rectangle.
+ The that represents the bounds of the image, in the specified unit.
+
+
+ Returns information about the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
+ A GUID that specifies the image encoder.
+ An that contains an array of objects. Each contains information about one of the parameters supported by the specified image encoder.
+
+
+ Returns the number of frames of the specified dimension.
+ A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
+ The number of frames in the specified dimension.
+
+
+ Returns the color depth, in number of bits per pixel, of the specified pixel format.
+ The member that specifies the format for which to find the size.
+ The color depth of the specified pixel format.
+
+
+ Gets the specified property item from this .
+ The ID of the property item to get.
+ The image format of this image does not support property items.
+ The this method gets.
+
+
+ Returns a thumbnail for this .
+ The width, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
+ The height, in pixels, of the requested thumbnail image.
+ A delegate.
+
+ Note You must create a delegate and pass a reference to the delegate as the parameter, but the delegate is not used.
+ Must be .
+ An that represents the thumbnail.
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format for this contains alpha information.
+ The to test.
+
+ if contains alpha information; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 32 bits per pixel.
+ The to test.
+
+ if is canonical; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the pixel format is 64 bits per pixel.
+ The enumeration to test.
+
+ if is extended; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Removes the specified property item from this .
+ The ID of the property item to remove.
+ The image does not contain the requested property item.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The image format for this image does not support property items.
+
+
+ Rotates, flips, or rotates and flips the .
+ A member that specifies the type of rotation and flip to apply to the image.
+
+
+ Saves this image to the specified stream, with the specified encoder and image encoder parameters.
+ The where the image will be saved.
+ The for this .
+ An that specifies parameters used by the image encoder.
+
+ is .
+ The image was saved with the wrong image format.
+
+
+ Saves this image to the specified stream in the specified format.
+ The where the image will be saved.
+ An that specifies the format of the saved image.
+
+ or is .
+ The image was saved with the wrong image format.
+
+
+ Saves this to the specified file or stream.
+ A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
+
+ is .
+ The image was saved with the wrong image format.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
+
+
+ Saves this to the specified file, with the specified encoder and image-encoder parameters.
+ A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
+ The for this .
+ An to use for this .
+
+ or is .
+ The image was saved with the wrong image format.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
+
+
+ Saves this to the specified file in the specified format.
+ A string that contains the name of the file to which to save this .
+ The for this .
+
+ or is .
+ The image was saved with the wrong image format.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The image was saved to the same file it was created from.
+
+
+ Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method.
+ An that contains the frame to add.
+ An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Adds a frame to the file or stream specified in a previous call to the method. Use this method to save selected frames from a multiple-frame image to another multiple-frame image.
+ An that holds parameters required by the image encoder that is used by the save-add operation.
+
+
+ Selects the frame specified by the dimension and index.
+ A that specifies the identity of the dimension type.
+ The index of the active frame.
+ Always returns 0.
+
+
+ Stores a property item (piece of metadata) in this .
+ The to be stored.
+ The image format of this image does not support property items.
+
+
+ Populates a with the data needed to serialize the target object.
+
+ The destination (see ) for this serialization.
+
+
+ Gets attribute flags for the pixel data of this .
+ The integer representing a bitwise combination of for this .
+
+
+ Gets an array of GUIDs that represent the dimensions of frames within this .
+ An array of GUIDs that specify the dimensions of frames within this from most significant to least significant.
+
+
+ Gets the height, in pixels, of this .
+ The height, in pixels, of this .
+
+
+ Gets the horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
+ The horizontal resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the color palette used for this .
+ A that represents the color palette used for this .
+
+
+ Gets the width and height of this image.
+ A structure that represents the width and height of this .
+
+
+ Gets the pixel format for this .
+ A that represents the pixel format for this .
+
+
+ Gets IDs of the property items stored in this .
+ An array of the property IDs, one for each property item stored in this image.
+
+
+ Gets all the property items (pieces of metadata) stored in this .
+ An array of objects, one for each property item stored in the image.
+
+
+ Gets the file format of this .
+ The that represents the file format of this .
+
+
+ Gets the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
+ A structure that represents the width and height, in pixels, of this image.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that provides additional data about the image.
+ The that provides additional data about the image.
+
+
+ Gets the vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
+ The vertical resolution, in pixels per inch, of this .
+
+
+ Gets the width, in pixels, of this .
+ The width, in pixels, of this .
+
+
+ Provides a callback method for determining when the method should prematurely cancel execution.
+ This method returns if it decides that the method should prematurely stop execution; otherwise, it returns .
+
+
+ Animates an image that has time-based frames.
+
+
+ Displays a multiple-frame image as an animation.
+ The object to animate.
+ An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
+
+
+ Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the specified image contains time-based frames.
+ The object to test.
+ This method returns if the specified image contains time-based frames; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Terminates a running animation.
+ The object to stop animating.
+ An object that specifies the method that is called when the animation frame changes.
+
+
+ Advances the frame in all images currently being animated. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered.
+
+
+ Advances the frame in the specified image. The new frame is drawn the next time the image is rendered. This method applies only to images with time-based frames.
+ The object for which to update frames.
+
+
+
+ is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Determines whether this can convert an instance of a specified type to an , using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that specifies the type you want to convert from.
+ This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether this can convert an to an instance of a specified type, using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that specifies the type you want to convert to.
+ This method returns if this can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts a specified object to an .
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that holds information about a specific culture.
+ The to be converted.
+ The conversion cannot be completed.
+ If this method succeeds, it returns the that it created by converting the specified object. Otherwise, it throws an exception.
+
+
+ Converts an (or an object that can be cast to an ) to the specified type.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A object that specifies formatting conventions used by a particular culture.
+ The to convert.
+ The to convert the to.
+ The conversion cannot be completed.
+ This method returns the converted object.
+
+
+ Gets the set of properties for this type.
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ The value of the object to get the properties for.
+ An array of objects that describe the properties.
+ The set of properties that should be exposed for this data type. If no properties should be exposed, this can return . The default implementation always returns .
+
+
+ Indicates whether this object supports properties. By default, this is .
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ This method returns if the method should be called to find the properties of this object.
+
+
+
+ is a class that can be used to convert objects from one data type to another. Access this class through the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Indicates whether this converter can convert an object in the specified source type to the native type of the converter.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ The type you want to convert from.
+ This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the specified destination type using the context.
+ An that specifies the context for this type conversion.
+ The that represents the type to which you want to convert this object.
+ This method returns if this object can perform the conversion.
+
+
+ Converts the specified object to an object.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
+ The object to convert.
+ The conversion cannot be completed.
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Converts the specified object to the specified type.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A object that specifies formatting conventions for a particular culture.
+ The object to convert.
+ The type to convert the object to.
+ The conversion cannot be completed.
+
+ is .
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Gets a collection that contains a set of standard values for the data type this validator is designed for. Returns if the data type does not support a standard set of values.
+ A formatter context. This object can be used to get more information about the environment this converter is being called from. This may be , so you should always check. Also, properties on the context object may also return .
+ A collection that contains a standard set of valid values, or . The default implementation always returns .
+
+
+ Indicates whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list.
+ A type descriptor through which additional context can be provided.
+ This method returns if the method should be called to find a common set of values the object supports.
+
+
+ Specifies the attributes of a bitmap image. The class is used by the and methods of the class. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the pixel height of the object. Also sometimes referred to as the number of scan lines.
+ The pixel height of the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the format of the pixel information in the object that returned this object.
+ A that specifies the format of the pixel information in the associated object.
+
+
+ Reserved. Do not use.
+ Reserved. Do not use.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the address of the first pixel data in the bitmap. This can also be thought of as the first scan line in the bitmap.
+ The address of the first pixel data in the bitmap.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the stride width (also called scan width) of the object.
+ The stride width, in bytes, of the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the pixel width of the object. This can also be thought of as the number of pixels in one scan line.
+ The pixel width of the object.
+
+
+ Represents a device-dependent copy of a matching a specified object's current device (display) settings. Avoids reformatting step when rendering, which can significantly improve performance.
+
+
+ Creates a device-dependent copy of for the device settings of .
+ The to convert.
+ The object to use to format the cached copy of the .
+
+ or is .
+
+
+ Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
+
+
+
+ Specifies which GDI+ objects use color adjustment information.
+
+
+ The number of types specified.
+
+
+ Color adjustment information for objects.
+
+
+ Color adjustment information for objects.
+
+
+ The number of types specified.
+
+
+ Color adjustment information that is used by all GDI+ objects that do not have their own color adjustment information.
+
+
+ Color adjustment information for objects.
+
+
+ Color adjustment information for text.
+
+
+ Specifies individual channels in the CMYK (cyan, magenta, yellow, black) color space. This enumeration is used by the methods.
+
+
+ The cyan color channel.
+
+
+ The black color channel.
+
+
+ The last selected channel should be used.
+
+
+ The magenta color channel.
+
+
+ The yellow color channel.
+
+
+ Defines a map for converting colors. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color-remap table, which is an array of structures. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the new structure to which to convert.
+ The new structure to which to convert.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the existing structure to be converted.
+ The existing structure to be converted.
+
+
+ Specifies the types of color maps.
+
+
+ Specifies a color map for a .
+
+
+ A default color map.
+
+
+ Defines a 5 x 5 matrix that contains the coordinates for the RGBAW space. Several methods of the class adjust image colors by using a color matrix. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the elements in the specified matrix .
+ The values of the elements for the new .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the specified row and column in the .
+ The row of the element.
+ The column of the element.
+ The element at the specified row and column.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and 0 column of this .
+ The element at the 0 row and 0 column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and first column of this .
+ The element at the 0 row and first column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and second column of this .
+ The element at the 0 row and second column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
+ The element at the 0 row and third column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the 0 (zero) row and fourth column of this .
+ The element at the 0 row and fourth column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the first row and 0 (zero) column of this .
+ The element at the first row and 0 column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the first row and first column of this .
+ The element at the first row and first column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the first row and second column of this .
+ The element at the first row and second column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the first row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
+ The element at the first row and third column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the first row and fourth column of this .
+ The element at the first row and fourth column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the second row and 0 (zero) column of this .
+ The element at the second row and 0 column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the second row and first column of this .
+ The element at the second row and first column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the second row and second column of this .
+ The element at the second row and second column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the second row and third column of this .
+ The element at the second row and third column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the second row and fourth column of this .
+ The element at the second row and fourth column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the third row and 0 (zero) column of this .
+ The element at the third row and 0 column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the third row and first column of this .
+ The element at the third row and first column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the third row and second column of this .
+ The element at the third row and second column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the third row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
+ The element at the third row and third column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the third row and fourth column of this .
+ The element at the third row and fourth column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and 0 (zero) column of this .
+ The element at the fourth row and 0 column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and first column of this .
+ The element at the fourth row and first column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and second column of this .
+ The element at the fourth row and second column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and third column of this . Represents the alpha component.
+ The element at the fourth row and third column of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
+ The element at the fourth row and fourth column of this .
+
+
+ Specifies the types of images and colors that will be affected by the color and grayscale adjustment settings of an .
+
+
+ Only gray shades are adjusted.
+
+
+ All color values, including gray shades, are adjusted by the same color-adjustment matrix.
+
+
+ All colors are adjusted, but gray shades are not adjusted. A gray shade is any color that has the same value for its red, green, and blue components.
+
+
+ Specifies two modes for color component values.
+
+
+ The integer values supplied are 32-bit values.
+
+
+ The integer values supplied are 64-bit values.
+
+
+ Defines an array of colors that make up a color palette. The colors are 32-bit ARGB colors. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Gets an array of structures.
+ The array of structure that make up this .
+
+
+ Gets a value that specifies how to interpret the color information in the array of colors.
+ The following flag values are valid:
+
+ 0x00000001
+ The color values in the array contain alpha information.
+
+ 0x00000002
+ The colors in the array are grayscale values.
+
+ 0x00000004
+ The colors in the array are halftone values.
+
+
+ Specifies the methods available for use with a metafile to read and write graphic commands.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ Specifies a character string, a location, and formatting information.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Enhanced-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ Identifies a record that marks the last EMF+ record of a metafile.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ Identifies a record that is the EMF+ header.
+
+
+ Indicates invalid data.
+
+
+ The maximum value for this enumeration.
+
+
+ The minimum value for this enumeration.
+
+
+ Marks the end of a multiple-format section.
+
+
+ Marks a multiple-format section.
+
+
+ Marks the start of a multiple-format section.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ Marks an object.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ Used internally.
+
+
+ See methods.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ Increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on the specified value.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
+
+
+ See Windows-Format Metafiles.
+
+
+ Specifies the nature of the records that are placed in an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. This enumeration is used by several constructors in the class.
+
+
+ Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF records, which can be displayed by GDI or GDI+.
+
+
+ Specifies that all EMF+ records in the metafile are associated with an alternate EMF record. Metafiles of type can be displayed by GDI or by GDI+.
+
+
+ Specifies that all the records in the metafile are EMF+ records, which can be displayed by GDI+ but not by GDI.
+
+
+ An object encapsulates a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies the category of an image encoder parameter.
+
+
+ An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the chrominance table parameter category.
+
+
+ An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color depth parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the color space category.
+
+
+ An object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the compression parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the image items category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the luminance table parameter category.
+
+
+ Gets an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the quality parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the render method parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an encoder that's initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save as CMYK category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the save flag parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the scan method parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the transformation parameter category.
+
+
+ Represents an object that is initialized with the globally unique identifier for the version parameter category.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified globally unique identifier (GUID). The GUID specifies an image encoder parameter category.
+ A globally unique identifier that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
+
+
+ Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
+ The GUID that identifies an image encoder parameter category.
+
+
+ Used to pass a value, or an array of values, to an image encoder.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one unsigned 8-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An 8-bit unsigned integer that specifies the value stored in the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 8-bit value. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A byte that specifies the value stored in the object.
+ If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of unsigned 8-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 8-bit unsigned integers that specifies the values stored in the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of bytes. Sets the property to or , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of bytes that specifies the values stored in the object.
+ If , the property is set to ; otherwise, the property is set to .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one, 16-bit integer. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A 16-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 16-bit integers. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 16-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object, number of values, data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
+ A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
+ A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 32-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator, and the second integer being the denominator. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of a fraction. Must be nonnegative.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and three integers that specify the number of values, the data type of the values, and a pointer to the values stored in the object.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An integer that specifies the number of values stored in the object. The property is set to this value.
+ A member of the enumeration that specifies the data type of the values stored in the object. The and properties are set to this value.
+ A pointer to an array of values of the type specified by the parameter.
+ Type is not a valid .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four, 32-bit integers. The four integers represent a range of fractions. The first two integers represent the smallest fraction in the range, and the remaining two integers represent the largest fraction in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the denominator of the smallest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
+ A 32-bit integer that represents the numerator of the largest fraction in the range. Must be nonnegative.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 32-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array of fractions. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the fractions. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. A denominator of a given index is paired with the numerator of the same index.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and four arrays of 32-bit integers. The four arrays represent an array rational ranges. A rational range is the set of all fractions from a minimum fractional value through a maximum fractional value. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the other three arrays.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the minimum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the numerators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+ An array of 32-bit integers that specifies the denominators of the maximum values for the ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and one 64-bit integer. Sets the property to (32 bits), and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A 64-bit integer that specifies the value stored in the object. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a pair of 64-bit integers. The pair of integers represents a range of integers, the first integer being the smallest number in the range, and the second integer being the largest number in the range. Sets the property to , and sets the property to 1.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A 64-bit integer that represents the smallest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
+ A 64-bit integer that represents the largest number in a range of integers. Must be nonnegative. This parameter is converted to a 32-bit integer before it is stored in the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and an array of 64-bit integers. Sets the property to (32-bit), and sets the property to the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the values stored in the object. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and two arrays of 64-bit integers. The two arrays represent an array integer ranges. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the number of elements in the array, which must be the same as the number of elements in the array.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the minimum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object.
+ An array of 64-bit integers that specifies the maximum values for the integer ranges. The integers in the array must be nonnegative. The 64-bit integers are converted to 32-bit integers before they are stored in the object. A maximum value of a given index is paired with the minimum value of the same index.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified object and a character string. The string is converted to a null-terminated ASCII string before it is stored in the object. Sets the property to , and sets the property to the length of the ASCII string including the NULL terminator.
+ An object that encapsulates the globally unique identifier of the parameter category.
+ A that specifies the value stored in the object.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Allows an object to attempt to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before the object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the object associated with this object. The object encapsulates the globally unique identifier (GUID) that specifies the category (for example , , or ) of the parameter stored in this object.
+ An object that encapsulates the GUID that specifies the category of the parameter stored in this object.
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
+ An integer that indicates the number of elements in the array of values stored in this object.
+
+
+ Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
+ A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
+
+
+ Gets the data type of the values stored in this object.
+ A member of the enumeration that indicates the data type of the values stored in this object.
+
+
+ Encapsulates an array of objects.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain one object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class that can contain the specified number of objects.
+ An integer that specifies the number of objects that the object can contain.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of objects.
+ The array of objects.
+
+
+ Specifies the data type of the used with the or method of an image.
+
+
+ An 8-bit ASCII value. This field specifies that the array of values is a null-terminated ASCII character string.
+
+
+ An 8-bit unsigned integer.
+
+
+ A 32-bit unsigned integer.
+
+
+ Two long values that specify a range of integer values. The first value specifies the lower end, and the second value specifies the higher end. All values are inclusive at both ends.
+
+
+ A pointer to a block of custom metadata.
+
+
+ A pair of 32-bit unsigned integers. Each pair represents a fraction, the first integer being the numerator and the second integer being the denominator.
+
+
+
+ A set of four 32-bit unsigned integers. The first two integers represent one fraction, and the second two integers represent a second fraction.
+ The two fractions represent a range of rational numbers. The first fraction is the smallest rational number in the range, and the second fraction is the largest rational number in the range. The values are inclusive at both ends.
+
+
+
+ A 16-bit, unsigned integer.
+
+
+ A byte that has no data type defined. The variable can take any value depending on field definition.
+
+
+ Used to specify the parameter value passed to a JPEG or TIFF image encoder when using the or methods.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Specifies the CCITT3 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
+
+
+ Specifies the CCITT4 compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
+
+
+ Specifies the LZW compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the Compression category.
+
+
+ Specifies no compression. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
+
+
+ Specifies the RLE compression scheme. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the compression category.
+
+
+ Specifies that a multiple-frame file or stream should be closed. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
+
+
+ Specifies that a frame is to be added to the page dimension of an image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Specifies the last frame in a multiple-frame image. Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image has more than one frame (page). Can be passed to the TIFF encoder as a parameter that belongs to the save flag category.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is to be flipped horizontally (about the vertical axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is to be flipped vertically (about the horizontal axis). Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is to be rotated 180 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 270 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is to be rotated clockwise 90 degrees about its center. Can be passed to the JPEG encoder as a parameter that belongs to the transformation category.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Not used in GDI+ version 1.0.
+
+
+ Provides properties that get the frame dimensions of an image. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified structure.
+ A structure that contains a GUID for this object.
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is a equivalent to this object.
+ The object to test.
+
+ if is a equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a hash code for this object.
+ The hash code of this object.
+
+
+ Converts this object to a human-readable string.
+ A string that represents this object.
+
+
+ Gets a globally unique identifier (GUID) that represents this object.
+ A structure that contains a GUID that represents this object.
+
+
+ Gets the page dimension.
+ The page dimension.
+
+
+ Gets the resolution dimension.
+ The resolution dimension.
+
+
+ Gets the time dimension.
+ The time dimension.
+
+
+ Contains information about how bitmap and metafile colors are manipulated during rendering.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Clears the brush color-remap table of this object.
+
+
+ Clears the color key (transparency range) for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is cleared.
+
+
+ Clears the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is cleared.
+
+
+ Disables gamma correction for the default category.
+
+
+ Disables gamma correction for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which gamma correction is disabled.
+
+
+ Clears the setting for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the setting for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the setting is cleared.
+
+
+ Clears the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel setting for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel setting is cleared.
+
+
+ Clears the output channel color profile setting for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the output channel color profile setting for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel profile setting is cleared.
+
+
+ Clears the color-remap table for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the color-remap table for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the remap table is cleared.
+
+
+ Clears the threshold value for the default category.
+
+
+ Clears the threshold value for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the threshold is cleared.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this object.
+ The object this class creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Adjusts the colors in a palette according to the adjustment settings of a specified category.
+ A that on input contains the palette to be adjusted, and on output contains the adjusted palette.
+ An element of that specifies the category whose adjustment settings will be applied to the palette.
+
+
+ Sets the color-remap table for the brush category.
+ An array of objects.
+
+
+ Sets the color key for the default category.
+ The low color-key value.
+ The high color-key value.
+
+
+ Sets the color key (transparency range) for a specified category.
+ The low color-key value.
+ The high color-key value.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color key is set.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+ The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for the default category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+ The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
+ An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix and the grayscale-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+ The grayscale-adjustment matrix.
+ An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment and grayscale-adjustment matrices are set.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix for the default category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+ An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
+
+
+ Sets the color-adjustment matrix for a specified category.
+ The color-adjustment matrix.
+ An element of that specifies the type of image and color that will be affected by the color-adjustment matrix.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color-adjustment matrix is set.
+
+
+ Sets the gamma value for the default category.
+ The gamma correction value.
+
+
+ Sets the gamma value for a specified category.
+ The gamma correction value.
+ An element of the enumeration that specifies the category for which the gamma value is set.
+
+
+ Turns off color adjustment for the default category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
+
+
+ Turns off color adjustment for a specified category. You can call the method to reinstate the color-adjustment settings that were in place before the call to the method.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which color correction is turned off.
+
+
+ Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for the default category.
+ An element of that specifies the output channel.
+
+
+ Sets the CMYK (cyan-magenta-yellow-black) output channel for a specified category.
+ An element of that specifies the output channel.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel is set.
+
+
+ Sets the output channel color-profile file for the default category.
+ The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
+
+
+ Sets the output channel color-profile file for a specified category.
+ The path name of a color-profile file. If the color-profile file is in the %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color directory, this parameter can be the file name. Otherwise, this parameter must be the fully qualified path name.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the output channel color-profile file is set.
+
+
+ Sets the color-remap table for the default category.
+ An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
+
+
+ Sets the color-remap table for a specified category.
+ An array of color pairs of type . Each color pair contains an existing color (the first value) and the color that it will be mapped to (the second value).
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color-remap table is set.
+
+
+ Sets the threshold (transparency range) for the default category.
+ A real number that specifies the threshold value.
+
+
+ Sets the threshold (transparency range) for a specified category.
+ A threshold value from 0.0 to 1.0 that is used as a breakpoint to sort colors that will be mapped to either a maximum or a minimum value.
+ An element of that specifies the category for which the color threshold is set.
+
+
+ Sets the wrap mode that is used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
+ An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
+
+
+ Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
+ An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
+ An object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
+
+
+ Sets the wrap mode and color used to decide how to tile a texture across a shape, or at shape boundaries. A texture is tiled across a shape to fill it in when the texture is smaller than the shape it is filling.
+ An element of that specifies how repeated copies of an image are used to tile an area.
+ A color object that specifies the color of pixels outside of a rendered image. This color is visible if the mode parameter is set to and the source rectangle passed to is larger than the image itself.
+ This parameter has no effect. Set it to .
+
+
+ Provides attributes of an image encoder/decoder (codec).
+
+
+ The decoder has blocking behavior during the decoding process.
+
+
+ The codec is built into GDI+.
+
+
+ The codec supports decoding (reading).
+
+
+ The codec supports encoding (saving).
+
+
+ The encoder requires a seekable output stream.
+
+
+ The codec supports raster images (bitmaps).
+
+
+ The codec supports vector images (metafiles).
+
+
+ Not used.
+
+
+ Not used.
+
+
+ The class provides the necessary storage members and methods to retrieve all pertinent information about the installed image encoders and decoders (called codecs). Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image decoders built into GDI+.
+ An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image decoders.
+
+
+ Returns an array of objects that contain information about the image encoders built into GDI+.
+ An array of objects. Each object in the array contains information about one of the built-in image encoders.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
+ A structure that contains a GUID that identifies a specific codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that contains the name of the codec.
+ A string that contains the name of the codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec. If the codec is not in a DLL, this pointer is .
+ A string that contains the path name of the DLL that holds the codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec. The extensions are separated by semicolons.
+ A string that contains the file name extension(s) used in the codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec. This property returns a combination of flags from the enumeration.
+ A 32-bit value used to store additional information about the codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that describes the codec's file format.
+ A string that describes the codec's file format.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
+ A structure that contains a GUID that identifies the codec's format.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
+ A string that contains the codec's Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) type.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
+ A two dimensional array of bytes that can be used as a filter.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
+ A two dimensional array of bytes that represents the signature of the codec.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the version number of the codec.
+ The version number of the codec.
+
+
+ Specifies the attributes of the pixel data contained in an object. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
+
+
+ The pixel data can be cached for faster access.
+
+
+ The pixel data uses a CMYK color space.
+
+
+ The pixel data is grayscale.
+
+
+ The pixel data uses an RGB color space.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is stored using a YCBCR color space.
+
+
+ Specifies that the image is stored using a YCCK color space.
+
+
+ The pixel data contains alpha information.
+
+
+ Specifies that dots per inch information is stored in the image.
+
+
+ Specifies that the pixel size is stored in the image.
+
+
+ Specifies that the pixel data has alpha values other than 0 (transparent) and 255 (opaque).
+
+
+ There is no format information.
+
+
+ The pixel data is partially scalable, but there are some limitations.
+
+
+ The pixel data is read-only.
+
+
+ The pixel data is scalable.
+
+
+ Specifies the file format of the image. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class by using the specified structure.
+ The structure that specifies a particular image format.
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the specified object is an object that is equivalent to this object.
+ The object to test.
+
+ if is an object that is equivalent to this object; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a hash code value that represents this object.
+ A hash code that represents this object.
+
+
+ Converts this object to a human-readable string.
+ A string that represents this object.
+
+
+ Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format.
+ An object that indicates the bitmap image format.
+
+
+ Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format.
+ An object that indicates the enhanced metafile image format.
+
+
+ Gets the Exchangeable Image File (Exif) format.
+ An object that indicates the Exif format.
+
+
+ Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format.
+ An object that indicates the GIF image format.
+
+
+ Gets a structure that represents this object.
+ A structure that represents this object.
+
+
+ Specifies the High Efficiency Image Format (HEIF).
+
+
+ Gets the Windows icon image format.
+ An object that indicates the Windows icon image format.
+
+
+ Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format.
+ An object that indicates the JPEG image format.
+
+
+ Gets the format of a bitmap in memory.
+ An object that indicates the format of a bitmap in memory.
+
+
+ Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format.
+ An object that indicates the PNG image format.
+
+
+ Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format.
+ An object that indicates the TIFF image format.
+
+
+ Specifies the WebP image format.
+
+
+ Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format.
+ An object that indicates the Windows metafile image format.
+
+
+ Specifies flags that are passed to the flags parameter of the method. The method locks a portion of an image so that you can read or write the pixel data.
+
+
+ Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading.
+
+
+ Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for reading or writing.
+
+
+ Specifies that the buffer used for reading or writing pixel data is allocated by the user. If this flag is set, the parameter of the method serves as an input parameter (and possibly as an output parameter). If this flag is cleared, then the parameter serves only as an output parameter.
+
+
+ Specifies that a portion of the image is locked for writing.
+
+
+ Defines a graphic metafile. A metafile contains records that describe a sequence of graphics operations that can be recorded (constructed) and played back (displayed). This class is not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle.
+ A handle to an enhanced metafile.
+
+ to delete the enhanced metafile handle when the is deleted; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ The handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle to a device context and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be supplied to name the file.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a .
+ A windows handle to a .
+ A .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified handle and a . Also, the parameter can be used to delete the handle when the metafile is deleted.
+ A windows handle to a .
+ A .
+
+ to delete the handle to the new when the is deleted; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified device context, bounded by the specified rectangle that uses the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string can be provided to name the file.
+ The handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
+ The from which to create the new .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . Also, a string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified data stream, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A string that contains a descriptive name for the new can be added.
+ A that contains the data for this .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified file name.
+ A that represents the file name from which to create the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can be added, as well.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, and a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the .
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , the supplied unit of measure, and an enumeration that specifies the format of the . A descriptive string can also be added.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ An that specifies the format of the .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified file name, a Windows handle to a device context, a structure that represents the rectangle that bounds the new , and the supplied unit of measure. A descriptive string can also be added.
+ A that represents the file name of the new .
+ A Windows handle to a device context.
+ A that represents the rectangle that bounds the new .
+ A that specifies the unit of measure for .
+ A that contains a descriptive name for the new .
+
+
+ Returns a Windows handle to an enhanced .
+ A Windows handle to this enhanced .
+
+
+ Returns the associated with this .
+ The associated with this .
+
+
+ Returns the associated with the specified .
+ The handle to the enhanced for which a header is returned.
+ The associated with the specified .
+
+
+ Returns the associated with the specified .
+ The handle to the for which to return a header.
+ A .
+ The associated with the specified .
+
+
+ Returns the associated with the specified .
+ A containing the for which a header is retrieved.
+ The associated with the specified .
+
+
+ Returns the associated with the specified .
+ A containing the name of the for which a header is retrieved.
+ The associated with the specified .
+
+
+ Plays an individual metafile record.
+ Element of the that specifies the type of metafile record being played.
+ A set of flags that specify attributes of the record.
+ The number of bytes in the record data.
+ An array of bytes that contains the record data.
+
+
+ Specifies the unit of measurement for the rectangle used to size and position a metafile. This is specified during the creation of the object.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 1/300 of an inch.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 0.01 millimeter. Provided for compatibility with GDI.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 1 inch.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 1 millimeter.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 1 pixel.
+
+
+ The unit of measurement is 1 printer's point.
+
+
+ Contains attributes of an associated . Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is device dependent.
+
+ if the associated is device dependent; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile format or the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format. This format supports both the enhanced and the enhanced plus format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Dual enhanced metafile format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format.
+
+ if the associated supports only the Windows enhanced metafile plus format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows metafile format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Windows metafile format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value that indicates whether the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format.
+
+ if the associated is in the Windows placeable metafile format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a that bounds the associated .
+ A that bounds the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+ The horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+ The vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
+ The size, in bytes, of the enhanced metafile plus header file.
+
+
+ Gets the logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+ The logical horizontal resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+ The logical vertical resolution, in dots per inch, of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the size, in bytes, of the associated .
+ The size, in bytes, of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the type of the associated .
+ A enumeration that represents the type of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the version number of the associated .
+ The version number of the associated .
+
+
+ Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) header file for the associated .
+ A that contains the WMF header file for the associated .
+
+
+ Specifies types of metafiles. The property returns a member of this enumeration.
+
+
+ Specifies an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
+
+
+ Specifies an EMF+ Dual file. Such a file contains GDI+ records along with alternative GDI records and can be displayed by using either GDI or GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause some quality degradation.
+
+
+ Specifies an EMF+ file. Such a file contains only GDI+ records and must be displayed by using GDI+. Displaying the records using GDI may cause unpredictable results.
+
+
+ Specifies a metafile format that is not recognized in GDI+.
+
+
+ Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file. Such a file contains only GDI records.
+
+
+ Specifies a WMF (Windows Metafile) file that has a placeable metafile header in front of it.
+
+
+ Contains information about a windows-format (WMF) metafile.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the header file.
+ The size, in bytes, of the header file.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
+ The size, in bytes, of the largest record in the associated object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
+ The maximum number of objects that exist in the object at the same time.
+
+
+ Not used. Always returns 0.
+ Always 0.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size, in bytes, of the associated object.
+ The size, in bytes, of the associated object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of the associated object.
+ The type of the associated object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the version number of the header format.
+ The version number of the header format.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of color data in the system palette. The data can be color data with alpha, grayscale data only, or halftone data.
+
+
+ Grayscale data.
+
+
+ Halftone data.
+
+
+ Alpha data.
+
+
+ Specifies the format of the color data for each pixel in the image.
+
+
+ The pixel data contains alpha values that are not premultiplied.
+
+
+ The default pixel format of 32 bits per pixel. The format specifies 24-bit color depth and an 8-bit alpha channel.
+
+
+ No pixel format is specified.
+
+
+ Reserved.
+
+
+ The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 32,768 shades of color, of which 5 bits are red, 5 bits are green, 5 bits are blue, and 1 bit is alpha.
+
+
+ The pixel format is 16 bits per pixel. The color information specifies 65536 shades of gray.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining bit is not used.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 16 bits per pixel; 5 bits are used for the red component, 6 bits are used for the green component, and 5 bits are used for the blue component.
+
+
+ Specifies that the pixel format is 1 bit per pixel and that it uses indexed color. The color table therefore has two colors in it.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 24 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied, according to the alpha component.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 32 bits per pixel; 8 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components. The remaining 8 bits are not used.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 48 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the red, green, and blue components.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 4 bits per pixel, indexed.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 64 bits per pixel; 16 bits each are used for the alpha, red, green, and blue components. The red, green, and blue components are premultiplied according to the alpha component.
+
+
+ Specifies that the format is 8 bits per pixel, indexed. The color table therefore has 256 colors in it.
+
+
+ The pixel data contains GDI colors.
+
+
+ The pixel data contains color-indexed values, which means the values are an index to colors in the system color table, as opposed to individual color values.
+
+
+ The maximum value for this enumeration.
+
+
+ The pixel format contains premultiplied alpha values.
+
+
+ The pixel format is undefined.
+
+
+ This delegate is not used. For an example of enumerating the records of a metafile, see .
+ Not used.
+ Not used.
+ Not used.
+ Not used.
+
+
+ Encapsulates a metadata property to be included in an image file. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the ID of the property.
+ The integer that represents the ID of the property.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the length (in bytes) of the property.
+ An integer that represents the length (in bytes) of the byte array.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an integer that defines the type of data contained in the property.
+ An integer that defines the type of data contained in .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of the property item.
+ A byte array that represents the value of the property item.
+
+
+ Defines a placeable metafile. Not inheritable.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+ The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+ The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle of the metafile image on the output device.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
+ The checksum value for the previous ten s in the header.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the handle of the metafile in memory.
+ The handle of the metafile in memory.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of twips per inch.
+ The number of twips per inch.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating the presence of a placeable metafile header.
+ A value indicating presence of a placeable metafile header.
+
+
+ Reserved. Do not use.
+ Reserved. Do not use.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Defines an object used to draw lines and curves. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
+ A that determines the fill properties of this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and .
+ A that determines the characteristics of this .
+ The width of the new .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified color.
+ A structure that indicates the color of this .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified and properties.
+ A structure that indicates the color of this .
+ A value indicating the width of this .
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ An that can be cast to a .
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified .
+ The object by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
+
+
+ Multiplies the transformation matrix for this by the specified in the specified order.
+ The by which to multiply the transformation matrix.
+ The order in which to perform the multiplication operation.
+
+
+ Resets the geometric transformation matrix for this to identity.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
+ The angle of rotation.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transformation by the specified angle in the specified order.
+ The angle of rotation.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
+ The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
+ The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transformation by the specified factors in the specified order.
+ The factor by which to scale the transformation in the x-axis direction.
+ The factor by which to scale the transformation in the y-axis direction.
+ A that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
+
+
+ Sets the values that determine the style of cap used to end lines drawn by this .
+ A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
+ A that represents the cap style to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
+ A that represents the cap style to use at the beginning or end of dashed lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transformation by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
+ The value of the translation in x.
+ The value of the translation in y.
+ The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the alignment for this .
+ The specified value is not a member of .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that represents the alignment for this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that determines attributes of this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that determines attributes of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the color of this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A structure that represents the color of this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of values that specifies a compound pen. A compound pen draws a compound line made up of parallel lines and spaces.
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ An array of real numbers that specifies the compound array. The elements in the array must be in increasing order, not less than 0, and not greater than 1.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the end of lines drawn with this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that represents the cap used at the end of lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a custom cap to use at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that represents the cap used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
+ The specified value is not a member of .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning and end of the dashes that make up dashed lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ The distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an array of custom dashes and spaces.
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ An array of real numbers that specifies the lengths of alternating dashes and spaces in dashed lines.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that represents the style used for dashed lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
+ The specified value is not a member of .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ One of the values that represents the cap style used at the end of lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A that represents the join style for the ends of two consecutive lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ The limit of the thickness of the join on a mitered corner.
+
+
+ Gets the style of lines drawn with this .
+ A enumeration that specifies the style of lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
+ The specified value is not a member of .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ One of the values that represents the cap style used at the beginning of lines drawn with this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a copy of the geometric transformation for this .
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ A copy of the that represents the geometric transformation for this .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the width of this , in units of the object used for drawing.
+ The property is set on an immutable , such as those returned by the class.
+ The width of this .
+
+
+ Pens for all the standard colors. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ A system-defined object with a width of 1.
+ A object set to a system-defined color.
+
+
+ Specifies the printer's duplex setting.
+
+
+ The printer's default duplex setting.
+
+
+ Double-sided, horizontal printing.
+
+
+ Single-sided printing.
+
+
+ Double-sided, vertical printing.
+
+
+ Represents the exception that is thrown when you try to access a printer using printer settings that are not valid.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ A that specifies the settings for a printer.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
+ The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+ is .
+ The class name is or is 0.
+
+
+ Overridden. Sets the with information about the exception.
+ The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Specifies the dimensions of the margins of a printed page.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with 1-inch wide margins.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified left, right, top, and bottom margins.
+ The left margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The right margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The top margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The parameter value is less than 0.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter value is less than 0.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter value is less than 0.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter value is less than 0.
+
+
+ Retrieves a duplicate of this object, member by member.
+ A duplicate of this object.
+
+
+ Compares this to the specified to determine whether they have the same dimensions.
+ The object to which to compare this .
+
+ if the specified object is a and has the same , , and values as this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Calculates and retrieves a hash code based on the width of the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
+ A hash code based on the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
+
+
+ Compares two to determine if they have the same dimensions.
+ The first to compare for equality.
+ The second to compare for equality.
+
+ to indicate the , , , and properties of both margins have the same value; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Compares two to determine whether they are of unequal width.
+ The first to compare for inequality.
+ The second to compare for inequality.
+
+ to indicate if the , , , or properties of both margins are not equal; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts the to a string.
+ A representation of the .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
+ The bottom margin, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
+ The left margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
+ The right margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is set to a value that is less than 0.
+ The top margin width, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Provides a for .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the specified source type to the native type of the converter using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that represents the type from which you want to convert.
+
+ if an object can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that represents the type to which you want to convert.
+
+ if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Converts the specified object to the converter's native type.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that provides the language to convert to.
+ The to convert.
+
+ does not contain values for all four margins. For example, "100,100,100,100" specifies 1 inch for the left, right, top, and bottom margins.
+ The conversion cannot be performed.
+ An that represents the converted value.
+
+
+ Converts the given value object to the specified destination type using the specified context and arguments.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ A that provides the language to convert to.
+ The to convert.
+ The to which to convert the value.
+
+ is .
+ The conversion cannot be performed.
+ An that represents the converted value.
+
+
+ Creates an given a set of property values for the object.
+ An that provides a format context.
+ An of new property values.
+
+ is .
+ An representing the specified , or if the object cannot be created.
+
+
+ Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to the method to create a new value, using the specified context.
+ An that provides a format context.
+
+ if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, . This method always returns .
+
+
+ Specifies settings that apply to a single, printed page.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the default printer.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using a specified printer.
+ The that describes the printer to use.
+
+
+ Creates a copy of this .
+ A copy of this object.
+
+
+ Copies the relevant information from the to the specified structure.
+ The handle to a Win32 structure.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
+
+
+ Copies relevant information to the from the specified structure.
+ The handle to a Win32 structure.
+ The printer handle is not valid.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
+
+
+ Converts the to string form.
+ A string showing the various property settings for the .
+
+
+ Gets the size of the page, taking into account the page orientation specified by the property.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+ A that represents the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the page.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page should be printed in color.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+
+ if the page should be printed in color; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
+
+
+ Gets the x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the left of the page.
+ The x-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the left-hand hard margin.
+
+
+ Gets the y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
+ The y-coordinate, in hundredths of an inch, of the hard margin at the top of the page.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page is printed in landscape or portrait orientation.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+
+ if the page should be printed in landscape orientation; otherwise, . The default is determined by the printer.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the margins for this page.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+ A that represents the margins, in hundredths of an inch, for the page. The default is 1-inch margins on all sides.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the paper size for the page.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
+ A that represents the size of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper size.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the page's paper source; for example, the printer's upper tray.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
+ A that specifies the source of the paper. The default is the printer's default paper source.
+
+
+ Gets the bounds of the printable area of the page for the printer.
+ A representing the length and width, in hundredths of an inch, of the area the printer is capable of printing in.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the printer resolution for the page.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist or there is no default printer installed.
+ A that specifies the printer resolution for the page. The default is the printer's default resolution.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the printer settings associated with the page.
+ A that represents the printer settings associated with the page.
+
+
+ Specifies the standard paper sizes.
+
+
+ A2 paper (420 mm by 594 mm).
+
+
+ A3 paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
+
+
+ A3 extra paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
+
+
+ A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm by 445 mm).
+
+
+ A3 rotated paper (420 mm by 297 mm).
+
+
+ A3 transverse paper (297 mm by 420 mm).
+
+
+ A4 paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
+
+
+ A4 extra paper (236 mm by 322 mm). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers to help save paper.
+
+
+ A4 plus paper (210 mm by 330 mm).
+
+
+ A4 rotated paper (297 mm by 210 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ A4 small paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
+
+
+ A4 transverse paper (210 mm by 297 mm).
+
+
+ A5 paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
+
+
+ A5 extra paper (174 mm by 235 mm).
+
+
+ A5 rotated paper (210 mm by 148 mm).
+
+
+ A5 transverse paper (148 mm by 210 mm).
+
+
+ A6 paper (105 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ A6 rotated paper (148 mm by 105 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm by 356 mm).
+
+
+ B4 paper (250 mm by 353 mm).
+
+
+ B4 envelope (250 mm by 353 mm).
+
+
+ JIS B4 rotated paper (364 mm by 257 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ B5 paper (176 mm by 250 mm).
+
+
+ B5 envelope (176 mm by 250 mm).
+
+
+ ISO B5 extra paper (201 mm by 276 mm).
+
+
+ JIS B5 rotated paper (257 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ JIS B5 transverse paper (182 mm by 257 mm).
+
+
+ B6 envelope (176 mm by 125 mm).
+
+
+ JIS B6 paper (128 mm by 182 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ JIS B6 rotated paper (182 mm by 128 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm by 487 mm).
+
+
+ C3 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm).
+
+
+ C4 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm).
+
+
+ C5 envelope (162 mm by 229 mm).
+
+
+ C65 envelope (114 mm by 229 mm).
+
+
+ C6 envelope (114 mm by 162 mm).
+
+
+ C paper (17 in. by 22 in.).
+
+
+ The paper size is defined by the user.
+
+
+ DL envelope (110 mm by 220 mm).
+
+
+ D paper (22 in. by 34 in.).
+
+
+ E paper (34 in. by 44 in.).
+
+
+ Executive paper (7.25 in. by 10.5 in.).
+
+
+ Folio paper (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
+
+
+ German legal fanfold (8.5 in. by 13 in.).
+
+
+ German standard fanfold (8.5 in. by 12 in.).
+
+
+ Invitation envelope (220 mm by 220 mm).
+
+
+ ISO B4 (250 mm by 353 mm).
+
+
+ Italy envelope (110 mm by 230 mm).
+
+
+ Japanese double postcard (200 mm by 148 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese rotated double postcard (148 mm by 200 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese rotated Chou #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese rotated Chou #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese rotated Kaku #2 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese rotated Kaku #3 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese You #4 envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese You #4 rotated envelope. Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Japanese postcard (100 mm by 148 mm).
+
+
+ Japanese rotated postcard (148 mm by 100 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Ledger paper (17 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Legal paper (8.5 in. by 14 in.).
+
+
+ Legal extra paper (9.275 in. by 15 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
+
+
+ Letter paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Letter extra paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
+
+
+ Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 in. by 12 in.).
+
+
+ Letter plus paper (8.5 in. by 12.69 in.).
+
+
+ Letter rotated paper (11 in. by 8.5 in.).
+
+
+ Letter small paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Letter transverse paper (8.275 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Monarch envelope (3.875 in. by 7.5 in.).
+
+
+ Note paper (8.5 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ #10 envelope (4.125 in. by 9.5 in.).
+
+
+ #11 envelope (4.5 in. by 10.375 in.).
+
+
+ #12 envelope (4.75 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ #14 envelope (5 in. by 11.5 in.).
+
+
+ #9 envelope (3.875 in. by 8.875 in.).
+
+
+ 6 3/4 envelope (3.625 in. by 6.5 in.).
+
+
+ 16K paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ 16K rotated paper (146 mm by 215 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ 32K paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ 32K big paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ 32K big rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ 32K rotated paper (97 mm by 151 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #1 envelope (102 mm by 165 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #10 envelope (324 mm by 458 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #10 rotated envelope (458 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #1 rotated envelope (165 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #2 envelope (102 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #2 rotated envelope (176 mm by 102 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #3 envelope (125 mm by 176 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #3 rotated envelope (176 mm by 125 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #4 envelope (110 mm by 208 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #4 rotated envelope (208 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #5 envelope (110 mm by 220 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Envelope #5 rotated envelope (220 mm by 110 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #6 envelope (120 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #6 rotated envelope (230 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #7 envelope (160 mm by 230 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #7 rotated envelope (230 mm by 160 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #8 envelope (120 mm by 309 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #8 rotated envelope (309 mm by 120 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #9 envelope (229 mm by 324 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ #9 rotated envelope (324 mm by 229 mm). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Quarto paper (215 mm by 275 mm).
+
+
+ Standard paper (10 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Standard paper (10 in. by 14 in.).
+
+
+ Standard paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
+
+
+ Standard paper (12 in. by 11 in.). Requires Windows NT 4.0 or later.
+
+
+ Standard paper (15 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Standard paper (9 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Statement paper (5.5 in. by 8.5 in.).
+
+
+ Tabloid paper (11 in. by 17 in.).
+
+
+ Tabloid extra paper (11.69 in. by 18 in.). This value is specific to the PostScript driver and is used only by Linotronic printers in order to conserve paper.
+
+
+ US standard fanfold (14.875 in. by 11 in.).
+
+
+ Specifies the size of a piece of paper.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ The name of the paper.
+ The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Provides information about the in string form.
+ A string.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is not set to .
+ The height of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Gets the type of paper.
+ The property is not set to .
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the type of paper.
+ The property is not set to .
+ The name of the type of paper.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
+ An integer representing one of the values, or a custom value.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+ The property is not set to .
+ The width of the paper, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Specifies the paper tray from which the printer gets paper.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Provides information about the in string form.
+ A string.
+
+
+ Gets the paper source.
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the integer representing one of the values or a custom value.
+ The integer value representing one of the values or a custom value.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the paper source.
+ The name of the paper source.
+
+
+ Standard paper sources.
+
+
+ Automatically fed paper.
+
+
+ A paper cassette.
+
+
+ A printer-specific paper source.
+
+
+ An envelope.
+
+
+ The printer's default input bin.
+
+
+ The printer's large-capacity bin.
+
+
+ Large-format paper.
+
+
+ The lower bin of a printer.
+
+
+ Manually fed paper.
+
+
+ Manually fed envelope.
+
+
+ The middle bin of a printer.
+
+
+ Small-format paper.
+
+
+ A tractor feed.
+
+
+ The upper bin of a printer (or the default bin, if the printer only has one bin).
+
+
+ Specifies print preview information for a single page. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ The image of the printed page.
+ The size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Gets the image of the printed page.
+ An representing the printed page.
+
+
+ Gets the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
+ A that specifies the size of the printed page, in hundredths of an inch.
+
+
+ Specifies a print controller that displays a document on a screen as a series of images.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Captures the pages of a document as a series of images.
+ An array of type that contains the pages of a as a series of images.
+
+
+ Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
+ A that represents the document being previewed.
+ A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document.
+
+
+ Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
+ A that represents the document being previewed.
+ A that contains data about how to preview the print document.
+
+
+ Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a page in a print document.
+ A that represents the document being previewed.
+ A that contains data about how to preview a page in the print document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from this method will be used to set this property.
+ A that represents a page from a .
+
+
+ Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to preview a print document.
+ A that represents the document being previewed.
+ A that contains data about how to print the document.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this controller is used for print preview.
+
+ in all cases.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use anti-aliasing when displaying the print preview.
+
+ if the print preview uses anti-aliasing; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Specifies the type of print operation occurring.
+
+
+ The print operation is printing to a file.
+
+
+ The print operation is a print preview.
+
+
+ The print operation is printing to a printer.
+
+
+ Controls how a document is printed, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
+ A that represents the document currently being printed.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
+ A that represents the document currently being printed.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
+ A that represents the document currently being printed.
+ A that contains the event data.
+ A that represents a page from a .
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
+ A that represents the document currently being printed.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the is used for print preview.
+
+ in all cases.
+
+
+ Defines a reusable object that sends output to a printer, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
+
+
+ Occurs when the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
+
+
+ Occurs when the last page of the document has printed.
+
+
+ Occurs when the output to print for the current page is needed.
+
+
+ Occurs immediately before each event.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Raises the event. It is called after the method is called and before the first page of the document prints.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Raises the event. It is called when the last page of the document has printed.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Raises the event. It is called before a page prints.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Raises the event. It is called immediately before each event.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Starts the document's printing process.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+
+
+ Provides information about the print document, in string form.
+ A string.
+
+
+ Gets or sets page settings that are used as defaults for all pages to be printed.
+ A that specifies the default page settings for the document.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the document name to display (for example, in a print status dialog box or printer queue) while printing the document.
+ The document name to display while printing the document. The default is "document".
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of a graphics object associated with a page is located just inside the user-specified margins or at the top-left corner of the printable area of the page.
+
+ if the graphics origin starts at the page margins; if the graphics origin is at the top-left corner of the printable page. The default is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the print controller that guides the printing process.
+ The that guides the printing process. The default is a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the printer that prints the document.
+ A that specifies where and how the document is printed. The default is a with its properties set to their default values.
+
+
+ Represents the resolution supported by a printer.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ This member overrides the method.
+ A that contains information about the .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the printer resolution.
+ The value assigned is not a member of the enumeration.
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets the horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch.
+ The horizontal printer resolution, in dots per inch, if is set to ; otherwise, a value.
+
+
+ Gets the vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
+ The vertical printer resolution, in dots per inch.
+
+
+ Specifies a printer resolution.
+
+
+ Custom resolution.
+
+
+ Draft-quality resolution.
+
+
+ High resolution.
+
+
+ Low resolution.
+
+
+ Medium resolution.
+
+
+ Specifies information about how a document is printed, including the printer that prints it, when printing from a Windows Forms application.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Creates a copy of this .
+ A copy of this object.
+
+
+ Returns a that contains printer information that is useful when creating a .
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+ A that contains information from a printer.
+
+
+ Returns a that contains printer information, optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
+
+ to indicate the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
+ A that contains printer information from the .
+
+
+ Returns a that contains printer information associated with the specified .
+ The to retrieve a graphics object for.
+ A that contains printer information from the .
+
+
+ Creates a associated with the specified page settings and optionally specifying the origin at the margins.
+ The to retrieve a object for.
+
+ to specify the origin at the margins; otherwise, .
+ A that contains printer information from the .
+
+
+ Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+ The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
+ A handle to a structure.
+
+
+ Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer and the page settings specified through the parameter.
+ The object that the structure's handle corresponds to.
+ The printer named in the property does not exist.
+ The printer's initialization information could not be retrieved.
+ A handle to a structure.
+
+
+ Creates a handle to a structure that corresponds to the printer settings.
+ A handle to a structure.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image file.
+ The image to print.
+
+ if the printer supports printing the specified image; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether the printer supports printing the specified image format.
+ An to print.
+
+ if the printer supports printing the specified image format; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
+ The handle to a Win32 structure.
+ The printer handle is not valid.
+
+
+ Copies the relevant information out of the given handle and into the .
+ The handle to a Win32 structure.
+ The printer handle is invalid.
+
+
+ Provides information about the in string form.
+ A string.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the printer supports double-sided printing.
+
+ if the printer supports double-sided printing; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printed document is collated.
+
+ if the printed document is collated; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.
+ The value of the property is less than zero.
+ The number of copies to print. The default is 1.
+
+
+ Gets the default page settings for this printer.
+ A that represents the default page settings for this printer.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the printer setting for double-sided printing.
+ The value of the property is not one of the values.
+ One of the values. The default is determined by the printer.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the page number of the first page to print.
+ The property's value is less than zero.
+ The page number of the first page to print.
+
+
+ Gets the names of all printers installed on the computer.
+ The available printers could not be enumerated.
+ A that represents the names of all printers installed on the computer.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the property designates the default printer, except when the user explicitly sets .
+
+ if designates the default printer; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the printer is a plotter.
+
+ if the printer is a plotter; if the printer is a raster.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the property designates a valid printer.
+
+ if the property designates a valid printer; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
+ The angle, in degrees, that the portrait orientation is rotated to produce the landscape orientation.
+
+
+ Gets the maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
+ The maximum number of copies that the printer enables the user to print at a time.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the maximum or that can be selected in a .
+ The value of the property is less than zero.
+ The maximum or that can be selected in a .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the minimum or that can be selected in a .
+ The value of the property is less than zero.
+ The minimum or that can be selected in a .
+
+
+ Gets the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
+ A that represents the paper sizes that are supported by this printer.
+
+
+ Gets the paper source trays that are available on the printer.
+ A that represents the paper source trays that are available on this printer.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the printer to use.
+ The name of the printer to use.
+
+
+ Gets all the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
+ A that represents the resolutions that are supported by this printer.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file name, when printing to a file.
+ The file name, when printing to a file.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the page numbers that the user has specified to be printed.
+ The value of the property is not one of the values.
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the printing output is sent to a file instead of a port.
+
+ if the printing output is sent to a file; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this printer supports color printing.
+
+ if this printer supports color; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of the last page to print.
+ The value of the property is less than zero.
+ The number of the last page to print.
+
+
+ Contains a collection of objects.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ An array of type .
+
+
+ Adds a to the end of the collection.
+ The to add to the collection.
+ The zero-based index of the newly added item.
+
+
+ Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
+ A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
+ The index at which to start copying items.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
+ An for the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the collection.
+ The index at which to start copying items.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An enumerator associated with the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the number of different paper sizes in the collection.
+ The number of different paper sizes in the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the at a specified index.
+ The index of the to get.
+ The at the specified index.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ Contains a collection of objects.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ An array of type .
+
+
+ Adds the specified to end of the .
+ The to add to the collection.
+ The zero-based index where the was added.
+
+
+ Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
+ A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
+ The index at which to start copying items.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
+ An for the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The destination array for the contents of the collection.
+ The index at which to start the copy operation.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the number of different paper sources in the collection.
+ The number of different paper sources in the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the at a specified index.
+ The index of the to get.
+ The at the specified index.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ Contains a collection of objects.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ An array of type .
+
+
+ Adds a to the end of the collection.
+ The to add to the collection.
+ The zero-based index of the newly added item.
+
+
+ Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
+ A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
+ The index at which to start copying items.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
+ An for the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The destination array.
+ The index at which to start the copy operation.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
+ The number of available printer resolutions in the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the at a specified index.
+ The index of the to get.
+ The at the specified index.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ Contains a collection of objects.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ An array of type .
+
+
+ Adds a string to the end of the collection.
+ The string to add to the collection.
+ The zero-based index of the newly added item.
+
+
+ Copies the contents of the current to the specified array, starting at the specified index.
+ A zero-based array that receives the items copied from the .
+ The index at which to start copying items.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the collection.
+ An for the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The array for items to be copied to.
+ The starting index.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the number of strings in the collection.
+ The number of strings in the collection.
+
+
+ Gets the at a specified index.
+ The index of the to get.
+ The at the specified index.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ Specifies several of the units of measure used for printing.
+
+
+ The default unit (0.01 in.).
+
+
+ One-hundredth of a millimeter (0.01 mm).
+
+
+ One-tenth of a millimeter (0.1 mm).
+
+
+ One-thousandth of an inch (0.001 in.).
+
+
+ Specifies a series of conversion methods that are useful when interoperating with the Win32 printing API. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Converts a double-precision floating-point number from one type to another type.
+ The being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A double-precision floating-point number that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Converts a from one type to another type.
+ The being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Converts a from one type to another type.
+ The being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Converts a from one type to another type.
+ The being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Converts a from one type to another type.
+ The being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Converts a 32-bit signed integer from one type to another type.
+ The value being converted.
+ The unit to convert from.
+ The unit to convert to.
+ A 32-bit signed integer that represents the converted .
+
+
+ Provides data for the and events.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns in all cases.
+
+ in all cases.
+
+
+ Represents the method that will handle the or event of a .
+ The source of the event.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Provides data for the event.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ The used to paint the item.
+ The area between the margins.
+ The total area of the paper.
+ The for the page.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether the print job should be canceled.
+
+ if the print job should be canceled; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the used to paint the page.
+ The used to paint the page.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional page should be printed.
+
+ if an additional page should be printed; otherwise, . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets the rectangular area that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
+ The rectangular area, measured in hundredths of an inch, that represents the portion of the page inside the margins.
+
+
+ Gets the rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
+ The rectangular area that represents the total area of the page.
+
+
+ Gets the page settings for the current page.
+ The page settings for the current page.
+
+
+ Represents the method that will handle the event of a .
+ The source of the event.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Specifies the part of the document to print.
+
+
+ All pages are printed.
+
+
+ The currently displayed page is printed.
+
+
+ The selected pages are printed.
+
+
+ The pages between and are printed.
+
+
+ Provides data for the event.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ The page settings for the page to be printed.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the page settings for the page to be printed.
+ The page settings for the page to be printed.
+
+
+ Represents the method that handles the event of a .
+ The source of the event.
+ A that contains the event data.
+
+
+ Specifies a print controller that sends information to a printer.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page of a document.
+ A that represents the document being printed.
+ A that contains data about how to print a page in the document.
+ The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not finish writing to a page.
+
+
+ Completes the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
+ A that represents the document being printed.
+ A that contains data about how to print the document.
+ The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not complete the print job.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The native Windows API could not delete the specified device context (DC).
+
+
+ Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a page in a document.
+ A that represents the document being printed.
+ A that contains data about how to print a page in the document. Initially, the property of this parameter will be . The value returned from the method will be used to set this property.
+ The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not prepare the printer driver to accept data.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The native Windows API could not update the specified printer or plotter device context (DC) using the specified information.
+ A object that represents a page from a .
+
+
+ Begins the control sequence that determines when and how to print a document.
+ A that represents the document being printed.
+ A that contains data about how to print the document.
+ The printer settings are not valid.
+ The native Win32 Application Programming Interface (API) could not start a print job.
+
+
+ Describes the interior of a graphics shape composed of rectangles and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new with the specified .
+ A that defines the new .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new from the specified data.
+ A that defines the interior of the new .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new from the specified structure.
+ A structure that defines the interior of the new .
+
+
+ Initializes a new from the specified structure.
+ A structure that defines the interior of the new .
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this .
+ The that this method creates.
+
+
+ Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
+ The to complement this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
+ The structure to complement this .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain the portion of the specified structure that does not intersect with this .
+ The structure to complement this .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain the portion of the specified that does not intersect with this .
+ The object to complement this object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified is identical to this on the specified drawing surface.
+ The to test.
+ A that represents a drawing surface.
+
+ or is .
+
+ if the interior of region is identical to the interior of this region when the transformation associated with the parameter is applied; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
+ The to exclude from this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
+ The structure to exclude from this .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified structure.
+ The structure to exclude from this .
+
+
+ Updates this to contain only the portion of its interior that does not intersect with the specified .
+ The to exclude from this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Initializes a new from a handle to the specified existing GDI region.
+ A handle to an existing .
+ The new .
+
+
+ Gets a structure that represents a rectangle that bounds this on the drawing surface of a object.
+ The on which this is drawn.
+
+ is .
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this on the specified drawing surface.
+
+
+ Returns a Windows handle to this in the specified graphics context.
+ The on which this is drawn.
+
+ is .
+ A Windows handle to this .
+
+
+ Returns a that represents the information that describes this .
+ A that represents the information that describes this .
+
+
+ Returns an array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
+ A that represents a geometric transformation to apply to the region.
+
+ is .
+ An array of structures that approximate this after the specified matrix transformation is applied.
+
+
+ Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
+ The to intersect with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
+ The structure to intersect with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
+ The structure to intersect with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the intersection of itself with the specified .
+ The to intersect with this .
+
+
+ Tests whether this has an empty interior on the specified drawing surface.
+ A that represents a drawing surface.
+
+ is .
+
+ if the interior of this is empty when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether this has an infinite interior on the specified drawing surface.
+ A that represents a drawing surface.
+
+ is .
+
+ if the interior of this is infinite when the transformation associated with is applied; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
+ The structure to test.
+
+ when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The structure to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this .
+ The structure to test.
+
+ when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The structure to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
+ The structure to test.
+ This method returns when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The structure to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when any portion of the is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this .
+ The structure to test.
+
+ when any portion of is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified structure is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The structure to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified point is contained within this object when drawn using the specified object.
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The width of the rectangle to test.
+ The height of the rectangle to test.
+
+ when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The width of the rectangle to test.
+ The height of the rectangle to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified point is contained within this .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+
+ when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether the specified point is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the point to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the point to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when the specified point is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The width of the rectangle to test.
+ The height of the rectangle to test.
+
+ when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this object; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Tests whether any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this when drawn using the specified .
+ The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to test.
+ The width of the rectangle to test.
+ The height of the rectangle to test.
+ A that represents a graphics context.
+
+ when any portion of the specified rectangle is contained within this ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Initializes this to an empty interior.
+
+
+ Initializes this object to an infinite interior.
+
+
+ Releases the handle of the .
+ The handle to the .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Transforms this by the specified .
+ The by which to transform this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
+ The amount to offset this horizontally.
+ The amount to offset this vertically.
+
+
+ Offsets the coordinates of this by the specified amount.
+ The amount to offset this horizontally.
+ The amount to offset this vertically.
+
+
+ Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
+ The to unite with this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
+ The structure to unite with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union of itself and the specified structure.
+ The structure to unite with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union of itself and the specified .
+ The to unite with this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
+ The to with this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
+ The structure to with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified structure.
+ The structure to with this .
+
+
+ Updates this to the union minus the intersection of itself with the specified .
+ The to with this .
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Specifies how much an image is rotated and the axis used to flip the image.
+
+
+ Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
+
+
+ Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 180-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
+
+
+ Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 270-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation without flipping.
+
+
+ Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies a 90-degree clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies no clockwise rotation and no flipping.
+
+
+ Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal flip.
+
+
+ Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a horizontal and vertical flip.
+
+
+ Specifies no clockwise rotation followed by a vertical flip.
+
+
+ Defines a brush of a single color. Brushes are used to fill graphics shapes, such as rectangles, ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object of the specified color.
+ A structure that represents the color of this brush.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this object.
+ The object that this method creates.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the color of this object.
+ The property is set on an immutable .
+ A structure that represents the color of this brush.
+
+
+ Provides icon identifiers for use with .
+
+
+ Generic application with no custom icon.
+
+
+ Audio files.
+
+
+ AutoList.
+
+
+ Clustered disk.
+
+
+ Delete.
+
+
+ Desktop computer.
+
+
+ Audio player.
+
+
+ Camera.
+
+
+ Cell phone.
+
+
+ Video camera.
+
+
+ Document (blank page), no associated program.
+
+
+ Document with an associated program.
+
+
+ 3.5" floppy disk drive.
+
+
+ 5.25" floppy disk drive.
+
+
+ BluRay drive.
+
+
+ CD drive.
+
+
+ DVD drive.
+
+
+ Fixed drive.
+
+
+ HD-DVD drive.
+
+
+ Network drive.
+
+
+ Disabled network drive.
+
+
+ RAM disk drive.
+
+
+ Removable drive.
+
+
+ Unknown drive.
+
+
+ Error.
+
+
+ Find.
+
+
+ Closed folder.
+
+
+ Folder back.
+
+
+ Folder front.
+
+
+ Open folder.
+
+
+ Help.
+
+
+ Image files.
+
+
+ Informational.
+
+
+ Internet.
+
+
+ Key / secure.
+
+
+ Overlay for shortcuts to items.
+
+
+ Security lock.
+
+
+ Audio DVD media.
+
+
+ BluRay-R media.
+
+
+ BluRay-RE media.
+
+
+ BluRay-ROM media.
+
+
+ Blank CD media.
+
+
+ BluRay media.
+
+
+ Audio CD media.
+
+
+ CD+ (Enhanced CD) media.
+
+
+ Burning CD.
+
+
+ CD-R media.
+
+
+ CD-ROM media.
+
+
+ CD-RW media.
+
+
+ Compact Flash.
+
+
+ DVD media.
+
+
+ DVD+R media.
+
+
+ DVD+RW media.
+
+
+ DVD-R media.
+
+
+ DVD-RAM media.
+
+
+ DVD-ROM media.
+
+
+ DVD-RW media.
+
+
+ Enhanced CD media.
+
+
+ Enhanced DVD media.
+
+
+ HD-DVD media.
+
+
+ HD-DVD-R media.
+
+
+ HD-DVD-RAM media.
+
+
+ HD-DVD-ROM media.
+
+
+ Movied DVD media.
+
+
+ Smart media.
+
+
+ SVCD media.
+
+
+ VCD media.
+
+
+ Mixed files.
+
+
+ Mobile computer.
+
+
+ My network places.
+
+
+ Connect to network.
+
+
+ Printer.
+
+
+ Fax printer.
+
+
+ Networked fax printer.
+
+
+ Print to file.
+
+
+ Network printer.
+
+
+ Empty recycle bin.
+
+
+ Full recycle bin.
+
+
+ Rename.
+
+
+ A computer on the network.
+
+
+ Server share.
+
+
+ Settings.
+
+
+ Overlay for shared items.
+
+
+ Security shield. Use for UAC prompts only.
+
+
+ Overlay for slow items.
+
+
+ Software.
+
+
+ Stack.
+
+
+ Folder containing other items.
+
+
+ Users.
+
+
+ Video files.
+
+
+ Warning.
+
+
+ Entire network.
+
+
+ ZIP file.
+
+
+ Provides options for use with .
+
+
+ Use the defaults, which is to retrieve a large version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
+
+
+ Add a link overlay onto the icon.
+
+
+ Blend the icon with the system highlight color.
+
+
+ Retrieve the shell icon size of the icon.
+
+
+ Retrieve the small version of the icon (as defined by the current system metrics).
+
+
+ Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its layout rectangle.
+
+
+ Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the layout rectangle.
+
+
+ Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the layout rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left.
+
+
+ Specifies the text be aligned near the layout. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right.
+
+
+ The enumeration specifies how to substitute digits in a string according to a user's locale or language.
+
+
+ Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the official national language of the user's locale.
+
+
+ Specifies to disable substitutions.
+
+
+ Specifies substitution digits that correspond with the user's native script or language, which may be different from the official national language of the user's locale.
+
+
+ Specifies a user-defined substitution scheme.
+
+
+ Encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation and tab stops) display manipulations (such as ellipsis insertion and national digit substitution) and OpenType features. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object from the specified existing object.
+ The object from which to initialize the new object.
+
+ is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration.
+ The enumeration for the new object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object with the specified enumeration and language.
+ The enumeration for the new object.
+ A value that indicates the language of the text.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this object.
+ The object this method creates.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this object.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Gets the tab stops for this object.
+ The number of spaces between the beginning of a text line and the first tab stop.
+ An array of distances (in number of spaces) between tab stops.
+
+
+ Specifies the language and method to be used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
+ A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
+ An element of the enumeration that specifies how digits are displayed.
+
+
+ Specifies an array of structures that represent the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
+ An array of structures that specifies the ranges of characters measured by a call to the method.
+ More than 32 character ranges are set.
+
+
+ Sets tab stops for this object.
+ The number of spaces between the beginning of a line of text and the first tab stop.
+ An array of distances between tab stops in the units specified by the property.
+
+
+ Converts this object to a human-readable string.
+ A string representation of this object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets horizontal alignment of the string.
+ A enumeration that specifies the horizontal alignment of the string.
+
+
+ Gets the language that is used when local digits are substituted for western digits.
+ A National Language Support (NLS) language identifier that identifies the language that will be used when local digits are substituted for western digits. You can pass the property of a object as the NLS language identifier. For example, suppose you create a object by passing the string "ar-EG" to a constructor. If you pass the property of that object along with to the method, then Arabic-Indic digits will be substituted for western digits at display time.
+
+
+ Gets the method to be used for digit substitution.
+ A enumeration value that specifies how to substitute characters in a string that cannot be displayed because they are not supported by the current font.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a enumeration that contains formatting information.
+ A enumeration that contains formatting information.
+
+
+ Gets a generic default object.
+ The generic default object.
+
+
+ Gets a generic typographic object.
+ A generic typographic object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the object for this object.
+ The object for this object, the default is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the string.
+ A enumeration that represents the vertical line alignment.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the enumeration for this object.
+ A enumeration that indicates how text drawn with this object is trimmed when it exceeds the edges of the layout rectangle.
+
+
+ Specifies the display and layout information for text strings.
+
+
+ Text is displayed from right to left.
+
+
+ Text is vertically aligned.
+
+
+ Control characters such as the left-to-right mark are shown in the output with a representative glyph.
+
+
+ Parts of characters are allowed to overhang the string's layout rectangle. By default, characters are repositioned to avoid any overhang.
+
+
+ Only entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle. By default layout continues until the end of the text, or until no more lines are visible as a result of clipping, whichever comes first. Note that the default settings allow the last line to be partially obscured by a formatting rectangle that is not a whole multiple of the line height. To ensure that only whole lines are seen, specify this value and be careful to provide a formatting rectangle at least as tall as the height of one line.
+
+
+ Includes the trailing space at the end of each line. By default the boundary rectangle returned by the method excludes the space at the end of each line. Set this flag to include that space in measurement.
+
+
+ Overhanging parts of glyphs, and unwrapped text reaching outside the formatting rectangle are allowed to show. By default all text and glyph parts reaching outside the formatting rectangle are clipped.
+
+
+ Fallback to alternate fonts for characters not supported in the requested font is disabled. Any missing characters are displayed with the fonts missing glyph, usually an open square.
+
+
+ Text wrapping between lines when formatting within a rectangle is disabled. This flag is implied when a point is passed instead of a rectangle, or when the specified rectangle has a zero line length.
+
+
+ Specifies how to trim characters from a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape.
+
+
+ Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character.
+
+
+ Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
+
+
+ The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible.
+
+
+ Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line.
+
+
+ Specifies no trimming.
+
+
+ Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word.
+
+
+ Specifies the units of measure for a text string.
+
+
+ Specifies the device unit as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies 1/300 of an inch as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a printer's em size of 32 as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies an inch as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a millimeter as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a pixel as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies a printer's point (1/72 inch) as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Specifies world units as the unit of measure.
+
+
+ Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified structure.
+ The structure from which to create the .
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
+ A that is the color of the active window's border.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
+ A that is the color of the application workspace.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
+ A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the desktop.
+ A that is the color of the desktop.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
+ A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
+ A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
+ A that is the color of dimmed text.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
+ A that is the color of the background of selected items.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
+ A that is the color of the text of selected items.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
+ A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of an inactive window's border.
+ A that is the color of an inactive window's border.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of an inactive window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
+ A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
+ A is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
+ A that is the color of a menu's background.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
+ A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
+ A that is the color of a menu's text.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
+ A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
+ A that is the color of a window frame.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
+ A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
+
+
+ Specifies the fonts used to display text in Windows display elements.
+
+
+ Returns a font object that corresponds to the specified system font name.
+ The name of the system font you need a font object for.
+ A if the specified name matches a value in ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
+ A that is used to display text in the title bars of windows.
+
+
+ Gets the default font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
+ The default of the system. The value returned will vary depending on the user's operating system and the local culture setting of their system.
+
+
+ Gets a font that applications can use for dialog boxes and forms.
+ A that can be used for dialog boxes and forms, depending on the operating system and local culture setting of the system.
+
+
+ Gets a that is used for icon titles.
+ A that is used for icon titles.
+
+
+ Gets a that is used for menus.
+ A that is used for menus.
+
+
+ Gets a that is used for message boxes.
+ A that is used for message boxes.
+
+
+ Gets a that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
+ A that is used to display text in the title bars of small windows, such as tool windows.
+
+
+ Gets a that is used to display text in the status bar.
+ A that is used to display text in the status bar.
+
+
+ Each property of the class is an object for Windows system-wide icons. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
+ The stock icon to retrieve.
+ A bitwise combination of the enumeration values that specifies options for retrieving the icon.
+
+ is an invalid .
+ The requested .
+
+
+ Gets the specified Windows shell stock icon.
+ The stock icon to retrieve.
+ The desired size. If the specified size does not exist, an existing size will be resampled to give the requested size.
+ The requested .
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the default application icon (WIN32: IDI_APPLICATION).
+ An object that contains the default application icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system asterisk icon (WIN32: IDI_ASTERISK).
+ An object that contains the system asterisk icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system error icon (WIN32: IDI_ERROR).
+ An object that contains the system error icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system exclamation icon (WIN32: IDI_EXCLAMATION).
+ An object that contains the system exclamation icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system hand icon (WIN32: IDI_HAND).
+ An object that contains the system hand icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system information icon (WIN32: IDI_INFORMATION).
+ An object that contains the system information icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system question icon (WIN32: IDI_QUESTION).
+ An object that contains the system question icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the shield icon.
+ An object that contains the shield icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the system warning icon (WIN32: IDI_WARNING).
+ An object that contains the system warning icon.
+
+
+ Gets an object that contains the Windows logo icon (WIN32: IDI_WINLOGO).
+ An object that contains the Windows logo icon.
+
+
+ Each property of the class is a that is the color of a Windows display element and that has a width of 1 pixel.
+
+
+ Creates a from the specified .
+ The for the new .
+ The this method creates.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the active window's border.
+ A that is the color of the active window's border.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of the active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the text in the active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the application workspace.
+ A that is the color of the application workspace.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the face color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the dark shadow color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the light color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the light color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+ A that is the highlight color of a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
+ A that is the color of text in a 3-D element.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the Windows desktop.
+ A that is the color of the Windows desktop.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
+ A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
+ A that is the lightest color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of dimmed text.
+ A that is the color of dimmed text.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of selected items.
+ A that is the color of the background of selected items.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text of selected items.
+ A that is the color of the text of selected items.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
+ A that is the color used to designate a hot-tracked item.
+
+
+ Gets a is the color of the border of an inactive window.
+ A that is the color of the border of an inactive window.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
+ A that is the color of the title bar caption of an inactive window.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
+ A that is the color of the text in an inactive window's title bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
+ A that is the color of the background of a ToolTip.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
+ A that is the color of the text of a ToolTip.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a menu's background.
+ A that is the color of a menu's background.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of a menu bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
+ A that is the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a menu's text.
+ A that is the color of a menu's text.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
+ A that is the color of the background of a scroll bar.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
+ A that is the color of the background in the client area of a window.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of a window frame.
+ A that is the color of a window frame.
+
+
+ Gets a that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
+ A that is the color of the text in the client area of a window.
+
+
+ Provides a base class for installed and private font collections.
+
+
+ Releases all resources used by this .
+
+
+ Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
+
+ to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
+
+
+ Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection.
+
+
+ Gets the array of objects associated with this .
+ An array of objects.
+
+
+ Specifies a generic object.
+
+
+ A generic Monospace object.
+
+
+ A generic Sans Serif object.
+
+
+ A generic Serif object.
+
+
+ Specifies the type of display for hot-key prefixes that relate to text.
+
+
+ Do not display the hot-key prefix.
+
+
+ No hot-key prefix.
+
+
+ Display the hot-key prefix.
+
+
+ Represents the fonts installed on the system. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Provides a collection of font families built from font files that are provided by the client application.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a font from the specified file to this .
+ A that contains the file name of the font to add.
+ The specified font is not supported or the font file cannot be found.
+
+
+ Adds a font contained in system memory to this .
+ The memory address of the font to add.
+ The memory length of the font to add.
+
+
+ Specifies the quality of text rendering.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap without hinting. Better quality due to antialiasing. Stem width differences may be noticeable because hinting is turned off.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its antialiased glyph bitmap with hinting. Much better quality due to antialiasing, but at a higher performance cost.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its glyph ClearType bitmap with hinting. The highest quality setting. Used to take advantage of ClearType font features.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is not used.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap. Hinting is used to improve character appearance on stems and curvature.
+
+
+ Each character is drawn using its glyph bitmap, with the system default rendering hint. The text will be drawn using whatever font-smoothing settings the user has selected for the system.
+
+
+ Each property of the class is a object that uses an image to fill the interior of a shape. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and wrap mode.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, wrap mode, and bounding rectangle.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A enumeration that specifies how this object is tiled.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+ An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object that uses the specified image, bounding rectangle, and image attributes.
+ The object with which this object fills interiors.
+ A structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this object.
+ An object that contains additional information about the image used by this object.
+
+
+ Creates an exact copy of this object.
+ The object this method creates, cast as an object.
+
+
+ Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object by prepending the specified object.
+ The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
+
+
+ Multiplies the object that represents the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified object in the specified order.
+ The object by which to multiply the geometric transformation.
+ A enumeration that specifies the order in which to multiply the two matrices.
+
+
+ Resets the property of this object to identity.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount. This method prepends the rotation to the transformation.
+ The angle of rotation.
+
+
+ Rotates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amount in the specified order.
+ The angle of rotation.
+ A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the rotation matrix.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts. This method prepends the scaling matrix to the transformation.
+ The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
+ The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
+
+
+ Scales the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified amounts in the specified order.
+ The amount by which to scale the transformation in the x direction.
+ The amount by which to scale the transformation in the y direction.
+ A enumeration that specifies whether to append or prepend the scaling matrix.
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions. This method prepends the translation to the transformation.
+ The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
+ The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
+
+
+ Translates the local geometric transformation of this object by the specified dimensions in the specified order.
+ The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the x direction.
+ The dimension by which to translate the transformation in the y direction.
+ The order (prepend or append) in which to apply the translation.
+
+
+ Gets the object associated with this object.
+ An object that represents the image with which this object fills shapes.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a copy of the object that defines a local geometric transformation for the image associated with this object.
+ A copy of the object that defines a geometric transformation that applies only to fills drawn by using this object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a enumeration that indicates the wrap mode for this object.
+ A enumeration that specifies how fills drawn by using this object are tiled.
+
+
+ Allows you to specify an icon to represent a control in a container, such as the Microsoft Visual Studio Form Designer.
+
+
+ A object that has its small image and its large image set to .
+
+
+ Initializes a new object with an image from a specified file.
+ The name of a file that contains a 16 by 16 bitmap.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object based on a 16 x 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
+ A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
+
+
+ Initializes a new object based on a 16 by 16 bitmap that is embedded as a resource in a specified assembly.
+ A whose defining assembly is searched for the bitmap resource.
+ The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the specified object is a object and is identical to this object.
+ The to test.
+ This method returns if is both a object and is identical to this object.
+
+
+ Gets a hash code for this object.
+ The hash code for this object.
+
+
+ Gets the small associated with this object.
+ If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ The small associated with this object.
+
+
+ Gets the small or large associated with this object.
+ If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type of the object specified by the component parameter. For example, if you pass an object of type ControlA to the component parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
+ An object associated with this object.
+
+
+ Gets the small associated with this object.
+ If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the type parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ The small associated with this object.
+
+
+ Gets the small or large associated with this object.
+ If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for a bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
+ An associated with this object.
+
+
+ Gets the small or large associated with this object.
+ If this object does not already have a small image, this method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the component type. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the type parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
+ Specifies whether this method returns a large image () or a small image (). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 by 32.
+ An associated with this object.
+
+
+ Returns an object based on a bitmap resource that is embedded in an assembly.
+ This method searches for an embedded bitmap resource in the assembly that defines the type specified by the t parameter. For example, if you pass typeof(ControlA) to the t parameter, then this method searches the assembly that defines ControlA.
+ The name of the embedded bitmap resource.
+ Specifies whether this method returns a large image (true) or a small image (false). The small image is 16 by 16, and the large image is 32 x 32.
+ An object based on the retrieved bitmap.
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll
index e19f7126d..bf8676b22 100644
Binary files a/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll and b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll.refresh b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..993d596ed
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.xml b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.xml
index 3769ca7f2..002499aec 100644
--- a/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.xml
+++ b/Bin/System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt.xml
@@ -4,109 +4,31 @@
System.IdentityModel.Tokens.Jwt
-
-
- Defines the inbound and outbound mapping for claim claim types from jwt to .net claim
-
-
-
-
- Initializes static members of the class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the InboundClaimTypeMap used by JwtSecurityTokenHandler when producing claims from jwt.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the OutboundClaimTypeMap is used by JwtSecurityTokenHandler to shorten claim types when creating a jwt.
-
-
- Constants for Json Web tokens.
+ Constants that indicate how the should be evaluated.
- A URI that represents the JSON XML data type.
+ A value that indicates the is a Json object.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), if the value was not a string (or an enumeration of strings), the ClaimValue will serialized using the current JSON serializer, a property will be added with the .Net type and the ClaimTypeValue will be set to 'JsonClaimValueType'.
+ When creating a from Json if the value was not a simple type {String, Null, True, False, Number}
+ then will contain the Json value. If the Json was a JsonObject, the will be set to "JSON".
- A URI that represents the JSON array XML data type.
+ A value that indicates the is a Json object.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), if the value was not a string (or an enumeration of strings), the ClaimValue will serialized using the current JSON serializer, a property will be added with the .Net type and the ClaimTypeValue will be set to 'JsonClaimValueType'.
+ When creating a from Json if the value was not a simple type {String, Null, True, False, Number}
+ then will contain the Json value. If the Json was a JsonArray, the will be set to "JSON_ARRAY".
- A URI that represents the JSON null data type
+ A value that indicates the is Json null.
- When mapping json to .Net Claim(s), we use empty string to represent the claim value and set the ClaimValueType to JsonNull
-
-
-
- Delegate that can be set on to control serialization of objects into JSON.
-
- Object to serialize
- The serialized object.
-
-
-
- Delegate that can be set on to control deserialization JSON into objects.
-
- JSON to deserialize.
- Type expected.
- The deserialized object.
-
-
-
- Dictionary extensions for serializations
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a to use when serializing objects to JSON.
-
- If 'value' is null.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a to use when deserializing objects from JSON.
-
- If 'value' is null.
-
-
-
- Serializes an object to JSON.
-
- The object to serialize
- The object as JSON.
-
-
-
- Deserialzes JSON into an instance of type T.
-
- The object type.
- The JSON to deserialze.
- A new instance of type T.
-
-
-
- Deserialzes JSON into an instance of .
-
- The JSON to deserialze.
- A new instance .
-
-
-
- Deserialzes JSON into an instance of .
-
- The JSON to deserialze.
- A new instance .
+ When creating a the cannot be null. If the Json value was null, then the
+ will be set to and the will be set to "JSON_NULL".
@@ -165,7 +87,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of which contains JSON objects representing the cryptographic operations applied to the JWT and optionally any additional properties of the JWT.
+ Initializes a new instance of which contains JSON objects representing the cryptographic operations applied to the JWT and optionally any additional properties of the JWT.
The member names within the JWT Header are referred to as Header Parameter Names.
These names MUST be unique and the values must be (s). The corresponding values are referred to as Header Parameter Values.
@@ -175,6 +97,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class. Default string comparer .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class. Default string comparer .
+
+
Initializes a new instance of .
@@ -211,12 +138,23 @@
provides a mapping for the 'alg' value so that values are within the JWT namespace.
will be added as the value for the 'typ' claim in the header. If it is null or empty will be used as token type
-
+
Initializes a new instance of .
With the Header Parameters:
{ { typ, JWT }, { alg, SigningCredentials.Algorithm } }
+ used when creating a JWS Compact JSON.
+ provides a mapping for the 'alg' value so that values are within the JWT namespace.
+ will be added as the value for the 'typ' claim in the header. If it is null or empty will be used as token type
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the inner JWT token header.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of .
+ With the Header Parameters:
+ { { typ, JWT }, { alg, EncryptingCredentials.Algorithm } }
+
used when creating a JWS Compact JSON.
provides a mapping for the 'alg' value so that values are within the JWT namespace.
If 'encryptingCredentials' is null.
@@ -225,13 +163,25 @@
Initializes a new instance of .
With the Header Parameters:
- { { typ, JWT }, { alg, SigningCredentials.Algorithm } }
+ { { typ, JWT }, { alg, EncryptingCredentials.Algorithm } }
used when creating a JWS Compact JSON.
provides a mapping for the 'alg' value so that values are within the JWT namespace.
provides the token type
If 'encryptingCredentials' is null.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of .
+ With the Header Parameters:
+ { { typ, JWT }, { alg, EncryptingCredentials.Algorithm } }
+
+ used when creating a JWS Compact JSON.
+ provides a mapping for the 'alg' value so that values are within the JWT namespace.
+ provides the token type
+ Defines the dictionary containing any custom header claims that need to be added to the outer JWT token header.
+ If 'encryptingCredentials' is null.
+
Gets the signature algorithm that was used to create the signature.
@@ -287,13 +237,13 @@
Gets the certificate used to sign the token
- If the 'x5c' claim is not found, null is returned.
+ If the 'x5c' claim is not found, null is returned.
Gets the 'value' of the 'zip' claim { zip, 'value' }.
- If the 'zip' claim is not found, null is returned.
+ If the 'zip' claim is not found, null is returned.
@@ -301,22 +251,12 @@
Base64url encoded JSON to deserialize.
An instance of .
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
Encodes this instance as Base64UrlEncoded JSON.
Base64UrlEncoded JSON.
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
-
-
-
- Deserialzes JSON into a instance.
-
- The JSON to deserialize.
- An instance of .
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
@@ -331,73 +271,87 @@
Serializes this instance to JSON.
This instance as JSON.
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
- List of header parameter names see: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.
+ List of header parameter names see: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-5.
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.1
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.1
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.10
- also:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.2
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.10
+ Also: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-5.2
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.2
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.2
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7518#section-4.7.1.1
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-4.7.1.1
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.2
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.2
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.3
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.3
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.4
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.4
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.9
- also:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5.1
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.9
+ Also: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-5.1
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.6
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.6
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#page-12
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#page-12
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.5
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7515#section-4.1.5
- see:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.3
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7516#section-4.1.3
+
+
+
+
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-4.6.1.1
+
+
+
+
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-4.6.1.2
+
+
+
+
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7518#section-4.6.1.3
@@ -441,28 +395,62 @@
The 4 parameters: 'issuer', 'audience', 'notBefore', 'expires' take precedence over (s) in 'claims'. The values will be overridden.
If 'expires' <= 'notbefore'.
-
+
Initializes a new instance of the class with claims added for each parameter specified. Default string comparer .
- If this value is not null, a { iss, 'issuer' } claim will be added, overwriting any 'iss' claim in 'claims' and 'claimCollection' if present.
- If this value is not null, a { aud, 'audience' } claim will be added, appending to any 'aud' claims in 'claims' or 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null, an { iss, 'issuer' } claim will be added, overwriting any 'iss' claim in 'claims' and 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null, all non-null non-whitespace strings in it will be added to an { aud, 'audience' }, appending to any 'aud' claims in 'claims' or 'claimCollection' if present.
If this value is not null then for each a { 'Claim.Type', 'Claim.Value' } is added. If duplicate claims are found then a { 'Claim.Type', List<object> } will be created to contain the duplicate values.
If both and are not null then the values in claims will be combined with the values in claimsCollection. The values found in claimCollection take precedence over those found in claims, so any duplicate
values will be overridden.
- If notbefore.HasValue a { nbf, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'nbf' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
- If expires.HasValue a { exp, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'exp' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
- If issuedAt.HasValue is 'true' a { iat, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'iat' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If notbefore.HasValue an { nbf, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'nbf' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If expires.HasValue an { exp, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'exp' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If issuedAt.HasValue is 'true' an { iat, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'iat' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
Comparison is set to
The 4 parameters: 'issuer', 'audience', 'notBefore', 'expires' take precedence over (s) in 'claims' and 'claimcollection'. The values will be overridden.
If 'expires' <= 'notbefore'.
-
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with claims added for each parameter specified. Default string comparer .
+
+ If this value is not null, an { iss, 'issuer' } claim will be added, overwriting any 'iss' claim in 'claims' and 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null, an { aud, 'audience' } claim will be added, appending to any 'aud' claims in 'claims' or 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null, all non-null non-whitespace strings in it will be added to an { aud, 'audience' }, appending to any 'aud' claims in 'claims' or 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null then for each a { 'Claim.Type', 'Claim.Value' } is added. If duplicate claims are found then a { 'Claim.Type', List<object> } will be created to contain the duplicate values.
+ If both and are not null then the values in claims will be combined with the values in claimsCollection. The values found in claimCollection take precedence over those found in claims, so any duplicate
+ values will be overridden.
+ If notbefore.HasValue an { nbf, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'nbf' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If expires.HasValue an { exp, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'exp' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If issuedAt.HasValue is 'true' an { iat, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'iat' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ Comparison is set to
+ The 4 parameters: 'issuer', 'audience', 'notBefore', 'expires' take precedence over (s) in 'claims' and 'claimcollection'. The values will be overridden.
+ If 'expires' <= 'notbefore'.
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with claims added for each parameter specified. Default string comparer .
+
+ If this value is not null, an { iss, 'issuer' } claim will be added, overwriting any 'iss' claim in 'claims' and 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null, an { aud, 'audience' } claim will be added, appending to any 'aud' claims in 'claims' or 'claimCollection' if present.
+ If this value is not null then for each a { 'Claim.Type', 'Claim.Value' } is added. If duplicate claims are found then a { 'Claim.Type', List<object> } will be created to contain the duplicate values.
+ If both and are not null then the values in claims will be combined with the values in claimsCollection. The values found in claimCollection take precedence over those found in claims, so any duplicate
+ values will be overridden.
+ If notbefore.HasValue an { nbf, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'nbf' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If expires.HasValue an { exp, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'exp' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ If issuedAt.HasValue is 'true' an { iat, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'iat' claim in 'claims' and 'claimcollection' if present.
+ Comparison is set to
+ The 4 parameters: 'issuer', 'audience', 'notBefore', 'expires' take precedence over (s) in 'claims' and 'claimcollection'. The values will be overridden.
+ If 'expires' <= 'notbefore'.
+
+
Adds Nbf, Exp, Iat, Iss and Aud claims to payload
If this value is not null, a { iss, 'issuer' } claim will be added, overwriting any 'iss' claim in instance.
If this value is not null, a { aud, 'audience' } claim will be added, appending to any 'aud' claims in instance.
+ If there are strings that are not null or empty append them to any other Aud claims
If notbefore.HasValue a { nbf, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'nbf' claim in instance.
If expires.HasValue a { exp, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'exp' claim in instance.
If issuedAt.HasValue is 'true' a { iat, 'value' } claim is added, overwriting any 'iat' claim in instance.
@@ -515,6 +503,12 @@
If the 'expiration' claim is not found OR could not be converted to , null is returned.
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'expiration' claim { exp, 'value' }.
+
+ If the 'expiration' claim is not found OR could not be converted to , null is returned.
+
Gets the 'value' of the 'JWT ID' claim { jti, 'value' }.
@@ -545,6 +539,12 @@
If the 'nonce' claim is not found, null is returned.
+
+
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'notebefore' claim { nbf, 'value' }.
+
+ If the 'notbefore' claim is not found OR could not be converted to , null is returned.
+
Gets the 'value' of the 'subject' claim { sub, 'value' }.
@@ -598,39 +598,26 @@
Adds claims from dictionary.
A dictionary of claims.
- If a key is already present in target dictionary, its value is overridden by the value of the key in claimsCollection.
-
-
-
- Gets the DateTime using the number of seconds from 1970-01-01T0:0:0Z (UTC)
-
- Claim in the payload that should map to an integer.
- If the claim is not found, the function returns: DateTime.MinValue
-
- If an overflow exception is thrown by the runtime.
- The DateTime representation of a claim.
+ If a key is already present in target dictionary, its claimValue is overridden by the claimValue of the key in claimsCollection.
Serializes this instance to JSON.
This instance as JSON.
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
+
+
+
+ Deserializes Base64UrlEncoded JSON into a .
+
+ Base64url encoded JSON to deserialize.
+ An instance of .
Encodes this instance as Base64UrlEncoded JSON.
Base64UrlEncoded JSON.
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
-
-
-
- Deserializes Base64UrlEncoded JSON into a instance.
-
- base64url encoded JSON to deserialize.
- An instance of .
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
@@ -638,13 +625,13 @@
The JSON to deserialize.
An instance of .
- Use to customize JSON serialization.
List of registered claims from different sources
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
@@ -656,14 +643,29 @@
http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+
+
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
+
+
http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#IDToken
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#CodeIDToken
+
+
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
@@ -686,19 +688,19 @@
https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#HybridIDToken
-
+
- http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#CodeIDToken
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
-
+
https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
@@ -718,17 +720,27 @@
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
@@ -740,6 +752,11 @@
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#AuthRequest
@@ -747,13 +764,38 @@
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-frontchannel-1_0.html#OPLogout
@@ -761,22 +803,32 @@
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-4
- http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-5
+ https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519#section-5
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
+
+
+ https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#StandardClaims
+
+
A designed for representing a JSON Web Token (JWT).
@@ -787,9 +839,10 @@
Initializes a new instance of from a string in JWS Compact serialized format.
A JSON Web Token that has been serialized in JWS Compact serialized format.
- 'jwtEncodedString' is null.
- 'jwtEncodedString' contains only whitespace.
- 'jwtEncodedString' is not in JWS Compact serialized format.
+ 'jwtEncodedString' is null or contains only whitespace.
+ 'jwtEncodedString' contains only whitespace.
+ 'jwtEncodedString' is not in JWE format.
+ 'jwtEncodedString' is not in JWS or JWE format.
The contents of this have not been validated, the JSON Web Token is simply decoded. Validation can be accomplished using
@@ -885,7 +938,7 @@
- Gets the 'value' of the 'JWT ID' claim { jti, ''value' }.
+ Gets the 'value' of the 'JWT ID' claim { jti, 'value' }.
If the 'JWT ID' claim is not found, an empty string is returned.
@@ -1021,6 +1074,9 @@
A string containing the header and payload in JSON format.
+
+
+
Decodes the string into the header, payload and signature.
@@ -1028,12 +1084,11 @@
the tokenized string.
the original token.
-
+
- Decodes the payload and signature from the JWS parts.
+ Decodes the base64url encoded payload.
- Parts of the JWS including the header.
- Assumes Header has already been set.
+ the encoded payload.
@@ -1042,9 +1097,22 @@
Parts of the JWE including the header.
Assumes Header has already been set.
+
+
+ Static class to convert a to a
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of a from a
+
+ A JSON Web Token to convert from.
+ is null
+ doesn't have set.
+
- A designed for creating and validating Json Web Tokens. See: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519 and http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7515
+ A designed for creating and validating Json Web Tokens. See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519 and http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7515
@@ -1084,14 +1152,14 @@
- Gets or sets the property which is used when determining whether or not to map claim types that are extracted when validating a .
+ Gets or sets the property which is used when determining whether or not to map claim types that are extracted when validating a .
If this is set to true, the is set to the JSON claim 'name' after translating using this mapping. Otherwise, no mapping occurs.
The default value is true.
- Gets or sets the which is used when setting the for claims in the extracted when validating a .
+ Gets or sets the which is used when setting the for claims in the extracted when validating a .
The is set to the JSON claim 'name' after translating using this mapping.
The default value is ClaimTypeMapping.InboundClaimTypeMap.
@@ -1127,7 +1195,7 @@
- Gets or sets the property name of the will contain .Net type that was recognized when JwtPayload.Claims serialized the value to JSON.
+ Gets or sets the property name of the will contain .Net type that was recognized when serialized the value to JSON.
See for more information.
If .IsNullOrWhiteSpace('value') is true.
@@ -1153,7 +1221,7 @@
Determines if the string is a well formed Json Web Token (JWT).
- see: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519
+ See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7519
String that should represent a valid JWT.
Uses matching one of:
@@ -1266,7 +1334,7 @@
is used to encrypt or .
A .
- If 'expires' <= 'notBefore'.
+ If <= .
@@ -1290,7 +1358,7 @@
is used to encrypt or .
A .
- If 'expires' <= 'notBefore'.
+ If <= .
@@ -1311,7 +1379,7 @@
is used to sign .
A .
- If 'expires' <= 'notBefore'.
+ If <= .
@@ -1326,11 +1394,13 @@
A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization Format.
A
- 'token' is null or empty.
+ is null or empty.
'token.Length' is greater than .
-
- If the 'token' is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
- This method is unable to decrypt the payload. Use to obtain the payload.
+
+ If the is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
+ This method is unable to decrypt the payload. Use to obtain the payload.
+ The token is NOT validated and no security decisions should be made about the contents.
+ Use to ensure the token is acceptable.
@@ -1338,18 +1408,20 @@
A 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) in JWS or JWE Compact Serialization Format.
A
- 'token' is null or empty.
+ is null or empty.
'token.Length' is greater than .
- If the 'token' is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
+ If the is in JWE Compact Serialization format, only the protected header will be deserialized.
This method is unable to decrypt the payload. Use to obtain the payload.
+ The token is NOT validated and no security decisions should be made about the contents.
+ Use to ensure the token is acceptable.
Deserializes token with the provided .
.
- The current .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The
This method is not current supported.
@@ -1358,13 +1430,13 @@
Reads and validates a 'JSON Web Token' (JWT) encoded as a JWS or JWE in Compact Serialized Format.
the JWT encoded as JWE or JWS
- Contains validation parameters for the .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The that was validated.
is null or whitespace.
is null.
.Length is greater than .
- does not have 3 or 5 parts.
- returns false.
+ does not have 3 or 5 parts.
+ returns false.
was a JWE was not able to be decrypted.
'kid' header claim is not null AND decryption fails.
'enc' header claim is null or empty.
@@ -1379,16 +1451,30 @@
could not be added to the .
is found in the cache.
A from the JWT. Does not include claims found in the JWT header.
-
+
Many of the exceptions listed above are not thrown directly from this method. See to examine the call graph.
+
+
+ Private method for token validation, responsible for:
+ (1) Obtaining a configuration from the .
+ (2) Revalidating using the Last Known Good Configuration (if present), and obtaining a refreshed configuration (if necessary) and revalidating using it.
+
+ The JWS string, or the decrypted token if the token is a JWE.
+ If the token being validated is a JWE, this is the that represents the outer token.
+ If the token is a JWS, the value of this parameter is .
+
+ The to be used for validation.
+ The that was validated.
+ A from the JWT. Does not include claims found in the JWT header.
+
Validates the JSON payload of a .
The token to validate.
- Contains validation parameters for the .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
A from the jwt. Does not include the header claims.
@@ -1402,7 +1488,7 @@
If either or .SigningCredentials are set, the JWT will be signed.
If is set, a JWE will be created using the JWT above as the plaintext.
- 'token' is null.
+ is null.
'token' is not a not .
both and are set.
both and .EncryptingCredentials are set.
@@ -1426,22 +1512,18 @@
Validates that the signature, if found or required, is valid.
A JWS token.
- that contains signing keys.
- If 'jwt' is null or whitespace.
- If 'validationParameters' is null.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
+ If is null or whitespace.
+ If is null.
If a signature is not found and is true.
- If the 'token' has a key identifier and none of the (s) provided result in a validated signature.
+ If the has a key identifier and none of the (s) provided result in a validated signature.
This can indicate that a key refresh is required.
-
- If the 'token' has a key identifier and none of the (s) provided result in a validated signature as well as the token
- had validation errors or lifetime or issuer. This is not intended to be a signal to refresh keys.
-
- If after trying all the (s), none result in a validated signature AND the 'token' does not have a key identifier.
+ If after trying all the (s), none result in a validated signature AND the does not have a key identifier.
A that has the signature validated if token was signed.
- If the 'token' is signed, the signature is validated even if is false.
- If the 'token' signature is validated, then the will be set to the key that signed the 'token'.It is the responsibility of to set the
+ If the is signed, the signature is validated even if is false.
+ If the signature is validated, then the will be set to the key that signed the 'token'.It is the responsibility of to set the
@@ -1449,7 +1531,7 @@
The to use as a source.
The value to set
- Contains parameters for validating the token.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
A containing the .
@@ -1461,8 +1543,8 @@
If is not null:
If 'type' is 'string', return as string.
if 'type' is 'BootstrapContext' and 'BootstrapContext.SecurityToken' is 'JwtSecurityToken'
- if 'JwtSecurityToken.RawData' != null, return RawData.
- else return .
+ if 'JwtSecurityToken.RawData' != null, return RawData.
+ else return .
if 'BootstrapContext.Token' != null, return 'Token'.
default: new ( ( actor.Claims ).
@@ -1474,7 +1556,7 @@
The audiences found in the .
The being validated.
- required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
See for additional details.
@@ -1484,7 +1566,7 @@
The value of the 'nbf' claim if it exists in the 'jwtToken'.
The value of the 'exp' claim if it exists in the 'jwtToken'.
The being validated.
- required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
for additional details.
@@ -1493,7 +1575,7 @@
The issuer to validate
The that is being validated.
- required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
The issuer to use when creating the (s) in the .
for additional details.
@@ -1503,7 +1585,7 @@
The value of the 'exp' claim if it exists in the '.
The that is being validated.
- required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
@@ -1511,7 +1593,7 @@
The representation of the token that is being validated.
The that is being validated.
- A required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
Returns a to use for signature validation.
If key fails to resolve, then null is returned
@@ -1521,19 +1603,19 @@
The the token that is being decrypted.
The that is being decrypted.
- A required for validation.
+ The to be used for validating the token.
Returns a to use for signature validation.
If key fails to resolve, then null is returned
- Decrypts a JWE and returns the clear text
+ Decrypts a JWE and returns the clear text
the JWE that contains the cypher text.
contains crypto material.
the decoded / cleartext contents of the JWE.
- if 'jwtToken' is null.
- if 'validationParameters' is null.
+ if is null.
+ if is null.
if 'jwtToken.Header.enc' is null or empty.
if 'jwtToken.Header.kid' is not null AND decryption fails.
if the JWE was not able to be decrypted.
@@ -1544,7 +1626,7 @@
The that signed the .
The to validate.
- The current .
+ The to be used for validating the token.
If the is a then the X509Certificate2 will be validated using the CertificateValidator.
@@ -1554,6 +1636,9 @@
The XML writer.
A token of type .
+
+
+
Log messages and codes
diff --git a/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fed55b8b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll.refresh b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7381a194
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.xml b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86d2a2451
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bin/System.Security.Cryptography.Xml.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2191 @@
+
+
+
+ System.Security.Cryptography.Xml
+
+
+
+ Represents the element in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using a byte array as the value.
+ The encrypted data to use for the element.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property has already been set.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using a object.
+ The object to use.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property has already been set.
+
+
+ Gets the XML values for the object.
+ The property and the property are .
+ A object that represents the XML information for the object.
+
+
+ Loads XML data from an into a object.
+ An that represents the XML data to load.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property and the property are .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element.
+ The property was set to .
+ The property was set more than once.
+ A object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element.
+ The property was set to .
+ The property was set more than once.
+ A byte array that represents the element.
+
+
+ Represents the element in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) pointing to the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) and transform chain information.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) pointing to the encrypted data.
+ A object that describes transforms to do on the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of a object.
+ The value is .
+ An that represents the element in XML encryption.
+
+
+ Loads XML information into the element in XML encryption.
+ An object that represents an XML element to use as the reference.
+ The provided is .
+
+
+ The exception that's thrown when the signed XML recursion limit is reached.
+ Catch this exception when computing the hash, in addition to the other exceptions that ComputeHash can throw.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.
+ The object that holds the serialized object data.
+ The contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.
+ The error message that explains the reason for the exception.
+ The exception that is the cause of the current exception.
+
+
+ Represents the object element of an XML signature that holds data to be signed.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified identification, MIME type, encoding, and data.
+ The identification to initialize the new instance of with.
+ The MIME type of the data used to initialize the new instance of .
+ The encoding of the data used to initialize the new instance of .
+ The data to initialize the new instance of with.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element to load the state from.
+ The value from the XML element is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the data value of the current object.
+ The value used to set the property is .
+ The data of the current .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the encoding of the current object.
+ The type of encoding of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the identification of the current object.
+ The name of the element that contains data to be used.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the MIME type of the current object.
+ The MIME type of the current object. The default is .
+
+
+ Represents the element used in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) and a object.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the encrypted data.
+ A object that describes transforms to do on the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Represents the private key of the element.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a new, randomly-generated public key.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified public key.
+ The instance of an implementation of the class that holds the public key.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of a element.
+ The XML representation of the element.
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element to load the state from.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter is not a valid XML element.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the key value represented by a object.
+ The public key represented by a object.
+
+
+ Represents the element in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The value is .
+ An that represents the element in XML encryption.
+
+
+ Loads XML information into the element in XML encryption.
+ An object representing an XML element to use for the element.
+ The provided is .
+ The parameter does not contain a <> node.
+
+
+ Represents the element in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a element to the element.
+ A object to add to the property.
+
+
+ Adds a element to the element.
+ A object to add to the property.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The value is .
+ An that represents the element in XML encryption.
+
+
+ Loads the specified XML information into the element in XML encryption.
+ An representing an XML element to use for the element.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter does not contain a element.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the optional element in XML encryption.
+ A string that represents a name for the key value.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the optional attribute in XML encryption.
+ A string representing the value of the attribute.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element in XML encryption.
+ A object.
+
+
+ Represents the abstract base class used in XML encryption from which the , , and classes derive.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the data to encrypt.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) and transform chain.
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the data to encrypt.
+ A object that describes transforms to be done on the data to encrypt.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Adds a object to the current transform chain of an object.
+ A object to add to the transform chain.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of an object.
+ The property is .
+ An object that represents the values of the element in XML encryption.
+
+
+ Loads an XML element into an object.
+ An object that represents an XML element.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the cache is valid.
+
+ if the cache is valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a reference type.
+ The reference type of the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the transform chain of an object.
+ A object that describes transforms used on the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of an object.
+ The property was set to .
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the object.
+
+
+ Represents the abstract base class from which the classes and derive.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds an child element to the element in the current object in XML encryption.
+ An object.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ An object that represents the element in XML encryption.
+
+
+ Loads XML information into the element in XML encryption.
+ An object representing an XML element to use in the element.
+ The provided is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value for an instance of an class.
+ The property was set to .
+ A object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the attribute of an instance in XML encryption.
+ A string that describes the encoding of the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element for XML encryption.
+ An object that represents the element.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element in XML encryption.
+ An object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the attribute of an instance in XML encryption.
+ A string of the attribute of the element.
+
+
+ Gets of sets the element in XML encryption.
+ A object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the attribute of an instance in XML encryption.
+ A string that describes the media type of the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the attribute of an instance in XML encryption.
+ A string that describes the text form of the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Represents the process model for implementing XML encryption.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 128-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also known as the Rijndael Key Wrap algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 128-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithm (also known as the Rijndael algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 192-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also known as the Rijndael Key Wrap algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 192-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithm (also known as the Rijndael algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 256-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also known as the Rijndael Key Wrap algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the 256-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithm (also known as the Rijndael algorithm). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the Digital Encryption Standard (DES) algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for XML encryption element content. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for an XML encryption element. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the XML encryption element. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for XML encryption syntax and processing. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the RSA Public Key Cryptography Standard (PKCS) Version 1.5 algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the RSA Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding (OAEP) encryption algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the SHA-256 algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the SHA-512 algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the TRIPLEDES key wrap algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the namespace Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the Triple DES algorithm. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified XML document.
+ An object used to initialize the object.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified XML document and evidence.
+ An object used to initialize the object.
+ An object associated with the object.
+
+
+ Defines a mapping between a key name and a symmetric key or an asymmetric key.
+ The name to map to .
+ The symmetric key to map to .
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter is not an RSA algorithm or a symmetric key.
+
+
+ Resets all key name mapping.
+
+
+ Decrypts an element using the specified symmetric algorithm.
+ The data to decrypt.
+ The symmetric key used to decrypt .
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ A byte array that contains the raw decrypted plain text.
+
+
+ Decrypts all elements of the XML document that were specified during initialization of the class.
+ The cryptographic key used to decrypt the document was not found.
+
+
+ Determines the key represented by the element.
+ The object that contains the key to retrieve.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter is not the Triple DES Key Wrap algorithm or the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also called Rijndael).
+ A byte array that contains the key.
+
+
+ Decrypts an element using an asymmetric algorithm.
+ An array of bytes that represents an encrypted element.
+ The asymmetric key used to decrypt .
+ A value that specifies whether to use Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding (OAEP).
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ A byte array that contains the plain text key.
+
+
+ Decrypts an element using a symmetric algorithm.
+ An array of bytes that represents an encrypted element.
+ The symmetric key used to decrypt .
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the element is not the Triple DES Key Wrap algorithm or the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also called Rijndael).
+ A byte array that contains the plain text key.
+
+
+ Encrypts the outer XML of an element using the specified X.509 certificate.
+ The XML element to encrypt.
+ The X.509 certificate to use for encryption.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter does not represent an RSA key algorithm.
+ An element that represents the encrypted XML data.
+
+
+ Encrypts the outer XML of an element using the specified key in the key mapping table.
+ The XML element to encrypt.
+ A key name that can be found in the key mapping table.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter does not match a registered key name pair.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The cryptographic key described by the parameter is not supported.
+ An object that represents the encrypted XML data.
+
+
+ Encrypts data in the specified byte array using the specified symmetric algorithm.
+ The data to encrypt.
+ The symmetric algorithm to use for encryption.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The data could not be encrypted using the specified parameters.
+ A byte array of encrypted data.
+
+
+ Encrypts the specified element or its contents using the specified symmetric algorithm.
+ The element or its contents to encrypt.
+ The symmetric algorithm to use for encryption.
+
+ to encrypt only the contents of the element; to encrypt the entire element.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ A byte array that contains the encrypted data.
+
+
+ Encrypts the key that a recipient uses to decrypt an element.
+ The key to encrypt.
+ The asymmetric key used to encrypt .
+ A value that specifies whether to use Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding (OAEP).
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ A byte array that represents the encrypted value of the parameter.
+
+
+ Encrypts a key using a symmetric algorithm that a recipient uses to decrypt an element.
+ The key to encrypt.
+ The symmetric key used to encrypt .
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter is not the Triple DES Key Wrap algorithm or the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap algorithm (also called Rijndael).
+ A byte array that represents the encrypted value of the parameter.
+
+
+ Retrieves the decryption initialization vector (IV) from an object.
+ The object that contains the initialization vector (IV) to retrieve.
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the cryptographic algorithm associated with the value.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The value of the parameter has an property that is null.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is not a supported algorithm.
+ A byte array that contains the decryption initialization vector (IV).
+
+
+ Retrieves the decryption key from the specified object.
+ The object that contains the decryption key to retrieve.
+ The size of the decryption key to retrieve.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+ The encryptedData parameter has an property that is null.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The encrypted key cannot be retrieved using the specified parameters.
+ A object associated with the decryption key.
+
+
+ Determines how to resolve internal Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) references.
+ An object that contains an element with an ID value.
+ A string that represents the ID value.
+ An object that contains an ID indicating how internal Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) are to be resolved.
+
+
+ Replaces an element with a specified decrypted sequence of bytes.
+ The element to replace.
+ The decrypted data to replace with.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+
+ Replaces the specified element with the specified object.
+ The element to replace with an element.
+ The object to replace the parameter with.
+
+ to replace only the contents of the element; to replace the entire element.
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The value of the parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the evidence of the object from which the object is constructed.
+ An object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the encoding used for XML encryption.
+ An object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cipher mode used for XML encryption.
+ One of the values.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the padding mode used for XML encryption.
+ One of the values that specifies the type of padding used for encryption.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the recipient of the encrypted key information.
+ The recipient of the encrypted key information.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the object used by the Document Object Model (DOM) to resolve external XML references.
+ An object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XML digital signature recursion depth to prevent infinite recursion and stack overflow. This might happen if the digital signature XML contains the URI which then points back to the original XML.
+ Returns .
+
+
+ Encapsulates the encryption algorithm used for XML encryption.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class specifying an algorithm Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the algorithm represented by an instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns an object that encapsulates an instance of the class.
+ An object that encapsulates an instance of the class.
+
+
+ Parses the specified object and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ An object to parse.
+ The parameter is .
+ The key size expressed in the parameter was less than 0.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the algorithm to use for XML encryption.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the algorithm to use for XML encryption.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the algorithm key size used for XML encryption.
+ The property was set to a value that was less than 0.
+ The algorithm key size, in bits, used for XML encryption.
+
+
+ Represents the element used in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using an object.
+ An object to use for initialization.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property of the parameter is not "EncryptionProperty".
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property of the parameter is not "http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#".
+
+
+ Returns an object that encapsulates an instance of the class.
+ An object that encapsulates an instance of the class.
+
+
+ Parses the input and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ An object to parse.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property of the parameter is not "EncryptionProperty".
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property of the parameter is not "http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#".
+
+
+ Gets the ID of the current object.
+ The ID of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that represents an object.
+ The property was set to .
+ The property of the value set to the property is not "EncryptionProperty".
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property of the value set to the property is not "http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#".
+ An object that represents an object.
+
+
+ Gets the target of the object.
+ The target of the object.
+
+
+ Represents a collection of classes used in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds an object to the object.
+ An object to add to the object.
+ The position at which the new element is inserted.
+
+
+ Removes all items from the object.
+
+
+ Determines whether the object contains a specific object.
+ The object to locate in the object.
+
+ if the object is found in the object; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Copies the elements of the object to an array, starting at a particular array index.
+ The one-dimensional object that is the destination of the elements copied from the object. The array must have zero-based indexing.
+ The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Copies the elements of the object to an array of objects, starting at a particular array index.
+ The one-dimensional array of objects that is the destination of the elements copied from the object. The array must have zero-based indexing.
+ The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that iterates through an object.
+ An object that can be used to iterate through an object.
+
+
+ Determines the index of a specific item in the object.
+ The object to locate in the object.
+ The index of if found in the collection; otherwise, -1.
+
+
+ Inserts an object into the object at the specified position.
+ The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
+ An object to insert into the object.
+
+
+ Returns the object at the specified index.
+ The index of the object to return.
+ The object at the specified index.
+
+
+ Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the object.
+ The object to remove from the object.
+
+
+ Removes the object at the specified index.
+ The zero-based index of the object to remove.
+
+
+ Adds an item to the .
+ The to add to the .
+
+ uses an incorrect object type.
+ The position into which the new element was inserted.
+
+
+ Determines whether the contains a specific value.
+ The to locate in the .
+
+ uses an incorrect object type.
+
+ if the is found in the ; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines the index of a specific item in the .
+ The to locate in the .
+
+ uses an incorrect object type.
+ The index of if found in the list; otherwise, -1.
+
+
+ Inserts an item to the at the specified index.
+ The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
+ The to insert into the .
+
+ uses an incorrect object type.
+
+
+ Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the .
+ The to remove from the .
+
+ uses an incorrect object type.
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements contained in the object.
+ The number of elements contained in the object.
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the object has a fixed size.
+
+ if the object has a fixed size; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the object is read-only.
+
+ if the object is read-only; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether access to the object is synchronized (thread safe).
+
+ if access to the object is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the object at the specified index.
+ The index of the object to return.
+ The object at the specified index.
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the object.
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the object.
+
+
+ Gets the element at the specified index.
+ The to remove from the .
+ The element at the specified index.
+
+
+ Defines methods that decrypt an XrML element.
+
+
+ Decrypts an XrML element that is contained within a object.
+ An object that encapsulates the algorithm used for XML encryption.
+ A object that contains an asymmetric key to use for decryption.
+ A stream object that contains an element to decrypt.
+ A object that contains a decrypted element.
+
+
+ Represents an XML digital signature or XML encryption element.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a that represents a particular type of information to the object.
+ The to add to the object.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator of the objects in the object.
+ An enumerator of the subelements of that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator of the objects of the specified type in the object.
+ The type of object to enumerate.
+ An enumerator of the subelements of that can be used to iterate through the collection.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element from which to load the state.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets the number of objects contained in the object.
+ The number of objects contained in the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the key information identity.
+ The key information identity.
+
+
+ Represents the abstract base class from which all implementations of subelements inherit.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of .
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, returns an XML representation of the .
+ An XML representation of the .
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, parses the input and configures the internal state of the to match.
+ The that specifies the state of the .
+
+
+ Wraps the class, it to be placed as a subelement of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class using an object.
+ An object that encapsulates an encrypted key.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of a object.
+ The encrypted key is .
+ An XML representation of a object.
+
+
+ Parses the input object and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ The object that specifies the state of the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that encapsulates an encrypted key.
+ The property is .
+ An object that encapsulates an encrypted key.
+
+
+ Represents a subelement of an XMLDSIG or XML Encryption element.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class by specifying the string identifier that is the value of the element.
+ The string identifier that is the value of the element.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the object.
+ An XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Parses the input object and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ The object that specifies the state of the object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the string identifier contained within a element.
+ The string identifier that is the value of the element.
+
+
+ Handles subelements that do not have specific implementations or handlers registered on the machine.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with content taken from the specified .
+ An XML element from which to take the content used to create the new instance of .
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the .
+ An XML representation of the .
+
+
+ Parses the input and configures the internal state of the to match.
+ The that specifies the state of the .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the XML content of the current .
+ The XML content of the current .
+
+
+ References objects stored at a different location when using XMLDSIG or XML encryption.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) pointing to the referenced object.
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the information to be referenced by the new instance of .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) pointing to the referenced object and the URI that describes the type of data to retrieve.
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the information to be referenced by the new instance of .
+ The URI that describes the type of data to retrieve.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Parses the input object and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ The XML element that specifies the state of the object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the type of data to be retrieved.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that describes the type of data to be retrieved.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the object.
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the object.
+
+
+ Represents an subelement of an XMLDSIG or XML Encryption element.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified ASN.1 DER encoding of an X.509v3 certificate.
+ The ASN.1 DER encoding of an object to initialize the new instance of from.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified X.509v3 certificate.
+ The object to initialize the new instance of from.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified X.509v3 certificate.
+ The object to initialize the new instance of from.
+ One of the values that specifies how much of the certificate chain to include.
+ The parameter is .
+ The certificate has only a partial certificate chain.
+
+
+ Adds the specified X.509v3 certificate to the .
+ The object to add to the object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Adds the specified issuer name and serial number pair to the object.
+ The issuer name portion of the pair to add to the object.
+ The serial number portion of the pair to add to the object.
+
+
+ Adds the specified subject key identifier (SKI) byte array to the object.
+ A byte array that represents the subject key identifier (SKI) to add to the object.
+
+
+ Adds the specified subject key identifier (SKI) string to the object.
+ A string that represents the subject key identifier (SKI) to add to the object.
+
+
+ Adds the subject name of the entity that was issued an X.509v3 certificate to the object.
+ The name of the entity that was issued an X.509 certificate to add to the object.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the object.
+ An XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Parses the input object and configures the internal state of the object to match.
+ The object that specifies the state of the object.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter does not contain an <> node.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain an <> node.
+
+
+ Gets a list of the X.509v3 certificates contained in the object.
+ A list of the X.509 certificates contained in the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) contained within the object.
+ The Certificate Revocation List (CRL) contained within the object.
+
+
+ Gets a list of structures that represent an issuer name and serial number pair.
+ A list of structures that represent an issuer name and serial number pair.
+
+
+ Gets a list of the subject key identifiers (SKIs) contained in the object.
+ A list of the subject key identifiers (SKIs) contained in the object.
+
+
+ Gets a list of the subject names of the entities contained in the object.
+ A list of the subject names of the entities contained in the object.
+
+
+ Represents the element used in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class for XML encryption.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class for XML encryption using the supplied Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the encrypted key.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class for XML encryption using the specified Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) and a object.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that points to the encrypted key.
+ A object that describes transforms to do on the encrypted key.
+
+
+ Represents the element of an XML signature.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with default properties.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a hash value of the specified .
+ The with which to initialize the new instance of .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified .
+ The with which to initialize the new instance of .
+
+
+ Adds a object to the list of transforms to be performed on the data before passing it to the digest algorithm.
+ The transform to be added to the list of transforms.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the .
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is .
+ The XML representation of the .
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element from which to load the state.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter does not contain any transforms.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter contains an unknown transform.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the digest method Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the current .
+ The digest method URI of the current . The default value is http://www.w3.org/2001/04/xmlenc#sha256.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the digest value of the current .
+ The digest value of the current .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the ID of the current .
+ The ID of the current . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets the transform chain of the current .
+ The transform chain of the current .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of the object being signed.
+ The type of the object being signed.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the of the current .
+ The of the current .
+
+
+ Represents the element used in XML encryption. This class cannot be inherited.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a or object to the collection.
+ A or object to add to the collection.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter is not a object.
+ The parameter is .
+ The position at which the new element was inserted.
+
+
+ Removes all items from the collection.
+
+
+ Determines whether the collection contains a specific or object.
+ The or object to locate in the collection.
+
+ if the or object is found in the collection; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Copies the elements of the object to an array, starting at a specified array index.
+ The one-dimensional object that is the destination of the elements copied from the object. The array must have zero-based indexing.
+ The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
+ An object that can be used to iterate through a collection.
+
+
+ Determines the index of a specific item in the collection.
+ The or object to locate in the collection.
+ The index of if found in the collection; otherwise, -1.
+
+
+ Inserts a or object into the collection at the specified position.
+ The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
+ A or object to insert into the collection.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter is not a object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Returns the or object at the specified index.
+ The index of the or object to return.
+ The or object at the specified index.
+
+
+ Removes the first occurrence of a specific or object from the collection.
+ The or object to remove from the collection.
+
+
+ Removes the or object at the specified index.
+ The zero-based index of the or object to remove.
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements contained in the object.
+ The number of elements contained in the object.
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether access to the object is synchronized (thread safe).
+
+ if access to the object is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the or object at the specified index.
+ The index of the or object to return.
+ The object at the specified index.
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the object.
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the object.
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if the has a fixed size; otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+
+ if the is read-only; otherwise, .
+
+
+ For a description of this member, see .
+ The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
+
+ is not a valid index in the .
+ The element at the specified index.
+
+
+ Represents the <> element of an XML signature.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with a new randomly generated public key.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified public key.
+ The instance of an implementation of that holds the public key.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the key clause.
+ The XML representation of the key clause.
+
+
+ Loads an key clause from an XML element.
+ The XML element from which to load the key clause.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter is not a valid key clause XML element.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the instance of that holds the public key.
+ The instance of that holds the public key.
+
+
+ Represents the element of an XML signature.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a to the list of objects to be signed.
+ The to be added to the list of objects to be signed.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the .
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is .
+ The XML representation of the .
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element from which to load the state.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter does not contain a valid .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain a valid .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the ID of the current .
+ The ID of the current . The default is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets the of the current .
+ The of the current .
+
+
+ Gets or sets a list of objects to be signed.
+ A list of objects to be signed.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of the digital signature.
+ A byte array that contains the value of the digital signature.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the of the current .
+ The of the current .
+
+
+ Contains information about the canonicalization algorithm and signature algorithm used for the XML signature.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a object to the list of references to digest and sign.
+ The reference to add to the list of references.
+ The reference parameter is .
+
+
+ Copies the elements of this instance into an object, starting at a specified index in the array.
+ An object that holds the collection's elements.
+ The beginning index in the array where the elements are copied.
+ This method is not supported.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of references.
+ This method is not supported.
+ An enumerator that iterates through the collection of references.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the object.
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is empty.
+ The XML representation of the instance.
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element from which to load the state.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter is not a valid element.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain a valid property.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain a valid property.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the canonicalization algorithm that is used before signing for the current object.
+ The canonicalization algorithm used before signing for the current object.
+
+
+ Gets a object used for canonicalization.
+
+ is .
+ A object used for canonicalization.
+
+
+ Gets the number of references in the current object.
+ This property is not supported.
+ The number of references in the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the ID of the current object.
+ The ID of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the collection is read-only.
+ This property is not supported.
+
+ if the collection is read-only; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the collection is synchronized.
+ This property is not supported.
+
+ if the collection is synchronized; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets a list of the objects of the current object.
+ A list of the elements of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the length of the signature for the current object.
+ The length of the signature for the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the algorithm used for signature generation and validation for the current object.
+ The name of the algorithm used for signature generation and validation for the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an object to use for synchronization.
+ This property is not supported.
+ An object to use for synchronization.
+
+
+ Provides a wrapper on a core XML signature object to facilitate creating XML signatures.
+
+
+ Represents the object of the current object.
+
+
+ Represents the name of the installed key to be used for signing the object.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the XML mode decryption transformation. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the base 64 transformation. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the Canonical XML transformation. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the Canonical XML transformation, with comments. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard canonicalization algorithm for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard canonicalization algorithm for XML digital signatures and includes comments. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard algorithm for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for enveloped signature transformation. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for exclusive XML canonicalization. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for exclusive XML canonicalization, with comments. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard algorithm for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard minimal canonicalization algorithm for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard namespace for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard signature method for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the SHA-256 signature method variation for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the SHA-384 signature method variation for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the SHA-512 signature method variation for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard digest method for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard digest method for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard digest method for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the standard digest method for XML digital signatures. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the XML Path Language (XPath). This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for XSLT transformations. This field is constant.
+
+
+ Represents the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for the license transform algorithm used to normalize XrML licenses for signatures.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified XML document.
+ The object to use to initialize the new instance of .
+ The parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter contains a null property.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified object.
+ The object to use to initialize the new instance of .
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Adds a object to the list of objects to be signed.
+ The object to add to the list of objects to be signed.
+
+
+ Adds a object to the object that describes a digest method, digest value, and transform to use for creating an XML digital signature.
+ The object that describes a digest method, digest value, and transform to use for creating an XML digital signature.
+
+
+ Determines whether the property verifies using the public key in the signature.
+ The property of the public key in the signature does not match the property.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The signature description could not be created.
+
+ -or
+
+ The hash algorithm could not be created.
+
+ if the property verifies; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether the property verifies for the specified key.
+ The implementation of the property that holds the key to be used to verify the property.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property of the parameter does not match the property.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The signature description could not be created.
+
+ -or
+
+ The hash algorithm could not be created.
+
+ if the property verifies for the specified key; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether the property verifies for the specified message authentication code (MAC) algorithm.
+ The implementation of that holds the MAC to be used to verify the property.
+ The parameter is .
+ The property of the specified object is not valid.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The cryptographic transform used to check the signature could not be created.
+
+ if the property verifies for the specified MAC; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether the property verifies for the specified object and, optionally, whether the certificate is valid.
+ The object to use to verify the property.
+
+ to verify the signature only; to verify both the signature and certificate.
+ The parameter is .
+ A signature description could not be created for the parameter.
+
+ if the signature is valid; otherwise, .
+
+ -or-
+
+ if the signature and certificate are valid; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Determines whether the property verifies using the public key in the signature.
+ When this method returns, contains the implementation of that holds the public key in the signature. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
+ The parameter is null.
+ The property of the public key in the signature does not match the property.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The signature description could not be created.
+
+ -or
+
+ The hash algorithm could not be created.
+
+ if the property verifies using the public key in the signature; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Computes an XML digital signature.
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is not a object or object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The key could not be loaded.
+
+
+ Computes an XML digital signature using the specified message authentication code (MAC) algorithm.
+ A object that holds the MAC to be used to compute the value of the property.
+ The parameter is .
+ The object specified by the parameter is not an instance of or or or .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property of the specified object is not valid.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The cryptographic transform used to check the signature could not be created.
+
+
+ Returns the object with the specified ID from the specified object.
+ The object to retrieve the object from.
+ The ID of the object to retrieve from the object.
+ The object with the specified ID from the specified object, or if it could not be found.
+
+
+ Returns the public key of a signature.
+ The property is .
+ An object that contains the public key of the signature, or if the key cannot be found.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of a object.
+ The property is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property is .
+ The XML representation of the object.
+
+
+ Loads a state from an XML element.
+ The XML element to load the state from.
+ The parameter is .
+ The parameter does not contain a valid property.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain a valid property.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that defines the XML encryption processing rules.
+ An object that defines the XML encryption processing rules.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the object of the current object.
+ The object of the current object.
+
+
+ Sets the current object.
+ The current object. The defaults is a object.
+
+
+ Gets the names of methods whose canonicalization algorithms are explicitly allowed.
+ A collection of the names of methods that safely produce canonical XML.
+
+
+ Gets the object of the current object.
+ The object of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets a delegate that will be called to validate the format (not the cryptographic security) of an XML signature.
+
+ if the format is acceptable; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Gets the length of the signature for the current object.
+ The length of the signature for the current object.
+
+
+ Gets the signature method of the current object.
+ The signature method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets the signature value of the current object.
+ A byte array that contains the signature value of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets the object of the current object.
+ The object of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the asymmetric algorithm key used for signing a object.
+ The asymmetric algorithm key used for signing the object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the installed key to be used for signing the object.
+ The name of the installed key to be used for signing the object.
+
+
+ Represents the abstract base class from which all elements that can be used in an XML digital signature derive.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, returns the digest associated with a object.
+ The object used to create a digest.
+ The digest associated with a object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, returns an XML representation of the parameters of the object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, returns the output of the current object of the specified type.
+ The type of the output to return. This must be one of the types in the property.
+ The output of the current object as an object of the specified type.
+
+
+ Returns the XML representation of the current object.
+ The XML representation of the current object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An object that specifies transform-specific content for the current object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that identifies the algorithm performed by the current transform.
+ The URI that identifies the algorithm performed by the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that represents the document context under which the current object is running.
+ An object that represents the document context under which the current object is running.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a object that contains the namespaces that are propagated into the signature.
+ The property was set to .
+ A object that contains the namespaces that are propagated into the signature.
+
+
+ Sets the current object.
+ The current object. This property defaults to an object.
+
+
+ Defines an ordered list of objects that is applied to unsigned content prior to digest calculation.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a transform to the list of transforms to be applied to the unsigned content prior to digest calculation.
+ The transform to add to the list of transforms.
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator of the transforms in the object.
+ An enumerator of the transforms in the object.
+
+
+ Gets the number of transforms in the object.
+ The number of transforms in the object.
+
+
+ Gets the transform at the specified index in the object.
+ The index into the object that specifies which transform to return.
+ The parameter is greater than the number of transforms.
+ The transform at the specified index in the object.
+
+
+ Specifies the order of XML Digital Signature and XML Encryption operations when both are performed on the same document.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Adds a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) to exclude from processing.
+ A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) to exclude from processing.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of an object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ A decryption key could not be found.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not an object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Determines whether the ID attribute of an object matches a specified value.
+ An object with an ID attribute to compare with .
+ The value to compare with the ID attribute of .
+
+ if the ID attribute of the parameter matches the parameter; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An object that specifies transform-specific content for the current object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) value of an object in was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The length of the URI value of an object in is 0.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The first character of the URI value of an object in is not '#'.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+
+ Gets or sets an object that contains information about the keys necessary to decrypt an XML document.
+ An object that contains information about the keys necessary to decrypt an XML document.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+ Represents the decoding transform as defined in Section 6.6.2 of the XMLDSIG specification.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of the object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object of type .
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+ The output of the current object of type .
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element; this method is not supported because the object has no inner XML elements.
+ An object to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is a and it is .
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+ Represents the C14N XML canonicalization transform for a digital signature as defined by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), without comments.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with comments, if specified.
+
+ to include comments; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns the digest associated with an object.
+ The object used to create a digest.
+ The digest associated with an object.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of an object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object of type .
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+ The output of the current object of type .
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element; this method is not supported because this element has no inner XML elements.
+ An object to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is a object and it is .
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; the methods of the current object return only objects of one of these types.
+
+
+ Represents the C14N XML canonicalization transform for a digital signature as defined by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), with comments.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Represents the enveloped signature transform for an XML digital signature as defined by the W3C.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with comments, if specified.
+
+ to include comments; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of an object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The containing XML document is .
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object of type .
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not an object.
+ The output of the current object of type .
+
+
+ Parses the specified as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is .
+ The containing XML document is .
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+ Represents the exclusive C14N XML canonicalization transform for a digital signature as defined by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), without comments.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class specifying a value that determines whether to include comments.
+
+ to include comments; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class specifying whether to include comments, and specifying a list of namespace prefixes.
+
+ to include comments; otherwise, .
+ The namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class specifying a list of namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+ The namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+
+
+ Returns the digest associated with a object.
+ The object used to create a digest.
+ The digest associated with a object.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of a object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object as an object of the specified type.
+ The type of the output to return. This must be one of the types in the property.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not derive from a object.
+ The output of the current object as an object of the specified type.
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An object that specifies transform-specific content for the current object.
+
+
+ When overridden in a derived class, loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter is not an object.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter is not an object.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a string that contains namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+ A string that contains namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; the methods of the current object return only objects of one of these types.
+
+
+ Represents the exclusive C14N XML canonicalization transform for a digital signature as defined by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), with comments.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class specifying a list of namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+ The namespace prefixes to canonicalize using the standard canonicalization algorithm.
+
+
+ Represents the XPath transform for a digital signature as defined by the W3C.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of a object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object of type .
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not an object.
+ The output of the current object of type .
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An object to load into the current object.
+ The parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain an element.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; the methods of the current object return only objects of one of these types.
+
+
+ Represents the XSLT transform for a digital signature as defined by the W3C.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with comments, if specified.
+
+ to include comments; otherwise, .
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of the object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object.
+ The output of the current object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of the current object of type .
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not a object.
+ The output of the current object of type .
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element and configures the internal state of the current object to match the element.
+ An object that encapsulates an XSLT style sheet to load into the current object. This style sheet is applied to the document loaded by the method.
+ The parameter is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The parameter does not contain an object.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid input types for the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are possible outputs from the methods of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+ Represents the license transform algorithm used to normalize XrML licenses for signatures.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ Returns an XML representation of the parameters of an object that are suitable to be included as subelements of an XMLDSIG element.
+ A list of the XML nodes that represent the transform-specific content needed to describe the current object in an XMLDSIG element.
+
+
+ Returns the output of an object.
+ The output of the object.
+
+
+ Returns the output of an object.
+ The type of the output to return. is the only valid type for this parameter.
+ The parameter is not an object.
+ The output of the object.
+
+
+ Parses the specified object as transform-specific content of a element; this method is not supported because the object has no inner XML elements.
+ An object that encapsulates the transform to load into the current object.
+
+
+ Loads the specified input into the current object.
+ The input to load into the current object. The type of the input object must be .
+ The context was not set before this transform was invoked.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The element was not set before this transform was invoked.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The element was not set before this transform was invoked.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The property was not set before this transform was invoked.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the decryptor of the current object.
+ The decryptor of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object.
+ An array of types that are valid inputs to the method of the current object; you can pass only objects of one of these types to the method of the current object.
+
+
+ Gets an array of types that are valid outputs from the method of the current object.
+ An array of valid output types for the current object; only objects of one of these types are returned from the methods of the current object.
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll b/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll
index 81822f394..e8bee3a0f 100644
Binary files a/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll and b/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll.refresh b/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll.refresh
index 917467635..ee4ed56ad 100644
Binary files a/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll.refresh and b/Bin/System.Text.Json.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/itextsharp.dll b/Bin/itextsharp.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index d9f1d5859..000000000
Binary files a/Bin/itextsharp.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Bin/itextsharp.xml b/Bin/itextsharp.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 823198fd3..000000000
--- a/Bin/itextsharp.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38512 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- itextsharp
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the resultant PDF file.
- This name will be passed to makePdf, assertPdf and comparePdf methods.
- @return
-
-
- Gets the name of the compare PDF file.
- This name will be passed to comparePdf method.
- @return
-
-
- Sets the maximum errors count which will be returned as the result of the comparison.
- @param compareByContentMaxErrorCount the errors count.
- @return Returns this.
-
-
- Sets the absolute error parameter which will be used in floating point numbers comparison.
- @param error the epsilon new value.
- @return Returns this.
-
-
- Sets the relative error parameter which will be used in floating point numbers comparison.
- @param error the epsilon new value.
- @return Returns this.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of MemoryLimitsAwareException.
-
- @param message the detail message.
-
-
-
- A
-
- handles memory allocation and prevents decompressed pdf streams from occupation of more space than allowed.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- which will be used to handle decompression of pdf streams.
- The max allowed memory limits will be generated by default.
-
-
-
-
- Creates a
-
- which will be used to handle decompression of pdf streams.
- The max allowed memory limits will be generated by default, based on the size of the document.
-
- the size of the document, which is going to be handled by iText.
-
-
- Gets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by a single decompressed pdf stream.
- the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by a single decompressed pdf stream.
-
-
- Sets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by a single decompressed pdf stream.
-
- Sets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by a single decompressed pdf stream.
- This value correlates with maximum heap size. This value should not exceed limit of the heap size.
- iText will throw an exception if during decompression a pdf stream with two or more filters of identical type
- occupies more memory than allowed.
-
- the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by a single decompressed pdf stream.
-
-
- this
-
- instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by all decompressed pdf streams.
- the maximum allowed size value which streams may occupy
-
-
- Sets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by all decompressed pdf streams.
-
- Sets the maximum allowed size which can be occupied by all decompressed pdf streams.
- This value can be limited by the maximum expected PDF file size when it's completely decompressed.
- Setting this value correlates with the maximum processing time spent on document reading
- iText will throw an exception if during decompression pdf streams with two or more filters of identical type
- occupy more memory than allowed.
-
- he maximum allowed size which can be occupied by all decompressed pdf streams.
-
-
- this
-
- instance.
-
-
-
- Considers the number of bytes which are occupied by the decompressed pdf stream.
-
- Considers the number of bytes which are occupied by the decompressed pdf stream.
- If memory limits have not been faced, throws an exception.
-
- the number of bytes which are occupied by the decompressed pdf stream.
-
- this
-
- instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Begins handling of current pdf stream decompression.
-
- this
-
- instance.
-
-
-
- Ends handling of current pdf stream decompression.
-
- Ends handling of current pdf stream decompression.
- If memory limits have not been faced, throws an exception.
-
-
- this
-
- instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements an output stream which can be used for memory limits aware decompression of pdf streams.
-
-
- The maximum size of array to allocate.
- Attempts to allocate larger arrays will result in an exception.
-
-
- The maximum size of array to allocate.
- Attempts to allocate larger arrays will result in an exception.
-
-
- Creates a new byte array output stream. The buffer capacity is
- initially 32 bytes, though its size increases if necessary.
-
-
- Creates a new byte array output stream, with a buffer capacity of
- the specified size, in bytes.
-
- @param size the initial size.
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if size is negative.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size which can be occupied by this output stream.
-
- @return the maximum size which can be occupied by this output stream.
-
-
- Sets the maximum size which can be occupied by this output stream.
-
- @param maxStreamSize the maximum size which can be occupied by this output stream.
- @return this {@link MemoryLimitsAwareOutputStream}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- Query and change fields in existing documents either by method
- calls or by FDF merging.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- A field type invalid or not found.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- A field type.
-
-
- Holds value of property generateAppearances.
-
-
- Holds value of property fieldCache.
-
-
- Gets the list of appearance names. Use it to get the names allowed
- with radio and checkbox fields. If the /Opt key exists the values will
- also be included. The name 'Off' may also be valid
- even if not returned in the list.
-
- For Comboboxes it will return an array of display values. To extract the
- export values of a Combobox, please refer to {@link AcroFields#getListOptionExport(String)}
-
- @param fieldName the fully qualified field name
- @return the list of names or null if the field does not exist
-
-
- Gets the list of export option values from fields of type list or combo.
- If the field doesn't exist or the field type is not list or combo it will return
- null.
- @param fieldName the field name
- @return the list of export option values from fields of type list or combo
-
-
- Gets the list of display option values from fields of type list or combo.
- If the field doesn't exist or the field type is not list or combo it will return
- null.
- @param fieldName the field name
- @return the list of export option values from fields of type list or combo
-
-
-
-
- Export the fields as a FDF.
- @param writer the FDF writer
-
-
- Renames a field. Only the last part of the name can be renamed. For example,
- if the original field is "ab.cd.ef" only the "ef" part can be renamed.
- @param oldName the old field name
- @param newName the new field name
- @return true if the renaming was successful, false
- otherwise
-
-
- Retrieve the rich value for the given field
- @param name
- @return The rich value if present, or null.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Gets the field value.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field value
-
-
- Gets the field values of a Choice field.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field value
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
-
-
- Merges an XML data structure into this form.
- @param n the top node of the data structure
- @throws java.io.IOException on error
- @throws com.lowagie.text.DocumentException o error
-
-
- Sets the fields by FDF merging.
- @param fdf the FDF form
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the fields by XFDF merging.
- @param xfdf the XFDF form
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Regenerates the field appearance.
- This is usefull when you change a field property, but not its value,
- for instance form.SetFieldProperty("f", "bgcolor", BaseColor.BLUE, null);
- This won't have any effect, unless you use RegenerateField("f") after changing
- the property.
-
- @param name the fully qualified field name or the partial name in the case of XFA forms
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return true if the field was found and changed,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the field value.
- @param name the fully qualified field name or the partial name in the case of XFA forms
- @param value the field value
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return true if the field was found and changed,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the field value.
- @param name the fully qualified field name or the partial name in the case of XFA forms
- @param value the field value
- @param saveAppearance save the current appearance of the field or not
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return true if the field was found and changed,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the rich value for the given field. See PDF Reference chapter
- 12.7.3.4 (Rich Text) and 12.7.4.3 (Text Fields) for further details. Note that iText doesn't create an appearance for Rich Text fields.
- So you either need to use XML Worker to create an appearance (/N entry in the /AP dictionary), or you need to use setGenerateAppearances(false) to tell the viewer
- that iText didn't create any appearances.
- @param name Field name
- @param richValue html markup
- @return success/failure (will fail if the field isn't found, isn't a text field, or doesn't support rich text)
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Sets the field value and the display string. The display string
- is used to build the appearance in the cases where the value
- is modified by Acrobat with JavaScript and the algorithm is
- known.
- @param name the fully qualified field name or the partial name in the case of XFA forms
- @param value the field value
- @param display the string that is used for the appearance. If null
- the value parameter will be used
- @return true if the field was found and changed,
- false otherwise
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the field value and the display string. The display string
- is used to build the appearance in the cases where the value
- is modified by Acrobat with JavaScript and the algorithm is
- known.
- @param name the fully qualified field name or the partial name in the case of XFA forms
- @param value the field value
- @param display the string that is used for the appearance. If null
- the value parameter will be used
- @param saveAppearance save the current appearance of the field or not
- @return true if the field was found and changed,
- false otherwise
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets different values in a list selection.
- No appearance is generated yet; nor does the code check if multiple select is allowed.
-
- @param name the name of the field
- @param value an array with values that need to be selected
- @return true only if the field value was changed
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Gets all the fields. The fields are keyed by the fully qualified field name and
- the value is an instance of AcroFields.Item.
- @return all the fields
-
-
- Gets the field structure.
- @param name the name of the field
- @return the field structure or null if the field
- does not exist
-
-
- Gets the long XFA translated name.
- @param name the name of the field
- @return the long field name
-
-
- Gets the field box positions in the document. The return is an array of float
- multiple of 5. For each of this groups the values are: [page, llx, lly, urx,
- ury]. The coordinates have the page rotation in consideration.
- @param name the field name
- @return the positions or null if field does not exist
-
-
- Removes all the fields from page.
- @param page the page to remove the fields from
- @return true if any field was removed, false otherwise
-
-
- Removes a field from the document. If page equals -1 all the fields with this
- name are removed from the document otherwise only the fields in
- that particular page are removed.
- @param name the field name
- @param page the page to remove the field from or -1 to remove it from all the pages
- @return true if the field exists, false otherwise
-
-
- Removes a field from the document.
- @param name the field name
- @return true if the field exists, false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the option to generate appearances. Not generating apperances
- will speed-up form filling but the results can be
- unexpected in Acrobat. Don't use it unless your environment is well
- controlled. The default is true.
- @param generateAppearances the option to generate appearances
-
-
- The field representations for retrieval and modification.
-
-
- writeToAll constant.
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- writeToAll and markUsed constant.
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- writeToAll and markUsed constant.
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- This function writes the given key/value pair to all the instances
- of merged, widget, and/or value, depending on the writeFlags setting
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
- @param key you'll never guess what this is for.
- @param value if value is null, the key will be removed
- @param writeFlags ORed together WRITE_* flags
-
-
- Mark all the item dictionaries used matching the given flags
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param writeFlags WRITE_MERGED is ignored
-
-
- An array of PdfDictionary where the value tag /V
- is present.
-
-
-
- An array of PdfDictionary with the widgets.
-
-
-
- An array of PdfDictionary with the widget references.
-
-
-
- An array of PdfDictionary with all the field
- and widget tags merged.
-
-
-
- An array of Integer with the page numbers where
- the widgets are displayed.
-
-
-
- An array of Integer with the tab order of the field in the page.
-
-
-
- Preferred method of determining the number of instances
- of a given field.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @return number of instances
-
-
- Remove the given instance from this item. It is possible to
- remove all instances using this function.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param killIdx
-
-
- Retrieve the value dictionary of the given instance
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx instance index
- @return dictionary storing this instance's value. It may be shared across instances.
-
-
- Add a value dict to this Item
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param value new value dictionary
-
-
- Retrieve the widget dictionary of the given instance
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx instance index
- @return The dictionary found in the appropriate page's Annot array.
-
-
- Add a widget dict to this Item
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param widget
-
-
- Retrieve the reference to the given instance
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx instance index
- @return reference to the given field instance
-
-
- Add a widget ref to this Item
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param widgRef
-
-
- Retrieve the merged dictionary for the given instance. The merged
- dictionary contains all the keys present in parent fields, though they
- may have been overwritten (or modified?) by children.
- Example: a merged radio field dict will contain /V
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx instance index
- @return the merged dictionary for the given instance
-
-
- Adds a merged dictionary to this Item.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param mergeDict
-
-
- Retrieve the page number of the given instance
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx
- @return remember, pages are "1-indexed", not "0-indexed" like field instances.
-
-
- Adds a page to the current Item.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param pg
-
-
- forces a page value into the Item.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx
-
-
- Gets the tabOrder.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param idx
- @return tab index of the given field instance
-
-
- Adds a tab order value to this Item.
-
- @since 2.1.5
- @param order
-
-
- Clears a signed field.
- @param name the field name
- @return true if the field was signed, false if the field was not signed or not found
- @since 5.0.5
-
-
- Gets the field names that have signatures and are signed.
- @return the field names that have signatures and are signed
-
-
- Gets the field names that have blank signatures.
- @return the field names that have blank signatures
-
-
- Gets the signature dictionary, the one keyed by /V.
- @param name the field name
- @return the signature dictionary keyed by /V or null if the field is not
- a signature
-
-
- Gets a reference to the normal appearance of a field.
-
- @param name the field name
- @return a reference to the /N entry of the /AP dictionary or null if the field is not found
-
-
- Checks is the signature covers the entire document or just part of it.
- @param name the signature field name
- @return true if the signature covers the entire document,
- false otherwise
-
-
-
- Gets the total number of revisions this document has.
- @return the total number of revisions
-
-
- Gets this field revision.
- @param field the signature field name
- @return the revision or zero if it's not a signature field
-
-
- Extracts a revision from the document.
- @param field the signature field name
- @return an Stream covering the revision. Returns null if
- it's not a signature field
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
-
- Sets extra margins in text fields to better mimic the Acrobat layout.
- @param extraMarginLeft the extra marging left
- @param extraMarginTop the extra margin top
-
-
- Adds a substitution font to the list. The fonts in this list will be used if the original
- font doesn't contain the needed glyphs.
- @param font the font
-
-
- Sets a list of substitution fonts. The list is composed of BaseFont and can also be null. The fonts in this list will be used if the original
- font doesn't contain the needed glyphs.
- @param substitutionFonts the list
-
-
- Gets the XFA form processor.
- @return the XFA form processor
-
-
- Removes the XFA stream from the document.
-
-
- Creates a new pushbutton from an existing field. If there are several pushbuttons with the same name
- only the first one is used. This pushbutton can be changed and be used to replace
- an existing one, with the same name or other name, as long is it is in the same document. To replace an existing pushbutton
- call {@link #replacePushbuttonField(String,PdfFormField)}.
- @param field the field name that should be a pushbutton
- @return a new pushbutton or null if the field is not a pushbutton
-
-
- Creates a new pushbutton from an existing field. This pushbutton can be changed and be used to replace
- an existing one, with the same name or other name, as long is it is in the same document. To replace an existing pushbutton
- call {@link #replacePushbuttonField(String,PdfFormField,int)}.
- @param field the field name that should be a pushbutton
- @param order the field order in fields with same name
- @return a new pushbutton or null if the field is not a pushbutton
-
-
- Replaces the first field with a new pushbutton. The pushbutton can be created with
- {@link #getNewPushbuttonFromField(String)} from the same document or it can be a
- generic PdfFormField of the type pushbutton.
- @param field the field name
- @param button the PdfFormField representing the pushbutton
- @return true if the field was replaced, false if the field
- was not a pushbutton
-
-
- Replaces the designated field with a new pushbutton. The pushbutton can be created with
- {@link #getNewPushbuttonFromField(String,int)} from the same document or it can be a
- generic PdfFormField of the type pushbutton.
- @param field the field name
- @param button the PdfFormField representing the pushbutton
- @param order the field order in fields with same name
- @return true if the field was replaced, false if the field
- was not a pushbutton
-
-
- Checks whether a name exists as a signature field or not. It checks both signed fields and blank signatures.
- @param name String
- @return boolean does the signature field exist
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
- A class representing a field position
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
-
- Summary description for InputMeta.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for MetaDo.
-
-
-
- Creates new MetaState
-
-
- Getter for property currentBackgroundColor.
- @return Value of property currentBackgroundColor.
-
-
- Getter for property currentTextColor.
- @return Value of property currentTextColor.
-
-
- Getter for property backgroundMode.
- @return Value of property backgroundMode.
-
-
- Getter for property textAlign.
- @return Value of property textAlign.
-
-
- Getter for property polyFillMode.
- @return Value of property polyFillMode.
-
-
- Came from GIFEncoder initially.
- Modified - to allow for output compressed data without the block counts
- which breakup the compressed data stream for GIF.
-
-
-
- note this also indicates gif format BITFile. *
-
-
- @param output destination for output data
- @param blocks GIF LZW requires block counts for output data
-
-
-
-
- Reads a BMP from an url.
- @param url the url
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a BMP from a stream. The stream is not closed.
- @param is the stream
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a BMP from a stream. The stream is not closed.
- The BMP may not have a header and be considered as a plain DIB.
- @param is the stream
- @param noHeader true to process a plain DIB
- @param size the size of the DIB. Not used for a BMP
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a BMP from a file.
- @param file the file
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a BMP from a byte array.
- @param data the byte array
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Encodes data in the CCITT G4 FAX format.
-
-
- Creates a new encoder.
- @param width the line width
-
-
- Encodes a number of lines.
- @param data the data to be encoded
- @param offset the offset into the data
- @param size the size of the data to be encoded
-
-
- Encodes a full image.
- @param data the data to encode
- @param width the image width
- @param height the image height
- @return the encoded image
-
-
- Encodes a number of lines.
- @param data the data to be encoded
- @param height the number of lines to encode
-
-
- Closes the encoder and returns the encoded data.
- @return the encoded data
-
-
- Reads gif images of all types. All the images in a gif are read in the constructors
- and can be retrieved with other methods.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Reads gif images from an URL.
- @param url the URL
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads gif images from a file.
- @param file the file
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads gif images from a byte array.
- @param data the byte array
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads gif images from a stream. The stream isp not closed.
- @param isp the stream
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Gets the number of frames the gif has.
- @return the number of frames the gif has
-
-
- Gets the image from a frame. The first frame isp 1.
- @param frame the frame to get the image from
- @return the image
-
-
- Gets the [x,y] position of the frame in reference to the
- logical screen.
- @param frame the frame
- @return the [x,y] position of the frame
-
-
- Gets the logical screen. The images may be smaller and placed
- in some position in this screen to playback some animation.
- No image will be be bigger that this.
- @return the logical screen dimensions as [x,y]
-
-
- Reads GIF file header information.
-
-
- Reads Logical Screen Descriptor
-
-
- Reads next 16-bit value, LSB first
-
-
- Reads next variable length block from input.
-
- @return number of bytes stored in "buffer"
-
-
- Reads next frame image
-
-
- Resets frame state for reading next image.
-
-
- Reads Graphics Control Extension values
-
-
- Skips variable length blocks up to and including
- next zero length block.
-
-
- Support for JBIG2 Images.
- This class assumes that we are always embedding into a pdf.
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Gets a byte array that can be used as a /JBIG2Globals,
- or null if not applicable to the given jbig2.
- @param ra an random access file or array
- @return a byte array
-
-
- returns an Image representing the given page.
- @param ra the file or array containing the image
- @param page the page number of the image
- @return an Image object
-
-
- Class to read a JBIG2 file at a basic level: understand all the segments,
- understand what segments belong to which pages, how many pages there are,
- what the width and height of each page is, and global segments if there
- are any. Or: the minimum required to be able to take a normal sequential
- or random-access organized file, and be able to embed JBIG2 pages as images
- in a PDF.
-
- TODO: the indeterminate-segment-size value of dataLength, else?
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Inner class that holds information about a JBIG2 segment.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Inner class that holds information about a JBIG2 page.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- return as a single byte array the header-data for each segment in segment number
- order, EMBEDDED organization, but i am putting the needed segments in SEQUENTIAL organization.
- if for_embedding, skip the segment types that are known to be not for acrobat.
- @param for_embedding
- @return a byte array
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
- Some PNG specific values.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- A PNG marker.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PngImage
-
-
- Reads a PNG from an url.
- @param url the url
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a PNG from a stream.
- @param is the stream
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a PNG from a file.
- @param file the file
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Reads a PNG from a byte array.
- @param data the byte array
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the image
-
-
- Gets an int from an Stream.
-
- @param is an Stream
- @return the value of an int
-
-
- Gets a word from an Stream.
-
- @param is an Stream
- @return the value of an int
-
-
- Gets a String from an Stream.
-
- @param is an Stream
- @return the value of an int
-
-
- A list of constants used in class TIFFImage.
-
-
-
- A bool storing the endianness of the stream.
-
-
- The number of entries in the IFD.
-
-
- An array of TIFFFields.
-
-
- A Hashtable indexing the fields by tag number.
-
-
- The offset of this IFD.
-
-
- The offset of the next IFD.
-
-
- The default constructor.
-
-
- Constructs a TIFFDirectory from a SeekableStream.
- The directory parameter specifies which directory to read from
- the linked list present in the stream; directory 0 is normally
- read but it is possible to store multiple images in a single
- TIFF file by maintaing multiple directories.
-
- @param stream a SeekableStream to read from.
- @param directory the index of the directory to read.
-
-
- Constructs a TIFFDirectory by reading a SeekableStream.
- The ifd_offset parameter specifies the stream offset from which
- to begin reading; this mechanism is sometimes used to store
- private IFDs within a TIFF file that are not part of the normal
- sequence of IFDs.
-
- @param stream a SeekableStream to read from.
- @param ifd_offset the long byte offset of the directory.
- @param directory the index of the directory to read beyond the
- one at the current stream offset; zero indicates the IFD
- at the current offset.
-
-
- Returns the number of directory entries.
-
-
- Returns the value of a given tag as a TIFFField,
- or null if the tag is not present.
-
-
- Returns true if a tag appears in the directory.
-
-
- Returns an ordered array of ints indicating the tag
- values.
-
-
- Returns an array of TIFFFields containing all the fields
- in this directory.
-
-
- Returns the value of a particular index of a given tag as a
- byte. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has type TIFFField.TIFF_SBYTE, TIFF_BYTE, or
- TIFF_UNDEFINED.
-
-
- Returns the value of index 0 of a given tag as a
- byte. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has type TIFFField.TIFF_SBYTE, TIFF_BYTE, or
- TIFF_UNDEFINED.
-
-
- Returns the value of a particular index of a given tag as a
- long. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has type TIFF_BYTE, TIFF_SBYTE, TIFF_UNDEFINED,
- TIFF_SHORT, TIFF_SSHORT, TIFF_SLONG or TIFF_LONG.
-
-
- Returns the value of index 0 of a given tag as a
- long. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has type TIFF_BYTE, TIFF_SBYTE, TIFF_UNDEFINED,
- TIFF_SHORT, TIFF_SSHORT, TIFF_SLONG or TIFF_LONG.
-
-
- Returns the value of a particular index of a given tag as a
- float. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has numeric type (all but TIFF_UNDEFINED and
- TIFF_ASCII).
-
-
- Returns the value of index 0 of a given tag as a float. The
- caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is present and
- has numeric type (all but TIFF_UNDEFINED and TIFF_ASCII).
-
-
- Returns the value of a particular index of a given tag as a
- double. The caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is
- present and has numeric type (all but TIFF_UNDEFINED and
- TIFF_ASCII).
-
-
- Returns the value of index 0 of a given tag as a double. The
- caller is responsible for ensuring that the tag is present and
- has numeric type (all but TIFF_UNDEFINED and TIFF_ASCII).
-
-
- Returns the number of image directories (subimages) stored in a
- given TIFF file, represented by a SeekableStream.
-
-
- Returns a bool indicating whether the byte order used in the
- the TIFF file is big-endian (i.e. whether the byte order is from
- the most significant to the least significant)
-
-
- Returns the offset of the IFD corresponding to this
- TIFFDirectory.
-
-
- Returns the offset of the next IFD after the IFD corresponding to this
- TIFFDirectory.
-
-
- @param fillOrder The fill order of the compressed data bytes.
- @param w
- @param h
-
-
- The logical order of bits within a byte.
-
- 1 = MSB-to-LSB
- 2 = LSB-to-MSB (flipped)
-
-
-
- Uncompressed mode flag: 1 if uncompressed, 0 if not.
-
-
- EOL padding flag: 1 if fill bits have been added before an EOL such
- that the EOL ends on a byte boundary, 0 otherwise.
-
-
- Coding dimensionality: 1 for 2-dimensional, 0 for 1-dimensional.
-
-
- Invokes the superclass method and then sets instance variables on
- the basis of the metadata set on this decompressor.
-
-
-
- Flag for 8 bit unsigned integers.
-
-
- Flag for null-terminated ASCII strings.
-
-
- Flag for 16 bit unsigned integers.
-
-
- Flag for 32 bit unsigned integers.
-
-
- Flag for pairs of 32 bit unsigned integers.
-
-
- Flag for 8 bit signed integers.
-
-
- Flag for 8 bit uninterpreted bytes.
-
-
- Flag for 16 bit signed integers.
-
-
- Flag for 32 bit signed integers.
-
-
- Flag for pairs of 32 bit signed integers.
-
-
- Flag for 32 bit IEEE floats.
-
-
- Flag for 64 bit IEEE doubles.
-
-
- The tag number.
-
-
- The tag type.
-
-
- The number of data items present in the field.
-
-
- The field data.
-
-
- The default constructor.
-
-
-
- Returns the tag number, between 0 and 65535.
-
-
- Returns the type of the data stored in the IFD.
- For a TIFF6.0 file, the value will equal one of the
- TIFF_ constants defined in this class. For future
- revisions of TIFF, higher values are possible.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of elements in the IFD.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Reads TIFF images
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Gets the number of pages the TIFF document has.
- @param s the file source
- @return the number of pages
-
-
- Reads a page from a TIFF image.
- @param s the file source
- @param page the page to get. The first page is 1
- @param direct for single strip, CCITT images, generate the image
- by direct byte copying. It's faster but may not work
- every time
- @return the Image
-
-
- Reads a page from a TIFF image. Direct mode is not used.
- @param s the file source
- @param page the page to get. The first page is 1
- @return the Image
-
-
- Reads a page from a TIFF image.
- @param s the file source
- @param page the page to get. The first page is 1
- @param direct for single strip, CCITT images, generate the image
- by direct byte copying. It's faster but may not work
- every time
- @return the Image
-
-
- A class for performing LZW decoding.
-
-
-
-
- Method to decode LZW compressed data.
-
- @param data The compressed data.
- @param uncompData Array to return the uncompressed data in.
- @param h The number of rows the compressed data contains.
-
-
- Initialize the string table.
-
-
- Write out the string just uncompressed.
-
-
- Add a new string to the string table.
-
-
- Add a new string to the string table.
-
-
- Append newString to the end of oldString.
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Modified from original LZWCompressor to change interface to passing a
- buffer of data to be compressed.
-
-
-
- base underlying code size of data being compressed 8 for TIFF, 1 to 8 for GIF *
-
-
- reserved clear code based on code size *
-
-
- reserved end of data code based on code size *
-
-
- current number bits output for each code *
-
-
- limit at which current number of bits code size has to be increased *
-
-
- the prefix code which represents the predecessor string to current input point *
-
-
- output destination for bit codes *
-
-
- general purpose LZW string table *
-
-
- modify the limits of the code values in LZW encoding due to TIFF bug / feature *
-
-
- @param outp destination for compressed data
- @param codeSize the initial code size for the LZW compressor
- @param TIFF flag indicating that TIFF lzw fudge needs to be applied
- @exception IOException if underlying output stream error
-
-
-
- @param buf data to be compressed to output stream
- @exception IOException if underlying output stream error
-
-
-
- Indicate to compressor that no more data to go so write outp
- any remaining buffered data.
-
- @exception IOException if underlying output stream error
-
-
-
- General purpose LZW String Table.
- Extracted from GIFEncoder by Adam Doppelt
- Comments added by Robin Luiten
- expandCode added by Robin Luiten
- The strLen_ table to give quick access to the lenght of an expanded
- code for use by the expandCode method added by Robin.
-
-
-
- codesize + Reserved Codes
-
-
- each entry corresponds to a code and contains the length of data
- that the code expands to when decoded.
-
-
-
- Constructor allocate memory for string store data
-
-
-
- @param index value of -1 indicates no predecessor [used in initialisation]
- @param b the byte [character] to add to the string store which follows
- the predecessor string specified the index.
- @return 0xFFFF if no space in table left for addition of predecesor
- index and byte b. Else return the code allocated for combination index + b.
-
-
-
- @param index index to prefix string
- @param b the character that follws the index prefix
- @return b if param index is HASH_FREE. Else return the code
- for this prefix and byte successor
-
-
-
- @param codesize the size of code to be preallocated for the
- string store.
-
-
-
- If expanded data doesnt fit into array only what will fit is written
- to buf and the return value indicates how much of the expanded code has
- been written to the buf. The next call to ExpandCode() should be with
- the same code and have the skip parameter set the negated value of the
- previous return. Succesive negative return values should be negated and
- added together for next skip parameter value with same code.
-
- @param buf buffer to place expanded data into
- @param offset offset to place expanded data
- @param code the code to expand to the byte array it represents.
- PRECONDITION This code must allready be in the LZSS
- @param skipHead is the number of bytes at the start of the expanded code to
- be skipped before data is written to buf. It is possible that skipHead is
- equal to codeLen.
- @return the length of data expanded into buf. If the expanded code is longer
- than space left in buf then the value returned is a negative number which when
- negated is equal to the number of bytes that were used of the code being expanded.
- This negative value also indicates the buffer is full.
-
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @param seq
- @return the cid code or -1 for end
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- This class represents a CMap file.
-
- @author Ben Litchfield (ben@benlitchfield.com)
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Creates a new instance of CMap.
-
-
- This will tell if this cmap has any one byte mappings.
-
- @return true If there are any one byte mappings, false otherwise.
-
-
- This will tell if this cmap has any two byte mappings.
-
- @return true If there are any two byte mappings, false otherwise.
-
-
- This will perform a lookup into the map.
-
- @param code The code used to lookup.
- @param offset The offset into the byte array.
- @param length The length of the data we are getting.
-
- @return The string that matches the lookup.
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Interface providing alternate description for accessible elements.
-
-
- Get the attribute of accessible element (everything in A dictionary + Lang, Alt, ActualText, E).
- @param key
- @return
-
-
- Set the attribute of accessible element (everything in A dictionary + Lang, Alt, ActualText, E).
- @param key
- @param value
-
-
- Gets all the properties of accessible element.
- @return
-
-
- Role propherty of the accessible element.
- Note that all child elements won't also be tagged.
- @return
-
-
- Use this methods to get the AcroForm object.
- Use this method only if you know what you're doing
- @return the PdfAcroform object of the PdfDocument
-
-
- Use this methods to add a PdfAnnotation or a PdfFormField
- to the document. Only the top parent of a PdfFormField
- needs to be added.
- @param annot the PdfAnnotation or the PdfFormField to add
-
-
- Use this method to adds the PdfAnnotation
- to the calculation order array.
- @param annot the PdfAnnotation to be added
-
-
- Use this method to set the signature flags.
- @param f the flags. This flags are ORed with current ones
-
-
- A PDF document can have an open action and other additional actions.
-
-
- When the document opens it will jump to the destination with
- this name.
- @param name the name of the destination to jump to
-
-
- When the document opens this action will be
- invoked.
- @param action the action to be invoked
-
-
- Additional-actions defining the actions to be taken in
- response to various trigger events affecting the document
- as a whole. The actions types allowed are: DOCUMENT_CLOSE,
- WILL_SAVE, DID_SAVE, WILL_PRINT
- and DID_PRINT.
-
- @param actionType the action type
- @param action the action to execute in response to the trigger
- @throws DocumentException on invalid action type
-
-
- Encryption settings are described in section 3.5 (more specifically
- section 3.5.2) of the PDF Reference 1.7.
- They are explained in section 3.3.3 of the book 'iText in Action'.
- The values of the different preferences were originally stored
- in class PdfWriter, but they have been moved to this separate interface
- for reasons of convenience.
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the certificate encryption options for this document. An array of one or more public certificates
- must be provided together with an array of the same size for the permissions for each certificate.
- The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param certs the public certificates to be used for the encryption
- @param permissions the user permissions for each of the certicates
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- A PDF page can have an open and/or close action.
-
-
- Sets the open and close page additional action.
- @param actionType the action type. It can be PdfWriter.PAGE_OPEN
- or PdfWriter.PAGE_CLOSE
- @param action the action to perform
- @throws DocumentException if the action type is invalid
-
-
- Sets the display duration for the page (for presentations)
- @param seconds the number of seconds to display the page
-
-
- Sets the transition for the page
- @param transition the Transition object
-
-
- Sets the run direction. This is only used as a placeholder
- as it does not affect anything.
- @param runDirection the run direction
-
-
- The PDF version is described in the PDF Reference 1.7 p92
- (about the PDF Header) and page 139 (the version entry in
- the Catalog). You'll also find info about setting the version
- in the book 'iText in Action' sections 2.1.3 (PDF Header)
- and 3.3 (Version history).
-
-
- If the PDF Header hasn't been written yet,
- this changes the version as it will appear in the PDF Header.
- If the PDF header was already written to the Stream,
- this changes the version as it will appear in the Catalog.
- @param version a character representing the PDF version
-
-
- If the PDF Header hasn't been written yet,
- this changes the version as it will appear in the PDF Header,
- but only if param refers to a higher version.
- If the PDF header was already written to the Stream,
- this changes the version as it will appear in the Catalog.
- @param version a character representing the PDF version
-
-
- Sets the PDF version as it will appear in the Catalog.
- Note that this only has effect if you use a later version
- than the one that appears in the header. This method
- ignores the parameter if you try to set a lower version
- than the one currently set in the Catalog.
- @param version the PDF name that will be used for the Version key in the catalog
-
-
- Adds a developer extension to the Extensions dictionary
- in the Catalog.
- @param de an object that contains the extensions prefix and dictionary
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Viewer preferences are described in section 3.6.1 and 8.1 of the
- PDF Reference 1.7 (Table 3.25 on p139-142 and Table 8.1 on p579-581).
- They are explained in section 13.1 of the book 'iText in Action'.
- The values of the different preferences were originally stored
- in class PdfWriter, but they have been moved to this separate interface
- for reasons of convenience.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the PDF/X conformance level.
- Allowed values are PDFX1A2001, PDFX32002, PDFA1A and PDFA1B.
- It must be called before opening the document.
- @param pdfxConformance the conformance level
-
-
- Checks if the PDF/X Conformance is necessary.
- @return true if the PDF has to be in conformance with any of the PDF/X specifications
-
-
- Checks if any PDF ISO conformance is necessary.
- @return true if the PDF has to be in conformance with any of the PDF ISO specifications
-
-
- Shape arabic characters. This code was inspired by an LGPL'ed C library:
- Pango ( see http://www.pango.com/ ). Note that the code of this is the
- original work of Paulo Soares. Hence it is perfectly justifiable to distribute
- it under the MPL.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Some fonts do not implement ligaturized variations on Arabic characters
- e.g. Simplified Arabic has got code point 0xFEED but not 0xFEEE
-
-
- Digit shaping option: Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits.
-
-
- Digit shaping option: Replace Arabic-Indic digits by European digits (U+0030...U+0039).
-
-
- Digit shaping option:
- Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits
- if the most recent strongly directional character
- is an Arabic letter (its Bidi direction value is RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC).
- The initial state at the start of the text is assumed to be not an Arabic,
- letter, so European digits at the start of the text will not change.
- Compare to DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INIT_AL.
-
-
- Digit shaping option:
- Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits
- if the most recent strongly directional character
- is an Arabic letter (its Bidi direction value is RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC).
- The initial state at the start of the text is assumed to be an Arabic,
- letter, so European digits at the start of the text will change.
- Compare to DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INT_LR.
-
-
- Not a valid option value.
-
-
- Bit mask for digit shaping options.
-
-
- Digit type option: Use Arabic-Indic digits (U+0660...U+0669).
-
-
- Digit type option: Use Eastern (Extended) Arabic-Indic digits (U+06f0...U+06f9).
-
-
- Bit mask for digit type options.
-
-
- Arabic is written from right to left.
- @return true
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.languages.LanguageProcessor#isRTL()
-
-
- Signals that a bad PDF format has been used to construct a PdfObject.
-
- @see PdfException
- @see PdfBoolean
- @see PdfNumber
- @see PdfString
- @see PdfName
- @see PdfDictionary
- @see PdfFont
-
-
- Base class containing properties and methods commom to all
- barcode types.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- A type of barcode
-
-
- The minimum bar width.
-
-
- The bar multiplier for wide bars or the distance between
- bars for Postnet and Planet.
-
-
- The text font. null if no text.
-
-
- The size of the text or the height of the shorter bar
- in Postnet.
-
-
- If positive, the text distance under the bars. If zero or negative,
- the text distance above the bars.
-
-
- The height of the bars.
-
-
- The text Element. Can be Element.ALIGN_LEFT,
- Element.ALIGN_CENTER or Element.ALIGN_RIGHT.
-
-
- The optional checksum generation.
-
-
- Shows the generated checksum in the the text.
-
-
- Show the start and stop character '*' in the text for
- the barcode 39 or 'ABCD' for codabar.
-
-
- Generates extended barcode 39.
-
-
- The code to generate.
-
-
- Show the guard bars for barcode EAN.
-
-
- The code type.
-
-
- The ink spreading.
-
-
- Gets the minimum bar width.
- @return the minimum bar width
-
-
- Gets the bar multiplier for wide bars.
- @return the bar multiplier for wide bars
-
-
- Gets the text font. null if no text.
- @return the text font. null if no text
-
-
- Gets the size of the text.
- @return the size of the text
-
-
- Gets the text baseline.
- If positive, the text distance under the bars. If zero or negative,
- the text distance above the bars.
- @return the baseline.
-
-
- Gets the height of the bars.
- @return the height of the bars
-
-
- Gets the text Element. Can be Element.ALIGN_LEFT,
- Element.ALIGN_CENTER or Element.ALIGN_RIGHT.
- @return the text alignment
-
-
- The property for the optional checksum generation.
-
-
- Sets the property to show the generated checksum in the the text.
- @param checksumText new value of property checksumText
-
-
- Gets the property to show the start and stop character '*' in the text for
- the barcode 39.
- @param startStopText new value of property startStopText
-
-
- Sets the property to generate extended barcode 39.
- @param extended new value of property extended
-
-
- Gets the code to generate.
- @return the code to generate
-
-
- Sets the property to show the guard bars for barcode EAN.
- @param guardBars new value of property guardBars
-
-
- Gets the code type.
- @return the code type
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- Creates a template with the barcode.
- @param cb the PdfContentByte to create the template. It
- serves no other use
- @param barColor the color of the bars. It can be null
- @param textColor the color of the text. It can be null
- @return the template
- @see #placeBarcode(PdfContentByte cb, BaseColor barColor, BaseColor textColor)
-
-
- Creates an Image with the barcode.
- @param cb the PdfContentByte to create the Image. It
- serves no other use
- @param barColor the color of the bars. It can be null
- @param textColor the color of the text. It can be null
- @return the Image
- @see #placeBarcode(PdfContentByte cb, BaseColor barColor, BaseColor textColor)
-
-
- The alternate text to be used, if present.
-
-
- Sets the alternate text. If present, this text will be used instead of the
- text derived from the supplied code.
- @param altText the alternate text
-
-
-
- The bars to generate the code.
-
-
- The stop bars.
-
-
- The charset code change.
-
-
- The charset code change.
-
-
- The charset code change.
-
-
- The code for UCC/EAN-128.
-
-
- The start code.
-
-
- The start code.
-
-
- The start code.
-
-
- Creates new Barcode128
-
-
- Removes the FNC1 codes in the text.
- @param code the text to clean
- @return the cleaned text
-
-
- Gets the human readable text of a sequence of AI.
- @param code the text
- @return the human readable text
-
-
- Returns true if the next numDigits
- starting from index textIndex are numeric skipping any FNC1.
- @param text the text to check
- @param textIndex where to check from
- @param numDigits the number of digits to check
- @return the check result
-
-
- Packs the digits for charset C also considering FNC1. It assumes that all the parameters
- are valid.
- @param text the text to pack
- @param textIndex where to pack from
- @param numDigits the number of digits to pack. It is always an even number
- @return the packed digits, two digits per character
-
-
- Converts the human readable text to the characters needed to
- create a barcode using the specified code set.
- @param text the text to convert
- @param ucc true if it is an UCC/EAN-128. In this case
- the character FNC1 is added
- @param codeSet forced code set, or AUTO for optimized barcode.
- @return the code ready to be fed to getBarsCode128Raw()
-
-
- Converts the human readable text to the characters needed to
- create a barcode. Some optimization is done to get the shortest code.
- @param text the text to convert
- @param ucc true if it is an UCC/EAN-128. In this case
- the character FNC1 is added
- @return the code ready to be fed to getBarsCode128Raw()
-
-
- Generates the bars. The input has the actual barcodes, not
- the human readable text.
- @param text the barcode
- @return the bars
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
-
- Implements the code 39 and code 39 extended. The default parameters are:
-
- x = 0.8f;
- n = 2;
- font = BaseFont.CreateFont("Helvetica", "winansi", false);
- size = 8;
- baseline = size;
- barHeight = size * 3;
- textint= Element.ALIGN_CENTER;
- generateChecksum = false;
- checksumText = false;
- startStopText = true;
- extended = false;
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The bars to generate the code.
-
-
- The index chars to BARS.
-
-
- The character combinations to make the code 39 extended.
-
-
- Creates a new Barcode39.
-
-
- Creates the bars.
- @param text the text to create the bars. This text does not include the start and
- stop characters
- @return the bars
-
-
- Converts the extended text into a normal, escaped text,
- ready to generate bars.
- @param text the extended text
- @return the escaped text
-
-
- Calculates the checksum.
- @param text the text
- @return the checksum
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- Implements the code codabar. The default parameters are:
-
- x = 0.8f;
- n = 2;
- font = BaseFont.CreateFont("Helvetica", "winansi", false);
- size = 8;
- baseline = size;
- barHeight = size * 3;
- textAlignment = Element.ALIGN_CENTER;
- generateChecksum = false;
- checksumText = false;
- startStopText = false;
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The bars to generate the code.
-
-
- The index chars to BARS.
-
-
- Creates a new BarcodeCodabar.
-
-
- Creates the bars.
- @param text the text to create the bars
- @return the bars
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- No error.
-
-
- The text is too big for the symbology capabilities.
-
-
- The dimensions given for the symbol are illegal.
-
-
- An error while parsing an extension.
-
-
- The best encodation will be used.
-
-
- ASCII encodation.
-
-
- C40 encodation.
-
-
- TEXT encodation.
-
-
- Binary encodation.
-
-
- X21 encodation.
-
-
- X12 encodation.
-
- @deprecated Use {@link BarcodeDataMatrix#DM_X12} instead.
-
-
- EDIFACT encodation.
-
-
- No encodation needed. The bytes provided are already encoded.
-
-
- Allows extensions to be embedded at the start of the text.
-
-
- Doesn't generate the image but returns all the other information.
-
-
- Creates an instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an Image with the barcode. A successful call to the method generate()
- before calling this method is required.
- @return the barcode Image
- @throws BadElementException on error
-
-
- Creates a java.awt.Image. A successful call to the method generate()
- before calling this method is required.
- @param foreground the color of the bars
- @param background the color of the background
- @return the image
-
-
- Gets the generated image. The image is represented as a stream of bytes, each byte representing
- 8 pixels, 0 for white and 1 for black, with the high-order bit of each byte first. Each row
- is aligned at byte boundaries. The dimensions of the image are defined by height and width
- plus 2 * ws.
- @return the generated image
-
-
-
-
- Gets/sets the whitespace border around the barcode.
- @param ws the whitespace border around the barcode
-
-
-
- Generates barcodes in several formats: EAN13, EAN8, UPCA, UPCE,
- supplemental 2 and 5. The default parameters are:
-
- x = 0.8f;
- font = BaseFont.CreateFont("Helvetica", "winansi", false);
- size = 8;
- baseline = size;
- barHeight = size * 3;
- guardBars = true;
- codeType = EAN13;
- code = "";
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The bar positions that are guard bars.
-
-
- The bar positions that are guard bars.
-
-
- The bar positions that are guard bars.
-
-
- The bar positions that are guard bars.
-
-
- The bar positions that are guard bars.
-
-
- The x coordinates to place the text.
-
-
- The x coordinates to place the text.
-
-
- The basic bar widths.
-
-
- The total number of bars for EAN13.
-
-
- The total number of bars for EAN8.
-
-
- The total number of bars for UPCE.
-
-
- The total number of bars for supplemental 2.
-
-
- The total number of bars for supplemental 5.
-
-
- Marker for odd parity.
-
-
- Marker for even parity.
-
-
- Sequence of parities to be used with EAN13.
-
-
- Sequence of parities to be used with supplemental 2.
-
-
- Sequence of parities to be used with supplemental 2.
-
-
- Sequence of parities to be used with UPCE.
-
-
- Creates new BarcodeEAN
-
-
- Calculates the EAN parity character.
- @param code the code
- @return the parity character
-
-
- Converts an UPCA code into an UPCE code. If the code can not
- be converted a null is returned.
- @param text the code to convert. It must have 12 numeric characters
- @return the 8 converted digits or null if the
- code could not be converted
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode EAN13 and UPCA.
- @param _code the text with 13 digits
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode EAN8.
- @param _code the text with 8 digits
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode UPCE.
- @param _code the text with 8 digits
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode supplemental 2.
- @param _code the text with 2 digits
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode supplemental 5.
- @param _code the text with 5 digits
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
-
- The barcode with the EAN/UPC.
-
-
- The barcode with the supplemental.
-
-
- Creates new combined barcode.
- @param ean the EAN/UPC barcode
- @param supp the supplemental barcode
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- Implements the code interleaved 2 of 5. The text can include
- non numeric characters that are printed but do not generate bars.
- The default parameters are:
-
- x = 0.8f;
- n = 2;
- font = BaseFont.CreateFont("Helvetica", "winansi", false);
- size = 8;
- baseline = size;
- barHeight = size * 3;
- textint= Element.ALIGN_CENTER;
- generateChecksum = false;
- checksumText = false;
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The bars to generate the code.
-
-
- Creates new BarcodeInter25
-
-
- Deletes all the non numeric characters from text.
- @param text the text
- @return a string with only numeric characters
-
-
- Calculates the checksum.
- @param text the numeric text
- @return the checksum
-
-
- Creates the bars for the barcode.
- @param text the text. It can contain non numeric characters
- @return the barcode
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- Generates the 2D barcode PDF417. Supports dimensioning auto-sizing, fixed
- and variable sizes, automatic and manual error levels, raw codeword input,
- codeword size optimization and bitmap inversion. The output can
- be a CCITT G4 Image or a raw bitmap.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Auto-size is made based on aspectRatio and yHeight.
-
-
- The size of the barcode will be at least codeColumns*codeRows.
-
-
- The size will be at least codeColumns
- with a variable number of codeRows.
-
-
- The size will be at least codeRows
- with a variable number of codeColumns.
-
-
- The error level correction is set automatically according
- to ISO 15438 recomendations.
-
-
- The error level correction is set by the user. It can be 0 to 8.
-
-
- One single binary segment is used
-
-
- No text interpretation is done and the content of codewords
- is used directly.
-
-
- Inverts the output bits of the raw bitmap that is normally
- bit one for black. It has only effect for the raw bitmap.
-
-
- Use Macro PDF417 Encoding
- @see #setMacroFileId(String)
- @see #setMacroSegmentId(int)
- @see #setMacroSegmentCount(int)
-
-
- Creates a new BarcodePDF417 with the default settings.
-
-
- Sets the segment id for macro PDF417 encoding
- @param id the id (starting at 0)
- @see #setMacroSegmentCount(int)
-
-
- Sets the segment count for macro PDF417 encoding
- @param cnt the number of macro segments
- @see #setMacroSegmentId(int)
-
-
- Sets the File ID for macro PDF417 encoding
- @param id the file id
-
-
- Set the default settings that correspond to PDF417_USE_ASPECT_RATIO
- and PDF417_AUTO_ERROR_LEVEL.
-
-
- Paints the barcode. If no exception was thrown a valid barcode is available.
-
-
- Gets an Image with the barcode. The image will have to be
- scaled in the Y direction by yHeightfor the barcode
- to have the right printing aspect.
- @return the barcode Image
- @throws BadElementException on error
-
-
- Gets the raw image bits of the barcode. The image will have to
- be scaled in the Y direction by yHeight.
- @return The raw barcode image
-
-
- Gets the number of X pixels of outBits.
- @return the number of X pixels of outBits
-
-
- Gets the number of Y pixels of outBits.
- It is also the number of rows in the barcode.
- @return the number of Y pixels of outBits
- Sets the number of barcode rows. This number may be changed
- to keep the barcode valid.
- @param codeRows the number of barcode rows
-
-
- Sets the number of barcode data columns.
- This number may be changed to keep the barcode valid.
- @param codeColumns the number of barcode data columns
-
-
- Gets the codeword array. This array is always 928 elements long.
- It can be writen to if the option PDF417_USE_RAW_CODEWORDS
- is set.
- @return the codeword array
-
-
- Sets the length of the codewords.
- @param lenCodewords the length of the codewords
-
-
- Gets the error level correction used for the barcode. It may different
- from the previously set value.
- @return the error level correction used for the barcode
- Sets the error level correction for the barcode.
- @param errorLevel the error level correction for the barcode
-
-
- Sets the bytes that form the barcode. This bytes should
- be interpreted in the codepage Cp437.
- @param text the bytes that form the barcode
-
-
- Sets the text that will form the barcode. This text is converted
- to bytes using the encoding Cp437.
- @param s the text that will form the barcode
- @throws UnsupportedEncodingException if the encoding Cp437 is not supported
-
-
- Sets the options to generate the barcode. This can be all
- the PDF417_* constants.
- @param options the options to generate the barcode
-
-
- Sets the barcode aspect ratio. A ratio or 0.5 will make the
- barcode width twice as large as the height.
- @param aspectRatio the barcode aspect ratio
-
-
- Sets the Y pixel height relative to X. It is usually 3.
- @param yHeight the Y pixel height relative to X
-
-
- Holds value of property outBits.
-
-
- Holds value of property bitColumns.
-
-
- Holds value of property codeRows.
-
-
- Holds value of property codeColumns.
-
-
- Holds value of property codewords.
-
-
- Holds value of property lenCodewords.
-
-
- Holds value of property errorLevel.
-
-
- Holds value of property text.
-
-
- Holds value of property options.
-
-
- Holds value of property aspectRatio.
-
-
- Holds value of property yHeight.
-
-
- Gets the size of the barcode grid.
-
-
- Implements the Postnet and Planet barcodes. The default parameters are:
-
- n = 72f / 22f; // distance between bars
- x = 0.02f * 72f; // bar width
- barHeight = 0.125f * 72f; // height of the tall bars
- size = 0.05f * 72f; // height of the short bars
- codeType = POSTNET; // type of code
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The bars for each character.
-
-
- Creates new BarcodePostnet
-
-
- Creates the bars for Postnet.
- @param text the code to be created without checksum
- @return the bars
-
-
- Gets the maximum area that the barcode and the text, if
- any, will occupy. The lower left corner is always (0, 0).
- @return the size the barcode occupies.
-
-
-
- A QRCode implementation based on the zxing code.
- @author Paulo Soares
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Creates the QR barcode. The barcode is always created with the smallest possible size and is then stretched
- to the width and height given. Set the width and height to 1 to get an unscaled barcode.
- @param content the text to be encoded
- @param width the barcode width
- @param height the barcode height
- @param hints modifiers to change the way the barcode is create. They can be EncodeHintType.ERROR_CORRECTION
- and EncodeHintType.CHARACTER_SET. For EncodeHintType.ERROR_CORRECTION the values can be ErrorCorrectionLevel.L, M, Q, H.
- For EncodeHintType.CHARACTER_SET the values are strings and can be Cp437, Shift_JIS and ISO-8859-1 to ISO-8859-16.
- You can also use UTF-8, but correct behaviour is not guaranteed as Unicode is not supported in QRCodes.
- The default value is ISO-8859-1.
- @throws WriterException
-
-
- Gets an Image with the barcode.
- @return the barcode Image
- @throws BadElementException on error
-
-
- Gets the size of the barcode grid.
-
-
- A thin border with 1 point width.
-
-
- A medium border with 2 point width.
-
-
- A thick border with 3 point width.
-
-
- The field is visible.
-
-
- The field is hidden.
-
-
- The field is visible but does not print.
-
-
- The field is hidden but is printable.
-
-
- The user may not change the value of the field.
-
-
- The field must have a value at the time it is exported by a submit-form
- action.
-
-
- The field may contain multiple lines of text.
- This flag is only meaningful with text fields.
-
-
- The field will not scroll (horizontally for single-line
- fields, vertically for multiple-line fields) to accommodate more text
- than will fit within its annotation rectangle. Once the field is full, no
- further text will be accepted.
-
-
- The field is intended for entering a secure password that should
- not be echoed visibly to the screen.
-
-
- The text entered in the field represents the pathname of
- a file whose contents are to be submitted as the value of the field.
-
-
- The text entered in the field will not be spell-checked.
- This flag is meaningful only in text fields and in combo
- fields with the EDIT flag set.
-
-
- If set the combo box includes an editable text box as well as a drop list; if
- clear, it includes only a drop list.
- This flag is only meaningful with combo fields.
-
-
- whether or not a list may have multiple selections. Only applies to /CH LIST
- fields, not combo boxes.
-
-
- combo box flag.
-
-
- Holds value of property rotation.
-
-
- Holds value of property visibility.
-
-
- Holds value of property fieldName.
-
-
- Holds value of property options.
-
-
- Holds value of property maxCharacterLength.
-
-
- Creates a new TextField.
- @param writer the document PdfWriter
- @param box the field location and dimensions
- @param fieldName the field name. If null only the widget keys
- will be included in the field allowing it to be used as a kid field.
-
-
- Sets the border width in points. To eliminate the border
- set the border color to null.
- @param borderWidth the border width in points
-
-
- Sets the border style. The styles are found in PdfBorderDictionary
- and can be STYLE_SOLID, STYLE_DASHED,
- STYLE_BEVELED, STYLE_INSET and
- STYLE_UNDERLINE.
- @param borderStyle the border style
-
-
- Sets the border color. Set to null to remove
- the border.
- @param borderColor the border color
-
-
- Sets the background color. Set to null for
- transparent background.
- @param backgroundColor the background color
-
-
- Sets the text color. If null the color used
- will be black.
- @param textColor the text color
-
-
- Sets the text font. If null then Helvetica
- will be used.
- @param font the text font
-
-
- Sets the font size. If 0 then auto-sizing will be used but
- only for text fields.
- @param fontSize the font size
-
-
- Sets the text horizontal alignment. It can be Element.ALIGN_LEFT,
- Element.ALIGN_CENTER and Element.ALIGN_RIGHT.
- @param alignment the text horizontal alignment
-
-
- Sets the text for text fields.
- @param text the text
-
-
- Sets the field dimension and position.
- @param box the field dimension and position
-
-
- Sets the field rotation. This value should be the same as
- the page rotation where the field will be shown.
- @param rotation the field rotation
-
-
- Convenience method to set the field rotation the same as the
- page rotation.
- @param page the page
-
-
- Sets the field visibility flag. This flags can be one of
- VISIBLE, HIDDEN, VISIBLE_BUT_DOES_NOT_PRINT
- and HIDDEN_BUT_PRINTABLE.
- @param visibility field visibility flag
-
-
- Sets the field name.
- @param fieldName the field name. If null only the widget keys
- will be included in the field allowing it to be used as a kid field.
-
-
- Sets the option flags. The option flags can be a combination by oring of
- READ_ONLY, REQUIRED,
- MULTILINE, DO_NOT_SCROLL,
- PASSWORD, FILE_SELECTION,
- DO_NOT_SPELL_CHECK and EDIT.
- @param options the option flags
-
-
- Sets the maximum length of the field�s text, in characters.
- It is only meaningful for text fields.
- @param maxCharacterLength the maximum length of the field�s text, in characters
-
-
- Moves the field keys from from to to. The moved keys
- are removed from from.
- @param from the source
- @param to the destination. It may be null
-
-
-
- Summary description for BaseFont.
-
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- The maximum height above the baseline reached by glyphs in this
- font, excluding the height of glyphs for accented characters.
-
-
- The y coordinate of the top of flat capital letters, measured from
- the baseline.
-
-
- The maximum depth below the baseline reached by glyphs in this
- font. The value is a negative number.
-
-
- The angle, expressed in degrees counterclockwise from the vertical,
- of the dominant vertical strokes of the font. The value is
- negative for fonts that slope to the right, as almost all italic fonts do.
-
-
- The lower left x glyph coordinate.
-
-
- The lower left y glyph coordinate.
-
-
- The upper right x glyph coordinate.
-
-
- The upper right y glyph coordinate.
-
-
- java.awt.Font property
-
-
- java.awt.Font property
-
-
- java.awt.Font property
-
-
- java.awt.Font property
-
-
- The underline position. Usually a negative value.
-
-
- The underline thickness.
-
-
- The strikethrough position.
-
-
- The strikethrough thickness.
-
-
- The recommended vertical size for subscripts for this font.
-
-
- The recommended vertical offset from the baseline for subscripts for this font. Usually a negative value.
-
-
- The recommended vertical size for superscripts for this font.
-
-
- The recommended vertical offset from the baseline for superscripts for this font.
-
-
- The weight class of the font, as defined by the font author
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- The width class of the font, as defined by the font author
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- The entry of PDF FontDescriptor dictionary.
- (Optional; PDF 1.5; strongly recommended for Type 3 fonts in Tagged PDF documents)
- The weight (thickness) component of the fully-qualified font name or font specifier.
- A value larger than 500 indicates bold font-weight.
-
-
- The font is Type 1.
-
-
- The font is True Type with a standard encoding.
-
-
- The font is CJK.
-
-
- The font is True Type with a Unicode encoding.
-
-
- A font already inside the document.
-
-
- A Type3 font.
-
-
- The Unicode encoding with horizontal writing.
-
-
- The Unicode encoding with vertical writing.
-
-
- A possible encoding.
-
-
- A possible encoding.
-
-
- A possible encoding.
-
-
- A possible encoding.
-
-
- A possible encoding.
-
-
- default array of six numbers specifying the font matrix, mapping glyph space to text space
-
-
- if the font has to be embedded
-
-
- if the font doesn't have to be embedded
-
-
- if the font has to be cached
-
-
- if the font doesn't have to be cached
-
-
- The path to the font resources.
-
-
- The fake CID code that represents a newline.
-
-
- * Unicode Character 'PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR' (U+2029)
- * Treated as a line feed character in XFA rich and plain text.
- * @since 5.4.3
-
-
- The font type.
-
-
- a not defined character in a custom PDF encoding
-
-
- table of characters widths for this encoding
-
-
- encoding names
-
-
- same as differences but with the unicode codes
-
-
- encoding used with this font
-
-
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
-
-
- The compression level for the font stream.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- true if the font must use its built in encoding. In that case the
- encoding is only used to map a char to the position inside
- the font, not to the expected char name.
-
-
- cache for the fonts already used.
-
-
- list of the 14 built in fonts.
-
-
- Forces the output of the width array. Only matters for the 14
- built-in fonts.
-
-
- Converts char directly to byte
- by casting.
-
-
- Indicates if all the glyphs and widths for that particular
- encoding should be included in the document.
-
-
- Custom encodings use this map to key the Unicode character
- to the single byte code.
-
-
- Generates the PDF stream with the Type1 and Truetype fonts returning
- a PdfStream.
-
-
- Generates the PDF stream with the Type1 and Truetype fonts returning
- a PdfStream.
- @param contents the content of the stream
- @param lengths an array of int that describes the several lengths of each part of the font
- @param compressionLevel the compression level of the Stream
- @throws DocumentException error in the stream compression
- @since 2.1.3 (replaces the constructor without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Generates the PDF stream for a font.
- @param contents the content of a stream
- @param subType the subtype of the font.
- @param compressionLevel the compression level of the Stream
- @throws DocumentException error in the stream compression
- @since 2.1.3 (replaces the constructor without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Creates new BaseFont
-
-
- Creates a new font. This will always be the default Helvetica font (not embedded).
- This method is introduced because Helvetica is used in many examples.
- @return a BaseFont object (Helvetica, Winansi, not embedded)
- @throws IOException This shouldn't occur ever
- @throws DocumentException This shouldn't occur ever
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a font based on an existing document font. The created font font may not
- behave as expected, depending on the encoding or subset.
- @param fontRef the reference to the document font
- @return the font
-
-
- Indicates whether the font is used for verticl writing or not.
- @return true if the writing mode is vertical for the given font, false otherwise.
-
-
- Gets the name without the modifiers Bold, Italic or BoldItalic.
- @param name the full name of the font
- @return the name without the modifiers Bold, Italic or BoldItalic
-
-
- Normalize the encoding names. "winansi" is changed to "Cp1252" and
- "macroman" is changed to "MacRoman".
- @param enc the encoding to be normalized
- @return the normalized encoding
-
-
- Creates the widths and the differences arrays
- @throws UnsupportedEncodingException the encoding is not supported
-
-
- Gets the width from the font according to the Unicode char c
- or the name. If the name is null it's a symbolic font.
- @param c the unicode char
- @param name the glyph name
- @return the width of the char
-
-
- Gets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @return the kerning to be applied
-
-
- Sets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @param kern the kerning to apply in normalized 1000 units
- @return true if the kerning was applied, false otherwise
-
-
- Gets the width of a char in normalized 1000 units.
- @param char1 the unicode char to get the width of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Gets the width of a string in normalized 1000 units.
- @param text the string to get the witdth of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Gets the descent of a String in normalized 1000 units. The descent will always be
- less than or equal to zero even if all the characters have an higher descent.
- @param text the String to get the descent of
- @return the dexcent in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Gets the ascent of a String in normalized 1000 units. The ascent will always be
- greater than or equal to zero even if all the characters have a lower ascent.
- @param text the String to get the ascent of
- @return the ascent in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Gets the descent of a String in points. The descent will always be
- less than or equal to zero even if all the characters have an higher descent.
- @param text the String to get the descent of
- @param fontSize the size of the font
- @return the dexcent in points
-
-
- Gets the ascent of a String in points. The ascent will always be
- greater than or equal to zero even if all the characters have a lower ascent.
- @param text the String to get the ascent of
- @param fontSize the size of the font
- @return the ascent in points
-
-
- Gets the width of a String in points taking kerning
- into account.
- @param text the String to get the witdth of
- @param fontSize the font size
- @return the width in points
-
-
- Gets the width of a string in points.
- @param text the string to get the witdth of
- @param fontSize the font size
- @return the width in points
-
-
- Gets the width of a char in points.
- @param char1 the char to get the witdth of
- @param fontSize the font size
- @return the width in points
-
-
-
-
- Outputs to the writer the font dictionaries and streams.
- @param writer the writer for this document
- @param ref the font indirect reference
- @param params several parameters that depend on the font type
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException error in generating the object
-
-
- Returns a PdfStream object with the full font program (if possible).
- This method will return null for some types of fonts (CJKFont, Type3Font)
- or if there is no font program available (standard Type 1 fonts).
- @return a PdfStream with the font program
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Gets the encoding used to convert string into byte[].
- @return the encoding name
-
-
- Gets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT,
- ITALICANGLE, BBOXLLX, BBOXLLY, BBOXURX
- and BBOXURY.
- @param key the parameter to be extracted
- @param fontSize the font size in points
- @return the parameter in points
-
-
- Sets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT,
- ITALICANGLE, BBOXLLX, BBOXLLY, BBOXURX
- and BBOXURY.
- @param key the parameter to be updated
- @param value the parameter value
-
-
- Gets the font type. The font types can be: FONT_TYPE_T1,
- FONT_TYPE_TT, FONT_TYPE_CJK and FONT_TYPE_TTUNI.
- @return the font type
-
-
- Gets the embedded flag.
- @return true if the font is embedded.
-
-
- Gets the symbolic flag of the font.
- @return true if the font is symbolic
-
-
- Creates a unique subset prefix to be added to the font name when the font is embedded and subset.
- @return the subset prefix
-
-
- Gets the Unicode character corresponding to the byte output to the pdf stream.
- @param index the byte index
- @return the Unicode character
-
-
- Gets the postscript font name.
- @return the postscript font name
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all the names from the font. Only the required tables are read.
- @param name the name of the font
- @param encoding the encoding of the font
- @param ttfAfm the true type font or the afm in a byte array
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
- @return an array of Object[] built with {getPostscriptFontName(), GetFamilyFontName(), GetFullFontName()}
-
-
- Gets all the entries of the namestable from the font. Only the required tables are read.
- @param name the name of the font
- @param encoding the encoding of the font
- @param ttfAfm the true type font or the afm in a byte array
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
- @return an array of Object[] built with {getPostscriptFontName(), getFamilyFontName(), getFullFontName()}
-
-
-
- Gets the code pages supported by the font. This has only meaning
- with True Type fonts.
- @return the code pages supported by the font
-
-
- Enumerates the postscript font names present inside a
- True Type Collection.
- @param ttcFile the file name of the font
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the postscript font names
-
-
- Enumerates the postscript font names present inside a
- True Type Collection.
- @param ttcArray the font as a byte array
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the postscript font names
-
-
- Gets the font width array.
- @return the font width array
-
-
- Gets the array with the names of the characters.
- @return the array with the names of the characters
-
-
- Gets the array with the unicode characters.
- @return the array with the unicode characters
-
-
- Set to true to force the generation of the
- widths array.
- @param forceWidthsOutput true to force the generation of the
- widths array
-
-
- Sets the conversion of char directly to byte
- by casting. This is a low level feature to put the bytes directly in
- the content stream without passing through string.GetBytes().
- @param directTextToByte New value of property directTextToByte.
-
-
- Indicates if all the glyphs and widths for that particular
- encoding should be included in the document. When set to true
- only the glyphs used will be included in the font. When set to false
- and {@link #addSubsetRange(int[])} was not called the full font will be included
- otherwise just the characters ranges will be included.
- @param subset new value of property subset
-
-
-
- Gets the CID code given an Unicode.
- It has only meaning with CJK fonts.
- @param c the Unicode
- @return the CID equivalent
-
-
- Checks if the font has any kerning pairs.
- @return true if the font has any kerning pairs
-
-
- Checks if a character exists in this font.
- @param c the character to check
- @return true if the character has a glyph,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the character advance.
- @param c the character
- @param advance the character advance normalized to 1000 units
- @return true if the advance was set,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Gets a list of all document fonts. Each element of the ArrayList
- contains a Object[]{String,PRIndirectReference} with the font name
- and the indirect reference to it.
- @param reader the document where the fonts are to be listed from
- @return the list of fonts and references
-
-
- Gets a list of the document fonts in a particular page. Each element of the ArrayList
- contains a Object[]{String,PRIndirectReference} with the font name
- and the indirect reference to it.
- @param reader the document where the fonts are to be listed from
- @param page the page to list the fonts from
- @return the list of fonts and references
-
-
- Gets the smallest box enclosing the character contours. It will return
- null if the font has not the information or the character has no
- contours, as in the case of the space, for example. Characters with no contours may
- also return [0,0,0,0].
- @param c the character to get the contour bounding box from
- @return an array of four floats with the bounding box in the format [llx,lly,urx,ury] or
- null
-
-
- Gets default array of six numbers specifying the font matrix, mapping glyph space to text space
- @return an array of six values
- null
-
-
- iText expects Arabic Diactrics (tashkeel) to have zero advance but some fonts,
- most notably those that come with Windows, like times.ttf, have non-zero
- advance for those characters. This method makes those character to have zero
- width advance and work correctly in the iText Arabic shaping and reordering
- context.
-
-
- Adds a character range when subsetting. The range is an int array
- where the first element is the start range inclusive and the second element is the
- end range inclusive. Several ranges are allowed in the same array.
- @param range the character range
-
-
- Sets the compression level to be used for the font streams.
- @param compressionLevel a value between 0 (best speed) and 9 (best compression)
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Does all the line bidirectional processing with PdfChunk assembly.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates new BidiLine
-
-
- Call this after processLine() to know if any word was split into several lines.
- @return
-
-
- Gets the width of a range of characters.
- @param startIdx the first index to calculate
- @param lastIdx the last inclusive index to calculate
- @return the sum of all widths
-
-
- Gets the width of a range of characters.
- @param startIdx the first index to calculate
- @param lastIdx the last inclusive index to calculate
- @param originalWidth the full width of the line. It is used in case of RTL and tab stops
- @return the sum of all widths
-
-
- Method that changes a String with Arabic characters into a String in which the ligatures are made.
- @param s the original String
- @param runDirection
- @param arabicOptions
- @return the String with the ligaturesc
-
-
- Left-to-right
-
-
- Left-to-Right Embedding
-
-
- Left-to-Right Override
-
-
- Right-to-Left
-
-
- Right-to-Left Arabic
-
-
- Right-to-Left Embedding
-
-
- Right-to-Left Override
-
-
- Pop Directional Format
-
-
- European Number
-
-
- European Number Separator
-
-
- European Number Terminator
-
-
- Arabic Number
-
-
- Common Number Separator
-
-
- Non-Spacing Mark
-
-
- Boundary Neutral
-
-
- Paragraph Separator
-
-
- Segment Separator
-
-
- Whitespace
-
-
- Other Neutrals
-
-
- Minimum bidi type value.
-
-
- Maximum bidi type value.
-
-
- Initialize using an array of direction types. Types range from TYPE_MIN to TYPE_MAX inclusive
- and represent the direction codes of the characters in the text.
-
- @param types the types array
-
-
- Initialize using an array of direction types and an externally supplied paragraph embedding level.
- The embedding level may be -1, 0, or 1. -1 means to apply the default algorithm (rules P2 and P3),
- 0 is for LTR paragraphs, and 1 is for RTL paragraphs.
-
- @param types the types array
- @param paragraphEmbeddingLevel the externally supplied paragraph embedding level.
-
-
- The algorithm.
- Does not include line-based processing (Rules L1, L2).
- These are applied later in the line-based phase of the algorithm.
-
-
-
-
- Rules X9.
- Remove explicit codes so that they may be ignored during the remainder
- of the main portion of the algorithm. The length of the resulting text
- is returned.
- @return the length of the data excluding explicit codes and BN.
-
-
- Reinsert levels information for explicit codes.
- This is for ease of relating the level information
- to the original input data. Note that the levels
- assigned to these codes are arbitrary, they're
- chosen so as to avoid breaking level runs.
- @param textLength the length of the data after compression
- @return the length of the data (original length of
- types array supplied to constructor)
-
-
- 2) determining explicit levels
- Rules X1 - X8
-
- The interaction of these rules makes handling them a bit complex.
- This examines resultTypes but does not modify it. It returns embedding and
- override information in the result array. The low 7 bits are the level, the high
- bit is set if the level is an override, and clear if it is an embedding.
-
-
- 3) resolving weak types
- Rules W1-W7.
-
- Note that some weak types (EN, AN) remain after this processing is complete.
-
-
- 6) resolving neutral types
- Rules N1-N2.
-
-
- 7) resolving implicit embedding levels
- Rules I1, I2.
-
-
-
- Return multiline reordering array for a given level array.
- Reordering does not occur across a line break.
-
-
- Return reordering array for a given level array. This reorders a single line.
- The reordering is a visual to logical map. For example,
- the leftmost char is string.CharAt(order[0]).
- Rule L2.
-
-
- Return the base level of the paragraph.
-
-
- Return true if the type is considered a whitespace type for the line break rules.
-
-
- Return the strong type (L or R) corresponding to the level.
-
-
- Return the limit of the run starting at index that includes only resultTypes in validSet.
- This checks the value at index, and will return index if that value is not in validSet.
-
-
- Return the start of the run including index that includes only resultTypes in validSet.
- This assumes the value at index is valid, and does not check it.
-
-
- Set resultTypes from start up to (but not including) limit to newType.
-
-
- Set resultLevels from start up to (but not including) limit to newLevel.
-
-
- Throw exception if type array is invalid.
-
-
- Throw exception if paragraph embedding level is invalid. Special allowance for -1 so that
- default processing can still be performed when using this API.
-
-
- Throw exception if line breaks array is invalid.
-
-
- Acts like a StringBuilder but works with byte arrays.
- floating point is converted to a format suitable to the PDF.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The count of bytes in the buffer.
-
-
- The buffer where the bytes are stored.
-
-
- If true always output floating point numbers with 6 decimal digits.
- If false uses the faster, although less precise, representation.
-
-
- Creates new ByteBuffer with capacity 128
-
-
- Creates a byte buffer with a certain capacity.
- @param size the initial capacity
-
-
-
- You can fill the cache in advance if you want to.
-
- @param decimals
-
-
- Converts an double (multiplied by 100 and cast to an int) into an array of bytes.
-
- @param i the int
- @return a bytearray
-
-
- Appends an int. The size of the array will grow by one.
- @param b the int to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends the subarray of the byte array. The buffer will grow by
- len bytes.
- @param b the array to be appended
- @param off the offset to the start of the array
- @param len the length of bytes to Append
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends an array of bytes.
- @param b the array to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends a string to the buffer. The string is
- converted according to the encoding ISO-8859-1.
- @param str the string to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends a char to the buffer. The char is
- converted according to the encoding ISO-8859-1.
- @param c the char to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends another ByteBuffer to this buffer.
- @param buf the ByteBuffer to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends the string representation of an int.
- @param i the int to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends the string representation of a long.
- @param i the long to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends a string representation of a float according
- to the Pdf conventions.
- @param i the float to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Appends a string representation of a double according
- to the Pdf conventions.
- @param d the double to be appended
- @return a reference to this ByteBuffer object
-
-
- Outputs a double into a format suitable for the PDF.
- @param d a double
- @return the string representation of the double
-
-
- Outputs a double into a format suitable for the PDF.
- @param d a double
- @param buf a ByteBuffer
- @return the String representation of the double if
- buf is null. If buf is not null,
- then the double is appended directly to the buffer and this methods returns null.
-
-
- Sets the size to zero.
-
-
- Creates a newly allocated byte array. Its size is the current
- size of this output stream and the valid contents of the buffer
- have been copied into it.
-
- @return the current contents of this output stream, as a byte array.
-
-
- Returns the current size of the buffer.
-
- @return the value of the count field, which is the number of valid bytes in this byte buffer.
-
-
- Converts the buffer's contents into a string, translating bytes into
- characters according to the platform's default character encoding.
-
- @return string translated from the buffer's contents.
-
-
- Writes the complete contents of this byte buffer output to
- the specified output stream argument, as if by calling the output
- stream's write method using out.Write(buf, 0, count).
-
- @param out the output stream to which to write the data.
- @exception IOException if an I/O error occurs.
-
-
- List items for the linked list that builds the new CID font.
-
-
- remember the current offset and increment by item's size in bytes.
-
-
- Emit the byte stream for this item.
-
-
- Fix up cross references to this item (applies only to markers).
-
-
- set the value of an offset item that was initially unknown.
- It will be fixed up latex by a call to xref on some marker.
-
-
- A range item.
-
-
- An index-offset item for the list.
- The size denotes the required size in the CFF. A positive
- value means that we need a specific size in bytes (for offset arrays)
- and a negative value means that this is a dict item that uses a
- variable-size representation.
-
-
-
- @author orly manor
-
- TODO To change the template for this generated type comment go to
- Window - Preferences - Java - Code Generation - Code and Comments
-
-
- an unknown offset in a dictionary for the list.
- We will fix up the offset later; for now, assume it's large.
-
-
- Card24 item.
-
-
- Card32 item.
-
-
- A SID or Card16 item.
-
-
- A Card8 item.
-
-
- A dictionary number on the list.
- This implementation is inefficient: it doesn't use the variable-length
- representation.
-
-
- An offset-marker item for the list.
- It is used to mark an offset and to set the offset list item.
-
-
- a utility that creates a range item for an entire index
-
- @param indexOffset where the index is
- @return a range item representing the entire index
-
-
- get a single CID font. The PDF architecture (1.4)
- supports 16-bit strings only with CID CFF fonts, not
- in Type-1 CFF fonts, so we convert the font to CID if
- it is in the Type-1 format.
- Two other tasks that we need to do are to select
- only a single font from the CFF package (this again is
- a PDF restriction) and to subset the CharStrings glyph
- description.
-
-
- A random Access File or an array
- (contributed by orly manor)
-
-
-
-
- The Strings in this array represent Type1/Type2 operator names
-
-
- The Strings in this array represent Type1/Type2 escape operator names
-
-
- Operator codes for unused CharStrings and unused local and global Subrs
-
-
- A HashMap containing the glyphs used in the text after being converted
- to glyph number by the CMap
-
-
- The GlyphsUsed keys as an ArrayList
-
-
- A HashMap for keeping the FDArrays being used by the font
-
-
- A HashMaps array for keeping the subroutines used in each FontDict
-
-
- The SubroutinesUsed HashMaps as ArrayLists
-
-
- A HashMap for keeping the Global subroutines used in the font
-
-
- The Global SubroutinesUsed HashMaps as ArrayLists
-
-
- A HashMap for keeping the subroutines used in a non-cid font
-
-
- The SubroutinesUsed HashMap as ArrayList
-
-
- An array of the new Indexs for the local Subr. One index for each FontDict
-
-
- The new subroutines index for a non-cid font
-
-
- The new global subroutines index of the font
-
-
- The new CharString of the font
-
-
- The bias for the global subroutines
-
-
- The linked list for generating the new font stream
-
-
- Number of arguments to the stem operators in a subroutine calculated recursivly
-
-
- C'tor for CFFFontSubset
- @param rf - The font file
- @param GlyphsUsed - a HashMap that contains the glyph used in the subset
-
-
- Calculates the length of the charset according to its format
- @param Offset The Charset Offset
- @param NumofGlyphs Number of glyphs in the font
- @return the length of the Charset
-
-
- Function calculates the number of ranges in the Charset
- @param NumofGlyphs The number of glyphs in the font
- @param Type The format of the Charset
- @return The number of ranges in the Charset data structure
-
-
- Read the FDSelect of the font and compute the array and its length
- @param Font The index of the font being processed
- @return The Processed FDSelect of the font
-
-
- Function reads the FDSelect and builds the FDArrayUsed HashMap According to the glyphs used
- @param Font the Number of font being processed
-
-
- Read the FDArray count, offsize and Offset array
- @param Font
-
-
- The Process function extracts one font out of the CFF file and returns a
- subset version of the original.
- @param fontName - The name of the font to be taken out of the CFF
- @return The new font stream
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function calcs bias according to the CharString type and the count
- of the subrs
- @param Offset The offset to the relevent subrs index
- @param Font the font
- @return The calculated Bias
-
-
- Function uses BuildNewIndex to create the new index of the subset charstrings
- @param FontIndex the font
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
- The function finds for the FD array processed the local subr offset and its
- offset array.
- @param Font the font
- @param FD The FDARRAY processed
-
-
-
-
- The function reads a subrs (glyph info) between begin and end.
- Adds calls to a Lsubr to the hSubr and lSubrs.
- Adds calls to a Gsubr to the hGSubr and lGSubrs.
- @param begin the start point of the subr
- @param end the end point of the subr
- @param GBias the bias of the Global Subrs
- @param LBias the bias of the Local Subrs
- @param hSubr the HashMap for the lSubrs
- @param lSubr the ArrayList for the lSubrs
-
-
- Function Checks how the current operator effects the run time stack after being run
- An operator may increase or decrease the stack size
-
-
- Function checks the key and return the change to the stack after the operator
- @return The change in the stack. 2-> flush the stack
-
-
- Empty the Type2 Stack
-
-
-
- Pop one element from the stack
-
-
-
- Add an item to the stack
-
-
-
- The function reads the next command after the file pointer is set
-
-
- The function reads the subroutine and returns the number of the hint in it.
- If a call to another subroutine is found the function calls recursively.
- @param begin the start point of the subr
- @param end the end point of the subr
- @param LBias the bias of the Local Subrs
- @param GBias the bias of the Global Subrs
- @param LSubrsOffsets The Offsets array of the subroutines
- @return The number of hints in the subroutine read.
-
-
- Function builds the new offset array, object array and assembles the index.
- used for creating the glyph and subrs subsetted index
- @param Offsets the offset array of the original index
- @param Used the hashmap of the used objects
- @param OperatorForUnusedEntries the operator inserted into the data stream for unused entries
- @return the new index subset version
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function builds the new offset array, object array and assembles the index.
- used for creating the glyph and subrs subsetted index
- @param Offsets the offset array of the original index
- @param OperatorForUnusedEntries the operator inserted into the data stream for unused entries
- @return the new index subset version
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function creates the new index, inserting the count,offsetsize,offset array
- and object array.
- @param NewOffsets the subsetted offset array
- @param NewObjects the subsetted object array
- @return the new index created
-
-
- The function builds the new output stream according to the subset process
- @param Font the font
- @return the subseted font stream
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function Copies the header from the original fileto the output list
-
-
- Function Build the header of an index
- @param Count the count field of the index
- @param Offsize the offsize field of the index
- @param First the first offset of the index
-
-
- Function adds the keys into the TopDict
- @param fdarrayRef OffsetItem for the FDArray
- @param fdselectRef OffsetItem for the FDSelect
- @param charsetRef OffsetItem for the CharSet
- @param charstringsRef OffsetItem for the CharString
-
-
- Function takes the original string item and adds the new strings
- to accomodate the CID rules
- @param Font the font
-
-
- Function creates new FDSelect for non-CID fonts.
- The FDSelect built uses a single range for all glyphs
- @param fdselectRef OffsetItem for the FDSelect
- @param nglyphs the number of glyphs in the font
-
-
- Function creates new CharSet for non-CID fonts.
- The CharSet built uses a single range for all glyphs
- @param charsetRef OffsetItem for the CharSet
- @param nglyphs the number of glyphs in the font
-
-
- Function creates new FDArray for non-CID fonts.
- The FDArray built has only the "Private" operator that points to the font's
- original private dict
- @param fdarrayRef OffsetItem for the FDArray
- @param privateRef OffsetItem for the Private Dict
- @param Font the font
-
-
- Function reconstructs the FDArray, PrivateDict and LSubr for CID fonts
- @param Font the font
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function subsets the FDArray and builds the new one with new offsets
- @param Font The font
- @param fdPrivate OffsetItem Array (one for each FDArray)
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function Adds the new private dicts (only for the FDs used) to the list
- @param Font the font
- @param fdPrivate OffsetItem array one element for each private
- @param fdPrivateBase IndexBaseItem array one element for each private
- @param fdSubrs OffsetItem array one element for each private
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Function Adds the new LSubrs dicts (only for the FDs used) to the list
- @param Font The index of the font
- @param fdPrivateBase The IndexBaseItem array for the linked list
- @param fdSubrs OffsetItem array for the linked list
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Calculates how many byte it took to write the offset for the subrs in a specific
- private dict.
- @param Offset The Offset for the private dict
- @param Size The size of the private dict
- @return The size of the offset of the subrs in the private dict
-
-
- Function computes the size of an index
- @param indexOffset The offset for the computed index
- @return The size of the index
-
-
- The function creates a private dict for a font that was not CID
- All the keys are copied as is except for the subrs key
- @param Font the font
- @param Subr The OffsetItem for the subrs of the private
-
-
- the function marks the beginning of the subrs index and adds the subsetted subrs
- index to the output list.
- @param Font the font
- @param PrivateBase IndexBaseItem for the private that's referencing to the subrs
- @param Subrs OffsetItem for the subrs
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a CJK font compatible with the fonts in the Adobe Asian font Pack.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The encoding used in the PDF document for CJK fonts
-
-
- The path to the font resources.
-
-
- The font name
-
-
- The style modifier
-
-
- The CMap name associated with this font
-
-
- Creates a CJK font.
- @param fontName the name of the font
- @param enc the encoding of the font
- @param emb always false. CJK font and not embedded
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Returns a font compatible with a CJK encoding or null if not found.
- @param enc
- @return
-
-
- Checks if its a valid CJK font.
- @param fontName the font name
- @param enc the encoding
- @return true if it is CJK font
-
-
- Gets the width of a char in normalized 1000 units.
- @param char1 the unicode char to get the width of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- You can't get the FontStream of a CJK font (CJK fonts are never embedded),
- so this method always returns null.
- @return null
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Gets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT
- and ITALICANGLE.
- @param key the parameter to be extracted
- @param fontSize the font size in points
- @return the parameter in points
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of DocumentFont used while parsing PDF streams.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- The font dictionary.
-
-
- the width of a space for this font, in normalized 1000 point units
-
-
- The CMap constructed from the ToUnicode map from the font's dictionary, if present.
- This CMap transforms CID values into unicode equivalent
-
-
- Mapping between CID code (single byte only for now) and unicode equivalent
- as derived by the font's encoding. Only needed if the ToUnicode CMap is not provided.
-
-
- Creates an instance of a CMapAwareFont based on an indirect reference to a font.
- @param refFont the indirect reference to a font
-
-
- Parses the ToUnicode entry, if present, and constructs a CMap for it
- @since 2.1.7
-
-
- Inverts DocumentFont's uni2byte mapping to obtain a cid-to-unicode mapping based
- on the font's encoding
- @since 2.1.7
-
-
- For all widths of all glyphs, compute the average width in normalized 1000 point units.
- This is used to give some meaningful width in cases where we need an average font width
- (such as if the width of a space isn't specified by a given font)
- @return the average width of all non-zero width glyphs in the font
-
-
- @since 2.1.5
- Override to allow special handling for fonts that don't specify width of space character
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.DocumentFont#getWidth(int)
-
-
- Decodes a single CID (represented by one or two bytes) to a unicode String.
- @param bytes the bytes making up the character code to convert
- @param offset an offset
- @param len a length
- @return a String containing the encoded form of the input bytes using the font's encoding.
-
-
- Decodes a string of bytes (encoded in the font's encoding) into a unicode string
- This will use the ToUnicode map of the font, if available, otherwise it uses
- the font's encoding
- @param cidbytes the bytes that need to be decoded
- @return the unicode String that results from decoding
- @since 2.1.7
-
-
- ! .NET SPECIFIC; this method is used to avoid unecessary using of StringBuilder because it is slow in .NET !
- Decodes a single character string of bytes (encoded in the font's encoding) into a unicode string
- This will use the ToUnicode map of the font, if available, otherwise it uses
- the font's encoding
- @param cidbytes the bytes that need to be decoded
- @return the unicode String that results from decoding
-
-
- Encodes bytes to a String.
- @param bytes the bytes from a stream
- @param offset an offset
- @param len a length
- @return a String encoded taking into account if the bytes are in unicode or not.
- @deprecated method name is not indicative of what it does. Use decode instead.
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- A type of PDF Collection
-
-
- A type of PDF Collection
-
-
- A type of PDF Collection
-
-
- A type of PDF Collection
-
-
- Constructs a PDF Collection.
- @param type the type of PDF collection.
-
-
- Identifies the document that will be initially presented
- in the user interface.
- @param description the description that was used when attaching the file to the document
-
-
- Sets the Collection schema dictionary.
- @param schema an overview of the collection fields
-
-
- Sets the Collection sort dictionary.
- @param sort a collection sort dictionary
-
-
- @author blowagie
-
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- A possible type of collection field.
-
-
- The type of the PDF collection field.
-
-
- Creates a PdfCollectionField.
- @param name the field name
- @param type the field type
-
-
- The relative order of the field name. Fields are sorted in ascending order.
- @param i a number indicating the order of the field
-
-
- Sets the initial visibility of the field.
- @param visible the default is true (visible)
-
-
- Indication if the field value should be editable in the viewer.
- @param editable the default is false (not editable)
-
-
- Checks if the type of the field is suitable for a Collection Item.
-
-
- Returns a PdfObject that can be used as the value of a Collection Item.
- @param String value the value that has to be changed into a PdfObject (PdfString, PdfDate or PdfNumber)
-
-
- The PdfCollectionSchema with the names and types of the items.
-
-
- Constructs a Collection Item that can be added to a PdfFileSpecification.
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Sets the value of the collection item.
- @param value
-
-
- Adds a prefix for the Collection item.
- You can only use this method after you have set the value of the item.
- @param prefix a prefix
-
-
- Creates a Collection Schema dictionary.
-
-
- Adds a Collection field to the Schema.
- @param name the name of the collection field
- @param field a Collection Field
-
-
- Constructs a PDF Collection Sort Dictionary.
- @param key the key of the field that will be used to sort entries
-
-
- Constructs a PDF Collection Sort Dictionary.
- @param keys the keys of the fields that will be used to sort entries
-
-
- Defines the sort order of the field (ascending or descending).
- @param ascending true is the default, use false for descending order
-
-
- Defines the sort order of the field (ascending or descending).
- @param ascending an array with every element corresponding with a name of a field.
-
-
- Creates dictionary referring to a target document that is the parent of the current document.
- @param nested null if this is the actual target, another target if this is only an intermediate target.
-
-
- Creates a dictionary referring to a target document.
- @param child if false, this refers to the parent document; if true, this refers to a child document, and you'll have to specify where to find the child using the other methods of this class
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to a child that is a document level attachment,
- you need to specify the name that was used to attach the document.
- @param name the name in the EmbeddedFiles name tree
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to a child that is a file attachment added to a page,
- you need to specify the name of the page (or use setFileAttachmentPage to specify the page number).
- Once you have specified the page, you still need to specify the attachment using another method.
- @param name the named destination referring to the page with the file attachment.
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to a child that is a file attachment added to a page,
- you need to specify the page number (or use setFileAttachmentPagename to specify a named destination).
- Once you have specified the page, you still need to specify the attachment using another method.
- @param page the page number of the page with the file attachment.
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to a child that is a file attachment added to a page,
- you need to specify the page with setFileAttachmentPage or setFileAttachmentPageName,
- and then specify the name of the attachment added to this page (or use setFileAttachmentIndex).
- @param name the name of the attachment
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to a child that is a file attachment added to a page,
- you need to specify the page with setFileAttachmentPage or setFileAttachmentPageName,
- and then specify the index of the attachment added to this page (or use setFileAttachmentName).
- @param name the name of the attachment
-
-
- If this dictionary refers to an intermediate target, you can
- add the next target in the sequence.
- @param nested the next target in the sequence
-
-
- Each colorSpace in the document will have an instance of this class
-
- @author Phillip Pan (phillip@formstar.com)
-
-
- The indirect reference to this color
-
-
- The color name that appears in the document body stream
-
-
- The color
-
-
- Each spot color used in a document has an instance of this class.
- @param colorName the color name
- @param indirectReference the indirect reference to the font
- @param scolor the PDfSpotColor
-
-
- Gets the indirect reference to this color.
- @return the indirect reference to this color
-
-
- Gets the color name as it appears in the document body.
- @return the color name
-
-
- Gets the SpotColor object.
- @return the PdfSpotColor
-
-
-
- Eliminate the arabic vowels
-
-
- Compose the tashkeel in the ligatures.
-
-
- Do some extra double ligatures.
-
-
- Digit shaping option: Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits.
-
-
- Digit shaping option: Replace Arabic-Indic digits by European digits (U+0030...U+0039).
-
-
- Digit shaping option:
- Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits
- if the most recent strongly directional character
- is an Arabic letter (its Bidi direction value is RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC).
- The initial state at the start of the text is assumed to be not an Arabic,
- letter, so European digits at the start of the text will not change.
- Compare to DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INIT_AL.
-
-
- Digit shaping option:
- Replace European digits (U+0030...U+0039) by Arabic-Indic digits
- if the most recent strongly directional character
- is an Arabic letter (its Bidi direction value is RIGHT_TO_LEFT_ARABIC).
- The initial state at the start of the text is assumed to be an Arabic,
- letter, so European digits at the start of the text will change.
- Compare to DIGITS_ALEN2AN_INT_LR.
-
-
- Digit type option: Use Arabic-Indic digits (U+0660...U+0669).
-
-
- Digit type option: Use Eastern (Extended) Arabic-Indic digits (U+06f0...U+06f9).
-
-
- Signals that there is no more text available.
-
-
- Signals that there is no more column.
-
-
- The column is valid.
-
-
- The line is out the column limits.
-
-
- The line cannot fit this column position.
-
-
- Upper bound of the column.
-
-
- Lower bound of the column.
-
-
- The column Element. Default is left Element.
-
-
- The left column bound.
-
-
- The right column bound.
-
-
- The chunks that form the text.
-
-
- The current y line location. Text will be written at this line minus the leading.
-
-
- The X position after the last line that has been written.
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- The leading for the current line.
-
-
- The fixed text leading.
-
-
- The text leading that is multiplied by the biggest font size in the line.
-
-
- The PdfContent where the text will be written to.
-
-
- The line status when trying to fit a line to a column.
-
-
- The first paragraph line indent.
-
-
- The following paragraph lines indent.
-
-
- The right paragraph lines indent.
-
-
- The extra space between paragraphs.
-
-
- The width of the line when the column is defined as a simple rectangle.
-
-
- Holds value of property spaceCharRatio.
-
-
- Holds value of property linesWritten.
-
-
- Holds value of property arabicOptions.
-
-
- Pointer for the row in a table that is being dealt with
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- The index of the last row that needed to be splitted.
- @since 5.0.1 changed a boolean into an int
- -2 value mean it is the first attempt to split the first row.
- -1 means that we try to avoid splitting current row.
-
-
- if true, first line height is adjusted so that the max ascender touches the top
-
-
- @since 5.4.2
-
-
- Creates a ColumnText.
- @param text the place where the text will be written to. Can
- be a template.
-
-
- Creates an independent duplicated of the instance org.
- @param org the original ColumnText
- @return the duplicated
-
-
- Makes this instance an independent copy of org.
- @param org the original ColumnText
- @return itself
-
-
- Adds a Phrase to the current text array.
- @param phrase the text
-
-
- Replaces the current text array with this Phrase.
- Anything added previously with AddElement() is lost.
- @param phrase the text
-
-
- Adds a Chunk to the current text array.
- Will not have any effect if AddElement() was called before.
- @param chunk the text
-
-
-
-
- Finds the intersection between the yLine and the column. It will
- set the lineStatus apropriatly.
- @param wall the column to intersect
- @return the x coordinate of the intersection
-
-
- Finds the intersection between the yLine and the two
- column bounds. It will set the lineStatus apropriatly.
- @return a float[2]with the x coordinates of the intersection
-
-
- Finds the intersection between the yLine,
- the yLine-leadingand the two
- column bounds. It will set the lineStatus apropriatly.
- @return a float[4]with the x coordinates of the intersection
-
-
- Sets the columns bounds. Each column bound is described by a
- float[] with the line points [x1,y1,x2,y2,...].
- The array must have at least 4 elements.
- @param leftLine the left column bound
- @param rightLine the right column bound
-
-
- Simplified method for rectangular columns.
- @param phrase a Phrase
- @param llx the lower left x corner
- @param lly the lower left y corner
- @param urx the upper right x corner
- @param ury the upper right y corner
- @param leading the leading
- @param alignment the column alignment
-
-
- Simplified method for rectangular columns.
- @param llx the lower left x corner
- @param lly the lower left y corner
- @param urx the upper right x corner
- @param ury the upper right y corner
- @param leading the leading
- @param alignment the column alignment
-
-
- Simplified method for rectangular columns.
- @param llx
- @param lly
- @param urx
- @param ury
-
-
- Simplified method for rectangular columns.
- @param rect the rectangle for the column
-
-
- Sets the leading fixed and variable. The resultant leading will be
- fixedLeading+multipliedLeading*maxFontSize where maxFontSize is the
- size of the bigest font in the line.
- @param fixedLeading the fixed leading
- @param multipliedLeading the variable leading
-
-
- Gets the fixed leading
- @return the leading
-
-
- Gets the variable leading
- @return the leading
-
-
- Gets the yLine.
- @return the yLine
-
-
- Gets the number of rows that were drawn when a table is involved.
-
-
- Gets the Element.
- @return the alignment
-
-
- Gets the first paragraph line indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Sets the first paragraph line indent.
-
- @param indent the indent
- @param repeatFirstLineIndent do we need to repeat the indentation of the first line after a newline?
-
-
- Gets the following paragraph lines indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Gets the right paragraph lines indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Gets the currentLeading.
-
- @return the currentLeading
-
-
- Outputs the lines to the document. It is equivalent to go(false).
- @return returns the result of the operation. It can be NO_MORE_TEXT
- and/or NO_MORE_COLUMN
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Outputs the lines to the document. The output can be simulated.
- @param simulate true to simulate the writting to the document
- @return returns the result of the operation. It can be NO_MORE_TEXT
- and/or NO_MORE_COLUMN
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Call this after go() to know if any word was split into several lines.
- @return
-
-
- Sets the extra space between paragraphs.
- @return the extra space between paragraphs
-
-
- Clears the chunk array. A call to go() will always return
- NO_MORE_TEXT.
-
-
- Gets the space/character extra spacing ratio for
- fully justified text.
- @return the space/character extra spacing ratio
-
-
- Gets the run direction.
- @return the run direction
-
-
- Gets the number of lines written.
- @return the number of lines written
-
-
- Gets the X position of the end of the last line that has been written
- (will not work in simulation mode!).
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- Sets the arabic shaping options. The option can be AR_NOVOWEL,
- AR_COMPOSEDTASHKEEL and AR_LIG.
- @param arabicOptions the arabic shaping options
-
-
- Gets the biggest descender value of the last line written.
- @return the biggest descender value of the last line written
-
-
- Gets the width that the line will occupy after writing.
- Only the width of the first line is returned.
- @param phrase the Phrase containing the line
- @param runDirection the run direction
- @param arabicOptions the options for the arabic shaping
- @return the width of the line
-
-
- Gets the width that the line will occupy after writing.
- Only the width of the first line is returned.
- @param phrase the Phrase containing the line
- @return the width of the line
-
-
- Shows a line of text. Only the first line is written.
- @param canvas where the text is to be written to
- @param alignment the alignment. It is not influenced by the run direction
- @param phrase the Phrase with the text
- @param x the x reference position
- @param y the y reference position
- @param rotation the rotation to be applied in degrees counterclockwise
- @param runDirection the run direction
- @param arabicOptions the options for the arabic shaping
-
-
- Shows a line of text. Only the first line is written.
- @param canvas where the text is to be written to
- @param alignment the alignment
- @param phrase the Phrase with the text
- @param x the x reference position
- @param y the y reference position
- @param rotation the rotation to be applied in degrees counterclockwise
-
-
- Fits the text to some rectangle adjusting the font size as needed.
- @param font the font to use
- @param text the text
- @param rect the rectangle where the text must fit
- @param maxFontSize the maximum font size
- @param runDirection the run direction
- @return the calculated font size that makes the text fit
-
-
- Sets the canvas.
- @param canvas
-
-
- Sets the canvases.
- @param canvas
-
-
- Checks if the element has a height of 0.
- @return true or false
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Enables/Disables adjustment of first line height based on max ascender.
- @param use enable adjustment if true
-
-
- Checks the status variable and looks if there's still some text.
-
-
- Holds value of property filledWidth.
-
-
- Sets the real width used by the largest line. Only used to set it
- to zero to start another measurement.
- @param filledWidth the real width used by the largest line
-
-
- Replaces the filledWidth if greater than the existing one.
- @param w the new filledWidth if greater than the existing one
-
-
- Sets the first line adjustment. Some objects have properties, like spacing before, that
- behave differently if the object is the first to be written after go() or not. The first line adjustment is
- true by default but can be changed if several objects are to be placed one
- after the other in the same column calling go() several times.
- @param adjustFirstLine true to adjust the first line, false otherwise
-
-
- Creates an AES Cipher with CBC and no padding.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of AESCipher
-
-
- Creates a new instance of ARCFOUREncryption
-
-
- An initialization vector generator for a CBC block encryption. It's a random generator based on RC4.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of IVGenerator
-
-
- Gets a 16 byte random initialization vector.
- @return a 16 byte random initialization vector
-
-
- Gets a random initialization vector.
- @param len the length of the initialization vector
- @return a random initialization vector
-
-
- Creates a new instance of StandardDecryption
-
-
- Creates an AES Cipher with CBC and padding PKCS5/7.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of AESCipher
-
-
-
- An instance of the default SplitCharacter.
-
-
- Default constructor, has no custom characters to check.
-
-
- Constructor with one splittable character.
-
- @param character char
-
-
- Constructor with an array of splittable characters
-
- @param characters char[]
-
-
-
- Returns the current character
-
- @param current current position in the array
- @param ck chunk array
- @param cc the character array that has to be checked
- @return the current character
-
-
- Creates a new instance of DocumentFont
-
-
- Creates a new instance of DocumentFont
-
-
- Creates a new instance of DocumentFont
-
-
-
- Gets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT,
- ITALICANGLE, BBOXLLX, BBOXLLY, BBOXURX
- and BBOXURY.
- @param key the parameter to be extracted
- @param fontSize the font size in points
- @return the parameter in points
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @return the kerning to be applied
-
-
-
- Gets the postscript font name.
- @return the postscript font name
-
-
-
- Gets the width from the font according to the Unicode char c
- or the name. If the name is null it's a symbolic font.
- @param c the unicode char
- @param name the glyph name
- @return the width of the char
-
-
-
- Checks if the font has any kerning pairs.
- @return true if the font has any kerning pairs
-
-
-
- Outputs to the writer the font dictionaries and streams.
- @param writer the writer for this document
- @param ref the font indirect reference
- @param params several parameters that depend on the font type
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException error in generating the object
-
-
-
- Always returns null.
- @return null
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Gets the width of a char in normalized 1000 units.
- @param char1 the unicode char to get the width of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Exposes the unicode - > CID map that is constructed from the font's encoding
- @return the unicode to CID map
- @since 2.1.7
-
-
- Exposes the CID - > unicode map that is constructed from the font's encoding
- @return the CID to unicode map
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- Gets the difference map
- @return the difference map
- @since 5.0.5
-
-
- Element that draws a dotted line from left to right.
- Can be added directly to a document or column.
- Can also be used to create a separator chunk.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- the gap between the dots.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.draw.DrawInterface#draw(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte, float, float, float, float, float)
-
-
- Setter for the gap between the center of the dots of the dotted line.
- @param gap the gap between the center of the dots
-
-
- Interface for an Element that allows you to draw something at the current
- vertical position. Trivial implementations are LineSeparator and VerticalPositionMark.
- It is also used to define what has to be drawn by a separator chunk.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Implement this method if you want to draw something at the current Y position
- (for instance a line).
- @param canvas the canvas on which you can draw
- @param llx the x coordinate of the left page margin
- @param lly the y coordinate of the bottom page margin
- @param urx the x coordinate of the right page margin
- @param ury the y coordinate of the top page margin
- @param y the current y position on the page
-
-
- Element that draws a solid line from left to right.
- Can be added directly to a document or column.
- Can also be used to create a separator chunk.
- @author Paulo Soares
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- The thickness of the line.
-
-
- The width of the line as a percentage of the available page width.
-
-
- The color of the line.
-
-
- The alignment of the line.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the LineSeparator class.
- @param lineWidth the thickness of the line
- @param percentage the width of the line as a percentage of the available page width
- @param color the color of the line
- @param align the alignment
- @param offset the offset of the line relative to the current baseline (negative = under the baseline)
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the LineSeparator class.
- @param font the font
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the LineSeparator class with
- default values: lineWidth 1 user unit, width 100%, centered with offset 0.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.draw.DrawInterface#draw(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte, float, float, float, float, float)
-
-
- Draws a horizontal line.
- @param canvas the canvas to draw on
- @param leftX the left x coordinate
- @param rightX the right x coordindate
- @param y the y coordinate
-
-
- Setter for the line width.
- @param lineWidth the thickness of the line that will be drawn.
-
-
- Setter for the width as a percentage of the available width.
- @return a width percentage
-
-
- Setter for the color of the line that will be drawn.
- @param color a color
-
-
- Setter for the alignment of the line.
- @param align an alignment value
-
-
- Helper class implementing the DrawInterface. Can be used to add
- horizontal or vertical separators. Won't draw anything unless
- you implement the draw method.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Another implementation of the DrawInterface; its draw method will overrule LineSeparator.Draw().
-
-
- The offset for the line.
-
-
- Creates a vertical position mark that won't draw anything unless
- you define a DrawInterface.
-
-
- Creates a vertical position mark that won't draw anything unless
- you define a DrawInterface.
- @param drawInterface the drawInterface for this vertical position mark.
- @param offset the offset for this vertical position mark.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.draw.DrawInterface#draw(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte, float, float, float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#process(com.lowagie.text.ElementListener)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#type()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#getChunks()
-
-
- Setter for the interface with the overruling Draw() method.
- @param drawInterface a DrawInterface implementation
-
-
- Setter for the offset. The offset is relative to the current
- Y position. If you want to underline something, you have to
- choose a negative offset.
- @param offset an offset
-
-
- Enumerates all the fonts inside a True Type Collection.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Class for an index.
-
- @author Michael Niedermair
-
-
- Keeps a map with fields that are to be positioned in inGenericTag.
-
-
- Keeps the form field that is to be positioned in a cellLayout event.
-
-
- The PdfWriter to use when a field has to added in a cell event.
-
-
- The PdfFormField that is the parent of the field added in a cell event.
-
-
- Creates a new event. This constructor will be used if you need to position fields with Chunk objects.
-
-
- Some extra padding that will be taken into account when defining the widget.
-
-
- Add a PdfFormField that has to be tied to a generic Chunk.
-
-
- Creates a new event. This constructor will be used if you need to position fields with a Cell Event.
-
-
- Creates a new event. This constructor will be used if you need to position fields with a Cell Event.
-
-
- Creates a new event. This constructor will be used if you need to position fields with a Cell Event.
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a new event. This constructor will be used if you need to position fields with a Cell Event.
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param padding The padding to set.
-
-
- @param parent The parent to set.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPageEvent#onGenericTag(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter, com.lowagie.text.Document, com.lowagie.text.Rectangle, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPCellEvent#cellLayout(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPCell, com.lowagie.text.Rectangle, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte[])
-
-
- Class for an index.
-
- @author Michael Niedermair
-
-
- keeps the indextag with the pagenumber
-
-
- All the text that is passed to this event, gets registered in the indexentry.
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPageEventHelper#onGenericTag(
- com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter, com.lowagie.text.Document,
- com.lowagie.text.Rectangle, java.lang.String)
-
-
- indexcounter
-
-
- the list for the index entry
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text for the Chunk.
- @param in1 The first level.
- @param in2 The second level.
- @param in3 The third level.
- @return Returns the Chunk.
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text for the Chunk.
- @param in1 The first level.
- @return Returns the Chunk.
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text for the Chunk.
- @param in1 The first level.
- @param in2 The second level.
- @return Returns the Chunk.
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text.
- @param in1 The first level.
- @param in2 The second level.
- @param in3 The third level.
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text.
- @param in1 The first level.
-
-
- Create an index entry.
-
- @param text The text.
- @param in1 The first level.
- @param in2 The second level.
-
-
- Comparator for sorting the index
-
-
- Set the comparator.
- @param aComparator The comparator to set.
-
-
- Returns the sorted list with the entries and the collected page numbers.
- @return Returns the sorted list with the entries and teh collected page numbers.
-
-
- Class for an index entry.
-
- In the first step, only in1, in2,in3 and tag are used.
- After the collections of the index entries, pagenumbers are used.
-
-
-
- first level
-
-
- second level
-
-
- third level
-
-
- the tag
-
-
- the lsit of all page numbers.
-
-
- the lsit of all tags.
-
-
- Create a new object.
- @param aIn1 The first level.
- @param aIn2 The second level.
- @param aIn3 The third level.
- @param aTag The tag.
-
-
- Returns the in1.
- @return Returns the in1.
-
-
- Returns the in2.
- @return Returns the in2.
-
-
- Returns the in3.
- @return Returns the in3.
-
-
- Returns the tag.
- @return Returns the tag.
-
-
- Returns the pagenumer for this entry.
- @return Returns the pagenumer for this entry.
-
-
- Add a pagenumber.
- @param number The page number.
- @param tag
-
-
- Returns the key for the map-entry.
- @return Returns the key for the map-entry.
-
-
- Returns the pagenumbers.
- @return Returns the pagenumbers.
-
-
- Returns the tags.
- @return Returns the tags.
-
-
- print the entry (only for test)
- @return the toString implementation of the entry
-
-
- If you want to add more than one page eventa to a PdfWriter,
- you have to construct a PdfPageEventForwarder, add the
- different events to this object and add the forwarder to
- the PdfWriter.
-
-
- ArrayList containing all the PageEvents that have to be executed.
-
-
- Add a page eventa to the forwarder.
- @param eventa an eventa that has to be added to the forwarder.
-
-
- Called when the document is opened.
-
- @param writer
- the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document
- the document
-
-
-
- Called when a page is finished, just before being written to the
- document.
-
- @param writer
- the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document
- the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- If you want to add more than one event to a cell,
- you have to construct a PdfPCellEventForwarder, add the
- different events to this object and add the forwarder to
- the PdfPCell.
-
-
- ArrayList containing all the PageEvents that have to be executed.
-
-
- Add a page event to the forwarder.
- @param event an event that has to be added to the forwarder.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPCellEvent#cellLayout(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPCell, com.lowagie.text.Rectangle, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte[])
-
-
- If you want to add more than one page event to a PdfPTable,
- you have to construct a PdfPTableEventForwarder, add the
- different events to this object and add the forwarder to
- the PdfWriter.
-
-
- ArrayList containing all the PageEvents that have to be executed.
-
-
- Add a page event to the forwarder.
- @param event an event that has to be added to the forwarder.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPTableEvent#tableLayout(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPTable, float[][], float[], int, int, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte[])
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfPTableEventAfterSplit#afterSplitTable(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfPTable, com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfPRow, int)
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Constructs an extended color of a certain type and a certain color.
- @param type
- @param red
- @param green
- @param blue
- @param alpha
-
-
- Reads an FDF form and makes the fields available
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Reads an FDF form.
- @param filename the file name of the form
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an FDF form.
- @param pdfIn the byte array with the form
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an FDF form.
- @param url the URL of the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an FDF form.
- @param is the InputStream containing the document. The stream is read to the
- end but is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Gets all the fields. The map is keyed by the fully qualified
- field name and the value is a merged PdfDictionary
- with the field content.
- @return all the fields
-
-
- Gets the field dictionary.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field dictionary
-
-
- Gets a byte[] containing a file that is embedded in the FDF.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the bytes of the file
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets the field value or null if the field does not
- exist or has no value defined.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field value or null
-
-
- Gets the PDF file specification contained in the FDF.
- @return the PDF file specification contained in the FDF
-
-
- Writes an FDF form.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The PDF file associated with the FDF.
-
-
- Creates a new FdfWriter.
-
-
- Writes the content to a stream.
- @param os the stream
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Removes the field value.
- @param field the field name
- @return true if the field was found and removed,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Gets all the fields. The map is keyed by the fully qualified
- field name and the values are PdfObject.
- @return a map with all the fields
-
-
- Gets the field value.
- @param field the field name
- @return the field value or null if not found
-
-
- Sets the field value as a name.
- @param field the fully qualified field name
- @param value the value
- @return true if the value was inserted,
- false if the name is incompatible with
- an existing field
-
-
- Sets the field value as a string.
- @param field the fully qualified field name
- @param value the value
- @return true if the value was inserted,
- false if the name is incompatible with
- an existing field
-
-
- Sets the field value as a PDFAction.
- For example, this method allows setting a form submit button action using {@link PdfAction#createSubmitForm(String, Object[], int)}.
- This method creates an A entry for the specified field in the underlying FDF file.
- Method contributed by Philippe Laflamme (plaflamme)
- @param field the fully qualified field name
- @param action the field's action
- @return true if the value was inserted,
- false if the name is incompatible with
- an existing field
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Sets all the fields from this FdfReader
- @param fdf the FdfReader
-
-
- Sets all the fields from this PdfReader
- @param pdf the PdfReader
-
-
- Sets all the fields from this AcroFields
- @param acro the AcroFields
-
-
- Gets the PDF file name associated with the FDF.
- @return the PDF file name associated with the FDF
-
-
- Each font in the document will have an instance of this class
- where the characters used will be represented.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The indirect reference to this font
-
-
- The font name that appears in the document body stream
-
-
- The font
-
-
- The font if its an instance of TrueTypeFontUnicode
-
-
- The array used with single byte encodings
-
-
- The map used with double byte encodings. The key is Int(glyph) and the
- value is int[]{glyph, width, Unicode code}
-
-
- The font type
-
-
- true if the font is symbolic
-
-
- Indicates if all the glyphs and widths for that particular
- encoding should be included in the document.
-
-
- Each font used in a document has an instance of this class.
- This class stores the characters used in the document and other
- specifics unique to the current working document.
- @param fontName the font name
- @param indirectReference the indirect reference to the font
- @param baseFont the BaseFont
-
-
- Gets the indirect reference to this font.
- @return the indirect reference to this font
-
-
- Gets the font name as it appears in the document body.
- @return the font name
-
-
- Gets the BaseFont of this font.
- @return the BaseFont of this font
-
-
- Converts the text into bytes to be placed in the document.
- The conversion is done according to the font and the encoding and the characters
- used are stored.
- @param text the text to convert
- @return the conversion
-
-
- Writes the font definition to the document.
- @param writer the PdfWriter of this document
-
-
- Indicates if all the glyphs and widths for that particular
- encoding should be included in the document. Set to false
- to include all.
- @param subset new value of property subset
-
-
-
- Adds a Font to be searched for valid characters.
- @param font the Font
-
-
- Process the text so that it will render with a combination of fonts
- if needed.
- @param text the text
- @return a Phrase with one or more chunks
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Hyphenates words automatically accordingly to the language and country.
- The hyphenator engine was taken from FOP and uses the TEX patterns. If a language
- is not provided and a TEX pattern for it exists, it can be easily adapted.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The hyphenator engine.
-
-
- The second part of the hyphenated word.
-
-
- Creates a new hyphenation instance usable in Chunk.
- @param lang the language ("en" for english, for example)
- @param country the country ("GB" for Great-Britain or "none" for no country, for example)
- @param leftMin the minimun number of letters before the hyphen
- @param rightMin the minimun number of letters after the hyphen
-
-
- Gets the hyphen symbol.
- @return the hyphen symbol
-
-
- Hyphenates a word and returns the first part of it. To get
- the second part of the hyphenated word call getHyphenatedWordPost().
- @param word the word to hyphenate
- @param font the font used by this word
- @param fontSize the font size used by this word
- @param remainingWidth the width available to fit this word in
- @return the first part of the hyphenated word including
- the hyphen symbol, if any
-
-
- Gets the second part of the hyphenated word. Must be called
- after getHyphenatedWordPre().
- @return the second part of the hyphenated word
-
-
-
- Capacity increment size
-
-
- The encapsulated array
-
-
- Points to next free item
-
-
- return number of items in array
-
-
- returns current capacity of array
-
-
- This is to implement memory allocation in the array. Like Malloc().
-
-
-
- Capacity increment size
-
-
- The encapsulated array
-
-
- Points to next free item
-
-
- Reset Vector but don't resize or clear elements
-
-
- return number of items in array
-
-
- returns current capacity of array
-
-
-
-
- number of hyphenation points in word
-
-
- rawWord as made of alternating strings and {@link Hyphen Hyphen}
- instances
-
-
- @return the number of hyphenation points in the word
-
-
- @return the pre-break text, not including the hyphen character
-
-
- @return the post-break text
-
-
- @return the hyphenation points
-
-
-
-
- value space: stores the inteletter values
-
-
- This map stores hyphenation exceptions
-
-
- This map stores the character classes
-
-
- Temporary map to store interletter values on pattern loading.
-
-
- Packs the values by storing them in 4 bits, two values into a byte
- Values range is from 0 to 9. We use zero as terminator,
- so we'll add 1 to the value.
- @param values a string of digits from '0' to '9' representing the
- interletter values.
- @return the index into the vspace array where the packed values
- are stored.
-
-
- String compare, returns 0 if equal or
- t is a substring of s
-
-
-
- Hyphenate word and return a Hyphenation object.
- @param word the word to be hyphenated
- @param remainCharCount Minimum number of characters allowed
- before the hyphenation point.
- @param pushCharCount Minimum number of characters allowed after
- the hyphenation point.
- @return a {@link Hyphenation Hyphenation} object representing
- the hyphenated word or null if word is not hyphenated.
-
-
- w = "****nnllllllnnn*****",
- where n is a non-letter, l is a letter,
- all n may be absent, the first n is at offset,
- the first l is at offset + iIgnoreAtBeginning;
- word = ".llllll.'\0'***",
- where all l in w are copied into word.
- In the first part of the routine len = w.length,
- in the second part of the routine len = word.length.
- Three indices are used:
- Index(w), the index in w,
- Index(word), the index in word,
- Letterindex(word), the index in the letter part of word.
- The following relations exist:
- Index(w) = offset + i - 1
- Index(word) = i - iIgnoreAtBeginning
- Letterindex(word) = Index(word) - 1
- (see first loop).
- It follows that:
- Index(w) - Index(word) = offset - 1 + iIgnoreAtBeginning
- Index(w) = Letterindex(word) + offset + iIgnoreAtBeginning
- Hyphenate word and return an array of hyphenation points.
- @param w char array that contains the word
- @param offset Offset to first character in word
- @param len Length of word
- @param remainCharCount Minimum number of characters allowed
- before the hyphenation point.
- @param pushCharCount Minimum number of characters allowed after
- the hyphenation point.
- @return a {@link Hyphenation Hyphenation} object representing
- the hyphenated word or null if word is not hyphenated.
-
-
- Add a character class to the tree. It is used by
- {@link SimplePatternParser SimplePatternParser} as callback to
- add character classes. Character classes define the
- valid word characters for hyphenation. If a word contains
- a character not defined in any of the classes, it is not hyphenated.
- It also defines a way to normalize the characters in order
- to compare them with the stored patterns. Usually pattern
- files use only lower case characters, in this case a class
- for letter 'a', for example, should be defined as "aA", the first
- character being the normalization char.
-
-
- Add an exception to the tree. It is used by
- {@link SimplePatternParser SimplePatternParser} class as callback to
- store the hyphenation exceptions.
- @param word normalized word
- @param hyphenatedword a vector of alternating strings and
- {@link Hyphen hyphen} objects.
-
-
- Add a pattern to the tree. Mainly, to be used by
- {@link SimplePatternParser SimplePatternParser} class as callback to
- add a pattern to the tree.
- @param pattern the hyphenation pattern
- @param ivalue interletter weight values indicating the
- desirability and priority of hyphenating at a given point
- within the pattern. It should contain only digit characters.
- (i.e. '0' to '9').
-
-
-
- TODO: Don't use statics
-
-
- @param lang
- @param country
- @param leftMin
- @param rightMin
-
-
- @param lang
- @param country
- @return the hyphenation tree
-
-
- @param key
- @return a hyphenation tree
-
-
- @param lang
- @param country
- @param word
- @param leftMin
- @param rightMin
- @return a hyphenation object
-
-
- @param lang
- @param country
- @param word
- @param offset
- @param len
- @param leftMin
- @param rightMin
- @return a hyphenation object
-
-
- @param min
-
-
- @param min
-
-
- @param lang
- @param country
-
-
- @param word
- @param offset
- @param len
- @return a hyphenation object
-
-
- @param word
- @return a hyphenation object
-
-
-
- Add a character class.
- A character class defines characters that are considered
- equivalent for the purpose of hyphenation (e.g. "aA"). It
- usually means to ignore case.
- @param chargroup character group
-
-
- Add a hyphenation exception. An exception replaces the
- result obtained by the algorithm for cases for which this
- fails or the user wants to provide his own hyphenation.
- A hyphenatedword is a vector of alternating String's and
- {@link Hyphen Hyphen} instances
-
-
- Add hyphenation patterns.
- @param pattern the pattern
- @param values interletter values expressed as a string of
- digit characters.
-
-
- Parses the xml hyphenation pattern.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PatternParser2
-
-
- Ternary Search Tree
-
- A ternary search tree is a hibrid between a binary tree and
- a digital search tree (trie). Keys are limited to strings.
- A data value of type char is stored in each leaf node.
- It can be used as an index (or pointer) to the data.
- Branches that only contain one key are compressed to one node
- by storing a pointer to the trailer substring of the key.
- This class is intended to serve as base class or helper class
- to implement Dictionary collections or the like. Ternary trees
- have some nice properties as the following: the tree can be
- traversed in sorted order, partial matches (wildcard) can be
- implemented, retrieval of all keys within a given distance
- from the target, etc. The storage requirements are higher than
- a binary tree but a lot less than a trie. Performance is
- comparable with a hash table, sometimes it outperforms a hash
- function (most of the time can determine a miss faster than a hash).
-
- The main purpose of this java port is to serve as a base for
- implementing TeX's hyphenation algorithm (see The TeXBook,
- appendix H). Each language requires from 5000 to 15000 hyphenation
- patterns which will be keys in this tree. The strings patterns
- are usually small (from 2 to 5 characters), but each char in the
- tree is stored in a node. Thus memory usage is the main concern.
- We will sacrify 'elegance' to keep memory requirenments to the
- minimum. Using java's char type as pointer (yes, I know pointer
- it is a forbidden word in java) we can keep the size of the node
- to be just 8 bytes (3 pointers and the data char). This gives
- room for about 65000 nodes. In my tests the english patterns
- took 7694 nodes and the german patterns 10055 nodes,
- so I think we are safe.
-
- All said, this is a map with strings as keys and char as value.
- Pretty limited!. It can be extended to a general map by
- using the string representation of an object and using the
- char value as an index to an array that contains the object
- values.
-
- @author cav@uniscope.co.jp
-
-
- We use 4 arrays to represent a node. I guess I should have created
- a proper node class, but somehow Knuth's pascal code made me forget
- we now have a portable language with memory management and
- automatic garbage collection! And now is kind of late, furthermore,
- if it ain't broken, don't fix it.
- Pointer to low branch and to rest of the key when it is
- stored directly in this node, we don't have unions in java!
-
-
- Pointer to high branch.
-
-
- Pointer to equal branch and to data when this node is a string terminator.
-
-
- The character stored in this node: splitchar
- Two special values are reserved:
- - 0x0000 as string terminator
- - 0xFFFF to indicate that the branch starting at
- this node is compressed
- This shouldn't be a problem if we give the usual semantics to
- strings since 0xFFFF is garanteed not to be an Unicode character.
-
-
- This vector holds the trailing of the keys when the branch is compressed.
-
-
- Branches are initially compressed, needing
- one node per key plus the size of the string
- key. They are decompressed as needed when
- another key with same prefix
- is inserted. This saves a lot of space,
- specially for long keys.
-
-
- The actual insertion function, recursive version.
-
-
- Compares 2 null terminated char arrays
-
-
- Compares a string with null terminated char array
-
-
- Recursively insert the median first and then the median of the
- lower and upper halves, and so on in order to get a balanced
- tree. The array of keys is assumed to be sorted in ascending
- order.
-
-
- Balance the tree for best search performance
-
-
- Each node stores a character (splitchar) which is part of
- some Key(s). In a compressed branch (one that only contain
- a single string key) the trailer of the key which is not
- already in nodes is stored externally in the kv array.
- As items are inserted, key substrings decrease.
- Some substrings may completely disappear when the whole
- branch is totally decompressed.
- The tree is traversed to find the key substrings actually
- used. In addition, duplicate substrings are removed using
- a map (implemented with a TernaryTree!).
-
-
-
- current node index
-
-
- current key
-
-
- TernaryTree parent
-
-
- Node stack
-
-
- key stack implemented with a StringBuilder
-
-
- traverse upwards
-
-
- traverse the tree to find next key
-
-
-
- Summary description for ICC_Profile.
-
-
-
- Classes implementing this interface can create custom encodings or
- replace existing ones. It is used in the context of PdfEncoding.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Converts an Unicode string to a byte array according to some encoding.
- @param text the Unicode string
- @param encoding the requested encoding. It's mainly of use if the same class
- supports more than one encoding.
- @return the conversion or null if no conversion is supported
-
-
- Converts an Unicode char to a byte array according to some encoding.
- @param char1 the Unicode char
- @param encoding the requested encoding. It's mainly of use if the same class
- supports more than one encoding.
- @return the conversion or null if no conversion is supported
-
-
- Converts a byte array to an Unicode string according to some encoding.
- @param b the input byte array
- @param encoding the requested encoding. It's mainly of use if the same class
- supports more than one encoding.
- @return the conversion or null if no conversion is supported
-
-
- Called by Chunk to hyphenate a word.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Gets the hyphen symbol.
- @return the hyphen symbol
-
-
- Hyphenates a word and returns the first part of it. To get
- the second part of the hyphenated word call getHyphenatedWordPost().
- @param word the word to hyphenate
- @param font the font used by this word
- @param fontSize the font size used by this word
- @param remainingWidth the width available to fit this word in
- @return the first part of the hyphenated word including
- the hyphen symbol, if any
-
-
- Gets the second part of the hyphenated word. Must be called
- after getHyphenatedWordPre().
- @return the second part of the hyphenated word
-
-
- This is the AcroForm object for the complete document.
-
-
- This is the array containing the references to annotations
- that were added to the document.
-
-
- This is an array containg references to some delayed annotations
- (that were added for a page that doesn't exist yet).
-
-
- Checks if the AcroForm is valid.
-
-
- Gets the AcroForm object.
- @return the PdfAcroform object of the PdfDocument
-
-
- Stores the PDF version information,
- knows how to write a PDF Header,
- and how to add the version to the catalog (if necessary).
-
-
- Contains different strings that are part of the header.
-
-
- Indicates if the header was already written.
-
-
- Indicates if we are working in append mode.
-
-
- The version that was or will be written to the header.
-
-
- The version that will be written to the catalog.
-
-
- The version that user can use to get the actual version of PDF document *
-
-
- The extensions dictionary.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setPdfVersion(char)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setAtLeastPdfVersion(char)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setPdfVersion(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfName)
-
-
- Sets the append mode.
-
-
- Writes the header to the OutputStreamCounter.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Returns the PDF version as a name.
- @param version the version character.
-
-
- Returns the version as a byte[].
- @param version the version character
-
-
- Adds the version to the Catalog dictionary.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#addDeveloperExtension(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfDeveloperExtension)
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Stores the information concerning viewer preferences,
- and contains the business logic that allows you to set viewer preferences.
-
-
- A series of viewer preferences.
-
-
- A series of viewer preferences.
-
-
- A series of viewer preferences.
-
-
- A series of viewer preferences
-
-
- A series of viewer preferences.
-
-
- This value will hold the viewer preferences for the page layout and page mode.
-
-
- This dictionary holds the viewer preferences (other than page layout and page mode).
-
-
- The mask to decide if a ViewerPreferences dictionary is needed
-
-
- Returns the page layout and page mode value.
-
-
- Returns the viewer preferences.
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences as the sum of several constants.
-
- @param preferences
- the viewer preferences
- @see PdfWriter#setViewerPreferences
-
-
- Given a key for a viewer preference (a PdfName object),
- this method returns the index in the VIEWER_PREFERENCES array.
- @param key a PdfName referring to a viewer preference
- @return an index in the VIEWER_PREFERENCES array
-
-
- Checks if some value is valid for a certain key.
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences for printing.
-
-
- Adds the viewer preferences defined in the preferences parameter to a
- PdfDictionary (more specifically the root or catalog of a PDF file).
-
- @param catalog
-
-
- The value indicating if the PDF has to be in conformance with PDF/X.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfXConformance#setPDFXConformance(int)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfIsoConformance#isPdfIso()
-
-
- Checks if the PDF/X Conformance is necessary.
- @return true if the PDF has to be in conformance with any of the PDF/X specifications
-
-
- Checks if the PDF has to be in conformance with PDF/X-1a:2001
- @return true of the PDF has to be in conformance with PDF/X-1a:2001
-
-
- Checks if the PDF has to be in conformance with PDF/X-3:2002
- @return true of the PDF has to be in conformance with PDF/X-3:2002
-
-
- Business logic that checks if a certain object is in conformance with PDF/X.
- @param writer the writer that is supposed to write the PDF/X file
- @param key the type of PDF ISO conformance that has to be checked
- @param obj1 the object that is checked for conformance
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A key for an aspect that can be checked for PDF ISO Conformance.
-
-
- A Hashtable that uses ints as the keys.
-
-
- The hash table data.
-
-
- The total number of entries in the hash table.
-
-
- Rehashes the table when count exceeds this threshold.
-
-
- The load factor for the hashtable.
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable with the specified initial
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable with the specified initial
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable. A default capacity and load factor
-
-
- Returns the number of elements contained in the hashtable.
-
-
- Returns true if the hashtable contains no elements.
-
-
- Returns true if the specified object is an element of the hashtable.
-
-
- Returns true if the collection contains an element for the key.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with the specified key in the
-
-
- Rehashes the content of the table into a bigger table.
-
-
- Removes the element corresponding to the key. Does nothing if the
-
-
- Clears the hash table so that it has no more elements in it.
-
-
- The interface common to all layer types.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Gets the PdfIndirectReference that represents this layer.
- @return the PdfIndirectReference that represents this layer
-
-
- Gets the object representing the layer.
- @return the object representing the layer
-
-
- Allows a class to catch several document events.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Called when the document is opened.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document the document
-
-
- Called when a page is initialized.
-
- Note that if even if a page is not written this method is still
- called. It is preferable to use onEndPage to avoid
- infinite loops.
-
-
- Note that this method isn't called for the first page. You should apply modifications for the first
- page either before opening the document or by using the onOpenDocument() method.
-
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document the document
-
-
- Called when a page is finished, just before being written to the document.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for IPdfPCellEvent.
-
-
-
-
- An interface that can be used to retrieve the position of cells in PdfPTable.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
-
- Implementation of the IndicLigaturizer for Gujarati.
-
-
- Constructor for the IndicLigaturizer for Gujarati.
-
-
- Hebrew is written from right to left.
- @return true
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.languages.LanguageProcessor#isRTL()
-
-
- Interface that needs to be implemented by classes that process bytes
- representing text in specific languages. Processing involves changing
- order to Right to Left and/or applying ligatures.
-
-
- Processes a String
- @param s the original String
- @return the processed String
-
-
- Indicates if the rundirection is right-to-left.
- @return true if text needs to be rendered from right to left.
-
-
- Superclass for processors that can convert a String of bytes in an Indic
- language to a String in the same language of which the bytes are reordered
- for rendering using a font that contains the necessary glyphs.
-
-
- The table mapping specific character indexes to the characters in a
- specific language.
-
-
- Reorders the bytes in a String making Indic ligatures
-
- @param s
- the original String
- @return the ligaturized String
-
-
- Indic languages are written from right to left.
-
- @return false
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.languages.LanguageProcessor#isRTL()
-
-
- Checks if a character is vowel letter.
-
- @param ch
- the character that needs to be checked
- @return true if the characters is a vowel letter
-
-
- Checks if a character is vowel sign.
-
- @param ch
- the character that needs to be checked
- @return true if the characters is a vowel sign
-
-
- Checks if a character is consonant letter.
-
- @param ch
- the character that needs to be checked
- @return true if the chracter is a consonant letter
-
-
- Swaps two characters in a StringBuilder object
-
- @param s
- the StringBuilder
- @param i
- the index of one character
- @param j
- the index of the other character
-
-
- A class for performing LZW decoding.
-
-
-
-
- Method to decode LZW compressed data.
-
- @param data The compressed data.
- @param uncompData Array to return the uncompressed data in.
-
-
- Initialize the string table.
-
-
- Write out the string just uncompressed.
-
-
- Add a new string to the string table.
-
-
- Add a new string to the string table.
-
-
- Append newstring to the end of oldstring.
-
-
- Represents a Bezier curve.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- If the distance between a point and a line is less than
- this constant, then we consider the point lies on the line.
-
-
- In the case when neither the line ((x1, y1), (x4, y4)) passes
- through both (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) nor (x1, y1) = (x4, y4) we
- use the square of the sum of the distances mentioned below in
- compare to this field as the criterion of good approximation.
- 1. The distance between the line and (x2, y2)
- 2. The distance between the line and (x3, y3)
-
-
- The Manhattan distance is used in the case when either the line
- ((x1, y1), (x4, y4)) passes through both (x2, y2) and (x3, y3)
- or (x1, y1) = (x4, y4). The essential observation is that when
- the curve is a uniform speed straight line from end to end, the
- control points are evenly spaced from beginning to end. Our measure
- of how far we deviate from that ideal uses distance of the middle
- controls: point 2 should be halfway between points 1 and 3; point 3
- should be halfway between points 2 and 4.
-
-
- Constructs new bezier curve.
- @param controlPoints Curve's control points.
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- You can adjust precision of the approximation by varying the following
- parameters: {@link #curveCollinearityEpsilon}, {@link #distanceToleranceSquare},
- {@link #distanceToleranceManhattan}
-
- @return {@link java.util.List} containing points of piecewise linear approximation
- for this bezier curve.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- @author kevin
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets the content bytes from a content object, which may be a reference
- a stream or an array.
- @param contentObject the object to read bytes from
- @return the content bytes
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets the content bytes of a page from a reader
- @param reader the reader to get content bytes from
- @param pageNum the page number of page you want get the content stream from
- @return a byte array with the effective content stream of a page
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Simply extends the {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener} interface to provide
- additional methods.
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Called when the current path is being modified. E.g. new segment is being added,
- new subpath is being started etc.
-
- @param renderInfo Contains information about the path segment being added to the current path.
-
-
- Called when the current path should be rendered.
-
- @param renderInfo Contains information about the current path which should be rendered.
- @return The path which can be used as a new clipping path.
-
-
- Called when the current path should be set as a new clipping path.
-
- @param rule Either {@link PathPaintingRenderInfo#EVEN_ODD_RULE} or {@link PathPaintingRenderInfo#NONZERO_WINDING_RULE}
-
-
- A text render listener that filters text operations before passing them on to a deleg
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- The deleg that will receive the text render operation if the filters all pass
-
-
- The filters to be applied
-
-
- Construction
- @param deleg the deleg {@link RenderListener} that will receive filtered text operations
- @param filters the Filter(s) to apply
-
-
- Applies filters, then delegates to the deleg if all filters pass
- @param renderInfo contains info to render text
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderText(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextRenderInfo)
-
-
- This class delegates this call
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#beginTextBlock()
-
-
- This class delegates this call
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#endTextBlock()
-
-
- Applies filters, then delegates to the deleg if all filters pass
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderImage(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.ImageRenderInfo)
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- A text render listener that filters text operations before passing them on to a deleg
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- The deleg that will receive the text render operation if the filters all pass
-
-
- Construction
- @param deleg the deleg {@link RenderListener} that will receive filtered text operations
- @param filters the Filter(s) to apply
-
-
- This class delegates this call
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextExtractionStrategy#getResultantText()
-
-
- Keeps all the parameters of the graphics state.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- The current transformation matrix.
-
-
- The current character spacing.
-
-
- The current word spacing.
-
-
- The current horizontal scaling
-
-
- The current leading.
-
-
- The active font.
-
-
- The current font size.
-
-
- The current render mode.
-
-
- The current text rise
-
-
- The current knockout value.
-
-
- The current color space for stroke.
-
-
- The current color space for stroke.
-
-
- The current fill color.
-
-
- The current stroke color.
-
-
- The line width for stroking operations
-
-
- The line cap style. For possible values
- see {@link PdfContentByte}
-
-
- The line join style. For possible values
- see {@link PdfContentByte}
-
-
- The mitir limit value
-
-
- The line dash pattern
-
-
- Constructs a new Graphics State object with the default values.
-
-
- Copy constructor.
- @param source another GraphicsState object
-
-
- Getter for the current transformation matrix
- @return the ctm
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the character spacing.
- @return the character spacing
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the word spacing
- @return the word spacing
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the horizontal scaling
- @return the horizontal scaling
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the leading
- @return the leading
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the font
- @return the font
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the font size
- @return the font size
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for the render mode
- @return the renderMode
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for text rise
- @return the text rise
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Getter for knockout
- @return the knockout
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets the current color space for fill operations
-
-
- Gets the current color space for stroke operations
-
-
- Gets the current fill color
- @return a BaseColor
-
-
- Gets the current stroke color
- @return a BaseColor
-
-
- Getter and setter for the line width.
- @return The line width
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Getter and setter for the line cap style.
- For possible values see {@link PdfContentByte}
- @return The line cap style.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Getter and setter for the line join style.
- For possible values see {@link PdfContentByte}
- @return The line join style.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Getter and setter for the miter limit value.
- @return The miter limit.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Getter for the line dash pattern.
- @return The line dash pattern.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Setter for the line dash pattern.
- @param lineDashPattern New line dash pattern.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Interface implemented by a series of content operators
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Invokes a content operator.
- @param processor the processor that is dealing with the PDF content
- @param operator the literal PDF syntax of the operator
- @param operands the operands that come with the operator
- @throws Exception any exception can be thrown - it will be re-packaged into a runtime exception and re-thrown by the {@link PdfContentStreamProcessor}
-
-
- Represents image data from a PDF
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- The graphics state that was in effect when the image was rendered
-
-
- A reference to the image XObject
-
-
- A reference to an inline image
-
-
- the color space associated with the image
-
-
- the image object to be rendered, if it has been parsed already. Null otherwise.
-
-
- Array containing marked content info for the text.
- @since 5.5.11
-
-
- Create an ImageRenderInfo object based on an XObject (this is the most common way of including an image in PDF)
- @param ctm the coordinate transformation matrix at the time the image is rendered
- @param ref a reference to the image XObject
- @return the ImageRenderInfo representing the rendered XObject
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Create an ImageRenderInfo object based on an XObject (this is the most common way of including an image in PDF)
- @param ctm the coordinate transformation matrix at the time the image is rendered
- @param ref a reference to the image XObject
- @return the ImageRenderInfo representing the rendered XObject
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Create an ImageRenderInfo object based on inline image data. This is nowhere near completely thought through
- and really just acts as a placeholder.
- @param ctm the coordinate transformation matrix at the time the image is rendered
- @param imageObject the image object representing the inline image
- @return the ImageRenderInfo representing the rendered embedded image
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets an object containing the image dictionary and bytes.
- @return an object containing the image dictionary and byte[]
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- @return a vector in User space representing the start point of the xobject
-
-
- @return The coordinate transformation matrix active when this image was rendered. Coordinates are in User space.
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- @return the size of the image, in User space units
-
-
- @return an indirect reference to the image
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- @return the current fill color from the graphics state at the time this render operation occured
- @since 5.5.7
-
-
- Checks if the image belongs to a marked content sequence
- with a given mcid.
- @param mcid a marked content id
- @return true if the text is marked with this id
- @since 5.5.11
-
-
- * Checks if the image belongs to a marked content sequence
- * with a given mcid.
- * @param mcid a marked content id
- * @param checkTheTopmostLevelOnly indicates whether to check the topmost level of marked content stack only
- * @return true if the text is marked with this id
- * @since 5.5.11
-
-
- @return the marked content associated with the ImageRenderInfo instance.
-
-
-
- Called when a new text block is beginning (i.e. BT)
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Called when text should be rendered
- @param renderInfo information specifying what to render
-
-
- Called when a text block has ended (i.e. ET)
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Called when image should be rendered
- @param renderInfo information specifying what to render
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Defines an interface for {@link RenderListener}s that can return text
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Returns the result so far.
- @return a String with the resulting text.
-
-
- Represents a line.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Constructs a new zero-length line starting at zero.
-
-
- Constructs a new line based on the given coordinates.
-
-
- Constructs a new line based on the given coordinates.
-
-
- Represents the line dash pattern. The line dash pattern shall control the pattern
- of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. It shall be specified by a dash array and
- a dash phase.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Creates new {@link LineDashPattern} object.
- @param dashArray The dash array. See {@link #getDashArray()}
- @param dashPhase The dash phase. See {@link #getDashPhase()}
-
-
- Getter and setter for the dash array.
-
- The dash array’s elements is number that specify the lengths of
- alternating dashes and gaps; the numbers are nonnegative. The
- elements are expressed in user space units.
-
- @return The dash array.
-
-
- Getter and setter for the dash phase.
-
- The dash phase shall specify the distance into the dash pattern at which
- to start the dash. The elements are expressed in user space units.
-
- @return The dash phase.
-
-
- Calculates and returns the next element which is either gap or dash.
- @return The next dash array's element.
-
-
- Checks whether the dashed pattern is solid or not. It's solid when the
- size of a dash array is even and sum of all the units off in the array
- is 0.
- For example: [3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0] (sum is 0), [3 0 4 0 5 1] (sum is 1).
-
-
- Resets the dash array so that the {@link #next()} method will start
- from the beginning of the dash array.
-
-
- Represents a line segment in a particular coordinate system. This class is immutable.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Start vector of the segment.
-
-
- End vector of the segment.
-
-
- Creates a new line segment.
- @param startPoint the start point of a line segment.
- @param endPoint the end point of a line segment.
-
-
- @return the start point
-
-
- @return the end point
-
-
- @return the length of this line segment
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Computes the bounding rectangle for this line segment. The rectangle has a rotation 0 degrees
- with respect to the coordinate system that the line system is in. For example, if a line segment
- is 5 unit long and sits at a 37 degree angle from horizontal, the bounding rectangle will have
- origin of the lower left hand end point of the segment, with width = 4 and height = 3.
- @return the bounding rectangle
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Transforms the segment by the specified matrix
- @param m the matrix for the transformation
- @return the transformed segment
-
-
-
- set to true for debugging
-
-
- a summary of all found text
-
-
- Creates a new text extraction renderer.
-
-
- Creates a new text extraction renderer, with a custom strategy for
- creating new TextChunkLocation objects based on the input of the
- TextRenderInfo.
- @param strat the custom strategy
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#beginTextBlock()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#endTextBlock()
-
-
- @param str
- @return true if the string starts with a space character, false if the string is empty or starts with a non-space character
-
-
- @param str
- @return true if the string ends with a space character, false if the string is empty or ends with a non-space character
-
-
- Filters the provided list with the provided filter
- @param textChunks a list of all TextChunks that this strategy found during processing
- @param filter the filter to apply. If null, filtering will be skipped.
- @return the filtered list
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
- Determines if a space character should be inserted between a previous chunk and the current chunk.
- This method is exposed as a callback so subclasses can fine time the algorithm for determining whether a space should be inserted or not.
- By default, this method will insert a space if the there is a gap of more than half the font space character width between the end of the
- previous chunk and the beginning of the current chunk. It will also indicate that a space is needed if the starting point of the new chunk
- appears *before* the end of the previous chunk (i.e. overlapping text).
- @param chunk the new chunk being evaluated
- @param previousChunk the chunk that appeared immediately before the current chunk
- @return true if the two chunks represent different words (i.e. should have a space between them). False otherwise.
-
-
- Gets text that meets the specified filter
- If multiple text extractions will be performed for the same page (i.e. for different physical regions of the page),
- filtering at this level is more efficient than filtering using {@link FilteredRenderListener} - but not nearly as powerful
- because most of the RenderInfo state is not captured in {@link TextChunk}
- @param chunkFilter the filter to to apply
- @return the text results so far, filtered using the specified filter
-
-
- Returns the result so far.
- @return a String with the resulting text.
-
-
- Used for debugging only
-
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderText(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextRenderInfo)
-
-
- the starting location of the chunk
-
-
- the ending location of the chunk
-
-
- the orientation as a scalar for quick sorting
-
-
- perpendicular distance to the orientation unit vector (i.e. the Y position in an unrotated coordinate system)
- we round to the nearest integer to handle the fuzziness of comparing floats
-
-
- distance of the start of the chunk parallel to the orientation unit vector (i.e. the X position in an unrotated coordinate system)
-
-
- distance of the end of the chunk parallel to the orientation unit vector (i.e. the X position in an unrotated coordinate system)
-
-
- the width of a single space character in the font of the chunk
-
-
- @param comparedLine the location to compare to
- @return true is this location is on the the same line as the other
-
-
- Computes the distance between the end of 'other' and the beginning of this chunk
- in the direction of this chunk's orientation vector. Note that it's a bad idea
- to call this for chunks that aren't on the same line and orientation, but we don't
- explicitly check for that condition for performance reasons.
- @param other
- @return the number of spaces between the end of 'other' and the beginning of this chunk
-
-
- unit vector in the orientation of the chunk
-
-
- Compares based on orientation, perpendicular distance, then parallel distance
- @see java.lang.Comparable#compareTo(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- Represents a chunk of text, it's orientation, and location relative to the orientation vector
-
-
- the text of the chunk
-
-
- @return the start location of the text
-
-
- @return the end location of the text
-
-
- @return the width of a single space character as rendered by this chunk
-
-
- Computes the distance between the end of 'other' and the beginning of this chunk
- in the direction of this chunk's orientation vector. Note that it's a bad idea
- to call this for chunks that aren't on the same line and orientation, but we don't
- explicitly check for that condition for performance reasons.
- @param other
- @return the number of spaces between the end of 'other' and the beginning of this chunk
-
-
- Compares based on orientation, perpendicular distance, then parallel distance
- @see java.lang.Comparable#compareTo(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- @param as the location to compare to
- @return true is this location is on the the same line as the other
-
-
-
- @param int1
- @param int2
- @return comparison of the two integers
-
-
- no-op method - this renderer isn't interested in image events
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderImage(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.ImageRenderInfo)
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Specifies a filter for filtering {@link TextChunk} objects during text extraction
- @see LocationTextExtractionStrategy#getResultantText(TextChunkFilter)
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
- @param textChunk the chunk to check
- @return true if the chunk should be allowed
-
-
- Represents a Marked Content block in a PDF
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Get the tag of this marked content
- @return the tag of this marked content
-
-
- Determine if an MCID is available
- @return true if the MCID is available, false otherwise
-
-
- Gets the MCID value If the Marked Content contains
- an MCID entry, returns that value. Otherwise, a {@link NullPointerException} is thrown.
- @return the MCID value
- @throws NullPointerException if there is no MCID (see {@link MarkedContentInfo#hasMcid()})
-
-
- A {@link RenderFilter} that only allows text within a specified marked content sequence.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- The MCID to match.
-
-
- Constructs a filter
- @param mcid the MCID to match
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderFilter#allowText(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextRenderInfo)
-
-
- Keeps all the values of a 3 by 3 matrix
- and allows you to do some math with matrices.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- the row=1, col=1 position ('a') in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=1, col=2 position ('b') in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=1, col=3 position (always 0 for 2-D) in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=2, col=1 position ('c') in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=2, col=2 position ('d') in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=2, col=3 position (always 0 for 2-D) in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=3, col=1 ('e', or X translation) position in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=3, col=2 ('f', or Y translation) position in the matrix.
-
-
- the row=3, col=3 position (always 1 for 2-D) in the matrix.
-
-
- the values inside the matrix (the identity matrix by default).
- default initialization is performed in the default constructor.
-
-
- constructs a new Matrix with identity.
- !shall be called from any other constructor!
-
-
- Constructs a matrix that represents translation
- @param tx
- @param ty
-
-
- Creates a Matrix with 6 specified entries
- @param a
- @param b
- @param c
- @param d
- @param e
- @param f
-
-
- Gets a specific value inside the matrix.
- @param index an array index corresponding with a value inside the matrix
- @return the value at that specific position.
-
-
- multiplies this matrix by 'b' and returns the result
- See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matrix_multiplication
- @param by The matrix to multiply by
- @return the resulting matrix
-
-
- Subtracts a matrix from this matrix and returns the results
- @param arg the matrix to subtract from this matrix
- @return a Matrix object
-
-
- Computes the determinant of the matrix.
- @return the determinant of the matrix
-
-
- Checks equality of matrices.
- @param obj the other Matrix that needs to be compared with this matrix.
- @return true if both matrices are equal
- @see java.lang.Object#equals(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- Generates a hash code for this object.
- @return the hash code of this object
- @see java.lang.Object#hashCode()
-
-
- Generates a String representation of the matrix.
- @return the values, delimited with tabs and newlines.
- @see java.lang.Object#toString()
-
-
- Attaches a {@link RenderListener} for the corresponding filter set.
- @param delegate RenderListener instance to be attached.
- @param filterSet filter set to be attached. The delegate will be invoked if all the filters pass.
-
-
- Paths define shapes, trajectories, and regions of all sorts. They shall be used
- to draw lines, define the shapes of filled areas, and specify boundaries for clipping
- other graphics. A path shall be composed of straight and curved line segments, which
- may connect to one another or may be disconnected.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- @return A {@link java.util.List} of subpaths forming this path.
-
-
- Adds the subpath to this path.
-
- @param subpath The subpath to be added to this path.
-
-
- Adds the subpaths to this path.
-
- @param subpaths {@link java.util.List} of subpaths to be added to this path.
-
-
- The current point is the trailing endpoint of the segment most recently added to the current path.
-
- @return The current point.
-
-
- Begins a new subpath by moving the current point to coordinates (x, y).
-
-
- Appends a straight line segment from the current point to the point (x, y).
-
-
- Appends a cubic Bezier curve to the current path. The curve shall extend from
- the current point to the point (x3, y3).
-
-
- Appends a cubic Bezier curve to the current path. The curve shall extend from
- the current point to the point (x3, y3) with the note that the current
- point represents two control points.
-
-
- Appends a cubic Bezier curve to the current path. The curve shall extend from
- the current point to the point (x3, y3) with the note that the (x3, y3)
- point represents two control points.
-
-
- Appends a rectangle to the current path as a complete subpath.
-
-
- Closes the current subpath.
-
-
- Closes all subpathes contained in this path.
-
-
- Adds additional line to each closed subpath and makes the subpath unclosed.
- The line connects the last and the first points of the subpaths.
-
- @returns Indices of modified subpaths.
-
-
- Path is empty if it contains no subpaths.
-
-
- Contains information relating to construction the current path.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#moveTo(float, float)}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#lineTo(float, float)}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#curveTo(float, float, float, float, float, float)}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#curveTo(float, float, float, float)}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#curveFromTo(float, float, float, float)}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#closeSubpath()}
-
-
- See {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.Path#rectangle(float, float, float, float)}
-
-
- @param operation Indicates which path-construction operation should be performed.
- @param segmentData Contains data of a new segment being added to the current path.
- E.g. x, y, w, h for rectangle; x, y for line etc.
- @param ctm Current transformation matrix.
-
-
- See {@link #PathConstructionRenderInfo(int, java.util.List, Matrix)}
-
-
- @return construction operation should be performed on the current path.
-
-
- @return {@link java.util.List} containing data of a new segment (E.g. x, y, w, h for rectangle;
- x, y for line etc.) if the specified operation relates to adding the segment to the
- current path, null otherwise.
-
-
- @return Current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Contains information relating to painting current path.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- The nonzero winding number rule determines whether a given point is inside a path by
- conceptually drawing a ray from that point to infinity in any direction and then examining
- the places where a segment of the path crosses the ray. Starting with a count of 0, the rule
- adds 1 each time a path segment crosses the ray from left to right and subtracts 1 each time a
- segment crosses from right to left. After counting all the crossings, if the result is 0, the
- point is outside the path; otherwise, it is inside.
-
- For more details see PDF spec.
-
-
- The even-odd rule determines whether a point is inside a path by drawing a ray from that point in
- any direction and simply counting the number of path segments that cross the ray, regardless of
- direction. If this number is odd, the point is inside; if even, the point is outside.
-
- For more details see PDF spec.
-
-
- End the path object without filling or stroking it. This operator shall be a path-painting no-op,
- used primarily for the side effect of changing the current clipping path
-
-
- Value specifying stroke operation to perform on the current path.
-
-
- Value specifying fill operation to perform on the current path. When the fill operation
- is performed it should use either nonzero winding or even-odd rule.
-
-
- @param operation One of the possible combinations of {@link #STROKE} and {@link #FILL} values or {@link #NO_OP}
- @param rule Either {@link #NONZERO_WINDING_RULE} or {@link #EVEN_ODD_RULE}.
- @param gs The graphics state.
-
-
- If the operation is {@link #NO_OP} then the rule is ignored,
- otherwise {@link #NONZERO_WINDING_RULE} is used by default.
-
- See {@link #PathPaintingRenderInfo(int, int, GraphicsState)}
-
-
- @return int value which is either {@link #NO_OP} or one of possible
- combinations of {@link #STROKE} and {@link #FILL}
-
-
- @return Either {@link #NONZERO_WINDING_RULE} or {@link #EVEN_ODD_RULE}.
-
-
- @return Current transformation matrix.
-
-
- Tool that parses the content of a PDF document.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Shows the detail of a dictionary.
- This is similar to the PdfLister functionality.
- @param dic the dictionary of which you want the detail
- @return a String representation of the dictionary
-
-
- Shows the detail of a dictionary.
- @param dic the dictionary of which you want the detail
- @param depth the depth of the current dictionary (for nested dictionaries)
- @return a String representation of the dictionary
-
-
- Displays a summary of the entries in the XObject dictionary for the stream
- @param resourceDic the resource dictionary for the stream
- @return a string with the summary of the entries
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Writes information about a specific page from PdfReader to the specified output stream.
- @since 2.1.5
- @param reader the PdfReader to read the page content from
- @param pageNum the page number to read
- @param out the output stream to send the content to
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Writes information about each page in a PDF file to the specified output stream.
- @since 2.1.5
- @param pdfFile a File instance referring to a PDF file
- @param out the output stream to send the content to
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Writes information about the specified page in a PDF file to the specified output stream.
- @since 2.1.5
- @param pdfFile a File instance referring to a PDF file
- @param pageNum the page number to read
- @param out the output stream to send the content to
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Writes information about each page in a PDF file to the specified file, or System.out.
- @param args
-
-
- Processor for a PDF content Stream.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Default oper
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- A map with all supported operators (PDF syntax).
-
-
- Resources for the content stream.
-
-
- Stack keeping track of the graphics state.
-
-
- Text matrix.
-
-
- Text line matrix.
-
-
- Listener that will be notified of render events
-
-
- A map with all supported XObject handlers
-
-
- The font cache.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
-
- A stack containing marked content info.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Creates a new PDF Content Stream Processor that will send it's output to the
- designated render listener.
-
- @param renderListener the {@link RenderListener} that will receive rendering notifications
-
-
-
- Gets the font pointed to by the indirect reference. The font may have been cached.
- @param ind the indirect reference ponting to the font
- @return the font
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Loads all the supported graphics and text state operators in a map.
-
-
-
- @return {@link java.util.Collection} containing all the registered operators strings
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Resets the graphics state stack, matrices and resources.
-
-
- Returns the current graphics state.
- @return the graphics state
-
-
- Invokes an oper.
- @param oper the PDF Syntax of the oper
- @param operands a list with operands
-
-
- Add to the marked content stack
- @param tag the tag of the marked content
- @param dict the PdfDictionary associated with the marked content
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Remove the latest marked content from the stack. Keeps track of the BMC, BDC and EMC operators.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Used to trigger beginTextBlock on the renderListener
-
-
- Used to trigger endTextBlock on the renderListener
-
-
- Displays text.
- @param string the text to display
-
-
- Displays an XObject using the registered handler for this XObject's subtype
- @param xobjectName the name of the XObject to retrieve from the resource dictionary
-
-
- Displays the current path.
-
- @param operation One of the possible combinations of {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#STROKE}
- and {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#FILL} values or
- {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#NO_OP}
- @param rule Either {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#NONZERO_WINDING_RULE} or
- {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#EVEN_ODD_RULE}
- In case it isn't applicable pass any int value.
- @param close Indicates whether the path should be closed or not.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Modifies the current path.
-
- @param operation Indicates which path-construction operation should be performed.
- @param segmentData Contains x, y components of points of a new segment being added to the current path.
- E.g. x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y3 etc. It's ignored for "close subpath" operarion (h).
-
-
- Adjusts the text matrix for the specified adjustment value (see TJ oper in the PDF spec for information)
- @param tj the text adjustment
-
-
- Processes PDF syntax.
- Note: If you re-use a given {@link PdfContentStreamProcessor}, you must call {@link PdfContentStreamProcessor#reset()}
- @param contentBytes the bytes of a content stream
- @param resources the resources that come with the content stream
-
-
- Callback when an inline image is found. This requires special handling because inline images don't follow the standard operator syntax
- @param info the inline image
- @param colorSpaceDic the color space for the inline immage
-
-
- Property for the RenderListener object maintained in this class.
- Necessary for implementing custom ContentOperator implementations.
- @return the renderListener
-
-
- A resource dictionary that allows stack-like behavior to support resource dictionary inheritance
-
-
- A content oper implementation (unregistered).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (TJ).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (").
-
-
- A content oper implementation (').
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tj).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (T*).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tm).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (TD).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Td).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tf).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tr).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Ts).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (TL).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tz).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tc).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Tw).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (gs).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (q).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (cm).
-
-
- Gets a color based on a list of operands.
-
-
- Gets a color based on a list of operands.
-
-
- A content operator implementation (g).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (G).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (rg).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (RG).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (rg).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (RG).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (cs).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (CS).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (sc / scn).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (SC / SCN).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Q).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (BT).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (ET).
-
-
- A content oper implementation (BMC).
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A content oper implementation (BDC).
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A content oper implementation (EMC).
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A content oper implementation (Do).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (w).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (J).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (j).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (M).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (d).
-
-
- A content operator implementation (m).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (l).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (c).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (v).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (y).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (h).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (re).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- A content operator implementation (S, s, f, F, f*, B, B*, b, b*).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Constructs PainPath object.
-
- @param operation One of the possible combinations of {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#STROKE}
- and {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#FILL} values or
- {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#NO_OP}
- @param rule Either {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#NONZERO_WINDING_RULE} or
- {@link com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.PathPaintingRenderInfo#EVEN_ODD_RULE}
- In case it isn't applicable pass any value.
- @param close Indicates whether the path should be closed or not.
-
-
- A content operator implementation (n).
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- An XObject subtype handler for FORM
-
-
- An XObject subtype handler for IMAGE
-
-
- An XObject subtype handler that does nothing
-
-
- An object that contains an image dictionary and image bytes.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Different types of data that can be stored in the bytes of a {@link PdfImageObject}
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- the recommended file extension for streams of this type
-
-
- @param fileExtension the recommended file extension for use with data of this type (for example, if the bytes were just saved to a file, what extension should the file have)
-
-
- @return the file extension registered when this type was created
-
-
- A filter that does nothing, but keeps track of the filter type that was used
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- The image dictionary.
-
-
- The decoded image bytes (after applying filters), or the raw image bytes if unable to decode
-
-
- Tracks the type of data that is actually stored in the streamBytes member
-
-
- @return the type of image data that is returned by getImageBytes()
-
-
- Creates a PdfImage object.
- @param stream a PRStream
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a PdfImage object.
- @param stream a PRStream
- @param colorSpaceDic a color space dictionary
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creats a PdfImage object using an explicitly provided dictionary and image bytes
- @param dictionary the dictionary for the image
- @param samples the samples
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- Returns an entry from the image dictionary.
- @param key a key
- @return the value
-
-
- Returns the image dictionary.
- @return the dictionary
-
-
- Sets state of this object according to the color space
- @param colorspace the colorspace to use
- @param allowIndexed whether indexed color spaces will be resolved (used for recursive call)
- @throws IOException if there is a problem with reading from the underlying stream
-
-
- decodes the bytes currently captured in the streamBytes and replaces it with an image representation of the bytes
- (this will either be a png or a tiff, depending on the color depth of the image)
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @return the bytes of the image (the format will be as specified in {@link PdfImageObject#getImageBytesType()}
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- A utility class that makes it cleaner to process content from pages of a PdfReader
- through a specified RenderListener.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- the reader this parser will process
-
-
-
-
- Extracts text from a PDF file.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Extract text from a specified page using an extraction strategy.
- Also allows registration of custom ContentOperators
- @param reader the reader to extract text from
- @param pageNumber the page to extract text from
- @param strategy the strategy to use for extracting text
- @param additionalContentOperators an optional dictionary of custom IContentOperators for rendering instructions
- @return the extracted text
- @throws IOException if any operation fails while reading from the provided PdfReader
-
-
- Extract text from a specified page using an extraction strategy.
- @param reader the reader to extract text from
- @param pageNumber the page to extract text from
- @param strategy the strategy to use for extracting text
- @return the extracted text
- @throws IOException if any operation fails while reading from the provided PdfReader
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
-
- A {@link RenderFilter} that only allows text within a specified rectangular region
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- the region to allow text from
-
-
- Constructs a filter
- @param filterRect the rectangle to filter text against. Note that this is a java.awt.Rectangle !
-
-
- Constructs a filter
- @param filterRect the rectangle to filter text against.
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderFilter#allowText(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextRenderInfo)
-
-
- Interface for defining filters for use with {@link FilteredRenderListener}
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- @param renderInfo
- @return true if the text render operation should be performed
-
-
-
- @param renderInfo
- @return true if the image render operation should be performed
-
-
- Represents segment from a PDF path.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Treat base points as the points which are enough to construct a shape.
- E.g. for a bezier curve they are control points, for a line segment - the start and the end points
- of the segment.
-
- @return Ordered list consisting of shape's base points.
-
-
- A simple text extraction renderer.
-
- This renderer keeps track of the current Y position of each string. If it detects
- that the y position has changed, it inserts a line break into the output. If the
- PDF renders text in a non-top-to-bottom fashion, this will result in the text not
- being a true representation of how it appears in the PDF.
-
- This renderer also uses a simple strategy based on the font metrics to determine if
- a blank space should be inserted into the output.
-
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- used to store the resulting String.
-
-
- Creates a new text extraction renderer.
-
-
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Returns the result so far.
- @return a String with the resulting text.
-
-
- Used to actually append text to the text results. Subclasses can use this to insert
- text that wouldn't normally be included in text parsing (e.g. result of OCR performed against
- image content)
- @param text the text to append to the text results accumulated so far
-
-
- Captures text using a simplified algorithm for inserting hard returns and spaces
- @param renderInfo render info
-
-
- no-op method - this renderer isn't interested in image events
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderImage(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.ImageRenderInfo)
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- As subpath is a part of a path comprising a sequence of connected segments.
-
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Copy constuctor.
- @param subpath
-
-
- Constructs a new subpath starting at the given point.
-
-
- Constructs a new subpath starting at the given point.
-
-
- Sets the start point of the subpath.
- @param startPoint
-
-
- Sets the start point of the subpath.
- @param x
- @param y
-
-
- @return The point this subpath starts at.
-
-
- @return The last point of the subpath.
-
-
- Adds a segment to the subpath.
- Note: each new segment shall start at the end of the previous segment.
- @param segment new segment.
-
-
- @return {@link java.util.List} comprising all the segments
- the subpath made on.
-
-
- Checks whether subpath is empty or not.
- @return true if the subpath is empty, false otherwise.
-
-
- @return true if this subpath contains only one point and it is not closed,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Returns or sets a bool value indicating whether the subpath must be closed or not.
- Ignore this value if the subpath is a rectangle because in this case it is already closed
- (of course if you paint the path using re operator)
-
- @return bool value indicating whether the path must be closed or not.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Returns a bool indicating whether the subpath is degenerate or not.
- A degenerate subpath is the subpath consisting of a single-point closed path or of
- two or more points at the same coordinates.
-
- @return bool value indicating whether the path is degenerate or not.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- @return {@link java.util.List} containing points of piecewise linear approximation
- for this subpath.
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
- Converts a tagged PDF document into an XML file.
-
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- The reader obj from which the content streams are read.
-
-
- The writer obj to which the XML will be written
-
-
- Parses a string with structured content.
-
- @param reader
- the PdfReader that has access to the PDF file
- @param os
- the Stream to which the resulting xml will be written
- @param charset
- the charset to encode the data
- @since 5.0.5
-
-
- Parses a string with structured content.
-
- @param reader
- the PdfReader that has access to the PDF file
- @param os
- the Stream to which the resulting xml will be written
-
-
- Inspects a child of a structured element. This can be an array or a
- dictionary.
-
- @param k
- the child to inspect
- @throws IOException
-
-
- If the child of a structured element is an array, we need to loop over
- the elements.
-
- @param k
- the child array to inspect
-
-
- If the child of a structured element is a dictionary, we inspect the
- child; we may also draw a tag.
-
- @param k
- the child dictionary to inspect
-
-
- If the child of a structured element is a dictionary, we inspect the
- child; we may also draw a tag.
-
- @param k
- the child dictionary to inspect
-
-
- Searches for a tag in a page.
-
- @param tag
- the name of the tag
- @param obj
- an identifier to find the marked content
- @param page
- a page dictionary
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Allows you to find the rectangle that contains all the text in a page.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Method invokes by the PdfContentStreamProcessor.
- Passes a TextRenderInfo for every text chunk that is encountered.
- We'll use this object to obtain coordinates.
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderText(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.TextRenderInfo)
-
-
- Getter for the left margin.
- @return the X position of the left margin
-
-
- Getter for the bottom margin.
- @return the Y position of the bottom margin
-
-
- Getter for the right margin.
- @return the X position of the right margin
-
-
- Getter for the top margin.
- @return the Y position of the top margin
-
-
- Gets the width of the text block.
- @return a width
-
-
- Gets the height of the text block.
- @return a height
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#beginTextBlock()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#endTextBlock()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.RenderListener#renderImage(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.parser.ImageRenderInfo)
-
-
-
- ! .NET SPECIFIC !
- is used for caching "UTF-16BE" encoding to improve performance
-
-
- Array containing marked content info for the text.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Creates a new TextRenderInfo object
- @param string the PDF string that should be displayed
- @param gs the graphics state (note: at this time, this is not immutable, so don't cache it)
- @param textMatrix the text matrix at the time of the render operation
- @param markedContentInfo the marked content sequence, if available
-
-
- Used for creating sub-TextRenderInfos for each individual character
- @param parent the parent TextRenderInfo
- @param string the content of a TextRenderInfo
- @param horizontalOffset the unscaled horizontal offset of the character that this TextRenderInfo represents
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
- @return the text to render
-
-
- @return original PDF string
-
-
- Checks if the text belongs to a marked content sequence
- with a given mcid.
- @param mcid a marked content id
- @return true if the text is marked with this id
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- * Checks if the text belongs to a marked content sequence
- * with a given mcid.
- * @param mcid a marked content id
- * @param checkTheTopmostLevelOnly indicates whether to check the topmost level of marked content stack only
- * @return true if the text is marked with this id
- * @since 5.3.5
-
-
- @return the marked content associated with the TextRenderInfo instance.
-
-
- @return the unscaled (i.e. in Text space) width of the text
-
-
- Gets the baseline for the text (i.e. the line that the text 'sits' on)
- This value includes the Rise of the draw operation - see {@link #getRise()} for the amount added by Rise
- @return the baseline line segment
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Gets the ascentline for the text (i.e. the line that represents the topmost extent that a string of the current font could have)
- This value includes the Rise of the draw operation - see {@link #getRise()} for the amount added by Rise
- @return the ascentline line segment
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Gets the descentline for the text (i.e. the line that represents the bottom most extent that a string of the current font could have)
- This value includes the Rise of the draw operation - see {@link #getRise()} for the amount added by Rise
- @return the descentline line segment
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Getter for the font
- @return the font
- @since iText 5.0.2
-
-
- The rise represents how far above the nominal baseline the text should be rendered. The {@link #getBaseline()}, {@link #getAscentLine()} and {@link #getDescentLine()} methods already include Rise.
- This method is exposed to allow listeners to determine if an explicit rise was involved in the computation of the baseline (this might be useful, for example, for identifying superscript rendering)
- @return The Rise for the text draw operation, in user space units (Ts value, scaled to user space)
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
-
- @param width the width, in text space
- @return the width in user space
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
-
- @param height the height, in text space
- @return the height in user space
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
- @return The width, in user space units, of a single space character in the current font
-
-
- @return the text render mode that should be used for the text. From the
- PDF specification, this means:
-
- - 0 = Fill text
- - 1 = Stroke text
- - 2 = Fill, then stroke text
- - 3 = Invisible
- - 4 = Fill text and add to path for clipping
- - 5 = Stroke text and add to path for clipping
- - 6 = Fill, then stroke text and add to path for clipping
- - 7 = Add text to padd for clipping
-
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- @return the current fill color.
-
-
- @return the current stroke color.
-
-
- Calculates the width of a space character. If the font does not define
- a width for a standard space character \u0020, we also attempt to use
- the width of \u00A0 (a non-breaking space in many fonts)
- @return the width of a single space character in text space units
-
-
- Gets the width of a String in text space units
- @param string the string that needs measuring
- @return the width of a String in text space units
-
-
- Gets the width of a PDF string in text space units
- @param string the string that needs measuring
- @return the width of a String in text space units
-
-
- Provides detail useful if a listener needs access to the position of each individual glyph in the text render operation
- @return A list of {@link TextRenderInfo} objects that represent each glyph used in the draw operation. The next effect is if there was a separate Tj opertion for each character in the rendered string
- @since 5.3.3
-
-
- Calculates width and word spacing of a single character PDF string.
- @param string a character to calculate width.
- @param singleCharString true if PDF string represents single character, false otherwise.
- @return array of 2 items: first item is a character width, second item is a calculated word spacing.
-
-
- Decodes a PdfString (which will contain glyph ids encoded in the font's encoding)
- based on the active font, and determine the unicode equivalent
- @param in the String that needs to be encoded
- @return the encoded String
-
-
- ! .NET SPECIFIC; this method is used to avoid unecessary using of StringBuilder because it is slow in .NET !
- Decodes a single character PdfString (which will contain glyph ids encoded in the font's encoding)
- based on the active font, and determine the unicode equivalent
- @param in the String that needs to be encoded
- @return the encoded String
-
-
- Converts a single character string to char code.
-
- @param string single character string to convert to.
- @return char code.
-
-
- Split PDF string into array of single character PDF strings.
- @param string PDF string to be splitted.
- @return splitted PDF string.
-
-
-
- index of the X coordinate
-
-
- index of the Y coordinate
-
-
- index of the Z coordinate
-
-
- the values inside the vector
-
-
- Creates a new Vector
- @param x the X coordinate
- @param y the Y coordinate
- @param z the Z coordinate
-
-
- Gets the value from a coordinate of the vector
- @param index the index of the value to get (I1, I2 or I3)
- @return a coordinate value
-
-
- Computes the cross product of this vector and the specified matrix
- @param by the matrix to cross this vector with
- @return the result of the cross product
-
-
- Computes the difference between this vector and the specified vector
- @param v the vector to subtract from this one
- @return the results of the subtraction
-
-
- Computes the cross product of this vector and the specified vector
- @param with the vector to cross this vector with
- @return the cross product
-
-
- Normalizes the vector (i.e. returns the unit vector in the same orientation as this vector)
- @return the unit vector
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Multiplies the vector by a scalar
- @param by the scalar to multiply by
- @return the result of the scalar multiplication
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Computes the dot product of this vector with the specified vector
- @param with the vector to dot product this vector with
- @return the dot product
-
-
-
-
- @see java.lang.Object#toString()
-
-
- @since 5.0.1
- @see java.lang.Object#equals(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- @author Kevin Day
- @since iText 5.0.1
-
-
- Represents an inline image from a PDF
- @since 5.1.4
-
-
- @return the image dictionary associated with this inline image
-
-
- @return the raw samples associated with this inline image
-
-
- Utility methods to help with processing of inline images
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- Simple class in case users need to differentiate an exception from processing
- inline images vs other exceptions
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- Map between key abbreviations allowed in dictionary of inline images and their
- equivalent image dictionary keys
-
-
- Map between value abbreviations allowed in dictionary of inline images for COLORSPACE
-
-
- Map between value abbreviations allowed in dictionary of inline images for FILTER
-
-
- Parses an inline image from the provided content parser. The parser must be positioned immediately following the BI operator in the content stream.
- The parser will be left with current position immediately following the EI operator that terminates the inline image
- @param ps the content parser to use for reading the image.
- @return the parsed image
- @throws IOException if anything goes wring with the parsing
- @throws InlineImageParseException if parsing of the inline image failed due to issues specific to inline image processing
-
-
- Parses the next inline image dictionary from the parser. The parser must be positioned immediately following the EI operator.
- The parser will be left with position immediately following the whitespace character that follows the ID operator that ends the inline image dictionary.
- @param ps the parser to extract the embedded image information from
- @return the dictionary for the inline image, with any abbreviations converted to regular image dictionary keys and values
- @throws IOException if the parse fails
-
-
- Transforms value abbreviations into their corresponding real value
- @param key the key that the value is for
- @param value the value that might be an abbreviation
- @return if value is an allowed abbreviation for the key, the expanded value for that abbreviation. Otherwise, value is returned without modification
-
-
- @param colorSpaceName the name of the color space. If null, a bi-tonal (black and white) color space is assumed.
- @return the components per pixel for the specified color space
-
-
- Computes the number of unfiltered bytes that each row of the image will contain.
- If the number of bytes results in a partial terminating byte, this number is rounded up
- per the PDF specification
- @param imageDictionary the dictionary of the inline image
- @return the number of bytes per row of the image
-
-
- Parses the samples of the image from the underlying content parser, ignoring all filters.
- The parser must be positioned immediately after the ID operator that ends the inline image's dictionary.
- The parser will be left positioned immediately following the EI operator.
- This is primarily useful if no filters have been applied.
- @param imageDictionary the dictionary of the inline image
- @param ps the content parser
- @return the samples of the image
- @throws IOException if anything bad happens during parsing
-
-
- Parses the samples of the image from the underlying content parser, accounting for filters
- The parser must be positioned immediately after the ID operator that ends the inline image's dictionary.
- The parser will be left positioned immediately following the EI operator.
- Note:This implementation does not actually apply the filters at this time
- @param imageDictionary the dictionary of the inline image
- @param ps the content parser
- @return the samples of the image
- @throws IOException if anything bad happens during parsing
-
-
- Represents a pattern. Can be used in high-level constructs (Paragraph, Cell, etc.).
-
-
- The actual pattern.
-
-
- Creates a color representing a pattern.
- @param painter the actual pattern
-
-
- Gets the pattern.
- @return the pattern
-
-
- Each PDF document can contain maximum 1 AcroForm.
-
-
- This is a map containing FieldTemplates.
-
-
- This is an array containing DocumentFields.
-
-
- This is an array containing the calculationorder of the fields.
-
-
- Contains the signature flags.
-
-
- Creates new PdfAcroForm
-
-
- Adds fieldTemplates.
-
-
- Adds documentFields.
-
-
- Closes the AcroForm.
-
-
- Adds an object to the calculationOrder.
-
-
- Sets the signature flags.
-
-
- Adds a formfield to the AcroForm.
-
-
- @param field
- @param name
- @param llx
- @param lly
- @param urx
- @param ury
-
-
- @param field
- @param llx
- @param lly
- @param urx
- @param ury
-
-
- A PdfAction defines an action that can be triggered from a PDF file.
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- A named action to go to the first page.
-
-
- A named action to go to the previous page.
-
-
- A named action to go to the next page.
-
-
- A named action to go to the last page.
-
-
- A named action to open a print dialog.
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- a possible submitvalue
-
-
- Create an empty action.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAction of Subtype URI.
-
- @param url the Url to go to
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAction of Subtype URI.
-
- @param url the url to go to
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAction of Subtype GoTo.
- @param destination the destination to go to
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAction of Subtype GoToR.
- @param filename the file name to go to
- @param name the named destination to go to
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAction of Subtype GoToR.
- @param filename the file name to go to
- @param page the page destination to go to
-
-
- Implements name actions. The action can be FIRSTPAGE, LASTPAGE,
- NEXTPAGE and PREVPAGE.
- @param named the named action
-
-
- Launchs an application or a document.
- @param application the application to be launched or the document to be opened or printed.
- @param parameters (Windows-specific) A parameter string to be passed to the application.
- It can be null.
- @param operation (Windows-specific) the operation to perform: "open" - Open a document,
- "print" - Print a document.
- It can be null.
- @param defaultDir (Windows-specific) the default directory in standard DOS syntax.
- It can be null.
-
-
- Launchs an application or a document.
- @param application the application to be launched or the document to be opened or printed.
- @param parameters (Windows-specific) A parameter string to be passed to the application.
- It can be null.
- @param operation (Windows-specific) the operation to perform: "open" - Open a document,
- "print" - Print a document.
- It can be null.
- @param defaultDir (Windows-specific) the default directory in standard DOS syntax.
- It can be null.
- @return a Launch action
-
-
- Creates a Rendition action
- @param file
- @param fs
- @param mimeType
- @param ref
- @return a Media Clip action
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a JavaScript action. If the JavaScript is smaller than
- 50 characters it will be placed as a string, otherwise it will
- be placed as a compressed stream.
- @param code the JavaScript code
- @param writer the writer for this action
- @param unicode select JavaScript unicode. Note that the internal
- Acrobat JavaScript engine does not support unicode,
- so this may or may not work for you
- @return the JavaScript action
-
-
- Creates a JavaScript action. If the JavaScript is smaller than
- 50 characters it will be place as a string, otherwise it will
- be placed as a compressed stream.
- @param code the JavaScript code
- @param writer the writer for this action
- @return the JavaScript action
-
-
- Add a chained action.
- @param na the next action
-
-
- Creates a GoTo action to an internal page.
- @param page the page to go. First page is 1
- @param dest the destination for the page
- @param writer the writer for this action
- @return a GoTo action
-
-
- Creates a GoTo action to a named destination.
- @param dest the named destination
- @param isName if true sets the destination as a name, if false sets it as a String
- @return a GoToR action
-
-
- Creates a GoToR action to a named destination.
- @param filename the file name to go to
- @param dest the destination name
- @param isName if true sets the destination as a name, if false sets it as a String
- @param newWindow open the document in a new window if true, if false the current document is replaced by the new document.
- @return a GoToR action
-
-
- Creates a GoToE action to an embedded file.
- @param filename the root document of the target (null if the target is in the same document)
- @param dest the named destination
- @param isName if true sets the destination as a name, if false sets it as a String
- @return a GoToE action
-
-
- Creates a GoToE action to an embedded file.
- @param filename the root document of the target (null if the target is in the same document)
- @param target a path to the target document of this action
- @param dest the destination inside the target document, can be of type PdfDestination, PdfName, or PdfString
- @param newWindow if true, the destination document should be opened in a new window
- @return a GoToE action
-
-
-
- A PdfAnnotation is a note that is associated with a page.
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- flagvalue PDF 1.7
-
-
- attributevalue
-
-
- Holds value of property used.
-
-
- Holds value of property placeInPage.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAnnotation of subtype text.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAnnotation of subtype link (Action).
-
-
- Creates a screen PdfAnnotation
- @param writer
- @param rect
- @param clipTitle
- @param fs
- @param mimeType
- @param playOnDisplay
- @return a screen PdfAnnotation
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a file attachment annotation.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param rect the dimensions in the page of the annotation
- @param contents the file description
- @param fileStore an array with the file. If it's null
- the file will be read from the disk
- @param file the path to the file. It will only be used if
- fileStore is not null
- @param fileDisplay the actual file name stored in the pdf
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the annotation
-
-
- Creates a file attachment annotation
- @param writer
- @param rect
- @param contents
- @param fs
- @return the annotation
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates a polygon or -line annotation
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param rect the annotation position
- @param contents the textual content of the annotation
- @param polygon if true, the we're creating a polygon annotation, if false, a polyline
- @param vertices an array with the vertices of the polygon or -line
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Sets the annotation's highlighting mode. The values can be
- HIGHLIGHT_NONE, HIGHLIGHT_INVERT,
- HIGHLIGHT_OUTLINE and HIGHLIGHT_PUSH;
- @param highlight the annotation's highlighting mode
-
-
- Getter for property form.
- @return Value of property form.
-
-
- Getter for property annotation.
- @return Value of property annotation.
-
-
- Getter for property placeInPage.
- @return Value of property placeInPage.
-
-
- Sets the layer this annotation belongs to.
- @param layer the layer this annotation belongs to
-
-
- Sets the name of the annotation.
- With this name the annotation can be identified among
- all the annotations on a page (it has to be unique).
-
-
- This class processes links from imported pages so that they may be active. The following example code reads a group
- of files and places them all on the output PDF, four pages in a single page, keeping the links active.
-
- String[] files = new String[] {"input1.pdf", "input2.pdf"};
- String outputFile = "output.pdf";
- int firstPage=1;
- Document document = new Document();
- PdfWriter writer = PdfWriter.GetInstance(document, new FileOutputStream(outputFile));
- document.SetPageSize(PageSize.A4);
- float W = PageSize.A4.GetWidth() / 2;
- float H = PageSize.A4.GetHeight() / 2;
- document.Open();
- PdfContentByte cb = writer.GetDirectContent();
- for (int i = 0; i < files.length; i++) {
- PdfReader currentReader = new PdfReader(files[i]);
- currentReader.ConsolidateNamedDestinations();
- for (int page = 1; page <= currentReader.GetNumberOfPages(); page++) {
- PdfImportedPage importedPage = writer.GetImportedPage(currentReader, page);
- float a = 0.5f;
- float e = (page % 2 == 0) ? W : 0;
- float f = (page % 4 == 1 || page % 4 == 2) ? H : 0;
- ArrayList links = currentReader.GetLinks(page);
- cb.AddTemplate(importedPage, a, 0, 0, a, e, f);
- for (int j = 0; j < links.Size(); j++) {
- PdfAnnotation.PdfImportedLink link = (PdfAnnotation.PdfImportedLink)links.Get(j);
- if (link.IsInternal()) {
- int dPage = link.GetDestinationPage();
- int newDestPage = (dPage-1)/4 + firstPage;
- float ee = (dPage % 2 == 0) ? W : 0;
- float ff = (dPage % 4 == 1 || dPage % 4 == 2) ? H : 0;
- link.SetDestinationPage(newDestPage);
- link.TransformDestination(a, 0, 0, a, ee, ff);
- }
- link.TransformRect(a, 0, 0, a, e, f);
- writer.AddAnnotation(link.CreateAnnotation(writer));
- }
- if (page % 4 == 0)
- document.NewPage();
- }
- if (i < files.length - 1)
- document.NewPage();
- firstPage += (currentReader.GetNumberOfPages()+3)/4;
- }
- document.Close();
-
-
-
- Returns a String representation of the link.
- @return a String representation of the imported link
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Implements the appearance stream to be used with form fields..
-
-
- Creates a PdfAppearance.
-
-
- Creates new PdfTemplate
-
- @param wr the PdfWriter
-
-
- Creates a new appearance to be used with form fields.
-
- @param width the bounding box width
- @param height the bounding box height
- @return the appearance created
-
-
- Set the font and the size for the subsequent text writing.
-
- @param bf the font
- @param size the font size in points
-
-
-
- this is the actual array of PdfObjects
-
-
- Constructs an empty PdfArray-object.
-
-
- Constructs an PdfArray-object, containing 1 PdfObject.
-
- @param object a PdfObject that has to be added to the array
-
-
- Constructs a PdfArray with the elements of an ArrayList.
- Throws a ClassCastException if the ArrayList contains something
- that isn't a PdfObject.
- @param l an ArrayList with PdfObjects
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Constructs an PdfArray-object, containing all the PdfObjects in a given PdfArray.
-
- @param array a PdfArray that has to be added to the array
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfArray.
-
- @return an array of bytes
-
-
- Overwrites a specified location of the array.
-
- @param idx The index of the element to be overwritten
- @param obj new value for the specified index
- @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the specified position doesn't exist
- @return the previous value
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Returns the PdfObject with the specified index.
-
- A possible indirect references is not resolved, so the returned
- PdfObject may be either a direct object or an indirect
- reference, depending on how the object is stored in the
- PdfArray.
-
- @param idx The index of the PdfObject to be returned
- @return A PdfObject
-
-
- Overwrites a specified location of the array, returning the previous
- value
-
- @param idx The index of the element to be overwritten
- @param obj new value for the specified index
- @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the specified position doesn't exist
- @return the previous value
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Remove the element at the specified position from the array.
-
- Shifts any subsequent elements to the left (subtracts one from their
- indices).
-
- @param idx The index of the element to be removed.
- @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException the specified position doesn't exist
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Returns an ArrayList containing PdfObjects.
-
- @return an ArrayList
-
-
- Returns the number of entries in the array.
-
- @return the size of the ArrayList
-
-
- Returns true if the array is empty.
-
- @return true if the array is empty
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Adds a PdfObject to the PdfArray.
-
- @param object PdfObject to add
- @return true
-
-
- Inserts the specified element at the specified position.
-
- Shifts the element currently at that position (if any) and
- any subsequent elements to the right (adds one to their indices).
-
- @param index The index at which the specified element is to be inserted
- @param element The element to be inserted
- @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the specified index is larger than the
- last position currently set, plus 1.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Inserts a PdfObject at the beginning of the
- PdfArray.
-
- The PdfObject will be the first element, any other elements
- will be shifted to the right (adds one to their indices).
-
- @param object The PdfObject to add
-
-
- Checks if the PdfArray already contains a certain PdfObject.
-
- @param object PdfObject to check
- @return true
-
-
-
- @return this PdfArray's values as a long[]
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
-
- @return this PdfArray's values as a double[]
- @since 5.5.6
-
-
-
- A possible value of PdfBoolean
-
-
- A possible value of PdfBoolean
-
-
- the bool value of this object
-
-
- Constructs a PdfBoolean-object.
-
- @param value the value of the new PdfObject
-
-
- Constructs a PdfBoolean-object.
-
- @param value the value of the new PdfObject, represented as a string
-
- @throws BadPdfFormatException thrown if the value isn't 'true' or 'false'
-
-
- Returns the primitive value of the PdfBoolean-object.
-
- @return the actual value of the object.
-
-
- A PdfBorderArray defines the border of a PdfAnnotation.
-
- @see PdfArray
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfBorderArray.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfBorderArray.
-
-
- A PdfBorderDictionary define the appearance of a Border (Annotations).
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- Constructs a PdfBorderDictionary.
-
-
-
- The allowed attributes in variable attributes.
-
-
- The allowed attributes in variable noStroke.
-
-
- The value of this object.
-
-
- The encoding.
-
-
- The font for this PdfChunk.
-
-
-
-
- true if the chunk split was cause by a newline.
-
-
- The image in this PdfChunk, if it has one
-
-
- The offset in the x direction for the image
-
-
- The offset in the y direction for the image
-
-
- Indicates if the height and offset of the Image has to be taken into account
-
-
- The leading that can overrule the existing leading.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfChunk-object.
-
- @param string the content of the PdfChunk-object
- @param font the PdfFont
- @param attributes the metrics attributes
- @param noStroke the non metric attributes
-
-
- Constructs a PdfChunk-object.
-
- @param chunk the original Chunk-object
- @param action the PdfAction if the Chunk comes from an Anchor
-
-
- Constructs a PdfChunk-object.
-
- @param chunk the original Chunk-object
- @param action the PdfAction if the Chunk comes from an Anchor
- @param tabSettings the Phrase tab settings
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the font of this Chunk.
-
- @return a PdfFont
-
-
- Returns the color of this Chunk.
-
- @return a BaseColor
-
-
- Returns the width of this PdfChunk.
-
- @return a width
-
-
- Checks if the PdfChunk split was caused by a newline.
- @return true if the PdfChunk split was caused by a newline.
-
-
- Gets the width of the PdfChunk taking into account the
- extra character and word spacing.
- @param charSpacing the extra character spacing
- @param wordSpacing the extra word spacing
- @return the calculated width
-
-
- Gets the text displacement relatiev to the baseline.
- @return a displacement in points
-
-
- Trims the last space.
- @return the width of the space trimmed, otherwise 0
-
-
- Gets an attribute. The search is made in attributes
- and noStroke.
- @param name the attribute key
- @return the attribute value or null if not found
-
-
- Checks if the attribute exists.
- @param name the attribute key
- @return true if the attribute exists
-
-
- Checks if this PdfChunk needs some special metrics handling.
- @return true if this PdfChunk needs some special metrics handling.
-
-
- Checks if this PdfChunk is a Separator Chunk.
- @return true if this chunk is a separator.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Checks if this PdfChunk is a horizontal Separator Chunk.
- @return true if this chunk is a horizontal separator.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Checks if this PdfChunk is a tab Chunk.
- @return true if this chunk is a separator.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Correction for the tab position based on the left starting position.
- @param newValue the new value for the left X.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Checks if there is an image in the PdfChunk.
- @return true if an image is present
-
-
- Gets the image in the PdfChunk.
- @return the image or null
-
-
- Returns a scalePercentage in case the image needs to be scaled.
- Sets a scale percentage in case the image needs to be scaled.
-
-
- Gets the image offset in the x direction
- @return the image offset in the x direction
-
-
- Gets the image offset in the y direction
- @return Gets the image offset in the y direction
-
-
- sets the value.
-
-
- Tells you if this string is in Chinese, Japanese, Korean or Identity-H.
-
-
- Gets the encoding of this string.
-
- @return a string
-
-
-
- A PdfColor defines a Color (it's a PdfArray containing 3 values).
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfColor.
-
- @param red a value between 0 and 255
- @param green a value between 0 and 255
- @param blue a value between 0 and 255
-
-
- PdfContentByte is an object containing the user positioned
- text and graphic contents of a page. It knows how to apply the proper
- font encoding.
-
-
- This class keeps the graphic state of the current page
-
-
- This is the font in use
-
-
- This is the color in use
-
-
- This is the font size in use
-
-
- The x position of the text line matrix.
-
-
- The y position of the text line matrix.
-
-
- The current text leading.
-
-
- The current horizontal scaling
-
-
- The current character spacing
-
-
- The current word spacing
-
-
- The alignement is center
-
-
- The alignement is left
-
-
- The alignement is right
-
-
- A possible line cap value
-
-
- A possible line cap value
-
-
- A possible line cap value
-
-
- A possible line join value
-
-
- A possible line join value
-
-
- A possible line join value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- A possible text rendering value
-
-
- This is the actual content
-
-
- This is the writer
-
-
- This is the PdfDocument
-
-
- This is the GraphicState in use
-
-
- The list were we save/restore the layer depth
-
-
- The list were we save/restore the state
-
-
- The separator between commands.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfContentByte-object.
-
- @param wr the writer associated to this content
-
-
- Returns the string representation of this PdfContentByte-object.
-
- @return a string
-
-
- [SUP-1395] If set, prevents iText from marking content and creating structure tags for items added to this content stream.
- (By default, iText automatically marks content using BDC/EMC operators, and adds a structure tag for the new content
- at the end of the page.)
-
-
- Checks if the content needs to be tagged.
- @return false if no tags need to be added
-
-
- Gets the internal buffer.
- @return the internal buffer
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfContentByte-object.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @return a byte array with the representation
-
-
- Adds the content of another PdfContent-object to this object.
-
- @param other another PdfByteContent-object
-
-
- Gets the x position of the text line matrix.
-
- @return the x position of the text line matrix
-
-
- Gets the y position of the text line matrix.
-
- @return the y position of the text line matrix
-
-
- Gets the current character spacing.
-
- @return the current character spacing
-
-
- Gets the current word spacing.
-
- @return the current word spacing
-
-
- Gets the current character spacing.
-
- @return the current character spacing
-
-
- Gets the current text leading.
-
- @return the current text leading
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the rendering intent, possible values are: PdfName.ABSOLUTECOLORIMETRIC,
- PdfName.RELATIVECOLORIMETRIC, PdfName.SATURATION, PdfName.PERCEPTUAL.
- @param ri
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Modify the current clipping path by intersecting it with the current path, using the
- nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping
- path.
-
-
- Modify the current clipping path by intersecting it with the current path, using the
- even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path.
-
-
- Changes the currentgray tint for filling paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceGray (or the DefaultGray color space),
- and sets the gray tint to use for filling paths.
-
- @param gray a value between 0 (black) and 1 (white)
-
-
- Changes the current gray tint for filling paths to black.
-
-
- Changes the currentgray tint for stroking paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceGray (or the DefaultGray color space),
- and sets the gray tint to use for stroking paths.
-
- @param gray a value between 0 (black) and 1 (white)
-
-
- Changes the current gray tint for stroking paths to black.
-
-
- Helper to validate and write the RGB color components
- @param red the intensity of red. A value between 0 and 1
- @param green the intensity of green. A value between 0 and 1
- @param blue the intensity of blue. A value between 0 and 1
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceRGB (or the DefaultRGB color space),
- and sets the color to use for filling paths.
-
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (minimum intensity) and
- 1 (maximum intensity).
-
- @param red the intensity of red. A value between 0 and 1
- @param green the intensity of green. A value between 0 and 1
- @param blue the intensity of blue. A value between 0 and 1
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths to black.
-
-
-
- Changes the current color for stroking paths to black.
-
-
-
- Helper to validate and write the CMYK color components.
-
- @param cyan the intensity of cyan. A value between 0 and 1
- @param magenta the intensity of magenta. A value between 0 and 1
- @param yellow the intensity of yellow. A value between 0 and 1
- @param black the intensity of black. A value between 0 and 1
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceCMYK (or the DefaultCMYK color space),
- and sets the color to use for filling paths.
-
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (no ink) and
- 1 (maximum ink).
-
- @param cyan the intensity of cyan. A value between 0 and 1
- @param magenta the intensity of magenta. A value between 0 and 1
- @param yellow the intensity of yellow. A value between 0 and 1
- @param black the intensity of black. A value between 0 and 1
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths to black.
-
-
-
-
- Changes the current color for stroking paths to black.
-
-
-
- Move the current point (x, y), omitting any connecting line segment.
-
- @param x new x-coordinate
- @param y new y-coordinate
-
-
- Move the current point (x, y), omitting any connecting line segment.
-
- @param x new x-coordinate
- @param y new y-coordinate
-
-
- Appends a straight line segment from the current point (x, y). The new current
- point is (x, y).
-
- @param x new x-coordinate
- @param y new y-coordinate
-
-
- Appends a straight line segment from the current point (x, y). The new current
- point is (x, y).
-
- @param x new x-coordinate
- @param y new y-coordinate
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x1 x-coordinate of the first control point
- @param y1 y-coordinate of the first control point
- @param x2 x-coordinate of the second control point
- @param y2 y-coordinate of the second control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x1 x-coordinate of the first control point
- @param y1 y-coordinate of the first control point
- @param x2 x-coordinate of the second control point
- @param y2 y-coordinate of the second control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x2 x-coordinate of the second control point
- @param y2 y-coordinate of the second control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x2 x-coordinate of the second control point
- @param y2 y-coordinate of the second control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x1 x-coordinate of the first control point
- @param y1 y-coordinate of the first control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Appends a Bezier curve to the path, starting from the current point.
-
- @param x1 x-coordinate of the first control point
- @param y1 y-coordinate of the first control point
- @param x3 x-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
- @param y3 y-coordinaat of the ending point (= new current point)
-
-
- Draws a circle. The endpoint will (x+r, y).
-
- @param x x center of circle
- @param y y center of circle
- @param r radius of circle
-
-
- Draws a circle. The endpoint will (x+r, y).
-
- @param x x center of circle
- @param y y center of circle
- @param r radius of circle
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to the current path.
-
- @param x x-coordinate of the starting point
- @param y y-coordinate of the starting point
- @param w width
- @param h height
-
-
- Adds a rectangle to the current path.
-
- @param x x-coordinate of the starting point
- @param y y-coordinate of the starting point
- @param w width
- @param h height
-
-
- Adds a variable width border to the current path.
- Only use if {@link com.lowagie.text.Rectangle#isUseVariableBorders() Rectangle.isUseVariableBorders}
- = true.
- @param rect a Rectangle
-
-
- Adds a border (complete or partially) to the current path..
-
- @param rectangle a Rectangle
-
-
- Closes the current subpath by appending a straight line segment from the current point
- to the starting point of the subpath.
-
-
- Ends the path without filling or stroking it.
-
-
- Strokes the path.
-
-
- Closes the path and strokes it.
-
-
- Fills the path, using the non-zero winding number rule to determine the region to fill.
-
-
- Fills the path, using the even-odd rule to determine the region to fill.
-
-
- Fills the path using the non-zero winding number rule to determine the region to fill and strokes it.
-
-
- Closes the path, fills it using the non-zero winding number rule to determine the region to fill and strokes it.
-
-
- Fills the path, using the even-odd rule to determine the region to fill and strokes it.
-
-
- Closes the path, fills it using the even-odd rule to determine the region to fill and strokes it.
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The Image must have
- absolute positioning.
- @param image the Image object
- @throws DocumentException if the Image does not have absolute positioning
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The Image must have
- absolute positioning. The image can be placed inline.
- @param image the Image object
- @param inlineImage true to place this image inline, false otherwise
- @throws DocumentException if the Image does not have absolute positioning
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The positioning of the Image
- is done with the transformation matrix. To position an image at (x,y)
- use AddImage(image, image_width, 0, 0, image_height, x, y).
- @param image the Image object
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The positioning of the Image
- is done with the transformation matrix. To position an image at (x,y)
- use AddImage(image, image_width, 0, 0, image_height, x, y).
- @param image the Image object
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- adds an image with the given matrix.
- @param image image to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
-
-
- adds an image with the given matrix.
- @param image image to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The positioning of the Image
- is done with the transformation matrix. To position an image at (x,y)
- use AddImage(image, image_width, 0, 0, image_height, x, y). The image can be placed inline.
- @param image the Image object
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param inlineImage true to place this image inline, false otherwise
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The positioning of the Image
- is done with the transformation matrix. To position an image at (x,y)
- use AddImage(image, image_width, 0, 0, image_height, x, y). The image can be placed inline.
- @param image the Image object
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param inlineImage true to place this image inline, false otherwise
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Adds an Image to the page. The positioning of the Image
- is done with the transformation matrix. To position an image at (x,y)
- The image can be placed inline.
- @param image the Image object
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param inlineImage true to place this image inline, false otherwise
- @param isMCBlockOpened true not to open MCBlock, false otherwise
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Makes this PdfContentByte empty.
- Calls reset( true )
-
-
- Makes this PdfContentByte empty.
- @param validateContent will call sanityCheck() if true.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Starts the writing of text.
- @param restoreTM indicates if to restore text matrix of the previous text block.
-
-
- Starts the writing of text.
-
-
- Ends the writing of text and makes the current font invalid.
-
-
- Saves the graphic state. saveState and
- restoreState must be balanced.
-
-
- Restores the graphic state. saveState and
- restoreState must be balanced.
-
-
- Sets the character spacing parameter.
-
- @param charSpace a parameter
-
-
- Sets the word spacing parameter.
-
- @param wordSpace a parameter
-
-
- Sets the horizontal scaling parameter.
-
- @param scale a parameter
-
-
- Set the font and the size for the subsequent text writing.
-
- @param bf the font
- @param size the font size in points
-
-
- Sets the text rendering parameter.
-
- @param rendering a parameter
-
-
- Sets the text rise parameter.
-
- This allows to write text in subscript or basescript mode.
-
- @param rise a parameter
-
-
- Sets the text rise parameter.
-
- This allows to write text in subscript or basescript mode.
-
- @param rise a parameter
-
-
- A helper to insert into the content stream the text
- converted to bytes according to the font's encoding.
-
- @param text the text to write
-
-
- Shows the text.
-
- @param text the text to write
-
-
- Constructs a kern array for a text in a certain font
- @param text the text
- @param font the font
- @return a PdfTextArray
-
-
- Shows the text kerned.
-
- @param text the text to write
-
-
- Moves to the next line and shows text.
-
- @param text the text to write
-
-
- Moves to the next line and shows text string, using the given values of the character and word spacing parameters.
-
- @param wordSpacing a parameter
- @param charSpacing a parameter
- @param text the text to write
-
-
- Changes the text matrix.
-
- Remark: this operation also initializes the current point position.
-
- @param a operand 1,1 in the matrix
- @param b operand 1,2 in the matrix
- @param c operand 2,1 in the matrix
- @param d operand 2,2 in the matrix
- @param x operand 3,1 in the matrix
- @param y operand 3,2 in the matrix
-
-
-
-
- Changes the text matrix. The first four parameters are {1,0,0,1}.
-
- Remark: this operation also initializes the current point position.
-
- @param x operand 3,1 in the matrix
- @param y operand 3,2 in the matrix
-
-
- Moves to the start of the next line, offset from the start of the current line.
-
- @param x x-coordinate of the new current point
- @param y y-coordinate of the new current point
-
-
- Moves to the start of the next line, offset from the start of the current line.
-
- As a side effect, this sets the leading parameter in the text state.
-
- @param x offset of the new current point
- @param y y-coordinate of the new current point
-
-
- Moves to the start of the next line.
-
-
- Gets the size of this content.
-
- @return the size of the content
-
-
- Adds a named outline to the document.
-
- @param outline the outline
- @param name the name for the local destination
-
-
- Gets the root outline.
-
- @return the root outline
-
-
- Computes the width of the given string taking in account
- the current values of "Character spacing", "Word Spacing"
- and "Horizontal Scaling".
- The additional spacing is not computed for the last character
- of the string.
- @param text the string to get width of
- @param kerned the kerning option
- @return the width
-
-
- Computes the width of the given string taking in account
- the current values of "Character spacing", "Word Spacing"
- and "Horizontal Scaling".
- The spacing for the last character is also computed.
- It also takes into account kerning that can be specified within TJ operator (e.g. [(Hello) 123 (World)] TJ)
- @param text the string to get width of
- @param kerned the kerning option
- @param kerning the kerning option from TJ array
- @return the width
-
-
- Shows text right, left or center aligned with rotation.
- @param alignment the alignment can be ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_RIGHT or ALIGN_LEFT
- @param text the text to show
- @param x the x pivot position
- @param y the y pivot position
- @param rotation the rotation to be applied in degrees counterclockwise
-
-
- Shows text kerned right, left or center aligned with rotation.
- @param alignment the alignment can be ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_RIGHT or ALIGN_LEFT
- @param text the text to show
- @param x the x pivot position
- @param y the y pivot position
- @param rotation the rotation to be applied in degrees counterclockwise
-
-
-
-
- Concatenate a matrix to the current transformation matrix.
- @param transform added to the Current Transformation Matrix
-
-
- Concatenate a matrix to the current transformation matrix.
- @param transform added to the Current Transformation Matrix
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
-
-
- Draws a partial ellipse inscribed within the rectangle x1,y1,x2,y2,
- starting at startAng degrees and covering extent degrees. Angles
- start with 0 to the right (+x) and increase counter-clockwise.
-
- @param x1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param x2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param startAng starting angle in degrees
- @param extent angle extent in degrees
-
-
- Draws a partial ellipse inscribed within the rectangle x1,y1,x2,y2,
- starting at startAng degrees and covering extent degrees. Angles
- start with 0 to the right (+x) and increase counter-clockwise.
-
- @param x1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param x2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param startAng starting angle in degrees
- @param extent angle extent in degrees
-
-
- Draws an ellipse inscribed within the rectangle x1,y1,x2,y2.
-
- @param x1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param x2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
-
-
- Draws an ellipse inscribed within the rectangle x1,y1,x2,y2.
-
- @param x1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y1 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param x2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
- @param y2 a corner of the enclosing rectangle
-
-
- Create a new colored tiling pattern.
-
- @param width the width of the pattern
- @param height the height of the pattern
- @param xstep the desired horizontal spacing between pattern cells.
- May be either positive or negative, but not zero.
- @param ystep the desired vertical spacing between pattern cells.
- May be either positive or negative, but not zero.
- @return the PdfPatternPainter where the pattern will be created
-
-
- Create a new colored tiling pattern. Variables xstep and ystep are set to the same values
- of width and height.
- @param width the width of the pattern
- @param height the height of the pattern
- @return the PdfPatternPainter where the pattern will be created
-
-
- Create a new uncolored tiling pattern.
-
- @param width the width of the pattern
- @param height the height of the pattern
- @param xstep the desired horizontal spacing between pattern cells.
- May be either positive or negative, but not zero.
- @param ystep the desired vertical spacing between pattern cells.
- May be either positive or negative, but not zero.
- @param color the default color. Can be null
- @return the PdfPatternPainter where the pattern will be created
-
-
- Create a new uncolored tiling pattern.
- Variables xstep and ystep are set to the same values
- of width and height.
- @param width the width of the pattern
- @param height the height of the pattern
- @param color the default color. Can be null
- @return the PdfPatternPainter where the pattern will be created
-
-
-
- Creates a new appearance to be used with form fields.
-
- @param width the bounding box width
- @param height the bounding box height
- @return the appearance created
-
-
- Adds a PostScript XObject to this content.
-
- @param psobject the object
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param tagContent true - template content will be tagged(all that will be added after), false - only a Do operator will be tagged.
- taken into account only if isTagged() - true.
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param tagContent true - template content will be tagged(all that will be added after), false - only a Do operator will be tagged.
- taken into account only if isTagged() - true.
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
- @param tagContent true - template content will be tagged(all that will be added after), false - only a Do operator will be tagged.
- taken into account only if isTagged() - true.
-
-
- Adds a form XObject to this content.
-
- @param formXObj the form XObject
- @param name the name of form XObject in content stream. The name is changed, if if it already exists in page resources
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
-
- @return Name under which XObject was stored in resources. See name parameter
-
-
- Adds a form XObject to this content.
-
- @param formXObj the form XObject
- @param name the name of form XObject in content stream. The name is changed, if if it already exists in page resources
- @param a an element of the transformation matrix
- @param b an element of the transformation matrix
- @param c an element of the transformation matrix
- @param d an element of the transformation matrix
- @param e an element of the transformation matrix
- @param f an element of the transformation matrix
-
- @return Name under which XObject was stored in resources. See name parameter
-
-
- adds a template with the given matrix.
- @param template template to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
-
-
- adds a template with the given matrix.
- @param template template to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
- @param tagContent true - template content will be tagged(all that will be added after), false - only a Do operator will be tagged.
- taken into account only if isTagged() - true.
-
-
- adds a template with the given matrix.
- @param template template to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
- @param tagContent true - template content will be tagged(all that will be added after), false - only a Do operator will be tagged.
- taken into account only if isTagged() - true.
-
-
- adds a template with the given matrix.
- @param template template to add
- @param transform transform to apply to the template prior to adding it.
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param x the x location of this template
- @param y the y location of this template
-
-
- Adds a template to this content.
-
- @param template the template
- @param x the x location of this template
- @param y the y location of this template
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceCMYK (or the DefaultCMYK color space),
- and sets the color to use for filling paths.
-
- This method is described in the 'Portable Document Format Reference Manual version 1.3'
- section 8.5.2.1 (page 331).
-
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (no ink) and
- 1 (maximum ink). This method however accepts only ints between 0x00 and 0xFF.
-
- @param cyan the intensity of cyan
- @param magenta the intensity of magenta
- @param yellow the intensity of yellow
- @param black the intensity of black
-
-
- Changes the current color for stroking paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceCMYK (or the DefaultCMYK color space),
- and sets the color to use for stroking paths.
-
- This method is described in the 'Portable Document Format Reference Manual version 1.3'
- section 8.5.2.1 (page 331).
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (miniumum intensity) and
- 1 (maximum intensity). This method however accepts only ints between 0x00 and 0xFF.
-
- @param cyan the intensity of red
- @param magenta the intensity of green
- @param yellow the intensity of blue
- @param black the intensity of black
-
-
- Changes the current color for filling paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceRGB (or the DefaultRGB color space),
- and sets the color to use for filling paths.
-
- This method is described in the 'Portable Document Format Reference Manual version 1.3'
- section 8.5.2.1 (page 331).
-
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (miniumum intensity) and
- 1 (maximum intensity). This method however accepts only ints between 0x00 and 0xFF.
-
- @param red the intensity of red
- @param green the intensity of green
- @param blue the intensity of blue
-
-
- Changes the current color for stroking paths (device dependent colors!).
-
- Sets the color space to DeviceRGB (or the DefaultRGB color space),
- and sets the color to use for stroking paths.
-
- This method is described in the 'Portable Document Format Reference Manual version 1.3'
- section 8.5.2.1 (page 331).
- Following the PDF manual, each operand must be a number between 0 (miniumum intensity) and
- 1 (maximum intensity). This method however accepts only ints between 0x00 and 0xFF.
-
- @param red the intensity of red
- @param green the intensity of green
- @param blue the intensity of blue
-
-
- Sets the stroke color. color can be an
- ExtendedColor.
- @param color the color
-
-
- Sets the fill color. color can be an
- ExtendedColor.
- @param color the color
-
-
- Sets the fill color to a spot color.
- @param sp the spot color
- @param tint the tint for the spot color. 0 is no color and 1
- is 100% color
-
-
- Sets the stroke color to a spot color.
- @param sp the spot color
- @param tint the tint for the spot color. 0 is no color and 1
- is 100% color
-
-
- Sets the fill color to a pattern. The pattern can be
- colored or uncolored.
- @param p the pattern
-
-
- Outputs the color values to the content.
- @param color The color
- @param tint the tint if it is a spot color, ignored otherwise
-
-
- Sets the fill color to an uncolored pattern.
- @param p the pattern
- @param color the color of the pattern
-
-
- Sets the fill color to an uncolored pattern.
- @param p the pattern
- @param color the color of the pattern
- @param tint the tint if the color is a spot color, ignored otherwise
-
-
- Sets the stroke color to an uncolored pattern.
- @param p the pattern
- @param color the color of the pattern
-
-
- Sets the stroke color to an uncolored pattern.
- @param p the pattern
- @param color the color of the pattern
- @param tint the tint if the color is a spot color, ignored otherwise
-
-
- Sets the stroke color to a pattern. The pattern can be
- colored or uncolored.
- @param p the pattern
-
-
- Paints using a shading object.
- @param shading the shading object
-
-
- Paints using a shading pattern.
- @param shading the shading pattern
-
-
- Sets the shading fill pattern.
- @param shading the shading pattern
-
-
- Sets the shading stroke pattern
- @param shading the shading pattern
-
-
- Check if we have a valid PdfWriter.
-
-
-
- Show an array of text.
- @param text array of text
-
-
- Gets the PdfWriter in use by this object.
- @return the PdfWriter in use by this object
-
-
- Gets the PdfDocument in use by this object.
- @return the PdfDocument in use by this object
-
-
- Implements a link to other part of the document. The jump will
- be made to a local destination with the same name, that must exist.
- @param name the name for this link
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- The local destination to where a local goto with the same
- name will jump.
- @param name the name of this local destination
- @param destination the PdfDestination with the jump coordinates
- @return true if the local destination was added,
- false if a local destination with the same name
- already exists
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfContentByte. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
-
- @return a copy of this PdfContentByte
-
-
- Implements a link to another document.
- @param filename the filename for the remote document
- @param name the name to jump to
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Implements a link to another document.
- @param filename the filename for the remote document
- @param page the page to jump to
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Adds a round rectangle to the current path.
-
- @param x x-coordinate of the starting point
- @param y y-coordinate of the starting point
- @param w width
- @param h height
- @param r radius of the arc corner
-
-
- Adds a round rectangle to the current path.
-
- @param x x-coordinate of the starting point
- @param y y-coordinate of the starting point
- @param w width
- @param h height
- @param r radius of the arc corner
-
-
- Implements an action in an area.
- @param action the PdfAction
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Outputs a string directly to the content.
- @param s the string
-
-
- Outputs a char directly to the content.
- @param c the char
-
-
- Outputs a float directly to the content.
- @param n the float
-
-
- Throws an error if it is a pattern.
- @param t the object to check
-
-
- Draws a TextField.
-
-
- Draws a TextField.
-
-
- Draws a TextField.
-
-
- Draws a TextField.
-
-
- Draws a button.
-
-
- Draws a button.
-
-
- Sets the graphic state
- @param gstate the graphic state
-
-
-
- Ends a layer controled graphic block. It will end the most recent open block.
-
-
- Sets the default colorspace.
- @param name the name of the colorspace. It can be PdfName.DEFAULTGRAY, PdfName.DEFAULTRGB
- or PdfName.DEFAULTCMYK
- @param obj the colorspace. A null or PdfNull removes any colorspace with the same name
-
-
- Concatenates a transformation to the current transformation
- matrix.
- @param af the transformation
-
-
- Begins a marked content sequence. This sequence will be tagged with the structure struc.
- The same structure can be used several times to connect text that belongs to the same logical segment
- but is in a different location, like the same paragraph crossing to another page, for example.
- @param struc the tagging structure
-
-
- Begins a marked content sequence. This sequence will be tagged with the structure struc.
- The same structure can be used several times to connect text that belongs to the same logical segment
- but is in a different location, like the same paragraph crossing to another page, for example.
- @param struc the tagging structure
-
-
- Ends a marked content sequence
-
-
- Begins a marked content sequence. If property is null the mark will be of the type
- BMC otherwise it will be BDC.
- @param tag the tag
- @param property the property
- @param inline true to include the property in the content or false
- to include the property in the resource dictionary with the possibility of reusing
-
-
- This is just a shorthand to beginMarkedContentSequence(tag, null, false).
- @param tag the tag
-
-
- Checks for any dangling state: Mismatched save/restore state, begin/end text,
- begin/end layer, or begin/end marked content sequence.
- If found, this function will throw. This function is called automatically
- during a Reset() (from Document.NewPage() for example), and before writing
- itself out in ToPdf().
- One possible cause: not calling myPdfGraphics2D.Dispose() will leave dangling
- SaveState() calls.
- @since 2.1.6
- @throws IllegalPdfSyntaxException (a runtime exception)
-
-
- Parses the page or template content.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Commands have this type.
-
-
- Holds value of property tokeniser.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfContentParser
- @param tokeniser the tokeniser with the content
-
-
- Parses a single command from the content. Each command is output as an array of arguments
- having the command itself as the last element. The returned array will be empty if the
- end of content was reached.
- @param ls an ArrayList to use. It will be cleared before using. If it's
- null will create a new ArrayList
- @return the same ArrayList given as argument or a new one
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Gets the tokeniser.
- @return the tokeniser.
-
-
- Sets the tokeniser.
- @param tokeniser the tokeniser
-
-
- Reads a dictionary. The tokeniser must be positioned past the "<<" token.
- @return the dictionary
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an array. The tokeniser must be positioned past the "[" token.
- @return an array
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads a pdf object.
- @return the pdf object
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads the next token skipping over the comments.
- @return true if a token was read, false if the end of content was reached
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- PdfContents is a PdfStream containing the contents (text + graphics) of a PdfPage.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfContents-object, containing text and general graphics.
-
- @param under the direct content that is under all others
- @param content the graphics in a page
- @param text the text in a page
- @param secondContent the direct content that is over all others
- @throws BadPdfFormatException on error
-
-
- Make copies of PDF documents. Documents can be edited after reading and
- before writing them out.
- @author Mark Thompson
-
-
- This class holds information about indirect references, since they are
- renumbered by iText.
-
-
- Holds value of property rotateContents.
-
-
- Constructor
- @param document
- @param os outputstream
-
-
- Setting page events isn't possible with Pdf(Smart)Copy.
- Use the PageStamp class if you want to add content to copied pages.
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfWriter#setPageEvent(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfPageEvent)
-
-
- Checks if the content is automatically adjusted to compensate
- the original page rotation.
- @return the auto-rotation status
- Flags the content to be automatically adjusted to compensate
- the original page rotation. The default is true.
- @param rotateContents true to set auto-rotation, false
- otherwise
-
-
- Grabs a page from the input document
- @param reader the reader of the document
- @param pageNumber which page to get
- @return the page
-
-
- Translate a PRIndirectReference to a PdfIndirectReference
- In addition, translates the object numbers, and copies the
- referenced object to the output file.
- NB: PRIndirectReferences (and PRIndirectObjects) really need to know what
- file they came from, because each file has its own namespace. The translation
- we do from their namespace to ours is *at best* heuristic, and guaranteed to
- fail under some circumstances.
-
-
- Translate a PRIndirectReference to a PdfIndirectReference
- In addition, translates the object numbers, and copies the
- referenced object to the output file.
- NB: PRIndirectReferences (and PRIndirectObjects) really need to know what
- file they came from, because each file has its own namespace. The translation
- we do from their namespace to ours is *at best* heuristic, and guaranteed to
- fail under some circumstances.
-
-
- Translate a PRDictionary to a PdfDictionary. Also translate all of the
- objects contained in it.
-
-
- Translate a PRDictionary to a PdfDictionary. Also translate all of the
- objects contained in it.
-
-
- Translate a PRStream to a PdfStream. The data part copies itself.
-
-
- Translate a PRArray to a PdfArray. Also translate all of the objects contained
- in it
-
-
- Translate a PRArray to a PdfArray. Also translate all of the objects contained
- in it
-
-
- Translate a PR-object to a Pdf-object
-
-
- Translate a PR-object to a Pdf-object
-
-
- convenience method. Given an importedpage, set our "globals"
-
-
- convenience method. Given a reader, set our "globals"
-
-
- Add an imported page to our output
- @param iPage an imported page
- @throws IOException, BadPdfFormatException
-
-
- Adds a blank page.
- @param rect The page dimension
- @param rotation The rotation angle in degrees
- @since 2.1.5
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Copy document fields to a destination document.
- @param reader a document where fields are copied from.
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of StampContent
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfContentByte. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
-
- @return a copy of this PdfContentByte
-
-
- Concatenates PDF documents including form fields. The rules for the form field
- concatenation are the same as in Acrobat. All the documents are kept in memory unlike
- PdfCopy.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
- @param os the output stream
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
- @param os the output stream
- @param pdfVersion the pdf version the output will have
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document selecting the pages to keep. The pages are described as a
- List of Integer. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @param pagesToKeep the pages to keep
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document selecting the pages to keep. The pages are described as
- ranges. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @param ranges the comma separated ranges as described in {@link SequenceList}
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length. false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Closes the output document.
-
-
- Opens the document. This is usually not needed as AddDocument() will do it
- automatically.
-
-
- Adds JavaScript to the global document
- @param js the JavaScript
-
-
- Sets the bookmarks. The list structure is defined in
- {@link SimpleBookmark}.
- @param outlines the bookmarks or null to remove any
-
-
- Gets the underlying PdfWriter.
- @return the underlying PdfWriter
-
-
- Gets the 1.5 compression status.
- @return true if the 1.5 compression is on
-
-
- Sets the document's compression to the new 1.5 mode with object streams and xref
- streams. It can be set at any time but once set it can't be unset.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfEncryptionSettings#setEncryption(byte[], byte[], int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfName, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences(int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfEncryptionSettings#setEncryption(java.security.cert.Certificate[], int[], int)
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Sets a reference to "visited" in the copy process.
- @param ref the reference that needs to be set to "visited"
- @return true if the reference was set to visited
-
-
- Checks if a reference has already been "visited" in the copy process.
- @param ref the reference that needs to be checked
- @return true if the reference was already visited
-
-
- Checks if a reference refers to a page object.
- @param ref the reference that needs to be checked
- @return true is the reference refers to a page object.
-
-
- Allows you to add one (or more) existing PDF document(s) to
- create a new PDF and add the form of another PDF document to
- this new PDF.
- @since 2.1.5
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- The class with the actual implementations.
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
- @param os the output stream
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document selecting the pages to keep. The pages are described as a
- List of Integer. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @param pagesToKeep the pages to keep
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Concatenates a PDF document selecting the pages to keep. The pages are described as
- ranges. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed.
- @param reader the PDF document
- @param ranges the comma separated ranges as described in {@link SequenceList}
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Copies the form fields of this PDFDocument onto the PDF-Document which was added
- @param reader the PDF document
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length. false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Closes the output document.
-
-
- Opens the document. This is usually not needed as addDocument() will do it
- automatically.
-
-
- Adds JavaScript to the global document
- @param js the JavaScript
-
-
- Sets the bookmarks. The list structure is defined in
- SimpleBookmark#.
- @param outlines the bookmarks or null to remove any
-
-
- Gets the underlying PdfWriter.
- @return the underlying PdfWriter
-
-
- Gets the 1.5 compression status.
- @return true if the 1.5 compression is on
-
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfEncryptionSettings#setEncryption(byte[], byte[], int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfName, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences(int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfEncryptionSettings#setEncryption(java.security.cert.Certificate[], int[], int)
-
-
- Allows you to add one (or more) existing PDF document(s)
- and add the form(s) of (an)other PDF document(s).
- @since 2.1.5
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- This sets up the output document
- @param os The Outputstream pointing to the output document
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- This method feeds in the source document
- @param reader The PDF reader containing the source document
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- This merge fields is slightly different from the mergeFields method
- of PdfCopyFields.
-
-
- A PdfDashPattern defines a dash pattern as described in
- the PDF Reference Manual version 1.3 p 325 (section 8.4.3).
-
- @see PdfArray
-
-
- This is the length of a dash.
-
-
- This is the length of a gap.
-
-
- This is the phase.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfDashPattern.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfDashPattern.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfDashPattern.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfDashPattern.
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfArray.
-
- @return an array of bytes
-
-
-
- Constructs a PdfDate-object.
-
- @param d the date that has to be turned into a PdfDate-object
-
-
- Constructs a PdfDate-object, representing the current day and time.
-
-
- Adds a number of leading zeros to a given string in order to get a string
- of a certain length.
-
- @param i a given number
- @param length the length of the resulting string
- @return the resulting string
-
-
- Gives the W3C format of the PdfDate.
- @return a formatted date
-
-
- Gives the W3C format of the PdfDate.
- @param d the date in the format D:YYYYMMDDHHmmSSOHH'mm'
- @return a formatted date
-
-
- A PdfColor defines a Color (it's a PdfArray containing 3 values).
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- This is a possible destination type
-
-
- Is the indirect reference to a page already added?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a PdfDestination based on a String.
- Valid Strings are for instance the values returned by SimpleNamedDestination:
- "Fit", "XYZ 36 806 0",...
- @param dest a String notation of a destination.
- @since iText 5.0
-
-
- Checks if an indirect reference to a page has been added.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Adds the indirect reference of the destination page.
-
- @param page an indirect reference
- @return true if the page reference was added
-
-
- Beginning with BaseVersion 1.7, the extensions dictionary lets developers
- designate that a given document contains extensions to PDF. The presence
- of the extension dictionary in a document indicates that it may contain
- developer-specific PDF properties that extend a particular base version
- of the PDF specification.
- The extensions dictionary enables developers to identify their own extensions
- relative to a base version of PDF. Additionally, the convention identifies
- extension levels relative to that base version. The intent of this dictionary
- is to enable developers of PDF-producing applications to identify company-specific
- specifications (such as this one) that PDF-consuming applications use to
- interpret the extensions.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- An instance of this class for Adobe 1.7 Extension level 3.
-
-
- An instance of this class for ETSI 1.7 Extension level 2.
-
-
- An instance of this class for ETSI 1.7 Extension level 5.
-
-
- The prefix used in the Extensions dictionary added to the Catalog.
-
-
- The base version.
-
-
- The extension level within the baseversion.
-
-
- Creates a PdfDeveloperExtension object.
- @param prefix the prefix referring to the developer
- @param baseversion the number of the base version
- @param extensionLevel the extension level within the baseverion.
-
-
- Gets the prefix name.
- @return a PdfName
-
-
- Gets the baseversion name.
- @return a PdfName
-
-
- Gets the extension level within the baseversion.
- @return an integer
-
-
- Generations the developer extension dictionary corresponding
- with the prefix.
- @return a PdfDictionary
-
-
-
- This is a possible type of dictionary
-
-
- This is a possible type of dictionary
-
-
- This is a possible type of dictionary
-
-
- This is a possible type of dictionary
-
-
- This is a possible type of dictionary
-
-
- This is the type of this dictionary
-
-
- This is the hashmap that contains all the values and keys of the dictionary
-
-
- Constructs an empty PdfDictionary-object.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfDictionary-object of a certain type.
-
- @param type a PdfName
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfDictionary.
-
- @return an array of byte
-
-
- Adds a PdfObject and its key to the PdfDictionary.
- If the value is null or PdfNull the key is deleted.
-
- @param key key of the entry (a PdfName)
- @param value value of the entry (a PdfObject)
-
-
- Adds a PdfObject and its key to the PdfDictionary.
- If the value is null it does nothing.
-
- @param key key of the entry (a PdfName)
- @param value value of the entry (a PdfObject)
-
-
- Copies all of the mappings from the specified PdfDictionary
- to this PdfDictionary.
-
- These mappings will replace any mappings previously contained in this
- PdfDictionary.
-
- @param dic The PdfDictionary with the mappings to be
- copied over
-
-
- Removes a PdfObject and its key from the PdfDictionary.
-
- @param key key of the entry (a PdfName)
-
-
- Removes all the PdfObjects and its keys from the
- PdfDictionary.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
-
- Checks if a Dictionary is of the type FONT.
-
- @return true if it is, false if it isn't.
-
-
- Checks if a Dictionary is of the type PAGE.
-
- @return true if it is, false if it isn't.
-
-
- Checks if a Dictionary is of the type PAGES.
-
- @return true if it is, false if it isn't.
-
-
- Checks if a Dictionary is of the type CATALOG.
-
- @return true if it is, false if it isn't.
-
-
- Checks if a Dictionary is of the type OUTLINES.
-
- @return true if it is, false if it isn't.
-
-
- Checks the type of the dictionary.
- @param type the type you're looking for
- @return true if the type of the dictionary corresponds with the type you're looking for
-
-
- This function behaves the same as 'get', but will never return an indirect reference,
- it will always look such references up and return the actual object.
- @param key
- @return null, or a non-indirect object
-
-
- All the getAs functions will return either null, or the specified object type
- This function will automatically look up indirect references. There's one obvious
- exception, the one that will only return an indirect reference. All direct objects
- come back as a null.
- Mark A Storer (2/17/06)
- @param key
- @return the appropriate object in its final type, or null
-
-
-
-
- Construct a PdfInfo-object.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfInfo-object.
-
- @param author name of the author of the document
- @param title title of the document
- @param subject subject of the document
-
-
- Adds the title of the document.
-
- @param title the title of the document
-
-
- Adds the subject to the document.
-
- @param subject the subject of the document
-
-
- Adds some keywords to the document.
-
- @param keywords the keywords of the document
-
-
- Adds the name of the author to the document.
-
- @param author the name of the author
-
-
- Adds the name of the creator to the document.
-
- @param creator the name of the creator
-
-
- Adds the name of the producer to the document.
-
-
- Adds the date of creation to the document.
-
-
-
- Constructs a PdfCatalog.
-
- @param pages an indirect reference to the root of the document's Pages tree.
- @param writer the writer the catalog applies to
-
-
- Adds the names of the named destinations to the catalog.
- @param localDestinations the local destinations
- @param documentJavaScript the javascript used in the document
- @param writer the writer the catalog applies to
-
-
- Sets the document level additional actions.
- @param actions dictionary of actions
-
-
- Constructs a new PDF document.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- The PdfWriter.
-
-
- Adds a PdfWriter to the PdfDocument.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter that writes everything
- what is added to this document to an outputstream.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- This is the PdfContentByte object, containing the text.
-
-
- This is the PdfContentByte object, containing the borders and other Graphics.
-
-
- This represents the leading of the lines.
-
-
- Getter for the current leading.
- @return the current leading
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- This is the current height of the document.
-
-
- Signals that onParagraph is valid (to avoid that a Chapter/Section title is treated as a Paragraph).
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- This represents the current alignment of the PDF Elements.
-
-
- The current active PdfAction when processing an Anchor.
-
-
- The current tab settings.
- @return the current
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- Signals that the current leading has to be subtracted from a YMark object when positive
- and save current leading
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Save current @leading
-
-
- Restore @leading from leadingStack
-
-
- Getter and setter for the current tab stops.
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- Signals that an Element was added to the Document.
-
- @param element the element to add
- @return true if the element was added, false if not.
- @throws DocumentException when a document isn't open yet, or has been closed
-
-
-
-
- Use this method to set the XMP Metadata.
- @param xmpMetadata The xmpMetadata to set.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Makes a new page and sends it to the PdfWriter.
-
- @return true if new page was added
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the pagesize.
-
- @param pageSize the new pagesize
- @return true if the page size was set
-
-
- margin in x direction starting from the left. Will be valid in the next page
-
-
- margin in x direction starting from the right. Will be valid in the next page
-
-
- margin in y direction starting from the top. Will be valid in the next page
-
-
- margin in y direction starting from the bottom. Will be valid in the next page
-
-
- Sets the margins.
-
- @param marginLeft the margin on the left
- @param marginRight the margin on the right
- @param marginTop the margin on the top
- @param marginBottom the margin on the bottom
- @return a bool
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.DocListener#setMarginMirroring(bool)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.DocListener#setMarginMirroring(boolean)
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Sets the page number.
-
- @param pageN the new page number
-
-
- Sets the page number to 0.
-
-
- Signals that OnOpenDocument should be called.
-
-
-
- The line that is currently being written.
-
-
- The lines that are written until now.
-
-
- Adds the current line to the list of lines and also adds an empty line.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- line.height() is usually the same as the leading
- We should take leading into account if it is not the same as the line.height
-
- @return float combined height of the line
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
- If the current line is not empty or null, it is added to the arraylist
- of lines and a new empty line is added.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Gets the current vertical page position.
- @param ensureNewLine Tells whether a new line shall be enforced. This may cause side effects
- for elements that do not terminate the lines they've started because those lines will get
- terminated.
- @return The current vertical page position.
-
-
- Holds the type of the last element, that has been added to the document.
-
-
- Ensures that a new line has been started.
-
-
- Writes all the lines to the text-object.
-
- @return the displacement that was caused
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- The characters to be applied the hanging punctuation.
-
-
-
- This represents the current indentation of the PDF Elements on the left side.
-
-
- Indentation to the left caused by a section.
-
-
- This represents the current indentation of the PDF Elements on the left side.
-
-
- This is the indentation caused by an image on the left.
-
-
- This represents the current indentation of the PDF Elements on the right side.
-
-
- Indentation to the right caused by a section.
-
-
- This is the indentation caused by an image on the right.
-
-
- This represents the current indentation of the PDF Elements on the top side.
-
-
- This represents the current indentation of the PDF Elements on the bottom side.
-
-
- Gets the indentation on the left side.
-
- @return a margin
-
-
- Gets the indentation on the right side.
-
- @return a margin
-
-
- Gets the indentation on the top side.
-
- @return a margin
-
-
- Gets the indentation on the bottom side.
-
- @return a margin
-
-
- Calls addSpacing(float, float, Font, boolean (false)).
-
-
- Adds extra space.
-
-
- some meta information about the Document.
-
-
-
- Gets the PdfCatalog-object.
-
- @param pages an indirect reference to this document pages
- @return PdfCatalog
-
-
- This is the root outline of the document.
-
-
- This is the current PdfOutline in the hierarchy of outlines.
-
-
- Adds a named outline to the document .
- @param outline the outline to be added
- @param name the name of this local destination
-
-
- Gets the root outline. All the outlines must be created with a parent.
- The first level is created with this outline.
- @return the root outline
-
-
- Contains the Viewer preferences of this PDF document.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences(int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfName, com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- Implements a link to other part of the document. The jump will
- be made to a local destination with the same name, that must exist.
- @param name the name for this link
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Implements a link to another document.
- @param filename the filename for the remote document
- @param name the name to jump to
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Implements a link to another document.
- @param filename the filename for the remote document
- @param page the page to jump to
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Implements an action in an area.
- @param action the PdfAction
- @param llx the lower left x corner of the activation area
- @param lly the lower left y corner of the activation area
- @param urx the upper right x corner of the activation area
- @param ury the upper right y corner of the activation area
-
-
- Stores the destinations keyed by name. Value is
- Object[]{PdfAction,PdfIndirectReference,PdfDestintion}.
-
-
- The local destination to where a local goto with the same
- name will jump to.
- @param name the name of this local destination
- @param destination the PdfDestination with the jump coordinates
- @return true if the local destination was added,
- false if a local destination with the same name
- already existed
-
-
- Stores a list of document level JavaScript actions.
-
-
- Sets the collection dictionary.
- @param collection a dictionary of type PdfCollection
-
-
- Gets the AcroForm object.
- @return the PdfAcroform object of the PdfDocument
-
-
- This is the size of the next page.
-
-
- This is the size of the several boxes of the current Page.
-
-
- This is the size of the several boxes that will be used in
- the next page.
-
-
- Gives the size of a trim, art, crop or bleed box, or null if not defined.
- @param boxName crop, trim, art or bleed
-
-
- This checks if the page is empty.
-
-
- Sets the display duration for the page (for presentations)
- @param seconds the number of seconds to display the page
-
-
- Sets the transition for the page
- @param transition the PdfTransition object
-
-
- This are the page resources of the current Page.
-
-
- Holds value of property strictImageSequence.
-
-
- Setter for property strictImageSequence.
- @param strictImageSequence New value of property strictImageSequence.
-
-
-
- This is the position where the image ends.
-
-
- Method added by Pelikan Stephan
- @see com.lowagie.text.DocListener#clearTextWrap()
-
-
- This is the image that could not be shown on a previous page.
-
-
- Adds an image to the document.
- @param image the Image to add
- @throws PdfException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Adds a PdfPTable to the document.
- @param ptable the PdfPTable to be added to the document.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Extends PdfStream and should be used to create Streams for Embedded Files
- (file attachments).
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Creates a Stream object using an InputStream and a PdfWriter object
- @param in the InputStream that will be read to get the Stream object
- @param writer the writer to which the stream will be added
-
-
- Creates a Stream object using a byte array
- @param fileStore the bytes for the stream
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfDictionary#toPdf(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter, java.io.OutputStream)
-
-
- Supports fast encodings for winansi and PDFDocEncoding.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
-
-
- Checks is text only has PdfDocEncoding characters.
- @param text the String to test
- @return true if only PdfDocEncoding characters are present
-
-
- Adds an extra encoding.
- @param name the name of the encoding. The encoding recognition is case insensitive
- @param enc the conversion class
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The encryption key for a particular object/generation
-
-
- The encryption key length for a particular object/generation
-
-
- The global encryption key
-
-
- Work area to prepare the object/generation bytes
-
-
- The message digest algorithm MD5
-
-
- The encryption key for the owner
-
-
- The encryption key for the user
-
-
- The public key security handler for certificate encryption
-
-
- The generic key length. It may be 40 or 128.
-
-
- Indicates if the encryption is only necessary for embedded files.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Indicates if only the embedded files have to be encrypted.
- @return if true only the embedded files will be encrypted
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
-
-
-
- ownerKey, documentID must be setuped
-
-
-
- mkey must be setuped
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Computes user password if standard encryption handler is used with Standard40, Standard128 or AES128 algorithm (Revision 2 - 4).
-
- @param ownerPassword owner password of the encrypted document.
- @return user password, or null if revision 5 (AES256) or greater of standard encryption handler was used.
-
-
- This class takes any PDF and returns exactly the same but
- encrypted. All the content, links, outlines, etc, are kept.
- It is also possible to change the info dictionary.
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @param newInfo an optional String map to add or change
- the info dictionary. Entries with null
- values delete the key in the original info dictionary
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param newInfo an optional String map to add or change
- the info dictionary. Entries with null
- values delete the key in the original info dictionary
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param type the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param newInfo an optional String map to add or change
- the info dictionary. Entries with null
- values delete the key in the original info dictionary
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Entry point to encrypt a PDF document. The encryption parameters are the same as in
- PdfWriter. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param type the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- values delete the key in the original info dictionary
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Give you a verbose analysis of the permissions.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return a String that explains the meaning of the permissions value
-
-
- Tells you if printing is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if printing is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if modifying content is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if modifying content is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if copying is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if copying is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if modifying annotations is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if modifying annotations is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if filling in fields is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if filling in fields is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if repurposing for screenreaders is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if repurposing for screenreaders is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if document assembly is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if document assembly is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Tells you if degraded printing is allowed.
- @param permissions the permissions value of a PDF file
- @return true if degraded printing is allowed
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- Signals that an unspecified problem while constructing a PDF document.
-
- @see BadPdfFormatException
-
-
- Specifies a file or an URL. The file can be extern or embedded.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfFileSpecification. The static methods are preferred.
-
-
- Creates a file specification of type URL.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param url the URL
- @return the file specification
-
-
- Creates a file specification with the file embedded. The file may
- come from the file system or from a byte array. The data is flate compressed.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @param fileDisplay the file information that is presented to the user
- @param fileStore the byte array with the file. If it is not null
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the file specification
-
-
- Creates a file specification with the file embedded. The file may
- come from the file system or from a byte array. The data is flate compressed.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @param fileDisplay the file information that is presented to the user
- @param fileStore the byte array with the file. If it is not null
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @param compressionLevel the compression level to be used for compressing the file
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the file specification
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Creates a file specification with the file embedded. The file may
- come from the file system or from a byte array.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @param fileDisplay the file information that is presented to the user
- @param fileStore the byte array with the file. If it is not null
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @param compress sets the compression on the data. Multimedia content will benefit little
- from compression
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the file specification
-
-
- Creates a file specification with the file embedded. The file may
- come from the file system or from a byte array.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @param fileDisplay the file information that is presented to the user
- @param fileStore the byte array with the file. If it is not null
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @param compress sets the compression on the data. Multimedia content will benefit little
- from compression
- @param mimeType the optional mimeType
- @param fileParameter the optional extra file parameters such as the creation or modification date
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the file specification
-
-
- Creates a file specification with the file embedded. The file may
- come from the file system or from a byte array.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @param fileDisplay the file information that is presented to the user
- @param fileStore the byte array with the file. If it is not null
- it takes precedence over filePath
- @param mimeType the optional mimeType
- @param fileParameter the optional extra file parameters such as the creation or modification date
- @param compressionLevel the level of compression
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the file specification
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Creates a file specification for an external file.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param filePath the file path
- @return the file specification
-
-
- Gets the indirect reference to this file specification.
- Multiple invocations will retrieve the same value.
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the indirect reference
-
-
- Sets the file name (the key /F) string as an hex representation
- to support multi byte file names. The name must have the slash and
- backslash escaped according to the file specification rules
- @param fileName the file name as a byte array
-
-
- Adds the unicode file name (the key /UF). This entry was introduced
- in PDF 1.7. The filename must have the slash and backslash escaped
- according to the file specification rules.
- @param filename the filename
- @param unicode if true, the filename is UTF-16BE encoded; otherwise PDFDocEncoding is used;
-
-
- Sets a flag that indicates whether an external file referenced by the file
- specification is volatile. If the value is true, applications should never
- cache a copy of the file.
- @param volatile_file if true, the external file should not be cached
-
-
- Adds a description for the file that is specified here.
- @param description some text
- @param unicode if true, the text is added as a unicode string
-
-
- Adds the Collection item dictionary.
-
-
-
- the font metrics.
-
-
- the size.
-
-
- Compares this PdfFont with another
-
- @param object the other PdfFont
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns the size of this font.
-
- @return a size
-
-
- Returns the approximative width of 1 character of this font.
-
- @return a width in Text Space
-
-
- Returns the width of a certain character of this font.
-
- @param character a certain character
- @return a width in Text Space
-
-
- Implements form fields.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Allows text fields to support rich text.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Holds value of property parent.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfAnnotation of subtype link (Action).
-
-
- Creates new PdfFormField
-
-
- Getter for property parent.
- @return Value of property parent.
-
-
- Sets the rich value for this field.
- It is suggested that the regular value of this field be set to an
- equivalent value. Rich text values are only supported since PDF 1.5,
- and require that the FF_RV flag be set. See PDF Reference chapter
- 12.7.3.4 for details.
- @param rv HTML markup for the rich value of this field
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- PdfFormObject is a type of XObject containing a template-object.
-
-
- This is a PdfNumber representing 0.
-
-
- This is a PdfNumber representing 1.
-
-
- This is the 1 - matrix.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfFormXObject-object.
-
- @param template the template
- @param compressionLevel the compression level for the stream
- @since 2.1.3 (Replacing the existing constructor with param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Implements PDF functions.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates new PdfFunction
-
-
- The graphic state dictionary.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- A possible blend mode
-
-
- Sets the flag whether to apply overprint for stroking.
- @param ov
-
-
- Sets the flag whether to apply overprint for non stroking painting operations.
- @param ov
-
-
- Sets the flag whether to toggle knockout behavior for overprinted objects.
- @param ov - accepts 0 or 1
-
-
- Sets the current stroking alpha constant, specifying the constant shape or
- constant opacity value to be used for stroking operations in the transparent
- imaging model.
- @param n
-
-
- Sets the current stroking alpha constant, specifying the constant shape or
- constant opacity value to be used for nonstroking operations in the transparent
- imaging model.
- @param n
-
-
- The alpha source flag specifying whether the current soft mask
- and alpha constant are to be interpreted as shape values (true)
- or opacity values (false).
- @param v
-
-
- Determines the behaviour of overlapping glyphs within a text object
- in the transparent imaging model.
- @param v
-
-
- The current blend mode to be used in the transparent imaging model.
- @param bm
-
-
- Set the rendering intent, possible values are: PdfName.ABSOLUTECOLORIMETRIC,
- PdfName.RELATIVECOLORIMETRIC, PdfName.SATURATION, PdfName.PERCEPTUAL.
- @param ri
-
-
- A PdfICCBased defines a ColorSpace
-
- @see PdfStream
-
-
- Creates an ICC stream.
- @param profile an ICC profile
-
-
- Creates an ICC stream.
-
- @param compressionLevel the compressionLevel
-
- @param profile an ICC profile
- @since 2.1.3 (replacing the constructor without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- PdfImage is a PdfStream containing an image-Dictionary and -stream.
-
-
- This is the PdfName of the image.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfImage-object.
-
- @param image the Image-object
- @param name the PdfName for this image
- @throws BadPdfFormatException on error
-
-
- Returns the PdfName of the image.
-
- @return the name
-
-
- Called when no resource name is provided in our constructor. This generates a
- name that is required to be unique within a given resource dictionary.
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Represents an imported page.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- True if the imported page has been copied to a writer.
- @since iText 5.0.4
-
-
- Reads the content from this PdfImportedPage-object from a reader.
-
- @return self
-
-
-
- Always throws an error. This operation is not allowed.
- @param image dummy
- @param a dummy
- @param b dummy
- @param c dummy
- @param d dummy
- @param e dummy
- @param f dummy
- @throws DocumentException dummy
-
-
- Always throws an error. This operation is not allowed.
- @param template dummy
- @param a dummy
- @param b dummy
- @param c dummy
- @param d dummy
- @param e dummy
- @param f dummy
-
-
- Always throws an error. This operation is not allowed.
- @return dummy
-
-
- Gets the stream representing this page.
-
- @param compressionLevel the compressionLevel
- @return the stream representing this page
- @since 2.1.3 (replacing the method without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Always throws an error. This operation is not allowed.
- @param bf dummy
- @param size dummy
-
-
- Checks if the page has to be copied.
- @return true if the page has to be copied.
- @since iText 5.0.4
-
-
- Indicate that the resources of the imported page have been copied.
- @since iText 5.0.4
-
-
-
- The object number
-
-
- the generation number
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectObject.
-
- @param number the objecti number
- @param objecti the direct objecti
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectObject.
-
- @param number the objecti number
- @param generation the generation number
- @param objecti the direct objecti
-
-
- Returns a PdfIndirectReference to this PdfIndirectObject.
-
- @return a PdfIndirectReference
-
-
- Writes eficiently to a stream
-
- @param os the stream to write to
- @throws IOException on write error
-
-
-
- the object number
-
-
- the generation number
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectReference.
-
- @param type the type of the PdfObject that is referenced to
- @param number the object number.
- @param generation the generation number.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectReference.
-
- @param type the type of the PdfObject that is referenced to
- @param number the object number.
-
-
- Returns the number of the object.
-
- @return a number.
-
-
- Returns the generation of the object.
-
- @return a number.
-
-
- An optional content group is a dictionary representing a collection of graphics
- that can be made visible or invisible dynamically by users of viewer applications.
- In iText they are referenced as layers.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Holds value of property on.
-
-
- Holds value of property onPanel.
-
-
- Creates a title layer. A title layer is not really a layer but a collection of layers
- under the same title heading.
- @param title the title text
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @return the title layer
-
-
- Creates a new layer.
- @param name the name of the layer
- @param writer the writer
-
-
- Adds a child layer. Nested layers can only have one parent.
- @param child the child layer
-
-
- Gets the parent layer.
- @return the parent layer or null if the layer has no parent
-
-
- Gets the children layers.
- @return the children layers or null if the layer has no children
-
-
- Gets the PdfIndirectReference that represents this layer.
- @return the PdfIndirectReference that represents this layer
-
-
- Sets the name of this layer.
- @param name the name of this layer
-
-
- Gets the dictionary representing the layer. It just returns this.
- @return the dictionary representing the layer
-
-
- Gets the initial visibility of the layer.
- @return the initial visibility of the layer
-
-
- Used by the creating application to store application-specific
- data associated with this optional content group.
- @param creator a text string specifying the application that created the group
- @param subtype a string defining the type of content controlled by the group. Suggested
- values include but are not limited to Artwork, for graphic-design or publishing
- applications, and Technical, for technical designs such as building plans or
- schematics
-
-
- Specifies the language of the content controlled by this
- optional content group
- @param lang a language string which specifies a language and possibly a locale
- (for example, es-MX represents Mexican Spanish)
- @param preferred used by viewer applications when there is a partial match but no exact
- match between the system language and the language strings in all usage dictionaries
-
-
- Specifies the recommended state for content in this
- group when the document (or part of it) is saved by a viewer application to a format
- that does not support optional content (for example, an earlier version of
- PDF or a raster image format).
- @param export the export state
-
-
- Specifies a range of magnifications at which the content
- in this optional content group is best viewed.
- @param min the minimum recommended magnification factors at which the group
- should be ON. A negative value will set the default to 0
- @param max the maximum recommended magnification factor at which the group
- should be ON. A negative value will set the largest possible magnification supported by the
- viewer application
-
-
- Specifies that the content in this group is intended for
- use in printing
- @param subtype a name specifying the kind of content controlled by the group;
- for example, Trapping, PrintersMarks and Watermark
- @param printstate indicates that the group should be
- set to that state when the document is printed from a viewer application
-
-
- Indicates that the group should be set to that state when the
- document is opened in a viewer application.
- @param view the view state
-
-
- Indicates that the group contains a pagination artifact.
- @param pe one of the following names: "HF" (Header Footer),
- "FG" (Foreground), "BG" (Background), or "L" (Logo).
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- One of more users for whom this optional content group is primarily intended.
- @param type should be "Ind" (Individual), "Ttl" (Title), or "Org" (Organization).
- @param names one or more names
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Gets the layer visibility in Acrobat's layer panel
- @return the layer visibility in Acrobat's layer panel
- Sets the visibility of the layer in Acrobat's layer panel. If false
- the layer cannot be directly manipulated by the user. Note that any children layers will
- also be absent from the panel.
- @param onPanel the visibility of the layer in Acrobat's layer panel
-
-
- Content typically belongs to a single optional content group,
- and is visible when the group is ON and invisible when it is OFF. To express more
- complex visibility policies, content should not declare itself to belong to an optional
- content group directly, but rather to an optional content membership dictionary
- represented by this class.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Visible only if all of the entries are ON.
-
-
- Visible if any of the entries are ON.
-
-
- Visible if any of the entries are OFF.
-
-
- Visible only if all of the entries are OFF.
-
-
- Creates a new, empty, membership layer.
- @param writer the writer
-
-
- Gets the PdfIndirectReference that represents this membership layer.
- @return the PdfIndirectReference that represents this layer
-
-
- Adds a new member to the layer.
- @param layer the new member to the layer
-
-
- Gets the member layers.
- @return the member layers
-
-
- Sets the visibility policy for content belonging to this
- membership dictionary. Possible values are ALLON, ANYON, ANYOFF and ALLOFF.
- The default value is ANYON.
- @param type the visibility policy
-
-
- Sets the visibility expression for content belonging to this
- membership dictionary.
- @param ve A (nested) array of which the first value is /And, /Or, or /Not
- followed by a series of indirect references to OCGs or other visibility
- expressions.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Gets the dictionary representing the membership layer. It just returns this.
- @return the dictionary representing the layer
-
-
- PdfLine defines an array with PdfChunk-objects
- that fit into 1 line.
-
-
- The arraylist containing the chunks.
-
-
- The left indentation of the line.
-
-
- The width of the line.
-
-
- The alignment of the line.
-
-
- The heigth of the line.
-
-
- true if the chunk splitting was caused by a newline.
-
-
- The original width.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfLine-object.
-
- @param left the limit of the line at the left
- @param right the limit of the line at the right
- @param alignment the alignment of the line
- @param height the height of the line
-
-
- Creates a PdfLine object.
- @param left the left offset
- @param originalWidth the original width of the line
- @param remainingWidth bigger than 0 if the line isn't completely filled
- @param alignment the alignment of the line
- @param newlineSplit was the line splitted (or does the paragraph end with this line)
- @param line an array of PdfChunk objects
- @param isRTL do you have to read the line from Right to Left?
-
-
- Adds a PdfChunk to the PdfLine.
-
- @param chunk the PdfChunk to add
- @param currentLeading new value for the height of the line
- @return null if the chunk could be added completely; if not
- a PdfChunk containing the part of the chunk that could
- not be added is returned
-
-
- Adds a PdfChunk to the PdfLine.
-
- @param chunk the PdfChunk to add
- @return null if the chunk could be added completely; if not
- a PdfChunk containing the part of the chunk that could
- not be added is returned
-
-
- Returns the number of chunks in the line.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns an iterator of PdfChunks.
-
- @return an Iterator
-
-
- Returns the height of the line.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns the left indentation of the line taking the alignment of the line into account.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Checks if this line has to be justified.
-
- @return true if the alignment equals ALIGN_JUSTIFIED and there is some width left.
-
-
-
- Adds extra indentation to the left (for Paragraph.setFirstLineIndent).
-
-
- Returns the width that is left, after a maximum of characters is added to the line.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns the number of space-characters in this line.
-
- @return a value
-
-
-
- Returns the listsymbol of this line.
-
- @return a PdfChunk if the line has a listsymbol; null otherwise
-
-
- Return the indentation needed to show the listsymbol.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Get the string representation of what is in this line.
-
- @return a string
-
-
- Checks if a newline caused the line split.
- @return true if a newline caused the line split
-
-
- Gets the index of the last PdfChunk with metric attributes
- @return the last PdfChunk with metric attributes
-
-
- Gets a PdfChunk by index.
- @param idx the index
- @return the PdfChunk or null if beyond the array
-
-
- Gets the original width of the line.
- @return the original width of the line
-
-
- Gets the difference between the "normal" leading and the maximum
- size (for instance when there are images in the chunk and the leading
- has to be taken into account).
- @return an extra leading for images
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Gets the number of separators in the line.
- Returns -1 if there's a tab in the line.
- @return the number of separators in the line
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the ascender for all the fonts used
- in this line.
- @return maximum size of all the ascenders used in this line
-
-
- Gets the biggest descender for all the fonts used
- in this line. Note that this is a negative number.
- @return maximum size of all the ascenders used in this line
-
-
- a Literal
-
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5 renamed from ABSOLUTECALORIMETRIC
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- a name used in PDF structure
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- Use ALT to specify alternate texts in Tagged PDF.
- For alternate ICC profiles, use {@link #ALTERNATE}
-
-
- Use ALTERNATE only in ICC profiles. It specifies an alternative color
- space, in case the primary one is not supported, for legacy purposes.
- For various types of alternate texts in Tagged PDF, use {@link #ALT}
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.8
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.2
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.2
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.2
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.2
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5 renamed from DEFAULTCRYPTFILER
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.2.1
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.2.1
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.4
-
-
- An entry specifying the natural language, and optionally locale. Use this
- to specify the Language attribute on a Tagged Pdf element.
- For the content usage dictionary, use {@link #LANGUAGE}
-
-
- A dictionary type, strictly for use in the content usage dictionary. For
- dictionary entries in Tagged Pdf, use {@link #LANG}
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.2.1
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6 renamed from MAX
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6 renamed from MIN
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name.
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name used with Document Structure
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- a name used with Document Structure
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name used in defining Document Structure.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name.
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5 renamed from RELATIVECALORIMETRIC
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.5.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- T is very commonly used for various dictionary entries, including title
- entries in a Tagged PDF element dictionary, and target dictionaries.
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- Use Title for the document's top level title (optional), and for document
- outline dictionaries, which can store bookmarks.
- For all other uses of a title entry, including Tagged PDF, use {@link #T}
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.4
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.2.1
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.5
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an attribute.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of an encoding
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.4.3
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name
-
-
- A name of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- A name
-
-
- map strings to all known static names
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Use reflection to cache all the static public readonly names so
- future PdfName additions don't have to be "added twice".
- A bit less efficient (around 50ms spent here on a 2.2ghz machine),
- but Much Less error prone.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfName. The name length will be checked.
- @param name the new name
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfName.
- @param name the new name
- @param lengthCheck if true check the lenght validity, if false the name can
- have any length
-
-
-
- Indicates whether some other object is "equal to" this one.
-
- @param obj the reference object with which to compare.
- @return true if this object is the same as the obj
- argument; false otherwise.
-
-
- Returns a hash code value for the object. This method is
- supported for the benefit of hashtables such as those provided by
- java.util.Hashtable.
-
- @return a hash code value for this object.
-
-
- Encodes a plain name given in the unescaped form "AB CD" into "/AB#20CD".
-
- @param name the name to encode
- @return the encoded name
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Decodes an escaped name in the form "/AB#20CD" into "AB CD".
- @param name the name to decode
- @return the decoded name
-
-
- Creates a name tree.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a name tree.
- @param items the item of the name tree. The key is a String
- and the value is a PdfObject. Note that although the
- keys are strings only the lower byte is used and no check is made for chars
- with the same lower byte and different upper byte. This will generate a wrong
- tree name.
- @param writer the writer
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the dictionary with the name tree. This dictionary is the one
- generally pointed to by the key /Dests, for example
-
-
-
- This is an instance of the PdfNull-object.
-
-
-
-
- actual value of this PdfNumber, represented as a double
-
-
- Constructs a PdfNumber-object.
-
- @param content value of the new PdfNumber-object
-
-
- Constructs a new int PdfNumber-object.
-
- @param value value of the new PdfNumber-object
-
-
- Constructs a new long PdfNumber-object.
-
- @param value value of the new PdfNumber-object
-
-
- Constructs a new REAL PdfNumber-object.
-
- @param value value of the new PdfNumber-object
-
-
- Constructs a new REAL PdfNumber-object.
-
- @param value value of the new PdfNumber-object
-
-
- Returns the primitive int value of this object.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns the primitive long value of this object.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Returns the primitive double value of this object.
-
- @return a value
-
-
- Increments the value of the PdfNumber-object with 1.
-
-
- Creates a number tree.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a number tree.
- @param items the item of the number tree. The key is an Integer
- and the value is a PdfObject.
- @param writer the writer
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the dictionary with the number tree.
-
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- a possible type of PdfObject
-
-
- This is an empty string used for the PdfNull-object and for an empty PdfString-object.
-
-
- This is the default encoding to be used for converting strings into bytes and vice versa.
- The default encoding is PdfDocEcoding.
-
-
- This is the encoding to be used to output text in Unicode.
-
-
- the content of this PdfObject
-
-
- the type of this PdfObject
-
-
- Holds value of property indRef.
-
-
- Hash code of the PdfObject instance.
- Unfortunately, default C# behavior does not generate unique hash code.
-
-
- Used for generating hash code.
-
-
- Making hash code generation thread safe.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfObject of a certain type without any content.
-
- @param type type of the new PdfObject
-
-
- Constructs a PdfObject of a certain type with a certain content.
-
- @param type type of the new PdfObject
- @param content content of the new PdfObject as a String.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfObject of a certain type with a certain content.
-
- @param type type of the new PdfObject
- @param bytes content of the new PdfObject as an array of byte.
-
-
- Writes the PDF representation of this PdfObject as an array of bytes to the writer.
- @param writer for backwards compatibility
- @param os the outputstream to write the bytes to.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets the presentation of this object in a byte array
- @return a byte array
-
-
- Can this object be in an object stream?
- @return true if this object can be in an object stream.
-
-
- Returns the String-representation of this PdfObject.
-
- @return a String
-
-
- Returns the length of the actual content of the PdfObject.
-
- In some cases, namely for PdfString and PdfStream,
- this method differs from the method pdfLength because pdfLength
- returns the length of the PDF representation of the object, not of the actual content
- as does the method length.
-
- Remark: the actual content of an object is in some cases identical to its representation.
- The following statement is always true: Length() >= PdfLength().
-
- @return a length
-
-
- Changes the content of this PdfObject.
-
- @param content the new content of this PdfObject
-
-
- Returns the type of this PdfObject.
-
- @return a type
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfNull.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfBoolean.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfNumber.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfString.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfName.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfArray.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfDictionary.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this PdfObject is of the type PdfStream.
-
- @return true or false
-
-
- Checks if this is an indirect object.
- @return true if this is an indirect object
-
-
-
- the PdfIndirectReference of this object
-
-
- value of the Count-key
-
-
- value of the Parent-key
-
-
- value of the Destination-key
-
-
- The PdfAction for this outline.
-
-
- Holds value of property tag.
-
-
- Holds value of property open.
-
-
- Holds value of property color.
-
-
- Holds value of property style.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper for the constructors.
- @param parent the parent outline
- @param title the title for this outline
- @param open true if the children are visible
-
-
- Gets the indirect reference of this PdfOutline.
-
- @return the PdfIndirectReference to this outline.
-
-
- Gets the parent of this PdfOutline.
-
- @return the PdfOutline that is the parent of this outline.
-
-
- Set the page of the PdfDestination-object.
-
- @param pageReference indirect reference to the page
- @return true if this page was set as the PdfDestination-page.
-
-
- Gets the destination for this outline.
- @return the destination
-
-
- returns the level of this outline.
-
- @return a level
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfOutline.
-
- @param writer the encryption information
- @param os
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Getter for property tag.
- @return Value of property tag.
-
-
- Setter for property open.
- @param open New value of property open.
-
-
-
- value of the Rotate key for a page in PORTRAIT
-
-
- value of the Rotate key for a page in LANDSCAPE
-
-
- value of the Rotate key for a page in INVERTEDPORTRAIT
-
-
- value of the Rotate key for a page in SEASCAPE
-
-
- value of the MediaBox key
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPage.
-
- @param mediaBox a value for the MediaBox key
- @param resources an indirect reference to a PdfResources-object
- @param rotate a value for the Rotate key
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPage.
-
- @param mediaBox a value for the MediaBox key
- @param resources an indirect reference to a PdfResources-object
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
-
- Adds an indirect reference pointing to a PdfContents-object.
-
- @param contents an indirect reference to a PdfContents-object
-
-
- Rotates the mediabox, but not the text in it.
-
- @return a PdfRectangle
-
-
- Returns the MediaBox of this Page.
-
- @return a PdfRectangle
-
-
- Helps the use of PdfPageEvent by implementing all the interface methods.
- A class can extend PdfPageEventHelper and only implement the
- needed methods.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Called when the document is opened.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document the document
-
-
-
- Called when a page is finished, just before being written to the document.
-
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this document
- @param document the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Page labels are used to identify each
- page visually on the screen or in print.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Logical pages will have the form 1,2,3,...
-
-
- Logical pages will have the form I,II,III,IV,...
-
-
- Logical pages will have the form i,ii,iii,iv,...
-
-
- Logical pages will have the form of uppercase letters
- (A to Z for the first 26 pages, AA to ZZ for the next 26, and so on)
-
-
- Logical pages will have the form of uppercase letters
- (a to z for the first 26 pages, aa to zz for the next 26, and so on)
-
-
- No logical page numbers are generated but fixed text may
- still exist
-
-
- Dictionary values to set the logical page styles
-
-
- The sequence of logical pages. Will contain at least a value for page 1
-
-
- Creates a new PdfPageLabel with a default logical page 1
-
-
- Adds or replaces a page label.
- @param page the real page to start the numbering. First page is 1
- @param numberStyle the numbering style such as LOWERCASE_ROMAN_NUMERALS
- @param text the text to prefix the number. Can be null or empty
- @param firstPage the first logical page number
-
-
- Adds or replaces a page label.
- @param page the real page to start the numbering. First page is 1
- @param numberStyle the numbering style such as LOWERCASE_ROMAN_NUMERALS
- @param text the text to prefix the number. Can be null or empty
- @param firstPage the first logical page number
- @param includeFirstPage If true, the page label will be added to the first page if it is page 1.
- If the first page is not page 1 or this value is false, the value will not be added to the dictionary.
-
-
- Adds or replaces a page label. The first logical page has the default
- of 1.
- @param page the real page to start the numbering. First page is 1
- @param numberStyle the numbering style such as LOWERCASE_ROMAN_NUMERALS
- @param text the text to prefix the number. Can be null or empty
-
-
- Adds or replaces a page label. There is no text prefix and the first
- logical page has the default of 1.
- @param page the real page to start the numbering. First page is 1
- @param numberStyle the numbering style such as LOWERCASE_ROMAN_NUMERALS
-
-
- Adds or replaces a page label.
-
-
- Removes a page label. The first page lagel can not be removed, only changed.
- @param page the real page to remove
-
-
- Gets the page label dictionary to insert into the document.
- @return the page label dictionary
-
-
- Retrieves the page labels from a PDF as an array of String objects.
- @param reader a PdfReader object that has the page labels you want to retrieve
- @return a String array or null if no page labels are present
-
-
- Retrieves the page labels from a PDF as an array of {@link PdfPageLabelFormat} objects.
- @param reader a PdfReader object that has the page labels you want to retrieve
- @return a PdfPageLabelEntry array, containing an entry for each format change
- or null if no page labels are present
-
-
- Creates a page label format.
- @param physicalPage the real page to start the numbering. First page is 1
- @param numberStyle the numbering style such as LOWERCASE_ROMAN_NUMERALS
- @param prefix the text to prefix the number. Can be null or empty
- @param logicalPage the first logical page number
-
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPages-object.
-
-
- A PdfPattern defines a ColorSpace
-
- @see PdfStream
-
-
- Creates a PdfPattern object.
- @param painter a pattern painter instance
-
-
- Creates a PdfPattern object.
- @param painter a pattern painter instance
- @param compressionLevel the compressionLevel for the stream
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Implements the pattern.
-
-
- Creates a PdfPattern.
-
-
- Creates new PdfPattern
-
- @param wr the PdfWriter
-
-
- Gets the stream representing this pattern
- @return the stream representing this pattern
-
-
- Gets the stream representing this pattern
- @param compressionLevel the compression level of the stream
- @return the stream representing this pattern
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfPatternPainter. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
- @return a copy of this PdfPatternPainter
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setGrayFill(float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetGrayFill()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setGrayStroke(float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetGrayStroke()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setRGBColorFillF(float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetRGBColorFill()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setRGBColorStrokeF(float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetRGBColorStroke()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setCMYKColorFillF(float, float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetCMYKColorFill()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setCMYKColorStrokeF(float, float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#resetCMYKColorStroke()
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#addImage(com.lowagie.text.Image, float, float, float, float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setCMYKColorFill(int, int, int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setCMYKColorStroke(int, int, int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setRGBColorFill(int, int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setRGBColorStroke(int, int, int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setColorStroke(java.awt.Color)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setColorFill(java.awt.Color)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setColorFill(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfSpotColor, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setColorStroke(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfSpotColor, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setPatternFill(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPatternPainter)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setPatternFill(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPatternPainter, java.awt.Color, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setPatternStroke(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPatternPainter, java.awt.Color, float)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfContentByte#setPatternStroke(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfPatternPainter)
-
-
- A cell in a PdfPTable.
-
-
- Holds value of property verticalAlignment.
-
-
- Holds value of property paddingLeft.
-
-
- Holds value of property paddingLeft.
-
-
- Holds value of property paddingTop.
-
-
- Holds value of property paddingBottom.
-
-
- Holds value of property fixedHeight.
-
-
- Fixed height of the cell.
-
-
- Holds value of property noWrap.
-
-
- Holds value of property table.
-
-
- Holds value of property minimumHeight.
-
-
- This field is used to cache the height which is calculated on getMaxHeight() method call;
- this helps to avoid unnecessary recalculations on table drawing.
-
-
- Holds value of property colspan.
-
-
- Holds value of property rowspan.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Holds value of property image.
-
-
- Holds value of property cellEvent.
-
-
- Holds value of property useDescender.
-
-
- Increases padding to include border if true
-
-
- The text in the cell.
-
-
- The rotation of the cell. Possible values are
- 0, 90, 180 and 270.
-
-
- Constructs an empty PdfPCell.
- The default padding is 2.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPCell with a Phrase.
- The default padding is 2.
- @param phrase the text
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPCell with an Image.
- The default padding is 0.
- @param image the Image
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPCell with an Image.
- The default padding is 0.25 for a border width of 0.5.
- @param image the Image
- @param fit true to fit the image to the cell
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPCell with a PdfPtable.
- This constructor allows nested tables.
- The default padding is 0.
- @param table The PdfPTable
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPCell with a PdfPtable.
- This constructor allows nested tables.
-
- @param table The PdfPTable
- @param style The style to apply to the cell (you could use getDefaultCell())
- @since 2.1.0
-
-
- Constructs a deep copy of a PdfPCell.
- @param cell the PdfPCell to duplicate
-
-
- Adds an iText element to the cell.
- @param element
-
-
- Gets the Phrase from this cell.
- @return the Phrase
-
-
- Gets the horizontal alignment for the cell.
- @return the horizontal alignment for the cell
-
-
- Gets the vertical alignment for the cell.
- @return the vertical alignment for the cell
-
-
- Gets the effective left padding. This will include
- the left border width if {@link #UseBorderPadding} is true.
- @return effective value of property paddingLeft.
-
-
- @return Value of property paddingLeft.
-
-
- Gets the effective right padding. This will include
- the right border width if {@link #UseBorderPadding} is true.
- @return effective value of property paddingRight.
-
-
- Getter for property paddingRight.
- @return Value of property paddingRight.
-
-
- Gets the effective top padding. This will include
- the top border width if {@link #isUseBorderPadding()} is true.
- @return effective value of property paddingTop.
-
-
- Getter for property paddingTop.
- @return Value of property paddingTop.
-
-
- /** Gets the effective bottom padding. This will include
- * the bottom border width if {@link #UseBorderPadding} is true.
- * @return effective value of property paddingBottom.
-
-
- Getter for property paddingBottom.
- @return Value of property paddingBottom.
-
-
- Sets the padding of the contents in the cell (space between content and border).
- @param padding
-
-
- Adjusts effective padding to include border widths.
- @param use adjust effective padding if true
-
-
- Sets the leading fixed and variable. The resultant leading will be
- fixedLeading+multipliedLeading*maxFontSize where maxFontSize is the
- size of the bigest font in the line.
- @param fixedLeading the fixed leading
- @param multipliedLeading the variable leading
-
-
- Gets the fixed leading
- @return the leading
-
-
- Gets the variable leading
- @return the leading
-
-
- Gets the first paragraph line indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Gets the extra space between paragraphs.
- @return the extra space between paragraphs
-
-
- Getter for property fixedHeight.
- @return Value of property fixedHeight.
-
-
- Tells you whether the cell has a fixed height.
-
- @return true is a fixed height was set.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Gets the height which was calculated on last call of getMaxHeight().
- If cell's bBox and content wasn't changed this value is actual maxHeight of the cell.
- @return max height which was calculated on last call of getMaxHeight(); if getMaxHeight() wasn't called the return value is 0
-
-
- Setter for property noWrap.
- @param noWrap New value of property noWrap.
-
-
- Getter for property table.
- @return Value of property table.
-
-
- Getter for property minimumHeight.
- @return Value of property minimumHeight.
-
-
- Tells you whether the cell has a minimum height.
-
- @return true if a minimum height was set.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Getter for property colspan.
- @return Value of property colspan.
-
-
- Getter for property rowspan.
- @return Value of property rowspan.
-
-
- Gets the following paragraph lines indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Gets the right paragraph lines indent.
- @return the indent
-
-
- Gets the space/character extra spacing ratio for
- fully justified text.
- @return the space/character extra spacing ratio
-
-
- Gets the run direction of the text content in the cell
- @return One of the following values: PdfWriter.RUN_DIRECTION_DEFAULT, PdfWriter.RUN_DIRECTION_NO_BIDI, PdfWriter.RUN_DIRECTION_LTR or PdfWriter.RUN_DIRECTION_RTL.
-
-
- Getter for property image.
- @return Value of property image.
-
-
-
- Gets the cell event for this cell.
- @return the cell event
-
-
-
- Gets the arabic shaping options.
- @return the arabic shaping options
-
-
- Gets state of first line height based on max ascender
- @return true if an ascender is to be used.
-
-
- Getter for property useDescender.
- @return Value of property useDescender.
-
-
-
- Gets the ColumnText with the content of the cell.
- @return a columntext object
-
-
- Returns the list of composite elements of the column.
- @return a List object.
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
- Sets the rotation of the cell. Possible values are
- 0, 90, 180 and 270.
- @param rotation the rotation of the cell
-
-
- Returns the height of the cell.
- @return the height of the cell
- @since 3.0.0
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- A row in a PdfPTable.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- True if the table may not break after this row.
-
-
- the bottom limit (bottom right y)
-
-
- the right limit
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- extra heights that needs to be added to a cell because of rowspans.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfPRow with the cells in the array that was passed
- as a parameter.
-
- @param cells
-
-
- Makes a copy of an existing row.
-
- @param row
-
-
- Sets the widths of the columns in the row.
-
- @param widths
- @return true if everything went right
-
-
- Initializes the extra heights array.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Sets an extra height for a cell.
- @param cell the index of the cell that needs an extra height
- @param height the extra height
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Calculates the heights of each cell in the row.
-
- @return the maximum height of the row.
-
-
- Writes the border and background of one cell in the row.
-
- @param xPos The x-coordinate where the table starts on the canvas
- @param yPos The y-coordinate where the table starts on the canvas
- @param currentMaxHeight The height of the cell to be drawn.
- @param cell
- @param canvases
- @since 2.1.6 extra parameter currentMaxHeight
-
-
- @since 2.1.6 private is now protected
-
-
- @since 2.1.6 private is now protected
-
-
- @since 3.0.0 protected is now public static
-
-
- * Writes a number of cells (not necessarily all cells).
- *
- * @param colStart The first column to be written.
- * Remember that the column index starts with 0.
- * @param colEnd The last column to be written.
- * Remember that the column index starts with 0.
- * If -1, all the columns to the end are written.
- * @param xPos The x-coordinate where the table starts on the canvas
- * @param yPos The y-coordinate where the table starts on the canvas
- * @param reusable if set to false, the content in the cells is "consumed";
- * if true, you can reuse the cells, the row, the parent table as many times you want.
- * @since 5.1.0 added the reusable parameter
-
-
- Checks if the dimensions of the columns were calculated.
-
- @return true if the dimensions of the columns were calculated
-
-
- Gets the maximum height of the row (i.e. of the 'highest' cell).
- @return the maximum height of the row
-
-
- Copies the content of a specific row in a table to this row.
- Don't do this if the rows have a different number of cells.
- @param table the table from which you want to copy a row
- @param idx the index of the row that needs to be copied
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Splits a row to newHeight.
- The returned row is the remainder. It will return null if the newHeight
- was so small that only an empty row would result.
-
- @param new_height the new height
- @return the remainder row or null if the newHeight was so small that only
- an empty row would result
-
-
- Split rowspan of cells with rowspan on next page by inserting copies with the remaining rowspan
- and reducing the previous rowspan appropriately, i.e. if a cell with rowspan 7 gets split after 3 rows
- of that rowspan have been laid out, its column on the next page should start with an empty cell
- having the same attributes and rowspan 7 - 3 = 4.
-
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
- Returns the array of cells in the row.
- Please be extremely careful with this method.
- Use the cells as read only objects.
-
- @return an array of cells
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
- Checks if a cell in the row has a rowspan greater than 1.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Implements the PostScript XObject.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfPSXObject
-
-
- Constructs a PSXObject
- @param wr
-
-
- Gets the stream representing this object.
-
- @param compressionLevel the compressionLevel
- @return the stream representing this template
- @since 2.1.3 (replacing the method without param compressionLevel)
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfPSXObject. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
- @return a copy of this PdfPSXObject
-
-
- This is a table that can be put at an absolute position but can also
- be added to the document as the class Table.
- In the last case when crossing pages the table always break at full rows; if a
- row is bigger than the page it is dropped silently to avoid infinite loops.
-
- A PdfPTableEvent can be associated to the table to do custom drawing
- when the table is rendered.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The index of the original PdfcontentByte.
-
-
- The index of the duplicate PdfContentByte where the background will be drawn.
-
-
- The index of the duplicate PdfContentByte where the border lines will be drawn.
-
-
- The index of the duplicate PdfContentByte where the text will be drawn.
-
-
- The current column index.
-
- @since 5.1.0 renamed from currentColIdx
-
-
- Holds value of property headerRows.
-
-
- Holds value of property widthPercentage.
-
-
- Holds value of property horizontalAlignment.
-
-
- Holds value of property skipFirstHeader.
-
-
- Holds value of property skipLastFooter.
-
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Holds value of property lockedWidth.
-
-
- Holds value of property splitRows.
-
-
- The spacing before the table.
-
-
- The spacing after the table.
-
-
- Holds value of property extendLastRow.
-
-
- Holds value of property headersInEvent.
-
-
- Holds value of property splitLate.
-
-
- Defines if the table should be kept
- on one page if possible
-
-
- Indicates if the PdfPTable is complete once added to the document.
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Keeps track of the completeness of the current row.
-
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPTable with the relative column widths.
- @param relativeWidths the relative column widths
-
-
- Constructs a PdfPTable with numColumns columns.
- @param numColumns the number of columns
-
-
- Constructs a copy of a PdfPTable.
- @param table the PdfPTable to be copied
-
-
- Makes a shallow copy of a table (format without content).
- @param table
- @return a shallow copy of the table
-
-
- Copies the format of the sourceTable without copying the content.
- @param sourceTable
- @since 2.1.6 private is now protected
-
-
- Sets the relative widths of the table.
- @param relativeWidths the relative widths of the table.
- @throws DocumentException if the number of widths is different than the number
- of columns
-
-
- Sets the relative widths of the table.
- @param relativeWidths the relative widths of the table.
- @throws DocumentException if the number of widths is different than the number
- of columns
-
-
- @since 2.1.6 private is now protected
-
-
- Sets the full width of the table from the absolute column width.
- @param columnWidth the absolute width of each column
- @throws DocumentException if the number of widths is different than the number
- of columns
-
-
- Sets the percentage width of the table from the absolute column width. Warning: Don't use this with setLockedWidth(true). These two settings don't mix.
- @param columnWidth the absolute width of each column
- @param pageSize the page size
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Gets the full width of the table.
- @return the full width of the table
-
-
- Calculates the heights of the table.
-
- @return the total height of the table. Note that it will be 0 if you didn't
- specify the width of the table with SetTotalWidth().
- and made it public
-
-
- Changes the number of columns. Any existing rows will be deleted.
-
- @param the new number of columns
-
-
- Gets the default PdfPCell that will be used as
- reference for all the addCell methods except
- addCell(PdfPCell).
- @return default PdfPCell
-
-
- Adds a cell element.
-
- @param cell the cell element
-
-
- When updating the row index, cells with rowspan should be taken into account.
- This is what happens in this method.
-
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Added by timmo3. This will return the correct cell taking it's cellspan into account
-
- @param row the row index
- @param col the column index
- @return PdfPCell at the given row and position or null otherwise
-
-
- Checks if there are rows above belonging to a rowspan.
- @param currRow the current row to check
- @param currCol the current column to check
- @return true if there's a cell above that belongs to a rowspan
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Adds a cell element.
- @param text the text for the cell
-
-
- Adds a nested table.
- @param table the table to be added to the cell
-
-
- Adds an Image as Cell.
- @param image the Image to add to the table.
- This image will fit in the cell
-
-
- Adds a cell element.
- @param phrase the Phrase to be added to the cell
-
-
-
-
- Writes the selected rows and columns to the document.
- This method does not clip the columns; this is only important
- if there are columns with colspan at boundaries.
- canvases is obtained from beginWritingRows().
- The table event is only fired for complete rows.
-
- @param colStart the first column to be written, zero index
- @param colEnd the last column to be written + 1. If it is -1 all the
- columns to the end are written
- @param rowStart the first row to be written, zero index
- @param rowEnd the last row to be written + 1. If it is -1 all the
- rows to the end are written
- @param xPos the x write coordinate
- @param yPos the y write coordinate
- @param canvases an array of 4 PdfContentByte obtained from
- beginWritingRows()
- @param reusable if set to false, the content in the cells is "consumed";
- if true, you can reuse the cells, the row, the parent table as many times you want.
- @return the y coordinate position of the bottom of the last row
- @see #beginWritingRows(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfContentByte)
- @since 5.1.0 added the reusable parameter
-
-
- Writes the selected rows to the document.
-
- @param rowStart the first row to be written, zero index
- @param rowEnd the last row to be written + 1. If it is -1 all the
- rows to the end are written
- @param xPos the x write coodinate
- @param yPos the y write coodinate
- @param canvas the PdfContentByte where the rows will
- be written to
- @return the y coordinate position of the bottom of the last row
-
-
-
- Writes the selected rows and columns to the document.
- This method clips the columns; this is only important
- if there are columns with colspan at boundaries.
- The table event is only fired for complete rows.
-
- @param colStart the first column to be written, zero index
- @param colEnd the last column to be written + 1. If it is -1 all the
- columns to the end are written
- @param rowStart the first row to be written, zero index
- @param rowEnd the last row to be written + 1. If it is -1 all the
- rows to the end are written
- @param xPos the x write coordinate
- @param yPos the y write coordinate
- @param canvas the PdfContentByte where the rows will
- be written to
- @return the y coordinate position of the bottom of the last row
- @param reusable if set to false, the content in the cells is "consumed";
- if true, you can reuse the cells, the row, the parent table as many times you want.
- @since 5.1.0 added the reusable parameter
-
-
-
- Finishes writing the table.
- @param canvases the array returned by beginWritingRows()
-
-
- Gets the number of rows in this table.
- @return the number of rows in this table
-
-
- Gets the total height of the table.
- @return the total height of the table
-
-
- Gets the height of a particular row.
- @param idx the row index (starts at 0)
- @return the height of a particular row
-
-
- Gets the height of a particular row.
-
- @param idx the row index (starts at 0)
- @param firsttime is this the first time the row heigh is calculated?
- @return the height of a particular row
- @since 5.0.0
-
-
- Gets the maximum height of a cell in a particular row (will only be different
- from getRowHeight is one of the cells in the row has a rowspan > 1).
-
- @param rowIndex the row index
- @param cellIndex the cell index
- @return the height of a particular row including rowspan
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Checks if a cell in a row has a rowspan greater than 1.
-
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Makes sure the footers value is lower than the headers value.
-
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets the height of the rows that constitute the header as defined by
- setHeaderRows().
- @return the height of the rows that constitute the header and footer
-
-
- Gets the height of the rows that constitute the header as defined by
- setFooterRows().
- @return the height of the rows that constitute the footer
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
- Deletes a row from the table.
- @param rowNumber the row to be deleted
- @return true if the row was deleted
-
-
- Deletes the last row in the table.
- @return true if the last row was deleted
-
-
- Removes all of the rows except headers
-
-
- Returns the number of columns.
- @return the number of columns.
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- @return an List
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- @return a type
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- ElementListener.
-
- @param listener an ElementListener
- @return true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
- Gets a row with a given index.
-
- @param idx
- @return the row at position idx
-
-
- Returns the index of the last completed row.
-
- @return the index of a row
-
-
- Defines where the table may be broken (if necessary).
-
- @param breakPoints int[]
- @throws System.IndexOutOfRangeException if a row index is passed that is out of bounds
-
-
- Defines which rows should not allow a page break (if possible).
-
- @param rows int[]
- @throws System.IndexOutOfRangeException if a row index is passed that is out of bounds
-
-
- Defines a range of rows that should not allow a page break (if possible).
-
- @param start int
- @param end int
- @throws System.IndexOutOfRangeException if a row index is passed that is out of bounds
-
-
- Defines a range of rows (from the parameter to the last row) that should not allow a page break (if possible).
- The equivalent of calling {@link #keepRowsTogether(int,int) keepRowsTogether(start, rows.size()}.
-
- @param start int
- @throws System.IndexOutOfRangeException if a row index is passed that is out of bounds
-
-
- Gets an arraylist with all the rows in the table.
- @return an arraylist
-
-
- Gets an arraylist with a selection of rows.
- @param start the first row in the selection
- @param end the first row that isn't part of the selection
- @return a selection of rows
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Calculates the extra height needed in a row because of rowspans.
- @param start the index of the start row (the one to adjust)
- @param end the index of the end row on the page
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Sets the table event for this table.
-
- @param event the table event for this table
-
-
- Gets the absolute sizes of each column width.
- @return he absolute sizes of each column width
-
-
- Tells you if the last footer needs to be skipped
- (for instance if the footer says "continued on the next page")
-
- @return Value of property skipLastFooter.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- When set the last row on every page will be extended to fill
- all the remaining space to the bottom boundary; except maybe the
- row.
-
- @param extendLastRows true to extend the last row on each page; false otherwise
- @param extendFinalRow false if you don't want to extend the row of the complete table
- @since iText 5.0.0
-
-
- * Gets the value of the last row extension, taking into account
- * if the row is reached or not.
- *
- * @return true if the last row will extend;
- * false otherwise
- * @since iText 5.0.0
-
-
- If true the table will be kept on one page if it fits, by forcing a
- new page if it doesn't fit on the current page. The default is to
- split the table over multiple pages.
-
- @param p_KeepTogether whether to try to keep the table on one page
-
-
- Completes the current row with the default cell. An incomplete row will be dropped
- but calling this method will make sure that it will be present in the table.
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.LargeElement#flushContent()
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.LargeElement#isComplete()
-
-
- Gets row index where cell overlapping (rowIdx, colIdx) starts
- @param rowIdx
- @param colIdx
- @return row index
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
-
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
- Correct chosen last fitting row so that the content of all cells with open rowspans will fit on the page,
- i.e. the cell content won't be split.
- (Only to be used with splitLate == true)
-
-
-
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
- Determine which rows fit on the page, respecting isSplitLate().
- Note: sets max heights of the inspected rows as a side effect,
- just like PdfPTable.getRowHeight(int, boolean) does.
- Respect row.getMaxHeights() if it has been previously set (which might be independent of the height of
- individual cells).
- The last row written on the page will be chosen by the caller who might choose not
- the calculated one but an earlier one (due to mayNotBreak settings on the rows).
- The height of the chosen last row has to be corrected if splitLate == true
- by calling FittingRows.correctLastRowChosen() by the caller to avoid splitting the content of
- cells with open rowspans.
-
- @since iText 5.4.3
-
-
-
- @author Aiken Sam (aikensam@ieee.org)
-
-
- Reads a PDF document.
- @author Paulo Soares
- @author Kazuya Ujihara
-
-
- The iText developers are not responsible if you decide to change the
- value of this static parameter.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- Handler which will be used for decompression of pdf streams.
-
-
- Holds value of property appendable.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfReader. This is the master constructor.
- @param byteSource source of bytes for the reader
- @param partialRead if true, the reader is opened in partial mode (PDF is parsed on demand), if false, the entire PDF is parsed into memory as the reader opens
- @param ownerPassword the password or null if no password is required
- @param certificate the certificate or null if no certificate is required
- @param certificateKey the key or null if no certificate key is required
- @param certificateKeyProvider the name of the key provider, or null if no key is required
- @param closeSourceOnConstructorError if true, the byteSource will be closed if there is an error during construction of this reader
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfReader. This is the master constructor.
- @param byteSource source of bytes for the reader
- @param properties the properties which will be used to create the reader
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param filename the file name of the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param filename the file name of the document
- @param properties the properties which will be used to create the reader
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param filename the file name of the document
- @param ownerPassword the password to read the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param filename the file name of the document
- @param ownerPassword the password to read the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param pdfIn the byte array with the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param pdfIn the byte array with the document
- @param ownerPassword the password to read the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param filename the file name of the document
- @param certificate the certificate to read the document
- @param certificateKey the private key of the certificate
- @param certificateKeyProvider the security provider for certificateKey
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param url the Uri of the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param url the Uri of the document
- @param ownerPassword the password to read the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param is the InputStream containing the document. The stream is read to the
- end but is not closed
- @param ownerPassword the password to read the document
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param properties the properties which will be used to create the reader
- @param isp the InputStream containing the document. The stream is read to the
- end but is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a PDF document.
- @param isp the InputStream containing the document. The stream is read to the
- end but is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a pdf document. Contrary to the other constructors only the xref is read
- into memory. The reader is said to be working in "partial" mode as only parts of the pdf
- are read as needed.
- @param raf the document location
- @param ownerPassword the password or null for no password
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads and parses a pdf document.
- @param raf the document location
- @param ownerPassword the password or null for no password
- @param partial indicates if the reader needs to read the document only partially. See {@link PdfReader#PdfReader(RandomAccessFileOrArray, byte[])}
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Creates an independent duplicate.
- @param reader the PdfReader to duplicate
-
-
- Utility method that checks the provided byte source to see if it has junk bytes at the beginning. If junk bytes
- are found, construct a tokeniser that ignores the junk. Otherwise, construct a tokeniser for the byte source as it is
- @param byteSource the source to check
- @return a tokeniser that is guaranteed to start at the PDF header
- @throws IOException if there is a problem reading the byte source
-
-
- Gets a new file instance of the original PDF
- document.
- @return a new file instance of the original PDF document
-
-
- Gets the number of pages in the document.
- @return the number of pages in the document
-
-
- Returns the document's catalog. This dictionary is not a copy,
- any changes will be reflected in the catalog.
- @return the document's catalog
-
-
- Returns the document's acroform, if it has one.
- @return the document's acroform
-
-
- Gets the page rotation. This value can be 0, 90, 180 or 270.
- @param index the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the page rotation
-
-
- Gets the page size, taking rotation into account. This
- is a Rectangle with the value of the /MediaBox and the /Rotate key.
- @param index the page number. The first page is 1
- @return a Rectangle
-
-
- Gets the rotated page from a page dictionary.
- @param page the page dictionary
- @return the rotated page
-
-
- Gets the page size without taking rotation into account. This
- is the value of the /MediaBox key.
- @param index the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the page size
-
-
- Gets the page from a page dictionary
- @param page the page dictionary
- @return the page
-
-
- Gets the crop box without taking rotation into account. This
- is the value of the /CropBox key. The crop box is the part
- of the document to be displayed or printed. It usually is the same
- as the media box but may be smaller. If the page doesn't have a crop
- box the page size will be returned.
- @param index the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the crop box
-
-
- Gets the box size. Allowed names are: "crop", "trim", "art", "bleed" and "media".
- @param index the page number. The first page is 1
- @param boxName the box name
- @return the box rectangle or null
-
-
- Returns the content of the document information dictionary as a Hashtable
- of String.
- @return content of the document information dictionary
-
-
- Normalizes a Rectangle so that llx and lly are smaller than urx and ury.
- @param box the original rectangle
- @return a normalized Rectangle
-
-
- Checks if the PDF is a tagged PDF.
-
-
- Parses the entire PDF
-
-
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param obj
- @return a PdfObject
-
-
- Reads a PdfObject resolving an indirect reference
- if needed.
- @param obj the PdfObject to read
- @return the resolved PdfObject
-
-
- Reads a PdfObject resolving an indirect reference
- if needed. If the reader was opened in partial mode the object will be released
- to save memory.
- @param obj the PdfObject to read
- @param parent
- @return a PdfObject
-
-
- @param obj
- @param parent
- @return a PdfObject
-
-
- @param idx
- @return a PdfObject
-
-
- @param idx
- @return aPdfObject
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- @param obj
-
-
- @param obj
- @return an indirect reference
-
-
- @return the percentage of the cross reference table that has been read
-
-
- Eliminates the reference to the object freeing the memory used by it and clearing
- the xref entry.
- @param obj the object. If it's an indirect reference it will be eliminated
- @return the object or the already erased dereferenced object
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the FlateDecode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the FlateDecode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- @param in
- @param dicPar
- @return a byte array
-
-
- A helper to FlateDecode.
- @param in the input data
- @param strict true to read a correct stream. false
- to try to read a corrupted stream
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- A helper to FlateDecode.
- @param in the input data
- @param strict true to read a correct stream. false
- to try to read a corrupted stream
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the ASCIIHexDecode filter.
- * @param in the input data
- * @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the ASCIIHexDecode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the ASCII85Decode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the ASCII85Decode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the LZWDecode filter.
- * @param in the input data
- * @return the decoded data
-
-
- Decodes a stream that has the LZWDecode filter.
- @param in the input data
- @return the decoded data
-
-
- Checks if the document had errors and was rebuilt.
- @return true if rebuilt.
-
-
-
- Gets the dictionary that represents a page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @return the page dictionary
-
-
- @param pageNum
- @return a Dictionary object
-
-
- @param pageNum
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the page reference to this page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @return the page reference
-
-
- Gets the contents of the page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @param file the location of the PDF document
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the content
-
-
- Gets the content from the page dictionary.
- @param page the page dictionary
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the content
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Retrieve the given page's resource dictionary
- @param pageNum 1-based page number from which to retrieve the resource dictionary
- @return The page's resources, or 'null' if the page has none.
- @since 5.1
-
-
- Retrieve the given page's resource dictionary
- @param pageDict the given page
- @return The page's resources, or 'null' if the page has none.
- @since 5.1
-
-
- Gets the contents of the page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the content
-
-
- Sets the contents of the page.
- @param content the new page content
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Sets the contents of the page.
- @param content the new page content
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @since 2.1.3 (the method already existed without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Decode a byte[] applying the filters specified in the provided dictionary using default filter handlers.
- @param b the bytes to decode
- @param streamDictionary the dictionary that contains filter information
- @return the decoded bytes
- @throws IOException if there are any problems decoding the bytes
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- Decode a byte[] applying the filters specified in the provided dictionary using the provided filter handlers.
- @param b the bytes to decode
- @param streamDictionary the dictionary that contains filter information
- @param filterHandlers the map used to look up a handler for each type of filter
- @return the decoded bytes
- @throws IOException if there are any problems decoding the bytes
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- Get the content from a stream applying the required filters.
- @param stream the stream
- @param file the location where the stream is
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the stream content
-
-
- Get the content from a stream applying the required filters.
- @param stream the stream
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the stream content
-
-
- Get the content from a stream as it is without applying any filter.
- @param stream the stream
- @param file the location where the stream is
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the stream content
-
-
- Get the content from a stream as it is without applying any filter.
- @param stream the stream
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the stream content
-
-
- Eliminates shared streams if they exist.
-
-
- Sets the tampered state. A tampered PdfReader cannot be reused in PdfStamper.
- @param tampered the tampered state
-
-
- Gets the XML metadata.
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the XML metadata
-
-
- Gets the byte address of the last xref table.
- @return the byte address of the last xref table
-
-
- Gets the number of xref objects.
- @return the number of xref objects
-
-
- Gets the byte address of the %%EOF marker.
- @return the byte address of the %%EOF marker
-
-
- Gets the PDF version. Only the last version char is returned. For example
- version 1.4 is returned as '4'.
- @return the PDF version
-
-
- Returns true if the PDF is encrypted.
- @return true if the PDF is encrypted
-
-
- Gets the encryption permissions. It can be used directly in
- PdfWriter.SetEncryption().
- @return the encryption permissions
-
-
- Returns true if the PDF has a 128 bit key encryption.
- @return true if the PDF has a 128 bit key encryption
-
-
- Gets the trailer dictionary
- @return the trailer dictionary
-
-
- Finds all the font subsets and changes the prefixes to some
- random values.
- @return the number of font subsets altered
-
-
- Finds all the fonts not subset but embedded and marks them as subset.
- @return the number of fonts altered
-
-
- Gets all the named destinations as an Hashtable. The key is the name
- and the value is the destinations array.
- @return gets all the named destinations
-
-
- Gets all the named destinations as an HashMap. The key is the name
- and the value is the destinations array.
- @param keepNames true if you want the keys to be real PdfNames instead of Strings
- @return gets all the named destinations
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Gets the named destinations from the /Dests key in the catalog as an Hashtable. The key is the name
- and the value is the destinations array.
- @return gets the named destinations
-
-
- Gets the named destinations from the /Dests key in the catalog as an HashMap. The key is the name
- and the value is the destinations array.
- @param keepNames true if you want the keys to be real PdfNames instead of Strings
- @return gets the named destinations
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Gets the named destinations from the /Names key in the catalog as an Hashtable. The key is the name
- and the value is the destinations array.
- @return gets the named destinations
-
-
- Removes all the fields from the document.
-
-
- Removes all the annotations and fields from the document.
-
-
- Replaces remote named links with local destinations that have the same name.
- @since 5.0
-
-
- Converts a remote named destination GoToR with a local named destination
- if there's a corresponding name.
- @param obj an annotation that needs to be screened for links to external named destinations.
- @param names a map with names of local named destinations
- @since iText 5.0
-
-
- Replaces all the local named links with the actual destinations.
-
-
- Closes the reader, and any underlying stream or data source used to create the reader
-
-
- Removes all the unreachable objects.
- @return the number of indirect objects removed
-
-
- Gets a read-only version of AcroFields.
- @return a read-only version of AcroFields
-
-
- Gets the global document JavaScript.
- @param file the document file
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the global document JavaScript
-
-
- Gets the global document JavaScript.
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the global document JavaScript
-
-
- Selects the pages to keep in the document. The pages are described as
- ranges. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed. Note that it may be very slow in partial mode.
- @param ranges the comma separated ranges as described in {@link SequenceList}
-
-
- Selects the pages to keep in the document. The pages are described as a
- List of Integer. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed. Note that it may be very slow in partial mode.
- @param pagesToKeep the pages to keep in the document
-
-
- Selects the pages to keep in the document. The pages are described as a
- List of Integer. The page ordering can be changed but
- no page repetitions are allowed. Note that it may be very slow in partial mode.
- @param pagesToKeep the pages to keep in the document
- @param removeUnused indicate if to remove unsed objects. @see removeUnusedObjects
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences as the sum of several constants.
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences
-
-
- Adds a viewer preference
- @param key a key for a viewer preference
- @param value a value for the viewer preference
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference
-
-
- Returns a bitset representing the PageMode and PageLayout viewer preferences.
- Doesn't return any information about the ViewerPreferences dictionary.
- @return an int that contains the Viewer Preferences.
-
-
- Getter for property newXrefType.
- @return Value of property newXrefType.
-
-
- Getter for property fileLength.
- @return Value of property fileLength.
-
-
- Getter for property hybridXref.
- @return Value of property hybridXref.
-
-
- Keeps track of all pages nodes to avoid circular references.
-
-
- Gets the dictionary that represents a page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @return the page dictionary
-
-
- @param pageNum
- @return a dictionary object
-
-
- @param pageNum
- @return an indirect reference
-
-
- Gets the page reference to this page.
- @param pageNum the page number. 1 is the first
- @return the page reference
-
-
- @param pageNum
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this PDF has usage rights enabled.
-
- @return true if usage rights are present; false otherwise
-
-
- Removes any usage rights that this PDF may have. Only Adobe can grant usage rights
- and any PDF modification with iText will invalidate them. Invalidated usage rights may
- confuse Acrobat and it's advisabe to remove them altogether.
-
-
- Gets the certification level for this document. The return values can be PdfSignatureAppearance.NOT_CERTIFIED,
- PdfSignatureAppearance.CERTIFIED_NO_CHANGES_ALLOWED,
- PdfSignatureAppearance.CERTIFIED_FORM_FILLING and
- PdfSignatureAppearance.CERTIFIED_FORM_FILLING_AND_ANNOTATIONS.
-
- No signature validation is made, use the methods availabe for that in AcroFields.
-
- @return gets the certification level for this document
-
-
- Checks if the document was opened with the owner password so that the end application
- can decide what level of access restrictions to apply. If the document is not encrypted
- it will return true.
- @return true if the document was opened with the owner password or if it's not encrypted,
- false if the document was opened with the user password
-
-
- Computes user password if standard encryption handler is used with Standard40, Standard128 or AES128 encryption algorithm.
-
- @return user password, or null if not a standard encryption handler was used,
- if standard encryption handler was used with AES256 encryption algorithm,
- or if ownerPasswordUsed wasn't use to open the document.
-
-
- Instance of PdfReader in each output document.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Gets the content stream of a page as a PdfStream object.
- @param pageNumber the page of which you want the stream
- @param compressionLevel the compression level you want to apply to the stream
- @return a PdfStream object
- @since 2.1.3 (the method already existed without param compressionLevel)
-
-
-
- lower left x
-
-
- lower left y
-
-
- upper right x
-
-
- upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a PdfRectangle-object.
-
- @param llx lower left x
- @param lly lower left y
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
-
- @since rugPdf0.10
-
-
- Constructs a PdfRectangle-object starting from the origin (0, 0).
-
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a PdfRectangle-object with a Rectangle-object.
-
- @param rectangle a Rectangle
-
-
- Returns the high level version of this PdfRectangle
- @return this PdfRectangle translated to class Rectangle
-
-
- Overrides the add-method in PdfArray in order to prevent the adding of extra object to the array.
-
- @param object PdfObject to add (will not be added here)
- @return false
-
-
- Block changes to the underlying PdfArray
- @param values stuff we'll ignore. Ha!
- @return false. You can't add anything to a PdfRectangle
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Block changes to the underlying PdfArray
- @param values stuff we'll ignore. Ha!
- @return false. You can't add anything to a PdfRectangle
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Block changes to the underlying PdfArray
- @param object Ignored.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-coordinate.
-
- @return the lower left x-coordinaat
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-coordinate.
-
- @return the upper right x-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-coordinate.
-
- @return the upper right y-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-coordinate.
-
- @return the lower left y-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- @param margin a margin
- @return the lower left x-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- @param margin a margin
- @return the upper right x-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- @param margin a margin
- @return the upper right y-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- @param margin a margin
- @return the lower left y-coordinate
-
-
- Returns the width of the rectangle.
-
- @return a width
-
-
- Returns the height of the rectangle.
-
- @return a height
-
-
- Swaps the values of urx and ury and of lly and llx in order to rotate the rectangle.
-
- @return a PdfRectangle
-
-
- A Rendition dictionary (pdf spec 1.5)
-
-
-
- Constructs a PDF ResourcesDictionary.
-
-
- Implements the shading dictionary (or stream).
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Holds value of property bBox.
-
-
- Holds value of property antiAlias.
-
-
- Creates new PdfShading
-
-
- Implements the shading pattern dictionary.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates new PdfShadingPattern
-
-
- Implements the signature dictionary.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates new PdfSignature
-
-
- Sets the signature creator name in the
- {@link PdfSignatureBuildProperties} dictionary.
-
- @param name
-
-
- Gets the {@link PdfSignatureBuildProperties} instance if it exists, if
- not it adds a new one and returns this.
-
- @return {@link PdfSignatureBuildProperties}
-
-
- Class that takes care of the cryptographic options
- and appearances that form a signature.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfSignatureAppearance object.
- @param writer the writer to which the signature will be written.
-
-
- Approval signature
-
-
- Author signature, no changes allowed
-
-
- Author signature, form filling allowed
-
-
- Author signature, form filling and annotations allowed
-
-
- The certification level
-
-
- Sets the document type to certified instead of simply signed.
- @param certificationLevel the values can be: NOT_CERTIFIED, CERTIFIED_NO_CHANGES_ALLOWED,
- CERTIFIED_FORM_FILLING and CERTIFIED_FORM_FILLING_AND_ANNOTATIONS
-
-
- The caption for the reason for signing.
-
-
- The caption for the location of signing.
-
-
- The reason for signing.
-
-
- Holds value of property location.
-
-
- Holds value of property signDate.
-
-
- Gets and setsthe signing reason.
- @return the signing reason
-
-
- Sets the caption for signing reason.
- @param reasonCaption the signing reason caption
-
-
- Gets and sets the signing location.
- @return the signing location
-
-
- Sets the caption for the signing location.
- @param locationCaption the signing location caption
-
-
- Holds value of the application that creates the signature
-
-
- Gets the signature creator.
- @return the signature creator
-
- Sets the name of the application used to create the signature.
- @param signatureCreator the name of the signature creating application
-
-
- The contact name of the signer.
-
-
- Gets the signing contact.
- @return the signing contact
-
-
- Gets the signature date.
- @return the signature date
-
-
- The file right before the signature is added (can be null).
-
-
- The bytes of the file right before the signature is added (if raf is null)
-
-
- Array containing the byte positions of the bytes that need to be hashed.
-
-
-
- @return the underlying source
- @throws IOException
-
-
- The signing certificate
-
-
- Adds the appropriate developer extension.
-
-
- The crypto dictionary
-
-
- Gets the user made signature dictionary. This is the dictionary at the /V key.
- @return the user made signature dictionary
-
-
- Sets the certificate used to provide the text in the appearance.
- This certificate doesn't take part in the actual signing process.
- @param signCertificate the certificate
-
-
- An interface to retrieve the signature dictionary for modification.
-
-
- Allows modification of the signature dictionary.
- @param sig the signature dictionary
-
-
- Holds value of property signatureEvent.
-
-
- Sets the signature event to allow modification of the signature dictionary.
- @param signatureEvent the signature event
-
-
- The name of the field
-
-
- Gets the field name.
- @return the field name
-
-
- Gets a new signature field name that
- doesn't clash with any existing name.
- @return a new signature field name
-
-
- The page where the signature will appear.
-
-
- Gets the page number of the field.
- @return the page number of the field
-
-
- The coordinates of the rectangle for a visible signature,
- or a zero-width, zero-height rectangle for an invisible signature.
-
-
- Gets the rectangle representing the signature dimensions.
- @return the rectangle representing the signature dimensions. It may be null
- or have zero width or height for invisible signatures
-
-
- rectangle that represent the position and dimension of the signature in the page.
-
-
- Gets the rectangle that represent the position and dimension of the signature in the page.
- @return the rectangle that represent the position and dimension of the signature in the page
-
-
- Gets the visibility status of the signature.
- @return the visibility status of the signature
-
-
- Sets the signature to be visible. It creates a new visible signature field.
- @param pageRect the position and dimension of the field in the page
- @param page the page to place the field. The fist page is 1
- @param fieldName the field name or null to generate automatically a new field name
-
-
- Sets the signature to be visible. An empty signature field with the same name must already exist.
- @param fieldName the existing empty signature field name
-
-
- Signature rendering modes
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- The rendering mode is just the description.
-
-
- The rendering mode is the name of the signer and the description.
-
-
- The rendering mode is an image and the description.
-
-
- The rendering mode is just an image.
-
-
- The rendering mode chosen for visible signatures
-
-
- Gets the rendering mode for this signature.
- @return the rendering mode for this signature
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- The image that needs to be used for a visible signature
-
-
- Sets the Image object to render when Render is set to RenderingMode.GRAPHIC
- or RenderingMode.GRAPHIC_AND_DESCRIPTION.
- @param signatureGraphic image rendered. If null the mode is defaulted
- to RenderingMode.DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Appearance compliant with the recommendations introduced in Acrobat 6?
-
-
- Acrobat 6.0 and higher recommends that only layer n0 and n2 be present.
- Use this method with value false if you want to ignore this recommendation.
- @param acro6Layers if true only the layers n0 and n2 will be present
- @deprecated Adobe no longer supports Adobe Acrobat / Reader versions older than 9
-
-
- Layers for a visible signature.
-
-
-
- Indicates if we need to reuse the existing appearance as layer 0.
-
-
- Indicates that the existing appearances needs to be reused as layer 0.
-
-
- An appearance that can be used for layer 1 (if acro6Layers is false).
-
-
- A background image for the text in layer 2.
-
-
- Gets the background image for the layer 2.
- @return the background image for the layer 2
-
-
- the scaling to be applied to the background image.t
-
-
- Sets the scaling to be applied to the background image. If it's zero the image
- will fully fill the rectangle. If it's less than zero the image will fill the rectangle but
- will keep the proportions. If it's greater than zero that scaling will be applied.
- In any of the cases the image will always be centered. It's zero by default.
- @param imageScale the scaling to be applied to the background image
-
-
- The text that goes in Layer 2 of the signature appearance.
-
-
- Sets the signature text identifying the signer.
- @param text the signature text identifying the signer. If null or not set
- a standard description will be used
-
-
- Font for the text in Layer 2.
-
-
- Sets the n2 and n4 layer font. If the font size is zero, auto-fit will be used.
- @param layer2Font the n2 and n4 font
-
-
- Run direction for the text in layers 2 and 4.
-
-
- Sets the run direction in the n2 and n4 layer.
- @param runDirection the run direction
-
-
- The text that goes in Layer 4 of the appearance.
-
-
- Sets the text identifying the signature status. Will be ignored if acro6Layers is true.
- @param text the text identifying the signature status. If null or not set
- the description "Signature Not Verified" will be used
-
-
- Template containing all layers drawn on top of each other.
-
-
-
- extra space at the top.
-
-
- margin for the content inside the signature rectangle.
-
-
-
- The PdfStamper that creates the signed PDF.
-
-
- Gets the PdfStamper associated with this instance.
- @return the PdfStamper associated with this instance
-
-
- Sets the PdfStamper
- @param stamper PdfStamper
-
-
- The PdfStamperImp object corresponding with the stamper.
-
-
- A byte buffer containing the bytes of the Stamper.
-
-
- Getter for the byte buffer.
-
-
- OutputStream for the bytes of the stamper.
-
-
- Temporary file in case you don't want to sign in memory.
-
-
- Gets the temporary file.
- @return the temporary file or null is the document is created in memory
-
-
- Name and content of keys that can only be added in the close() method.
-
-
- Length of the output.
-
-
- Indicates if the stamper has already been pre-closed.
-
-
-
- Signature field lock dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Signature field lock dictionary.
-
-
- If a signature is created on an existing signature field, then its /Lock dictionary
- takes the precedence (if it exists).
-
-
-
- Checks if the document is in the process of closing.
- @return true if the document is in the process of closing,
- false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds keys to the signature dictionary that define
- the certification level and the permissions.
- This method is only used for Certifying signatures.
- @param crypto the signature dictionary
-
-
- Adds keys to the signature dictionary that define
- the field permissions.
- This method is only used for signatures that lock fields.
- @param crypto the signature dictionary
-
-
-
- PdfSmartCopy has the same functionality as PdfCopy,
- but when resources (such as fonts, images,...) are
- encountered, a reference to these resources is saved
- in a cache, so that they can be reused.
- This requires more memory, but reduces the file size
- of the resulting PDF document.
-
-
- the cache with the streams and references.
-
-
- Creates a PdfSmartCopy instance.
-
-
- Translate a PRIndirectReference to a PdfIndirectReference
- In addition, translates the object numbers, and copies the
- referenced object to the output file if it wasn't available
- in the cache yet. If it's in the cache, the reference to
- the already used stream is returned.
-
- NB: PRIndirectReferences (and PRIndirectObjects) really need to know what
- file they came from, because each file has its own namespace. The translation
- we do from their namespace to ours is *at best* heuristic, and guaranteed to
- fail under some circumstances.
-
-
- A PdfSpotColor defines a ColorSpace
-
- @see PdfDictionary
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfSpotColor.
-
- @param name a string value
- @param tint a tint value between 0 and 1
- @param altcs a altnative colorspace value
-
-
-
- The writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the optional String map to add or change values in
- the info dictionary.
- @return the map or null
-
- An optional String map to add or change values in
- the info dictionary. Entries with null
- values delete the key in the original info dictionary
- @param moreInfo additional entries to the info dictionary
-
-
-
- Replaces a page from this document with a page from other document. Only the content
- is replaced not the fields and annotations. This method must be called before
- getOverContent() or getUndercontent() are called for the same page.
- @param r the PdfReader from where the new page will be imported
- @param pageImported the page number of the imported page
- @param pageReplaced the page to replace in this document
-
-
- Inserts a blank page. All the pages above and including pageNumber will
- be shifted up. If pageNumber is bigger than the total number of pages
- the new page will be the last one.
- @param pageNumber the page number position where the new page will be inserted
- @param mediabox the size of the new page
-
-
- Gets the signing instance. The appearances and other parameters can the be set.
- @return the signing instance
-
-
- Gets the xml signing instance. The appearances and other parameters can the be set.
- @return the signing instance
-
-
-
- Gets a PdfContentByte to write under the page of
- the original document.
- @param pageNum the page number where the extra content is written
- @return a PdfContentByte to write under the page of
- the original document
-
-
- Gets a PdfContentByte to write over the page of
- the original document.
- @param pageNum the page number where the extra content is written
- @return a PdfContentByte to write over the page of
- the original document
-
-
- Checks if the content is automatically adjusted to compensate
- the original page rotation.
- @return the auto-rotation status
- Flags the content to be automatically adjusted to compensate
- the original page rotation. The default is true.
- @param rotateContents true to set auto-rotation, false
- otherwise
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @throws DocumentException if anything was already written to the output
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if anything was already written to the output
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the certificate encryption options for this document. An array of one or more public certificates
- must be provided together with an array of the same size for the permissions for each certificate.
- The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param certs the public certificates to be used for the encryption
- @param permissions the user permissions for each of the certicates
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- @throws DocumentException if the encryption was set too late
-
-
- Gets a page from other PDF document. Note that calling this method more than
- once with the same parameters will retrieve the same object.
- @param reader the PDF document where the page is
- @param pageNumber the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the template representing the imported page
-
-
- Gets the underlying PdfWriter.
- @return the underlying PdfWriter
-
-
- Gets the underlying PdfReader.
- @return the underlying PdfReader
-
-
- Gets the AcroFields object that allows to get and set field values
- and to merge FDF forms.
- @return the AcroFields object
-
-
- Determines if the fields are flattened on close. The fields added with
- {@link #addAnnotation(PdfAnnotation,int)} will never be flattened.
- @param flat true to flatten the fields, false
- to keep the fields
-
-
- Determines if the FreeText annotations are flattened on close.
- @param flat true to flatten the FreeText annotations, false
- (the default) to keep the FreeText annotations as active content.
-
-
- Flatten annotations with an appearance stream on close().
-
- @param flat boolean to indicate whether iText should flatten annotations or not.
-
-
- Adds an annotation of form field in a specific page. This page number
- can be overridden with {@link PdfAnnotation#setPlaceInPage(int)}.
- @param annot the annotation
- @param page the page
-
-
- Adds an empty signature.
- @param name the name of the signature
- @param page the page number
- @param llx lower left x coordinate of the signature's position
- @param lly lower left y coordinate of the signature's position
- @param urx upper right x coordinate of the signature's position
- @param ury upper right y coordinate of the signature's position
- @return a signature form field
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Adds the comments present in an FDF file.
- @param fdf the FDF file
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Sets the bookmarks. The list structure is defined in
- {@link SimpleBookmark}.
- @param outlines the bookmarks or null to remove any
-
-
- Sets the thumbnail image for a page.
- @param image the image
- @param page the page
- @throws PdfException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
-
- Adds a JavaScript action at the document level. When the document
- opens all this JavaScript runs. The existing JavaScript will be replaced.
- @param js the JavaScript code
-
-
- Adds a JavaScript action at the document level. When the document
- opens all this JavaScript runs. The existing JavaScript will be replaced.
- @param name the name for the JavaScript snippet in the name tree
- @param js the JavaScript code
-
-
- Adds a file attachment at the document level. Existing attachments will be kept.
- @param description the file description
- @param fileStore an array with the file. If it's null
- the file will be read from the disk
- @param file the path to the file. It will only be used if
- fileStore is not null
- @param fileDisplay the actual file name stored in the pdf
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Adds a file attachment at the document level. Existing attachments will be kept.
- @param description the file description
- @param fs the file specification
-
-
-
- Adds or replaces the Collection Dictionary in the Catalog.
- @param collection the new collection dictionary.
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences.
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences(int)
-
-
- Adds a viewer preference
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference
-
-
- Sets the XMP metadata.
- @param xmp
- @see PdfWriter#setXmpMetadata(byte[])
-
-
- Gets the 1.5 compression status.
- @return true if the 1.5 compression is on
-
-
- Sets the document's compression to the new 1.5 mode with object streams and xref
- streams. Be attentive!!! If you want set full compression , you should set immediately after creating PdfStamper,
- before editing the document.It can be set once and it can't be unset.
-
-
- Sets the open and close page additional action.
- @param actionType the action type. It can be PdfWriter.PAGE_OPEN
- or PdfWriter.PAGE_CLOSE
- @param action the action to perform
- @param page the page where the action will be applied. The first page is 1
- @throws PdfException if the action type is invalid
-
-
- Sets the display duration for the page (for presentations)
- @param seconds the number of seconds to display the page. A negative value removes the entry
- @param page the page where the duration will be applied. The first page is 1
-
-
- Sets the transition for the page
- @param transition the transition object. A null removes the transition
- @param page the page where the transition will be applied. The first page is 1
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the PdfLayer objects in an existing document as a Map
- with the names/titles of the layers as keys.
- @return a Map with all the PdfLayers in the document (and the name/title of the layer as key)
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Integer(page number) -> PageStamp
-
-
- Holds value of property rotateContents.
-
-
- Creates new PdfStamperImp.
- @param reader the read PDF
- @param os the output destination
- @param pdfVersion the new pdf version or '\0' to keep the same version as the original
- document
- @param append
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param reader
- @param openFile
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param reader
-
-
- @param fdf
- @throws IOException
-
-
- If true, annotations with an appearance stream will be flattened.
-
- @since 5.5.3
- @param flatAnnotations boolean
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter#getPageReference(int)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter#addAnnotation(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfAnnotation)
-
-
- Adds or replaces the Collection Dictionary in the Catalog.
- @param collection the new collection dictionary.
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences.
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfWriter#setViewerPreferences(int)
-
-
- Adds a viewer preference
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference
-
-
- Set the signature flags.
- @param f the flags. This flags are ORed with current ones
-
-
- Always throws an UnsupportedOperationException.
- @param actionType ignore
- @param action ignore
- @throws PdfException ignore
- @see PdfStamper#setPageAction(PdfName, PdfAction, int)
-
-
- Sets the open and close page additional action.
- @param actionType the action type. It can be PdfWriter.PAGE_OPEN
- or PdfWriter.PAGE_CLOSE
- @param action the action to perform
- @param page the page where the action will be applied. The first page is 1
- @throws PdfException if the action type is invalid
-
-
- Always throws an UnsupportedOperationException.
- @param seconds ignore
-
-
- Always throws an UnsupportedOperationException.
- @param transition ignore
-
-
- Sets the display duration for the page (for presentations)
- @param seconds the number of seconds to display the page. A negative value removes the entry
- @param page the page where the duration will be applied. The first page is 1
-
-
- Sets the transition for the page
- @param transition the transition object. A null removes the transition
- @param page the page where the transition will be applied. The first page is 1
-
-
- Getter for property append.
- @return Value of property append.
-
-
- Additional-actions defining the actions to be taken in
- response to various trigger events affecting the document
- as a whole. The actions types allowed are: DOCUMENT_CLOSE,
- WILL_SAVE, DID_SAVE, WILL_PRINT
- and DID_PRINT.
-
- @param actionType the action type
- @param action the action to execute in response to the trigger
- @throws PdfException on invalid action type
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter#setOpenAction(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfAction)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter#setOpenAction(java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfWriter#setThumbnail(com.lowagie.text.Image)
-
-
- Reads the OCProperties dictionary from the catalog of the existing document
- and fills the documentOCG, documentOCGorder and OCGRadioGroup variables in PdfWriter.
- Note that the original OCProperties of the existing document can contain more information.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Recursive method to reconstruct the documentOCGorder variable in the writer.
- @param parent a parent PdfLayer (can be null)
- @param arr an array possibly containing children for the parent PdfLayer
- @param ocgmap a Hashtable with indirect reference Strings as keys and PdfLayer objects as values.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Gets the PdfLayer objects in an existing document as a Map
- with the names/titles of the layers as keys.
- @return a Map with all the PdfLayers in the document (and the name/title of the layer as key)
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
-
- A possible compression level.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A possible compression level.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A possible compression level.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A possible compression level.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- is the stream compressed?
-
-
- The level of compression.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Constructs a PdfStream-object.
-
- @param bytes content of the new PdfObject as an array of byte.
-
-
- Creates an efficient stream. No temporary array is ever created. The InputStream
- is totally consumed but is not closed. The general usage is:
-
- InputStream in = ...;
- PdfStream stream = new PdfStream(in, writer);
- stream.FlateCompress();
- writer.AddToBody(stream);
- stream.WriteLength();
- in.Close();
-
- @param inputStream the data to write to this stream
- @param writer the PdfWriter for this stream
-
-
- Constructs a PdfStream-object.
-
-
- Writes the stream length to the PdfWriter.
-
- This method must be called and can only be called if the contructor {@link #PdfStream(InputStream,PdfWriter)}
- is used to create the stream.
-
- @throws IOException on error
- @see #PdfStream(InputStream,PdfWriter)
-
-
- Compresses the stream.
-
-
- Compresses the stream.
- @param compressionLevel the compression level (0 = best speed, 9 = best compression, -1 is default)
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Writes the data content to an Stream.
- @param os the destination to write to
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfObject#toString()
-
-
-
- The value of this object.
-
-
- The encoding.
-
-
- Constructs an empty PdfString-object.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfString-object.
-
- @param value the content of the string
-
-
- Constructs a PdfString-object.
-
- @param value the content of the string
- @param encoding an encoding
-
-
- Constructs a PdfString-object.
-
- @param bytes an array of byte
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfString.
-
- @return an array of bytes
-
-
- Returns the string value of the PdfString-object.
-
- @return a string
-
-
- Gets the encoding of this string.
-
- @return a string
-
-
- This is a node in a document logical structure. It may contain a mark point or it may contain
- other nodes.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Holds value of property kids.
-
-
- Holds value of property reference.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfStructureElement.
- @param parent the parent of this node
- @param structureType the type of structure. It may be a standard type or a user type mapped by the role map
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfStructureElement.
- @param root the structure tree root
- @param structureType the type of structure. It may be a standard type or a user type mapped by the role map
-
-
- Gets the parent of this node.
- @return the parent of this node
-
-
- Gets the reference this object will be written to.
- @return the reference this object will be written to
-
-
- Gets the first entarance of attribute.
- @returns PdfObject
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- Sets the attribute value.
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- The structure tree root corresponds to the highest hierarchy level in a tagged PDF.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Holds value of property writer.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfStructureTreeRoot
-
-
- Maps the user tags to the standard tags. The mapping will allow a standard application to make some sense of the tagged
- document whatever the user tags may be.
- @param used the user tag
- @param standard the standard tag
-
-
- Gets the writer.
- @return the writer
-
-
- Gets the reference this object will be written to.
- @return the reference this object will be written to
-
-
- Gets the first entarance of attribute.
- @returns PdfObject
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- Sets the attribute value.
- @since 5.3.4
-
-
- Implements the form XObject.
-
-
- The indirect reference to this template
-
-
- The resources used by this template
-
-
- The bounding box of this template
-
-
- A dictionary with additional information
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Creates a PdfTemplate.
-
-
- Creates new PdfTemplate
-
- @param wr the PdfWriter
-
-
-
- Gets the bounding width of this template.
-
- @return width the bounding width
-
-
- Gets the bounding heigth of this template.
-
- @return heigth the bounding height
-
-
- Gets the layer this template belongs to.
- @return the layer this template belongs to or null for no layer defined
-
-
- Gets the indirect reference to this template.
-
- @return the indirect reference to this template
-
-
- Constructs the resources used by this template.
-
- @return the resources used by this template
-
-
- Gets the stream representing this template.
-
- @param compressionLevel the compressionLevel
- @return the stream representing this template
- @since 2.1.3 (replacing the method without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfTemplate. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
- @return a copy of this PdfTemplate
-
-
- Sets/gets a dictionary with extra entries, for instance /Measure.
-
- @param additional
- a PdfDictionary with additional information.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
-
- Adds a PdfNumber to the PdfArray.
-
- @param number displacement of the string
-
-
- Out Vertical Split
-
-
- Out Horizontal Split
-
-
- In Vertical Split
-
-
- IN Horizontal Split
-
-
- Vertical Blinds
-
-
- Vertical Blinds
-
-
- Inward Box
-
-
- Outward Box
-
-
- Left-Right Wipe
-
-
- Right-Left Wipe
-
-
- Bottom-Top Wipe
-
-
- Top-Bottom Wipe
-
-
- Dissolve
-
-
- Left-Right Glitter
-
-
- Top-Bottom Glitter
-
-
- Diagonal Glitter
-
-
- duration of the transition effect
-
-
- type of the transition effect
-
-
- Constructs a Transition.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Transition.
-
- @param type type of the transition effect
-
-
- Constructs a Transition.
-
- @param type type of the transition effect
- @param duration duration of the transition effect
-
-
- The transparency group dictionary.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Constructs a transparencyGroup.
-
-
- Determining the initial backdrop against which its stack is composited.
- @param isolated
-
-
- Determining whether the objects within the stack are composited with one another or only with the group's backdrop.
- @param knockout
-
-
- An array specifying a visibility expression, used to compute visibility
- of content based on a set of optional content groups.
- @since 5.0.2
-
-
- A boolean operator.
-
-
- A boolean operator.
-
-
- A boolean operator.
-
-
- Creates a visibility expression.
- @param type should be AND, OR, or NOT
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfArray#add(int, com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfArray#add(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfArray#addFirst(com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfObject)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfArray#add(float[])
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.PdfArray#add(int[])
-
-
- A DocWriter class for PDF.
-
- When this PdfWriter is added
- to a certain PdfDocument, the PDF representation of every Element
- added to this Document will be written to the outputstream.
-
-
- The highest generation number possible.
- @since iText 2.1.6
-
-
-
- PdfCrossReference is an entry in the PDF Cross-Reference table.
-
-
- Byte offset in the PDF file.
-
-
- generation of the object.
-
-
- Constructs a cross-reference element for a PdfIndirectObject.
- @param refnum
- @param offset byte offset of the object
- @param generation generationnumber of the object
-
-
- Constructs a cross-reference element for a PdfIndirectObject.
- @param refnum
- @param offset byte offset of the object
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfObject.
- @param os
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Writes PDF syntax to the Stream
- @param midSize
- @param os
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @see java.lang.Comparable#compareTo(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- @see java.lang.Object#equals(java.lang.Object)
-
-
- array containing the cross-reference table of the normal objects.
-
-
- the current byteposition in the body.
-
-
- Constructs a new PdfBody.
- @param writer
-
-
-
- Gets a PdfIndirectReference for an object that will be created in the future.
- @return a PdfIndirectReference
-
-
-
- Returns the offset of the Cross-Reference table.
-
- @return an offset
-
-
- Returns the total number of objects contained in the CrossReferenceTable of this Body.
-
- @return a number of objects
-
-
- Returns the CrossReferenceTable of the Body.
- @param os
- @param root
- @param info
- @param encryption
- @param fileID
- @param prevxref
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
- Constructs a PDF-Trailer.
-
- @param size the number of entries in the PdfCrossReferenceTable
- @param offset offset of the PdfCrossReferenceTable
- @param root an indirect reference to the root of the PDF document
- @param info an indirect reference to the info object of the PDF document
- @param encryption
- @param fileID
- @param prevxref
-
-
- Returns the PDF representation of this PdfObject.
- @param writer
- @param os
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Constructs a PdfWriter.
-
-
-
- Use this method to get an instance of the PdfWriter.
-
- @param document The Document that has to be written
- @param os The Stream the writer has to write to.
- @return a new PdfWriter
-
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Use this method to get an instance of the PdfWriter.
-
- @return a new PdfWriter
- @param document The Document that has to be written
- @param os The Stream the writer has to write to.
- @param listener A DocListener to pass to the PdfDocument.
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- the pdfdocument object.
-
-
- Gets the PdfDocument associated with this writer.
- @return the PdfDocument
-
-
- Use this method to get the info dictionary if you want to
- change it directly (add keys and values to the info dictionary).
- @return the info dictionary
-
-
- Use this method to get the current vertical page position.
- @param ensureNewLine Tells whether a new line shall be enforced. This may cause side effects
- for elements that do not terminate the lines they've started because those lines will get
- terminated.
- @return The current vertical page position.
-
-
- Sets the initial leading for the PDF document.
- This has to be done before the document is opened.
- @param leading the initial leading
- @since 2.1.6
- @throws DocumentException if you try setting the leading after the document was opened.
-
-
- The direct content in this document.
-
-
- The direct content under in this document.
-
-
- Use this method to get the direct content for this document.
- There is only one direct content, multiple calls to this method
- will allways retrieve the same object.
- @return the direct content
-
-
- Use this method to get the direct content under for this document.
- There is only one direct content, multiple calls to this method
- will allways retrieve the same object.
- @return the direct content
-
-
- Resets all the direct contents to empty.
- This happens when a new page is started.
-
-
- body of the PDF document
-
-
- Adds the local destinations to the body of the document.
- @param dest the Hashtable containing the destinations
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @param inObjStm
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @param ref
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @param ref
- @param inObjStm
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @param refNumber
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an object to the PDF body.
- @param object
- @param refNumber
- @param inObjStm
- @return a PdfIndirectObject
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Use this method for caching objects.
- @param iobj @see PdfIndirectObject
-
-
- Gets a PdfIndirectReference for an object that
- will be created in the future.
- @return the PdfIndirectReference
-
-
- Returns the outputStreamCounter.
- @return the outputStreamCounter
-
-
- Holds value of property extraCatalog.
-
-
- Sets extra keys to the catalog.
- @return the catalog to change
-
-
- The root of the page tree.
-
-
- The PdfIndirectReference to the pages.
-
-
- The current page number.
-
-
- The value of the Tabs entry in the page dictionary.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Additional page dictionary entries.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Adds an additional entry for the page dictionary.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Gets the additional pageDictEntries.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Resets the additional pageDictEntries.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Use this method to make sure the page tree has a lineair structure
- (every leave is attached directly to the root).
- Use this method to allow page reordering with method reorderPages.
-
-
- Use this method to reorder the pages in the document.
- A null argument value only returns the number of pages to process.
- It is advisable to issue a Document.NewPage() before using this method.
- @return the total number of pages
- @param order an array with the new page sequence. It must have the
- same size as the number of pages.
- @throws DocumentException if all the pages are not present in the array
-
-
- Use this method to get a reference to a page existing or not.
- If the page does not exist yet the reference will be created
- in advance. If on closing the document, a page number greater
- than the total number of pages was requested, an exception
- is thrown.
- @param page the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the reference to the page
-
-
- Gets the pagenumber of this document.
- This number can be different from the real pagenumber,
- if you have (re)set the page number previously.
- @return a page number
-
-
- Sets the Viewport for the next page.
- @param viewport an array consisting of Viewport dictionaries.
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Sets the value for the Tabs entry in the page tree.
- @param tabs Can be PdfName.R, PdfName.C or PdfName.S.
- Since the Adobe Extensions Level 3, it can also be PdfName.A
- or PdfName.W
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
-
- The PdfPageEvent for this document.
-
-
- Gets the PdfPageEvent for this document or null
- if none is set.
- @return the PdfPageEvent for this document or null
- if none is set
-
-
- A number refering to the previous Cross-Reference Table.
-
-
- The original file ID (if present).
-
-
-
-
- Use this method to get the root outline
- and construct bookmarks.
- @return the root outline
-
-
- Sets the bookmarks. The list structure is defined in
- {@link SimpleBookmark}.
- @param outlines the bookmarks or null to remove any
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (header)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- possible PDF version (catalog)
-
-
- Stores the version information for the header and the catalog.
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setPdfVersion(char)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setAtLeastPdfVersion(char)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#setPdfVersion(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfName)
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfVersion#addDeveloperExtension(com.lowagie.text.pdf.PdfDeveloperExtension)
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Returns the version information.
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- A viewer preference
-
-
- Sets the viewer preferences as the sum of several constants.
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#setViewerPreferences
-
-
- Adds a viewer preference
- @param preferences the viewer preferences
- @see PdfViewerPreferences#addViewerPreference
-
-
- Use this method to add page labels
- @param pageLabels the page labels
-
-
- Adds named destinations in bulk.
- Valid keys and values of the map can be found in the map
- that is created by SimpleNamedDestination.
- @param map a map with strings as keys for the names,
- and structured strings as values for the destinations
- @param page_offset number of pages that has to be added to
- the page numbers in the destinations (useful if you
- use this method in combination with PdfCopy).
- @since iText 5.0
-
-
- Adds one named destination.
- @param name the name for the destination
- @param page the page number where you want to jump to
- @param dest an explicit destination
- @since iText 5.0
-
-
- Use this method to add a JavaScript action at the document level.
- When the document opens, all this JavaScript runs.
- @param js The JavaScript action
-
-
- Adds a JavaScript action at the document level. When the document
- opens all this JavaScript runs.
- @param code the JavaScript code
- @param unicode select JavaScript unicode. Note that the internal
- Acrobat JavaScript engine does not support unicode,
- so this may or may not work for you
-
-
- Adds a JavaScript action at the document level. When the document
- opens all this JavaScript runs.
- @param code the JavaScript code
-
-
- Use this method to add a JavaScript action at the document level.
- When the document opens, all this JavaScript runs.
- @param name The name of the JS Action in the name tree
- @param js The JavaScript action
-
-
- Use this method to add a JavaScript action at the document level.
- When the document opens, all this JavaScript runs.
- @param name The name of the JS Action in the name tree
- @param code the JavaScript code
- @param unicode select JavaScript unicode. Note that the internal
- Acrobat JavaScript engine does not support unicode,
- so this may or may not work for you
-
-
- Use this method to adds a JavaScript action at the document level.
- When the document opens, all this JavaScript runs.
- @param name The name of the JS Action in the name tree
- @param code the JavaScript code
-
-
- Adds a file attachment at the document level.
- @param description the file description
- @param fileStore an array with the file. If it's null
- the file will be read from the disk
- @param file the path to the file. It will only be used if
- fileStore is not null
- @param fileDisplay the actual file name stored in the pdf
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Adds a file attachment at the document level.
- @param description the file description
- @param fs the file specification
-
-
- Adds a file attachment at the document level.
- @param fs the file specification
-
-
- action value
-
-
- action value
-
-
- action value
-
-
- action value
-
-
- action value
-
-
- When the document opens it will jump to the destination with
- this name.
- @param name the name of the destination to jump to
-
-
- When the document opens this action will be
- invoked.
- @param action the action to be invoked
-
-
- Additional-actions defining the actions to be taken in
- response to various trigger events affecting the document
- as a whole. The actions types allowed are: DOCUMENT_CLOSE,
- WILL_SAVE, DID_SAVE, WILL_PRINT
- and DID_PRINT.
-
- @param actionType the action type
- @param action the action to execute in response to the trigger
- @throws PdfException on invalid action type
-
-
- Sets the Collection dictionary.
- @param collection a dictionary of type PdfCollection
-
-
- signature value
-
-
- signature value
-
-
- Gets the AcroForm object.
- @return the PdfAcroForm
-
-
- Adds a PdfAnnotation or a PdfFormField
- to the document. Only the top parent of a PdfFormField
- needs to be added.
- @param annot the PdfAnnotation or the PdfFormField to add
-
-
- Adds the PdfAnnotation to the calculation order
- array.
- @param annot the PdfAnnotation to be added
-
-
- Set the signature flags.
- @param f the flags. This flags are ORed with current ones
-
-
- XMP Metadata for the document.
-
-
- Sets XMP Metadata.
- @param xmpMetadata The xmpMetadata to set.
-
-
- Use this method to set the XMP Metadata for each page.
- @param xmpMetadata The xmpMetadata to set.
-
-
- Use this method to creates XMP Metadata based
- on the metadata in the PdfDocument.
- @since 5.4.4 just creates XmpWriter instance which will be serialized in close.
-
-
- PDF/X level
-
-
- PDF/X level
-
-
- PDF/X level
-
-
- Stores the PDF ISO conformance.
-
-
- Sets the PDFX conformance level. Allowed values are PDFX1A2001 and PDFX32002. It
- must be called before opening the document.
- @param pdfxConformance the conformance level
-
-
- Checks if any PDF ISO conformance is necessary.
- @return true if the PDF has to be in conformance with any of the PDF ISO specifications
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.pdf.interfaces.PdfXConformance#isPdfX()
-
-
- Sets the values of the output intent dictionary. Null values are allowed to
- suppress any key.
- @param outputConditionIdentifier a value
- @param outputCondition a value
- @param registryName a value
- @param info a value
- @param destOutputProfile a value
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Sets the values of the output intent dictionary. Null values are allowed to
- suppress any key.
-
- Prefer the ICC_Profile-based version of this method.
- @param outputConditionIdentifier a value
- @param outputCondition a value, "PDFA/A" to force GTS_PDFA1, otherwise cued by pdfxConformance.
- @param registryName a value
- @param info a value
- @param destOutputProfile a value
- @since 1.x
-
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Copies the output intent dictionary from other document to this one.
- @param reader the other document
- @param checkExistence true to just check for the existence of a valid output intent
- dictionary, false to insert the dictionary if it exists
- @throws IOException on error
- @return true if the output intent dictionary exists, false
- otherwise
-
-
- Type of encryption
-
-
- Type of encryption
-
-
- Type of encryption
-
-
- Type of encryption
-
-
- Mask to separate the encryption type from the encryption mode.
-
-
- Add this to the mode to keep the metadata in clear text
-
-
- Add this to the mode to keep encrypt only the embedded files.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- The operation permitted when the document is opened with the user password
-
- @since 2.0.7
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_PRINTING} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_MODIFY_CONTENTS} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_COPY} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_MODIFY_ANNOTATIONS} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_FILL_IN} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_SCREENREADERS} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_ASSEMBLY} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #ALLOW_DEGRADED_PRINTING} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- @deprecated As of iText 2.0.7, use {@link #STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128} instead. Scheduled for removal at or after 2.2.0
-
-
- Contains the business logic for cryptography.
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the certificate encryption options for this document. An array of one or more public certificates
- must be provided together with an array of the same size for the permissions for each certificate.
- The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param certs the public certificates to be used for the encryption
- @param permissions the user permissions for each of the certicates
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @param strength128Bits true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param strength true for 128 bit key length, false for 40 bit key length
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Sets the encryption options for this document. The userPassword and the
- ownerPassword can be null or have zero length. In this case the ownerPassword
- is replaced by a random string. The open permissions for the document can be
- AllowPrinting, AllowModifyContents, AllowCopy, AllowModifyAnnotations,
- AllowFillIn, AllowScreenReaders, AllowAssembly and AllowDegradedPrinting.
- The permissions can be combined by ORing them.
- @param encryptionType the type of encryption. It can be one of STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_40, STANDARD_ENCRYPTION_128 or ENCRYPTION_AES128.
- Optionally DO_NOT_ENCRYPT_METADATA can be ored to output the metadata in cleartext
- @param userPassword the user password. Can be null or empty
- @param ownerPassword the owner password. Can be null or empty
- @param permissions the user permissions
- @throws DocumentException if the document is already open
-
-
- Holds value of property fullCompression.
-
-
- Gets the 1.5 compression status.
- @return true if the 1.5 compression is on
-
-
- Sets the document's compression to the new 1.5 mode with object streams and xref
- streams. It can be set at any time but once set it can't be unset.
-
-
- The compression level of the content streams.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Sets the compression level to be used for streams written by this writer.
- @param compressionLevel a value between 0 (best speed) and 9 (best compression)
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- The fonts of this document
-
-
- The font number counter for the fonts in the document.
-
-
- Adds a BaseFont to the document but not to the page resources.
- It is used for templates.
- @param bf the BaseFont to add
- @return an Object[] where position 0 is a PdfName
- and position 1 is an PdfIndirectReference
-
-
- The form XObjects in this document. The key is the xref and the value
- is Object[]{PdfName, template}.
-
-
- The name counter for the form XObjects name.
-
-
- Adds a template to the document but not to the page resources.
- @param template the template to add
- @param forcedName the template name, rather than a generated one. Can be null
- @return the PdfName for this template
-
-
- Releases the memory used by a template by writing it to the output. The template
- can still be added to any content but changes to the template itself won't have
- any effect.
- @param tp the template to release
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Gets a page from other PDF document. The page can be used as
- any other PdfTemplate. Note that calling this method more than
- once with the same parameters will retrieve the same object.
- @param reader the PDF document where the page is
- @param pageNumber the page number. The first page is 1
- @return the template representing the imported page
-
-
- Returns the PdfReaderInstance associated with the specified reader.
- Multiple calls with the same reader object will return the same
- PdfReaderInstance.
- @param reader the PDF reader that you want an instance for
- @return the instance for the provided reader
- @since 5.0.3
-
-
- Writes the reader to the document and frees the memory used by it.
- The main use is when concatenating multiple documents to keep the
- memory usage restricted to the current appending document.
- @param reader the PdfReader to free
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Gets the current document size. This size only includes
- the data already writen to the output stream, it does not
- include templates or fonts. It is usefull if used with
- freeReader() when concatenating many documents
- and an idea of the current size is needed.
- @return the approximate size without fonts or templates
-
-
- The colors of this document
-
-
- The color number counter for the colors in the document.
-
-
- Adds a SpotColor to the document but not to the page resources.
- @param spc the SpotColor to add
- @return an Object[] where position 0 is a PdfName
- and position 1 is an PdfIndirectReference
-
-
- The patterns of this document
-
-
- The patten number counter for the colors in the document.
-
-
- Mark this document for tagging. It must be called before open.
-
-
- Check if the document is marked for tagging.
- @return true if the document is marked for tagging
-
-
- Fix structure of tagged document: remove unused objects, remove unused items from class map,
- fix xref table due to removed objects.
-
-
- Flushes merged AcroFields to document (if any).
-
-
- Gets the structure tree root. If the document is not marked for tagging it will return null.
- @return the structure tree root
-
-
- Gets the Optional Content Properties Dictionary. Each call fills the dictionary with the current layer
- state. It's advisable to only call this method right before close and do any modifications
- at that time.
- @return the Optional Content Properties Dictionary
-
-
- Sets a collection of optional content groups whose states are intended to follow
- a "radio button" paradigm. That is, the state of at most one optional
- content group in the array should be ON at a time: if one group is turned
- ON, all others must be turned OFF.
- @param group the radio group
-
-
- Use this method to lock an optional content group.
- The state of a locked group cannot be changed through the user interface
- of a viewer application. Producers can use this entry to prevent the visibility
- of content that depends on these groups from being changed by users.
- @param layer the layer that needs to be added to the array of locked OCGs
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Gives the size of the media box.
- @return a Rectangle
-
-
- Sets the crop box. The crop box should not be rotated even if the
- page is rotated. This change only takes effect in the next
- page.
- @param crop the crop box
-
-
- Sets the page box sizes. Allowed names are: "crop", "trim", "art" and "bleed".
- @param boxName the box size
- @param size the size
-
-
- Gives the size of a trim, art, crop or bleed box, or null if not defined.
- @param boxName crop, trim, art or bleed
-
-
- Returns the intersection between the crop, trim art or bleed box and the parameter intersectingRectangle.
- This method returns null when
- - there is no intersection
- - any of the above boxes are not defined
- - the parameter intersectingRectangle is null
-
- @param boxName crop, trim, art, bleed
- @param intersectingRectangle the rectangle that intersects the rectangle associated to the boxName
- @return the intersection of the two rectangles
-
-
- Use this method to make sure a page is added,
- even if it's empty. If you use SetPageEmpty(false),
- invoking NewPage() after a blank page will add a newPage.
- SetPageEmpty(true) won't have any effect.
- @param pageEmpty the state
-
-
- action value
-
-
- action value
-
-
- Sets the open and close page additional action.
- @param actionType the action type. It can be PdfWriter.PAGE_OPEN
- or PdfWriter.PAGE_CLOSE
- @param action the action to perform
- @throws PdfException if the action type is invalid
-
-
- Sets the display duration for the page (for presentations)
- @param seconds the number of seconds to display the page
-
-
- Sets the transition for the page
- @param transition the Transition object
-
-
- Sets the the thumbnail image for the current page.
- @param image the image
- @throws PdfException on error
- @throws DocumentException or error
-
-
- A group attributes dictionary specifying the attributes
- of the page�s page group for use in the transparent
- imaging model
-
-
- The default space-char ratio.
-
-
- Disable the inter-character spacing.
-
-
- The ratio between the extra word spacing and the extra character spacing.
- Extra word spacing will grow ratio times more than extra character spacing.
-
-
- Sets the ratio between the extra word spacing and the extra character spacing
- when the text is fully justified.
- Extra word spacing will grow spaceCharRatio times more than extra character spacing.
- If the ratio is PdfWriter.NO_SPACE_CHAR_RATIO then the extra character spacing
- will be zero.
- @param spaceCharRatio the ratio between the extra word spacing and the extra character spacing
-
-
- Use the default run direction.
-
-
- Do not use bidirectional reordering.
-
-
- Use bidirectional reordering with left-to-right
- preferential run direction.
-
-
- Use bidirectional reordering with right-to-left
- preferential run direction.
-
-
- Sets the run direction. This is only used as a placeholder
- as it does not affect anything.
- @param runDirection the run direction
-
-
- A UserUnit is a value that defines the default user space unit.
- The minimum UserUnit is 1 (1 unit = 1/72 inch).
- The maximum UserUnit is 75,000.
- Remark that this userunit only works starting with PDF1.6!
-
-
- Gets the default colorspaces.
- @return the default colorspaces
-
-
-
- Sets the image sequence to follow the text in strict order.
- @param strictImageSequence new value of property strictImageSequence
-
-
-
- Clears text wrapping around images (if applicable).
- Method suggested by Pelikan Stephan
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Dictionary, containing all the images of the PDF document
-
-
- This is the list with all the images in the document.
-
-
- Adds an image to the document but not to the page resources. It is used with
- templates and Document.Add(Image).
- @param image the Image to add
- @return the name of the image added
- @throws PdfException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Adds an image to the document but not to the page resources. It is used with
- templates and Document.Add(Image).
- @param image the Image to add
- @param fixedRef the reference to used. It may be null,
- a PdfIndirectReference or a PRIndirectReference.
- @return the name of the image added
- @throws PdfException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Writes a PdfImage to the outputstream.
-
- @param pdfImage the image to be added
- @return a PdfIndirectReference to the encapsulated image
- @throws PdfException when a document isn't open yet, or has been closed
-
-
- return the PdfIndirectReference to the image with a given name.
-
- @param name the name of the image
- @return a PdfIndirectReference
-
-
- A Hashtable with Stream objects containing JBIG2 Globals
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Gets an indirect reference to a JBIG2 Globals stream.
- Adds the stream if it hasn't already been added to the writer.
- @param content a byte array that may already been added to the writer inside a stream object.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- A flag indicating the presence of structure elements that contain user properties attributes.
-
-
- Sets the flag indicating the presence of structure elements that contain user properties attributes.
- @param userProperties the user properties flag
-
-
- Holds value of property RGBTranparency.
-
-
- Sets the transparency blending colorspace to RGB. The default blending colorspace is
- CMYK and will result in faded colors in the screen and in printing. Calling this method
- will return the RGB colors to what is expected. The RGB blending will be applied to all subsequent pages
- until other value is set.
- Note that this is a generic solution that may not work in all cases.
- @param rgbTransparencyBlending true to set the transparency blending colorspace to RGB, false
- to use the default blending colorspace
-
-
- A wrapper around PdfAnnotation constructor.
- It is recommended to use this wrapper instead of direct constructor as this is a convenient way to override PdfAnnotation construction when needed.
-
- @param rect
- @param subtype
- @return
-
-
- A wrapper around PdfAnnotation constructor.
- It is recommended to use this wrapper instead of direct constructor as this is a convenient way to override PdfAnnotation construction when needed.
-
- @param llx
- @param lly
- @param urx
- @param ury
- @param title
- @param content
- @param subtype
- @return
-
-
- A wrapper around PdfAnnotation constructor.
- It is recommended to use this wrapper instead of direct constructor as this is a convenient way to override PdfAnnotation construction when needed.
-
- @param llx
- @param lly
- @param urx
- @param ury
- @param action
- @param subtype
- @return
-
-
- Gets the list of the standard structure element names (roles).
- @return
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfXConformanceException.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfXConformanceException.
- @param s
-
-
- Converts a PFM file into an AFM file.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of Pfm2afm
-
-
- Converts a PFM file into an AFM file.
- @param inp the PFM file
- @param outp the AFM file
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Translate table from 1004 to psstd. 1004 is an extension of the
- Windows translate table used in PM.
-
-
- Character class. This is a minor attempt to overcome the problem that
- in the pfm file, all unused characters are given the width of space.
- Note that this array isn't used in iText.
-
-
- Windows character names. Give a name to the used locations
- for when the all flag is specified.
-
-
- This class captures an AcroForm on input. Basically, it extends Dictionary
- by indexing the fields of an AcroForm
- @author Mark Thompson
-
-
- This class holds the information for a single field
-
-
- Returns the name of the widget annotation (the /NM entry).
- @return a String or null (if there's no /NM key)
-
-
- Constructor
- @param reader reader of the input file
-
-
- Number of fields found
- @return size
-
-
- Given the title (/T) of a reference, return the associated reference
- @param name a string containing the path
- @return a reference to the field, or null
-
-
- Read, and comprehend the acroform
- @param root the docment root
-
-
- After reading, we index all of the fields. Recursive.
- @param fieldlist An array of fields
- @param fieldDict the last field dictionary we encountered (recursively)
- @param parentPath the pathname of the field, up to this point or null
-
-
- merge field attributes from two dictionaries
- @param parent one dictionary
- @param child the other dictionary
- @return a merged dictionary
-
-
- stack a level of dictionary. Merge in a dictionary from this level
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectReference.
-
- @param reader a PdfReader
- @param number the object number.
- @param generation the generation number.
-
-
- Constructs a PdfIndirectReference.
-
- @param reader a PdfReader
- @param number the object number.
-
-
- Creates a new PDF stream object that will replace a stream
- in a existing PDF file.
- @param reader the reader that holds the existing PDF
- @param conts the new content
- @param compressionLevel the compression level for the content
- @since 2.1.3 (replacing the existing constructor without param compressionLevel)
-
-
- Sets the data associated with the stream, either compressed or
- uncompressed. Note that the data will never be compressed if
- Document.compress is set to false.
-
- @param data raw data, decrypted and uncompressed.
- @param compress true if you want the stream to be compresssed.
- @since iText 2.1.1
-
-
- Sets the data associated with the stream, either compressed or
- uncompressed. Note that the data will never be compressed if
- Document.compress is set to false.
-
- @param data raw data, decrypted and uncompressed.
- @param compress true if you want the stream to be compresssed.
- @param compressionLevel a value between -1 and 9 (ignored if compress == false)
- @since iText 2.1.3
-
-
- Sets the data associated with the stream, as-is. This method will not
- remove or change any existing filter: the data has to match an existing
- filter or an appropriate filter has to be set.
-
- @param data data, possibly encrypted and/or compressed
- @since 5.5.0
-
-
- Sets the data associated with the stream
- @param data raw data, decrypted and uncompressed.
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a PRTokeniser for the specified {@link RandomAccessSource}.
- The beginning of the file is read to determine the location of the header, and the data source is adjusted
- as necessary to account for any junk that occurs in the byte source before the header
- @param file the source
-
-
- Is a certain character a whitespace? Currently checks on the following: '0', '9', '10', '12', '13', '32'.
-
The same as calling {@link #isWhitespace(int, boolean) isWhiteSpace(ch, true)}.
- @param ch int
- @return boolean
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
- Checks whether a character is a whitespace. Currently checks on the following: '0', '9', '10', '12', '13', '32'.
- @param ch int
- @param isWhitespace boolean
- @return boolean
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
- Gets current reference number. If parsing was failed with NumberFormatException -1 will be return.
-
-
- Reads data into the provided byte[]. Checks on leading whitespace.
- See {@link #isWhitespace(int) isWhiteSpace(int)} or {@link #isWhitespace(int, boolean) isWhiteSpace(int, boolean)}
- for a list of whitespace characters.
-
The same as calling {@link #readLineSegment(byte[], boolean) readLineSegment(input, true)}.
-
- @param input byte[]
- @return boolean
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
- Reads data into the provided byte[]. Checks on leading whitespace.
- See {@link #isWhitespace(int) isWhiteSpace(int)} or {@link #isWhitespace(int, boolean) isWhiteSpace(int, boolean)}
- for a list of whitespace characters.
-
- @param input byte[]
- @param isNullWhitespace boolean to indicate whether '0' is whitespace or not.
- If in doubt, use true or overloaded method {@link #readLineSegment(byte[]) readLineSegment(input)}
- @return boolean
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.5.1
-
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- A layout option
-
-
- An icon scaling option
-
-
- An icon scaling option
-
-
- An icon scaling option
-
-
- An icon scaling option
-
-
- Holds value of property layout.
-
-
- Holds value of property image.
-
-
- Holds value of property template.
-
-
- Holds value of property scaleIcon.
-
-
- Holds value of property proportionalIcon.
-
-
- Holds value of property iconVerticalAdjustment.
-
-
- Holds value of property iconHorizontalAdjustment.
-
-
- Holds value of property iconFitToBounds.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PushbuttonField
- @param writer the document PdfWriter
- @param box the field location and dimensions
- @param fieldName the field name. If null only the widget keys
- will be included in the field allowing it to be used as a kid field.
-
-
- Sets the icon and label layout. Possible values are LAYOUT_LABEL_ONLY,
- LAYOUT_ICON_ONLY, LAYOUT_ICON_TOP_LABEL_BOTTOM,
- LAYOUT_LABEL_TOP_ICON_BOTTOM, LAYOUT_ICON_LEFT_LABEL_RIGHT,
- LAYOUT_LABEL_LEFT_ICON_RIGHT and LAYOUT_LABEL_OVER_ICON.
- The default is LAYOUT_LABEL_ONLY.
- @param layout New value of property layout.
-
-
- Sets the icon as an image.
- @param image the image
-
-
- Sets the icon as a template.
- @param template the template
-
-
- Sets the way the icon will be scaled. Possible values are
- SCALE_ICON_ALWAYS, SCALE_ICON_NEVER,
- SCALE_ICON_IS_TOO_BIG and SCALE_ICON_IS_TOO_SMALL.
- The default is SCALE_ICON_ALWAYS.
- @param scaleIcon the way the icon will be scaled
-
-
- Sets the way the icon is scaled. If true the icon is scaled proportionally,
- if false the scaling is done anamorphicaly.
- @param proportionalIcon the way the icon is scaled
-
-
- A number between 0 and 1 indicating the fraction of leftover space to allocate at the bottom of the icon.
- A value of 0 positions the icon at the bottom of the annotation rectangle.
- A value of 0.5 centers it within the rectangle. The default is 0.5.
- @param iconVerticalAdjustment a number between 0 and 1 indicating the fraction of leftover space to allocate at the bottom of the icon
-
-
- A number between 0 and 1 indicating the fraction of leftover space to allocate at the left of the icon.
- A value of 0 positions the icon at the left of the annotation rectangle.
- A value of 0.5 centers it within the rectangle. The default is 0.5.
- @param iconHorizontalAdjustment a number between 0 and 1 indicating the fraction of leftover space to allocate at the left of the icon
-
-
- Gets the button appearance.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the button appearance
-
-
- Gets the pushbutton field.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the pushbutton field
-
-
- If true the icon will be scaled to fit fully within the bounds of the annotation,
- if false the border width will be taken into account. The default
- is false.
- @param iconFitToBounds if true the icon will be scaled to fit fully within the bounds of the annotation,
- if false the border width will be taken into account
-
-
- Holds value of property iconReference.
-
-
- Sets the reference to an existing icon.
- @param iconReference the reference to an existing icon
-
-
- A simple, fast array of bits, represented compactly by an array of ints internally.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- @param i bit to get
- @return true iff bit i is set
-
-
- Sets bit i.
-
- @param i bit to set
-
-
- Flips bit i.
-
- @param i bit to set
-
-
- Sets a block of 32 bits, starting at bit i.
-
- @param i first bit to set
- @param newBits the new value of the next 32 bits. Note again that the least-significant bit
- corresponds to bit i, the next-least-significant to i+1, and so on.
-
-
- Clears all bits (sets to false).
-
-
- Efficient method to check if a range of bits is set, or not set.
-
- @param start start of range, inclusive.
- @param end end of range, exclusive
- @param value if true, checks that bits in range are set, otherwise checks that they are not set
- @return true iff all bits are set or not set in range, according to value argument
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if end is less than or equal to start
-
-
- @return underlying array of ints. The first element holds the first 32 bits, and the least
- significant bit is bit 0.
-
-
- Reverses all bits in the array.
-
-
- Represents a 2D matrix of bits. In function arguments below, and throughout the common
- module, x is the column position, and y is the row position. The ordering is always x, y.
- The origin is at the top-left.
-
- Internally the bits are represented in a 1-D array of 32-bit ints. However, each row begins
- with a new int. This is done intentionally so that we can copy out a row into a BitArray very
- efficiently.
-
- The ordering of bits is row-major. Within each int, the least significant bits are used first,
- meaning they represent lower x values. This is compatible with BitArray's implementation.
-
- @author Sean Owen
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin)
-
-
- Gets the requested bit, where true means black.
-
- @param x The horizontal component (i.e. which column)
- @param y The vertical component (i.e. which row)
- @return value of given bit in matrix
-
-
- Sets the given bit to true.
-
- @param x The horizontal component (i.e. which column)
- @param y The vertical component (i.e. which row)
-
-
- Flips the given bit.
-
- @param x The horizontal component (i.e. which column)
- @param y The vertical component (i.e. which row)
-
-
- Clears all bits (sets to false).
-
-
- Sets a square region of the bit matrix to true.
-
- @param left The horizontal position to begin at (inclusive)
- @param top The vertical position to begin at (inclusive)
- @param width The width of the region
- @param height The height of the region
-
-
- A fast method to retrieve one row of data from the matrix as a BitArray.
-
- @param y The row to retrieve
- @param row An optional caller-allocated BitArray, will be allocated if null or too small
- @return The resulting BitArray - this reference should always be used even when passing
- your own row
-
-
- @return The width of the matrix
-
-
- @return The height of the matrix
-
-
- This method is for compatibility with older code. It's only logical to call if the matrix
- is square, so I'm throwing if that's not the case.
-
- @return row/column dimension of this matrix
-
-
- JAVAPORT: This should be combined with BitArray in the future, although that class is not yet
- dynamically resizeable. This implementation is reasonable but there is a lot of function calling
- in loops I'd like to get rid of.
-
- @author satorux@google.com (Satoru Takabayashi) - creator
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin) - ported from C++
-
-
- This class implements an array of unsigned bytes.
-
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin)
-
-
- Access an unsigned byte at location index.
- @param index The index in the array to access.
- @return The unsigned value of the byte as an int.
-
-
-
- Encapsulates a Character Set ECI, according to "Extended Channel Interpretations" 5.3.1.1
- of ISO 18004.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- @param name character set ECI encoding name
- @return {@link CharacterSetECI} representing ECI for character encoding, or null if it is legal
- but unsupported
-
-
- These are a set of hints that you may pass to Writers to specify their behavior.
-
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin)
-
-
- Specifies what degree of error correction to use, for example in QR Codes (type Integer).
-
-
- Specifies what character encoding to use where applicable (type String)
-
-
- @author satorux@google.com (Satoru Takabayashi) - creator
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin) - ported from C++
-
-
- Encode "bytes" with the error correction level "ecLevel". The encoding mode will be chosen
- internally by ChooseMode(). On success, store the result in "qrCode".
-
- We recommend you to use QRCode.EC_LEVEL_L (the lowest level) for
- "getECLevel" since our primary use is to show QR code on desktop screens. We don't need very
- strong error correction for this purpose.
-
- Note that there is no way to encode bytes in MODE_KANJI. We might want to add EncodeWithMode()
- with which clients can specify the encoding mode. For now, we don't need the functionality.
-
-
- @return the code point of the table used in alphanumeric mode or
- -1 if there is no corresponding code in the table.
-
-
- Choose the best mode by examining the content. Note that 'encoding' is used as a hint;
- if it is Shift_JIS, and the input is only double-byte Kanji, then we return {@link Mode#KANJI}.
-
-
- Initialize "qrCode" according to "numInputBytes", "ecLevel", and "mode". On success,
- modify "qrCode".
-
-
- Terminate bits as described in 8.4.8 and 8.4.9 of JISX0510:2004 (p.24).
-
-
- Get number of data bytes and number of error correction bytes for block id "blockID". Store
- the result in "numDataBytesInBlock", and "numECBytesInBlock". See table 12 in 8.5.1 of
- JISX0510:2004 (p.30)
-
-
- Interleave "bits" with corresponding error correction bytes. On success, store the result in
- "result". The interleave rule is complicated. See 8.6 of JISX0510:2004 (p.37) for details.
-
-
- Append mode info. On success, store the result in "bits".
-
-
- Append length info. On success, store the result in "bits".
-
-
- Append "bytes" in "mode" mode (encoding) into "bits". On success, store the result in "bits".
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006, 6.5.1. This enum encapsulates the four error correction levels
- defined by the QR code standard.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- L = ~7% correction
-
-
- M = ~15% correction
-
-
- Q = ~25% correction
-
-
- H = ~30% correction
-
-
- @param bits int containing the two bits encoding a QR Code's error correction level
- @return {@link ErrorCorrectionLevel} representing the encoded error correction level
-
-
- Encapsulates a QR Code's format information, including the data mask used and
- error correction level.
-
- @author Sean Owen
- @see ErrorCorrectionLevel
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006, Annex C, Table C.1
-
-
- Offset i holds the number of 1 bits in the binary representation of i
-
-
- @param maskedFormatInfo1 format info indicator, with mask still applied
- @param maskedFormatInfo2 second copy of same info; both are checked at the same time
- to establish best match
- @return information about the format it specifies, or null
- if doesn't seem to match any known pattern
-
-
- This class contains utility methods for performing mathematical operations over
- the Galois Field GF(256). Operations use a given primitive polynomial in calculations.
-
- Throughout this package, elements of GF(256) are represented as an int
- for convenience and speed (but at the cost of memory).
- Only the bottom 8 bits are really used.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- Create a representation of GF(256) using the given primitive polynomial.
-
- @param primitive irreducible polynomial whose coefficients are represented by
- the bits of an int, where the least-significant bit represents the constant
- coefficient
-
-
- @return the monomial representing coefficient * x^degree
-
-
- Implements both addition and subtraction -- they are the same in GF(256).
-
- @return sum/difference of a and b
-
-
- @return 2 to the power of a in GF(256)
-
-
- @return base 2 log of a in GF(256)
-
-
- @return multiplicative inverse of a
-
-
- @param a
- @param b
- @return product of a and b in GF(256)
-
-
- Represents a polynomial whose coefficients are elements of GF(256).
- Instances of this class are immutable.
-
- Much credit is due to William Rucklidge since portions of this code are an indirect
- port of his C++ Reed-Solomon implementation.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- @param field the {@link GF256} instance representing the field to use
- to perform computations
- @param coefficients coefficients as ints representing elements of GF(256), arranged
- from most significant (highest-power term) coefficient to least significant
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if argument is null or empty,
- or if leading coefficient is 0 and this is not a
- constant polynomial (that is, it is not the monomial "0")
-
-
- @return degree of this polynomial
-
-
- @return true iff this polynomial is the monomial "0"
-
-
- @return coefficient of x^degree term in this polynomial
-
-
- @return evaluation of this polynomial at a given point
-
-
- @author satorux@google.com (Satoru Takabayashi) - creator
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin) - ported from C++
-
-
- @author satorux@google.com (Satoru Takabayashi) - creator
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin) - ported from C++
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006, 6.4.1, Tables 2 and 3. This enum encapsulates the various modes in which
- data can be encoded to bits in the QR code standard.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- @param bits four bits encoding a QR Code data mode
- @return {@link Mode} encoded by these bits
- @throws IllegalArgumentException if bits do not correspond to a known mode
-
-
- @param version version in question
- @return number of bits used, in this QR Code symbol {@link Version}, to encode the
- count of characters that will follow encoded in this {@link Mode}
-
-
- @author satorux@google.com (Satoru Takabayashi) - creator
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin) - ported from C++
-
-
- This object renders a QR Code as a ByteMatrix 2D array of greyscale values.
-
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin)
-
-
- Implements Reed-Solomon enbcoding, as the name implies.
-
- @author Sean Owen
- @author William Rucklidge
-
-
- Thrown when an exception occurs during Reed-Solomon decoding, such as when
- there are too many errors to correct.
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006 Annex D
-
- @author Sean Owen
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006 Annex D.
- Element i represents the raw version bits that specify version i + 7
-
-
- Deduces version information purely from QR Code dimensions.
-
- @param dimension dimension in modules
- @return {@link Version} for a QR Code of that dimension
- @throws FormatException if dimension is not 1 mod 4
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006 Annex E
-
-
- Encapsulates a set of error-correction blocks in one symbol version. Most versions will
- use blocks of differing sizes within one version, so, this encapsulates the parameters for
- each set of blocks. It also holds the number of error-correction codewords per block since it
- will be the same across all blocks within one version.
-
-
- Encapsualtes the parameters for one error-correction block in one symbol version.
- This includes the number of data codewords, and the number of times a block with these
- parameters is used consecutively in the QR code version's format.
-
-
- See ISO 18004:2006 6.5.1 Table 9
-
-
- A base class which covers the range of exceptions which may occur when encoding a barcode using
- the Writer framework.
-
- @author dswitkin@google.com (Daniel Switkin)
-
-
-
- A field with the symbol check
-
-
- A field with the symbol circle
-
-
- A field with the symbol cross
-
-
- A field with the symbol diamond
-
-
- A field with the symbol square
-
-
- A field with the symbol star
-
-
- Holds value of property checkType.
-
-
- Holds value of property onValue.
-
-
- Holds value of property checked.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of RadioCheckField
- @param writer the document PdfWriter
- @param box the field location and dimensions
- @param fieldName the field name. It must not be null
- @param onValue the value when the field is checked
-
-
- Sets the checked symbol. It can be
- TYPE_CHECK,
- TYPE_CIRCLE,
- TYPE_CROSS,
- TYPE_DIAMOND,
- TYPE_SQUARE and
- TYPE_STAR.
- @param checkType the checked symbol
-
-
- Sets the value when the field is checked.
- @param onValue the value when the field is checked
-
-
- Sets the state of the field to checked or unchecked.
- @param checked the state of the field, true for checked
- and false for unchecked
-
-
- Gets the field appearance.
- @param isRadio true for a radio field and false
- for a check field
- @param on true for the checked state, false
- otherwise
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the appearance
-
-
- Gets the special field appearance for the radio circle.
- @param on true for the checked state, false
- otherwise
- @return the appearance
-
-
- Gets a radio group. It's composed of the field specific keys, without the widget
- ones. This field is to be used as a field aggregator with {@link PdfFormField#addKid(PdfFormField) AddKid()}.
- @param noToggleToOff if true, exactly one radio button must be selected at all
- times; clicking the currently selected button has no effect.
- If false, clicking
- the selected button deselects it, leaving no button selected.
- @param radiosInUnison if true, a group of radio buttons within a radio button field that
- use the same value for the on state will turn on and off in unison; that is if
- one is checked, they are all checked. If false, the buttons are mutually exclusive
- (the same behavior as HTML radio buttons)
- @return the radio group
-
-
- Gets the radio field. It's only composed of the widget keys and must be used
- with {@link #getRadioGroup(bool,bool)}.
- @return the radio field
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Gets the check field.
- @return the check field
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Gets a radio or check field.
- @param isRadio true to get a radio field, false to get
- a check field
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the field
-
-
- Intended to be layered on top of a low level RandomAccessSource object. Provides
- functionality useful during parsing:
-
- - tracks current position in the file
- - allows single byte pushback
- - allows reading of multi-byte data structures (int, long, String) for both Big and Little Endian representations
- - allows creation of independent 'views' of the underlying data source
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares, Kevin Day
-
-
- The source that backs this object
-
-
- The physical location in the underlying byte source.
-
-
- the pushed back byte, if any
-
-
- Whether there is a pushed back byte
-
-
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#RandomAccessFileOrArray(RandomAccessSource)} instead
- @param filename
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates an independent view of the specified source. Closing the new object will not close the source.
- Closing the source will have adverse effect on the behavior of the new view.
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#createView()} instead
- @param source the source for the new independent view
-
-
- Creates an independent view of this object (with it's own file pointer and pushback queue). Closing the new object will not close this object.
- Closing this object will have adverse effect on the view.
- @return the new view
-
-
- Creates a RandomAccessFileOrArray that wraps the specified byte source. The byte source will be closed when
- this RandomAccessFileOrArray is closed.
- @param byteSource the byte source to wrap
-
-
- Constructs a new RandomAccessFileOrArrayObject
- @param filename the file to open (can be a file system file or one of the following url strings: file://, http://, https://, jar:, wsjar:, vfszip:
- @param forceRead if true, the entire file will be read into memory
- @param plainRandomAccess if true, a regular RandomAccessFile is used to access the file contents. If false, a memory mapped file will be used, unless the file cannot be mapped into memory, in which case regular RandomAccessFile will be used
- @throws IOException if there is a failure opening or reading the file
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessSourceFactory#createBestSource(String)} and {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#RandomAccessFileOrArray(RandomAccessSource)} instead
-
-
- @param url
- @throws IOException
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessSourceFactory#createSource(URL)} and {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#RandomAccessFileOrArray(RandomAccessSource)} instead
-
-
- @param is
- @throws IOException
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessSourceFactory#createSource(InputStream)} and {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#RandomAccessFileOrArray(RandomAccessSource)} instead
-
-
- @param arrayIn
- @throws IOException
- @deprecated use {@link RandomAccessSourceFactory#createSource(byte[])} and {@link RandomAccessFileOrArray#RandomAccessFileOrArray(RandomAccessSource)} instead
-
-
- Pushes a byte back. The next get() will return this byte instead of the value from the underlying data source
- @param b the byte to push
-
-
- Reads a single byte
- @return the byte, or -1 if EOF is reached
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class allows you to sign with either an RSACryptoServiceProvider/DSACryptoServiceProvider from a X509Certificate2,
- or from manually created RSACryptoServiceProvider/DSACryptoServiceProvider.
- Depending on the certificate's CSP, sometimes you will not be able to sign with SHA-256/SHA-512 hash algorithm with
- RSACryptoServiceProvider taken directly from the certificate.
- This class allows you to use a workaround in this case and sign with certificate's private key and SHA-256/SHA-512 anyway.
-
- An example of a workaround for CSP that does not support SHA-256/SHA-512:
-
- if (certificate.PrivateKey is RSACryptoServiceProvider)
- {
- RSACryptoServiceProvider rsa = (RSACryptoServiceProvider)certificate.PrivateKey;
-
- // Modified by J. Arturo
- // Workaround for SHA-256 and SHA-512
-
- if (rsa.CspKeyContainerInfo.ProviderName == "Microsoft Strong Cryptographic Provider" ||
- rsa.CspKeyContainerInfo.ProviderName == "Microsoft Enhanced Cryptographic Provider v1.0" ||
- rsa.CspKeyContainerInfo.ProviderName == "Microsoft Base Cryptographic Provider v1.0")
- {
- string providerName = "Microsoft Enhanced RSA and AES Cryptographic Provider";
- int providerType = 24;
-
- Type CspKeyContainerInfo_Type = typeof(CspKeyContainerInfo);
-
- FieldInfo CspKeyContainerInfo_m_parameters = CspKeyContainerInfo_Type.GetField("m_parameters", BindingFlags.NonPublic | BindingFlags.Instance);
- CspParameters parameters = (CspParameters)CspKeyContainerInfo_m_parameters.GetValue(rsa.CspKeyContainerInfo);
-
- var cspparams = new CspParameters(providerType, providerName, rsa.CspKeyContainerInfo.KeyContainerName);
- cspparams.Flags = parameters.Flags;
-
- using (var rsaKey = new RSACryptoServiceProvider(cspparams))
- {
- // use rsaKey now
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Use rsa directly
- }
- }
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The hash algorithm.
-
-
- The encryption algorithm (obtained from the private key)
-
-
- Returns the encryption algorithm used for signing.
- @return the encryption algorithm ("RSA" or "DSA")
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#getEncryptionAlgorithm()
-
-
- Interface to sign a document. The signing is fully done externally, including the container composition.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Produces the container with the signature.
- @param data the data to sign
- @return a container with the signature and other objects, like CRL and OCSP. The container will generally be a PKCS7 one.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Modifies the signature dictionary to suit the container. At least the keys PdfName.FILTER and
- PdfName.SUBFILTER will have to be set.
- @param signDic the signature dictionary
-
-
- Helps to locate xml stream
-
-
- Constructor for XPath2 expression
-
-
- Get XPath2 expression
-
-
- Get XmlNamespaceManager to resolve namespace conflicts
-
-
- Class that signs your XML.
-
-
- Signs the xml using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param keyInfo KeyInfo for verification
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs the xml with XAdES BES using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @param includeSignaturePolicy if true SignaturePolicyIdentifier will be included (XAdES-EPES)
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs the xml with XAdES BES using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs the xml with XAdES BES using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs the xml using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs the xml using the enveloped mode, with optional xpath transform (see XmlSignatureAppearance).
- @param sap the XmlSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param publicKey PublicKey for verification
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- A dictionary that stores the name of the application that signs the PDF.
-
-
- Creates new PdfSignatureAppDictionary
-
-
- Sets the signature created property in the Prop_Build dictionary's App
- dictionary
-
- @param name
-
-
- Dictionary that stores signature build properties.
- @author Kwinten Pisman
-
-
- Creates new PdfSignatureBuildProperties
-
-
- Sets the signatureCreator property in the underlying
- {@link PdfSignatureAppDictionary} dictionary.
-
- @param name
-
-
- Gets the {@link PdfSignatureAppDictionary} from this dictionary. If it
- does not exist, it adds a new {@link PdfSignatureAppDictionary} and
- returns this instance.
-
- @return {@link PdfSignatureAppDictionary}
-
-
- Class that encapsulates the signature policy information
- @author J. Arturo
-
- Sample:
-
- SignaturePolicyInfo spi = new SignaturePolicyInfo("2.16.724.1.3.1.1.2.1.9",
- "G7roucf600+f03r/o0bAOQ6WAs0=", "SHA-1", "https://sede.060.gob.es/politica_de_firma_anexo_1.pdf");
-
-
- Class containing static methods that allow you to get information from
- an X509 Certificate: the issuer and the subject.
-
-
- a class that holds an X509 name
-
-
- country code - StringType(SIZE(2))
-
-
- organization - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- organizational unit name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- Title
-
-
- common name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- device serial number name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- locality name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- state, or province name - StringType(SIZE(1..64))
-
-
- Naming attribute of type X520name
-
-
- Naming attribute of type X520name
-
-
- Naming attribute of type X520name
-
-
- Naming attribute of type X520name
-
-
- Naming attribute of type X520name
-
-
-
- email address in Verisign certificates
-
-
- object identifier
-
-
- LDAP User id.
-
-
- A Hashtable with default symbols
-
-
- A Hashtable with values
-
-
- Constructs an X509 name
- @param seq an Asn1 Sequence
-
-
- Constructs an X509 name
- @param dirName a directory name
-
-
- gets a field array from the values Hashmap
- @param name
- @return an ArrayList
-
-
- getter for values
- @return a Hashtable with the fields of the X509 name
-
-
- @see java.lang.Object#toString()
-
-
- class for breaking up an X500 Name into it's component tokens, ala
- java.util.StringTokenizer. We need this class as some of the
- lightweight Java environment don't support classes like
- StringTokenizer.
-
-
- Get the issuer fields from an X509 Certificate
- @param cert an X509Certificate
- @return an X509Name
-
-
- Get the "issuer" from the TBSCertificate bytes that are passed in
- @param enc a TBSCertificate in a byte array
- @return a DERObject
-
-
- Get the subject fields from an X509 Certificate
- @param cert an X509Certificate
- @return an X509Name
-
-
- Get the "subject" from the TBSCertificate bytes that are passed in
- @param enc A TBSCertificate in a byte array
- @return a DERObject
-
-
- This class contains a series of static methods that
- allow you to retrieve information from a Certificate.
-
-
- Gets the URL of the Certificate Revocation List for a Certificate
- @param certificate the Certificate
- @return the String where you can check if the certificate was revoked
- @throws CertificateParsingException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Retrieves the OCSP URL from the given certificate.
- @param certificate the certificate
- @return the URL or null
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets the URL of the TSA if it's available on the certificate
- @param certificate a certificate
- @return a TSA URL
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param certificate the certificate from which we need the ExtensionValue
- @param oid the Object Identifier value for the extension.
- @return the extension value as an ASN1Primitive object
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets a String from an ASN1Primitive
- @param names the ASN1Primitive
- @return a human-readable String
- @throws IOException
-
-
- This class consists of some methods that allow you to verify certificates.
-
-
- Verifies a single certificate.
- @param cert the certificate to verify
- @param crls the certificate revocation list or null
- @param calendar the date or null for the current date
- @return a String with the error description or null
- if no error
-
-
- Verifies a certificate chain against a KeyStore.
- @param certs the certificate chain
- @param keystore the KeyStore
- @param crls the certificate revocation list or null
- @param calendar the date or null for the current date
- @return null if the certificate chain could be validated or a
- Object[]{cert,error} where cert is the
- failed certificate and error is the error message
-
-
- Verifies a certificate chain against a KeyStore.
- @param certs the certificate chain
- @param keystore the KeyStore
- @param calendar the date or null for the current date
- @return null if the certificate chain could be validated or a
- Object[]{cert,error} where cert is the
- failed certificate and error is the error message
-
-
- Verifies an OCSP response against a KeyStore.
- @param ocsp the OCSP response
- @param keystore the KeyStore
- @param provider the provider or null to use the BouncyCastle provider
- @return true is a certificate was found
-
-
- Verifies a time stamp against a KeyStore.
- @param ts the time stamp
- @param keystore the KeyStore
- @param provider the provider or null to use the BouncyCastle provider
- @return true is a certificate was found
-
-
- The previous CertificateVerifier in the chain of verifiers.
-
-
- Indicates if going online to verify a certificate is allowed.
-
-
- Creates the CertificateVerifier in a chain of verifiers.
- @param verifier the previous verifier in the chain
-
-
- Decide whether or not online checking is allowed.
- @param onlineCheckingAllowed
-
-
- Checks the validity of the certificate, and calls the next
- verifier in the chain, if any.
- @param signCert the certificate that needs to be checked
- @param issuerCert its issuer
- @param signDate the date the certificate needs to be valid
- @return a list of VerificationOK objects.
- The list will be empty if the certificate couldn't be verified.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- An implementation of the CrlClient that handles offline
- Certificate Revocation Lists.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The CRL as a byte array.
-
-
- Creates an instance of a CrlClient in case you
- have a local cache of the Certificate Revocation List.
- @param crlEncoded the CRL bytes
-
-
- Returns the CRL bytes (the parameters are ignored).
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.CrlClient#getEncoded(java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.lang.String)
-
-
- An implementation of the CrlClient that fetches the CRL bytes
- from an URL.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The Logger instance.
-
-
- The URLs of the CRLs.
-
-
- Creates a CrlClientOnline instance that will try to find
- a single CRL by walking through the certificate chain.
-
-
- Creates a CrlClientOnline instance using one or more URLs.
-
-
- Creates a CrlClientOnline instance using a certificate chain.
-
-
- Adds an URL to the list of CRL URLs
- @param url an URL in the form of a String
-
-
- Fetches the CRL bytes from an URL.
- If no url is passed as parameter, the url will be obtained from the certificate.
- If you want to load a CRL from a local file, subclass this method and pass an
- URL with the path to the local file to this method. An other option is to use
- the CrlClientOffline class.
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.CrlClient#getEncoded(java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.lang.String)
-
-
- The Logger instance
-
-
- The list of CRLs to check for revocation date.
-
-
- Creates a CRLVerifier instance.
- @param verifier the next verifier in the chain
- @param crls a list of CRLs
-
-
- Verifies if a a valid CRL is found for the certificate.
- If this method returns false, it doesn't mean the certificate isn't valid.
- It means we couldn't verify it against any CRL that was available.
- @param signCert the certificate that needs to be checked
- @param issuerCert its issuer
- @return a list of VerificationOK objects.
- The list will be empty if the certificate couldn't be verified.
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.RootStoreVerifier#verify(java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.util.Date)
-
-
- Verifies a certificate against a single CRL.
- @param crl the Certificate Revocation List
- @param signCert a certificate that needs to be verified
- @param issuerCert its issuer
- @param signDate the sign date
- @return true if the verification succeeded
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Fetches a CRL for a specific certificate online (without further checking).
- @param signCert the certificate
- @param issuerCert its issuer
- @return an X509CRL object
-
-
- Checks if a CRL verifies against the issuer certificate or a trusted anchor.
- @param crl the CRL
- @param crlIssuer the trusted anchor
- @return true if the CRL can be trusted
-
-
- Class that contains a map with the different message digest algorithms.
-
-
- Algorithm available for signatures since PDF 1.3
-
-
- Algorithm available for signatures since PDF 1.6
-
-
- Algorithm available for signatures since PDF 1.7
-
-
- Algorithm available for signatures since PDF 1.7
-
-
- Algorithm available for signatures since PDF 1.7
-
-
- Maps the digest IDs with the human-readable name of the digest algorithm.
-
-
- Maps the name of a digest algorithm with its ID.
-
-
- Creates a MessageDigest object that can be used to create a hash.
- @param hashAlgorithm the algorithm you want to use to create a hash
- @param provider the provider you want to use to create the hash
- @return a MessageDigest object
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws NoSuchProviderException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Creates a hash using a specific digest algorithm and a provider.
- @param data the message of which you want to create a hash
- @param hashAlgorithm the algorithm used to create the hash
- @param provider the provider used to create the hash
- @return the hash
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets the digest name for a certain id
- @param oid an id (for instance "1.2.840.113549.2.5")
- @return a digest name (for instance "MD5")
-
-
- Returns the id of a digest algorithms that is allowed in PDF,
- or null if it isn't allowed.
- @param name the name of the digest algorithm
- @return an oid
-
-
- Class that contains a map with the different encryption algorithms.
-
-
- Maps IDs of encryption algorithms with its human-readable name.
-
-
- Gets the algorithm name for a certain id.
- @param oid an id (for instance "1.2.840.113549.1.1.1")
- @return an algorithm name (for instance "RSA")
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Interface that needs to be implemented if you want to embed
- Certificate Revocation Lists into your PDF.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Gets a collection of byte array each representing a crl.
- @param checkCert the certificate from which a CRL URL can be obtained
- @param url a CRL url if you don't want to obtain it from the certificate
- @return a collection of byte array each representing a crl. It may return null or an empty collection
-
-
- Interface that needs to be implemented to do the actual signing.
- For instance: you'll have to implement this interface if you want
- to sign a PDF using a smart card.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Returns the hash algorithm.
- @return the hash algorithm (e.g. "SHA-1", "SHA-256,...")
-
-
- Returns the encryption algorithm used for signing.
- @return the encryption algorithm ("RSA" or "DSA")
-
-
- Signs it using the encryption algorithm in combination with
- the digest algorithm.
- @param message the message you want to be hashed and signed
- @return a signed message digest
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Interface for the OCSP Client.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- * Gets an encoded byte array with OCSP validation. The method should not throw an exception.
- * @param checkCert to certificate to check
- * @param rootCert the parent certificate
- * @param url the url to get the verification. It it's null it will be taken
- * from the check cert or from other implementation specific source
- * @return a byte array with the validation or null if the validation could not be obtained
-
-
-
- Get the time stamp token size estimate.
- Implementation must return value large enough to accomodate the entire token
- returned by getTimeStampToken() _prior_ to actual getTimeStampToken() call.
- @return an estimate of the token size
-
-
- Gets the MessageDigest to digest the data imprint
- @return the digest algorithm name
-
-
- Get RFC 3161 timeStampToken.
- Method may return null indicating that timestamp should be skipped.
- @param imprint byte[] - data imprint to be time-stamped
- @return byte[] - encoded, TSA signed data of the timeStampToken
- @throws Exception - TSA request failed
-
-
- PAdES-LTV Timestamp
- @author Pulo Soares
-
-
- Signs a document with a PAdES-LTV Timestamp. The document is closed at the end.
- @param sap the signature appearance
- @param tsa the timestamp generator
- @param signatureName the signature name or null to have a name generated
- automatically
- @throws Exception
-
-
- Add verification according to PAdES-LTV (part 4)
- @author psoares
-
-
- What type of verification to include
-
-
- Include only OCSP
-
-
- Include only CRL
-
-
- Include both OCSP and CRL
-
-
- Include CRL only if OCSP can't be read
-
-
- Options for how many certificates to include
-
-
- Include verification just for the signing certificate
-
-
- Include verification for the whole chain of certificates
-
-
- Certificate inclusion in the DSS and VRI dictionaries in the CERT and CERTS
- keys
-
-
- Include certificates in the DSS and VRI dictionaries
-
-
- Do not include certificates in the DSS and VRI dictionaries
-
-
- The verification constructor. This class should only be created with
- PdfStamper.getLtvVerification() otherwise the information will not be
- added to the Pdf.
- @param stp the PdfStamper to apply the validation to
-
-
- Add verification for a particular signature
- @param signatureName the signature to validate (it may be a timestamp)
- @param ocsp the interface to get the OCSP
- @param crl the interface to get the CRL
- @param certOption
- @param level the validation options to include
- @param certInclude
- @return true if a validation was generated, false otherwise
- @throws Exception
-
-
- Returns the issuing certificate for a child certificate.
- @param cert the certificate for which we search the parent
- @param certs an array with certificates that contains the parent
- @return the partent certificate
-
-
- Alternative addVerification.
- I assume that inputs are deduplicated.
-
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
-
- Merges the validation with any validation already in the document or creates
- a new one.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- The Logger instance
-
-
- Do we need to check all certificate, or only the signing certificate?
-
-
- Verify root.
-
-
- A reader object for the revision that is being verified.
-
-
- The fields in the revision that is being verified.
-
-
- The date the revision was signed, or null for the highest revision.
-
-
- The signature that covers the revision.
-
-
- The PdfPKCS7 object for the signature.
-
-
- Indicates if we're working with the latest revision.
-
-
- The document security store for the revision that is being verified
-
-
- Creates a VerificationData object for a PdfReader
- @param reader a reader for the document we want to verify.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Sets an extra verifier.
- @param verifier the verifier to set
-
-
- Sets the certificate option.
- @param option Either CertificateOption.SIGNING_CERTIFICATE (default) or CertificateOption.WHOLE_CHAIN
-
-
- Set the verifyRootCertificate to false if you can't verify the root certificate.
-
-
- Checks if the signature covers the whole document
- and throws an exception if the document was altered
- @return a PdfPKCS7 object
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Verifies all the document-level timestamps and all the signatures in the document.
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Verifies a document level timestamp.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Checks the certificates in a certificate chain:
- are they valid on a specific date, and
- do they chain up correctly?
- @param chain
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Verifies certificates against a list of CRLs and OCSP responses.
- @param signingCert
- @param issuerCert
- @return a list of VerificationOK objects.
- The list will be empty if the certificate couldn't be verified.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.RootStoreVerifier#verify(java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.security.cert.X509Certificate)
-
-
- Switches to the previous revision.
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Gets a list of X509CRL objects from a Document Security Store.
- @return a list of CRLs
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets OCSP responses from the Document Security Store.
- @return a list of BasicOCSPResp objects
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- Class that signs your PDF.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The Logger instance.
-
-
- Signs the document using the detached mode, CMS or CAdES equivalent.
- @param sap the PdfSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @param crlList the CRL list
- @param ocspClient the OCSP client
- @param tsaClient the Timestamp client
- @param provider the provider or null
- @param estimatedSize the reserved size for the signature. It will be estimated if 0
- @param cades true to sign CAdES equivalent PAdES-BES, false to sign CMS
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws Exception
-
-
- Signs the document using the detached mode, CMS or CAdES equivalent.
- @param sap the PdfSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @param crlList the CRL list
- @param ocspClient the OCSP client
- @param tsaClient the Timestamp client
- @param provider the provider or null
- @param estimatedSize the reserved size for the signature. It will be estimated if 0
- @param cades true to sign CAdES equivalent PAdES-BES, false to sign CMS
- @param signaturePolicy the signature policy (for EPES signatures)
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws Exception
-
-
- Signs the document using the detached mode, CMS or CAdES equivalent.
- @param sap the PdfSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignature the interface providing the actual signing
- @param chain the certificate chain
- @param crlList the CRL list
- @param ocspClient the OCSP client
- @param tsaClient the Timestamp client
- @param provider the provider or null
- @param estimatedSize the reserved size for the signature. It will be estimated if 0
- @param cades true to sign CAdES equivalent PAdES-BES, false to sign CMS
- @param signaturePolicy the signature policy (for EPES signatures)
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException
- @throws Exception
-
-
- Processes a CRL list.
- @param cert a Certificate if one of the CrlList implementations needs to retrieve the CRL URL from it.
- @param crlList a list of CrlClient implementations
- @return a collection of CRL bytes that can be embedded in a PDF.
-
-
- Sign the document using an external container, usually a PKCS7. The signature is fully composed
- externally, iText will just put the container inside the document.
- @param sap the PdfSignatureAppearance
- @param externalSignatureContainer the interface providing the actual signing
- @param estimatedSize the reserved size for the signature
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Signs a PDF where space was already reserved.
- @param reader the original PDF
- @param fieldName the field to sign. It must be the last field
- @param outs the output PDF
- @param externalSignatureContainer the signature container doing the actual signing. Only the
- method ExternalSignatureContainer.sign is used
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
-
-
- OcspClient implementation using BouncyCastle.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Create default implemention of {@code OcspClient}.
- Note, if you use this constructor, OCSP response will not be verified.
-
-
- Create {@code OcspClient}
- @param verifier will be used for response verification. {@see OCSPVerifier}.
-
-
- Gets OCSP response. If {@see OCSPVerifier} was set, the response will be checked.
-
-
- Gets an encoded byte array with OCSP validation. The method should not throw an exception.
-
- @param checkCert to certificate to check
- @param rootCert the parent certificate
- @param url to get the verification. It it's null it will be taken
- from the check cert or from other implementation specific source
- @return a byte array with the validation or null if the validation could not be obtained
-
-
- Generates an OCSP request using BouncyCastle.
- @param issuerCert certificate of the issues
- @param serialNumber serial number
- @return an OCSP request
- @throws OCSPException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- The Logger instance
-
-
- The list of OCSP responses.
-
-
- Creates an OCSPVerifier instance.
- @param verifier the next verifier in the chain
- @param ocsps a list of OCSP responses
-
-
- Verifies if a a valid OCSP response is found for the certificate.
- If this method returns false, it doesn't mean the certificate isn't valid.
- It means we couldn't verify it against any OCSP response that was available.
- @param signCert the certificate that needs to be checked
- @param issuerCert its issuer
- @return a list of VerificationOK objects.
- The list will be empty if the certificate couldn't be verified.
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.RootStoreVerifier#verify(java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.security.cert.X509Certificate, java.util.Date)
-
-
- Verifies a certificate against a single OCSP response
- @param ocspResp the OCSP response
- @param signCert the certificate that needs to be checked
- @param issuerCert the certificate of CA
- @param signDate sign date
- @return {@code true}, in case successful check, otherwise false.
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Verifies if an OCSP response is genuine
- If it doesn't verify against the issuer certificate and response's certificates, it may verify
- using a trusted anchor or cert.
- @param ocspResp the OCSP response
- @param issuerCert the issuer certificate
- @throws GeneralSecurityException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Verifies if the response is valid.
- If it doesn't verify against the issuer certificate and response's certificates, it may verify
- using a trusted anchor or cert.
- NOTE. Use {@code isValidResponse()} instead.
- @param ocspResp the response object
- @param issuerCert the issuer certificate
- @return true if the response can be trusted
-
-
- Checks if an OCSP response is genuine
- @param ocspResp the OCSP response
- @param responderCert the responder certificate
- @return true if the OCSP response verifies against the responder certificate
-
-
- Gets an OCSP response online and returns it if the status is GOOD
- (without further checking).
- @param signCert the signing certificate
- @param issuerCert the issuer certificate
- @return an OCSP response
-
-
- This class does all the processing related to signing
- and verifying a PKCS#7 signature.
-
-
- Assembles all the elements needed to create a signature, except for the data.
- @param privKey the private key
- @param certChain the certificate chain
- @param interfaceDigest the interface digest
- @param hashAlgorithm the hash algorithm
- @param provider the provider or null for the default provider
- @param hasRSAdata true if the sub-filter is adbe.pkcs7.sha1
- @throws InvalidKeyException on error
- @throws NoSuchProviderException on error
- @throws NoSuchAlgorithmException on error
-
-
- Use this constructor if you want to verify a signature using the sub-filter adbe.x509.rsa_sha1.
- @param contentsKey the /Contents key
- @param certsKey the /Cert key
-
-
- Use this constructor if you want to verify a signature.
- @param contentsKey the /Contents key
- @param filterSubtype the filtersubtype
- @param provider the provider or null for the default provider
-
-
- Holds value of property signName.
-
-
- Holds value of property reason.
-
-
- Holds value of property location.
-
-
- Holds value of property signDate.
-
-
- Getter/setter for property sigName.
- @return Value of property sigName.
-
-
- Getter for property reason.
- @return Value of property reason.
-
-
- Getter for property location.
- @return Value of property location.
-
-
- Getter for property signDate.
- @return Value of property signDate.
-
-
- Version of the PKCS#7 object
-
-
- Version of the PKCS#7 "SignerInfo" object.
-
-
- Get the version of the PKCS#7 object.
- @return the version of the PKCS#7 object.
-
-
- Get the version of the PKCS#7 "SignerInfo" object.
- @return the version of the PKCS#7 "SignerInfo" object.
-
-
- The ID of the digest algorithm, e.g. "2.16.840.1.101.3.4.2.1".
-
-
- The object that will create the digest
-
-
- The digest algorithms
-
-
- The digest attributes
-
-
- Getter for the ID of the digest algorithm, e.g. "2.16.840.1.101.3.4.2.1"
-
-
- Returns the name of the digest algorithm, e.g. "SHA256".
- @return the digest algorithm name, e.g. "SHA256"
-
-
- The encryption algorithm.
-
-
- Getter for the digest encryption algorithm
-
-
- Get the algorithm used to calculate the message digest, e.g. "SHA1withRSA".
- @return the algorithm used to calculate the message digest
-
-
- The signed digest if created outside this class
-
-
- External RSA data
-
-
- Sets the digest/signature to an external calculated value.
- @param digest the digest. This is the actual signature
- @param RSAdata the extra data that goes into the data tag in PKCS#7
- @param digestEncryptionAlgorithm the encryption algorithm. It may must be null if the digest
- is also null. If the digest is not null
- then it may be "RSA" or "DSA"
-
-
- Class from the Java SDK that provides the functionality of a digital signature algorithm.
-
-
- The signed digest as calculated by this class (or extracted from an existing PDF)
-
-
- The RSA data
-
-
- Update the digest with the specified bytes.
- This method is used both for signing and verifying
- @param buf the data buffer
- @param off the offset in the data buffer
- @param len the data length
- @throws SignatureException on error
-
-
- Gets the bytes for the PKCS#1 object.
- @return a byte array
-
-
- Gets the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object.
- @return the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object
-
-
- Gets the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object. Optionally the authenticatedAttributes
- in the signerInfo can also be set. If either of the parameters is null, none will be used.
- @param secondDigest the digest in the authenticatedAttributes
- @return the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object
-
-
- Gets the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object. Optionally the authenticatedAttributes
- in the signerInfo can also be set, OR a time-stamp-authority client
- may be provided.
- @param secondDigest the digest in the authenticatedAttributes
- @param tsaClient TSAClient - null or an optional time stamp authority client
- @return byte[] the bytes for the PKCS7SignedData object
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Added by Aiken Sam, 2006-11-15, modifed by Martin Brunecky 07/12/2007
- to start with the timeStampToken (signedData 1.2.840.113549.1.7.2).
- Token is the TSA response without response status, which is usually
- handled by the (vendor supplied) TSA request/response interface).
- @param timeStampToken byte[] - time stamp token, DER encoded signedData
- @return ASN1EncodableVector
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
- This method provides that encoding and the parameters must be
- exactly the same as in {@link #getEncodedPKCS7(byte[],Calendar)}.
-
- @param secondDigest the content digest
- @return the byte array representation of the authenticatedAttributes ready to be signed
-
-
- Signature attributes
-
-
- Signature attributes (maybe not necessary, but we use it as fallback)
-
-
- encrypted digest
-
-
- Indicates if a signature has already been verified
-
-
- The result of the verification
-
-
- Verify the digest.
- @throws SignatureException on error
- @return true if the signature checks out, false otherwise
-
-
- Checks if the timestamp refers to this document.
- @throws java.security.NoSuchAlgorithmException on error
- @return true if it checks false otherwise
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- All the X.509 certificates in no particular order.
-
-
- All the X.509 certificates used for the main signature.
-
-
- The X.509 certificate that is used to sign the digest.
-
-
- Get all the X.509 certificates associated with this PKCS#7 object in no particular order.
- Other certificates, from OCSP for example, will also be included.
- @return the X.509 certificates associated with this PKCS#7 object
-
-
- Get the X.509 sign certificate chain associated with this PKCS#7 object.
- Only the certificates used for the main signature will be returned, with
- the signing certificate first.
- @return the X.509 certificates associated with this PKCS#7 object
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Get the X.509 certificate actually used to sign the digest.
- @return the X.509 certificate actually used to sign the digest
-
-
- Helper method that creates the collection of certificates
- used for the main signature based on the complete list
- of certificates and the sign certificate.
-
-
- Get the X.509 certificate revocation lists associated with this PKCS#7 object
- @return the X.509 certificate revocation lists associated with this PKCS#7 object
-
-
- Helper method that tries to construct the CRLs.
-
-
- BouncyCastle BasicOCSPResp
-
-
- Gets the OCSP basic response if there is one.
- @return the OCSP basic response or null
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Checks if OCSP revocation refers to the document signing certificate.
- @return true if it checks, false otherwise
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Helper method that creates the BasicOCSPResp object.
- @param seq
- @throws IOException
-
-
- True if there's a PAdES LTV time stamp.
-
-
- BouncyCastle TimeStampToken.
-
-
- Check if it's a PAdES-LTV time stamp.
- @return true if it's a PAdES-LTV time stamp, false otherwise
-
-
- Gets the timestamp token if there is one.
- @return the timestamp token or null
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Gets the timestamp date
- @return a date
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Returns the filter subtype.
-
-
- Returns the encryption algorithm
- @return the name of an encryption algorithm
-
-
- Implementation of the ExternalSignature interface that can be used
- when you have a PrivateKey object.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The private key object.
-
-
- The hash algorithm.
-
-
- The encryption algorithm (obtained from the private key)
-
-
- Creates an ExternalSignature instance
- @param pk a PrivateKey object
- @param hashAlgorithm the hash algorithm (e.g. "SHA-1", "SHA-256",...)
- @param provider the security provider (e.g. "BC")
-
-
- Creates a message digest using the hash algorithm
- and signs it using the encryption algorithm.
- @param message the message you want to be hashed and signed
- @return a signed message digest
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#sign(byte[])
-
-
- Returns the hash algorithm.
- @return the hash algorithm (e.g. "SHA-1", "SHA-256,...")
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#getHashAlgorithm()
-
-
- Returns the encryption algorithm used for signing.
- @return the encryption algorithm ("RSA" or "DSA")
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#getEncryptionAlgorithm()
-
-
- The Logger instance
-
-
- A key store against which certificates can be verified.
-
-
- Creates a RootStoreVerifier in a chain of verifiers.
-
- @param verifier
- the next verifier in the chain
-
-
- Sets the Key Store against which a certificate can be checked.
-
- @param keyStore
- a root store
-
-
- Verifies a single certificate against a key store (if present).
-
- @param signCert
- the certificate to verify
- @param issuerCert
- the issuer certificate
- @param signDate
- the date the certificate needs to be valid
- @return a list of VerificationOK objects.
- The list will be empty if the certificate couldn't be verified.
-
-
- A list of IDs that are used by the security classes
-
-
- Class that contains a field lock action and
- an array of the fields that are involved.
-
-
- Can be /All, /Exclude or /Include
-
-
- An array of PdfString values with fieldnames
-
-
- Creates a FieldLock instance
-
-
- Getter for the field lock action.
-
-
- Getter for the fields involved in the lock action.
-
-
- toString method
-
-
- Is the signature a cerification signature (true) or an approval signature (false)?
-
-
- Is form filling allowed by this signature?
-
-
- Is adding annotations allowed by this signature?
-
-
- Does this signature lock specific fields?
-
-
- Creates an object that can inform you about the type of signature
- in a signature dictionary as well as some of the permissions
- defined by the signature.
-
-
- Getter to find out if the signature is a certification signature.
- @return true if the signature is a certification signature, false for an approval signature.
-
-
- Getter to find out if filling out fields is allowed after signing.
- @return true if filling out fields is allowed
-
-
- Getter to find out if adding annotations is allowed after signing.
- @return true if adding annotations is allowed
-
-
- Getter for the field lock actions, and fields that are impacted by the action
- @return an Array with field names
-
-
- Time Stamp Authority Client interface implementation using Bouncy Castle
- org.bouncycastle.tsp package.
-
- Created by Aiken Sam, 2006-11-15, refactored by Martin Brunecky, 07/15/2007
- for ease of subclassing.
-
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- The Logger instance.
-
-
- URL of the Time Stamp Authority
-
-
- TSA Username
-
-
- TSA password
-
-
- An interface that allows you to inspect the timestamp info.
-
-
- The default value for the hash algorithm
-
-
- Estimate of the received time stamp token
-
-
- The default value for the hash algorithm
-
-
- Hash algorithm
-
-
- TSA request policy
-
-
- Creates an instance of a TSAClient that will use BouncyCastle.
- @param url String - Time Stamp Authority URL (i.e. "http://tsatest1.digistamp.com/TSA")
-
-
- Creates an instance of a TSAClient that will use BouncyCastle.
- @param url String - Time Stamp Authority URL (i.e. "http://tsatest1.digistamp.com/TSA")
- @param username String - user(account) name
- @param password String - password
-
-
- Constructor.
- Note the token size estimate is updated by each call, as the token
- size is not likely to change (as long as we call the same TSA using
- the same imprint length).
- @param url String - Time Stamp Authority URL (i.e. "http://tsatest1.digistamp.com/TSA")
- @param username String - user(account) name
- @param password String - password
- @param tokSzEstimate int - estimated size of received time stamp token (DER encoded)
-
-
- @param tsaInfo the tsaInfo to set
-
-
- Get the token size estimate.
- Returned value reflects the result of the last succesfull call, padded
- @return an estimate of the token size
-
-
- Gets the MessageDigest to digest the data imprint
- @return the digest algorithm name
-
-
- Get RFC 3161 timeStampToken.
- Method may return null indicating that timestamp should be skipped.
- @param imprint data imprint to be time-stamped
- @return encoded, TSA signed data of the timeStampToken
-
-
- Get timestamp token - communications layer
- @return - byte[] - TSA response, raw bytes (RFC 3161 encoded)
-
-
- Interface you can implement and pass to TSAClientBouncyCastle in case
- you want to do something with the information returned
-
-
- When a timestamp is created using TSAClientBouncyCastle,
- this method is triggered passing an object that contains
- info about the timestamp and the time stamping authority.
- @param info a TimeStampTokenInfo object
-
-
- An exception that is thrown when something is wrong with a certificate.
-
-
- Creates a VerificationException
-
-
- The certificate that was verified successfully.
-
-
- The CertificateVerifier that was used for verifying.
-
-
- The reason why the certificate verified successfully.
-
-
- Creates a VerificationOK object
- @param certificate the certificate that was successfully verified
- @param verifierClass the class that was used for verification
- @param message the reason why the certificate could be verified
-
-
- A single String explaining which certificate was verified, how and why.
- @see java.lang.Object#toString()
-
-
-
- Creates a signature using a X509Certificate2. It supports smartcards without
- exportable private keys.
-
-
-
-
- The certificate with the private key
-
-
-
- The hash algorithm.
-
-
- The encryption algorithm (obtained from the private key)
-
-
-
- Creates a signature using a X509Certificate2. It supports smartcards without
- exportable private keys.
-
- The certificate with the private key
- The hash algorithm for the signature. As the Windows CAPI is used
- to do the signature the only hash guaranteed to exist is SHA-1
-
-
- Returns the hash algorithm.
- @return the hash algorithm (e.g. "SHA-1", "SHA-256,...")
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#getHashAlgorithm()
-
-
- Returns the encryption algorithm used for signing.
- @return the encryption algorithm ("RSA" or "DSA")
- @see com.itextpdf.text.pdf.security.ExternalSignature#getEncryptionAlgorithm()
-
-
-
- Generates a list of numbers from a string.
- @param ranges the comma separated ranges
- @param maxNumber the maximum number in the range
- @return a list with the numbers as Integer
-
-
- Implements a shading pattern as a Color.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of SimpleBookmark
-
-
- Gets number of indirect. If type of directed indirect is PAGES, it refers PAGE object through KIDS.
- (Contributed by Kazuya Ujihara)
- @param indirect
- 2004-06-13
-
-
- Gets a List with the bookmarks. It returns null if
- the document doesn't have any bookmarks.
- @param reader the document
- @return a List with the bookmarks or null if the
- document doesn't have any
-
-
- Gets a List with the bookmarks that are children of outline. It returns null if
- the document doesn't have any bookmarks.
- @param reader the document
- @param outline the outline dictionary to get bookmarks from
- @param includeRoot indicates if to include outline parameter itself into returned list of bookmarks
- @return a List with the bookmarks or null if the
- document doesn't have any
-
-
- Removes the bookmark entries for a number of page ranges. The page ranges
- consists of a number of pairs with the start/end page range. The page numbers
- are inclusive.
- @param list the bookmarks
- @param pageRange the page ranges, always in pairs.
-
-
- For the pages in range add the pageShift to the page number.
- The page ranges
- consists of a number of pairs with the start/end page range. The page numbers
- are inclusive.
- @param list the bookmarks
- @param pageShift the number to add to the pages in range
- @param pageRange the page ranges, always in pairs. It can be null
- to include all the pages
-
-
- Exports the bookmarks to XML. Only of use if the generation is to be include in
- some other XML document.
- @param list the bookmarks
- @param out the export destination. The writer is not closed
- @param indent the indentation level. Pretty printing significant only. Use -1 for no indents.
- @param onlyASCII codes above 127 will always be escaped with &#nn; if true,
- whatever the encoding
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
-
- Exports the bookmarks to XML.
- @param list the bookmarks
- @param wrt the export destination. The writer is not closed
- @param encoding the encoding according to IANA conventions
- @param onlyASCII codes above 127 will always be escaped with &#nn; if true,
- whatever the encoding
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Import the bookmarks from XML.
- @param in the XML source. The stream is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the bookmarks
-
-
- Import the bookmarks from XML.
- @param in the XML source. The reader is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the bookmarks
-
-
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
-
- Exports the bookmarks to XML.
- @param names the names
- @param wrt the export destination. The writer is not closed
- @param encoding the encoding according to IANA conventions
- @param onlyASCII codes above 127 will always be escaped with &#nn; if true,
- whatever the encoding
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Import the names from XML.
- @param inp the XML source. The stream is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the names
-
-
- Import the names from XML.
- @param inp the XML source. The reader is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
- @return the names
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Creates a new instance of StampContent
-
-
- Gets a duplicate of this PdfContentByte. All
- the members are copied by reference but the buffer stays different.
-
- @return a copy of this PdfContentByte
-
-
- Escapes a byte array according to the PDF conventions.
-
- @param b the byte array to escape
- @return an escaped byte array
-
-
- Escapes a byte array according to the PDF conventions.
-
- @param b the byte array to escape
-
-
- Converts an array of unsigned 16bit numbers to an array of bytes.
- The input values are presented as chars for convenience.
-
- @param chars the array of 16bit numbers that should be converted
- @return the resulting byte array, twice as large as the input
-
-
- Supports text, combo and list fields generating the correct appearances.
- All the option in the Acrobat GUI are supported in an easy to use API.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Holds value of property defaultText.
-
-
- Holds value of property choices.
-
-
- Holds value of property choiceExports.
-
-
- Holds value of property choiceSelection.
-
-
- Represents the /TI value
-
-
- Creates a new TextField.
- @param writer the document PdfWriter
- @param box the field location and dimensions
- @param fieldName the field name. If null only the widget keys
- will be included in the field allowing it to be used as a kid field.
-
-
- Obfuscates a password String.
- Every character is replaced by an asterisk (*).
-
- @param text
- @return String
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Get the PdfAppearance of a text or combo field
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return A PdfAppearance
-
-
- Get the PdfAppearance of a list field
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return A PdfAppearance
-
-
- Gets a new text field.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return a new text field
-
-
- Gets a new combo field.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return a new combo field
-
-
- Gets a new list field.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return a new list field
-
-
- Sets the default text. It is only meaningful for text fields.
- @param defaultText the default text
-
-
- Sets the choices to be presented to the user in list/combo
- fields.
- @param choices the choices to be presented to the user
-
-
- Sets the export values in list/combo fields. If this array
- is null then the choice values will also be used
- as the export values.
- @param choiceExports the export values in list/combo fields
-
-
- Sets the zero based index of the selected item.
- @param choiceSelection the zero based index of the selected item
-
-
- Sets the top visible choice for lists;
-
- @since 5.5.3
- @param visibleTopChoice index of the first visible item (zero-based array)
- Returns the index of the top visible choice of a list. Default is -1.
- @return the index of the top visible choice
-
-
-
- Sets extra margins in text fields to better mimic the Acrobat layout.
- @param extraMarginLeft the extra marging left
- @param extraMarginTop the extra margin top
-
-
- Holds value of property substitutionFonts.
-
-
- Sets a list of substitution fonts. The list is composed of BaseFont and can also be null. The fonts in this list will be used if the original
- font doesn't contain the needed glyphs.
- @param substitutionFonts the list
-
-
- Holds value of property extensionFont.
-
-
- Sets the extensionFont. This font will be searched before the
- substitution fonts. It may be null.
- @param extensionFont New value of property extensionFont.
-
-
- Reads a Truetype font
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The code pages possible for a True Type font.
-
-
- Contains the location of the several tables. The key is the name of
- the table and the value is an int[2] where position 0
- is the offset from the start of the file and position 1 is the length
- of the table.
-
-
- The file in use.
-
-
- The file name.
-
-
- The offset from the start of the file to the table directory.
- It is 0 for TTF and may vary for TTC depending on the chosen font.
-
-
- The index for the TTC font. It is an empty string for a
- TTF file.
-
-
- The style modifier
-
-
- The content of table 'head'.
-
-
- The content of table 'hhea'.
-
-
- The content of table 'OS/2'.
-
-
- The width of the glyphs. This is essentially the content of table
- 'hmtx' normalized to 1000 units.
-
-
- The map containing the code information for the table 'cmap', encoding 1.0.
- The key is the code and the value is an int[2] where position 0
- is the glyph number and position 1 is the glyph width normalized to 1000
- units.
-
-
-
-
- By James for unicode Ext.B
-
-
-
- The map containing the kerning information. It represents the content of
- table 'kern'. The key is an Integer where the top 16 bits
- are the glyph number for the first character and the lower 16 bits are the
- glyph number for the second character. The value is the amount of kerning in
- normalized 1000 units as an Integer. This value is usually negative.
-
-
- The font name.
- This name is usually extracted from the table 'name' with
- the 'Name ID' 6.
-
-
- The font subfamily
- This subFamily name is usually extracted from the table 'name' with
- the 'Name ID' 2 or 'Name ID' 17.
-
-
- The full name of the font 'Name ID' 1 or 'Name ID' 16
-
-
- All the names auf the Names-Table
-
-
- The family name of the font
-
-
-
- true if all the glyphs have the same width.
-
-
- The components of table 'head'.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- The components of table 'hhea'.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- The components of table 'OS/2'.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- This constructor is present to allow extending the class.
-
-
- Creates a new TrueType font.
- @param ttFile the location of the font on file. The file must end in '.ttf' or
- '.ttc' but can have modifiers after the name
- @param enc the encoding to be applied to this font
- @param emb true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- @param ttfAfm the font as a byte array
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Gets the name from a composed TTC file name.
- If I have for input "myfont.ttc,2" the return will
- be "myfont.ttc".
- @param name the full name
- @return the simple file name
-
-
- Reads the tables 'head', 'hhea', 'OS/2', 'post' and 'maxp' filling several variables.
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Gets the Postscript font name.
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
- @return the Postscript font name
-
-
- Extracts the names of the font in all the languages available.
- @param id the name id to retrieve
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Extracts all the names of the names-Table
- @param id the name id to retrieve
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads the font data.
- @param ttfAfm the font as a byte array, possibly null
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Reads a string from the font file as bytes using the Cp1252
- encoding.
- @param length the length of bytes to read
- @return the string read
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Reads a Unicode string from the font file. Each character is
- represented by two bytes.
- @param length the length of bytes to read. The string will have length/2
- characters
- @return the string read
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Reads the glyphs widths. The widths are extracted from the table 'hmtx'.
- The glyphs are normalized to 1000 units.
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Gets a glyph width.
- @param glyph the glyph to get the width of
- @return the width of the glyph in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Reads the several maps from the table 'cmap'. The maps of interest are 1.0 for symbolic
- fonts and 3.1 for all others. A symbolic font is defined as having the map 3.0.
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- The information in the maps of the table 'cmap' is coded in several formats.
- Format 0 is the Apple standard character to glyph index mapping table.
- @return a Hashtable representing this map
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- The information in the maps of the table 'cmap' is coded in several formats.
- Format 4 is the Microsoft standard character to glyph index mapping table.
- @return a Hashtable representing this map
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- The information in the maps of the table 'cmap' is coded in several formats.
- Format 6 is a trimmed table mapping. It is similar to format 0 but can have
- less than 256 entries.
- @return a Hashtable representing this map
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Reads the kerning information from the 'kern' table.
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Gets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @return the kerning to be applied
-
-
- Gets the width from the font according to the unicode char c.
- If the name is null it's a symbolic font.
- @param c the unicode char
- @param name the glyph name
- @return the width of the char
-
-
- Generates the font descriptor for this font.
- @return the PdfDictionary containing the font descriptor or null
- @param subsetPrefix the subset prefix
- @param fontStream the indirect reference to a PdfStream containing the font or null
- @throws DocumentException if there is an error
-
-
- Generates the font dictionary for this font.
- @return the PdfDictionary containing the font dictionary
- @param subsetPrefix the subset prefx
- @param firstChar the first valid character
- @param lastChar the last valid character
- @param shortTag a 256 bytes long byte array where each unused byte is represented by 0
- @param fontDescriptor the indirect reference to a PdfDictionary containing the font descriptor or null
- @throws DocumentException if there is an error
-
-
- Outputs to the writer the font dictionaries and streams.
- @param writer the writer for this document
- @param ref the font indirect reference
- @param params several parameters that depend on the font type
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException error in generating the object
-
-
- If this font file is using the Compact Font File Format, then this method
- will return the raw bytes needed for the font stream. If this method is
- ever made public: make sure to add a test if (cff == true).
- @return a byte array
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Returns a PdfStream object with the full font program.
- @return a PdfStream with the font program
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Gets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT
- and ITALICANGLE.
- @param key the parameter to be extracted
- @param fontSize the font size in points
- @return the parameter in points
-
-
- Gets the glyph index and metrics for a character.
- @param c the character
- @return an int array with {glyph index, width}
-
-
- Gets the postscript font name.
- @return the postscript font name
-
-
- Gets the code pages supported by the font.
- @return the code pages supported by the font
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the font has any kerning pairs.
- @return true if the font has any kerning pairs
-
-
- Sets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @param kern the kerning to apply in normalized 1000 units
- @return true if the kerning was applied, false otherwise
-
-
- Checks whether this font may be used with winansi encoding.
-
- @return true if the font can be correctly used with winansi encodings
-
-
- Subsets a True Type font by removing the unneeded glyphs from
- the font.
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Contains the location of the several tables. The key is the name of
- the table and the value is an int[3] where position 0
- is the checksum, position 1 is the offset from the start of the file
- and position 2 is the length of the table.
-
-
- The file in use.
-
-
- The file name.
-
-
- Creates a new TrueTypeFontSubSet
- @param directoryOffset The offset from the start of the file to the table directory
- @param fileName the file name of the font
- @param glyphsUsed the glyphs used
- @param includeCmap true if the table cmap is to be included in the generated font
-
-
- Does the actual work of subsetting the font.
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the subset font
-
-
- Reads a string from the font file as bytes using the Cp1252
- encoding.
- @param length the length of bytes to read
- @return the string read
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Represents a True Type font with Unicode encoding. All the character
- in the font can be used directly by using the encoding Identity-H or
- Identity-V. This is the only way to represent some character sets such
- as Thai.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Creates a new TrueType font addressed by Unicode characters. The font
- will always be embedded.
- @param ttFile the location of the font on file. The file must end in '.ttf'.
- The modifiers after the name are ignored.
- @param enc the encoding to be applied to this font
- @param emb true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- @param ttfAfm the font as a byte array
- @throws DocumentException the font is invalid
- @throws IOException the font file could not be read
-
-
- Gets the width of a char in normalized 1000 units.
- @param char1 the unicode char to get the width of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Gets the width of a string in normalized 1000 units.
- @param text the string to get the witdth of
- @return the width in normalized 1000 units
-
-
- Creates a ToUnicode CMap to allow copy and paste from Acrobat.
- @param metrics metrics[0] contains the glyph index and metrics[2]
- contains the Unicode code
- @throws DocumentException on error
- @return the stream representing this CMap or null
-
-
- Gets an hex string in the format "<HHHH>".
- @param n the number
- @return the hex string
-
-
- Generates the CIDFontTyte2 dictionary.
- @param fontDescriptor the indirect reference to the font descriptor
- @param subsetPrefix the subset prefix
- @param metrics the horizontal width metrics
- @return a stream
-
-
- Generates the font dictionary.
- @param descendant the descendant dictionary
- @param subsetPrefix the subset prefix
- @param toUnicode the ToUnicode stream
- @return the stream
-
-
- The method used to sort the metrics array.
- @param o1 the first element
- @param o2 the second element
- @return the comparisation
-
-
- Outputs to the writer the font dictionaries and streams.
- @param writer the writer for this document
- @param ref the font indirect reference
- @param parms several parameters that depend on the font type
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException error in generating the object
-
-
- Returns a PdfStream object with the full font program.
- @return a PdfStream with the font program
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A forbidden operation. Will throw a null pointer exception.
- @param text the text
- @return always null
-
-
- Gets the glyph index and metrics for a character.
- @param c the character
- @return an int array with {glyph index, width}
-
-
- Checks if a character exists in this font.
- @param c the character to check
- @return true if the character has a glyph,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Sets the character advance.
- @param c the character
- @param advance the character advance normalized to 1000 units
- @return true if the advance was set,
- false otherwise
-
-
- Reads a Type1 font
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- The PFB file if the input was made with a byte array.
-
-
- The Postscript font name.
-
-
- The full name of the font.
-
-
- The family name of the font.
-
-
- The weight of the font: normal, bold, etc.
-
-
- The italic angle of the font, usually 0.0 or negative.
-
-
- true if all the characters have the same
- width.
-
-
- The character set of the font.
-
-
- The llx of the FontBox.
-
-
- The lly of the FontBox.
-
-
- The lurx of the FontBox.
-
-
- The ury of the FontBox.
-
-
- The underline position.
-
-
- The underline thickness.
-
-
- The font's encoding name. This encoding is 'StandardEncoding' or
- 'AdobeStandardEncoding' for a font that can be totally encoded
- according to the characters names. For all other names the
- font is treated as symbolic.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- A variable.
-
-
- Represents the section CharMetrics in the AFM file. Each
- value of this array contains a Object[4] with an
- Integer, Integer, String and int[]. This is the code, width, name and char bbox.
- The key is the name of the char and also an Integer with the char number.
-
-
- Represents the section KernPairs in the AFM file. The key is
- the name of the first character and the value is a Object[]
- with 2 elements for each kern pair. Position 0 is the name of
- the second character and position 1 is the kerning distance. This is
- repeated for all the pairs.
-
-
- The file in use.
-
-
- true if this font is one of the 14 built in fonts.
-
-
- Types of records in a PFB file. ASCII is 1 and BINARY is 2.
- They have to appear in the PFB file in this sequence.
-
-
- Creates a new Type1 font.
- @param ttfAfm the AFM file if the input is made with a byte array
- @param pfb the PFB file if the input is made with a byte array
- @param afmFile the name of one of the 14 built-in fonts or the location of an AFM file. The file must end in '.afm'
- @param enc the encoding to be applied to this font
- @param emb true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- @throws DocumentException the AFM file is invalid
- @throws IOException the AFM file could not be read
-
-
- Gets the width from the font according to the name or,
- if the name is null, meaning it is a symbolic font,
- the char c.
- @param c the char if the font is symbolic
- @param name the glyph name
- @return the width of the char
-
-
- Gets the kerning between two Unicode characters. The characters
- are converted to names and this names are used to find the kerning
- pairs in the Hashtable KernPairs.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @return the kerning to be applied
-
-
- Reads the font metrics
- @param rf the AFM file
- @throws DocumentException the AFM file is invalid
- @throws IOException the AFM file could not be read
-
-
- If the embedded flag is false or if the font is
- one of the 14 built in types, it returns null,
- otherwise the font is read and output in a PdfStream object.
- @return the PdfStream containing the font or null
- @throws DocumentException if there is an error reading the font
-
-
- Generates the font descriptor for this font or null if it is
- one of the 14 built in fonts.
- @param fontStream the indirect reference to a PdfStream containing the font or null
- @return the PdfDictionary containing the font descriptor or null
-
-
- Generates the font dictionary for this font.
- @return the PdfDictionary containing the font dictionary
- @param firstChar the first valid character
- @param lastChar the last valid character
- @param shortTag a 256 bytes long byte array where each unused byte is represented by 0
- @param fontDescriptor the indirect reference to a PdfDictionary containing the font descriptor or null
-
-
- Outputs to the writer the font dictionaries and streams.
- @param writer the writer for this document
- @param ref the font indirect reference
- @param parms several parameters that depend on the font type
- @throws IOException on error
- @throws DocumentException error in generating the object
-
-
- Gets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT,
- ITALICANGLE, BBOXLLX, BBOXLLY, BBOXURX
- and BBOXURY.
- @param key the parameter to be extracted
- @param fontSize the font size in points
- @return the parameter in points
-
-
- Sets the font parameter identified by key. Valid values
- for key are ASCENT, CAPHEIGHT, DESCENT,
- ITALICANGLE, BBOXLLX, BBOXLLY, BBOXURX
- and BBOXURY.
- @param key the parameter to be updated
- @param value the parameter value
-
-
- Gets the postscript font name.
- @return the postscript font name
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the font has any kerning pairs.
- @return true if the font has any kerning pairs
-
-
- Sets the kerning between two Unicode chars.
- @param char1 the first char
- @param char2 the second char
- @param kern the kerning to apply in normalized 1000 units
- @return true if the kerning was applied, false otherwise
-
-
- A class to support Type3 fonts.
-
-
- Creates a Type3 font.
- @param writer the writer
- @param chars an array of chars corresponding to the glyphs used (not used, prisent for compability only)
- @param colorized if true the font may specify color, if false no color commands are allowed
- and only images as masks can be used
-
-
-
- Defines a glyph. If the character was already defined it will return the same content
- @param c the character to match this glyph.
- @param wx the advance this character will have
- @param llx the X lower left corner of the glyph bounding box. If the colorize option is
- true the value is ignored
- @param lly the Y lower left corner of the glyph bounding box. If the colorize option is
- true the value is ignored
- @param urx the X upper right corner of the glyph bounding box. If the colorize option is
- true the value is ignored
- @param ury the Y upper right corner of the glyph bounding box. If the colorize option is
- true the value is ignored
- @return a content where the glyph can be defined
-
-
- Always returns null, because you can't get the FontStream of a Type3 font.
- @return null
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- The content where Type3 glyphs are written to.
-
-
- Writes text vertically. Note that the naming is done according
- to horizontal text although it referrs to vertical text.
- A line with the alignment Element.LEFT_ALIGN will actually
- be top aligned.
-
-
- Signals that there are no more text available.
-
-
- Signals that there is no more column.
-
-
- The chunks that form the text.
-
-
- The PdfContent where the text will be written to.
-
-
- The column Element. Default is left Element.
-
-
- Marks the chunks to be eliminated when the line is written.
-
-
- The chunk created by the splitting.
-
-
- The chunk created by the splitting.
-
-
- The leading
-
-
- The X coordinate.
-
-
- The Y coordinate.
-
-
- The maximum number of vertical lines.
-
-
- The height of the text.
-
-
- Creates new VerticalText
- @param text the place where the text will be written to. Can
- be a template.
-
-
- Adds a Phrase to the current text array.
- @param phrase the text
-
-
- Adds a Chunk to the current text array.
- @param chunk the text
-
-
- Sets the layout.
- @param startX the top right X line position
- @param startY the top right Y line position
- @param height the height of the lines
- @param maxLines the maximum number of lines
- @param leading the separation between the lines
-
-
- Gets the separation between the vertical lines.
- @return the vertical line separation
-
-
- Creates a line from the chunk array.
- @param width the width of the line
- @return the line or null if no more chunks
-
-
- Normalizes the list of chunks when the line is accepted.
-
-
- Outputs the lines to the document. It is equivalent to go(false).
- @return returns the result of the operation. It can be NO_MORE_TEXT
- and/or NO_MORE_COLUMN
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Outputs the lines to the document. The output can be simulated.
- @param simulate true to simulate the writting to the document
- @return returns the result of the operation. It can be NO_MORE_TEXT
- and/or NO_MORE_COLUMN
- @throws DocumentException on error
-
-
- Sets the new text origin.
- @param startX the X coordinate
- @param startY the Y coordinate
-
-
- Gets the X coordinate where the next line will be writen. This value will change
- after each call to go().
- @return the X coordinate
-
-
- Gets the Y coordinate where the next line will be writen.
- @return the Y coordinate
-
-
- Gets the maximum number of available lines. This value will change
- after each call to go().
- @return Value of property maxLines.
-
-
- Gets the height of the line
- @return the height
-
-
- Gets the Element.
- @return the alignment
-
-
- Processes XFA forms.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- An empty constructor to build on.
-
-
- Return the XFA Object, could be an array, could be a Stream.
- Returns null f no XFA Object is present.
- @param reader a PdfReader instance
- @return the XFA object
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- A constructor from a PdfReader. It basically does everything
- from finding the XFA stream to the XML parsing.
- @param reader the reader
- @throws java.io.IOException on error
- @throws javax.xml.parsers.ParserConfigurationException on error
- @throws org.xml.sax.SAXException on error
-
-
- Extracts the nodes from the domDocument.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Some XFA forms don't have a datasets node.
- If this is the case, we have to add one.
-
-
- Sets the XFA key from a byte array. The old XFA is erased.
- @param form the data
- @param reader the reader
- @param writer the writer
- @throws java.io.IOException on error
-
-
- Sets the XFA key from the instance data. The old XFA is erased.
- @param writer the writer
- @throws java.io.IOException on error
-
-
- Serializes a XML document to a byte array.
- @param n the XML document
- @throws java.io.IOException on error
- @return the serialized XML document
-
-
- Returns true if it is a XFA form.
- @return true if it is a XFA form
-
-
- Gets the top level DOM document.
- @return the top level DOM document
-
-
- Finds the complete field name contained in the "classic" forms from a partial
- name.
- @param name the complete or partial name
- @param af the fields
- @return the complete name or null if not found
-
-
- Finds the complete SOM name contained in the datasets section from a
- possibly partial name.
- @param name the complete or partial name
- @return the complete name or null if not found
-
-
- Finds the Node contained in the datasets section from a
- possibly partial name.
- @param name the complete or partial name
- @return the Node or null if not found
-
-
- Gets all the text contained in the child nodes of this node.
- @param n the Node
- @return the text found or "" if no text was found
-
-
- Sets the text of this node. All the child's node are deleted and a new
- child text node is created.
- @param n the Node to add the text to
- @param text the text to add
-
-
- Sets the PdfReader to be used by this instance.
- @param reader the PdfReader to be used by this instance
-
-
- Checks if this XFA form was changed.
- @return true if this XFA form was changed
-
-
- A structure to store each part of a SOM name and link it to the next part
- beginning from the lower hierarchie.
-
-
- Gets the full name by traversing the hiearchie using only the
- index 0.
- @return the full name
-
-
- Search the current node for a similar name. A similar name starts
- with the same name but has a differnt index. For example, "detail[3]"
- is similar to "detail[9]". The main use is to discard names that
- correspond to out of bounds records.
- @param name the name to search
- @return true if a similitude was found
-
-
- Another stack implementation. The main use is to facilitate
- the porting to other languages.
-
-
- Looks at the object at the top of this stack without removing it from the stack.
- @return the object at the top of this stack
-
-
- Removes the object at the top of this stack and returns that object as the value of this function.
- @return the object at the top of this stack
-
-
- Pushes an item onto the top of this stack.
- @param item the item to be pushed onto this stack
- @return the item argument
-
-
- Tests if this stack is empty.
- @return true if and only if this stack contains no items; false otherwise
-
-
- A class for some basic SOM processing.
-
-
- The order the names appear in the XML, depth first.
-
-
- The mapping of full names to nodes.
-
-
- The data to do a search from the bottom hierarchie.
-
-
- A stack to be used when parsing.
-
-
- A temporary store for the repetition count.
-
-
- Escapes a SOM string fragment replacing "." with "\.".
- @param s the unescaped string
- @return the escaped string
-
-
- Unescapes a SOM string fragment replacing "\." with ".".
- @param s the escaped string
- @return the unescaped string
-
-
- Outputs the stack as the sequence of elements separated
- by '.'.
- @return the stack as the sequence of elements separated by '.'
-
-
- Gets the name with the #subform removed.
- @param s the long name
- @return the short name
-
-
- Adds a SOM name to the search node chain.
- @param unstack the SOM name
-
-
- Adds a SOM name to the search node chain.
- @param inverseSearch the start point
- @param stack the stack with the separeted SOM parts
- @param unstack the full name
-
-
- Searchs the SOM hiearchie from the bottom.
- @param parts the SOM parts
- @return the full name or null if not found
-
-
- Splits a SOM name in the individual parts.
- @param name the full SOM name
- @return the split name
-
-
- Gets the order the names appear in the XML, depth first.
- @return the order the names appear in the XML, depth first
-
-
- Gets the mapping of full names to nodes.
- @return the mapping of full names to nodes
-
-
- Gets the data to do a search from the bottom hierarchie.
- @return the data to do a search from the bottom hierarchie
-
-
- Processes the datasets section in the XFA form.
-
-
- Creates a new instance from the datasets node. This expects
- not the datasets but the data node that comes below.
- @param n the datasets node
-
-
- Inserts a new Node that will match the short name.
- @param n the datasets top Node
- @param shortName the short name
- @return the new Node of the inserted name
-
-
- A class to process "classic" fields.
-
-
- Creates a new instance from a Collection with the full names.
- @param items the Collection
-
-
- Gets the mapping from short names to long names. A long
- name may contain the #subform name part.
- @return the mapping from short names to long names
-
-
- Processes the template section in the XFA form.
-
-
- Creates a new instance from the datasets node.
- @param n the template node
-
-
- Gets the field type as described in the template section of the XFA.
- @param s the exact template name
- @return the field type or null if not found
-
-
- true if it's a dynamic form; false
- if it's a static form.
- @return true if it's a dynamic form; false
- if it's a static form
-
-
- Gets the class that contains the template processing section of the XFA.
- @return the class that contains the template processing section of the XFA
-
-
- Gets the class that contains the datasets processing section of the XFA.
- @return the class that contains the datasets processing section of the XFA
-
-
- Gets the class that contains the "classic" fields processing.
- @return the class that contains the "classic" fields processing
-
-
- Gets the Node that corresponds to the datasets part.
- @return the Node that corresponds to the datasets part
-
-
- Replaces the data under datasets/data.
- @since iText 5.0.0
-
-
- Helps to locate xml stream inside PDF document with Xfa form.
-
-
- Gets Document to sign
-
-
- Save document as single XML stream in AcroForm.
- @param document signed document
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Constructor for xpath expression for signing XfaForm
-
-
- Possible xdp packages to sign
-
-
- Empty constructor, no transform.
-
-
- Construct for Xpath expression. Depends from selected xdp package.
- @param xdpPackage
-
-
- Get XPath expression
-
-
- Reads a XFDF.
- @author Leonard Rosenthol (leonardr@pdfsages.com)
-
-
- Storage for field values if there's more than one value for a field.
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Reads an XFDF form.
- @param filename the file name of the form
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an XFDF form.
- @param xfdfIn the byte array with the form
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Reads an XFDF form.
- @param is an InputStream to read the form
- @throws IOException on error
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
- Gets all the fields. The map is keyed by the fully qualified
- field name and the value is a merged PdfDictionary
- with the field content.
- @return all the fields
-
-
- Gets the field value.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field's value
-
-
- Gets the field value or null if the field does not
- exist or has no value defined.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field value or null
-
-
- Gets the field values for a list or null if the field does not
- exist or has no value defined.
- @param name the fully qualified field name
- @return the field values or null
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Gets the PDF file specification contained in the FDF.
- @return the PDF file specification contained in the FDF
-
-
- Called when a start tag is found.
- @param tag the tag name
- @param h the tag's attributes
-
-
- Called when an end tag is found.
- @param tag the tag name
-
-
- Called when the document starts to be parsed.
-
-
- Called after the document is parsed.
-
-
- Called when a text element is found.
- @param str the text element, probably a fragment.
-
-
- Constructs XmlSignatureAppearance object.
- @param writer the writer to which the signature will be written.
-
-
- Holds value of property xades:SigningTime.
-
-
- Holds value of property xades:Description.
-
-
- Holds value of property xades:MimeType.
-
-
- Sets the certificate used to provide the text in the appearance.
- This certificate doesn't take part in the actual signing process.
- @param signCertificate the certificate
-
-
- Gets the signature date.
- @return the signature date
-
-
- Sets the signature date.
- @param signDate the signature date
-
-
- Helps to locate xml stream
- @return XmlLocator, cannot be null.
-
-
- Constructor for xpath expression in case signing only part of XML document.
- @return XpathConstructor, can be null
-
-
- Close PdfStamper
- @throws IOException
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- A Hashtable that uses ints as the keys.
-
-
- The hash table data.
-
-
- The total number of entries in the hash table.
-
-
- Rehashes the table when count exceeds this threshold.
-
-
- The load factor for the hashtable.
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable with the specified initial
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable with the specified initial
-
-
- Constructs a new, empty hashtable. A default capacity and load factor
-
-
- Returns the number of elements contained in the hashtable.
-
-
- Returns true if the hashtable contains no elements.
-
-
- Returns true if the specified object is an element of the hashtable.
-
-
- Returns true if the collection contains an element for the key.
-
-
- Gets the object associated with the specified key in the
-
-
- Rehashes the content of the table into a bigger table.
-
-
- Removes the element corresponding to the key. Does nothing if the
-
-
- Clears the hash table so that it has no more elements in it.
-
-
- Encapsulates filter behavior for PDF streams. Classes generally interace with this
- using the static GetDefaultFilterHandlers() method, then obtain the desired {@link IFilterHandler}
- via a lookup.
- @since 5.0.4
-
-
- The main interface for creating a new {@link IFilterHandler}
-
-
- The default {@link IFilterHandler}s used by iText
-
-
- @return the default {@link IFilterHandler}s used by iText
-
-
- Creates a {@link MemoryLimitsAwareOutputStream} which will be used for decompression of the passed pdf stream.
-
- @param streamDictionary the pdf stream which is going to be decompressed.
- @return the {@link ByteArrayOutputStream} which will be used for decompression of the passed pdf stream
-
-
- Handles FLATEDECODE filter
-
-
- Handles ASCIIHEXDECODE filter
-
-
- Handles ASCIIHEXDECODE filter
-
-
- Handles LZWDECODE filter
-
-
- Handles CCITTFAXDECODE filter
-
-
- A filter that doesn't modify the stream at all
-
-
- Handles RUNLENGTHDECODE filter
-
-
- A PdfArray object consisting of nothing but PdfNumber objects
- @since 5.1.0
-
-
- Creates a PdfArray consisting of PdfNumber objects.
- @param numbers float values
-
-
- Creates a PdfArray consisting of PdfNumber objects.
- @param numbers a List containing PdfNumber objects
-
-
- Signals that a table will continue in the next page.
-
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- This method is called to indicate that table is being split. It's called
- before the tableLayout method and before the table is drawn.
-
- @param table the PdfPTable in use
-
-
- Wrapper class for PdfCopy and PdfSmartCopy.
- Allows you to concatenate existing PDF documents with much less code.
-
-
- The Document object for PdfCopy.
-
-
- The actual PdfWriter
-
-
- Creates an instance of the concatenation class.
- @param os the Stream for the PDF document
-
-
- Creates an instance of the concatenation class.
- @param os the Stream for the PDF document
- @param smart do we want PdfCopy to detect redundant content?
-
-
- Adds the pages from an existing PDF document.
- @param reader the reader for the existing PDF document
- @return the number of pages that were added
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Gets the PdfCopy instance so that you can add bookmarks or change preferences before you close PdfConcatenate.
-
-
- Opens the document (if it isn't open already).
- Opening the document is done implicitly.
-
-
- We've finished writing the concatenated document.
-
-
- The spacing before the table.
-
-
- The spacing after the table.
-
-
- Defines if the div should be kept on one page if possible
-
-
- IMPROTANT NOTE: be careful with this method because it would return correct result
- only in case if {@link PdfDiv#layout(PdfContentByte, boolean, boolean, float, float, float, float)}
- was already called.
- @return the actual height the div would require to layout it's content
-
-
- IMPROTANT NOTE: be careful with this method because it would return correct result
- only in case if {@link PdfDiv#layout(PdfContentByte, boolean, boolean, float, float, float, float)}
- was already called.
- @return the actual width the div would require to layout it's content
-
-
- Image will be scaled to fit in the div occupied area.
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- @return an ArrayList
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- @return a type
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- ElementListener.
-
- @param listener an ElementListener
- @return true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
- Serial version UID
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfIsoConformanceException.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of PdfIsoConformanceException.
- @param s
-
-
- A signature field lock dictionary.
-
-
- Enumerates the different actions of a signature lock.
- Indicates the set of fields that should be locked:
- all the fields in the document,
- all the fields specified in the /Fields array
- all the fields except those specified in the /Fields array
-
-
- Enumerates the different levels of permissions.
-
-
- Creates a signature lock valid for all fields in the document.
-
-
- Creates a signature lock for all fields in the document,
- setting specific permissions.
-
-
- Creates a signature lock for specific fields in the document.
-
-
- Creates a signature lock for specific fields in the document.
-
-
- Add kid to structureTreeRoot from structTreeRoot
-
-
-
- An Anchor can be a reference or a destination of a reference.
-
-
- An Anchor is a special kind of .
- It is constructed in the same way.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the name of the Anchor.
-
-
-
-
- This is the reference of the Anchor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor without specifying a leading.
-
-
- Has nine overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain leading.
-
- the leading
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain Chunk.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain string.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain string
- and a certain Font.
-
- a string
- a Font
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain Chunk
- and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain leading
- and a certain string.
-
- the leading
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain leading,
- a certain string and a certain Font.
-
- the leading
- a string
- a Font
-
-
- Constructs an Anchor with a certain Phrase.
-
- @param phrase a Phrase
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
-
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
- Applies the properties of the Anchor to a Chunk.
- @param chunk the Chunk (part of the Anchor)
- @param notGotoOK if true, this chunk will determine the local destination
- @param localDestination true if the chunk is a local goto and the reference a local destination
- @return the value of notGotoOK or false, if a previous Chunk was used to determine the local destination
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Name of this Anchor.
-
-
-
-
- reference of this Anchor.
-
-
-
-
- reference of this Anchor.
-
- an Uri
-
-
-
- An Annotation is a little note that can be added to a page
- on a document.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible annotation type.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is a possible attribute.
-
-
- This is the type of annotation.
-
-
- This is the title of the Annotation.
-
-
- This is the lower left x-value
-
-
- This is the lower left y-value
-
-
- This is the upper right x-value
-
-
- This is the upper right y-value
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation with a certain title and some text.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation with a certain title and some text.
-
- the title of the annotation
- the content of the annotation
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation with a certain title and some text.
-
- the title of the annotation
- the content of the annotation
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- the external reference
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- the external reference
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- an external PDF file
- the destination in this file
-
-
-
- Creates a Screen anotation to embed media clips
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- path to the media clip file
- mime type of the media
- if true play on display of the page
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- an external PDF file
- a page number in this file
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- a named destination in this file
-
- Has nine overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an Annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
- an external application
- parameters to pass to this application
- the operation to pass to this application
- the default directory to run this application in
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element
-
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was process successfully
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
-
- Sets the dimensions of this annotation.
-
- the lower left x-value
- the lower left y-value
- the upper right x-value
- the upper right y-value
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-value.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-value.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the uppper right x-value.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the uppper right y-value.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-value.
-
- the default value
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-value.
-
- the default value
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-value.
-
- the default value
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-value.
-
- the default value
- a value
-
-
-
- Returns the type of this Annotation.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Returns the title of this Annotation.
-
- a name
-
-
-
- Gets the content of this Annotation.
-
- a reference
-
-
-
- Gets the content of this Annotation.
-
- a reference
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Signals an attempt to create an Element that hasn't got the right form.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Color, serves as wrapper class for
- to allow extension.
-
-
-
- Construct a new BaseColor.
- @param red the value for the red gamma
- @param green the value for the green gamma
- @param blue the value for the blue gamma
- @param alpha the value for the alpha gamma
-
-
- @param red
- @param green
- @param blue
-
-
- Construct a BaseColor with float values.
- @param red
- @param green
- @param blue
- @param alpha
-
-
- Construct a BaseColor with float values.
- @param red
- @param green
- @param blue
-
-
- Construct a BaseColor by setting the combined value.
- @param argb
-
-
- Construct a BaseColor by System.Drawing.Color.
- @param color
-
-
- @return the combined color value
-
-
-
- @return the value for red
-
-
-
- @return the value for green
-
-
-
- @return the value for blue
-
-
-
- @return the value for the alpha channel
-
-
- Make this BaseColor brighter. Factor used is 0.7.
- @return the new BaseColor
-
-
- Make this color darker. Factor used is 0.7
- @return the new BaseColor
-
-
-
- A Chapter is a special Section.
-
-
- A chapter number has to be created using a Paragraph as title
- and an int as chapter number. The chapter number is shown be
- default. If you don't want to see the chapter number, you have to set the
- numberdepth to 0.
-
-
-
- Paragraph title2 = new Paragraph("This is Chapter 2", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 18, Font.BOLDITALIC, new BaseColor(0, 0, 255)));
- Chapter chapter2 = new Chapter(title2, 2);
- chapter2.SetNumberDepth(0);
- Paragraph someText = new Paragraph("This is some text");
- chapter2.Add(someText);
- Paragraph title21 = new Paragraph("This is Section 1 in Chapter 2", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 16, Font.BOLD, new BaseColor(255, 0, 0)));
- Section section1 = chapter2.AddSection(title21);
- Paragraph someSectionText = new Paragraph("This is some silly paragraph in a chapter and/or section. It contains some text to test the functionality of Chapters and Section.");
- section1.Add(someSectionText);
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Chapter.
- @param number the Chapter number
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Chapter.
-
- the Chapter title (as a Paragraph)
- the Chapter number
-
- Has three overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Chapter.
-
- the Chapter title (as a string)
- the Chapter number
-
- Has three overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Chapter with auto numbering.
-
- @author Michael Niedermair
-
-
- Is the chapter number already set?
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
- Create a new object.
-
- @param para the Chapter title (as a Paragraph)
-
-
- Create a new objet.
-
- @param title the Chapter title (as a String)
-
-
- Create a new section for this chapter and ad it.
-
- @param title the Section title (as a String)
- @return Returns the new section.
-
-
- Create a new section for this chapter and add it.
-
- @param title the Section title (as a Paragraph)
- @return Returns the new section.
-
-
- Changes the Chapter number.
- @param number the new chapter number
- @since 2.1.4
-
-
-
- This is the smallest significant part of text that can be added to a document.
-
-
- Most elements can be divided in one or more Chunks.
- A chunk is a string with a certain Font.
- all other layoutparameters should be defined in the object to which
- this chunk of text is added.
-
-
-
- Chunk chunk = new Chunk("Hello world", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.COURIER, 20, Font.ITALIC, new BaseColor(255, 0, 0)));
- document.Add(chunk);
-
-
-
-
- The character stand in for an image or a separator.
-
-
- This is a Chunk containing a newline.
-
-
- This is a Chunk containing a newpage.
-
-
- This is the content of this chunk of text.
-
-
- This is the Font of this chunk of text.
-
-
- Contains some of the attributes for this Chunk.
-
-
-
- Empty constructor.
-
-
- Has six overloads.
-
-
-
- A Chunk copy constructor.
- @param ck the Chunk to be copied
-
-
-
- Constructs a chunk of text with a certain content and a certain Font.
-
- the content
- the font
-
-
-
- Constructs a chunk of text with a certain content, without specifying a Font.
-
- the content
-
-
- Constructs a chunk of text with a char and a certain Font.
-
- @param c the content
- @param font the font
-
-
- Constructs a chunk of text with a char, without specifying a Font.
-
- @param c the content
-
-
-
- Constructs a chunk containing an Image.
-
- the image
- the image offset in the x direction
- the image offset in the y direction
-
-
- Key for drawInterface of the Separator.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Creates a separator Chunk.
- Note that separator chunks can't be used in combination with tab chunks!
- @param separator the drawInterface to use to draw the separator.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Creates a separator Chunk.
- Note that separator chunks can't be used in combination with tab chunks!
- @param separator the drawInterface to use to draw the separator.
- @param vertical true if this is a vertical separator
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Key for drawInterface of the tab.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Key for tab stops of the tab.
- @since 5.4.1
-
-
- Creates a tab Chunk.
- Note that separator chunks can't be used in combination with tab chunks!
- @param separator the drawInterface to use to draw the tab.
- @param tabPosition an X coordinate that will be used as start position for the next Chunk.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Creates a tab Chunk.
- Note that separator chunks can't be used in combination with tab chunks!
- @param separator the drawInterface to use to draw the tab.
- @param tabPosition an X coordinate that will be used as start position for the next Chunk.
- @param newline if true, a newline will be added if the tabPosition has already been reached.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Creates a tab Chunk.
-
- @param tabInterval an interval that will be used if tab stops are omitted.
- @param isWhitespace if true, the current tab is treated as white space.
- @since 5.4.1
-
-
-
- Constructs a chunk containing an Image.
-
- the image
- the image offset in the x direction
- the image offset in the y direction
- true if the leading has to be adapted to the image
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
-
- appends some text to this Chunk.
-
- a string
- a StringBuilder
-
-
-
- Get/set the font of this Chunk.
-
- a Font
-
-
-
- Returns the content of this Chunk.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Checks is this Chunk is empty.
-
- false if the Chunk contains other characters than space.
-
-
- Gets the width of the Chunk in points.
- @return a width in points
-
-
-
- Checks the attributes of this Chunk.
-
- false if there aren't any.
-
-
- Checks the accessible attributes of this Chunk.
-
- @return false if there aren't any.
-
-
-
- Sets/Gets the attributes for this Chunk.
-
-
- It may be null.
-
- a Hashtable
-
-
-
- Sets an arbitrary attribute.
-
- the key for the attribute
- the value of the attribute
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for text horizontal scaling.
-
-
- Sets the text horizontal scaling. A value of 1 is normal and a value of 0.5f
- shrinks the text to half it's width.
- @param scale the horizontal scaling factor
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Gets the horizontal scaling.
- @return a percentage in float
-
-
- Key for underline.
-
-
- Sets an horizontal line that can be an underline or a strikethrough.
- Actually, the line can be anywhere vertically and has always the
- Chunk width. Multiple call to this method will
- produce multiple lines.
- @param thickness the absolute thickness of the line
- @param yPosition the absolute y position relative to the baseline
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Sets an horizontal line that can be an underline or a strikethrough.
- Actually, the line can be anywhere vertically and has always the
- Chunk width. Multiple call to this method will
- produce multiple lines.
- @param color the color of the line or null to follow
- the text color
- @param thickness the absolute thickness of the line
- @param thicknessMul the thickness multiplication factor with the font size
- @param yPosition the absolute y position relative to the baseline
- @param yPositionMul the position multiplication factor with the font size
- @param cap the end line cap. Allowed values are
- PdfContentByte.LINE_CAP_BUTT, PdfContentByte.LINE_CAP_ROUND and
- PdfContentByte.LINE_CAP_PROJECTING_SQUARE
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Key for sub/basescript.
-
-
-
- Sets the text displacement relative to the baseline. Positive values rise the text,
- negative values lower the text.
-
-
- It can be used to implement sub/basescript.
-
- the displacement in points
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for text skewing.
-
-
- Skews the text to simulate italic and other effects.
- Try alpha=0 and beta=12.
- @param alpha the first angle in degrees
- @param beta the second angle in degrees
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Key for background.
-
-
-
- Sets the color of the background Chunk.
-
- the color of the background
- this Chunk
-
-
- Sets the color and the size of the background Chunk.
- @param color the color of the background
- @param extraLeft increase the size of the rectangle in the left
- @param extraBottom increase the size of the rectangle in the bottom
- @param extraRight increase the size of the rectangle in the right
- @param extraTop increase the size of the rectangle in the top
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Key for text rendering mode.
-
-
- Sets the text rendering mode. It can outline text, simulate bold and make
- text invisible.
- @param mode the text rendering mode. It can be PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_FILL,
- PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_STROKE, PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_FILL_STROKE
- and PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_INVISIBLE.
- @param strokeWidth the stroke line width for the modes PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_STROKE and
- PdfContentByte.TEXT_RENDER_MODE_FILL_STROKE.
- @param strokeColor the stroke color or null to follow the text color
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Key for split character.
-
-
-
- Sets the split characters.
-
- the SplitCharacter interface
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for hyphenation.
-
-
-
- sets the hyphenation engine to this Chunk.
-
- the hyphenation engine
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for remote goto.
-
-
-
- Sets a goto for a remote destination for this Chunk.
-
- the file name of the destination document
- the name of the destination to go to
- this Chunk
-
-
-
- Sets a goto for a remote destination for this Chunk.
-
- the file name of the destination document
- the page of the destination to go to. First page is 1
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for local goto.
-
-
-
- Sets a local goto for this Chunk.
-
-
- There must be a local destination matching the name.
-
- the name of the destination to go to
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for local destination.
-
-
-
- Sets a local destination for this Chunk.
-
- the name for this destination
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for generic tag.
-
-
-
- Sets the generic tag Chunk.
-
-
- The text for this tag can be retrieved with PdfPageEvent.
-
- the text for the tag
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for line-height (alternative for leading in Phrase).
-
-
- Sets a line height tag.
-
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Key for image.
-
-
-
- Returns the image.
-
- an Image
-
-
- Key for Action.
-
-
-
- Sets an action for this Chunk.
-
- the action
- this Chunk
-
-
-
- Sets an anchor for this Chunk.
-
- the Uri to link to
- this Chunk
-
-
-
- Sets an anchor for this Chunk.
-
- the url to link to
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for newpage.
-
-
-
- Sets a new page tag.
-
- this Chunk
-
-
- Key for annotation.
-
-
-
- Sets a generic annotation to this Chunk.
-
- the annotation
- this Chunk
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Returns the hyphenation (if present).
- @param hyphenation a HyphenationEvent instance
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Key for color.
-
-
- Key for encoding.
-
-
- Key for character spacing.
-
-
- Sets the character spacing.
-
- @param charSpace the character spacing value
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Gets the character spacing.
-
- @return a value in float
-
-
- Key for word spacing.
-
-
- Sets the word spacing.
-
- @param wordSpace the word spacing value
- @return this Chunk
-
-
- Gets the word spacing.
-
- @return a value in float
-
-
- Sets the textual expansion of the abbreviation or acronym.
- It is highly recommend to set textuual expansion when generating PDF/UA documents.
- @param value
-
-
-
- A generic Document class.
-
-
- All kinds of Text-elements can be added to a HTMLDocument.
- The Document signals all the listeners when an element
- has been added.
-
- Once a document is created you can add some meta information.
- You can also set the headers/footers.
- You have to open the document before you can write content.
- You can only write content (no more meta-formation!) once a document is opened.
- When you change the header/footer on a certain page, this will be effective starting on the next page.
- Ater closing the document, every listener (as well as its OutputStream) is closed too.
-
-
-
-
- // creation of the document with a certain size and certain margins
- Document document = new Document(PageSize.A4, 50, 50, 50, 50);
- try {
- // creation of the different writers
- HtmlWriter.GetInstance(document, System.out);
- PdfWriter.GetInstance(document, new FileOutputStream("text.pdf"));
- // we add some meta information to the document
- document.AddAuthor("Bruno Lowagie");
- document.AddSubject("This is the result of a Test.");
-
- // we define a header and a footer
- HeaderFooter header = new HeaderFooter(new Phrase("This is a header."), false);
- HeaderFooter footer = new HeaderFooter(new Phrase("This is page "), new Phrase("."));
- footer.SetAlignment(Element.ALIGN_CENTER);
- document.SetHeader(header);
- document.SetFooter(footer);
- // we open the document for writing
- document.Open();
- document.Add(new Paragraph("Hello world"));
- }
- catch (DocumentException de) {
- Console.Error.WriteLine(de.Message);
- }
- document.Close();
-
-
-
-
- Allows the pdf documents to be produced without compression for debugging purposes.
-
-
- Scales the WMF font size. The default value is 0.86.
-
-
- The IDocListener.
-
-
- Is the document open or not?
-
-
- Has the document already been closed?
-
-
- The size of the page.
-
-
- margin in x direction starting from the left
-
-
- margin in x direction starting from the right
-
-
- margin in y direction starting from the top
-
-
- margin in y direction starting from the bottom
-
-
- mirroring of the top/bottom margins
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Content of JavaScript onLoad function
-
-
- Content of JavaScript onUnLoad function
-
-
- Style class in HTML body tag
-
-
- Current pagenumber
-
-
- This is a chapter number in case ChapterAutoNumber is used.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Document-object.
-
-
- Has three overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Document-object.
-
- the pageSize
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Document-object.
-
- the pageSize
- the margin on the left
- the margin on the right
- the margin on the top
- the margin on the bottom
-
-
-
- Adds a IDocListener to the Document.
-
- the new IDocListener
-
-
-
- Removes a IDocListener from the Document.
-
- the IDocListener that has to be removed.
-
-
-
- Adds an Element to the Document.
-
- the Element to add
- true if the element was added, false if not
-
-
-
- Opens the document.
-
-
- Once the document is opened, you can't write any Header- or Meta-information
- anymore. You have to open the document before you can begin to add content
- to the body of the document.
-
-
-
-
- Opens the document.
-
-
- Version for languages that are not case-dependant.
- Once the document is opened, you can't write any Header- or Meta-information
- anymore. You have to open the document before you can begin to add content
- to the body of the document.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the pagesize.
-
- the new pagesize
- a bool
-
-
-
- Sets the margins.
-
- the margin on the left
- the margin on the right
- the margin on the top
- the margin on the bottom
-
-
-
-
- Signals that an new page has to be started.
-
- true if the page was added, false if not.
-
-
-
- Sets the page number to 0.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the page number.
-
- an int
-
-
-
- Returns the current page number.
-
- an int
-
-
-
- Closes the document.
-
-
- Once all the content has been written in the body, you have to close
- the body. After that nothing can be written to the body anymore.
-
-
-
-
- Closes the document.
-
-
- Version for languages that are not case-dependant.
- Once all the content has been written in the body, you have to close
- the body. After that nothing can be written to the body anymore.
-
-
-
-
- Adds a user defined header to the document.
-
- the name of the header
- the content of the header
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the title to a Document.
-
- the title
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the subject to a Document.
-
- the subject
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the keywords to a Document.
-
- keywords to add
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the author to a Document.
-
- the name of the author
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the creator to a Document.
-
- the name of the creator
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the producer to a Document.
-
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
- Adds a language to th document. Required for PDF/UA compatible documents.
- @param language
- @return true if successfull, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Adds the current date and time to a Document.
-
- true if successful, false otherwise
-
-
-
- Returns the left margin.
-
- the left margin
-
-
-
- Return the right margin.
-
- the right margin
-
-
-
- Returns the top margin.
-
- the top margin
-
-
-
- Returns the bottom margin.
-
- the bottom margin
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-coordinate.
-
- the lower left x-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-coordinate.
-
- the upper right x-coordinate.
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-coordinate.
-
- the upper right y-coordinate.
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-coordinate.
-
- the lower left y-coordinate.
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-coordinate considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the lower left x-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the upper right x-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the upper right y-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the lower left y-coordinate
-
-
-
- Gets the pagesize.
-
- the page size
-
-
-
- Checks if the document is open.
-
- true if the document is open
-
-
-
- Gets the JavaScript onLoad command.
-
- the JavaScript onLoad command.
-
-
-
- Gets the JavaScript onUnLoad command.
-
- the JavaScript onUnLoad command
-
-
-
- Gets the style class of the HTML body tag
-
- the style class of the HTML body tag
-
-
-
-
- Gets the margin mirroring flag.
-
- @return the margin mirroring flag
-
-
-
- Signals that an error has occurred in a Document.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new DocumentException
-
-
- Has two overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new DocumentException
-
- error message
-
-
-
- Constructs a DocumentException with a message and a Exception.
-
- a message describing the exception
- an exception that has to be turned into a DocumentException
-
-
-
- An abstract Writer class for documents.
-
-
- DocWriter is the abstract class of several writers such
- as PdfWriter and HtmlWriter.
- A DocWriter can be added as a DocListener
- to a certain Document by getting an instance (see method
- GetInstance() in the specific writer-classes).
- Every Element added to the original Document
- will be written to the stream of the listening
- DocWriter.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- This is some byte that is often used.
-
-
- The pageSize.
-
-
- This is the document that has to be written.
-
-
- The stream of this writer.
-
-
- Is the writer open for writing?
-
-
- Do we have to pause all writing actions?
-
-
- Closes the stream on document close
-
-
-
- Constructs a DocWriter.
-
- The Document that has to be written
- The Stream the writer has to write to.
-
-
-
- Signals that an Element was added to the Document.
-
-
- This method should be overriden in the specific DocWriter classes
- derived from this abstract class.
-
-
- false
-
-
-
- Signals that the Document was opened.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the pagesize.
-
- the new pagesize
- a boolean
-
-
-
- Sets the margins.
-
-
- This does nothing. Has to be overridden if needed.
-
- the margin on the left
- the margin on the right
- the margin on the top
- the margin on the bottom
-
-
-
-
- Signals that an new page has to be started.
-
-
- This does nothing. Has to be overridden if needed.
-
- true if the page was added, false if not.
-
-
-
- Sets the page number to 0.
-
-
- This method should be overriden in the specific DocWriter classes
- derived from this abstract class if they actually support the use of
- pagenumbers.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the page number.
-
-
- This method should be overriden in the specific DocWriter classes
- derived from this abstract class if they actually support the use of
- pagenumbers.
-
-
-
-
- Signals that the Document was closed and that no other
- Elements will be added.
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string into a Byte array
- according to the ISO-8859-1 codepage.
-
- the text to be converted
- the conversion result
-
-
-
- Let the writer know that all writing has to be paused.
-
-
-
- Checks if writing is paused.
-
- @return true if writing temporarely has to be paused, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- Let the writer know that writing may be resumed.
-
-
-
-
- Flushes the Stream.
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the stream.
-
- the string to write
-
-
-
- Writes a number of tabs.
-
- the number of tabs to add
-
-
-
- Writes a key-value pair to the stream.
-
- the name of an attribute
- the value of an attribute
-
-
-
- Writes a starttag to the stream.
-
- the name of the tag
-
-
-
- Writes an endtag to the stream.
-
- the name of the tag
-
-
-
- Writes an endtag to the stream.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the markup attributes of the specified MarkupAttributes
- object to the stream.
-
- the MarkupAttributes to write.
-
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.DocListener#setMarginMirroring(boolean)
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
-
- Interface for a text element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
- @since 5.3.0
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
-
-
- This is a possible type of Element.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- This is an element thats not an element.
- @see WritableDirectElement
-
-
-
- A possible value for paragraph Element. This
- specifies that the text is aligned to the left
- indent and extra whitespace should be placed on
- the right.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for paragraph Element. This
- specifies that the text is aligned to the left
- indent and extra whitespace should be placed on
- the right.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for paragraph Element. This
- specifies that the text is aligned to the center
- and extra whitespace should be placed equally on
- the left and right.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for paragraph Element. This
- specifies that the text is aligned to the right
- indent and extra whitespace should be placed on
- the left.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for paragraph Element. This
- specifies that extra whitespace should be spread
- out through the rows of the paragraph with the
- text lined up with the left and right indent
- except on the last line which should be aligned
- to the left.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for vertical Element.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for vertical Element.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for vertical Element.
-
-
-
-
- A possible value for vertical Element.
-
-
-
-
- Does the same as ALIGN_JUSTIFIED but the last line is also spread out.
-
-
-
-
- Pure two-dimensional encoding (Group 4)
-
-
-
-
- Pure one-dimensional encoding (Group 3, 1-D)
-
-
-
-
- Mixed one- and two-dimensional encoding (Group 3, 2-D)
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether 1-bits are to be interpreted as black pixels
- and 0-bits as white pixels,
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether the filter expects extra 0-bits before each
- encoded line so that the line begins on a byte boundary.
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether end-of-line bit patterns are required to be
- present in the encoding.
-
-
-
-
- A flag indicating whether the filter expects the encoded data to be
- terminated by an end-of-block pattern, overriding the Rows
- parameter. The use of this flag will set the key /EndOfBlock to false.
-
-
-
- Localizes error messages. The messages are located in the package
- com.lowagie.text.error_messages in the form language_country.lng.
- The internal file encoding is UTF-8 without any escape chars, it's not a
- normal property file. See en.lng for more information on the internal format.
- @author Paulo Soares (psoares@glintt.com)
-
-
- Get a message without parameters.
- @param key the key to the message
- @return the message
-
-
- Get a message with parameters. The parameters will replace the strings
- "{1}", "{2}", ..., "{n}" found in the message.
- @param key the key to the message
- @param p the variable parameter
- @return the message
-
-
- Sets the language to be used globally for the error messages. The language
- is a two letter lowercase country designation like "en" or "pt". The country
- is an optional two letter uppercase code like "US" or "PT".
- @param language the language
- @param country the country
- @return true if the language was found, false otherwise
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Sets the error messages directly from a Reader.
- @param r the Reader
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Typed exception used when opening an existing PDF document.
- Gets thrown when the document isn't a valid PDF document.
- @since 2.1.5 It was written for iText 2.0.8, but moved to another package
-
-
- Creates an exception saying the user password was incorrect.
-
-
- Typed exception used when creating PDF syntax that isn't valid.
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Creates an exception saying the PDF syntax isn't correct.
- @param message some extra info about the exception
-
-
- RuntimeException to indicate that the provided Image is invalid/corrupted.
- Should only be thrown/not caught when ignoring invalid images.
- @since 5.4.2
-
-
- Typed exception used when opening an existing PDF document.
- Gets thrown when the document isn't a valid PDF document.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Creates an instance of with a message and no cause
- @param message the reason why the document isn't a PDF document according to iText.
-
-
- Creates an exception with a message and a cause
- @param message the reason why the document isn't a PDF document according to iText.
- @param cause the cause of the exception, if any
-
-
- Typed exception used when opening an existing PDF document.
- Gets thrown when the document isn't a valid PDF document according to iText,
- but it's different from the InvalidPdfException in the sense that it may
- be an iText limitation (most of the times it isn't but you might have
- bumped into something that has been added to the PDF specs, but that isn't
- supported in iText yet).
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Creates an instance of an UnsupportedPdfException.
- @param message the reason why the document isn't a PDF document according to iText.
-
-
- This class can produce String combinations representing a number built with
- Greek letters (from alpha to omega, then alpha alpha, alpha beta, alpha gamma).
- We are aware of the fact that the original Greek numbering is different;
- See http://www.cogsci.indiana.edu/farg/harry/lan/grknum.htm#ancient
- but this isn't implemented yet; the main reason being the fact that we
- need a font that has the obsolete Greek characters qoppa and sampi.
-
-
- Changes an int into a lower case Greek letter combination.
- @param index the original number
- @return the letter combination
-
-
- Changes an int into a lower case Greek letter combination.
- @param index the original number
- @return the letter combination
-
-
- Changes an int into a upper case Greek letter combination.
- @param index the original number
- @return the letter combination
-
-
- Changes an int into a Greek letter combination.
- @param index the original number
- @return the letter combination
-
-
- This class can produce String combinations representing a number.
- "a" to "z" represent 1 to 26, "AA" represents 27, "AB" represents 28,
- and so on; "ZZ" is followed by "AAA".
-
-
- Translates a positive integer (not equal to zero)
- into a String using the letters 'a' to 'z';
- 1 = a, 2 = b, ..., 26 = z, 27 = aa, 28 = ab,...
-
-
- Translates a positive integer (not equal to zero)
- into a String using the letters 'a' to 'z';
- 1 = a, 2 = b, ..., 26 = z, 27 = aa, 28 = ab,...
-
-
- Translates a positive integer (not equal to zero)
- into a String using the letters 'A' to 'Z';
- 1 = A, 2 = B, ..., 26 = Z, 27 = AA, 28 = AB,...
-
-
- Translates a positive integer (not equal to zero)
- into a String using the letters 'a' to 'z'
- (a = 1, b = 2, ..., z = 26, aa = 27, ab = 28,...).
-
-
- This class can produce String combinations representing a roman number.
-
-
- Helper class for Roman Digits
-
-
- part of a roman number
-
-
- value of the roman digit
-
-
- can the digit be used as a prefix
-
-
- Constructs a roman digit
- @param digit the roman digit
- @param value the value
- @param pre can it be used as a prefix
-
-
- Array with Roman digits.
-
-
- Changes an int into a lower case roman number.
- @param index the original number
- @return the roman number (lower case)
-
-
- Changes an int into a lower case roman number.
- @param index the original number
- @return the roman number (lower case)
-
-
- Changes an int into an upper case roman number.
- @param index the original number
- @return the roman number (lower case)
-
-
- Changes an int into a roman number.
- @param index the original number
- @return the roman number (lower case)
-
-
-
- Contains all the specifications of a font: fontfamily, size, style and color.
-
-
-
- Paragraph p = new Paragraph("This is a paragraph",
- new Font(Font.HELVETICA, 18, Font.BOLDITALIC, new BaseColor(0, 0, 255)));
-
-
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- this is a possible style.
-
-
- the value of an undefined attribute.
-
-
- the value of the default size.
-
-
- the value of the fontfamily.
-
-
- the value of the fontsize.
-
-
- the value of the style.
-
-
- the value of the color.
-
-
- the external font
-
-
- Copy constructor of a Font
- @param other the font that has to be copied
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the family to which this font belongs
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the external font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the external font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the external font
- the size of this font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the external font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the family to which this font belongs
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the family to which this font belongs
- the size of this font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
- the family to which this font belongs
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font.
-
-
- Has nine overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Compares this Font with another
-
- the other Font
- a value
-
-
-
- Gets the family of this font.
-
- the value of the family
-
-
-
- Gets the familyname as a string.
-
- the familyname
-
-
-
- Sets the family using a String ("Courier",
- "Helvetica", "Times New Roman", "Symbol" or "ZapfDingbats").
-
- A String representing a certain font-family.
-
-
-
- Translates a string-value of a certain family
- into the index that is used for this family in this class.
-
- A string representing a certain font-family
- the corresponding index
-
-
-
- Get/set the size of this font.
-
- the size of this font
-
-
- Gets the size that can be used with the calculated BaseFont.
- @return the size that can be used with the calculated BaseFont
-
-
- Gets the leading that can be used with this font.
-
- @param multipliedLeading
- a certain multipliedLeading
- @return the height of a line
-
-
-
- Gets the style of this font.
-
- the style of this font
-
-
- Gets the style that can be used with the calculated BaseFont.
- @return the style that can be used with the calculated BaseFont
-
-
-
- checks if this font is Bold.
-
- a boolean
-
-
-
- checks if this font is Bold.
-
- a boolean
-
-
-
- checks if this font is underlined.
-
- a boolean
-
-
-
- checks if the style of this font is STRIKETHRU.
-
- a boolean
-
-
-
- Sets the style using a String containing one of
- more of the following values: normal, bold, italic, underline, strike.
-
- A String representing a certain style.
-
-
- Sets the style.
- @param style the style.
-
-
-
- Translates a string-value of a certain style
- into the index value is used for this style in this class.
-
- a string
- the corresponding value
-
-
-
- Get/set the color of this font.
-
- the color of this font
-
-
-
- Sets the color.
-
- the red-value of the new color
- the green-value of the new color
- the blue-value of the new color
-
-
-
- Gets the BaseFont inside this object.
-
- the BaseFont
-
-
- Gets the BaseFont this class represents.
- For the built-in fonts a BaseFont is calculated.
- @param specialEncoding true to use the special encoding for Symbol and ZapfDingbats,
- false to always use Cp1252
- @return the BaseFont this class represents
-
-
-
- Checks if the properties of this font are undefined or null.
-
- If so, the standard should be used.
-
- a boolean
-
-
-
-
- If you are using True Type fonts, you can declare the paths of the different ttf- and ttc-files
- to this static class first and then create fonts in your code using one of the static getFont-method
- without having to enter a path as parameter.
-
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is a possible value of a base 14 type 1 font
-
-
- This is the default encoding to use.
-
-
- This is the default value of the embedded variable.
-
-
- Creates new FontFactory
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- true if the font comes from the cache or is added to the cache if new, false if the font is always created new
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- a Font object
-
-
- Register a font by giving explicitly the font family and name.
- @param familyName the font family
- @param fullName the font name
- @param path the font path
-
-
-
- Register a ttf- or a ttc-file.
-
- the path to a ttf- or ttc-file
-
-
-
- Register a ttf- or a ttc-file and use an alias for the font contained in the ttf-file.
-
- the path to a ttf- or ttc-file
- the alias you want to use for the font
-
-
- Register all the fonts in a directory.
- @param dir the directory
- @return the number of fonts registered
-
-
-
- Register fonts in some probable directories. It usually works in Windows,
- Linux and Solaris.
- @return the number of fonts registered
-
-
-
- Gets a set of registered fontnames.
-
- a set of registered fontnames
-
-
-
- Gets a set of registered font families.
-
- a set of registered font families
-
-
-
- Checks whether the given font is contained within the object
-
- the name of the font
- true if font is contained within the object
-
-
-
- Checks if a certain font is registered.
-
- the name of the font that has to be checked
- true if the font is found
-
-
-
- If you are using True Type fonts, you can declare the paths of the different ttf- and ttc-files
- to this class first and then create fonts in your code using one of the getFont method
- without having to enter a path as parameter.
-
-
-
-
- This is a map of postscriptfontnames of True Type fonts and the path of their ttf- or ttc-file.
-
-
- This is a map of fontfamilies.
-
-
- This is the default encoding to use.
-
-
- This is the default value of the embedded variable.
-
-
- Creates new FontFactory
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- true if the font comes from the cache or is added to the cache if new, false if the font is always created new
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- the size of this font
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- the size of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the encoding of the font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the BaseColor of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- the style of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- the size of this font
- a Font object
-
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- the name of the font
- a Font object
-
-
- Register a font by giving explicitly the font family and name.
- @param familyName the font family
- @param fullName the font name
- @param path the font path
-
-
-
- Register a ttf- or a ttc-file.
-
- the path to a ttf- or ttc-file
-
-
-
- Register a ttf- or a ttc-file and use an alias for the font contained in the ttf-file.
-
- the path to a ttf- or ttc-file
- the alias you want to use for the font
-
-
- Register all the fonts in a directory.
- @param dir the directory
- @return the number of fonts registered
-
-
-
- Register fonts in windows
- @return the number of fonts registered
-
-
-
- Gets a set of registered fontnames.
-
- a set of registered fontnames
-
-
-
- Gets a set of registered font families.
-
- a set of registered font families
-
-
-
- Checks if a certain font is registered.
-
- the name of the font that has to be checked
- true if the font is found
-
-
-
- A special-version of LIST whitch use greek-letters.
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.List
-
-
- Initialization
-
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Initialisierung
-
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Initialisierung
- @param greeklower greek-char in lowercase
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- change the font to SYMBOL
-
-
- Adds an Object to the List.
-
- @param o the object to add.
- @return true if adding the object succeeded
-
-
-
- This is an Element that contains
- some userdefined meta information about the document.
-
-
-
- Header header = new Header("inspired by", "William Shakespeare");
-
-
-
-
- This is the content of this chunk of text.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Header.
-
- the name of the meta-information
- the content
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the meta information.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- List with the HTML translation of all the characters.
-
-
- Set containing tags that trigger a new line.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Converts a String to the HTML-format of this String.
-
- @param string The String to convert
- @return a String
-
-
- Converts a BaseColor into a HTML representation of this BaseColor.
-
- @param color the BaseColor that has to be converted.
- @return the HTML representation of this BaseColor
-
-
- Translates the alignment value.
-
- @param alignment the alignment value
- @return the translated value
-
-
- Returns true if the tag causes a new line like p, br etc.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Static final values of supported HTML tags and attributes.
- @since 5.0.6
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of a tag
-
-
- name of a tag.
- @since 5.0.6 (reorganized all constants)
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- name of an attribute
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- name of an attribute
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Name of an attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- name of an attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- the possible value of an alignment attribute
-
-
- This is used for inline css style information
-
-
- Attribute for specifying externally defined CSS class.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- the CSS tag for text color
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The CSS tag for the font size.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- the CSS tag for text decorations
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- a CSS value for text decoration
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- A possible attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- A possible attribute.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Stores the hierarchy of tags along with the attributes of each tag.
- @since 5.0.6 renamed from ChainedProperties
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Class that stores the info about one tag in the chain.
-
-
- A possible tag
-
-
- The styles corresponding with the tag
-
-
- Constructs a chained property.
- @param tag an XML/HTML tag
- @param attrs the tag's attributes
-
-
- A list of chained properties representing the tag hierarchy.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of ChainedProperties
-
-
- Walks through the hierarchy (bottom-up) looking for
- a property key. Returns a value as soon as a match
- is found or null if the key can't be found.
- @param key the key of the property
- @return the value of the property
-
-
- Walks through the hierarchy (bottom-up) looking for
- a property key. Returns true as soon as a match is
- found or false if the key can't be found.
- @param key the key of the property
- @return true if the key is found
-
-
- Adds a tag and its corresponding properties to the chain.
- @param tag the tags that needs to be added to the chain
- @param props the tag's attributes
-
-
- If the properties contain a font size, the size may need to
- be adjusted based on font sizes higher in the hierarchy.
- @param attrs the attributes that may have to be updated
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
-
-
- Old iText class that allows you to convert HTML to PDF.
- We've completely rewritten HTML to PDF conversion and we made it a separate project named XML Worker.
- @deprecated since 5.5.2; please switch to XML Worker instead (this is a separate project)
-
-
- DocListener that will listen to the Elements
- produced by parsing the HTML.
- This can be a com.lowagie.text.Document adding
- the elements to a Document directly, or an
- HTMLWorker instance strong the objects in a List
-
-
- The map with all the supported tags.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The object defining all the styles.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of HTMLWorker
- @param document A class that implements DocListener
-
-
- Creates a new instance of HTMLWorker
- @param document A class that implements DocListener
- @param tags A map containing the supported tags
- @param style A StyleSheet
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Sets the map with supported tags.
- @param tags
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Setter for the StyleSheet
- @param style the StyleSheet
-
-
- Parses content read from a java.io.Reader object.
- @param reader the content
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Stack with the Elements that already have been processed.
- @since iText 5.0.6 (private => protected)
-
-
- Keeps the content of the current paragraph
- @since iText 5.0.6 (private => protected)
-
-
- The current hierarchy chain of tags.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#startDocument()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#startElement(java.lang.String, java.util.Dictionary)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#text(java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#endElement(java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#endDocument()
-
-
- Adds a new line to the currentParagraph.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Flushes the current paragraph, indicating that we're starting
- a new block.
- If the stack is empty, the paragraph is added to the document.
- Otherwise the Paragraph is added to the stack.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Stacks the current paragraph, indicating that we're starting
- a new span.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Pushes an element to the Stack.
- @param element
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Updates the chain with a new tag and new attributes.
- @param tag the new tag
- @param attrs the corresponding attributes
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Updates the chain by removing a tag.
- @param tag the new tag
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the image provider in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the image processor in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the image store in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the image baseurl provider in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the font provider in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Key used to store the link provider in the providers map.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- IDictionary containing providers such as a FontProvider or ImageProvider.
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed from interfaceProps)
-
-
- Setter for the providers.
- If a FontProvider is added, the ElementFactory is updated.
- @param providers a IDictionary with different providers
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Factory that is able to create iText Element objects.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a Chunk using the factory.
- @param content the content of the chunk
- @return a Chunk with content
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a Paragraph using the factory.
- @return a Paragraph without any content
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a List object.
- @param tag should be "ol" or "ul"
- @return a List object
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a ListItem object.
- @return a ListItem object
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a LineSeparator object.
- @param attrs properties of the LineSeparator
- @return a LineSeparator object
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates an Image object.
- @param attrs properties of the Image
- @return an Image object (or null if the Image couldn't be found)
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a Cell.
- @param tag the tag
- @return a CellWrapper object
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Adds a link to the current paragraph.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Fetches the List from the Stack and adds it to
- the TextElementArray on top of the Stack,
- or to the Document if the Stack is empty.
- @throws DocumentException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Looks for the List object on the Stack,
- and adds the ListItem to the List.
- @throws DocumentException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Processes an Image.
- @param img
- @param attrs
- @throws DocumentException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Processes the Table.
- @throws DocumentException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Gets the TableWrapper from the Stack and adds a new row.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Stack to keep track of table tags.
-
-
- Boolean to keep track of TR tags.
-
-
- Boolean to keep track of TD and TH tags
-
-
- Boolean to keep track of LI tags
-
-
- Boolean to keep track of PRE tags
- @since 5.0.6 renamed from isPRE
-
-
- Indicates if text needs to be skipped.
- @since iText 5.0.6 (private => protected)
-
-
- Pushes the values of pendingTR and pendingTD
- to a state stack.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Pops the values of pendingTR and pendingTD
- from a state stack.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @return the pendingTR
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param pendingTR the pendingTR to set
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @return the pendingTD
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param pendingTD the pendingTD to set
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @return the pendingLI
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param pendingLI the pendingLI to set
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @return the insidePRE
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param insidePRE the insidePRE to set
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @return the skipText
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param skipText the skipText to set
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- The resulting list of elements.
-
-
- Parses an HTML source to a List of Element objects
- @param reader the HTML source
- @param style a StyleSheet object
- @return a List of Element objects
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parses an HTML source to a List of Element objects
- @param reader the HTML source
- @param style a StyleSheet object
- @param providers map containing classes with extra info
- @return a List of Element objects
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Parses an HTML source to a List of Element objects
- @param reader the HTML source
- @param style a StyleSheet object
- @param tags a map containing supported tags and their processors
- @param providers map containing classes with extra info
- @return a List of Element objects
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.ElementListener#add(com.itextpdf.text.Element)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#close()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#newPage()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#open()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#resetPageCount()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#setMarginMirroring(bool)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#setMarginMirroring(bool)
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#setMargins(float, float, float, float)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#setPageCount(int)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.DocListener#setPageSize(com.itextpdf.text.Rectangle)
-
-
- Sets the providers.
- @deprecated use SetProviders() instead
-
-
- Gets the providers
- @deprecated use GetProviders() instead
-
-
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Old class to define styles for HTMLWorker.
- We've completely rewritten HTML to PDF functionality; see project XML Worker.
- XML Worker is able to parse CSS files and "style" attribute values.
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- IDictionary storing tags and their corresponding styles.
- @since 5.0.6 (changed Dictionary => IDictionary)
-
-
- IDictionary storing possible names of the "class" attribute
- and their corresponding styles.
- @since 5.0.6 (changed Dictionary => IDictionary)
-
-
- Creates a new instance of StyleSheet
-
-
- Associates a IDictionary containing styles with a tag.
- @param tag the name of the HTML/XML tag
- @param attrs a map containing styles
-
-
- Adds an extra style key-value pair to the styles IDictionary
- of a specific tag
- @param tag the name of the HTML/XML tag
- @param key the key specifying a specific style
- @param value the value defining the style
-
-
- Associates a IDictionary containing styles with a class name.
- @param className the value of the class attribute
- @param attrs a map containing styles
-
-
- Adds an extra style key-value pair to the styles IDictionary
- of a specific tag
- @param className the name of the HTML/XML tag
- @param key the key specifying a specific style
- @param value the value defining the style
-
-
- Resolves the styles based on the tag name and the value
- of the class attribute.
- @param tag the tag that needs to be resolved
- @param attrs existing style map that will be updated
-
-
- Method contributed by Lubos Strapko
- @param h
- @param chain
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- We use a CellWrapper because we need some extra info
- that isn't available in PdfPCell.
- @author psoares
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- The cell that is wrapped in this stub.
-
-
- The width of the cell.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Indicates if the width is a percentage.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a new instance of IncCell.
- @param tag the cell that is wrapped in this object.
- @param chain properties such as width
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a PdfPCell element based on a tag and its properties.
- @param tag a cell tag
- @param chain the hierarchy chain
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Factory that produces iText Element objects,
- based on tags and their properties.
- @author blowagie
- @author psoares
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- The font provider that will be used to fetch fonts.
- @since iText 5.0 This used to be a FontFactoryImp
-
-
- Creates a new instance of FactoryProperties.
-
-
- Setter for the font provider
- @param provider
- @since 5.0.6 renamed from setFontImp
-
-
- Creates a Font object based on a chain of properties.
- @param chain chain of properties
- @return an iText Font object
-
-
- Creates an iText Chunk
- @param content the content of the Chunk
- @param chain the hierarchy chain
- @return a Chunk
-
-
- Creates an iText Paragraph object using the properties
- of the different tags and properties in the hierarchy chain.
- @param chain the hierarchy chain
- @return a Paragraph without any content
-
-
- Creates an iText Paragraph object using the properties
- of the different tags and properties in the hierarchy chain.
- @param chain the hierarchy chain
- @return a ListItem without any content
-
-
- Method that does the actual Element creating for
- the createParagraph and createListItem method.
- @param paragraph
- @param chain
-
-
- Sets the leading of a Paragraph object.
- @param paragraph the Paragraph for which we set the leading
- @param leading the String value of the leading
-
-
- Gets a HyphenationEvent based on the hyphenation entry in
- the hierarchy chain.
- @param chain the hierarchy chain
- @return a HyphenationEvent
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Creates a LineSeparator.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- This class maps tags such as div and span to their corresponding
- TagProcessor classes.
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Creates a Map containing supported tags.
-
-
- Object that processes the following tags:
- i, em, b, strong, s, strike, u, sup, sub
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- Maps em to i, strong to b, and strike to s.
- This is a convention: the style parser expects i, b and s.
- @param tag the original tag
- @return the mapped tag
-
-
- Object that processes the a tag.
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- Object that processes the br tag.
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @throws DocumentException
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @throws DocumentException
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @throws DocumentException
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#startElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLTagProcessors#endElement(com.itextpdf.text.html.simpleparser.HTMLWorker, java.lang.String)
-
-
- Interface that needs to be implemented by every tag that is supported by HTMLWorker.
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Implement this class to tell the HTMLWorker what to do
- when an open tag is encountered.
- @param worker the HTMLWorker
- @param tag the tag that was encountered
- @param attrs the current attributes of the tag
- @throws DocumentException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Implement this class to tell the HTMLWorker what to do
- when an close tag is encountered.
- @param worker the HTMLWorker
- @param tag the tag that was encountered
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- Implement this interface to process images and
- to indicate if the image needs to be added or
- skipped.
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Allows you to (pre)process the image before (or instead of)
- adding it to the DocListener with HTMLWorker.
- @param img the Image object
- @param attrs attributes of the image
- @param chain hierarchy of attributes
- @param doc the DocListener to which the Image needs to be added
- @return false if you still want HTMLWorker to add the Image
-
-
- Allows you to do additional processing on a Paragraph that contains a link.
- @author psoares
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- Does additional processing on a link paragraph
- @param current the Paragraph that has the link
- @param attrs the attributes
- @return false if the Paragraph no longer needs processing
-
-
- @since 5.0.6
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- We use a TableWrapper because PdfPTable is rather complex
- to put on the HTMLWorker stack.
- @author psoares
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- The styles that need to be applied to the table
- @since 5.0.6 renamed from props
-
-
- Nested list containing the PdfPCell elements that are part of this table.
-
-
- Array containing the widths of the columns.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a new instance of IncTable.
- @param attrs a Map containing attributes
-
-
- Adds a new row to the table.
- @param row a list of PdfPCell elements
-
-
- Setter for the column widths
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Creates a new PdfPTable based on the info assembled
- in the table stub.
- @return a PdfPTable
-
-
- This class is a HashMap that contains the names of colors as a key and the
- corresponding Color as value. (Source: Wikipedia
- http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors )
-
- @author blowagie
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- A web color string without the leading # will be 3 or 6 characters long
- and all those characters will be hex digits. NOTE: colStr must be all
- lower case or the current hex letter test will fail.
-
- @param colStr
- A non-null, lower case string that might describe an RGB color
- in hex.
- @return Is this a web color hex string without the leading #?
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Gives you a BaseColor based on a name.
-
- @param name
- a name such as black, violet, cornflowerblue or #RGB or
- #RRGGBB or RGB or RRGGBB or rgb(R,G,B)
- @return the corresponding BaseColor object. Never returns null.
- @throws IllegalArgumentException
- if the String isn't a know representation of a color.
-
-
- A class that contains some utilities to parse HTML attributes and content.
- @since 5.0.6 (some of these methods used to be in the Markup class)
- @deprecated since 5.5.2
-
-
- a default value for font-size
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Parses a length.
-
- @param str
- a length in the form of an optional + or -, followed by a
- number and a unit.
- @return a float
-
-
- New method contributed by: Lubos Strapko
-
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- Converts a BaseColor into a HTML representation of this
- BaseColor.
-
- @param s
- the BaseColor that has to be converted.
- @return the HTML representation of this BaseColor
-
-
- This method parses a String with attributes and returns a Properties
- object.
-
- @param str
- a String of this form: 'key1="value1"; key2="value2";...
- keyN="valueN" '
- @return a Properties object
-
-
- Removes the comments sections of a String.
-
- @param str
- the original String
- @param startComment
- the String that marks the start of a Comment section
- @param endComment
- the String that marks the end of a Comment section.
- @return the String stripped of its comment section
-
-
- Helper class that reduces the white space in a String
- @param content content containing whitespace
- @return the content without all unnecessary whitespace
-
-
- A series of predefined font sizes.
- @since 5.0.6 (renamed)
-
-
- Picks a font size from a series of predefined font sizes.
- @param value the new value of a font, expressed as an index
- @param previous the previous value of the font size
- @return a new font size.
-
-
- Translates a String value to an alignment value.
- (written by Norman Richards, integrated into iText by Bruno)
- @param alignment a String (one of the ALIGN_ constants of this class)
- @return an alignment value (one of the ALIGN_ constants of the Element interface)
-
-
-
- A class that implements DocListener will perform some
- actions when some actions are performed on a Document.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Signals that the Document has been opened and that
- Elements can be added.
-
-
-
-
- Signals that the Document was closed and that no other
- Elements will be added.
-
-
- The output stream of every writer implementing IDocListener will be closed.
-
-
-
-
- Signals that an new page has to be started.
-
- true if the page was added, false if not.
-
-
-
- Sets the pagesize.
-
- the new pagesize
- a boolean
-
-
-
- Sets the margins.
-
- the margin on the left
- the margin on the right
- the margin on the top
- the margin on the bottom
-
-
-
- Parameter that allows you to do margin mirroring (odd/even pages)
- @param marginMirroring
- @return true if succesfull
-
-
- Parameter that allows you to do top/bottom margin mirroring (odd/even pages)
- @param marginMirroringTopBottom
- @return true if successful
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
-
- Sets the page number.
-
- the new page number
-
-
-
- Sets the page number to 0.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for a text element.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
- Checks if this element is a content object.
- If not, it's a metadata object.
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @return true if this is a 'content' element; false if this is a 'medadata' element
-
-
- Checks if this element is nestable.
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @return true if this element can be nested inside other elements.
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
-
- Gets the content of the text element.
-
- the content of the text element
-
-
-
- A class that implements ElementListener will perform some
- actions when an Element is added.
-
-
-
-
- Signals that an Element was added to the Document.
-
- Element added
- true if the element was added, false if not.
-
-
- These two methods are used by FactoryProperties (for HTMLWorker).
- It's implemented by FontFactoryImp.
- @since iText 5.0
-
-
- Checks if a certain font is registered.
-
- @param fontname the name of the font that has to be checked.
- @return true if the font is found
-
-
- Constructs a Font-object.
-
- @param fontname the name of the font
- @param encoding the encoding of the font
- @param embedded true if the font is to be embedded in the PDF
- @param size the size of this font
- @param style the style of this font
- @param color the BaseColor of this font.
- @return the Font constructed based on the parameters
-
-
- Interface implemented by Element objects that can potentially consume
- a lot of memory. Objects implementing the LargeElement interface can
- be added to a Document more than once. If you have invoked setCompleted(false),
- they will be added partially and the content that was added will be
- removed until you've invoked setCompleted(true);
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- If you invoke setCompleted(false), you indicate that the content
- of the object isn't complete yet; it can be added to the document
- partially, but more will follow. If you invoke setCompleted(true),
- you indicate that you won't add any more data to the object.
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @param complete false if you'll be adding more data after
- adding the object to the document.
-
-
- Flushes the content that has been added.
-
-
-
- An Image is the representation of a graphic element (JPEG, PNG or GIF)
- that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- this is a kind of image Element.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- This represents a coordinate in the transformation matrix.
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
-
-
- type of image
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Image color inversion
-
-
- The imagetype.
-
-
- The URL of the image.
-
-
- The raw data of the image.
-
-
- The template to be treated as an image.
-
-
- The alignment of the Image.
-
-
- Text that can be shown instead of the image.
-
-
- This is the absolute X-position of the image.
-
-
- This is the absolute Y-position of the image.
-
-
- This is the width of the image without rotation.
-
-
- This is the width of the image without rotation.
-
-
- This is the scaled width of the image taking rotation into account.
-
-
- This is the original height of the image taking rotation into account.
-
-
- The compression level of the content streams.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- This is the rotation of the image.
-
-
- this is the colorspace of a jpeg-image.
-
-
- this is the bits per component of the raw image. It also flags a CCITT image.
-
-
- this is the transparency information of the raw image
-
-
- the indentation to the left.
-
-
- the indentation to the right.
-
-
- Holds value of property dpiX.
-
-
- Holds value of property dpiY.
-
-
- Holds value of property interpolation.
-
-
- if the annotation is not null the image will be clickable.
-
-
- ICC Profile attached
-
-
- Holds value of property deflated.
-
-
- Holds value of property smask.
-
-
- Holds value of property XYRatio.
-
-
- Holds value of property originalType.
-
-
- Holds value of property originalData.
-
-
- The spacing before the image.
-
-
- The spacing after the image.
-
-
- Holds value of property widthPercentage.
-
-
- Holds value of property initialRotation.
-
-
-
- Constructs an Image-object, using an url.
-
- the URL where the image can be found.
-
-
-
- Constructs an Image object duplicate.
-
- another Image object.
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image.
-
- an Image
- an object of type Gif, Jpeg or Png
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image.
-
- an URL
- an object of type Gif, Jpeg or Png
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image.
-
- an URL
- an object of type Gif, Jpeg or Png
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image.
-
- a byte array
- an object of type Gif, Jpeg or Png
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image from a System.Drwaing.Image.
-
- the System.Drawing.Image to convert
-
- if different from null the transparency
- pixels are replaced by this color
-
- if true the image is treated as black and white
- an object of type ImgRaw
-
-
-
- Converts a .NET image to a Native(PNG, JPG, GIF, WMF) image
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image from a System.Drawing.Image.
-
- the System.Drawing.Image to convert
-
- if different from null the transparency
- pixels are replaced by this color
-
- an object of type ImgRaw
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image.
-
- a filename
- an object of type Gif, Jpeg or Png
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image in raw mode.
-
- the width of the image in pixels
- the height of the image in pixels
- 1,3 or 4 for GrayScale, RGB and CMYK
- bits per component
- the image data
- an object of type ImgRaw
-
-
- Creates a JBIG2 Image.
- @param width the width of the image
- @param height the height of the image
- @param data the raw image data
- @param globals JBIG2 globals
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- Reuses an existing image.
- @param ref the reference to the image dictionary
- @throws BadElementException on error
- @return the image
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image in raw mode.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image in raw mode.
-
- the width of the image in pixels
- the height of the image in pixels
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an instance of an Image in raw mode.
-
- the width of the image in pixels
- the height of the image in pixels
- 1,3 or 4 for GrayScale, RGB and CMYK
- bits per component
- the image data
-
- transparency information in the Mask format of the
- image dictionary
-
- an object of type ImgRaw
-
-
-
- Sets the absolute position of the Image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Scale the image to the dimensions of the rectangle
-
- dimensions to scale the Image
-
-
-
- Scale the image to an absolute width and an absolute height.
-
- the new width
- the new height
-
-
-
- Scale the image to an absolute width.
-
- the new width
-
-
-
- Scale the image to an absolute height.
-
- the new height
-
-
-
- Scale the image to a certain percentage.
-
- the scaling percentage
-
-
-
- Scale the width and height of an image to a certain percentage.
-
- the scaling percentage of the width
- the scaling percentage of the height
-
-
-
- Scales the images to the dimensions of the rectangle.
-
- the dimensions to fit
-
-
-
- Scales the image so that it fits a certain width and height.
-
- the width to fit
- the height to fit
-
-
- Gets the current image rotation in radians.
- @return the current image rotation in radians
-
-
-
- Sets the rotation of the image in radians.
-
- rotation in radians
-
-
-
- Sets the rotation of the image in degrees.
-
- rotation in degrees
-
-
-
- Get/set the annotation.
-
- the Annotation
-
-
-
- Gets the bpc for the image.
-
-
- this only makes sense for Images of the type RawImage.
-
- a bpc value
-
-
-
- Gets the raw data for the image.
-
-
- this only makes sense for Images of the type RawImage.
-
- the raw data
-
-
-
- Get/set the template to be used as an image.
-
-
- this only makes sense for Images of the type ImgTemplate.
-
- the template
-
-
-
- Checks if the Images has to be added at an absolute position.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Checks if the Images has to be added at an absolute X position.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Returns the absolute X position.
-
- a position
-
-
-
- Returns the absolute Y position.
-
- a position
-
-
-
- Returns the type.
-
- a type
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Returns true if the image is a Jpeg-object.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Returns true if the image is a ImgRaw-object.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Returns true if the image is an ImgTemplate-object.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Gets the string-representation of the reference to the image.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Get/set the alignment for the image.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Get/set the alternative text for the image.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Gets the scaled width of the image.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Gets the scaled height of the image.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Gets the colorspace for the image.
-
-
- this only makes sense for Images of the type Jpeg.
-
- a colorspace value
-
-
-
- Returns the transformation matrix of the image.
-
- an array [AX, AY, BX, BY, CX, CY, DX, DY]
-
-
- Returns the transformation matrix of the image.
-
- @return an array [AX, AY, BX, BY, CX, CY, DX, DY]
-
-
-
- Returns the transparency.
-
- the transparency
-
-
-
- Gets the plain width of the image.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- Gets the plain height of the image.
-
- a value
-
-
-
- generates new serial id
-
-
-
-
- returns serial id for this object
-
-
-
-
- Gets the dots-per-inch in the X direction. Returns 0 if not available.
-
- the dots-per-inch in the X direction
-
-
-
- Gets the dots-per-inch in the Y direction. Returns 0 if not available.
-
- the dots-per-inch in the Y direction
-
-
- Sets the dots per inch value
-
- @param dpiX
- dpi for x coordinates
- @param dpiY
- dpi for y coordinates
-
-
-
- Returns true if this Image has the
- requisites to be a mask.
-
- true if this Image can be a mask
-
-
-
- Make this Image a mask.
-
-
-
-
- Get/set the explicit masking.
-
- the explicit masking
-
-
-
- Returns true if this Image is a mask.
-
- true if this Image is a mask
-
-
-
- Inverts the meaning of the bits of a mask.
-
- true to invert the meaning of the bits of a mask
-
-
-
- Sets the image interpolation. Image interpolation attempts to
- produce a smooth transition between adjacent sample values.
-
- New value of property interpolation.
-
-
- Tags this image with an ICC profile.
- @param profile the profile
-
-
- Checks is the image has an ICC profile.
- @return the ICC profile or null
-
-
- Indicates if the image should be scaled to fit the line
- when the image exceeds the available width.
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- Indicates if the image should be scaled to fit
- when the image exceeds the available height.
- @since iText 5.4.2
-
-
- Gets and sets the value of scaleToFitHeight.
- @return true if the image size has to scale to the available height
- @since iText 5.4.2
-
-
- Replaces CalRGB and CalGray colorspaces with DeviceRGB and DeviceGray.
-
-
- Some image formats, like TIFF may present the images rotated that have
- to be compensated.
-
-
- Sets the compression level to be used if the image is written as a compressed stream.
- @param compressionLevel a value between 0 (best speed) and 9 (best compression)
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- CCITT Image data that has to be inserted into the document
-
- @see Element
- @see Image
-
- @author Paulo Soares
-
- CCITT Image data that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creats an Image in CCITT mode.
-
- the exact width of the image
- the exact height of the image
-
- reverses the bits in data.
- Bit 0 is swapped with bit 7 and so on
-
-
- the type of compression in data. It can be
- CCITTG4, CCITTG31D, CCITTG32D
-
-
- parameters associated with this stream. Possible values are
- CCITT_BLACKIS1, CCITT_ENCODEDBYTEALIGN, CCITT_ENDOFLINE and CCITT_ENDOFBLOCK or a
- combination of them
-
- the image data
-
-
- Support for JBIG2 images.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- JBIG2 globals
-
-
- A unique hash
-
-
- Copy contstructor.
- @param image another Image
-
-
- Empty constructor.
-
-
- Actual constructor for ImgJBIG2 images.
- @param width the width of the image
- @param height the height of the image
- @param data the raw image data
- @param globals JBIG2 globals
-
-
- Getter for the JBIG2 global data.
- @return an array of bytes
-
-
- Getter for the unique hash.
- @return an array of bytes
-
-
-
- Raw Image data that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creats an Image in raw mode.
-
- the exact width of the image
- the exact height of the image
- 1,3 or 4 for GrayScale, RGB and CMYK
- bits per component. Must be 1,2,4 or 8
- data the image data
-
-
-
- PdfTemplate that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Creats an Image from a PdfTemplate.
-
- the Image
-
-
-
- Creats an Image from a PdfTemplate.
-
- the PdfTemplate
-
-
- An ImgWMF is the representation of a windows metafile
- that has to be inserted into the document
-
- @see Element
- @see Image
- @see Gif
- @see Png
-
- An ImgWMF is the representation of a windows metafile
- that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an ImgWMF-object
-
- a Image
-
-
-
- Constructs an ImgWMF-object, using an url.
-
- the URL where the image can be found
-
-
-
- Constructs an ImgWMF-object, using a filename.
-
- a string-representation of the file that contains the image.
-
-
-
- Constructs an ImgWMF-object from memory.
-
- the memory image
-
-
-
- This method checks if the image is a valid WMF and processes some parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Reads the WMF into a template.
-
- the template to read to
-
-
- A RandomAccessSource that is based on an underlying byte array
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- The source
-
-
- Constructs a new OffsetRandomAccessSource
- @param source the source
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- A RandomAccessSource that is based on a set of underlying sources, treating the sources as if they were a contiguous block of data.
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- The underlying sources (along with some meta data to quickly determine where each source begins and ends)
-
-
- Cached value to make multiple reads from the same underlying source more efficient
-
-
- Cached size of the underlying channel
-
-
- Constructs a new {@link GroupedRandomAccessSource} based on the specified set of sources
- @param sources the sources used to build this group
-
-
- For a given offset, return the index of the source that contains the specified offset.
- This is an optimization feature to help optimize the access of the correct source without having to iterate
- through every single source each time. It is safe to always return 0, in which case the full set of sources will be searched.
- Subclasses should override this method if they are able to compute the source index more efficiently (for example {@link FileChannelRandomAccessSource} takes advantage of fixed size page buffers to compute the index)
- @param offset the offset
- @return the index of the input source that contains the specified offset, or 0 if unknown
-
-
- Returns the SourceEntry that contains the byte at the specified offset
- sourceReleased is called as a notification callback so subclasses can take care of cleanup when the source is no longer the active source
- @param offset the offset of the byte to look for
- @return the SourceEntry that contains the byte at the specified offset
- @throws IOException if there is a problem with IO (usually the result of the sourceReleased() call)
-
-
- Called when a given source is no longer the active source. This gives subclasses the abilty to release resources, if appropriate.
- @param source the source that is no longer the active source
- @throws IOException if there are any problems
-
-
- Called when a given source is about to become the active source. This gives subclasses the abilty to retrieve resources, if appropriate.
- @param source the source that is about to become the active source
- @throws IOException if there are any problems
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- The source that contains the byte at position is retrieved, the correct offset into that source computed, then the value
- from that offset in the underlying source is returned.
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- Closes all of the underlying sources
-
-
- Used to track each source, along with useful meta data
-
-
- The underlying source
-
-
- The first byte (in the coordinates of the GroupedRandomAccessSource) that this source contains
-
-
- The last byte (in the coordinates of the GroupedRandomAccessSource) that this source contains
-
-
- The index of this source in the GroupedRandomAccessSource
-
-
- Standard constructor
- @param index the index
- @param source the source
- @param offset the offset of the source in the GroupedRandomAccessSource
-
-
- Given an absolute offset (in the GroupedRandomAccessSource coordinates), calculate the effective offset in the underlying source
- @param absoluteOffset the offset in the parent GroupedRandomAccessSource
- @return the effective offset in the underlying source
-
-
- A RandomAccessSource that is wraps another RandomAccessSouce but does not propagate close(). This is useful when
- passing a RandomAccessSource to a method that would normally close the source.
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- The source
-
-
- Constructs a new OffsetRandomAccessSource
- @param source the source
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- Does nothing - the underlying source is not closed
-
-
- Represents an abstract source that bytes can be read from. This class forms the foundation for all byte input in iText.
- Implementations do not keep track of a current 'position', but rather provide absolute get methods. Tracking position
- should be handled in classes that use RandomAccessSource internally (via composition).
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- Gets a byte at the specified position
- @param position
- @return the byte, or -1 if EOF is reached
-
-
- Gets an array at the specified position. If the number of bytes requested cannot be read, the bytes that can be
- read will be placed in bytes and the number actually read will be returned.
- @param position the position in the RandomAccessSource to read from
- @param bytes output buffer
- @param off offset into the output buffer where results will be placed
- @param len the number of bytes to read
- @return the number of bytes actually read, or -1 if the file is at EOF
-
-
- @return the length of this source
-
-
- Closes this source. The underlying data structure or source (if any) will also be closed
- @throws IOException
-
-
-
- A RandomAccessSource that uses a {@link RandomAccessFile} as it's source
- Note: Unlike most of the RandomAccessSource implementations, this class is not thread safe
-
-
- The source
-
-
- The length of the underling RAF. Note that the length is cached at construction time to avoid the possibility
- of IOExceptions when reading the length.
-
-
- Creates this object
- @param raf the source for this RandomAccessSource
- @throws IOException if the RAF can't be read
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- Note: the length is determined when the {@link RAFRandomAccessSource} is constructed. If the file length changes
- after construction, that change will not be reflected in this call.
-
-
- Closes the underlying RandomAccessFile
-
-
- Factory to create {@link RandomAccessSource} objects based on various types of sources
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
-
- whether the full content of the source should be read into memory at construction
-
-
- Whether {@link RandomAccessFile} should be used instead of a {@link FileChannel}, where applicable
-
-
- Whether the underlying file should have a RW lock on it or just an R lock
-
-
- Creates a factory that will give preference to accessing the underling data source using memory mapped files
-
-
- Determines whether the full content of the source will be read into memory
- @param forceRead true if the full content will be read, false otherwise
- @return this object (this allows chaining of method calls)
-
-
- Creates a {@link RandomAccessSource} based on a byte array
- @param data the byte array
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
-
-
- Creates a {@link RandomAccessSource} based on a URL. The data available at the URL is read into memory and used
- as the source for the {@link RandomAccessSource}
- @param url the url to read from
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
-
-
- Creates a {@link RandomAccessSource} based on an {@link InputStream}. The full content of the InputStream is read into memory and used
- as the source for the {@link RandomAccessSource}
- @param is the stream to read from
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
-
-
- Creates a {@link RandomAccessSource} based on a filename string.
- If the filename describes a URL, a URL based source is created
- If the filename describes a file on disk, the contents may be read into memory (if forceRead is true), opened using memory mapped file channel (if usePlainRandomAccess is false), or opened using {@link RandomAccessFile} access (if usePlainRandomAccess is true)
- This call will automatically failover to using {@link RandomAccessFile} if the memory map operation fails
- @param filename the name of the file or resource to create the {@link RandomAccessSource} for
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
-
-
- Creates a new {@link RandomAccessSource} by reading the specified file/resource into memory
- @param filename the name of the resource to read
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
- @throws IOException if reading the underling file or stream fails
-
-
- Creates a new {@link RandomAccessSource} by reading the specified file/resource into memory
- @param filename the name of the resource to read
- @return the newly created {@link RandomAccessSource}
- @throws IOException if reading the underling file or stream fails
-
-
- An input stream that uses a RandomAccessSource as it's underlying source
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- The source
-
-
- The current position in the source
-
-
- Creates an input stream based on the source
- @param source the source
-
-
- Utility class with commonly used stream operations
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
-
- Reads the full content of a stream and returns them in a byte array
- @param is the stream to read
- @return a byte array containing all of the bytes from the stream
- @throws IOException if there is a problem reading from the input stream
-
-
- Gets the font resources.
- @param key the name of the resource
- @return the Stream to get the resource or
- null if not found
-
-
- A RandomAccessSource that wraps another RandomAccessSouce and provides a window of it at a specific offset and over
- a specific length. Position 0 becomes the offset position in the underlying source.
- @since 5.3.5
-
-
- The source
-
-
- The amount to offset the source by
-
-
- The length
-
-
- Constructs a new OffsetRandomAccessSource that extends to the end of the underlying source
- @param source the source
- @param offset the amount of the offset to use
-
-
- Constructs a new OffsetRandomAccessSource with an explicit length
- @param source the source
- @param offset the amount of the offset to use
- @param length the number of bytes to be included in this RAS
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- Note that the position will be adjusted to read from the corrected location in the underlying source
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- Note that the position will be adjusted to read from the corrected location in the underlying source
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
- Note that the length will be adjusted to read from the corrected location in the underlying source
-
-
- {@inheritDoc}
-
-
- The RTF jar depends on the iText jar, but the iText jar may not
- depend on the RTF jar. This interface offers a temporary solution
- until we find a more elegant way to solve this.
-
-
-
- Interface for customizing the split character.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface for a text element to which other objects can be added.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object to the TextElementArray.
-
- an object that has to be added
- true if the addition succeeded; false otherwise
-
-
-
- An Jpeg is the representation of a graphic element (JPEG)
- that has to be inserted into the document
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a type of marker.
-
-
- This is a type of marker.
-
-
- Acceptable Jpeg markers.
-
-
- This is a type of marker.
-
-
- Unsupported Jpeg markers.
-
-
- This is a type of marker.
-
-
- Jpeg markers without additional parameters.
-
-
- Marker value for Photoshop IRB
-
-
- sequence preceding Photoshop resolution data
-
-
-
- Construct a Jpeg-object, using a Image
-
- a Image
-
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg-object, using an Uri.
-
-
- Deprecated, use Image.GetInstance(...) to create an Image
-
- the Uri where the image can be found
-
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg-object from memory.
-
- the memory image
-
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg-object from memory.
-
- the memory image.
- the width you want the image to have
- the height you want the image to have
-
-
-
- Reads a short from the Stream.
-
- the Stream
- an int
-
-
-
- Reads an inverted short from the Stream.
-
- the Stream
- an int
-
-
-
- Returns a type of marker.
-
- an int
- a type: VALID_MARKER, UNSUPPORTED_MARKER or NOPARAM_MARKER
-
-
-
- This method checks if the image is a valid JPEG and processes some parameters.
-
-
-
- An Jpeg2000 is the representation of a graphic element (JPEG)
- that has to be inserted into the document
-
- @see Element
- @see Image
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg2000-object, using an url.
-
- @param url the URL where the image can be found
- @throws BadElementException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg2000-object from memory.
-
- @param img the memory image
- @throws BadElementException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Constructs a Jpeg2000-object from memory.
-
- @param img the memory image.
- @param width the width you want the image to have
- @param height the height you want the image to have
- @throws BadElementException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- This method checks if the image is a valid JPEG and processes some parameters.
- @throws BadElementException
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @return true if the image is JP2, false if a codestream.
-
-
-
- A List contains several ListItems.
-
-
- Example 1:
-
- List list = new List(true, 20);
- list.Add(new ListItem("First line"));
- list.Add(new ListItem("The second line is longer to see what happens once the end of the line is reached. Will it start on a new line?"));
- list.Add(new ListItem("Third line"));
-
-
- The result of this code looks like this:
-
- -
- First line
-
- -
- The second line is longer to see what happens once the end of the line is reached. Will it start on a new line?
-
- -
- Third line
-
-
-
- Example 2:
-
- List overview = new List(false, 10);
- overview.Add(new ListItem("This is an item"));
- overview.Add("This is another item");
-
-
- The result of this code looks like this:
-
- -
- This is an item
-
- -
- This is another item
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a possible value for the numbered parameter
-
-
- a possible value for the numbered parameter
-
-
- a possible value for the lettered parameter
-
-
- a possible value for the lettered parameter
-
-
- a possible value for the lettered parameter
-
-
- a possible value for the lettered parameter
-
-
- This is the ArrayList containing the different ListItems.
-
-
- Indicates if the list has to be numbered.
-
-
- Indicates if the listsymbols are numerical or alphabetical.
-
-
- Indicates if the listsymbols are lowercase or uppercase.
-
-
- Indicates if the indentation has to be set automatically.
-
-
- Indicates if the indentation of all the items has to be aligned.
-
-
- This variable indicates the first number of a numbered list.
-
-
- This is the listsymbol of a list that is not numbered.
-
-
- In case you are using numbered/lettered lists, this String is added before the number/letter.
- @since iText 2.1.1
-
-
- In case you are using numbered/lettered lists, this String is added after the number/letter.
- @since iText 2.1.1
-
-
- The indentation of this list on the left side.
-
-
- The indentation of this list on the right side.
-
-
- The indentation of the listitems.
-
-
- Constructs a List.
-
-
- Constructs a List with a specific symbol indentation.
- @param symbolIndent the symbol indentation
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Constructs a List.
-
- @param numbered a bool
-
-
- Constructs a List.
-
- @param numbered a bool
- @param lettered has the list to be 'numbered' with letters
-
-
-
- Constructs a List.
-
-
- the parameter symbolIndent is important for instance when
- generating PDF-documents; it indicates the indentation of the listsymbol.
-
- a bool
- the indentation that has to be used for the listsymbol
-
-
-
- Constructs a List.
-
- a bool
- a bool
- the indentation that has to be used for the listsymbol
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
-
- Adds an Object to the List.
-
- the object to add
- true is successful
-
-
- Makes sure all the items in the list have the same indentation.
-
-
-
- Alias for VB.NET compatibility.
-
-
-
-
- Get/set the first number
-
- an int
-
-
-
- Sets the symbol
-
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Sets the listsymbol.
-
-
- This is a shortcut for SetListSymbol(Chunk symbol).
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this paragraph on the left side.
-
- the indentation
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this paragraph on the right side.
-
- the indentation
-
-
-
- Gets the symbol indentation.
-
- the symbol indentation
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Gets all the items in the list.
-
- an ArrayList containing ListItems
-
-
-
- Gets the size of the list.
-
- a size
-
-
- Returns true if the list is empty.
-
- @return true if the list is empty
-
-
-
- Gets the leading of the first listitem.
-
- a leading
-
-
-
- Get/set the symbol indentation.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
- Returns the String that is after a number or letter in the list symbol.
- @return the String that is after a number or letter in the list symbol
- @since iText 2.1.1
-
-
- Sets the String that has to be added after a number or letter in the list symbol.
- @since iText 2.1.1
- @param postSymbol the String that has to be added after a number or letter in the list symbol.
-
-
- Sets the String that has to be added before a number or letter in the list symbol.
- @since iText 2.1.1
- @param preSymbol the String that has to be added before a number or letter in the list symbol.
-
-
-
- A ListItem is a Paragraph
- that can be added to a List.
-
-
- Example 1:
-
- List list = new List(true, 20);
- list.Add(new ListItem("First line"));
- list.Add(new ListItem("The second line is longer to see what happens once the end of the line is reached. Will it start on a new line?"));
- list.Add(new ListItem("Third line"));
-
-
- The result of this code looks like this:
-
- -
- First line
-
- -
- The second line is longer to see what happens once the end of the line is reached. Will it start on a new line?
-
- -
- Third line
-
-
-
- Example 2:
-
- List overview = new List(false, 10);
- overview.Add(new ListItem("This is an item"));
- overview.Add("This is another item");
-
-
- The result of this code looks like this:
-
- -
- This is an item
-
- -
- This is another item
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- this is the symbol that wil proceed the listitem.
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain leading.
-
- the leading
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain Chunk.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain string.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain string
- and a certain Font.
-
- a string
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain Chunk
- and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain string
- and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a string
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain leading, string
- and Font.
-
- @param leading the leading
- @param string a string
- @param font a Font
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain leading, string
- and Font.
-
- the leading
- a string
- a Font
-
-
-
- Constructs a ListItem with a certain Phrase.
-
- a Phrase
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Get/set the listsymbol.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
- Sets the indentation of this paragraph on the left side.
-
- @param indentation the new indentation
-
-
- Changes the font of the list symbol to the font of the first chunk
- in the list item.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Factory that creates a counter for every reader or writer class.
- You can implement your own counter and declare it like this:
- CounterFactory.getInstance().setCounter(new SysoCounter());
- SysoCounter is just an example of a Counter implementation.
- It writes info about files being read and written to the System.out.
-
- This functionality can be used to create metrics in a SaaS context.
-
-
- The singleton instance.
-
-
- The current counter implementation.
-
-
- The empty constructor.
-
-
- Returns the singleton instance of the factory.
-
-
- Returns a counter factory.
-
-
- Getter for the counter.
-
-
- Setter for the counter.
-
-
- Implementation of the Counter interface that doesn't do anything.
-
-
- @param klass
- @return this Counter implementation
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#getCounter(java.lang.Class)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#read(long)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#written(long)
-
-
- Interface that can be implemented if you want to count the number of documents
- that are being processed by iText.
-
- Implementers may use this method to record actual system usage for licensing purposes
- (e.g. count the number of documents or the volumne in bytes in the context of a SaaS license).
-
-
- Gets a Counter instance for a specific class.
-
-
- This method gets triggered if a file is read.
- @param l the length of the file that was written
-
-
- This method gets triggered if a file is written.
- @param l the length of the file that was written
-
-
- Implementation of the Counter interface that doesn't do anything.
-
-
- @param klass The Class asking for the Counter
- @return the Counter instance
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#getCounter(java.lang.Class)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#read(long)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#written(long)
-
-
- The name of the class for which the Counter was created
- (or iText if no name is available)
-
-
- Empty SysoCounter constructor.
-
-
- Constructs a SysoCounter for a specific class.
- @param klass
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#getCounter(java.lang.Class)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#read(long)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.log.Counter#written(long)
-
-
- Logger interface
- {@link LoggerFactory#setLogger(Logger)}.
-
- @author redlab_b
-
-
-
- @param klass
- @return the logger for the given klass
-
-
- @param level
- @return true if there should be logged for the given level
-
-
- Log a warning message.
- @param message
-
-
- Log a trace message.
- @param message
-
-
- Log a debug message.
- @param message
-
-
- Log an info message.
- @param message
-
-
- Log an error message.
- @param message
-
-
- Log an error message and exception.
- @param message
- @param e
-
-
- The different log levels.
- @author redlab_b
-
-
-
- LoggerFactory can be used to set a logger. The logger should be created by
- implementing {@link Logger}. In the implementation users can choose how they
- log received messages. Added for developers. For some cases it can be handy
- to receive logging statements while developing applications with iText
-
- @author redlab_b
-
-
-
- Returns the logger set in this LoggerFactory. Defaults to {@link NoOpLogger}
- @param klass
- @return the logger.
-
-
- Returns the logger set in this LoggerFactory. Defaults to {@link NoOpLogger}
- @param name
- @return the logger.
-
-
- Returns the LoggerFactory
- @return singleton instance of this LoggerFactory
-
-
- Set the global logger to process logging statements with.
-
- @param logger the logger
-
-
- Get the logger.
-
- @return the logger
-
-
- The no-operation logger, it does nothing with the received logging
- statements. And returns false by default for {@link NoOpLogger#isLogging(Level)}
-
- @author redlab_b
-
-
-
- A Simple System.out logger.
- @author redlab_be
-
-
-
- Defaults packageReduce to 1.
-
-
- Amount of characters each package name should be reduced with.
- @param packageReduce
-
-
-
- @param klass
- @param shorten
-
-
- @param name2
- @return
-
-
- Wrapper that allows to add properties to 'basic building block' objects.
- Before iText 1.5 every 'basic building block' implemented the MarkupAttributes interface.
- By setting attributes, you could add markup to the corresponding XML and/or HTML tag.
- This functionality was hardly used by anyone, so it was removed, and replaced by
- the MarkedObject functionality.
-
- @deprecated since 5.5.9. This class is no longer used.
-
-
- The element that is wrapped in a MarkedObject.
-
-
- Contains extra markupAttributes
-
-
- This constructor is for internal use only.
-
-
- Creates a MarkedObject.
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- @return an ArrayList
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- ElementListener.
-
- @param listener an ElementListener
- @return true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- @return a type
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @return the markupAttributes
-
-
- Wrapper that allows to add properties to a Chapter/Section object.
- Before iText 1.5 every 'basic building block' implemented the MarkupAttributes interface.
- By setting attributes, you could add markup to the corresponding XML and/or HTML tag.
- This functionality was hardly used by anyone, so it was removed, and replaced by
- the MarkedObject functionality.
-
- @deprecated since 5.5.9. This class is no longer used.
-
-
- This is the title of this section.
-
-
- Creates a MarkedObject with a Section or Chapter object.
- @param section the marked section
-
-
- Adds a Paragraph, List or Table
- to this Section.
-
- @param index index at which the specified element is to be inserted
- @param o an object of type Paragraph, List or Table=
- @throws ClassCastException if the object is not a Paragraph, List or Table
-
-
- Adds a Paragraph, List, Table or another Section
- to this Section.
-
- @param o an object of type Paragraph, List, Table or another Section
- @return a bool
- @throws ClassCastException if the object is not a Paragraph, List, Table or Section
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- ElementListener.
-
- @param listener an ElementListener
- @return true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
- Adds a collection of Elements
- to this Section.
-
- @param collection a collection of Paragraphs, Lists and/or Tables
- @return true if the action succeeded, false if not.
- @throws ClassCastException if one of the objects isn't a Paragraph, List, Table
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- @param indentation the indentation of the new section
- @param numberDepth the numberDepth of the section
- @return a new Section object
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- @param indentation the indentation of the new section
- @return a new Section object
-
-
- Creates a Section, add it to this Section and returns it.
-
- @param numberDepth the numberDepth of the section
- @return a new Section object
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- @return a new Section object
-
-
- Sets the title of this section.
-
- @param title the new title
-
-
-
- Sets the indentation of this Section on the left side.
-
- @param indentation the indentation
-
-
- Sets the indentation of this Section on the right side.
-
- @param indentation the indentation
-
-
- Sets the indentation of the content of this Section.
-
- @param indentation the indentation
-
-
- Setter for property bookmarkOpen.
- @param bookmarkOpen false if the bookmark children are not
- visible.
-
-
- Setter for property triggerNewPage.
- @param triggerNewPage true if a new page has to be triggered.
-
-
- Sets the bookmark title. The bookmark title is the same as the section title but
- can be changed with this method.
- @param bookmarkTitle the bookmark title
-
-
- Adds a new page to the section.
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
-
- This is an Element that contains
- some meta information about the document.
-
-
- An object of type Meta can not be constructed by the user.
- Userdefined meta information should be placed in a Header-object.
- Meta is reserved for: Subject, Keywords, Author, Title, Producer
- and Creationdate information.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the type of Meta-information this object contains.
-
-
- This is the content of the Meta-information.
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
- The possible value of an alignment attribute.
- @since 5.0.6 (moved from ElementTags)
-
-
-
- Constructs a Meta.
-
- the type of meta-information
- the content
-
-
-
- Constructs a Meta.
-
- the tagname of the meta-information
- the content
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to a
- IElementListener.
-
- the IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- appends some text to this Meta.
-
- a string
- a StringBuilder
-
-
-
- Returns the content of the meta information.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the meta information.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Returns the name of the meta information.
-
- name to match
- a string
-
-
-
- The PageSize-object contains a number of read only rectangles representing the most common paper sizes.
-
-
-
-
- This is the letter format
-
-
- This is the note format
-
-
- This is the legal format
-
-
- This is the tabloid format
-
-
- This is the executive format
-
-
- This is the postcard format
-
-
- This is the a0 format
-
-
- This is the a1 format
-
-
- This is the a2 format
-
-
- This is the a3 format
-
-
- This is the a4 format
-
-
- This is the a5 format
-
-
- This is the a6 format
-
-
- This is the a7 format
-
-
- This is the a8 format
-
-
- This is the a9 format
-
-
- This is the a10 format
-
-
- This is the b0 format
-
-
- This is the b1 format
-
-
- This is the b2 format
-
-
- This is the b3 format
-
-
- This is the b4 format
-
-
- This is the b5 format
-
-
- This is the b6 format
-
-
- This is the b7 format
-
-
- This is the b8 format
-
-
- This is the b9 format
-
-
- This is the b10 format
-
-
- This is the archE format
-
-
- This is the archD format
-
-
- This is the archC format
-
-
- This is the archB format
-
-
- This is the archA format
-
-
- This is the American Foolscap format
-
-
- This is the European Foolscap format
-
-
- This is the halfletter format
-
-
- This is the 11x17 format
-
-
- This is the ISO 7810 ID-1 format (85.60 x 53.98 mm or 3.370 x 2.125 inch)
-
-
- This is the ISO 7810 ID-2 format (A7 rotated)
-
-
- This is the ISO 7810 ID-3 format (B7 rotated)
-
-
- This is the ledger format
-
-
- This is the Crown Quarto format
-
-
- This is the Large Crown Quarto format
-
-
- This is the Demy Quarto format.
-
-
- This is the Royal Quarto format.
-
-
- This is the Crown Octavo format
-
-
- This is the Large Crown Octavo format
-
-
- This is the Demy Octavo format
-
-
- This is the Royal Octavo format.
-
-
- This is the small paperback format.
-
-
- This is the Pengiun small paperback format.
-
-
- This is the Penguin large paparback format.
-
-
- This is the letter format
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- This is the legal format
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- This is the a4 format
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
- This method returns a Rectangle based on a String.
- Possible values are the the names of a constant in this class
- (for instance "A4", "LETTER",...) or a value like "595 842"
-
-
-
- A Paragraph is a series of Chunks and/or Phrases.
-
-
- A Paragraph has the same qualities of a Phrase, but also
- some additional layout-parameters:
-
- the indentation
- the alignment of the text
-
-
-
-
- Paragraph p = new Paragraph("This is a paragraph",
- FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 18, Font.BOLDITALIC, new BaseColor(0, 0, 255)));
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The alignment of the text.
-
-
- The indentation of this paragraph on the left side.
-
-
- The indentation of this paragraph on the right side.
-
-
- Holds value of property firstLineIndent.
-
-
- The spacing before the paragraph.
-
-
- The spacing after the paragraph.
-
-
- Holds value of property extraParagraphSpace.
-
-
- Does the paragraph has to be kept together on 1 page.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain leading.
-
- the leading
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain Chunk.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain Chunk
- and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain string.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain string
- and a certain Font.
-
- a string
- a Font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain string
- and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain leading, string
- and Font.
-
- the leading
- a string
- a Font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph with a certain Phrase.
-
- a Phrase
-
-
- Creates a shallow clone of the Paragraph.
- @return
-
-
- Creates a shallow clone of the Paragraph.
- @return
-
-
- Breaks this Paragraph up in different parts, separating paragraphs, lists and tables from each other.
- @return
-
-
- Breaks this Paragraph up in different parts, separating paragraphs, lists and tables from each other.
- @return
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Adds an Object to the Paragraph.
-
- the object to add
- a bool
-
-
-
- Get/set the alignment of this paragraph.
-
- a integer
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this paragraph on the left side.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this paragraph on the right side.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Set/get if this paragraph has to be kept together on one page.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- A Phrase is a series of Chunks.
-
-
- A Phrase has a main Font, but some chunks
- within the phrase can have a Font that differs from the
- main Font. All the Chunks in a Phrase
- have the same leading.
-
-
-
- // When no parameters are passed, the default leading = 16
- Phrase phrase0 = new Phrase();
- Phrase phrase1 = new Phrase("this is a phrase");
- // In this example the leading is passed as a parameter
- Phrase phrase2 = new Phrase(16, "this is a phrase with leading 16");
- // When a Font is passed (explicitely or embedded in a chunk), the default leading = 1.5 * size of the font
- Phrase phrase3 = new Phrase("this is a phrase with a red, normal font Courier, size 12", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.COURIER, 12, Font.NORMAL, new Color(255, 0, 0)));
- Phrase phrase4 = new Phrase(new Chunk("this is a phrase"));
- Phrase phrase5 = new Phrase(18, new Chunk("this is a phrase", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 16, Font.BOLD, new Color(255, 0, 0)));
-
-
-
-
- This is the leading of this phrase.
-
-
- The text leading that is multiplied by the biggest font size in the line.
-
-
- This is the font of this phrase.
-
-
- Null, unless the Phrase has to be hyphenated.
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Predefined tab position and properties(alignment, leader and etc.);
- @since 5.4.1
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase without specifying a leading.
-
-
- Has nine overloads.
-
-
-
- Copy constructor for Phrase.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain leading.
-
- the leading
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain Chunk.
-
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain Chunk and a certain leading.
-
- the leading
- a Chunk
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain string.
-
- a string
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain string and a certain Font.
-
- a string
- a Font
-
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase with a certain leading and a certain string.
-
- the leading
- a string
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- .
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Adds a Chunk, an Anchor or another Phrase
- to this Phrase.
-
- index at which the specified element is to be inserted
- an object of type Chunk, Anchor, or Phrase
-
-
- Adds a String to this Phrase.
-
- @param s a string
- @return a boolean
- @since 5.0.1
-
-
-
- Adds a Chunk, Anchor or another Phrase
- to this Phrase.
-
- an object of type Chunk, Anchor or Phrase
- a bool
-
-
-
- Adds a collection of Chunks
- to this Phrase.
-
- a collection of Chunks, Anchors and Phrases.
- true if the action succeeded, false if not.
-
-
-
- Adds a Chunk.
-
-
- This method is a hack to solve a problem I had with phrases that were split between chunks
- in the wrong place.
-
- a Chunk
- a bool
-
-
-
- Adds a Object to the Paragraph.
-
- the object to add.
-
-
-
- Checks is this Phrase contains no or 1 empty Chunk.
-
-
- false if the Phrase
- contains more than one or more non-emptyChunks.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets/sets the leading of this phrase.
-
- the linespacing
-
-
- Gets the total leading.
- This method is based on the assumption that the
- font of the Paragraph is the font of all the elements
- that make part of the paragraph. This isn't necessarily
- true.
- @return the total leading (fixed and multiplied)
-
-
-
- Gets the font of the first Chunk that appears in this Phrase.
-
- a Font
-
-
- Returns the content as a String object.
- This method differs from toString because toString will return an ArrayList with the toString value of the Chunks in this Phrase.
-
-
- Setter/getter for the hyphenation.
- @param hyphenation a HyphenationEvent instance
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Setter/getter for the tabSettings.
- @param tabSettings a TabSettings instance
- @since 5.4.1
-
-
- Constructs a Phrase that can be used in the static GetInstance() method.
- @param dummy a dummy parameter
-
-
- Gets a special kind of Phrase that changes some characters into corresponding symbols.
- @param string
- @return a newly constructed Phrase
-
-
- Gets a special kind of Phrase that changes some characters into corresponding symbols.
- @param leading
- @param string
- @return a newly constructed Phrase
-
-
- Gets a special kind of Phrase that changes some characters into corresponding symbols.
- @param leading
- @param string
- @param font
- @return a newly constructed Phrase
-
-
-
- A Rectangle is the representation of a geometric figure.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the value that will be used as undefined.
-
-
- This represents one side of the border of the Rectangle.
-
-
- This represents one side of the border of the Rectangle.
-
-
- This represents one side of the border of the Rectangle.
-
-
- This represents one side of the border of the Rectangle.
-
-
- This represents a rectangle without borders.
-
-
- This represents a type of border.
-
-
- the lower left x-coordinate.
-
-
- the lower left y-coordinate.
-
-
- the upper right x-coordinate.
-
-
- the upper right y-coordinate.
-
-
- This represents the status of the 4 sides of the rectangle.
-
-
- This is the width of the border around this rectangle.
-
-
- This is the color of the border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The color of the left border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The color of the right border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The color of the top border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The color of the bottom border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The width of the left border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The width of the right border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The width of the top border of this rectangle.
-
-
- The width of the bottom border of this rectangle.
-
-
- Whether variable width borders are used.
-
-
- This is the color of the background of this rectangle.
-
-
- This is the rotation value of this rectangle.
-
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object.
-
- lower left x
- lower left y
- upper right x
- upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object.
-
- @param llx lower left x
- @param lly lower left y
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
- @param rotation the rotation (0, 90, 180, or 270)
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object starting from the origin (0, 0).
-
- upper right x
- upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object starting from the origin
- (0, 0) and with a specific rotation (valid values are 0, 90, 180, 270).
-
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
- @param rotation the rotation of the rectangle
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object.
-
- another Rectangle
-
-
- Constructs a Rectangle-object based on a com.itextpdf.awt.geom.Rectangle object
- @param rect com.itextpdf.awt.geom.Rectangle
-
-
- Copies all of the parameters from a Rectangle object
- except the position.
-
- @param rect
- Rectangle to copy from
-
-
- Copies all of the parameters from a Rectangle object
- except the position.
-
- @param rect
- Rectangle to copy from
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- an IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Switches lowerleft with upperright
-
-
-
- Gets a Rectangle that is altered to fit on the page.
-
- the top position
- the bottom position
- a Rectangle
-
-
-
- Swaps the values of urx and ury and of lly and llx in order to rotate the rectangle.
-
- a Rectangle
-
-
-
- Get/set the upper right y-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
- Enables the border on the specified side.
-
- @param side
- the side to enable. One of LEFT, RIGHT, TOP, BOTTOM
-
-
-
- Disables the border on the specified side.
-
- @param side
- the side to disable. One of LEFT, RIGHT, TOP, BOTTOM
-
-
-
-
- Get/set the border
-
- a int
-
-
-
- Get/set the grayscale of the rectangle.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the lower left x-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the upper right x-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the lower left y-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left x-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the lower left x-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right x-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the upper right x-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the upper right y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the upper right y-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the lower left y-coordinate, considering a given margin.
-
- a margin
- the lower left y-coordinate
-
-
-
- Returns the width of the rectangle.
-
- a width
-
-
-
- Returns the height of the rectangle.
-
- a height
-
-
-
- Indicates if the table has borders.
-
- a bool
-
-
-
- Indicates if the table has a some type of border.
-
- the type of border
- a bool
-
-
-
- Get/set the borderwidth.
-
- a float
-
-
- Gets the color of the border.
-
- @return a value
-
- Get/set the color of the border.
-
- a BaseColor
-
-
- Gets the backgroundcolor.
-
- @return a value
-
- Get/set the backgroundcolor.
-
- a BaseColor
-
-
-
- Set/gets the rotation
-
- a int
-
-
- Updates the border flag for a side based on the specified width. A width
- of 0 will disable the border on that side. Any other width enables it.
-
- @param width
- width of border
- @param side
- border side constant
-
-
- Sets a parameter indicating if the rectangle has variable borders
-
- @param useVariableBorders
- indication if the rectangle has variable borders
-
-
-
- A RectangleReadOnly is the representation of a geometric figure.
- It's the same as a Rectangle but immutable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a RectangleReadOnly-object.
-
- lower left x
- lower left y
- upper right x
- upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a RectangleReadOnly -object.
-
- @param llx lower left x
- @param lly lower left y
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
- @param rotation the rotation of the Rectangle (0, 90, 180, 270)
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Constructs a RectangleReadOnly-object starting from the origin (0, 0).
-
- upper right x
- upper right y
-
-
- Constructs a RectangleReadOnly-object starting from the origin
- (0, 0) and with a specific rotation (valid values are 0, 90, 180, 270).
-
- @param urx upper right x
- @param ury upper right y
- @since iText 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Constructs a RectangleReadOnly-object.
-
- another Rectangle
-
-
- Copies all of the parameters from a Rectangle object
- except the position.
-
- @param rect
- Rectangle to copy from
-
-
- Copies all of the parameters from a Rectangle object
- except the position.
-
- @param rect
- Rectangle to copy from
-
-
- Switches lowerleft with upperright
-
-
-
- Get/set the upper right y-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
- Enables the border on the specified side.
-
- @param side
- the side to enable. One of LEFT, RIGHT, TOP, BOTTOM
-
-
-
- Disables the border on the specified side.
-
- @param side
- the side to disable. One of LEFT, RIGHT, TOP, BOTTOM
-
-
-
-
- Get/set the border
-
- a int
-
-
-
- Get/set the grayscale of the rectangle.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the lower left x-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the upper right x-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the lower left y-coordinate.
-
- a float
-
-
-
- Get/set the borderwidth.
-
- a float
-
-
- Gets the color of the border.
-
- @return a value
-
- Get/set the color of the border.
-
- a BaseColor
-
-
- Gets the backgroundcolor.
-
- @return a value
-
- Get/set the backgroundcolor.
-
- a BaseColor
-
-
-
- Set/gets the rotation
-
- a int
-
-
- Sets a parameter indicating if the rectangle has variable borders
-
- @param useVariableBorders
- indication if the rectangle has variable borders
-
-
-
- A special-version of LIST which use roman-letters.
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.List
- @version 2003-06-22
- @author Michael Niedermair
-
-
- Initialization
-
-
- Initialization
-
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Initialization
- @param romanlower roman-char in lowercase
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Adds an Object to the List.
-
- @param o the object to add.
- @return true if adding the object succeeded
-
-
-
- A Section is a part of a Document containing
- other Sections, Paragraphs, List
- and/or Tables.
-
-
- You can not construct a Section yourself.
- You will have to ask an instance of Section to the
- Chapter or Section to which you want to
- add the new Section.
-
-
-
- Paragraph title2 = new Paragraph("This is Chapter 2", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 18, Font.BOLDITALIC, new Color(0, 0, 255)));
- Chapter chapter2 = new Chapter(title2, 2);
- Paragraph someText = new Paragraph("This is some text");
- chapter2.Add(someText);
- Paragraph title21 = new Paragraph("This is Section 1 in Chapter 2", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 16, Font.BOLD, new Color(255, 0, 0)));
- Section section1 = chapter2.AddSection(title21);
- Paragraph someSectionText = new Paragraph("This is some silly paragraph in a chapter and/or section. It contains some text to test the functionality of Chapters and Section.");
- section1.Add(someSectionText);
- Paragraph title211 = new Paragraph("This is SubSection 1 in Section 1 in Chapter 2", FontFactory.GetFont(FontFactory.HELVETICA, 14, Font.BOLD, new Color(255, 0, 0)));
- Section section11 = section1.AddSection(40, title211, 2);
- section11.Add(someSectionText);strong>
-
-
-
-
- A possible number style. The default number style: "1.2.3."
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- A possible number style. For instance: "1.2.3"
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- This is the title of this section.
-
-
- This is the number of sectionnumbers that has to be shown before the section title.
-
-
- The style for sectionnumbers.
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- The indentation of this section on the left side.
-
-
- The indentation of this section on the right side.
-
-
- The additional indentation of the content of this section.
-
-
- This is the number of subsections.
-
-
- This is the complete list of sectionnumbers of this section and the parents of this section.
-
-
- Indicates if the Section will be complete once added to the document.
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Indicates if the Section was added completely to the document.
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Indicates if this is the first time the section was added.
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- false if the bookmark children are not visible
-
-
- true if the section has to trigger a new page
-
-
- The bookmark title if different from the content title
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Section.
-
-
- Has 2 overloads.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a new Section.
-
- a Paragraph
- the numberDepth
-
-
-
- Sets the number of this section.
-
- the number of this section
- an ArrayList, containing the numbers of the Parent
-
-
-
- Processes the element by adding it (or the different parts) to an
- IElementListener.
-
- the IElementListener
- true if the element was processed successfully
-
-
-
- Gets the type of the text element.
-
- a type
-
-
-
- Gets all the chunks in this element.
-
- an ArrayList
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isContent()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.Element#isNestable()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Adds a Paragraph, List or Table
- to this Section.
-
- index at which the specified element is to be inserted
- an object of type Paragraph, List or Table
-
-
-
- Adds a Paragraph, List, Table or another Section
- to this Section.
-
- an object of type Paragraph, List, Table or another Section
- a bool
-
-
-
- Adds a collection of Elements
- to this Section.
-
- a collection of Paragraphs, Lists and/or Tables
- true if the action succeeded, false if not.
-
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- the indentation of the new section
- the title of the new section
- the numberDepth of the section
- the newly added Section
-
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- the indentation of the new section
- the title of the new section
- the newly added Section
-
-
-
- Creates a Section, add it to this Section and returns it.
-
- the title of the new section
- the numberDepth of the section
- the newly added Section
-
-
- Adds a marked section. For use in class MarkedSection only!
-
-
-
- Creates a Section, adds it to this Section and returns it.
-
- the title of the new section
- the newly added Section
-
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- @param indentation the indentation of the new section
- @param title the title of the new section
- @param numberDepth the numberDepth of the section
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- the indentation of the new section
- the title of the new section
- the numberDepth of the section
- the newly added Section
-
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- @param title the title of the new section
- @param numberDepth the numberDepth of the section
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- the title of the new section
- the numberDepth of the section
- the newly added Section
-
-
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- the indentation of the new section
- the title of the new section
- the newly added Section
-
-
-
- Adds a Section to this Section and returns it.
-
- the title of the new section
- the newly added Section
-
-
-
- Get/set the title of this section
-
- a Paragraph
-
-
- Sets the style for numbering sections.
- Possible values are NUMBERSTYLE_DOTTED: 1.2.3. (the default)
- or NUMBERSTYLE_DOTTED_WITHOUT_FINAL_DOT: 1.2.3
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- Constructs a Paragraph that will be used as title for a Section or Chapter.
- @param title the title of the section
- @param numbers a list of sectionnumbers
- @param numberDepth how many numbers have to be shown
- @param numberStyle the numbering style
- @return a Paragraph object
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
-
- Checks if this object is a Chapter.
-
-
- true if it is a Chapter,
- false if it is a Section
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this object is a Section.
-
-
- true if it is a Section,
- false if it is a Chapter.
-
-
-
-
- Get/set the numberdepth of this Section.
-
- a int
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this Section on the left side.
-
- the indentation
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of this Section on the right side.
-
- the indentation
-
-
-
- Get/set the indentation of the content of this Section.
-
- the indentation
-
-
-
- Returns the depth of this section.
-
- the depth
-
-
-
- Get/set the bookmark
-
- a bool
-
-
- Gets the bookmark title.
- @return the bookmark title
-
-
- Sets the bookmark title. The bookmark title is the same as the section title but
- can be changed with this method.
- @param bookmarkTitle the bookmark title
-
-
- Changes the Chapter number.
-
-
- Indicates if this is the first time the section is added.
- @since iText2.0.8
- @return true if the section wasn't added yet
-
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.LargeElement#isAddedCompletely()
- @since iText 2.0.8
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.LargeElement#flushContent()
-
-
- @since iText 2.0.8
- @see com.lowagie.text.LargeElement#isComplete()
-
-
- Adds a new page to the section.
- @since 2.1.1
-
-
- Returns the first occurrence of a special symbol in a String.
-
- @param string a String
- @return an index of -1 if no special symbol was found
-
-
- Gets a chunk with a symbol character.
- @param c a character that has to be changed into a symbol
- @param font Font if there is no SYMBOL character corresponding with c
- @return a SYMBOL version of a character
-
-
- Looks for the corresponding symbol in the font Symbol.
-
- @param c the original ASCII-char
- @return the corresponding symbol in font Symbol
-
-
- A collection of convenience methods that were present in many different iText
- classes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility method to extend an array.
- @param original the original array or null
- @param item the item to be added to the array
- @return a new array with the item appended
-
-
- Checks for a true/false value of a key in a Properties object.
- @param attributes
- @param key
- @return
-
-
-
- This method makes a valid URL from a given filename.
-
-
-
-
- a given filename
- a valid URL
-
-
- Unescapes an URL. All the "%xx" are replaced by the 'xx' hex char value.
- @param src the url to unescape
- @return the eunescaped value
-
-
-
- This method is an alternative for the Stream.Skip()-method
- that doesn't seem to work properly for big values of size.
-
- the stream
- the number of bytes to skip
-
-
- Measurement conversion from millimeters to points.
- @param value a value in millimeters
- @return a value in points
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Measurement conversion from millimeters to inches.
- @param value a value in millimeters
- @return a value in inches
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Measurement conversion from points to millimeters.
- @param value a value in points
- @return a value in millimeters
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Measurement conversion from points to inches.
- @param value a value in points
- @return a value in inches
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Measurement conversion from inches to millimeters.
- @param value a value in inches
- @return a value in millimeters
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Measurement conversion from inches to points.
- @param value a value in inches
- @return a value in points
- @since 2.1.2
-
-
- Reads the contents of a file to a String.
- @param path the path to the file
- @return a String with the contents of the file
- @since iText 5.0.0
-
-
- Converts an array of bytes to a String of hexadecimal values
- @param bytes a byte array
- @return the same bytes expressed as hexadecimal values
-
-
-
- The ParserBase-class provides XML document parsing.
-
-
-
-
- Begins the process of processing an XML document
-
- the XML document to parse
-
-
-
- This method gets called when a start tag is encountered.
-
-
-
- the name of the tag that is encountered
- the list of attributes
-
-
-
- This method gets called when an end tag is encountered.
-
-
-
- the name of the tag that ends
-
-
-
- This method gets called when characters are encountered.
-
- an array of characters
- the start position in the array
- the number of characters to read from the array
-
-
- This class contains entities that can be used in an entity tag.
-
-
- This is a map that contains all possible id values of the entity tag
- that can be translated to a character in font Symbol.
-
-
- Gets a chunk with a symbol character.
- @param e a symbol value (see Entities class: alfa is greek alfa,...)
- @param font the font if the symbol isn't found (otherwise Font.SYMBOL)
- @return a Chunk
-
-
- Looks for the corresponding symbol in the font Symbol.
-
- @param name the name of the entity
- @return the corresponding character in font Symbol
-
-
- This class contains entities that can be used in an entity tag.
-
-
- This is a map that contains the names of entities and their unicode value.
-
-
- Translates an entity to a unicode character.
-
- @param name the name of the entity
- @return the corresponding unicode character
-
-
-
- Translates a IANA encoding name to a Java encoding.
-
-
- The object that maps IANA to Java encodings.
-
-
- The handler for the events fired by SimpleXMLParser.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Called when a start tag is found.
- @param tag the tag name
- @param h the tag's attributes
-
-
- Called when an end tag is found.
- @param tag the tag name
-
-
- Called when the document starts to be parsed.
-
-
- Called after the document is parsed.
-
-
- Called when a text element is found.
- @param str the text element, probably a fragment.
-
-
- The handler for the events fired by SimpleXMLParser.
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
- Called when a comment is found.
- @param text the comment text
-
-
-
- possible states
-
-
- the state stack
-
-
- The current character.
-
-
- The previous character.
-
-
- the line we are currently reading
-
-
- the column where the current character occurs
-
-
- was the last character equivalent to a newline?
-
-
- A boolean indicating if the next character should be taken into account
- if it's a space character. When nospace is false, the previous character
- wasn't whitespace.
- @since 2.1.5
-
-
- the current state
-
-
- Are we parsing HTML?
-
-
- current text (whatever is encountered between tags)
-
-
-
- current tagname
-
-
- current attributes
-
-
- The handler to which we are going to forward document content
-
-
- The handler to which we are going to forward comments.
-
-
- Keeps track of the number of tags that are open.
-
-
- the quote character that was used to open the quote.
-
-
- the attribute key.
-
-
- the attribute value.
-
-
- Creates a Simple XML parser object.
- Call Go(BufferedReader) immediately after creation.
-
-
- Does the actual parsing. Perform this immediately
- after creating the parser object.
-
-
- Gets a state from the stack
- @return the previous state
-
-
- Adds a state to the stack.
- @param s a state to add to the stack
-
-
- Flushes the text that is currently in the buffer.
- The text can be ignored, added to the document
- as content or as comment,... depending on the current state.
-
-
- Initialized the tag name and attributes.
-
-
- Sets the name of the tag.
-
-
- processes the tag.
- @param start if true we are dealing with a tag that has just been opened; if false we are closing a tag.
-
-
- Throws an exception
-
-
- Parses the XML document firing the events to the handler.
- @param doc the document handler
- @param r the document. The encoding is already resolved. The reader is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Parses the XML document firing the events to the handler.
- @param doc the document handler
- @param in the document. The encoding is deduced from the stream. The stream is not closed
- @throws IOException on error
-
-
- Escapes a string with the appropriated XML codes.
- @param s the string to be escaped
- @param onlyASCII codes above 127 will always be escaped with &#nn; if true
- @return the escaped string
-
-
- This {@link NewLineHandler} returns true on the tags p,
- blockqouteand br
-
- @author Balder
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- Always returns false.
- @author Balder
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
-
- A NewLineHandler determines if an encountered tag should result in a new line
- in a document.
-
- @author Balder
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- @param tag the tag to check if after this one a new line should be in a document
- @return true in case a new line should be added.
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
- An implementation of an XmpSchema.
-
-
- default namespace identifier
-
-
- default namespace uri
-
-
- External Contributors to the resource (other than the authors).
-
-
- The extent or scope of the resource.
-
-
- The authors of the resource (listed in order of precedence, if significant).
-
-
- Date(s) that something interesting happened to the resource.
-
-
- A textual description of the content of the resource. Multiple values may be present for different languages.
-
-
- The file format used when saving the resource. Tools and applications should set this property to the save format of the data. It may include appropriate qualifiers.
-
-
- Unique identifier of the resource.
-
-
- An unordered array specifying the languages used in the resource.
-
-
- Publishers.
-
-
- Relationships to other documents.
-
-
- Informal rights statement, selected by language.
-
-
- Unique identifier of the work from which this resource was derived.
-
-
- An unordered array of descriptive phrases or keywords that specify the topic of the content of the resource.
-
-
- The title of the document, or the name given to the resource. Typically, it will be a name by which the resource is formally known.
-
-
- A document type; for example, novel, poem, or working paper.
-
-
- @param shorthand
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds a title.
- @param title
-
-
- Adds a title.
- @param title
-
-
- Adds a description.
- @param desc
-
-
- Adds a description.
- @param desc
-
-
- Adds a subject.
- @param subject
-
-
- Adds a subject.
- @param subject array of subjects
-
-
- Adds a single author.
- @param author
-
-
- Adds an array of authors.
- @param author
-
-
- Adds a single publisher.
- @param publisher
-
-
- Adds an array of publishers.
- @param publisher
-
-
-
- A wrapper for an Encoding to suppress the preamble.
-
-
-
- Key for the default language.
-
-
- Creates a Properties object that stores languages for use in an XmpSchema
-
-
- Creates a Properties object that stores languages for use in an XmpSchema
-
-
- Add a language.
-
-
- Process a property.
-
-
- Creates a String that can be used in an XmpSchema.
-
-
- An implementation of an XmpSchema.
-
-
- default namespace identifier
-
-
- default namespace uri
-
-
- Keywords.
-
-
- The PDF file version (for example: 1.0, 1.3, and so on).
-
-
- The Producer.
-
-
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds keywords.
- @param keywords
-
-
- Adds the producer.
- @param producer
-
-
- Adds the version.
- @param version
-
-
- StringBuilder to construct an XMP array.
-
-
- An array that is unordered.
-
-
- An array that is ordered.
-
-
- An array with alternatives.
-
-
- the type of array.
-
-
- Creates an XmpArray.
- @param type the type of array: UNORDERED, ORDERED or ALTERNATIVE.
-
-
- Returns the String representation of the XmpArray.
- @return a String representation
-
-
- An implementation of an XmpSchema.
-
-
- default namespace identifier
-
-
- default namespace uri
-
-
- An unordered array specifying properties that were edited outside the authoring application. Each item should contain a single namespace and XPath separated by one ASCII space (U+0020).
-
-
- The base URL for relative URLs in the document content. If this document contains Internet links, and those links are relative, they are relative to this base URL. This property provides a standard way for embedded relative URLs to be interpreted by tools. Web authoring tools should set the value based on their notion of where URLs will be interpreted.
-
-
- The date and time the resource was originally created.
-
-
- The name of the first known tool used to create the resource. If history is present in the metadata, this value should be equivalent to that of xmpMM:History�s softwareAgent property.
-
-
- An unordered array of text strings that unambiguously identify the resource within a given context.
-
-
- The date and time that any metadata for this resource was last changed.
-
-
- The date and time the resource was last modified.
-
-
- A short informal name for the resource.
-
-
- An alternative array of thumbnail images for a file, which can differ in characteristics such as size or image encoding.
-
-
- @param shorthand
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds the creatortool.
- @param creator
-
-
- Adds the creation date.
- @param date
-
-
- Adds the modification date.
- @param date
-
-
- Adds the meta data date.
- @param date
-
-
- Adds the identifier.
- @param id
-
-
- Adds the nickname.
- @param name
-
-
- An implementation of an XmpSchema.
-
-
- default namespace identifier
-
-
- default namespace uri
-
-
- A reference to the original document from which this one is derived. It is a minimal reference; missing components can be assumed to be unchanged. For example, a new version might only need to specify the instance ID and version number of the previous version, or a rendition might only need to specify the instance ID and rendition class of the original.
-
-
- The common identifier for all versions and renditions of a document.
-
-
- An ordered array of high-level user actions that resulted in this resource. It is intended to give human readers a general indication of the steps taken to make the changes from the previous version to this one. The list should be at an abstract level; it is not intended to be an exhaustive keystroke or other detailed history.
-
-
- A reference to the document as it was prior to becoming managed. It is set when a managed document is introduced to an asset management system that does not currently own it. It may or may not include references to different management systems.
-
-
- The name of the asset management system that manages this resource.
-
-
- A URI identifying the managed resource to the asset management system; the presence of this property is the formal indication that this resource is managed. The form and content of this URI is private to the asset management system.
-
-
- A URI that can be used to access information about the managed resource through a web browser. It might require a custom browser plugin.
-
-
- Specifies a particular variant of the asset management system. The format of this property is private to the specific asset management system.
-
-
- The rendition class name for this resource.
-
-
- Can be used to provide additional rendition parameters that are too complex or verbose to encode in xmpMM: RenditionClass.
-
-
- The document version identifier for this resource.
-
-
- The version history associated with this resource.
-
-
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Reads an XMP stream into an org.w3c.dom.Document objects.
- Allows you to replace the contents of a specific tag.
- @since 2.1.3
-
-
- String used to fill the extra space.
-
-
- Processing Instruction required at the start of an XMP stream
- @since iText 2.1.6
-
-
- Processing Instruction required at the end of an XMP stream for XMP streams that can be updated
- @since iText 2.1.6
-
-
- Constructs an XMP reader
- @param bytes the XMP content
- @throws ExceptionConverter
- @throws IOException
- @throws SAXException
-
-
- Replaces the content of a tag.
- @param namespaceURI the URI of the namespace
- @param localName the tag name
- @param value the new content for the tag
- @return true if the content was successfully replaced
- @since 2.1.6 the return type has changed from void to boolean
-
-
- Replaces the content of an attribute in the description tag.
- @param namespaceURI the URI of the namespace
- @param localName the tag name
- @param value the new content for the tag
- @return true if the content was successfully replaced
- @since 5.0.0 the return type has changed from void to boolean
-
-
- Adds a tag.
- @param namespaceURI the URI of the namespace
- @param parent the tag name of the parent
- @param localName the name of the tag to add
- @param value the new content for the tag
- @return true if the content was successfully added
- @since 2.1.6
-
-
- Sets the text of this node. All the child's node are deleted and a new
- child text node is created.
- @param domDocument the Document that contains the node
- @param n the Node to add the text to
- @param value the text to add
-
-
- Writes the document to a byte array.
-
-
- Abstract superclass of the XmpSchemas supported by iText.
-
-
- the namesspace
-
-
- Constructs an XMP schema.
- @param xmlns
-
-
- The String representation of the contents.
- @return a String representation.
-
-
- Processes a property
- @param buf
- @param p
-
-
- @return Returns the xmlns.
-
-
- @param key
- @param value
- @return the previous property (null if there wasn't one)
-
-
- @see java.util.Properties#setProperty(java.lang.String, java.lang.String)
-
- @param key
- @param value
- @return the previous property (null if there wasn't one)
-
-
- @param content
- @return
-
-
- With this class you can create an Xmp Stream that can be used for adding
- Metadata to a PDF Dictionary. Remark that this class doesn't cover the
- complete XMP specification.
-
-
- A possible charset for the XMP.
-
-
- A possible charset for the XMP.
-
-
- A possible charset for the XMP.
-
-
- A possible charset for the XMP.
-
-
- Creates an XmpWriter.
- @param os
- @param utfEncoding
- @param extraSpace
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Creates an XmpWriter.
- @param os
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param os
- @param info
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param os
- @param info
- @throws IOException
- @since 5.0.1 (generic type in signature)
-
-
- Sets the XMP to read-only
-
-
- @param about The about to set.
-
-
- Adds an rdf:Description.
- @param xmlns
- @param content
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Adds an rdf:Description.
- @param s
- @throws IOException
-
-
- @param schemaNS The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in getProperty.
- @param propName The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in getProperty().
- @param value the value for the property (only leaf properties have a value).
- Arrays and non-leaf levels of structs do not have values.
- Must be null if the value is not relevant.
- The value is automatically detected: Boolean, Integer, Long, Double, XMPDateTime and
- byte[] are handled, on all other toString() is called.
- @throws XMPException Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
- Simplifies the construction of an array by not requiring that you pre-create an empty array.
- The array that is assigned is created automatically if it does not yet exist. Each call to
- AppendArrayItem() appends an item to the array.
-
- @param schemaNS The namespace URI for the array.
- @param arrayName The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be null or
- the empty string.
- @param value the value of the array item.
- @throws XMPException Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
- Simplifies the construction of an ordered array by not requiring that you pre-create an empty array.
- The array that is assigned is created automatically if it does not yet exist. Each call to
- AppendArrayItem() appends an item to the array.
-
- @param schemaNS The namespace URI for the array.
- @param arrayName The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be null or
- the empty string.
- @param value the value of the array item.
- @throws XMPException Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
- Simplifies the construction of an alternate array by not requiring that you pre-create an empty array.
- The array that is assigned is created automatically if it does not yet exist. Each call to
- AppendArrayItem() appends an item to the array.
-
- @param schemaNS The namespace URI for the array.
- @param arrayName The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be null or
- the empty string.
- @param value the value of the array item.
- @throws XMPException Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
- Flushes and closes the XmpWriter.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- Flushes and closes the XmpWriter.
- @throws IOException
-
-
- External Contributors to the resource (other than the authors).
-
-
- The extent or scope of the resource.
-
-
- The authors of the resource (listed in order of precedence, if significant).
-
-
- Date(s) that something interesting happened to the resource.
-
-
- A textual description of the content of the resource. Multiple values may be present for different languages.
-
-
- The file format used when saving the resource. Tools and applications should set this property to the save format of the data. It may include appropriate qualifiers.
-
-
- Unique identifier of the resource.
-
-
- An unordered array specifying the languages used in the resource.
-
-
- Publishers.
-
-
- Relationships to other documents.
-
-
- Informal rights statement, selected by language.
-
-
- Unique identifier of the work from which this resource was derived.
-
-
- An unordered array of descriptive phrases or keywords that specify the topic of the content of the resource.
-
-
- The title of the document, or the name given to the resource. Typically, it will be a name by which the resource is formally known.
-
-
- A document type; for example, novel, poem, or working paper.
-
-
- Adds a title.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param title
-
-
- Sets a title.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param title
- @param genericLang The name of the generic language
- @param specificLang The name of the specific language
-
-
- Adds a description.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param desc
-
-
- Sets a description.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param desc
- @param genericLang The name of the generic language
- @param specificLang The name of the specific language
-
-
- Adds a subject.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param subject
-
-
- Sets a subject.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param subject array of subjects
-
-
- Adds a single author.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param author
-
-
- Sets an array of authors.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param author
-
-
- Adds a single publisher.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param publisher
-
-
- Sets an array of publishers.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param publisher
-
-
- Keywords.
-
-
- The PDF file version (for example: 1.0, 1.3, and so on).
-
-
- The Producer.
-
-
- Adds keywords.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param keywords
-
-
- Adds the producer.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param producer
-
-
- Adds the version.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param version
-
-
- An unordered array specifying properties that were edited outside the authoring application. Each item should contain a single namespace and XPath separated by one ASCII space (U+0020).
-
-
- The base URL for relative URLs in the document content. If this document contains Internet links, and those links are relative, they are relative to this base URL. This property provides a standard way for embedded relative URLs to be interpreted by tools. Web authoring tools should set the value based on their notion of where URLs will be interpreted.
-
-
- The date and time the resource was originally created.
-
-
- The name of the first known tool used to create the resource. If history is present in the metadata, this value should be equivalent to that of xmpMM:History's softwareAgent property.
-
-
- An unordered array of text strings that unambiguously identify the resource within a given context.
-
-
- The date and time that any metadata for this resource was last changed.
-
-
- The date and time the resource was last modified.
-
-
- A short informal name for the resource.
-
-
- An alternative array of thumbnail images for a file, which can differ in characteristics such as size or image encoding.
-
-
- Adds the creatortool.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param creator
-
-
- Adds the creation date.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param date
-
-
- Adds the modification date.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param date
-
-
- Adds the meta data date.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param date
-
-
- Sets the identifier.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param id
-
-
- Adds the nickname.
-
- @param xmpMeta
- @param name
-
-
- A reference to the original document from which this one is derived. It is a minimal reference; missing components can be assumed to be unchanged. For example, a new version might only need to specify the instance ID and version number of the previous version, or a rendition might only need to specify the instance ID and rendition class of the original.
-
-
- The common identifier for all versions and renditions of a document.
-
-
- An ordered array of high-level user actions that resulted in this resource. It is intended to give human readers a general indication of the steps taken to make the changes from the previous version to this one. The list should be at an abstract level; it is not intended to be an exhaustive keystroke or other detailed history.
-
-
- A reference to the document as it was prior to becoming managed. It is set when a managed document is introduced to an asset management system that does not currently own it. It may or may not include references to different management systems.
-
-
- The name of the asset management system that manages this resource.
-
-
- A URI identifying the managed resource to the asset management system; the presence of this property is the formal indication that this resource is managed. The form and content of this URI is private to the asset management system.
-
-
- A URI that can be used to access information about the managed resource through a web browser. It might require a custom browser plugin.
-
-
- Specifies a particular variant of the asset management system. The format of this property is private to the specific asset management system.
-
-
- The rendition class name for this resource.
-
-
- Can be used to provide additional rendition parameters that are too complex or verbose to encode in xmpMM: RenditionClass.
-
-
- The document version identifier for this resource.
-
-
- The version history associated with this resource.
-
-
-
- @author psoares
-
-
- Print writer.
-
-
- Canonical output.
-
-
- Processing XML 1.1 document.
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
- Sets whether output is canonical.
-
-
- Sets the output stream for printing.
-
-
- Sets the output writer.
-
-
- Writes the specified node, recursively.
-
-
- Returns a sorted list of attributes.
-
-
- Normalizes and prints the given string.
-
-
- Normalizes and print the given character.
-
-
- This class converts XML into plain text stripping all tags.
-
-
- Buffer that stores all content that is encountered.
-
-
- Static method that parses an XML Stream.
- @param is the XML input that needs to be parsed
- @return a String obtained by removing all tags from the XML
-
-
- Creates an instance of XML to TXT.
-
-
- @return the String after parsing.
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#startElement(java.lang.String, java.util.Map)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#endElement(java.lang.String)
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#startDocument()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#endDocument()
-
-
- @see com.itextpdf.text.xml.simpleparser.SimpleXMLDocHandler#text(java.lang.String)
-
-
- Contains utility methods for XML.
- @author Balder
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Escapes a string with the appropriated XML codes.
- @param s the string to be escaped
- @param onlyASCII codes above 127 will always be escaped with &#nn; if true
- @return the escaped string
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
-
- Unescapes 'lt', 'gt', 'apos', 'quote' and 'amp' to the
- corresponding character values.
- @param s a string representing a character
- @return a character value
-
-
- Checks if a character value should be escaped/unescaped.
- @param s the String representation of an integer
- @return true if it's OK to escape or unescape this value
-
-
- Checks if a character value should be escaped/unescaped.
- @param c a character value
- @return true if it's OK to escape or unescape this value
-
-
- Looks for a character in a character array, starting from a certain position
- @param needle the character you're looking for
- @param haystack the character array
- @param start the start position
- @return the position where the character was found, or -1 if it wasn't found.
-
-
- Returns the IANA encoding name that is auto-detected from
- the bytes specified, with the endian-ness of that encoding where appropriate.
- (method found in org.apache.xerces.impl.XMLEntityManager, originally published
- by the Apache Software Foundation under the Apache Software License; now being
- used in iText under the MPL)
- @param b4 The first four bytes of the input.
- @return an IANA-encoding string
- @since 5.0.6
-
-
-
- A special-version of LIST whitch use zapfdingbats-letters.
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.List
- @author Michael Niedermair and Bruno Lowagie
-
-
- char-number in zapfdingbats
-
-
- Creates a ZapfDingbatsList
-
- @param zn a char-number
-
-
- Creates a ZapfDingbatsList
-
- @param zn a char-number
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Sets the dingbat's color.
-
- @param zapfDingbatColor color for the ZapfDingbat
-
-
- set the char-number
- @param zn a char-number
-
-
- Adds an Object to the List.
-
- @param o the object to add.
- @return true if adding the object succeeded
-
-
-
- A special-version of LIST whitch use zapfdingbats-numbers (1..10).
-
- @see com.lowagie.text.List
- @version 2003-06-22
- @author Michael Niedermair
-
-
- which type
-
-
- Creates a ZapdDingbatsNumberList
- @param type the type of list
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- Creates a ZapdDingbatsNumberList
- @param type the type of list
- @param symbolIndent indent
-
-
- get the type
-
- @return char-number
-
-
- Adds an Object to the List.
-
- @param o the object to add.
- @return true if adding the object succeeded
-
-
- Objects implementing Indentable allow to set indentation left and right.
-
-
- Sets the indentation on the left side.
-
- @param indentation the new indentation
-
-
- Sets the indentation on the right side.
-
- @param indentation the new indentation
-
-
- Objects implementing Spaceable allow setting spacing before and after.
-
-
- Sets the spacing before.
-
- @param spacing the new spacing
-
-
- Sets the spacing after.
-
- @param spacing the new spacing
-
-
- @author itextpdf.com
-
-
-
- Receive a writer and the document to do certain operations on them.
- @param writer the PdfWriter
- @param doc the document
- @throws DocumentException
-
-
- This class contains version information about iText.
- DO NOT CHANGE THE VERSION INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OF ITEXT.
- Changing the version makes it extremely difficult to debug an application.
- Also, the nature of open source software is that you honor the copyright of the original creators of the software.
-
-
- String that will indicate if the AGPL version is used.
-
-
- The iText version instance.
-
-
- This String contains the name of the product.
- iText is a registered trademark by iText Group NV.
- Please don't change this constant.
-
-
- This String contains the version number of this iText release.
- For debugging purposes, we request you NOT to change this constant.
-
-
- This String contains the iText version as shown in the producer line.
- iText is a product developed by iText Group NV.
- iText Group requests that you retain the iText producer line
- in every PDF that is created or manipulated using iText.
-
-
- The license key.
-
-
- Gets an instance of the iText version that is currently used.
- Note that iText Group requests that you retain the iText producer line
- in every PDF that is created or manipulated using iText.
-
-
- * Gets the product name.
- * iText Group requests that you retain the iText producer line
- * in every PDF that is created or manipulated using iText.
- * @return the product name
-
-
- * Gets the release number.
- * iText Group requests that you retain the iText producer line
- * in every PDF that is created or manipulated using iText.
- * @return the release number
-
-
- * Returns the iText version as shown in the producer line.
- * iText is a product developed by iText Group NV.
- * iText Group requests that you retain the iText producer line
- * in every PDF that is created or manipulated using iText.
- * @return iText version
-
-
- Returns a license key if one was provided, or null if not.
- @return a license key.
-
-
- Checks if the AGPL version is used.
- @return returns true if the AGPL version is used.
-
-
- An element that is not an element, it holds {@link Element#WRITABLE_DIRECT}
- as Element type. It implements WriterOperation to do operations on the
- {@link PdfWriter} and the {@link Document} that must be done at the time of
- the writing. Much like a {@link VerticalPositionMark} but little different.
-
- @author itextpdf.com
-
-
-
- @return {@link Element#WRITABLE_DIRECT}
-
-
- The TYPE_UNKNOWN is an initial type value
-
-
- The min value equivalent to zero. If absolute value less then ZERO it considered as zero.
-
-
- The values of transformation matrix
-
-
- The transformation type
-
-
- Multiply matrix of two AffineTransform objects
- @param t1 - the AffineTransform object is a multiplicand
- @param t2 - the AffineTransform object is a multiplier
- @return an AffineTransform object that is a result of t1 multiplied by matrix t2.
-
-
-
- A utility class to perform base64 encoding and decoding as specified
- in RFC-1521. See also RFC 1421.
-
- @version $Revision: 1.4 $
-
-
-
-
- marker for invalid bytes
-
-
-
- marker for accepted whitespace bytes
-
-
-
- marker for an equal symbol
-
-
-
- Encode the given byte[].
-
- the source string.
- the base64-encoded data.
-
-
-
- Encode the given byte[].
-
- the source string.
- a linefeed is added after linefeed characters;
- must be dividable by four; 0 means no linefeeds
- the base64-encoded data.
-
-
-
- Encode the given string.
- the source string.
- the base64-encoded string.
-
-
-
- Decode the given byte[].
-
-
- the base64-encoded data.
- the decoded data.
-
-
-
- Decode the given string.
-
- the base64-encoded string.
- the decoded string.
-
-
-
- Byte buffer container including length of valid data.
-
- @since 11.10.2006
-
-
-
- the initial capacity for this buffer
-
-
- a byte array that will be wrapped with ByteBuffer.
-
-
- a byte array that will be wrapped with ByteBuffer.
- the length of valid bytes in the array
-
-
-
- Loads the stream into a buffer.
-
- an InputStream
- If the stream cannot be read.
-
-
- a byte array that will be wrapped with ByteBuffer.
- the offset of the provided buffer.
- the length of valid bytes in the array
-
-
- Returns a byte stream that is limited to the valid amount of bytes.
-
-
- Returns the length, that means the number of valid bytes, of the buffer;
- the inner byte array might be bigger than that.
-
-
-
- Detects the encoding of the byte buffer, stores and returns it.
- Only UTF-8, UTF-16LE/BE and UTF-32LE/BE are recognized.
- Note: UTF-32 flavors are not supported by Java, the XML-parser will complain.
-
- Returns the encoding string.
-
-
- the index to retrieve the byte from
- Returns a byte from the buffer
-
-
- the index to retrieve a byte as int or char.
- Returns a byte from the buffer
-
-
-
- Appends a byte to the buffer.
- a byte
-
-
-
- Appends a byte array or part of to the buffer.
-
- a byte array
- an offset with
-
-
-
-
- Append a byte array to the buffer
- a byte array
-
-
-
- Append another buffer to this buffer.
- another ByteBuffer
-
-
-
- Ensures the requested capacity by increasing the buffer size when the
- current length is exceeded.
-
- requested new buffer length
-
-
-
- An OutputStream that counts the written bytes.
-
- @since 08.11.2006
-
-
-
-
- the decorated output stream
-
-
-
- the byte counter
-
-
-
- Constructor with providing the output stream to decorate.
- an OutputStream
-
-
- the bytesWritten
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Abstract class for reading filtered character streams.
- The abstract class FilterReader itself
- provides default methods that pass all requests to
- the contained stream. Subclasses of FilterReader
- should override some of these methods and may also provide
- additional methods and fields.
-
- @author Mark Reinhold
- @since JDK1.1
-
-
-
- Reads a single character.
-
- @exception IOException If an I/O error occurs
-
-
- Reads characters into a portion of an array.
-
- @exception IOException If an I/O error occurs
-
-
- **
-
-
-
- @since 22.08.2006
-
-
-
-
- the result of the escaping sequence
-
-
-
- count the digits of the sequence
-
-
-
- the state of the automaton
-
-
-
-
-
- Processes numeric escaped chars to find out if they are a control character.
- a char
- Returns the char directly or as replacement for the escaped sequence.
-
-
-
- Converts between ISO 8601 Strings and Calendar with millisecond resolution.
-
- @since 16.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- a date string that is ISO 8601 conform.
- an existing XMPDateTime to set with the parsed date
- Returns an XMPDateTime-object containing the ISO8601-date.
- Is thrown when the string is non-conform.
-
-
-
-
- @since 22.08.2006
-
-
-
- initializes the parser container
-
-
- Returns the length of the input.
-
-
- Returns whether there are more chars to come.
-
-
- index of char
- Returns char at a certain index.
-
-
- Returns the current char or 0x0000 if there are no more chars.
-
-
-
- Skips the next char.
-
-
-
- Returns the current position.
-
-
-
- Parses a integer from the source and sets the pointer after it.
- Error message to put in the exception if no number can be found
- the max value of the number to return
- Returns the parsed integer.
- Thrown if no integer can be found.
-
-
-
- @since 12.10.2006
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a Cp1252 char (contains all Latin-1 chars above 0x80) into a
- UTF-8 byte sequence. The bytes 0x81, 0x8D, 0x8F, 0x90, and 0x9D are
- formally undefined by Windows 1252 and therefore replaced by a space
- (0x20).
-
-
- an Cp1252 / Latin-1 byte
- Returns a byte array containing a UTF-8 byte sequence.
-
-
-
- @since 11.08.2006
-
-
-
-
- private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Asserts that an array name is set.
- an array name
- Array name is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that a property name is set.
- a property name or path
- Property name is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that a schema namespace is set.
- a schema namespace
- Schema is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that a prefix is set.
- a prefix
- Prefix is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that a specific language is set.
- a specific lang
- Specific language is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that a struct name is set.
- a struct name
- Struct name is null or empty
-
-
-
- Asserts that any string parameter is set.
- any string parameter
- Thrown if the parameter is null or has length 0.
-
-
-
- Asserts that the xmp object is of this implemention
- ().
- the XMP object
- A wrong implentaion is used.
-
-
-
- Parser for "normal" XML serialisation of RDF.
-
- @since 14.07.2006
-
-
-
-
- Start of coreSyntaxTerms.
-
-
-
- End of coreSyntaxTerms
-
-
-
- Start of additions for syntax Terms.
-
-
-
- End of of additions for syntaxTerms.
-
-
-
- Start of oldTerms.
-
-
-
- End of oldTerms.
-
-
-
- ! Yes, the syntax terms include the core terms.
-
-
-
- this prefix is used for default namespaces
-
-
-
- The main parsing method. The XML tree is walked through from the root node and and XMP tree
- is created. This is a raw parse, the normalisation of the XMP tree happens outside.
-
- the XML root node
- Returns an XMP metadata object (not normalized)
- Occurs if the parsing fails for any reason.
-
-
-
- Each of these parsing methods is responsible for recognizing an RDF
- syntax production and adding the appropriate structure to the XMP tree.
- They simply return for success, failures will throw an exception.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the top-level xml node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
-
- 7.2.5 nodeElementURIs
- anyURI - ( coreSyntaxTerms | rdf:li | oldTerms )
-
- 7.2.11 nodeElement
- start-element ( URI == nodeElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( ( idAttr | nodeIdAttr | aboutAttr )?, propertyAttr* ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- A node element URI is rdf:Description or anything else that is not an RDF
- term.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
-
- 7.2.7 propertyAttributeURIs
- anyURI - ( coreSyntaxTerms | rdf:Description | rdf:li | oldTerms )
-
- 7.2.11 nodeElement
- start-element ( URI == nodeElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( ( idAttr | nodeIdAttr | aboutAttr )?, propertyAttr* ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- Process the attribute list for an RDF node element. A property attribute URI is
- anything other than an RDF term. The rdf:ID and rdf:nodeID attributes are simply ignored,
- as are rdf:about attributes on inner nodes.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.13 propertyEltList
- ws* ( propertyElt ws* )*
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.14 propertyElt
-
- resourcePropertyElt | literalPropertyElt | parseTypeLiteralPropertyElt |
- parseTypeResourcePropertyElt | parseTypeCollectionPropertyElt |
- parseTypeOtherPropertyElt | emptyPropertyElt
-
- 7.2.15 resourcePropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr? ) )
- ws* nodeElement ws*
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.16 literalPropertyElt
- start-element (
- URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, datatypeAttr?) )
- text()
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.17 parseTypeLiteralPropertyElt
- start-element (
- URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseLiteral ) )
- literal
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.18 parseTypeResourcePropertyElt
- start-element (
- URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseResource ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.19 parseTypeCollectionPropertyElt
- start-element (
- URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseCollection ) )
- nodeElementList
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.20 parseTypeOtherPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseOther ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- 7.2.21 emptyPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( idAttr?, ( resourceAttr | nodeIdAttr )?, propertyAttr* ) )
- end-element()
-
- The various property element forms are not distinguished by the XML element name,
- but by their attributes for the most part. The exceptions are resourcePropertyElt and
- literalPropertyElt. They are distinguished by their XML element content.
-
- NOTE: The RDF syntax does not explicitly include the xml:lang attribute although it can
- appear in many of these. We have to allow for it in the attibute counts below.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.15 resourcePropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr? ) )
- ws* nodeElement ws*
- end-element()
-
- This handles structs using an rdf:Description node,
- arrays using rdf:Bag/Seq/Alt, and typedNodes. It also catches and cleans up qualified
- properties written with rdf:Description and rdf:value.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.16 literalPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( idAttr?, datatypeAttr?) )
- text()
- end-element()
-
- Add a leaf node with the text value and qualifiers for the attributes.
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.17 parseTypeLiteralPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseLiteral ) )
- literal
- end-element()
-
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.18 parseTypeResourcePropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseResource ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- Add a new struct node with a qualifier for the possible rdf:ID attribute.
- Then process the XML child nodes to get the struct fields.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.19 parseTypeCollectionPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs,
- attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseCollection ) )
- nodeElementList
- end-element()
-
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- 7.2.20 parseTypeOtherPropertyElt
- start-element ( URI == propertyElementURIs, attributes == set ( idAttr?, parseOther ) )
- propertyEltList
- end-element()
-
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
-
- Adds a child node.
-
- the xmp metadata object that is generated
- the parent xmp node
- the currently processed XML node
- Node value
- Flag if the node is a top-level node
- Returns the newly created child node.
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- Adds a qualifier node.
-
- the parent xmp node
- the name of the qualifier which has to be
- QName including the default prefix
- the value of the qualifier
- Returns the newly created child node.
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- The parent is an RDF pseudo-struct containing an rdf:value field. Fix the
- XMP data model. The rdf:value node must be the first child, the other
- children are qualifiers. The form, value, and children of the rdf:value
- node are the real ones. The rdf:value node's qualifiers must be added to
- the others.
-
- the parent xmp node
- thown on parsing errors
-
-
-
- Checks if the node is a white space.
- an XML-node
- Returns whether the node is a whitespace node,
- i.e. a text node that contains only whitespaces.
-
-
-
- 7.2.6 propertyElementURIs
- anyURI - ( coreSyntaxTerms | rdf:Description | oldTerms )
-
- the term id
- Return true if the term is a property element name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines the ID for a certain RDF Term.
- Arranged to hopefully minimize the parse time for large XMP.
-
- an XML node
- Returns the term ID.
-
-
-
- A character-stream reader that allows characters to be pushed back into the
- stream.
-
- @author Mark Reinhold
- @since JDK1.1
-
-
-
-
- Pushback buffer
-
-
-
- Current position in buffer
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new pushback reader with a one-character pushback buffer.
-
- The reader from which characters will be read
-
-
-
- Checks to make sure that the stream has not been closed.
-
-
-
- Reads a single character.
-
- The character read, or -1 if the end of the stream has been
- reached
-
- If an I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- Reads characters into a portion of an array.
-
- Destination buffer
- Offset at which to start writing characters
- Maximum number of characters to read
-
- The number of characters read, or -1 if the end of the
- stream has been reached
-
- If an I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- Pushes back a single character by copying it to the front of the
- pushback buffer. After this method returns, the next character to be read
- will have the value (char)c.
-
- The int value representing a character to be pushed back
-
- If the pushback buffer is full,
- or if some other I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- Pushes back a portion of an array of characters by copying it to the
- front of the pushback buffer. After this method returns, the next
- character to be read will have the value cbuf[off], the
- character after that will have the value cbuf[off+1], and
- so forth.
-
- Character array
- Offset of first character to push back
- Number of characters to push back
-
- If there is insufficient room in the pushback
- buffer, or if some other I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- Pushes back an array of characters by copying it to the front of the
- pushback buffer. After this method returns, the next character to be
- read will have the value cbuf[0], the character after that
- will have the value cbuf[1], and so forth.
-
- Character array to push back
-
- If there is insufficient room in the pushback
- buffer, or if some other I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- Closes the stream and releases any system resources associated with
- it. Once the stream has been closed, further read(),
- unread(), ready(), or skip() invocations will throw an IOException.
- Closing a previously closed stream has no effect.
-
- If an I/O error occurs
-
-
-
- @since 09.11.2006
-
-
-
-
- XML localname
-
-
-
- XML namespace prefix
-
-
-
- Splits a qname into prefix and localname.
- a QName
-
-
-
- Constructor that initializes the fields
- the prefix
- the name
-
-
- the localName
-
-
- the prefix
-
-
- Returns whether the QName has a prefix.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for the XMPToolkit implementation.
-
- @since 06.06.2006
-
-
-
-
- segments of a UUID
-
-
-
- length of a UUID
-
-
-
-
-
- init char tables
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a schema namespace
-
- an XMP Property
- Returns true if the property is defined as "Internal
- Property", see XMP Specification.
-
-
-
- Check some requirements for an UUID:
-
- - Length of the UUID is 32
- - The Delimiter count is 4 and all the 4 delimiter are on their right
- position (8,13,18,23)
-
-
-
- uuid to test
- true - this is a well formed UUID, false - UUID has not the expected format
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the value is a legal "unqualified" XML name, as
- defined in the XML Namespaces proposed recommendation.
- These are XML names, except that they must not contain a colon.
- the value to check
- Returns true if the name is a valid "unqualified" XML name.
-
-
- a char
- Returns true if the char is an ASCII control char.
-
-
-
-
- Replaces the ASCII control chars with a space.
-
-
- a node value
- Returns the cleaned up value
-
-
-
- Simple check if a character is a valid XML start name char.
- All characters according to the XML Spec 1.1 are accepted:
- http://www.w3.org/TR/xml11/#NT-NameStartChar
-
- a character
- Returns true if the character is a valid first char of an XML name.
-
-
-
- Simple check if a character is a valid XML name char
- (every char except the first one), according to the XML Spec 1.1:
- http://www.w3.org/TR/xml11/#NT-NameChar
-
- a character
- Returns true if the character is a valid char of an XML name.
-
-
-
- Initializes the char tables for the chars 0x00-0xFF for later use,
- according to the XML 1.1 specification
- http://www.w3.org/TR/xml11
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of XMPDateTime. Internally a calendar is used
- plus an additional nano seconds field, because Calendar supports only milli
- seconds. The nanoSeconds convers only the resolution beyond a milli second.
-
- @since 16.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- The nano seconds take micro and nano seconds, while the milli seconds are in the calendar.
-
-
-
-
- Use NO time zone as default
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime-instance with the current time in the default time
- zone.
-
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime-instance from a calendar.
-
- a Calendar
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime-instance from
- a Date and a TimeZone.
-
- a date describing an absolute point in time
- a TimeZone how to interpret the date
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime-instance from an ISO 8601 string.
-
- an ISO 8601 string
- If the string is a non-conform ISO 8601 string, an exception is thrown
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the ISO string representation.
-
-
-
- The XMPIterator implementation.
- Iterates the XMP Tree according to a set of options.
- During the iteration the XMPMeta-object must not be changed.
- Calls to skipSubtree() / skipSiblings() will affect the iteration.
-
- @since 29.06.2006
-
-
-
-
- the node iterator doing the work
-
-
-
- stores the iterator options
-
-
-
- the base namespace of the property path, will be changed during the iteration
-
-
-
- flag to indicate that skipSiblings() has been called.
-
-
-
- flag to indicate that skipSiblings() has been called.
-
-
-
- Constructor with optionsl initial values. If propName is provided,
- schemaNs has also be provided.
- the iterated metadata object.
- the iteration is reduced to this schema (optional)
- the iteration is redurce to this property within the schemaNs
- advanced iteration options, see
- If the node defined by the paramters is not existing.
-
-
- Exposes the options for inner class.
-
-
- Exposes the options for inner class.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The XMPIterator implementation.
- It first returns the node itself, then recursivly the children and qualifier of the node.
-
- @since 29.06.2006
-
-
-
-
- iteration state
-
-
-
- iteration state
-
-
-
- iteration state
-
-
-
- the recursively accumulated path
-
-
-
- the currently visited node
-
-
-
- the iterator that goes through the children and qualifier list
-
-
-
- index of node with parent, only interesting for arrays
-
-
-
- the cached PropertyInfo to return
-
-
-
- the state of the iteration
-
-
-
- the iterator for each child
-
-
-
- Constructor for the node iterator.
- the currently visited node
- the accumulated path of the node
- the index within the parent node (only for arrays)
-
-
- the childrenIterator
-
-
- Returns the returnProperty.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the returnProperty as next item or recurses into hasNext().
- Returns if there is a next item to return.
-
-
-
- Handles the iteration of the children or qualfier
- an iterator
- Returns if there are more elements available.
-
-
- the node that will be added to the path.
- the path up to this node.
- the current array index if an arrey is traversed
- Returns the updated path.
-
-
-
- Creates a property info object from an XMPNode.
- an XMPNode
- the base namespace to report
- the full property path
- Returns a XMPProperty-object that serves representation of the node.
-
-
-
- This iterator is derived from the default NodeIterator,
- and is only used for the option .
-
- @since 02.10.2006
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
- the node which children shall be iterated.
- the full path of the former node without the leaf node.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation for .
-
- @since 17.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- Property values are Strings by default
-
-
-
- root of the metadata tree
-
-
-
- the xpacket processing instructions content
-
-
-
- Constructor for an empty metadata object.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor for a cloned metadata tree.
-
-
- an prefilled metadata tree which fulfills all
- XMPNode contracts.
-
-
- Returns the root node of the XMP tree.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Locate or create the item node and set the value. Note the index
- parameter is one-based! The index can be in the range [1..size + 1] or
- "last()", normalize it and check the insert flags. The order of the
- normalization checks is important. If the array is empty we end up with
- an index and location to set item size + 1.
-
- an array node
- the index where to insert the item
- the item value
- the options for the new item
- insert oder overwrite at index position?
-
-
-
-
- The internals for SetProperty() and related calls, used after the node is
- found or created.
-
-
- the newly created node
-
- the node value, can be null
-
- options for the new node, must not be null.
- flag if the existing value is to be overwritten
- thrown if options and value do not correspond
-
-
-
- Evaluates a raw node value to the given value type, apply special
- conversions for defined types in XMP.
-
-
- an int indicating the value type
-
- the node containing the value
- Returns a literal value for the node.
-
-
-
-
- This class replaces the ExpatAdapter.cpp and does the
- XML-parsing and fixes the prefix. After the parsing several normalisations
- are applied to the XMPTree.
-
- @since 01.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- Hidden constructor, initialises the SAX parser handler.
-
-
-
-
- Parses the input source into an XMP metadata object, including
- de-aliasing and normalisation.
-
- the input can be an InputStream, a String or
- a byte buffer containing the XMP packet.
- the parse options
- Returns the resulting XMP metadata object
- Thrown if parsing or normalisation fails.
-
-
-
-
- Parses XML from an ,
- fixing the encoding (Latin-1 to UTF-8) and illegal control character optionally.
-
- an InputStream
- the parsing options
- Returns an XML DOM-Document.
- Thrown when the parsing fails.
-
-
-
- Parses XML from a byte buffer,
- fixing the encoding (Latin-1 to UTF-8) and illegal control character optionally.
-
- a byte buffer containing the XMP packet
- the parsing options
- Returns an XML DOM-Document.
- Thrown when the parsing fails.
-
-
-
- Parses XML from a ,
- fixing the illegal control character optionally.
-
- a String containing the XMP packet
- the parsing options
- Returns an XML DOM-Document.
- Thrown when the parsing fails.
-
-
-
-
- A node in the internally XMP tree, which can be a schema node, a property node, an array node,
- an array item, a struct node or a qualifier node (without '?').
-
- Possible improvements:
-
- 1. The kind Node of node might be better represented by a class-hierarchy of different nodes.
- 2. The array type should be an enum
- 3. isImplicitNode should be removed completely and replaced by return values of fi.
- 4. hasLanguage, hasType should be automatically maintained by XMPNode
-
- @since 21.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- flag if the node is an alias
-
-
-
- list of child nodes, lazy initialized
-
-
-
- flag if the node has aliases
-
-
-
- flag if the node has an "rdf:value" child node.
-
-
-
- flag if the node is implicitly created
-
-
-
- name of the node, contains different information depending of the node kind
-
-
-
- options describing the kind of the node
-
-
-
- link to the parent node
-
-
-
- list of qualifier of the node, lazy initialized
-
-
-
- value of the node, contains different information depending of the node kind
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPNode with initial values.
-
- the name of the node
- the value of the node
- the options of the node
-
-
-
- Constructor for the node without value.
-
- the name of the node
- the options of the node
-
-
- Returns the parent node.
-
-
- Returns the number of children without neccessarily creating a list.
-
-
- Returns the number of qualifier without neccessarily creating a list.
-
-
- Returns the name.
-
-
- Returns the value.
-
-
- Returns the options.
-
-
- Returns the implicit flag
-
-
- Returns if the node contains aliases (applies only to schema nodes)
-
-
- Returns if the node contains aliases (applies only to schema nodes)
-
-
- the hasValueChild
-
-
- Returns whether this node is a language qualifier.
-
-
- Returns whether this node is a type qualifier.
-
-
-
- Note: This method should always be called when accessing 'children' to be sure
- that its initialized.
- Returns list of children that is lazy initialized.
-
-
- Returns a read-only copy of child nodes list.
-
-
- Returns list of qualifier that is lazy initialized.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the node.
-
-
-
- an index [1..size]
- Returns the child with the requested index.
-
-
-
- Adds a node as child to this node.
- an XMPNode
-
-
-
-
- Adds a node as child to this node.
- the index of the node before which the new one is inserted.
- Note: The node children are indexed from [1..size]!
- An index of size + 1 appends a node.
- an XMPNode
-
-
-
-
- Replaces a node with another one.
- the index of the node that will be replaced.
- Note: The node children are indexed from [1..size]!
- the replacement XMPNode
-
-
-
- Removes a child at the requested index.
- the index to remove [1..size]
-
-
-
- Removes a child node.
- If its a schema node and doesn't have any children anymore, its deleted.
-
- the child node to delete.
-
-
-
- Removes the children list if this node has no children anymore;
- checks if the provided node is a schema node and doesn't have any children anymore,
- its deleted.
-
-
-
-
- Removes all children from the node.
-
-
-
- child node name to look for
- Returns an XMPNode if node has been found, null otherwise.
-
-
- an index [1..size]
- Returns the qualifier with the requested index.
-
-
-
- Appends a qualifier to the qualifier list and sets respective options.
- a qualifier node.
-
-
-
-
- Removes one qualifier node and fixes the options.
- qualifier to remove
-
-
-
- Removes all qualifiers from the node and sets the options appropriate.
-
-
-
- qualifier node name to look for
- Returns a qualifier XMPNode if node has been found,
- null otherwise.
-
-
- Returns whether the node has children.
-
-
- Returns an iterator for the children.
- Note: take care to use it.remove(), as the flag are not adjusted in that case.
-
-
- Returns whether the node has qualifier attached.
-
-
- Returns an iterator for the qualifier.
- Note: take care to use it.remove(), as the flag are not adjusted in that case.
-
-
-
- Performs a deep clone of the complete subtree (children and
- qualifier )into and add it to the destination node.
-
- the node to add the cloned subtree
-
-
-
- Renders this node and the tree unter this node in a human readable form.
- Flag is qualifier and child nodes shall be rendered too
- Returns a multiline string containing the dump.
-
-
-
-
- Dumps this node and its qualifier and children recursively.
- Note: It creats empty options on every node.
-
- the buffer to append the dump.
- Flag is qualifier and child nodes shall be rendered too
- the current indent level.
- the index within the parent node (important for arrays)
-
-
-
- Internal find.
- the list to search in
- the search expression
- Returns the found node or nulls.
-
-
-
- Checks that a node name is not existing on the same level, except for array items.
- the node name to check
- Thrown if a node with the same name is existing.
-
-
-
- Checks that a qualifier name is not existing on the same level.
- the new qualifier name
- Thrown if a node with the same name is existing.
-
-
-
- Utilities for XMPNode.
-
- @since Aug 28, 2006
-
-
-
-
- Private Constructor
-
-
-
-
- Find or create a schema node if createNodes is false and
-
- the root of the xmp tree.
- a namespace
- a flag indicating if the node shall be created if not found.
- Note: The namespace must be registered prior to this call.
-
- Returns the schema node if found, null otherwise.
- Note: If createNodes is true, it is always
- returned a valid node.
- An exception is only thrown if an error occurred, not if a
- node was not found.
-
-
-
- Find or create a schema node if createNodes is true.
-
- the root of the xmp tree.
- a namespace
- If a prefix is suggested, the namespace is allowed to be registered.
- a flag indicating if the node shall be created if not found.
- Note: The namespace must be registered prior to this call.
-
- Returns the schema node if found, null otherwise.
- Note: If createNodes is true, it is always
- returned a valid node.
- An exception is only thrown if an error occurred, not if a
- node was not found.
-
-
-
- Find or create a child node under a given parent node. If the parent node is no
- Returns the found or created child node.
-
-
- the parent node
-
- the node name to find
-
- flag, if new nodes shall be created.
- Returns the found or created node or null.
- Thrown if
-
-
-
- Follow an expanded path expression to find or create a node.
-
- the node to begin the search.
- the complete xpath
- flag if nodes shall be created
- (when called by setProperty())
- the options for the created leaf nodes (only when
- createNodes == true).
- Returns the node if found or created or null.
- An exception is only thrown if an error occurred,
- not if a node was not found.
-
-
-
- Deletes the the given node and its children from its parent.
- Takes care about adjusting the flags.
- the top-most node to delete.
-
-
-
- This is setting the value of a leaf node.
-
- an XMPNode
- a value
-
-
-
- Verifies the PropertyOptions for consistancy and updates them as needed.
- If options are null they are created with default values.
-
- the PropertyOptions
- the node value to set
- Returns the updated options.
- If the options are not consistant.
-
-
-
- Converts the node value to String, apply special conversions for defined
- types in XMP.
-
-
- the node value to set
- Returns the String representation of the node value.
-
-
-
-
- Find or create a qualifier node under a given parent node. Returns a pointer to the
- qualifier node, and optionally an iterator for the node's position in
- the parent's vector of qualifiers. The iterator is unchanged if no qualifier node (null)
- is returned.
- Note: On entry, the qualName parameter must not have the leading '?' from the
- XmpPath step.
-
- the parent XMPNode
- the qualifier name
- flag if nodes shall be created
- Returns the qualifier node if found or created, null otherwise.
-
-
-
- an array node
- the segment containing the array index
- flag if new nodes are allowed to be created.
- Returns the index or index = -1 if not found
- Throws Exceptions
-
-
-
- Searches for a field selector in a node:
- [fieldName="value] - an element in an array of structs, chosen by a field value.
- No implicit nodes are created by field selectors.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the index of the field if found, otherwise -1.
-
-
-
-
- Searches for a qualifier selector in a node:
- [?qualName="value"] - an element in an array, chosen by a qualifier value.
- No implicit nodes are created for qualifier selectors,
- except for an alias to an x-default item.
-
- an array node
- the qualifier name
- the qualifier value
- in case the qual selector results from an alias,
- an x-default node is created if there has not been one.
- Returns the index of th
-
-
-
-
- Make sure the x-default item is first. Touch up "single value"
- arrays that have a default plus one real language. This case should have
- the same value for both items. Older Adobe apps were hardwired to only
- use the "x-default" item, so we copy that value to the other
- item.
-
-
- an alt text array node
-
-
-
- See if an array is an alt-text array. If so, make sure the x-default item
- is first.
-
-
- the array node to check if its an alt-text array
-
-
-
- Appends a language item to an alt text array.
-
- the language array
- the language of the item
- the content of the item
- Thrown if a duplicate property is added
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appropriate language item in a text alternative array.item
-
-
- an array node
-
- the requested language
- Returns the index if the language has been found, -1 otherwise.
-
-
-
-
- @since Aug 18, 2006
-
-
-
-
- caches the correct dc-property array forms
-
-
-
- init char tables
-
-
-
- Hidden constructor
-
-
-
-
- Normalizes a raw parsed XMPMeta-Object
- the raw metadata object
- the parsing options
- Returns the normalized metadata object
- Collects all severe processing errors.
-
-
-
- Tweak old XMP: Move an instance ID from rdf:about to the
- xmpMM:InstanceID property. An old instance ID usually looks
- like "uuid:bac965c4-9d87-11d9-9a30-000d936b79c4", plus InDesign
- 3.0 wrote them like "bac965c4-9d87-11d9-9a30-000d936b79c4". If
- the name looks like a UUID simply move it to xmpMM:InstanceID,
- don't worry about any existing xmpMM:InstanceID. Both will
- only be present when a newer file with the xmpMM:InstanceID
- property is updated by an old app that uses rdf:about.
-
- the root of the metadata tree
- Thrown if tweaking fails.
-
-
-
- Visit all schemas to do general fixes and handle special cases.
-
- the metadata object implementation
- Thrown if the normalisation fails.
-
-
-
-
- Make sure that the array is well-formed AltText. Each item must be simple
- and have an "xml:lang" qualifier. If repairs are needed, keep simple
- non-empty items by adding the "xml:lang" with value "x-repair".
- the property node of the array to repair.
- Forwards unexpected exceptions.
-
-
-
- Visit all of the top level nodes looking for aliases. If there is
- no base, transplant the alias subtree. If there is a base and strict
- aliasing is on, make sure the alias and base subtrees match.
-
- the root of the metadata tree
- th parsing options
- Forwards XMP errors
-
-
-
- Moves an alias node of array form to another schema into an array
- the node to be moved
- the base array for the array item
- Forwards XMP errors
-
-
-
- Fixes the GPS Timestamp in EXIF.
- the EXIF schema node
- Thrown if the date conversion fails.
-
-
-
- Remove all empty schemas from the metadata tree that were generated during the rdf parsing.
- the root of the metadata tree
-
-
-
- The outermost call is special. The names almost certainly differ. The
- qualifiers (and hence options) will differ for an alias to the x-default
- item of a langAlt array.
-
- the alias node
- the base node of the alias
- marks the outer call of the recursion
- Forwards XMP errors
-
-
-
- The initial support for WAV files mapped a legacy ID3 audio copyright
- into a new xmpDM:copyright property. This is special case code to migrate
- that into dc:rights['x-default']. The rules:
-
-
- 1. If there is no dc:rights array, or an empty array -
- Create one with dc:rights['x-default'] set from double linefeed and xmpDM:copyright.
-
- 2. If there is a dc:rights array but it has no x-default item -
- Create an x-default item as a copy of the first item then apply rule #3.
-
- 3. If there is a dc:rights array with an x-default item,
- Look for a double linefeed in the value.
- A. If no double linefeed, compare the x-default value to the xmpDM:copyright value.
- A1. If they match then leave the x-default value alone.
- A2. Otherwise, append a double linefeed and
- the xmpDM:copyright value to the x-default value.
- B. If there is a double linefeed, compare the trailing text to the xmpDM:copyright value.
- B1. If they match then leave the x-default value alone.
- B2. Otherwise, replace the trailing x-default text with the xmpDM:copyright value.
-
- 4. In all cases, delete the xmpDM:copyright property.
-
-
- the metadata object
- the "dm:copyright"-property
-
-
-
- Initializes the map that contains the known arrays, that are fixed by
- .
-
-
-
-
- The schema registry handles the namespaces, aliases and global options for the XMP Toolkit. There
- is only one single instance used by the toolkit.
-
- @since 27.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- a map of all registered aliases.
- The map is a relationship from a qname to an XMPAliasInfo-object.
-
-
-
-
- a map from a namespace URI to its registered prefix
-
-
-
- a map from a prefix to the associated namespace URI
-
-
-
- The pattern that must not be contained in simple properties
-
-
-
- Performs the initialisation of the registry with the default namespaces, aliases and global
- options.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Register the standard namespaces of schemas and types that are included in the XMP
- Specification and some other Adobe private namespaces.
- Note: This method is not lock because only called by the constructor.
-
- Forwards processing exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Register the standard aliases.
- Note: This method is not lock because only called by the constructor.
-
- If the registrations of at least one alias fails.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the XMPMeta-object to an OutputStream according to the
- SerializeOptions.
-
- @since 11.07.2006
-
-
-
-
- Static method to Serialize the metadata object. For each serialisation, a new XMPSerializer
- instance is created, either XMPSerializerRDF or XMPSerializerPlain so thats its possible to
- serialialize the same XMPMeta objects in two threads.
-
- a metadata implementation object
- the output stream to Serialize to
- serialization options, can be null for default.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into a string.
- Note: Encoding is forced to UTF-16 when serializing to a
- string to ensure the correctness of "exact packet size".
-
- a metadata implementation object
- Options to control the serialization (see
- ).
- Returns a string containing the serialized RDF.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into a byte buffer.
-
- a metadata implementation object
- Options to control the serialization (see ).
- Returns a byte buffer containing the serialized RDF.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
-
- Serializes the XMPMeta-object using the standard RDF serialization format.
- The output is written to an OutputStream
- according to the SerializeOptions.
-
- @since 11.07.2006
-
-
-
-
- default padding
-
-
-
- The w/r is missing inbetween
-
-
-
- a set of all rdf attribute qualifier
-
-
-
- the stored serialization options
-
-
-
- the output stream to Serialize to
-
-
-
- the padding in the XMP Packet, or the length of the complete packet in
- case of option exactPacketLength.
-
-
-
-
- the size of one unicode char, for UTF-8 set to 1
- (Note: only valid for ASCII chars lower than 0x80),
- set to 2 in case of UTF-16
-
-
-
-
- this writer is used to do the actual serialization
-
-
-
- the metadata object to be serialized.
-
-
-
- The actual serialization.
-
- the metadata object to be serialized
- outputStream the output stream to Serialize to
- the serialization options
-
- If case of wrong options or any other serialization error.
-
-
-
- Calculates the padding according to the options and write it to the stream.
- the length of the tail string
- thrown if packet size is to small to fit the padding
- forwards writer errors
-
-
-
- Checks if the supplied options are consistent.
- Thrown if options are conflicting
-
-
-
- Writes the (optional) packet header and the outer rdf-tags.
- Returns the packet end processing instraction to be written after the padding.
- Forwarded writer exceptions.
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the metadata in pretty-printed manner.
- indent level
- Forwarded writer exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes the metadata in compact manner.
- indent level to start with
- Forwarded writer exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Write each of the parent's simple unqualified properties as an attribute. Returns true if all
- of the properties are written as attributes.
-
- the parent property node
- the current indent level
- Returns true if all properties can be rendered as RDF attribute.
-
-
-
-
- Recursively handles the "value" for a node that must be written as an RDF
- property element. It does not matter if it is a top level property, a
- field of a struct, or an item of an array. The indent is that for the
- property element. The patterns bwlow ignore attribute qualifiers such as
- xml:lang, they don't affect the output form.
-
-
-
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty-1
- ... The fields as attributes, if all are simple and unqualified
- />
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty-2 rdf:parseType="Resource">
- ... The fields as elements, if none are simple and unqualified
- </ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty-2>
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty-3>
- <rdf:Description
- ... The simple and unqualified fields as attributes
- >
- ... The compound or qualified fields as elements
- </rdf:Description>
- </ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty-3>
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedArrayProperty>
- <rdf:Bag> or Seq or Alt
- ... Array items as rdf:li elements, same forms as top level properties
- </rdf:Bag>
- </ns:UnqualifiedArrayProperty>
-
- <ns:QualifiedProperty rdf:parseType="Resource">
- <rdf:value> ... Property "value"
- following the unqualified forms ... </rdf:value>
- ... Qualifiers looking like named struct fields
- </ns:QualifiedProperty>
-
-
-
-
- *** Consider numbered array items, but has compatibility problems. ***
- Consider qualified form with rdf:Description and attributes.
-
- the parent node
- the current indent level
- Forwards writer exceptions
- If qualifier and element fields are mixed.
-
-
-
- Serializes a simple property.
-
- an XMPNode
- Returns an array containing the flags emitEndTag and indentEndTag.
- Forwards the writer exceptions.
-
-
-
- Serializes an array property.
-
- an XMPNode
- the current indent level
- Forwards the writer exceptions.
- If qualifier and element fields are mixed.
-
-
-
- Serializes a struct property.
-
- an XMPNode
- the current indent level
- Flag if the element has resource qualifier
- Returns true if an end flag shall be emitted.
- Forwards the writer exceptions.
- If qualifier and element fields are mixed.
-
-
-
- Serializes the general qualifier.
- the root node of the subtree
- the current indent level
- Forwards all writer exceptions.
- If qualifier and element fields are mixed.
-
-
-
-
- Writes all used namespaces of the subtree in node to the output.
- The subtree is recursivly traversed.
- the root node of the subtree
- a set containing currently used prefixes
- the current indent level
- Forwards all writer exceptions.
-
-
-
- Writes one namespace declaration to the output.
- a namespace prefix (without colon) or a complete qname (when namespace == null)
- the a namespace
- a set containing currently used prefixes
- the current indent level
- Forwards all writer exceptions.
-
-
-
- Start the outer rdf:Description element, including all needed xmlns attributes.
- Leave the element open so that the compact form can add property attributes.
-
- If the writing to
-
-
-
-
- Recursively handles the "value" for a node. It does not matter if it is a
- top level property, a field of a struct, or an item of an array. The
- indent is that for the property element. An xml:lang qualifier is written
- as an attribute of the property start tag, not by itself forcing the
- qualified property form. The patterns below mostly ignore attribute
- qualifiers like xml:lang. Except for the one struct case, attribute
- qualifiers don't affect the output form.
-
-
-
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedSimpleProperty>value</ns:UnqualifiedSimpleProperty>
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty> (If no rdf:resource qualifier)
- <rdf:Description>
- ... Fields, same forms as top level properties
- </rdf:Description>
- </ns:UnqualifiedStructProperty>
-
- <ns:ResourceStructProperty rdf:resource="URI"
- ... Fields as attributes
- >
-
- <ns:UnqualifiedArrayProperty>
- <rdf:Bag> or Seq or Alt
- ... Array items as rdf:li elements, same forms as top level properties
- </rdf:Bag>
- </ns:UnqualifiedArrayProperty>
-
- <ns:QualifiedProperty>
- <rdf:Description>
- <rdf:value> ... Property "value" following the unqualified
- forms ... </rdf:value>
- ... Qualifiers looking like named struct fields
- </rdf:Description>
- </ns:QualifiedProperty>
-
-
-
-
- the property node
- property shall be rendered as attribute rather than tag
- use canonical form with inner description tag or
- the compact form with rdf:ParseType="resource" attribute.
- the current indent level
- Forwards all writer exceptions.
- If "rdf:resource" and general qualifiers are mixed.
-
-
-
- Writes the array start and end tags.
-
- an array node
- flag if its the start or end tag
- the current indent level
- forwards writer exceptions
-
-
-
- Serializes the node value in XML encoding. Its used for tag bodies and
- attributes. Note: The attribute is always limited by quotes,
- thats why ' is never serialized. Note:
- Control chars are written unescaped, but if the user uses others than tab, LF
- and CR the resulting XML will become invalid.
-
- the value of the node
- flag if value is an attribute value
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes indents and automatically includes the baseindend from the options.
- number of indents to write
- forwards exception
-
-
-
- Writes a char to the output.
- a char
- forwards writer exceptions
-
-
-
- Writes a String to the output.
- a String
- forwards writer exceptions
-
-
-
- Writes an amount of chars, mostly spaces
- number of chars
- a char
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline according to the options.
- Forwards exception
-
-
-
- @since 11.08.2006
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor, as
-
-
-
-
-
- see {@link XMPUtils#separateArrayItems(XMPMeta, String, String, String,
- PropertyOptions, boolean)}
-
-
- The XMP object containing the array to be updated.
-
- The schema namespace URI for the array. Must not be null or
- the empty string.
-
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must
- not be null or the empty string. Each item in the array must
- be a simple string value.
-
- The string to be separated into the array items.
-
- Option flags to control the separation.
-
- Flag if commas shall be preserved
-
-
- Forwards the Exceptions from the metadata processing
-
-
-
- Utility to find or create the array used by separateArrayItems().
- a the namespace fo the array
- the name of the array
- the options for the array if newly created
- the xmp object
- Returns the array node.
- Forwards exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all schema children according to the flag
- doAllProperties. Empty schemas are automatically remove
- by XMPNode
-
-
- a schema node
-
- flag if all properties or only externals shall be removed.
- Returns true if the schema is empty after the operation.
-
-
-
-
- Compares two nodes including its children and qualifier.
- an XMPNode
- an XMPNode
- Returns true if the nodes are equal, false otherwise.
- Forwards exceptions to the calling method.
-
-
-
- Make sure the separator is OK. It must be one semicolon surrounded by
- zero or more spaces. Any of the recognized semicolons or spaces are
- allowed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Make sure the open and close quotes are a legitimate pair and return the
- correct closing quote or an exception.
-
-
- opened and closing quote in a string
-
- the open quote
- Returns a corresponding closing quote.
-
-
-
-
- Classifies the character into normal chars, spaces, semicola, quotes,
- control chars.
-
-
- a char
- Return the character kind.
-
-
-
- the open quote char
- Returns the matching closing quote for an open quote.
-
-
-
- Add quotes to the item.
-
-
- the array item
-
- the open quote character
-
- the closing quote character
-
- flag if commas are allowed
- Returns the value in quotes.
-
-
- a character
- the opening quote char
- the closing quote char
- Return it the character is a surrounding quote.
-
-
- a character
- the opening quote char
- the closing quote char
- Returns true if the character is a closing quote.
-
-
-
- Representates an XMP XmpPath with segment accessor methods.
-
- @since 28.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- Marks a struct field step , also for top level nodes (schema "fields").
-
-
-
- Marks a qualifier step.
- Note: Order is significant to separate struct/qual from array kinds!
-
-
-
-
- Marks an array index step
-
-
-
- stores the segments of an XmpPath
-
-
-
- Append a path segment
-
- the segment to add
-
-
- the index of the segment to return
- Returns a path segment.
-
-
- Returns the size of the xmp path.
-
-
-
- Parser for XMP XPaths.
-
- @since 01.03.2006
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- @param path
- @param pos
- @throws XmpException
-
-
- Parses a struct segment
- @param pos the current position in the path
- @return Retusn the segment or an errror
- @throws XmpException If the sement is empty
-
-
- Parses an array index segment.
-
- @param pos the xmp path
- @return Returns the segment or an error
- @throws XmpException thrown on xmp path errors
-
-
-
- Parses the root node of an XMP Path, checks if namespace and prefix fit together
- and resolve the property to the base property if it is an alias.
- @param schemaNs the root namespace
- @param pos the parsing position helper
- @param expandedXPath the path to contribute to
- @throws XmpException If the path is not valid.
-
-
- Verifies whether the qualifier name is not XML conformant or the
- namespace prefix has not been registered.
-
- @param qualName
- a qualifier name
- @throws XmpException
- If the name is not conformant
-
-
- Verify if an XML name is conformant.
-
- @param name
- an XML name
- @throws XmpException
- When the name is not XML conformant
-
-
-
- This objects contains all needed char positions to parse.
-
-
- the complete path
- the end of a segment name
-
-
- the begin of a step
-
-
- the end of a step
-
-
-
- A segment of a parsed XmpPath.
-
- @since 23.06.2006
-
-
-
-
- flag if segment is an alias
-
-
-
- alias form if applicable
-
-
-
- kind of the path segment
-
-
-
- name of the path segment
-
-
-
- Constructor with initial values.
-
- the name of the segment
-
-
-
- Constructor with initial values.
-
- the name of the segment
- the kind of the segment
-
-
- Returns the kind.
-
-
- Returns the name.
-
-
- the flag to set
-
-
- Returns the aliasForm if this segment has been created by an alias.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the year, can be negative.
-
-
- Returns The month in the range 1..12.
-
-
- Returns the day of the month in the range 1..31.
-
-
- Returns hour - The hour in the range 0..23.
-
-
- Returns the minute in the range 0..59.
-
-
- Returns the second in the range 0..59.
-
-
- Returns milli-, micro- and nano seconds.
- Nanoseconds within a second, often left as zero?
-
-
- Returns the time zone.
-
-
-
- Returns the ISO 8601 string representation of the date and time.
-
-
-
- This flag is set either by parsing or by setting year, month or day.
- Returns true if the XMPDateTime object has a date portion.
-
-
-
- This flag is set either by parsing or by setting hours, minutes, seconds or milliseconds.
- Returns true if the XMPDateTime object has a time portion.
-
-
-
- This flag is set either by parsing or by setting hours, minutes, seconds or milliseconds.
- Returns true if the XMPDateTime object has a defined timezone.
-
-
-
-
- Skip the subtree below the current node when next() is
- called.
-
-
-
-
- Skip the subtree below and remaining siblings of the current node when
- next() is called.
-
-
-
-
- This class represents the set of XMP metadata as a DOM representation. It has methods to read and
- modify all kinds of properties, create an iterator over all properties and Serialize the metadata
- to a String, byte-array or OutputStream.
-
- @since 20.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- This correlates to the about-attribute,
- returns the empty String if no name is set.
-
- Returns the name of the XMP object.
-
-
- Returns the unparsed content of the <?xpacket> processing instruction.
- This contains normally the attribute-like elements 'begin="<BOM>"
- id="W5M0MpCehiHzreSzNTczkc9d"' and possibly the deprecated elements 'bytes="1234"' or
- 'encoding="XXX"'. If the parsed packet has not been wrapped into an xpacket,
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to items within an array. The index is passed as an integer, you need not
- worry about the path string syntax for array items, convert a loop index to a string, etc.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- The index of the desired item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1. The
- constant always refers to the last existing array
- item.
- Returns a XMPProperty containing the value and the options or
- null if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
- Returns the number of items in the array.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- Returns the number of items in the array.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replaces an item within an array. The index is passed as an integer, you need not worry about
- the path string syntax for array items, convert a loop index to a string, etc. The array
- passed must already exist. In normal usage the selected array item is modified. A new item is
- automatically appended if the index is the array size plus 1.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty.
- The index of the desired item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1. To address
- the last existing item, use to find
- out the length of the array.
- the new value of the array item. Has the same usage as propValue in
- SetProperty().
- the set options for the item.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an item into an array previous to the given index. The index is passed as an integer,
- you need not worry about the path string syntax for array items, convert a loop index to a
- string, etc. The array passed must already exist. In normal usage the selected array item is
- modified. A new item is automatically appended if the index is the array size plus 1.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty.
- The index to insert the new item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1. Use
- XmpConst.ARRAY_LAST_ITEM to append items.
- the new value of the array item. Has the same usage as
- propValue in SetProperty().
- the set options that decide about the kind of the node.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to fields within a nested structure. The namespace for the field is passed as
- a URI, you need not worry about the path string syntax. The names of fields should be XML
- qualified names, that is within an XML namespace. The path syntax for a qualified name uses
- the namespace prefix, which is unreliable because the prefix is never guaranteed. The URI is
- the formal name, the prefix is just a local shorthand in a given sequence of XML text.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the struct. May be a general path expression, must not be null
- or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as propName in GetProperty.
- The namespace URI for the field. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the field. Must be a single XML name, must not be null or the
- empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the structName parameter.
- the value of thefield, if the field has a value.
- Has the same usage as propValue in GetProperty.
- Option flags describing the field. See the earlier description.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Provides access to a qualifier attached to a property. The namespace for the qualifier is
- passed as a URI, you need not worry about the path string syntax. In many regards qualifiers
- are like struct fields. See the introductory discussion of qualified properties for more
- information. The names of qualifiers should be XML qualified names, that is within an XML
- namespace. The path syntax for a qualified name uses the namespace prefix, which is
- unreliable because the prefix is never guaranteed. The URI is the formal name, the prefix is
- just a local shorthand in a given sequence of XML text. The property the qualifier
- will be attached has to exist.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the property to which the qualifier is attached. Has the same
- usage as in GetProperty.
- The namespace URI for the qualifier. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the qualifier. Must be a single XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the
- propName parameter.
- A pointer to the null terminated UTF-8 string that is the
- value of the qualifier, if the qualifier has a value. Has the same usage as propValue
- in GetProperty.
- Option flags describing the qualifier. See the earlier description.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the given XMP subtree rooted at the given property. It is not an error if the
- property does not exist.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
-
-
-
- Deletes the given XMP subtree rooted at the given array item. It is not an error if the array
- item does not exist.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in GetProperty.
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- The index of the desired item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1. The
- constant XmpConst.ARRAY_LAST_ITEM always refers to the last
- existing array item.
-
-
-
- Deletes the given XMP subtree rooted at the given struct field. It is not an error if the
- field does not exist.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the struct. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty.
- The namespace URI for the field. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the field. Must be a single XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the
- structName parameter.
-
-
-
- Deletes the given XMP subtree rooted at the given qualifier. It is not an error if the
- qualifier does not exist.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property to which the qualifier is attached. Has the same
- usage as in GetProperty.
- The namespace URI for the qualifier. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the qualifier. Must be a single XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the
- propName parameter.
-
-
-
- Returns whether the property exists.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns true if the property exists.
-
-
-
- Tells if the array item exists.
-
- The namespace URI for the array. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- The index of the desired item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1. The
- constant XmpConst.ARRAY_LAST_ITEM always refers to the last
- existing array item.
- Returns true if the array exists, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- DoesStructFieldExist tells if the struct field exists.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the struct. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- The namespace URI for the field. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the field. Must be a single XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the
- structName parameter.
- Returns true if the field exists.
-
-
-
- DoesQualifierExist tells if the qualifier exists.
-
- The namespace URI for the struct. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property to which the qualifier is attached. Has the same
- usage as in GetProperty().
- The namespace URI for the qualifier. Has the same URI and prefix usage as the
- schemaNs parameter.
- The name of the qualifier. Must be a single XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as the
- propName parameter.
- Returns true if the qualifier exists.
-
-
-
-
- Modifies the value of a selected item in an alt-text array. Creates an appropriate array item
- if necessary, and handles special cases for the x-default item. If the selected item is from
- a match with the specific language, the value of that item is modified. If the existing value
- of that item matches the existing value of the x-default item, the x-default item is also
- modified. If the array only has 1 existing item (which is not x-default), an x-default item
- is added with the given value. If the selected item is from a match with the generic language
- and there are no other generic matches, the value of that item is modified. If the existing
- value of that item matches the existing value of the x-default item, the x-default item is
- also modified. If the array only has 1 existing item (which is not x-default), an x-default
- item is added with the given value. If the selected item is from a partial match with the
- generic language and there are other partial matches, a new item is created for the specific
- language. The x-default item is not modified. If the selected item is from the last 2 rules
- then a new item is created for the specific language. If the array only had an x-default
- item, the x-default item is also modified. If the array was empty, items are created for the
- specific language and x-default.
-
- Note: In a future version of this API a method
- using Java java.lang.Locale will be added.
-
-
- The namespace URI for the alt-text array. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the alt-text array. May be a general path expression, must not
- be null or the empty string. Has the same namespace prefix usage as
- propName in GetProperty().
- The name of the generic language as an RFC 3066 primary subtag. May be
- null or the empty string if no generic language is wanted.
- The name of the specific language as an RFC 3066 tag. Must not be
- null or the empty string.
- A pointer to the null terminated UTF-8 string that is the new
- value for the appropriate array item.
- Option flags, none are defined at present.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- These are very similar to GetProperty() and SetProperty() above,
- but the value is returned or provided in a literal form instead of as a UTF-8 string.
- The path composition functions in XMPPathFactory may be used to compose an path
- expression for fields in nested structures, items in arrays, or qualifiers.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a Boolean value or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns an Integer value or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a Long value or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a Double value or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a XMPDateTime-object or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a Java Calendar-object or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a byte[]-array contained the decoded base64 value
- or null if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to retrieve the literal value of a property.
- Note: There is no SetPropertyString(),
- because SetProperty() sets a string value.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- GetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- Returns a String value or null
- if the property does not exist.
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur,
- especially conversion errors.
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property to a literal boolean value.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the literal property value as boolean.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property to a literal int value.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the literal property value as int.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property to a literal long value.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the literal property value as long.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property to a literal double value.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the literal property value as double.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property with an XMPDateTime-object,
- which is serialized to an ISO8601 date.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the property value as XMPDateTime.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property with a Java Calendar-object,
- which is serialized to an ISO8601 date.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the property value as Java Calendar.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method to set a property from a binary byte[]-array,
- which is serialized as base64-string.
-
- The namespace URI for the property. Has the same usage as in
- SetProperty().
- The name of the property.
- Has the same usage as in GetProperty().
- the literal property value as byte array.
- options of the property to set (optional).
- Wraps all exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct an iterator for the properties within an XMP object. According to the parameters it iterates the entire data tree,
- properties within a specific schema, or a subtree rooted at a specific node.
-
- Optional schema namespace URI to restrict the iteration. Omitted (visit all
- schema) by passing null or empty String.
- Optional property name to restrict the iteration. May be an arbitrary path
- expression. Omitted (visit all properties) by passing null or empty
- String. If no schema URI is given, it is ignored.
- Option flags to control the iteration. See for
- details.
- Returns an XMPIterator for this XMPMeta-object
- considering the given options.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
-
- Perform the normalization as a separate parsing step.
- Normally it is done during parsing, unless the parsing option
- is set to true.
- Note: It does no harm to call this method to an already normalized xmp object.
- It was a PDF/A requirement to get hand on the unnormalized XMPMeta object.
-
- optional parsing options.
- Wraps all errors and exceptions that may occur.
-
-
-
- Renders this node and the tree unter this node in a human readable form.
- Returns a multiline string containing the dump.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the registered prefix/namespace-pairs as map, where the keys are the
- namespaces and the values are the prefixes.
-
-
- Returns the registered namespace/prefix-pairs as map, where the keys are the
- prefixes and the values are the namespaces.
-
-
-
-
- Determines if a name is an alias, and what it is aliased to.
-
-
- The namespace URI of the alias. Must not be null or the empty
- string.
-
- The name of the alias. May be an arbitrary path expression
- path, must not be null or the empty string.
- Returns the XMPAliasInfo for the given alias namespace and property or
- null if there is no such alias.
-
-
-
- Collects all aliases that are contained in the provided namespace.
- If nothing is found, an empty array is returned.
-
- a schema namespace URI
- Returns all alias infos from aliases that are contained in the provided namespace.
-
-
-
- Searches for registered aliases.
-
-
- an XML conform qname
- Returns if an alias definition for the given qname to another
- schema and property is registered.
-
-
- Returns the registered aliases as map, where the key is the "qname" (prefix and name)
- and the value an XMPAliasInfo-object.
-
-
-
- Returns the primary release number, the "1" in version "1.2.3".
-
-
- Returns the secondary release number, the "2" in version "1.2.3".
-
-
- Returns the tertiary release number, the "3" in version "1.2.3".
-
-
- Returns a rolling build number, monotonically increasing in a release.
-
-
- Returns true if this is a debug build.
-
-
- Returns a comprehensive version information string.
-
-
-
- Options for XMPSchemaRegistryImpl#registerAlias.
-
- @since 20.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- This is a direct mapping. The actual data type does not matter.
-
-
-
- The actual is an unordered array, the alias is to the first element of the array.
-
-
-
- The actual is an ordered array, the alias is to the first element of the array.
-
-
-
- The actual is an alternate array, the alias is to the first element of the array.
-
-
-
- The actual is an alternate text array, the alias is to the 'x-default' element of the array.
-
-
-
-
- the options to init with
- If options are not consistant
-
-
- Returns if the alias is of the simple form.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
-
- returns a s object
- If the options are not consistant.
-
-
-
-
- Options for XMPIterator construction.
-
- @since 24.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- Just do the immediate children of the root, default is subtree.
-
-
-
- Just do the leaf nodes, default is all nodes in the subtree.
- Bugfix #2658965: If this option is set the Iterator returns the namespace
- of the leaf instead of the namespace of the base property.
-
-
-
-
- Return just the leaf part of the path, default is the full path.
-
-
-
- Omit all qualifiers.
-
-
- Returns whether the option is set.
-
-
- Returns whether the option is set.
-
-
- Returns whether the option is set.
-
-
- Returns whether the option is set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Options for .
-
- @since 24.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- Require a surrounding "x:xmpmeta" element in the xml-document.
-
-
-
- Do not reconcile alias differences, throw an exception instead.
-
-
-
- Convert ASCII control characters 0x01 - 0x1F (except tab, cr, and lf) to spaces.
-
-
-
- If the input is not unicode, try to parse it as ISO-8859-1.
-
-
-
- Do not carry run the XMPNormalizer on a packet, leave it as it is.
-
-
-
- Sets the options to the default values.
-
-
-
- Returns the requireXMPMeta.
-
-
- Returns the strictAliasing.
-
-
- Returns the strictAliasing.
-
-
- Returns the strictAliasing.
-
-
- Returns the option "omit normalization".
-
-
-
-
-
- The property flags are used when properties are fetched from the XMPMeta-object
- and provide more detailed information about the property.
-
- @since 03.07.2006
-
-
-
-
- may be used in the future
-
-
-
- Updated by iText. Indicates if the property should be writted as a separate node
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Intialization constructor
-
- the initialization options
- If the options are not valid
-
-
- Return whether the property value is a URI. It is serialized to RDF using the
- rdf:resource attribute. Not mandatory for URIs, but considered RDF-savvy.
-
-
- Return whether the property has qualifiers. These could be an xml:lang
- attribute, an rdf:type property, or a general qualifier. See the
- introductory discussion of qualified properties for more information.
-
-
- Return whether this property is a qualifier for some other property. Note that if the
- qualifier itself has a structured value, this flag is only set for the top node of
- the qualifier's subtree. Qualifiers may have arbitrary structure, and may even have
- qualifiers.
-
-
- Return whether this property has an xml:lang qualifier.
-
-
- Return whether this property has an rdf:type qualifier.
-
-
- Return whether this property contains nested fields.
-
-
- Return whether this property is an array. By itself this indicates a general
- unordered array. It is serialized using an rdf:Bag container.
-
-
- Return whether this property is an ordered array. Appears in conjunction with
- getPropValueIsArray(). It is serialized using an rdf:Seq container.
-
-
- Return whether this property is an alternative array. Appears in conjunction with
- getPropValueIsArray(). It is serialized using an rdf:Alt container.
-
-
- Return whether this property is an alt-text array. Appears in conjunction with
- getPropArrayIsAlternate(). It is serialized using an rdf:Alt container.
- Each array element is a simple property with an xml:lang attribute.
-
-
- the value to set
- Returns this to enable cascaded options.
- Returns whether the SCHEMA_NODE option is set.
-
-
- Returns whether the property is of composite type - an array or a struct.
-
-
- Returns whether the property is of composite type - an array or a struct.
-
-
- Returns true if only array options are set.
-
-
-
-
- Compares two options set for array compatibility.
-
- other options
- Returns true if the array options of the sets are equal.
-
-
-
- Merges the set options of a another options object with this.
- If the other options set is null, this objects stays the same.
- other options
- If illegal options are provided
-
-
-
-
- Checks that a node not a struct and array at the same time;
- and URI cannot be a struct.
-
- the bitmask to check.
- Thrown if the options are not consistent.
-
-
-
- Options for .
-
- @since 24.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- Omit the XML packet wrapper.
-
-
-
- Mark packet as read-only. Default is a writeable packet.
-
-
-
- Use a compact form of RDF.
- The compact form is the default serialization format (this flag is technically ignored).
- To Serialize to the canonical form, set the flag USE_CANONICAL_FORMAT.
- If both flags "compact" and "canonical" are set, canonical is used.
-
-
-
-
- Use the canonical form of RDF if set. By default the compact form is used
-
-
-
- Include a padding allowance for a thumbnail image. If no xmp:Thumbnails property
- is present, the typical space for a JPEG thumbnail is used.
-
-
-
-
- The padding parameter provides the overall packet length. The actual amount of padding is
- computed. An exception is thrown if the packet exceeds this length with no padding.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort the struct properties and qualifier before serializing
-
-
-
- Bit indicating little endian encoding, unset is big endian
-
-
-
- Bit indication UTF16 encoding.
-
-
-
- UTF8 encoding; this is the default
-
-
-
- UTF16BE encoding
-
-
-
- UTF16LE encoding
-
-
-
- The number of levels of indentation to be used for the outermost XML element in the
- serialized RDF. This is convenient when embedding the RDF in other text, defaults to 0.
-
-
-
-
- The string to be used for each level of indentation in the serialized
- RDF. If empty it defaults to two ASCII spaces, U+0020.
-
-
-
-
- The string to be used as a line terminator. If empty it defaults to; linefeed, U+000A, the
- standard XML newline.
-
-
-
-
- Omits the Toolkit version attribute, not published, only used for Unit tests.
-
-
-
- The amount of padding to be added if a writeable XML packet is created. If zero is passed
- (the default) an appropriate amount of padding is computed.
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor using inital options
- the inital options
- Thrown if options are not consistant.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the option.
-
-
- Returns the baseIndent.
-
-
- Returns the indent.
-
-
- Returns the newline.
-
-
- Returns the padding.
-
-
- Returns whether the Toolkit version attribute shall be omitted.
- Note: This options can only be set by unit tests.
-
-
- Returns the encoding as Java encoding String.
-
-
-
-
- Returns clone of this SerializeOptions-object with the same options set.
-
-
-
-
- The base class for a collection of 32 flag bits. Individual flags are defined as enum value bit
- masks. Inheriting classes add convenience accessor methods.
-
- @since 24.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- a map containing the bit names
-
-
-
- the internal int containing all options
-
-
-
- The default constructor.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor with the options bit mask.
-
- the options bit mask
- If the options are not correct
-
-
-
- Is friendly to access it during the tests.
- Returns the options.
-
-
-
- Creates a human readable string from the set options. Note: This method is quite
- expensive and should only be used within tests or as
- Returns a String listing all options that are set to true by their name,
- like "option1 | option4".
-
-
-
- To be implemeted by inheritants.
- Returns a bit mask where all valid option bits are set.
-
-
-
- Resets the options.
-
-
-
- an option bitmask
- Returns true, if this object is equal to the given options.
-
-
- an option bitmask
- Returns true, if this object contains all given options.
-
-
- an option bitmask
- Returns true, if this object contain at least one of the given options.
-
-
- the binary bit or bits that are requested
- Returns if all of the requested bits are set or not.
-
-
- the binary bit or bits that shall be set to the given value
- the boolean value to set
-
-
-
-
- Returns the options as hex bitmask.
-
-
-
- To be implemeted by inheritants.
- a single, valid option bit.
- Returns a human readable name for an option bit.
-
-
-
- The inheriting option class can do additional checks on the options.
- Note: For performance reasons this method is only called
- when setting bitmasks directly.
- When get- and set-methods are used, this method must be called manually,
- normally only when the Options-object has been created from a client
- (it has to be made public therefore).
-
- the bitmask to check.
- Thrown if the options are not consistent.
-
-
-
- Checks options before they are set.
- First it is checked if only defined options are used,
- second the additional -method is called.
-
- the options to check
- Thrown if the options are invalid.
-
-
-
- Looks up or asks the inherited class for the name of an option bit.
- Its save that there is only one valid option handed into the method.
- a single option bit
- Returns the option name or undefined.
-
-
- Returns the optionNames map and creates it if required.
-
-
-
- This interface is used to return info about an alias.
-
- @since 27.01.2006
-
-
-
- Returns Returns the namespace URI for the base property.
-
-
- Returns the default prefix for the given base property.
-
-
- Returns the path of the base property.
-
-
- Returns the kind of the alias. This can be a direct alias
- (ARRAY), a simple property to an ordered array
- (ARRAY_ORDERED), to an alternate array
- (ARRAY_ALTERNATE) or to an alternate text array
- (ARRAY_ALT_TEXT).
-
-
-
- This interface is used to return a text property together with its and options.
-
- @since 23.01.2006
-
-
-
- Returns the value of the property.
-
-
- Returns the options of the property.
-
-
-
- Only set by .
- Returns the language of the alt-text item.
-
-
-
- This interface is used to return a property together with its path and namespace.
- It is returned when properties are iterated with the XMPIterator.
-
- @since 06.07.2006
-
-
-
- Returns the namespace of the property
-
-
- Returns the path of the property, but only if returned by the iterator.
-
-
-
- Common constants for the XMP Toolkit.
-
- @since 20.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for XML.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for RDF.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the Dublin Core schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the IPTC Core schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the IPTC Extension schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the DICOM medical schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the PLUS (Picture Licensing Universal System, http://www.useplus.org)
-
-
-
- The XML namespace Adobe XMP Metadata.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the XMP "basic" schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the XMP copyright schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the XMP digital asset management schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the job management schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the job management schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the PDF schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the PDF schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the Photoshop custom schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for the Photoshop Album schema.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for Adobe's EXIF schema.
-
-
-
- NS for the CIPA XMP for Exif document v1.1
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for Adobe's TIFF schema.
-
-
-
- BExt Schema
-
-
-
- RIFF Info Schema
-
-
-
- Transform XMP
-
-
-
- Adobe Flash SWF
-
-
-
- legacy Dublin Core NS, will be converted to NS_DC
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for qualifiers of the xmp:Identifier property.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of the Dimensions type.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of a graphical image. Used for the Thumbnail type.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of the ResourceEvent type.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of the ResourceRef type.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of the Version type.
-
-
-
- The XML namespace for fields of the JobRef type.
-
-
-
- The canonical true string value for Booleans in serialized XMP. Code that converts from the
- string to a bool should be case insensitive, and even allow "1".
-
-
-
-
- The canonical false string value for Booleans in serialized XMP. Code that converts from the
- string to a bool should be case insensitive, and even allow "0".
-
-
-
-
- Index that has the meaning to be always the last item in an array.
-
-
-
- Node name of an array item.
-
-
-
- The x-default string for localized properties
-
-
-
- xml:lang qualfifier
-
-
-
- rdf:type qualfifier
-
-
-
- Processing Instruction (PI) for xmp packet
-
-
-
- XMP meta tag version new
-
-
-
- XMP meta tag version old
-
-
-
- A factory to create XMPDateTime-instances from a Calendar or an
- ISO 8601 string or for the current time.
-
- @since 16.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- Obtain the current date and time.
-
- Returns The returned time is UTC, properly adjusted for the local time zone. The
- resolution of the time is not guaranteed to be finer than seconds.
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime from a Calendar-object.
-
- a Calendar-object.
- An XMPDateTime-object.
-
-
-
- Creates an empty XMPDateTime-object.
- Returns an XMPDateTime-object.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an XMPDateTime from an ISO 8601 string.
-
- The ISO 8601 string representation of the date/time.
- An XMPDateTime-object.
- When the ISO 8601 string is non-conform
-
-
-
- Sets the local time zone without touching any other Any existing time zone value is replaced,
- the other date/time fields are not adjusted in any way.
-
- the XMPDateTime variable containing the value to be modified.
- Returns an updated XMPDateTime-object.
-
-
-
- Make sure a time is UTC. If the time zone is not UTC, the time is
- adjusted and the time zone set to be UTC.
-
-
- the XMPDateTime variable containing the time to
- be modified.
- Returns an updated XMPDateTime-object.
-
-
-
- Make sure a time is local. If the time zone is not the local zone, the time is adjusted and
- the time zone set to be local.
-
- the XMPDateTime variable containing the time to be modified.
- Returns an updated XMPDateTime-object.
-
-
-
- @since 21.09.2006
-
-
-
-
- Note: This is an error code introduced by Java.
-
-
-
- This exception wraps all errors that occur in the XMP Toolkit.
-
- @since 16.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- the errorCode of the XMP toolkit
-
-
-
- Constructs an exception with a message and an error code.
- the message
- the error code
-
-
-
- Constructs an exception with a message, an error code and a Throwable
- the error message.
- the error code
- the exception source
-
-
- Returns the errorCode.
-
-
-
- Creates XMPMeta-instances from an InputStream
-
- @since 30.01.2006
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the XMPSchemaRegistry.
-
-
-
-
- cache for version info
-
-
-
- Returns the singleton instance of the XMPSchemaRegistry.
-
-
- Returns an empty XMPMeta-object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into an OutputStream
- with default options.
-
- a metadata object
- an OutputStream to write the serialized RDF to.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into an OutputStream.
-
- a metadata object
- Options to control the serialization (see ).
- an OutputStream to write the serialized RDF to.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into a byte buffer.
-
- a metadata object
- Options to control the serialization (see ).
- Returns a byte buffer containing the serialized RDF.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
-
- Serializes an XMPMeta-object as RDF into a string. Note: Encoding
- is ignored when serializing to a string.
-
- a metadata object
- Options to control the serialization (see ).
- Returns a string containing the serialized RDF.
- on serializsation errors.
-
-
- Asserts that xmp is compatible to XMPMetaImpl.s
-
-
-
- Resets the _schema registry to its original state (creates a new one).
- Be careful this might break all existing XMPMeta-objects and should be used
- only for testing purpurses.
-
-
-
-
- Obtain version information. The XMPVersionInfo singleton is created the first time
- its requested.
-
- Returns the version information.
-
-
-
-
- Compose the path expression for an item in an array.
-
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must not be
- null or the empty string.
- The index of the desired item. Arrays in XMP are indexed from 1.
- 0 and below means last array item and renders as [last()].
-
- Returns the composed path basing on fullPath. This will be of the form
- ns:arrayName[i], where "ns" is the prefix for schemaNs and
- "i" is the decimal representation of itemIndex.
- Throws exeption if index zero is used.
-
-
-
- Compose the path expression for a field in a struct. The result can be added to the
- path of
-
-
- The namespace URI for the field. Must not be null or the empty
- string.
- The name of the field. Must be a simple XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string.
- Returns the composed path. This will be of the form
- ns:structName/fNS:fieldName, where "ns" is the prefix for
- schemaNs and "fNS" is the prefix for fieldNs.
- Thrown if the path to create is not valid.
-
-
-
- Compose the path expression for a qualifier.
-
- The namespace URI for the qualifier. May be null or the empty
- string if the qualifier is in the XML empty namespace.
- The name of the qualifier. Must be a simple XML name, must not be
- null or the empty string.
- Returns the composed path. This will be of the form
- ns:propName/?qNS:qualName, where "ns" is the prefix for
- schemaNs and "qNS" is the prefix for qualNs.
- Thrown if the path to create is not valid.
-
-
-
- Compose the path expression to select an alternate item by language. The
- path syntax allows two forms of "content addressing" that may
- be used to select an item in an array of alternatives. The form used in
- ComposeLangSelector lets you select an item in an alt-text array based on
- the value of its xml:lang qualifier. The other form of content
- addressing is shown in ComposeFieldSelector. \note ComposeLangSelector
- does not supplant SetLocalizedText or GetLocalizedText. They should
- generally be used, as they provide extra logic to choose the appropriate
- language and maintain consistency with the 'x-default' value.
- ComposeLangSelector gives you an path expression that is explicitly and
- only for the language given in the langName parameter.
-
-
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must
- not be null or the empty string.
-
- The RFC 3066 code for the desired language.
- Returns the composed path. This will be of the form
- ns:arrayName[@xml:lang='langName'], where
- "ns" is the prefix for schemaNs.
-
-
-
-
- ParameterAsserts that a qualifier namespace is set.
- a qualifier namespace
- Qualifier schema is null or empty
-
-
-
- ParameterAsserts that a qualifier name is set.
- a qualifier name or path
- Qualifier name is null or empty
-
-
-
- ParameterAsserts that a struct field namespace is set.
- a struct field namespace
- Struct field schema is null or empty
-
-
-
- ParameterAsserts that a struct field name is set.
- a struct field name or path
- Struct field name is null or empty
-
-
-
- Utility methods for XMP. I included only those that are different from the
- Java default conversion utilities.
-
- @since 21.02.2006
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Create a single edit string from an array of strings.
-
-
- The XMP object containing the array to be catenated.
-
- The schema namespace URI for the array. Must not be null or
- the empty string.
-
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must
- not be null or the empty string. Each item in the array must
- be a simple string value.
-
- The string to be used to separate the items in the catenated
- string. Defaults to "; ", ASCII semicolon and space
- (U+003B, U+0020).
-
- The characters to be used as quotes around array items that
- contain a separator. Defaults to '"'
-
- Option flag to control the catenation.
- Returns the string containing the catenated array items.
- Forwards the Exceptions from the metadata processing
-
-
-
- Separate a single edit string into an array of strings.
-
-
- The XMP object containing the array to be updated.
-
- The schema namespace URI for the array. Must not be null or
- the empty string.
-
- The name of the array. May be a general path expression, must
- not be null or the empty string. Each item in the array must
- be a simple string value.
-
- The string to be separated into the array items.
- Option flags to control the separation.
- Flag if commas shall be preserved
- Forwards the Exceptions from the metadata processing
-
-
-
-
- Alias without the new option deleteEmptyValues.
- The source XMP object.
- The destination XMP object.
- Do internal properties in addition to external properties.
- Replace the values of existing properties.
- Forwards the Exceptions from the metadata processing
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert from boolean to string.
-
-
- a boolean value
- The XMP string representation of the boolean. The values used are
- given by the constnts and
- .
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to an int.
-
-
- the string value
- Returns an int.
-
- If the rawValue is null or empty or the
- conversion fails.
-
-
-
- Convert from int to string.
-
-
- an int value
- The string representation of the int.
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a long.
-
-
- the string value
- Returns a long.
-
- If the rawValue is null or empty or the
- conversion fails.
-
-
-
- Convert from long to string.
-
-
- a long value
- The string representation of the long.
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a double.
-
-
- the string value
- Returns a double.
-
- If the rawValue is null or empty or the
- conversion fails.
-
-
-
- Convert from long to string.
-
-
- a long value
- The string representation of the long.
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to an XMPDateTime.
-
-
- the string value
- Returns an XMPDateTime-object.
-
- If the rawValue is null or empty or the
- conversion fails.
-
-
-
- Convert from XMPDateTime to string.
-
-
- an XMPDateTime
- The string representation of the long.
-
-
-
- Convert from a byte array to a base64 encoded string.
-
-
- the byte array to be converted
- Returns the base64 string.
-
-
-
- Decode from Base64 encoded string to raw data.
-
-
- a base64 encoded string
- Returns a byte array containg the decoded string.
- Thrown if the given string is not property base64 encoded
-
-
-
- Implementation of the IndicLigaturizer for Devanagari.
-
- Warning: this is an incomplete and experimental implementation of Devanagari. This implementation should not be used in production.
-
-
- Constructor for the IndicLigaturizer for Devanagari.
-
-
- Produces a blank (or empty) signature. Useful for deferred signing with
- MakeSignature.signExternalContainer().
- @author Paulo Soares
-
-
-
- Add
- args: ByVal key As IComparable, ByVal data As Object
- key is object that implements IComparable interface
- performance tip: change to use use int type (such as the hashcode)
-
-
-
-
- RestoreAfterInsert
- Additions to red-black trees usually destroy the red-black
- properties. Examine the tree and restore. Rotations are normally
- required to restore it
-
-
-
-
- RotateLeft
- Rebalance the tree by rotating the nodes to the left
-
-
-
-
- RotateRight
- Rebalance the tree by rotating the nodes to the right
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- RestoreAfterDelete
- Deletions from red-black trees may destroy the red-black
- properties. Examine the tree and restore. Rotations are normally
- required to restore it
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Key
-
-
-
-
- Data
-
-
-
-
- Determine order, walk the tree and push the nodes onto the stack
-
-
-
-
- HasMoreElements
-
-
-
-
- NextElement
-
-
-
-
- MoveNext
- For .NET compatibility
-
-
-
-
- Key
-
-
-
-
- Data
-
-
-
-
- Color
-
-
-
-
- Left
-
-
-
-
- Right
-
-
-
-
- Provides the base class for a generic read-only dictionary.
-
-
- The type of keys in the dictionary.
-
-
- The type of values in the dictionary.
-
-
-
- An instance of the ReadOnlyDictionary generic class is
- always read-only. A dictionary that is read-only is simply a
- dictionary with a wrapper that prevents modifying the
- dictionary; therefore, if changes are made to the underlying
- dictionary, the read-only dictionary reflects those changes.
- See for a modifiable version of
- this class.
-
-
- Notes to Implementers This base class is provided to
- make it easier for implementers to create a generic read-only
- custom dictionary. Implementers are encouraged to extend this
- base class instead of creating their own.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- class that wraps
- the supplied .
-
- The
- that will be wrapped.
-
- Thrown when the dictionary is null.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of key/value pairs contained in the
- .
-
- The number of key/value pairs.
- The number of key/value pairs contained in the
- .
-
-
- Gets a collection containing the keys in the
- .
- A
- containing the keys.
- A
-
- containing the keys in the
- .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a collection containing the values of the
- .
-
- The collection of values.
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the dictionary is read-only.
- This value will always be true.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the dictionary
- is synchronized (thread safe).
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value associated with the specified key.
-
-
- The value associated with the specified key. If the specified key
- is not found, a get operation throws a
- ,
- and a set operation creates a new element with the specified key.
-
- The key of the value to get or set.
-
- Thrown when the key is null.
-
-
- The property is retrieved and key does not exist in the collection.
-
-
-
- This method is not supported by the
- .
-
- The object to use as the key of the element to add.
-
- The object to use as the value of the element to add.
-
-
- Determines whether the
- contains the specified key.
-
- True if the contains
- an element with the specified key; otherwise, false.
-
- The key to locate in the
- .
-
- Thrown when the key is null.
-
-
-
-
- This method is not supported by the .
-
- The key of the element to remove.
-
- True if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value associated with the specified key.
-
- The key of the value to get.
- When this method returns, contains the value
- associated with the specified key, if the key is found;
- otherwise, the default value for the type of the value parameter.
- This parameter is passed uninitialized.
-
- true if the contains
- an element with the specified key; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- This method is not supported by the
- .
-
- The object to add to the .
-
-
-
- This method is not supported by the
- .
-
-
-
- Determines whether the contains a
- specific value.
-
-
- The object to locate in the .
-
-
- true if item is found in the ICollection;
- otherwise, false.
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a
- particular Array index.
-
- The one-dimensional Array that is the
- destination of the elements copied from ICollection.
- The Array must have zero-based indexing.
-
-
- The zero-based index in array at which copying begins.
-
-
-
- This method is not supported by the
- .
-
- The object to remove from the ICollection.
-
- Will never return a value.
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
-
-
- A IEnumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
-
-
- An IEnumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
-
- For a description of this member, see .
-
-
- The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from
- ICollection. The Array must have zero-based indexing.
-
-
- The zero-based index in Array at which copying begins.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for ListIterator.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for Properties.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for Util.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for DeflaterOutputStream.
-
-
-
-
- Summary description for DeflaterOutputStream.
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Bin/itextsharp.xtra.dll b/Bin/itextsharp.xtra.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index c187c040f..000000000
Binary files a/Bin/itextsharp.xtra.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/Bin/log4net.dll b/Bin/log4net.dll
index ffc57e112..3210fe808 100644
Binary files a/Bin/log4net.dll and b/Bin/log4net.dll differ
diff --git a/Bin/log4net.dll.refresh b/Bin/log4net.dll.refresh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e5d7f57e
Binary files /dev/null and b/Bin/log4net.dll.refresh differ
diff --git a/Bin/log4net.xml b/Bin/log4net.xml
index db9e99f9e..3b05b616b 100644
--- a/Bin/log4net.xml
+++ b/Bin/log4net.xml
@@ -55,38 +55,38 @@
An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
@@ -96,1205 +96,14 @@
Gert Driesen
Lance Nehring
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of that
- buffers events in a fixed size buffer.
-
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
- buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to
- the underlying database in one go.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
- method to deliver the buffered events.
-
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the property.
-
- A is used to inspect
- each event as it arrives in the appender. If the
- triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately
- (see ). Otherwise the event
- is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to
- deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives.
-
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a mode.
- By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all
- the buffered events are sent with .
- If the property is set to true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
- triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about
- ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an
- evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole
- buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to
- the ERROR event.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of .
-
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore
- they would require that the method
- be called after the appenders properties have been configured.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
- class which provides a default implementation of this interface.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore
- they would require that the method
- be called after the appenders properties have been configured.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
- The event to log
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the interface to
- support bulk logging of objects. Appenders
- should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
- The events to log
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the method
- must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set
- and before the component can be used.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
- method.
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
- method which must be overridden in the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
- method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the method
- which is called by this method.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
- is greater than or equal to the of this
- appender.
-
- -
-
- Checks that the chain accepts the
- .
-
-
- -
-
- Calls and checks that
- it returns true.
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
- will be passed to the abstract method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
- method.
-
- The array of events to log.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the method
- which is called by this method.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
- is greater than or equal to the of this
- appender.
-
- -
-
- Checks that the chain accepts the
- .
-
-
- -
-
- Calls and checks that
- it returns true.
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
- will be passed to the method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- the event to test
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
- is greater than or equal to the of this
- appender.
-
- -
-
- Checks that the chain accepts the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
- the filter to add to this appender
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
- to test against.
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true.
-
-
-
- true if the meets the
- requirements of this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of should implement this method
- to perform actual logging.
-
- The event to append.
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the .
-
- This method will be called by
- if all the conditions listed for that method are met.
-
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
- the array of logging events
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
- method for each element in the bulk array.
-
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to .
-
-
-
-
-
- Called before as a precondition.
-
-
-
- This method is called by
- before the call to the abstract method.
-
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the method.
-
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to should proceed.
-
-
-
- Renders the to a string.
-
- The event to render.
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a to
- a string. This appender must have a
- set to render the to
- a string.
-
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
- .
- That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer
- which can give better performance if the caller already has
- a open and ready for writing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the to a string.
-
- The event to render.
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
-
-
- Helper method to render a to
- a string. This appender must have a
- set to render the to
- a string.
-
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
- where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event
- to a string then does
- provide an efficient mechanism for doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold of this appender.
-
-
- The threshold of the appender.
-
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the option to a level
- string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this appender.
-
- The of the appender
-
-
- The provides a default
- implementation for the property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this appender.
-
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true.
-
-
- This default implementation always returns true.
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false.
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
- the events passed through this appender must be
- fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The should be set if the subclass
- expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the
- is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents
- of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If is
- false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents
- of the buffer will only be flushed if is true.
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
- and if triggering will be output. All other buffered
- events will be discarded.
-
-
- If is true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not then the remaining events in
- the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- the event to log
-
-
- Stores the in the cyclic buffer.
-
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
- method) if one of the following conditions is met:
-
-
- -
- The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see )
-
- -
- An is set and
- it is triggered for the
- specified.
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see ) to ensure that
- any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer
- is processed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
- The first logging event.
- The buffer containing the events that need to be send.
-
-
- The subclass must override .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
- The events that need to be send.
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to by default.
-
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null, which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the property. If this appender
- has the ( property) set to
- true then an must be set.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an must
- be set.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null, which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false.
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- to false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If is set to true then an
- must be specified.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The option takes a positive integer
- representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in
- a cyclic buffer. When the is reached,
- oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the
- buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events.
-
-
- If the is set to a value less than
- or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event
- will be delivered synchronously (depending on the
- and properties). Otherwise the event will
- be buffered.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the that causes the
- buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The that causes the buffer to be
- sent immediately.
-
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see ).
-
- If is set to true then an
- must be specified.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the to use.
-
-
- The value of the to use.
-
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false. The default is false.
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
- for details.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
- The events to insert into the database.
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
- array into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
- The parameter to add to the command.
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
- The transaction that the events will be executed under.
- The array of events to insert into the database.
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
- property for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
- The event being logged.
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a .
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
- property.
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The of the ADO.NET provider
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of objects.
-
-
-
- The list of objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The that will be used
- to insert logging events into a database.
-
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the type name.
-
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
@@ -1319,6 +128,16 @@
"Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
+
+
+ The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
+
+
+
+
+ The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
+
+
Gets or sets the type name of the connection
@@ -1372,6 +191,10 @@
The property determines if
this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure.
+
+ If this property is not set, the command text is retrieved by invoking
+ .
+
@@ -1458,17 +281,169 @@
- Gets or sets the underlying .
+ Gets or sets the underlying .
- The underlying .
+ The underlying .
- creates a to insert
- logging events into a database. Classes deriving from
- can use this property to get or set this . Use the
- underlying returned from if
- you require access beyond that which provides.
+ creates a to insert
+ logging events into a database. Classes deriving from
+ can use this property to get or set this . Use the
+ underlying returned from if
+ you require access beyond that which provides.
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Override the parent method to close the database
+
+
+
+ Closes the database command and database connection.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inserts the events into the database.
+
+ The events to insert into the database.
+
+
+ Insert all the events specified in the
+ array into the database.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a parameter to the command.
+
+ The parameter to add to the command.
+
+
+ Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
+
+ The transaction that the events will be executed under.
+ The array of events to insert into the database.
+
+
+ The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
+ configured not to use transactions. See
+ property for more information.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Prepare entire database command object to be executed.
+
+ The command to prepare.
+
+
+
+ Formats the log message into database statement text.
+
+ The event being logged.
+
+ This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
+ more control over the format of the database statement.
+
+
+ Text that can be passed to a .
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance used to connect to the database.
+
+
+ This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
+
+ The of the object.
+ The connectionString output from the ResolveConnectionString method.
+ An instance with a valid connection string.
+
+
+
+ Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
+ property.
+
+ Additional information describing the connection string.
+ A connection string used to connect to the database.
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
+
+
+
+ Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
+ database. This method resolves the type specified in the
+ property.
+
+
+ Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
+ if necessary.
+
+
+ The of the ADO.NET provider
+
+
+
+ Connects to the database.
+
+
+
+
+ Cleanup the existing connection.
+
+
+ Calls the IDbConnection's method.
+
+
+
+
+ The list of objects.
+
+
+
+ The list of objects.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -1488,73 +463,12 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
- The command to prepare.
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
- The command containing the parameter.
- The event to be rendered.
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The to use to render the
- logging event into an object for this parameter.
-
-
Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
@@ -1588,7 +502,7 @@
will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
+
@@ -1606,7 +520,7 @@
will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
+
@@ -1624,7 +538,7 @@
will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
+
@@ -1641,8 +555,11 @@
This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
will attempt to infer the size from the value.
+
+ For BLOB data types like VARCHAR(max) it may be impossible to infer the value automatically, use -1 as the size in this case.
+
-
+
@@ -1666,6 +583,41 @@
+
+
+ Prepare the specified database command object.
+
+ The command to prepare.
+
+
+ Prepares the database command object by adding
+ this parameter to its collection of parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
+
+ The command containing the parameter.
+ The event to be rendered.
+
+
+ Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
+ object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The database type for this parameter.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
+
+
Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
@@ -1699,14 +651,14 @@
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
+
@@ -1721,7 +673,7 @@
- Purple
- Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
+ These color values cannot be combined to make new colors.
The attributes can be any combination of the following:
@@ -1734,7 +686,7 @@
- Hiddenoutput is hidden
- Strikethroughmessage has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
+ While any of these attributes may be combined not all combinations
work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
no sense.
@@ -1742,128 +694,11 @@
Patrick Wagstrom
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The instance of the class is set up to write
- to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
- The mapping to add
-
-
- Add a mapping to this appender.
- Each mapping defines the foreground and background colours
- for a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
+ The enum of possible display attributes that can be combined to form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
+
@@ -1903,17 +738,17 @@
text is displayed with a strikethrough
+
+
+ text color is light
+
+
The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
use with the color mapping method
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
+
@@ -1955,6 +790,77 @@
color is white
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ The instance of the class is set up to write
+ to the standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the console output stream, one of "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a mapping of level to foreground and background colors.
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+
+ Writes the event to the console.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the level to color mappings set on this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard error output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
+
+
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to color value
+
+
+
+
+ Ansi code to reset terminal
+
+
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
@@ -1966,63 +872,6 @@
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
- object.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The that is the key for this mapping
-
-
-
- Get or set the that is the key for this
- mapping subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the and together
- and append the attributes.
-
-
-
The mapped foreground color for the specified level
@@ -2036,23 +885,22 @@
- The mapped background color for the specified level
+ The mapped background color for the specified level. Required property.
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
+ The color attributes for the specified level.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the options for the object
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
+ Combines the and together
+ and appends the attributes.
@@ -2068,11 +916,16 @@
Nicko Cadell
+
+
+ Supports type-safe iteration over a .
+
+
Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
- list to create a readonly wrapper arround
+ list to create a readonly wrapper around
An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
@@ -2118,13 +971,29 @@
The collection whose elements are copied to the new list.
+
+
+ Type visible only to our subclasses
+ Used to access protected constructor
+
+
+
+
+
+ A value
+
+
Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection.
+
+
Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
@@ -2140,12 +1009,34 @@
The one-dimensional array to copy to.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
+
+ false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe.
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the at the specified index.
+
+ The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
+
+ is less than zero
+ -or-
+ is equal to or greater than .
+
+
Adds a to the end of the AppenderCollection.
The to be added to the end of the AppenderCollection.
- The index at which the value has been added.
+ The new
@@ -2193,6 +1084,7 @@
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the AppenderCollection.
The to remove from the AppenderCollection.
+ True if the item was removed.
The specified was not found in the AppenderCollection.
@@ -2208,12 +1100,29 @@
is equal to or greater than .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
+
+ true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
+
+ true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
+
Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection.
An for the entire AppenderCollection.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
+
+
Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection.
@@ -2246,104 +1155,13 @@
the array
-
-
- is less than zero
- -or-
- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- is less than zero
+ is less than zero
-or-
- is equal to or greater than .
+ is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
-
- is less than zero
- -or-
- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
Supports simple iteration over a .
@@ -2354,7 +1172,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
+
+
+
+ Gets the current element in the collection.
+
@@ -2373,14 +1195,525 @@
Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
+
+
+ Abstract base class implementation of .
+
+
+
+ This class provides the code for common functionality, such
+ as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
+
+
+ Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore
+ they would require that the method
+ be called after the appenders properties have been configured.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+ Empty default constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
+ method.
+
+
+
+ If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
+ will call .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the threshold of this appender.
+ Defaults to .
+
+
+ The threshold of the appender.
+
+
+
+ All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
+ by the appender.
+
+
+ In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
+ value of the option to a level
+ string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the for this appender.
+
+ The of the appender
+
+
+ The provides a default
+ implementation for the property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The filter chain.
+
+ The head of the filter chain.
+
+
+ Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
+ and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the for this appender.
+
+ The layout of the appender.
+
+
+ See for more information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name that uniquely identifies this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ Closes the appender and releases resources.
+
+
+
+ Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
+ network connections, etc.
+
+
+ It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
+
+
+ This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
+ delegates the closing of the appender to the
+ method which must be overridden in the subclass.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
+ delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
+ method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
+ derived class should override the method
+ which is called by this method.
+
+
+ The implementation of this method is as follows:
+
+
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the severity of the
+ is greater than or equal to the of this
+ appender.
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the chain accepts the
+ .
+
+
+ -
+
+ Calls and checks that
+ it returns true.
+
+
+
+
+ If all of the above steps succeed then the
+ will be passed to the abstract method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
+ delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
+ method.
+
+ The array of events to log.
+
+
+ This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
+ derived class should override the method
+ which is called by this method.
+
+
+ The implementation of this method is as follows:
+
+
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the severity of the
+ is greater than or equal to the of this
+ appender.
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the chain accepts the
+ .
+
+
+ -
+
+ Calls and checks that
+ it returns true.
+
+
+
+
+ If all of the above steps succeed then the
+ will be passed to the method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
+
+ the event to test
+ true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
+
+
+ This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
+ on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
+ appender.
+
+
+ The implementation of this method is as follows:
+
+
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the severity of the
+ is greater than or equal to the of this
+ appender.
+
+ -
+
+ Checks that the chain accepts the
+ .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
+
+ the filter to add to this appender
+
+
+ The Filters are organized in a linked list.
+
+
+ Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
+ back of the filter chain.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clears the filter list for this appender.
+
+
+
+ Clears the filter list for this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
+
+ to test against.
+
+ true if the meets the
+ requirements of this appender. A null level always maps to true,
+ the equivalent of .
+
+
+
+
+ Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
+ this method if resources need to be released.
+
+
+
+ Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
+ network connections, etc.
+
+
+ It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subclasses of should implement this method
+ to perform actual logging.
+
+ The event to append.
+
+
+ A subclass must implement this method to perform
+ logging of the .
+
+ This method will be called by
+ if all the conditions listed for that method are met.
+
+
+ To restrict the logging of events in the appender
+ override the method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Append a bulk array of logging events.
+
+ the array of logging events
+
+
+ This base class implementation calls the
+ method for each element in the bulk array.
+
+
+ A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should
+ override this method in addition to .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Appends logging events.
+
+ The logging events
+
+
+ This base class implementation calls the
+ method for each element in the bulk array.
+
+
+ A subclass that can better process a bulk array of events should
+ override this method in addition to .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Called before as a precondition.
+
+
+
+ This method is called by
+ before the call to the abstract method.
+
+
+ This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
+ made before the event is passed to the method.
+
+
+ A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
+ this base class if it is overridden.
+
+
+ true if the call to should proceed.
+
+
+
+ Renders the to a string.
+
+ The event to render.
+ The event rendered as a string.
+
+
+ Helper method to render a to
+ a string. This appender must have a
+ set to render the to
+ a string.
+
+ If there is exception data in the logging event and
+ the layout does not process the exception, this method
+ will append the exception text to the rendered string.
+
+
+ Where possible use the alternative version of this method
+ .
+ That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer
+ which can give better performance if the caller already has
+ a open and ready for writing.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Renders the to a string.
+
+ The event to render.
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+
+
+ Helper method to render a to
+ a string. This appender must have a
+ set to render the to
+ a string.
+
+ If there is exception data in the logging event and
+ the layout does not process the exception, this method
+ will append the exception text to the rendered string.
+
+
+ Use this method in preference to
+ where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event
+ to a string then does
+ provide an efficient mechanism for doing so.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Tests if this appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+ In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
+ implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
+ then the appender should return true.
+
+
+ This default implementation always returns false.
+
+
+
+ true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false.
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+
+ This implementation doesn't flush anything and always returns true
+
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
+
+
+
+ See for more information.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The last filter in the filter chain.
+
+
+ See for more information.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
+
+
+ See for more information.
+
+
+
+
+ The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
+
+
+
+
+ Used for locking actions by this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ StringWriter used to render events
+
+
+
+
+ Initial buffer size
+
+
+
+
+ Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
@@ -2399,47 +1732,353 @@
whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
- The logging event is passed to the or
- method depending on the level of the logging event.
+ The logging event is passed to the or
+ method depending on the level of the logging event.
+ The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter of the Write/Warn method.
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
+ Ron Grabowski
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
+ Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace HttpContext.Current.Trace.
the event to log
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- ().
-
-
This appender requires a to be set.
- true
+
+
+
+ The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
+
- This appender requires a to be set.
+ Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
+ as the category parameter.
+
+
+ Abstract base class implementation of that
+ buffers events in a fixed size buffer.
+
+
+
+ This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
+ number of events before logging them.
+ For example the
+ buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to
+ the underlying database in one go.
+
+
+ Subclasses should override the
+ method to deliver the buffered events.
+
+ The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
+ buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
+ the property.
+
+ A is used to inspect
+ each event as it arrives in the appender. If the
+ triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately
+ (see ). Otherwise the event
+ is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to
+ deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives.
+
+
+ The buffering appender can be configured in a mode.
+ By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all
+ the buffered events are sent with .
+ If the property is set to true then the
+ buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
+ in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
+ In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
+ triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about
+ ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an
+ evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole
+ buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to
+ the ERROR event.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+ the events passed through this appender must be
+ fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method.
+
+
+ Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
+
+
+ The should be set if the subclass
+ expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the
+ is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
+
+
+ true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false.
+
+
+
+ This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
+ delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
+ to be sent to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
+ a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
+ to false to prevent logging events
+ from being lost.
+
+ If is set to true then an
+ must be specified.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
+ logging events.
+
+
+ The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
+
+
+
+ The option takes a positive integer
+ representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in
+ a cyclic buffer. When the is reached,
+ oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the
+ buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events.
+
+
+ If the is set to a value less than
+ or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event
+ will be delivered synchronously (depending on the
+ and properties). Otherwise the event will
+ be buffered.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the that causes the
+ buffer to be sent immediately.
+
+
+ The that causes the buffer to be
+ sent immediately.
+
+
+
+ The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
+ appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
+ immediately be sent (see ).
+
+ If is set to true then an
+ must be specified.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of the to use.
+
+
+ The value of the to use.
+
+
+
+ The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
+ appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
+ be sent (see ).
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event.
+
+
+ The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
+
+
+
+ The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
+ captured before it can be buffered. See
+ for details.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+ The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ Flush the currently buffered events
+
+
+
+ Flushes any events that have been buffered.
+
+
+ If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents
+ of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flush the currently buffered events
+
+ set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events
+
+
+ Flushes events that have been buffered. If is
+ false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
+
+
+ If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents
+ of the buffer will only be flushed if is true.
+ In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
+ and if triggering will be output. All other buffered
+ events will be discarded.
+
+
+ If is true then the buffer will always
+ be emptied by calling this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close this appender instance.
+
+
+
+ Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
+ as not then the remaining events in
+ the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+ the event to log
+
+
+ Stores the in the cyclic buffer.
+
+
+ The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
+ method) if one of the following conditions is met:
+
+
+ -
+ The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
+ marked as not lossy (see )
+
+ -
+ An is set and
+ it is triggered for the
+ specified.
+
+
+
+ Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
+ (see ) to ensure that
+ any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer
+ is processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Sends the contents of the buffer.
+
+ The first logging event.
+ The buffer containing the events that need to be sent.
+
+
+ The subclass must override .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Sends the events.
+
+ The events that need to be sent.
+
+
+ The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The default buffer size.
+
+
+ The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
+ This is set to 512 by default.
+
+
+
+
+ The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
+
+
+
+
+ The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
+
+
Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
@@ -2459,111 +2098,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
- The appender to add.
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
- The name of the appender to get.
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the specified.
- If no appender with the specified name is found null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender to remove.
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
- on the appender removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The name of the appender to remove.
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
- on the appender removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
Closes the appender and releases resources.
@@ -2582,7 +2116,7 @@
Send the events.
- The events that need to be send.
+ The events that need to be sent.
Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
@@ -2591,17 +2125,30 @@
- Adds an to the list of appenders of this
+ Adds an to the list of appenders of this
instance.
- The to add to this appender.
+ The to add to this appender.
- If the specified is already in the list of
+ If the specified is already in the list of
appenders, then it won't be added again.
+
+
+ Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
+ .
+
+
+ If no appenders can be found, then an
+ is returned.
+
+
+ A collection of the appenders in this appender.
+
+
Looks for the appender with the specified name.
@@ -2610,11 +2157,6 @@
The appender with the specified name, or null.
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
@@ -2655,19 +2197,6 @@
Implementation of the interface
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
- .
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
- is returned.
-
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
Appends logging events to the console.
@@ -2698,13 +2227,13 @@
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
+
+
@@ -2725,158 +2254,16 @@
Rick Hobbs
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The instance of the class is set up to write
- to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified layout.
-
- the layout to use for this appender
-
- The instance of the class is set up to write
- to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified layout.
-
- the layout to use for this appender
- flag set to true to write to the console error stream
-
- When is set to true, output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
- The mapping to add
-
-
- Add a mapping to this appender.
- Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors
- for a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
+ The following flags can be combined to form the colors.
-
+
@@ -2918,6 +2305,100 @@
color is intensified
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ The instance of the class is set up to write
+ to the standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ Target is the value of the console output stream.
+ This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
+
+
+ Target is the value of the console output stream.
+ This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
+
+
+
+ Target is the value of the console output stream.
+ This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+ Add a mapping to this appender.
+ Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors
+ for a level.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Writes the event to the console.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the options for this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard error output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
+
+
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to color value
+
+
+
+
+ The console output stream writer to write to
+
+
+
+ This writer is not thread safe.
+
+
+
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
@@ -2929,6 +2410,16 @@
+
+
+ The mapped foreground color for the specified level
+
+
+
+
+ The mapped background color for the specified level
+
+
Initialize the options for the object
@@ -2939,28 +2430,6 @@
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
The combined and suitable for
@@ -2993,77 +2462,15 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
- The to use when writing to the Console
- standard error output stream.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- The instance of the class is set up to write
+ The instance of the class is set up to write
to the standard output stream.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified layout.
-
- the layout to use for this appender
-
- The instance of the class is set up to write
- to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified layout.
-
- the layout to use for this appender
- flag set to true to write to the console error stream
-
- When is set to true, output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
Target is the value of the console output stream.
@@ -3080,16 +2487,36 @@
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Writes the event to the console.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
This appender requires a to be set.
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard error output stream.
+
@@ -3103,64 +2530,12 @@
debug system.
- Events are written using the
+ Events are written using the
method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method.
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- with a specified layout.
-
- The layout to use with this appender.
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the system.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the system.
- If is true then the
- is called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If is set to
- false, then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
@@ -3181,16 +2556,41 @@
+
+
+ Formats the category parameter sent to the Debug method.
+
+
+
+ Defaults to a with %logger as the pattern which will use the logger name of the current
+ as the category parameter.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+ The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ Writes the logging event to the system.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Writes the logging event to the system.
+ If is true then the
+ is called.
+
+
+
This appender requires a to be set.
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
@@ -3198,8 +2598,17 @@
+ The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
+ See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
+
+
The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventLogEventID property ()
+ set using the EventID property ()
+ on the .
+
+
+ The Category of the event log entry can be
+ set using the Category property ()
on the .
@@ -3211,12 +2620,12 @@
<mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
+ <level value="ERROR" />
+ <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
</mapping>
<mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
+ <level value="DEBUG" />
+ <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
</mapping>
@@ -3237,7 +2646,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
@@ -3245,115 +2654,6 @@
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified .
-
- The to use with this appender.
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file
-
- The mapping to add
-
-
- Add a mapping to this appender.
- Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
- method.
-
- the event to log
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
- .
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see )
- set then this integer will be used as the event log event id.
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent for a
-
- the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType
- The equivalent for a
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
- values to use in logging levels than there are in the
- this is a one way mapping. There is
- a loss of information during the conversion.
-
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by .
-
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
The name of the log where messages will be stored.
@@ -3401,6 +2701,18 @@
i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
+
+
+ Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+ Add a mapping to this appender.
+ Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level.
+
+
+
Gets or sets the used to write to the EventLog.
@@ -3420,17 +2732,97 @@
+
+
+ Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent's properties.
+
+
+
+ The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
+ set using the EventID property ()
+ on the .
+ This property provides the fallback value which defaults to 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent's properties.
+
+
+
+ The Category of the event log entry will normally be
+ set using the Category property ()
+ on the .
+ This property provides the fallback value which defaults to 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create an event log source
+
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the
+ method.
+
+ the event to log
+
+ Writes the event to the system event log using the
+ .
+
+ If the event has an EventID property (see )
+ set then this integer will be used as the event log event id.
+
+
+ There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
+
+
+
This appender requires a to be set.
true
+
+
+
+ Get the equivalent for a
+
+ the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType
+ The equivalent for a
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
+ Because there are fewer applicable
+ values to use in logging levels than there are in the
+ this is a one way mapping. There is
+ a loss of information during the conversion.
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
+
+
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
@@ -3446,13 +2838,79 @@
The for this entry
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
+
-
- Required property.
- The for this entry
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+ The maximum size supported by default.
+
+
+ http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xzwc042w(v=vs.100).aspx
+ The 32766 documented max size is two bytes shy of 32K (I'm assuming 32766
+ may leave space for a two byte null terminator of #0#0). The 32766 max
+ length is what the .NET 4.0 source code checks for, but this is WRONG!
+ Strings with a length > 31839 on Windows Vista or higher can CORRUPT
+ the event log! See: System.Diagnostics.EventLogInternal.InternalWriteEvent()
+ for the use of the 32766 max size.
+
+
+
+
+ The maximum size supported by a windows operating system that is vista
+ or newer.
+
+
+ See ReportEvent API:
+ http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363679(VS.85).aspx
+ ReportEvent's lpStrings parameter:
+ "A pointer to a buffer containing an array of
+ null-terminated strings that are merged into the message before Event Viewer
+ displays the string to the user. This parameter must be a valid pointer
+ (or NULL), even if wNumStrings is zero. Each string is limited to 31,839 characters."
+
+ Going beyond the size of 31839 will (at some point) corrupt the event log on Windows
+ Vista or higher! It may succeed for a while...but you will eventually run into the
+ error: "System.ComponentModel.Win32Exception : A device attached to the system is
+ not functioning", and the event log will then be corrupt (I was able to corrupt
+ an event log using a length of 31877 on Windows 7).
+
+ The max size for Windows Vista or higher is documented here:
+ http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xzwc042w(v=vs.100).aspx.
+ Going over this size may succeed a few times but the buffer will overrun and
+ eventually corrupt the log (based on testing).
+
+ The maxEventMsgSize size is based on the max buffer size of the lpStrings parameter of the ReportEvent API.
+ The documented max size for EventLog.WriteEntry for Windows Vista and higher is 31839, but I'm leaving room for a
+ terminator of #0#0, as we cannot see the source of ReportEvent (though we could use an API monitor to examine the
+ buffer, given enough time).
+
+
+
+
+ The maximum size that the operating system supports for
+ a event log message.
+
+
+ Used to determine the maximum string length that can be written
+ to the operating system event log and eventually truncate a string
+ that exceeds the limits.
+
+
+
+
+ This method determines the maximum event log message size allowed for
+ the current environment.
+
+
+
Appends logging events to a file.
@@ -3488,8 +2946,13 @@
the property.
The default behavior, implemented by
is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed.
- The alternative model, , only holds a
- write lock while the appender is writing a logging event.
+ The alternative models only hold a
+ write lock while the appender is writing a logging event ()
+ or synchronize by using a named system-wide Mutex ().
+
+
+ All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
+ avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -3498,310 +2961,488 @@
Douglas de la Torre
Niall Daley
-
+
- Sends logging events to a .
+ Write only that uses the
+ to manage access to an underlying resource.
+
+
+
+
+ Locking model base class
- An Appender that writes to a .
-
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a to write to.
+ Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers.
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Open the output file
+
+ The filename to use
+ Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
+ The encoding to use
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+ No writes will be made until is called.
+ Must be called before any calls to ,
+ and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close the file
- Default constructor.
+ Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class and
- sets the output destination to a new initialized
- with the specified .
+ Initializes all resources used by this locking model.
- The layout to use with this appender.
- The to output to.
+
+
+
+ Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file
+
+ A stream that is ready to be written to, or null if there is no active stream because uninitialized or error.
- Obsolete constructor.
+ Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
+ Returns a stream pointing to the file.
+ must be called to release the lock on the output file when the return
+ value is not null.
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class and sets
- the output destination to the specified .
-
- The layout to use with this appender
- The to output to
-
- The must have been previously opened.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
+ Releases the lock on the file
- This method checked if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
- method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+ No further writes will be made to the stream until is called again.
-
+
- This method is called by the
- method.
-
- The array of events to log.
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying .
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying .
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying .
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying .
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
- and other variables.
-
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property.
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property.
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the or
- have not been set. This allows a subclass to
- attempt to initialize the writer multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the where logging events
- will be written to.
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
- or output stream will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If is set to
- false, then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
+ Gets or sets the for this LockingModel
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false, then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the where the log output will go.
-
-
-
- The specified must be open and writable.
-
-
- The will be closed when the appender
- instance is closed.
-
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened will fail.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the and the underlying
- , if any, for this appender.
-
-
- The for this appender.
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the where logging events
- will be written to.
-
-
- The where logging events are written.
+ The for this LockingModel
- This is the where logging events
- will be written to.
+ The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
+ behalf of.
+
+
+ The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
+
+
+ The value of this property will be set before is
+ called.
-
+
- Default constructor
+ Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
- Default constructor
+ Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
+
+
+ If the directory portion of the does not exist, it is created
+ via Directory.CreateDirectory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Helper method to close under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
+
+
+ Does not set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
+
+
+
+ Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called.
+ Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time.
-
+
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- the layout to use with this appender
- the full path to the file to write to
- flag to indicate if the file should be appended to
+ The filename to use
+ Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
+ The encoding to use
- Obsolete constructor.
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+ No writes will be made until is called.
+ Must be called before any calls to ,
+ and .
-
+
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
+ Close the file
- the layout to use with this appender
- the full path to the file to write to
- Obsolete constructor.
+ Close the file. No further writes will be made.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file
+
+ A stream that is ready to be written to.
+
+
+ Does nothing. The lock is already taken
+
+
+
+
+
+ Release the lock on the file
+
+
+
+ Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes all resources used by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Acquires the file lock for each write
+
+
+
+ Opens the file once for each / cycle,
+ thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking
+ is considerably slower than but allows
+ other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
+
+ The filename to use
+ Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
+ The encoding to use
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+ No writes will be made until is called.
+ Must be called before any calls to ,
+ and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close the file
+
+
+
+ Close the file. No further writes will be made.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file
+
+ A stream that is ready to be written to.
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
+ Return a stream pointing to the file.
+ must be called to release the lock on the output file.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Release the lock on the file
+
+
+
+ Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
+ stream until is called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes all resources used by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Provides cross-process file locking.
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+ Steve Wranovsky
+
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+
+ The filename to use
+ Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
+ The encoding to use
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+ No writes will be made until is called.
+ Must be called before any calls to ,
+ - and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close the file
+
+
+
+ Close the file. No further writes will be made.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file
+
+ A stream that is ready to be written to.
+
+
+ Does nothing. The lock is already taken
+
+
+
+
+
+ Releases the lock and allows others to acquire a lock.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes all resources used by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Hold no lock on the output file
+
+
+
+ Open the file once and hold it open until is called.
+ Maintains no lock on the file during this time.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+
+ The filename to use
+ Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
+ The encoding to use
+
+
+ Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
+ No writes will be made until is called.
+ Must be called before any calls to ,
+ and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close the file
+
+
+
+ Close the file. No further writes will be made.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acquire the lock on the file
+
+ A stream that is ready to be written to.
+
+
+ Does nothing. The lock is already taken
+
+
+
+
+
+ Release the lock on the file
+
+
+
+ Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes all resources used by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Disposes all resources that were initialized by this locking model.
+
+
+
+
+ Default locking model (when no locking model was configured)
+
+
+
+
+ Specify default locking model
+
+ Type of LockingModel
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
+
+
+ The path to the file that logging will be written to.
+
+
+
+ If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
+ the application base directory.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
+ appended to or overwritten.
+
+
+ Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
+
+
+
+ If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
+ it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
+
+ The default value is true.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets used to write to the file.
+
+
+ The used to write to the file.
+
+
+
+ The default encoding set is
+ which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the used to write to the file.
+
+
+ The used to write to the file.
+
+
+
+ Unless a specified here for this appender
+ the is queried for the
+ security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context
+ of the current thread.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file.
+
+
+ The used to lock the file.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file.
+
+
+ There are three built in locking models, , and .
+ The first locks the file from the start of logging to the end, the
+ second locks only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message
+ and the last synchronizes processes using a named system-wide Mutex.
+
+
+ The default locking model is the .
@@ -3836,6 +3477,11 @@
+
+
+ Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
+
+
Called to initialize the file writer
@@ -3849,7 +3495,7 @@
- This method is called by the
+ This method is called by the
method.
The event to log.
@@ -3865,7 +3511,7 @@
- This method is called by the
+ This method is called by the
method.
The array of events to log.
@@ -3954,12 +3600,12 @@
the file stream that has been opened for writing
- This implementation of creates a
+ This implementation of creates a
over the and passes it to the
- method.
+ method.
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
+ This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to wrap the
in some way, for example to encrypt the output
data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream.
@@ -3972,7 +3618,7 @@
the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
+ This method can be overridden by subclasses that want to
wrap the in some way.
@@ -3992,391 +3638,23 @@
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
The name of the log file.
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
+
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets used to write to the file.
-
-
- The used to write to the file.
-
-
-
- The default encoding set is
- which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used to write to the file.
-
-
- The used to write to the file.
-
-
-
- Unless a specified here for this appender
- the is queried for the
- security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context
- of the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file.
-
-
- The used to lock the file.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file.
-
-
- There are two built in locking models, and .
- The former locks the file from the start of logging to the end and the
- later lock only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message.
-
-
- The default locking model is the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write only that uses the
- to manage access to an underlying resource.
-
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
+ The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
- This type extends . It
- does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the
- type of exception being thrown.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- A message to include with the exception.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- A message to include with the exception.
- A nested exception to include.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified message and inner exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
- The filename to use
- Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
- The encoding to use
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until is called.
- Must be called before any calls to ,
- and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
- must be called to release the lock on the output file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until is called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the for this LockingModel
-
-
- The for this LockingModel
-
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before is
- called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called.
- Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
- The filename to use
- Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
- The encoding to use
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until is called.
- Must be called before any calls to ,
- and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each / cycle,
- thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking
- is considerably slower than but allows
- other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
- The filename to use
- Whether to append to the file, or overwrite
- The encoding to use
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until is called.
- Must be called before any calls to ,
- and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
- must be called to release the lock on the output file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until is called again.
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -4392,16 +3670,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
Closes the appender and releases resources.
@@ -4440,17 +3708,30 @@
- Adds an to the list of appenders of this
+ Adds an to the list of appenders of this
instance.
- The to add to this appender.
+ The to add to this appender.
- If the specified is already in the list of
+ If the specified is already in the list of
appenders, then it won't be added again.
+
+
+ Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
+ .
+
+
+ If no appenders can be found, then an
+ is returned.
+
+
+ A collection of the appenders in this appender.
+
+
Looks for the appender with the specified name.
@@ -4504,18 +3785,116 @@
Implementation of the interface
-
+
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
- .
+ Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
- If no appenders can be found, then an
- is returned.
+
+ Implementors should consider extending the
+ class which provides a default implementation of this interface.
+
+
+ Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore
+ they would require that the method
+ be called after the appenders properties have been configured.
+
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Closes the appender and releases resources.
+
+
+
+ Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
+ network connections, etc.
+
+
+ It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
+
+ The event to log
+
+
+ This method is called to log a message into this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of this appender.
+
+ The name of the appender.
+
+ The name uniquely identifies the appender.
+
+
+
+
+ Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
+
+
+
+ This interface extends the interface to
+ support bulk logging of objects. Appenders
+ should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
+
+ The events to log
+
+
+ This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Interface that can be implemented by Appenders that buffer logging data and expose a method.
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+
+ Appenders that implement the method must do so in a thread-safe manner: it can be called concurrently with
+ the method.
+
+ Typically this is done by locking on the Appender instance, e.g.:
+
+
+
+
+
+ The parameter is only relevant for appenders that process logging events asynchronously,
+ such as RemotingAppender.
+
+
+ The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
@@ -4552,168 +3931,6 @@
Rob Lyon
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This instance of the class is set up to write
- to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
- The mapping to add
-
-
- Adds a to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A log4net level.
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- The syslog facility.
- The syslog severity.
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is .
-
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s".
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the property. The identity (also know
- as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the
- identity is the application name (from ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the values. The list of
- facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value
- is .
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
syslog severities
@@ -4897,28 +4114,279 @@
reserved for local use
+
+
+ Message identity
+
+
+
+ An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
+ by setting the property. The identity (also known
+ as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the
+ identity is the application name (from ).
+
+
+
+
+
+ Syslog facility
+
+
+ Set to one of the values. The list of
+ facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value
+ is .
+
+
+
+
+ Add a mapping of level to severity
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+ Adds a to this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set.
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close the syslog when the appender is closed
+
+
+
+ Close the syslog when the appender is closed
+
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
+
+ A log4net level.
+ A syslog severity.
+
+
+
+ Generate a syslog priority.
+
+ The syslog facility.
+ The syslog severity.
+ A syslog priority.
+
+
+
+ Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
+ string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
+ pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to syslog severity
+
+
+
+
+ Open connection to system logger.
+
+
+
+
+ Generate a log message.
+
+
+
+ The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
+ to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
+ by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
+ format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
+ string to "%s".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
+
+
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
+
+
+
+ Appends colorful logging events to the console, using .NET built-in capabilities.
+
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
+ ManagedColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
+ or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
+ user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
+
+
+ By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
+ The property can be set to direct the output to the
+ error stream.
+
+
+ When configuring the colored console appender, mappings should be
+ specified to map logging levels to colors. For example:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The Level is the standard log4net logging level while
+ ForeColor and BackColor are the values of
+ enumeration.
+
+
+ Based on the ColoredConsoleAppender
+ Rick Hobbs
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Pavlos Touboulidis
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the console output stream.
+ This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error".
+
+
+
+
+ Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+ Each mapping defines the foreground and background colors
+ for a level.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the event to the console.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the options for this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ The to use when writing to the Console
+ standard error output stream.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
+
+
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to color value
+
+
+
+
+ A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
+ the color it should be displayed as.
+
+
+
+
+ The mapped foreground color for the specified level
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the mapped background color for the specified level
+
@@ -4930,42 +4398,49 @@
that are appended in an in-memory array.
- Use the method to get
- the current list of events that have been appended.
+ Use the method to get
+ and clear the current list of events that have been appended.
- Use the method to clear the
- current list of events.
+ Use the method to get the current
+ list of events that have been appended. Note there is a
+ race-condition when calling and
+ in pairs, you better use in that case.
+
+
+ Use the method to clear the
+ current list of events. Note there is a
+ race-condition when calling and
+ in pairs, you better use in that case.
Julian Biddle
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
Gets the events that have been logged.
The events that have been logged
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
+
- Gets the events that have been logged.
+ The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
+ captured before it can be buffered. See
+ for details.
- This method is called by the method.
+ This method is called by the method.
the event to log
@@ -4980,394 +4455,40 @@
Clear the list of events
+
+
+ Gets the events that have been logged and clears the list of events.
+
+ The events that have been logged
+
The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false. The default is false.
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
- for details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
- native function.
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
- Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
- = <name of the local machine>
-
-
- = <user name>
-
-
-
- -
- Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
- = <name of the remote machine>
-
-
- = <user name>
-
-
-
- -
- Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
- = <name of a domain controller | uninitialized>
-
-
- = <user name>
-
-
-
- -
- Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
- = <workgroup name | domain name>*
-
-
-
- -
- Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
- = <name of the local machine | uninitialized>
-
-
- = <name of the remote machine>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
- for more information.
-
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no was specified.
-
-
- The required property was not specified.
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
- The message alias to which the message buffer should be sent
- The originator of the message.
- The message text.
- The length, in bytes, of the message text.
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
- Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
- Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method.
-
-
- The used to call the NetSend method.
-
-
-
- Unless a specified here for this appender
- the is queried for the
- security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context
- of the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
+ Writes the logging event to the output debug string API
the event to log
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
Stub for OutputDebugString native method
the string to output
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
@@ -5376,7 +4497,7 @@
The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
+ a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for messages
on UDP port 514.
@@ -5395,7 +4516,7 @@
hostname or IP address to any messages received.
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
+ Syslog messages must have a facility and a severity. The severity
is derived from the Level of the logging event.
The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
values. The facilities list is predefined
@@ -5403,7 +4524,7 @@
An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the property. The identity (also know
+ by setting the property. The identity (also known
as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the
identity is the application name (from ).
@@ -5411,458 +4532,11 @@
Rob Lyon
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an .
-
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
- property to specify the encoding to use.
-
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no was specified or
- an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified.
-
-
- The required property was not specified.
- The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than .
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this instance.
-
-
-
- Disables the underlying and releases all managed
- and unmanaged resources associated with the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying connection.
-
-
-
- The underlying is initialized and binds to the
- port number from which you intend to communicate.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the will communicate.
-
-
-
-
- The instance that will be used for sending the
- logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying should sent the logging event.
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
- 224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
- 224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
- 224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site.
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying should sent the logging event.
-
-
- An integer value in the range to
- indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
- The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number
- on the remote host or multicast group.
-
- The value specified is less than or greater than .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate.
-
-
- An integer value in the range to
- indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate.
-
-
-
- The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages.
-
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than or greater than .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets used to write the packets.
-
-
- The used to write the packets.
-
-
-
- The used to write the packets.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying .
-
-
- The underlying .
-
-
- creates a to send logging events
- over a network. Classes deriving from can use this
- property to get or set this . Use the underlying
- returned from if you require access beyond that which
- provides.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The method will initialize the remote endpoint
- with the values of the and
- properties.
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
Syslog port 514
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- This instance of the class is set up to write
- to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
- The mapping to add
-
-
- Add a mapping to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the method.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A log4net level.
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- The syslog facility.
- The syslog severity.
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is .
-
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the property. The identity (also know
- as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the
- identity is the application name (from ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the values. The list of
- facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value
- is .
-
-
syslog severities
@@ -6043,15 +4717,115 @@
reserved for local use
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ This instance of the class is set up to write
+ to a remote syslog daemon.
+
+
+
+
+ Message identity
+
+
+
+ An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
+ by setting the property. The identity (also known
+ as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the
+ identity is the application name (from ).
+
+
+
+
+
+ Syslog facility
+
+
+ Set to one of the values. The list of
+ facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value
+ is .
+
+
+
+
+ Add a mapping of level to severity
+
+ The mapping to add
+
+
+ Add a mapping to this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Appends the rendered message to the buffer
+
+ rendered message
+ index of the current character in the message
+ buffer
+
+
+
+ Initialize the options for this appender
+
+
+
+ Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
+
+ A log4net level.
+ A syslog severity.
+
+
+
+ Generate a syslog priority.
+
+ The syslog facility.
+ The syslog severity.
+ A syslog priority.
+
+
+ Generate a syslog priority.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mapping from level object to syslog severity
+
+
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
+ the syslog severity that it should be logged at.
A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
+ the syslog severity that it should be logged at.
@@ -6062,206 +4836,6 @@
Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
- interface. It delivers the events using .NET remoting. The
- object to deliver events to is specified by setting the
- appenders property.
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the ),
- if they are marked as , across the
- remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then
- the remoting infrastructure will clear the
- objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from
- having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made
- from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A
- thread is used for this. If no thread is available then
- the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available.
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
- event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process
- exit the runtime limits the time that a
- event handler is allowed to run for. If the runtime terminates the threads before
- the queued events have been sent then they will be lost. To ensure that all events
- are sent the appender must be closed before the application exits. See
- for details on how to shutdown
- log4net programmatically.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the ),
- if they are marked as , across the
- remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then
- the remoting infrastructure will clear the
- objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from
- having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made
- from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A
- thread is used for this. If no thread is available then
- the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available.
-
- The events to send.
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using work items. These items
- will be sent once a thread pool thread is available to send them, therefore
- it is possible to close the appender before all the queued events have been
- sent.
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
- event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process
- exit the runtime limits the time that a
- event handler is allowed to run for.
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the .
- This method expects to be passed an array of
- objects in the state param.
-
- the logging events to send
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
- interface.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver objects to a remote sink.
-
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the is to be used
- to deliver logging events to the sink.
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
- Array of events to log.
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
@@ -6349,399 +4923,117 @@
Douglas de la Torre
Edward Smit
+
+
+ Style of rolling to use
+
+
+
+
+ Roll files once per program execution
+
+
+
+ Roll files once per program execution.
+ Well really once each time this appender is configured.
+
+
+ Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to on the
+ , otherwise this appender would just be a normal file appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Roll files based only on the size of the file
+
+
+
+
+ Roll files based only on the date
+
+
+
+
+ Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
+
+
+
+
+ The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log not based on the date
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log for each minute
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log for each hour
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log each day (midnight)
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log each week
+
+
+
+
+ Roll the log each month
+
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Cleans up all resources used by this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
+ implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
+ DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
+ .
+
+
+ An implementation of the interface which returns the current date and time.
+
- Default constructor.
+ Gets or sets the used to return the current date and time.
+
+
+ There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
+
+ and .
+
+
+ The default strategy is .
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
- the writer to set
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
- the event to write to file.
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
- the events to write to file.
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
- is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used.
-
- the name of the file to open
- true to append to existing file
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the specified exists.
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the base file name
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If is set then the output
- file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise
- the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count
- direction or both.
-
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of .
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of .
- The following is done
-
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- the date pattern to calculate the check period for
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize
- the current number of backups.
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
- set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file to file .
-
- Name of existing file to roll.
- New name for file.
-
-
- Renames file to file . It
- also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- the path to the file
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
- The file to delete.
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1}
- are renamed to {File.2, ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
- the base name to rename
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1}
- are renamed to {File.2, ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups}.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by to rename the files.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the current date
- the type of roll point we are working with
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
@@ -6754,7 +5046,8 @@
Takes a string in the same format as expected by
- .
+ .
+ May be set to null to disable date formatting.
This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
@@ -6849,13 +5142,13 @@
highest numbered file.
- By default newer files have lower numbers ( < 0),
+ By default newer files have lower numbers ( < 0),
i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc...
- >= 0 does the opposite i.e.
+ >= 0 does the opposite i.e.
log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc.
- For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce
+ For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce
rollover costs.
The default file count direction is -1.
@@ -6868,23 +5161,39 @@
The rolling style.
- The default rolling style is .
+ The default rolling style is .
When set to this appender's
- property is set to false, otherwise
+ property is set to , otherwise
the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
the file each time it is opened.
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
+
+
+ if the file name extension should be preserved.
+
+
+
+ By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
+ However, under Windows the new file name will lose any program associations as the
+ extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
+ file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
+
+
+
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
the same file.
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false.
+ if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise .
@@ -6899,91 +5208,379 @@
-
+
- Style of rolling to use
+ The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the quiet writer being used.
+
+
+ This method can be overridden by subclasses.
+
+ the writer to set
+
+
+
+ Write out a logging event.
+
+ the event to write to file.
+
- Style of rolling to use
+ Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
+ if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
+ is need and then appends to the file last.
-
+
- Roll files once per program execution
+ Write out an array of logging events.
+ the events to write to file.
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender, otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
+ Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
+ if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
+ is need and then appends to the file last.
-
+
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
+ Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
+ Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
+ if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
+ is need and then appends to the file last.
-
+
- Roll the log not based on the date
+ Creates and opens the file for logging. If
+ is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used.
+
+ the name of the file to open
+ true to append to existing file
+
+ This method will ensure that the directory structure
+ for the specified exists.
+
+
+
+
+ Get the current output file name
+
+ the base file name
+ the output file name
+
+ The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
+ If is set then the output
+ file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise
+ the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count
+ direction or both.
+
+
+
+
+ Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
+
- Roll the log for each minute
+ Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
+ that are similar to the base file name.
-
+
- Roll the log for each hour
+ Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file pattern.
-
+
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
+ Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
+
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
+ Initializes based on existing conditions at time of .
+
+
+
+ Initializes based on existing conditions at time of .
+ The following is done
+
+ - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
+ - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
+ to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
+ The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
+ is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
+ In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
+ the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
+
+
+ Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
+
+
+
+
+ Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
+ 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
+ count up to the highest count seen.
-
+
- Roll the log each week
+ Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
+
+ the date pattern to calculate the check period for
+ The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
+
+ Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
+ most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
+ with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
+ supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
+ and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
+ and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+ Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
+ scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize
+ the current number of backups.
+
+
+
+
+
+ CombinePath
+
+
+ .1, .2, .3, etc.
+
+
+
+
+ Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
+
+ set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open
+
+
+ Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
+ Resets curSizeRollBackups.
+ If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
+
+
+
+
+
+ Renames file to file .
+
+ Name of existing file to roll.
+ New name for file.
+
+
+ Renames file to file . It
+ also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if a file exists at a specified path
+
+ the path to the file
+ true if the file exists
+
+
+ Test if a file exists at a specified path
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deletes the specified file if it exists.
+
+ The file to delete.
+
+
+ Delete a file if it exists.
+ The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
+ This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
+ be deleted, but it still can be moved.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implements file roll base on file size.
+
+
+
+ If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
+ (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest
+ file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
+ If countDirection < 0, then files
+ {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1}
+ are renamed to {File.2, ...,
+ File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is
+ renamed File.1 and closed.
+
+
+ A new file is created to receive further log output.
+
+
+ If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
+ File is truncated with no backup files created.
+
+
+ If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
+ renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implements file roll.
+
+ the base name to rename
+
+
+ If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
+ (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest
+ file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
+ If countDirection < 0, then files
+ {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1}
+ are renamed to {File.2, ...,
+ File.curSizeRollBackups}.
+
+
+ If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
+ File is truncated with no backup files created.
+
+
+ If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
+ renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
+
+
+ This is called by to rename the files.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
+
+ the current date
+ the type of roll point we are working with
+ the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
+
+
+ Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
+
+
+ The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
+ than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
+ the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
+ worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
+ or will be the file transferred to on roll over
+ (based on staticLogFileName).
-
+
- Roll the log each month
+ The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
+
+
+
+
+ Holds date of last roll over
+
+
+
+
+ The type of rolling done
+
+
+
+
+ How many sized based backups have been made so far
+
+
+
+
+ The rolling mode used in this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
+
+
+
+
+ Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
+
+
+
+
+ FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
+
+
+
+
+ A mutex that is used to lock rolling of files.
+
+
+
+
+ The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
@@ -7007,12 +5604,28 @@
-
+
Default implementation of that returns the current time.
-
+
+
+ Gets the current time.
+
+ The current time.
+
+
+ Gets the current time.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of that returns the current time as the coordinated universal time (UTC).
+
+
+
Gets the current time.
@@ -7037,13 +5650,6 @@
cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while
still delivering useful application context.
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
Authentication is supported by setting the property to
either or .
@@ -7067,21 +5673,21 @@
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
- The logging events to send.
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
- the body text to include in the mail
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
+ Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a comma-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
+ that will be carbon copied.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
+ that will be blind carbon copied.
A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
@@ -7134,25 +5740,11 @@
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
Valid Authentication mode values are: ,
, and .
@@ -7169,7 +5761,6 @@
The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
A and must be specified when
is set to ,
@@ -7182,7 +5773,6 @@
The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
A and must be specified when
is set to ,
@@ -7195,11 +5785,9 @@
The port on which the SMTP server is listening
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25. The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
+ port is 25.
@@ -7221,16 +5809,51 @@
+
+
+ Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
+
+
+ This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the subject encoding to be used.
+
+
+ The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the body encoding to be used.
+
+
+ The default encoding is the operating system's current ANSI codepage.
+
+
+
+
+ Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
+
+ The logging events to send.
+
This appender requires a to be set.
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
+
+
+
+ Send the email message
+
+ the body text to include in the mail
@@ -7263,6 +5886,11 @@
Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
+
+
+ Trims leading and trailing commas or semicolons
+
+
Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
@@ -7288,13 +5916,50 @@
Niall Daley
Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Default constructor
+ Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
- Default constructor
+ Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
+ as that used by the agent sending the messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the file extension for the generated files
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory.
+
+
+ The used to write to the pickup directory.
+
+
+
+ Unless a specified here for this appender
+ the is queried for the
+ security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context
+ of the current thread.
@@ -7327,6 +5992,11 @@
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
@@ -7342,93 +6012,11 @@
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory.
-
-
- The used to write to the pickup directory.
-
-
-
- Unless a specified here for this appender
- the is queried for the
- security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context
- of the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
-
Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
+
The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
back to the client.
@@ -7443,15 +6031,30 @@
Keith Long
Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Default constructor
+ The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections.
+
+
+ An integer value in the range to
+ indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections.
+
+
- Default constructor
+ The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
+ The value specified is less than
+ or greater than .
@@ -7463,9 +6066,14 @@
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
+ Initializes the appender based on the options set.
@@ -7489,38 +6097,6 @@
Writes the logging event to each connected client.
The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections.
-
-
- An integer value in the range to
- indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections.
-
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
- or greater than .
-
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
- true
-
-
- This appender requires a to be set.
-
-
@@ -7534,6 +6110,33 @@
+
+
+ Class that represents a client connected to this handler
+
+
+
+
+ Create this for the specified
+
+ the client's socket
+
+
+ Opens a stream writer on the socket.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a string to the client.
+
+ string to send
+
+
+
+ Cleans up the client connection.
+
+
Opens a new server port on
@@ -7547,14 +6150,9 @@
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
+ Sends a string message to each of the connected clients.
the text to send
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
@@ -7568,28 +6166,6 @@
client to remove
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
- The result of the asynchronous operation
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
Test if this handler has active connections
@@ -7605,48 +6181,230 @@
-
+
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
+ Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
+ The result of the asynchronous operation
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
+ On connection adds to the list of connections
+ if there are too many open connections you will be disconnected
-
+
- Create this for the specified
+ Closes all network connections
+
+
+
+
+ Sends logging events to a .
- the client's socket
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
+ An Appender that writes to a .
+
+
+ This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
+ writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
+ can open a to write to.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+ Douglas de la Torre
+
+
+
+ Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
+ of each append operation.
+
+
+
+ The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
+ append operation.
+
+
+ If this option is set to false, then the underlying
+ stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
+ time.
+
+
+
+ Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
+ a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is a safety
+ trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
+ skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
+ be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
+ price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the where the log output will go.
+
+
+
+ The specified must be open and writable.
+
+
+ The will be closed when the appender
+ instance is closed.
+
+
+ Note: Logging to an unopened will fail.
-
+
- Write a string to the client
+ This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
- string to send
- Write a string to the client
+ This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
+ layout has been set.
+
+
+ false if any of the preconditions fail.
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the
+ method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
+ and is writable.
+
+
+ The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
+
- Cleanup the clients connection
+ This method is called by the
+ method.
+
+ The array of events to log.
+
+
+ This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
+ before flushing the stream.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
+
+
+ Closed appenders cannot be reused.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or set the and the underlying
+ , if any, for this appender.
+
+
+ The for this appender.
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the footer and closes the underlying .
+
+
+
+
+ Closes the underlying .
+
+
+
+
+ Clears internal references to the underlying
+ and other variables.
- Close the socket connection.
+ Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
+
+
+ Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property.
+
+
+
+ Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property.
+
+
+
+ Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
+
+
+
+ This method is called when an event is logged and the or
+ have not been set. This allows a subclass to
+ attempt to initialize the writer multiple times.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the where logging events
+ will be written to.
+
+
+ The where logging events are written.
+
+
+
+ This is the where logging events
+ will be written to.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+ The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
Appends log events to the system.
@@ -7660,10 +6418,11 @@
Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method.
+ method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
+ of the Write method.
- Compact Framework
+ Compact Framework
The Compact Framework does not support the
class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this
appender will write to the system rather than
@@ -7673,56 +6432,7 @@
Douglas de la Torre
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the .
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- with a specified layout.
-
- The layout to use with this appender.
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the system.
-
- The event to log.
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the system.
-
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If is set to
- false, then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true.
-
+ Ron Grabowski
@@ -7744,40 +6454,343 @@
+
+
+ The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
+
+
+
+ Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
+ as the category parameter.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the logging event to the system.
+
+ The event to log.
+
This appender requires a to be set.
- true
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered log data.
+
+ The maximum time to wait for logging events to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
+ multicast group using an .
+
+
+
+ UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
+
+
+ To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
+ events.
+
+
+ When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
+ to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
+ property to specify the encoding to use.
+
+
+
+ This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
+ on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
+ encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
+
+ IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
+ UdpClient udpClient;
+ byte[] buffer;
+ string loggingEvent;
+
+ try
+ {
+ udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
+
+ while(true)
+ {
+ buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
+ loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
+ Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
+ }
+ }
+ catch(Exception e)
+ {
+ Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
+ }
+
+
+ Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
+ Dim udpClient as UdpClient
+ Dim buffer as Byte()
+ Dim loggingEvent as String
+
+ Try
+ remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
+ udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
+
+ While True
+ buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
+ loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
+ Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
+ Wend
+ Catch e As Exception
+ Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
+ End Try
+
+
+ An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
+ IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gert Driesen
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+ The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
+ the underlying should sent the logging event.
+
+
+ The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
+ will be sent.
+
- This appender requires a to be set.
+ Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
+ 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
+ it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
+ supports multicasting.
+
+
+ Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
+ the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
+ the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
+ them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
+
+
+ Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
+
+
+
+
+ IP Address
+ Description
+
+ -
+ 224.0.0.1
+
+
+ Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
+
+
+
+ -
+ 224.0.0.2
+
+
+ Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
+
+
+
+ -
+ 224.0.0.12
+
+
+ The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
+ defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site.
+
+
+ The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
+ addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
+ configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
+ of the local network.
-
+
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
+ Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
+ the underlying should sent the logging event.
+
+
+ An integer value in the range to
+ indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
+ will be sent.
+
+
+ The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number
+ on the remote host or multicast group.
+
+ The value specified is less than or greater than .
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate.
+
+
+ An integer value in the range to
+ indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate.
+
+
+
+ The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages.
+
+
+ Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
+ a local port.
+
+
+ The value specified is less than or greater than .
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets used to write the packets.
+
+
+ The used to write the packets.
+
+
+
+ The used to write the packets.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the underlying .
+
+
+ The underlying .
+
+
+ creates a to send logging events
+ over a network. Classes deriving from can use this
+ property to get or set this . Use the underlying
+ returned from if you require access beyond that which
+ provides.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
+
+
+ The method will initialize the remote endpoint
+ with the values of the and
+ properties.
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the appender based on the options set.
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its ,
- however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly.
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
+ The appender will be ignored if no was specified or
+ an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified.
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
+ The required property was not specified.
+ The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than .
+
+
+
+ This method is called by the method.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
+
+
+ Exceptions are passed to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ This appender requires a to be set.
+
+
+
+
+ Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
+ this instance.
+
+
+
+ Disables the underlying and releases all managed
+ and unmanaged resources associated with the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the underlying connection.
+
+
+
+ The underlying is initialized and binds to the
+ port number from which you intend to communicate.
+
+
+ Exceptions are passed to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
+ which the logging event will be sent.
+
+
+
+
+ The TCP port number from which the will communicate.
+
@@ -7802,41 +6815,15 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
- The domain to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- Obsolete. Use instead of .
-
-
@@ -7853,21 +6840,20 @@
Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore
- they would require that the method
+ they would require that the method
be called after the appenders properties have been configured.
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -7884,14 +6870,14 @@
-
+
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
+ Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
- The appender to use to log all logging events.
+ The appenders to use to log all logging events.
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
+ Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
@@ -7910,12 +6896,12 @@
-
+
- Initializes the using the specified appender.
+ Initializes the using the specified appenders.
The repository to configure.
- The appender to use to log all logging events.
+ The appenders to use to log all logging events.
Initializes the using the specified appender.
@@ -7975,31 +6961,121 @@
-
+
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
+ Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
+
+
+ The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
+ handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
+ the XML element that is the root of the section.
+
+
+ Example of registering the log4net section handler :
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ log4net configuration XML goes here
+
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
+ Default constructor.
+
+
+
+
+ Parses the configuration section.
+
+ The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section.
+ The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference.
+ The for the log4net section.
+ The for the log4net section.
+
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The property specifies the name
- of the domain that this assembly is a part of. The
- specifies the type of the repository objects to create for the domain. If
- this attribute is not specified and a is not specified
- then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging domain.
+ Returns the containing the configuration data,
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
+ the repository.
+
+
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
+ Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
+ assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
+ interface.
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified type.
+
+ The type name of plugin to create.
+
+
+ Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
+
+
+ Where possible use the constructor that takes a .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified type.
+
+ The type of plugin to create.
+
+
+ Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
+
+
+
+ Where possible use the property instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
+
+ The plugin object.
+
+
+
+
Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
@@ -8024,7 +7100,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
@@ -8034,7 +7110,7 @@
- Initialize a new instance of the class
+ Initialize a new instance of the class
with the name of the repository.
The name of the repository.
@@ -8076,648 +7152,11 @@
This will be the type of repository created when
the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
same repository then the repository is only created once using the
- of the first assembly to call into the
+ of the first assembly to call into the
repository.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the class
- with the name of the domain.
-
- The name of the domain.
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a using an Xml tree.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the using settings
- stored in the application's configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
- The repository to configure.
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as .
-
- The element to parse.
-
-
-
- Configures the using the specified XML
- element.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as .
-
- The repository to configure.
- The element to parse.
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
- The XML file to load the configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
- A stream to load the XML configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the using the specified configuration
- file.
-
- The repository to configure.
- The XML file to load the configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the using the specified configuration
- file.
-
- The repository to configure.
- The stream to load the XML configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
- The XML file to load the configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
- and depends on the behavior of that class.
-
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the using the file specified,
- monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change
- is detected.
-
- The repository to configure.
- The XML file to load the configuration from.
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
- and depends on the behavior of that class.
-
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the .
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
- without calling one of the
- methods.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the .
-
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
- without calling one of the
- methods.
-
-
- If neither of the or
- properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file.
- If set the property takes priority over the
- property. The property
- specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the
- application's base directory; .
- The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name.
- The config file must be located in the application's base directory; .
- For example in a console application setting the to
- config has the same effect as not specifying the or
- properties.
-
-
- The property can be set to cause the
- to watch the configuration file for changes.
-
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
- methods is made from the assembly with the configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the method directly.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the for the specified assembly.
-
- The assembly that this attribute was defined on.
- The repository to configure.
-
-
- Configure the repository using the .
- The specified must extend the
- class otherwise the will not be able to
- configure it.
-
-
- The does not extend .
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
- The assembly that this attribute was defined on.
- The repository to configure.
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
- The repository to configure.
- the FileInfo pointing to the config file
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
- The assembly that this attribute was defined on.
- The repository to configure.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the . This file path is relative to the
- application base directory ().
-
-
- The takes priority over the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (),
- the assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the is set to MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt.
-
-
- The takes priority over the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section.
- The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference.
- The for the log4net section.
- The for the log4net section.
-
-
- Returns the containing the configuration data,
-
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
- interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified type.
-
- The type name of plugin to create.
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified type.
-
- The type of plugin to create.
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the object as
- specified by this attribute.
-
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class method to
- return a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the property instead.
-
-
-
Assembly level attribute to configure the .
@@ -8729,7 +7168,7 @@
Use this attribute to configure the
- without calling one of the
+ without calling one of the
methods.
@@ -8747,6 +7186,17 @@
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
+
+
+
+ The provider specified must subclass the
+ class.
+
+
+
Configures the SecurityContextProvider
@@ -8760,59 +7210,22 @@
-
+
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
+ The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
- class.
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
+ Configures a using an XML tree.
-
-
- Configures a using an Xml tree.
-
-
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the section
- handler for the log4net configuration section. See the
- for an example.
-
-
-
-
Automatically configures the using settings
@@ -8835,6 +7248,28 @@
The repository to configure.
+
+
+ Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
+ application's configuration settings.
+
+
+
+ Each application has a configuration file. This has the
+ same name as the application with '.config' appended.
+ This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
+ configurator to look in that file for a section called
+ log4net that contains the configuration data.
+
+
+ To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
+ the section
+ handler for the log4net configuration section. See the
+ for an example.
+
+
+
+
Configures log4net using a log4net element
@@ -8847,18 +7282,6 @@
The element to parse.
-
-
- Configures the using the specified XML
- element.
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as .
-
- The repository to configure.
- The element to parse.
-
Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
@@ -8871,7 +7294,7 @@
the log4net configuration data.
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
+ The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's
configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
@@ -8882,8 +7305,8 @@
complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example:
-
-
+
+
@@ -8904,10 +7327,10 @@
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
@@ -8943,6 +7366,18 @@
+
+
+ Configures the using the specified XML
+ element.
+
+
+ Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
+ supplied as .
+
+ The repository to configure.
+ The element to parse.
+
Configures the using the specified configuration
@@ -8957,7 +7392,7 @@
the configuration data.
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
+ The log4net configuration file can possibly be specified in the application's
configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
@@ -8968,8 +7403,8 @@
complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example:
-
-
+
+
@@ -8990,10 +7425,10 @@
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
@@ -9051,10 +7486,10 @@
For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see .
+ a separate configuration file, see .
-
+
@@ -9076,27 +7511,10 @@
For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
- The hierarchy to configure.
- The element to parse.
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as .
-
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an .
+ a separate configuration file, see .
+
@@ -9116,24 +7534,6 @@
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository
-
- The repository to configure.
- The configuration file to watch.
-
-
- Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository
-
-
-
Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
@@ -9149,15 +7549,28 @@
The timer used to compress the notification events.
+
+
+ The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
+ before reloading the config file.
+
+
+
+
+ Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
+ needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
+
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class to
+ watch a specified config file used to configure a repository.
The repository to configure.
The configuration file to watch.
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
@@ -9191,294 +7604,209 @@
null
-
+
- The implementation of the interface suitable
- for use with the compact framework
+ Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
+
+
+
+ Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
+
+ The hierarchy to configure.
+ The element to parse.
- This implementation is a simple
- mapping between repository name and
- object.
+ Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
+ supplied as .
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
+ This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
+ to load the configuration from an .
- Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Interface used by the to select the .
+ Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
+ ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
+ reconfigured.
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Assembly level attribute to configure the .
- The uses a
- to specify the policy for selecting the correct
- to return to the caller.
+ This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
+ be used once per assembly.
+
+ Use this attribute to configure the
+ without calling one of the
+ methods.
+
+
+ If neither of the or
+ properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file.
+ If set the property takes priority over the
+ property. The property
+ specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the
+ application's base directory; .
+ The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name.
+ The config file must be located in the application's base directory; .
+ For example in a console application setting the to
+ config has the same effect as not specifying the or
+ properties.
+
+
+ The property can be set to cause the
+ to watch the configuration file for changes.
+
+
+
+ Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
+ When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
+ of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
+ methods is made from the assembly with the configuration
+ attributes.
+
+
+ If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
+ different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
+ call the method directly.
+
+
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
+
- Gets the for the specified assembly.
+ Default constructor
- The assembly to use to lookup to the
- The for the assembly.
- Gets the for the specified assembly.
-
-
- How the association between and
- is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for
- this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e.
- when called again with the same arguments the result must be the
- save value.
+ Default constructor
-
+
- Gets the named .
-
- The name to use to lookup to the .
- The named
-
- Lookup a named . This is the repository created by
- calling .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the .
- The type of repository to create, must implement .
- The repository created.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the domain
- specified such that a call to with the
- same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
-
-
- How the association between and
- is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for
- this association.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The name to associate with the .
- The type of repository to create, must implement .
- The repository created.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the name
- specified such that a call to with the
- same name will return the same repository instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- the named repository to check
- true if the repository exists
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
- to create a new repository and to retrieve
- a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the instances created by
- this .
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+ Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+ The filename of the configuration file.
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a which
- holds the newly created .
+ If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
+ the . This file path is relative to the
+ application base directory ().
+
+
+ The takes priority over the .
-
+
- Create a new repository selector
+ Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
- the type of the repositories to create, must implement
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be .
-
-
- throw if is null
- throw if does not implement
-
-
-
- Get the for the specified assembly
-
- not used
- The default
-
-
- The argument is not used. This selector does not create a
- separate repository for each assembly.
+ If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
+ The path to the config file is built by using the application
+ base directory (),
+ the assembly file name and the config file extension.
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository.
+ If the is set to MyExt then
+ possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
+ MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt.
+
+
+ The takes priority over the .
-
+
- Get the named
-
- the name of the repository to lookup
- The named
-
-
- Get the named . The default
- repository is log4net-default-repository. Other repositories
- must be created using the .
- If the named repository does not exist an exception is thrown.
-
-
- throw if is null
- throw if the does not exist
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- not used
- the type of repository to create, must implement
- the repository created
-
-
- The argument is not used. This selector does not create a
- separate repository for each assembly.
-
-
- If the is null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository to associate with the
- the type of repository to create, must implement .
- If this param is null then the default repository type is used.
- the repository created
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
- same repository specified will return the same repository instance.
-
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If is null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if is null
- throw if the already exists
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- the named repository to check
- true if the repository exists
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
- to create a new repository and to retrieve
- a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of objects
-
- an array of all known objects
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
- The repository that has been created
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+ true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a which
- holds the newly created .
+ If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
+ will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
+ the file is modified.
+
+ The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
+ In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
+ from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
+ and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
+
+
+ Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Configures the for the specified assembly.
+
+ The assembly that this attribute was defined on.
+ The repository to configure.
+
+
+ Configure the repository using the .
+ The specified must extend the
+ class otherwise the will not be able to
+ configure it.
+
+
+ The does not extend .
+
+
+
+ Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
+
+ The assembly that this attribute was defined on.
+ The repository to configure.
+
+
+
+ Configure the specified repository using a
+
+ The repository to configure.
+ the FileInfo pointing to the config file
+
+
+
+ Attempt to load configuration from a URI
+
+ The repository to configure.
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -9494,6 +7822,22 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+
+
+ Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+
+
+
+ Event raised when a new repository is created.
+ The event source will be this selector. The event args will
+ be a which
+ holds the newly created .
+
+
+
Creates a new repository selector.
@@ -9501,19 +7845,19 @@
The type of the repositories to create, must implement
- Create an new repository selector.
+ Create a new repository selector.
The default type for repositories must be specified,
an appropriate value would be .
- is .
+ is .
does not implement .
Gets the for the specified assembly.
- The assembly use to lookup the .
+ The assembly use to look up the .
The type of the created and the repository
@@ -9532,13 +7876,13 @@
The for the assembly
- is .
+ is .
Gets the for the specified repository.
- The repository to use to lookup the .
+ The repository to use to look up the .
The for the specified repository.
@@ -9547,15 +7891,15 @@
does not exist a is thrown.
- Use to create a repository.
+ Use to create a repository.
- is .
+ is .
does not exist.
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
+ Creates a new repository for the assembly specified
the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the .
The type of repository to create, must implement .
@@ -9563,7 +7907,7 @@
The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
+ specified such that a call to with the
same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
@@ -9589,7 +7933,7 @@
.
- is .
+ is .
@@ -9603,7 +7947,7 @@
The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
+ specified such that a call to with the
same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
@@ -9629,7 +7973,7 @@
.
- is .
+ is .
@@ -9637,16 +7981,16 @@
The repository to associate with the .
The type of repository to create, must implement .
- If this param is then the default repository type is used.
+ If this param is then the default repository type is used.
The new repository.
The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
+ specified such that a call to with the
same repository specified will return the same repository instance.
- is .
+ is .
already exists.
@@ -9657,8 +8001,8 @@
true if the repository exists
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
- to create a new repository and to retrieve
+ Test if a named repository exists. Use
+ to create a new repository and to retrieve
a repository.
@@ -9670,7 +8014,7 @@
an array of all known objects
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
+ Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector.
@@ -9691,9 +8035,9 @@
- is .
- -or-
- is .
+ is .
+ -or-
+ is .
@@ -9714,7 +8058,7 @@
The assembly that has a .
in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling.
in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling.
- is .
+ is .
@@ -9724,9 +8068,9 @@
attributes which define the configuration for the repository.
The repository to configure.
- is .
- -or-
- is .
+ is .
+ -or-
+ is .
@@ -9736,9 +8080,9 @@
The assembly that contains the attributes.
The repository to add the plugins to.
- is .
- -or-
- is .
+ is .
+ -or-
+ is .
@@ -9748,34 +8092,27 @@
The assembly that contains the attributes.
The repository to alias to.
- is .
- -or-
- is .
+ is .
+ -or-
+ is .
-
+
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+ The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a which
- holds the newly created .
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the method.
+ Defined error codes that can be passed to the method.
- Values passed to the method.
+ Values passed to the method.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -9815,9 +8152,247 @@
Failed to parse address
+
+
+ An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
+
+
+
+ This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
+ passed to
+ is equal to a Type in . ///
+
+
+ Drew Schaeffer
+
+
+
+ Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
+
+ the type that triggers this evaluator.
+ If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of .
+
+
+
+ The type that triggers this evaluator.
+
+
+
+
+ If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of .
+
+
+
+
+ Is this the triggering event?
+
+ The event to check
+ This method returns true, if the logging event Exception
+ Type is .
+ Otherwise it returns false
+
+
+ This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
+ passed to
+ is .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flags passed to the property
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Fix the MDC
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the NDC
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the rendered message
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the thread name
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the callers location information
+
+
+ CAUTION: Very slow to generate
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the callers windows user name
+
+
+ CAUTION: Slow to generate
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the domain friendly name
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the callers principal name
+
+
+ CAUTION: May be slow to generate
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the exception text
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement in order to be eligible for fixing.
+
+
+
+
+ No fields fixed
+
+
+
+
+ All fields fixed
+
+
+
+
+ Partial fields fixed
+
+
+
+ This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
+
+
+
+ Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Attaches an appender.
+
+ The appender to add.
+
+
+ Add the specified appender. The implementation may
+ choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets all attached appenders.
+
+
+ A collection of attached appenders.
+
+
+
+ Gets a collection of attached appenders.
+ If there are no attached appenders the
+ implementation should return an empty
+ collection rather than null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
+
+ The name of the appender to get.
+
+ The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
+ specified name is found.
+
+
+
+ Returns an attached appender with the specified.
+ If no appender with the specified name is found null will be
+ returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes all attached appenders.
+
+
+
+ Removes and closes all attached appenders
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
+
+ The appender to remove.
+ The appender removed from the list
+
+
+ The appender removed is not closed.
+ If you are discarding the appender you must call
+ on the appender removed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
+
+ The name of the appender to remove.
+ The appender removed from the list
+
+
+ The appender removed is not closed.
+ If you are discarding the appender you must call
+ on the appender removed.
+
+
+
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an .
+ Appenders may delegate their error handling to an .
@@ -9834,7 +8409,7 @@
a parameter.
The message associated with the error.
- The that was thrown when the error occurred.
+ The that was thrown when the error occurred.
The error code associated with the error.
@@ -9848,10 +8423,10 @@
Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
The message associated with the error.
- The that was thrown when the error occurred.
+ The that was thrown when the error occurred.
- See .
+ See .
@@ -9862,7 +8437,7 @@
The message associated with the error.
- See .
+ See .
@@ -9902,15 +8477,12 @@
- Interface that all loggers implement
+ Interface that all loggers implement to support logging events and testing if a level
+ is enabled for logging.
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
+ These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementers, ensure
that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
to be thrown to the caller.
@@ -9918,9 +8490,15 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Gets the name of the logger.
+
+
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
+ Generates a logging event for the specified using
+ the and .
The declaring type of the method that is
the stack boundary into the logging system for this call.
@@ -9929,20 +8507,19 @@
the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception.
- Generates a logging event for the specified using
- the and .
+ This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
+ Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
The event being logged.
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
+ This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
+ by wrappers.
@@ -9954,39 +8531,12 @@
true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false.
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
Gets the where this
Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The that this logger belongs to.
-
-
-
- Gets the where this
- Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
@@ -10004,18 +8554,48 @@
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
+ Gets the object that implements this object.
- The object that in implementing this object.
- The object that in implementing this
- object. The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
+ The Logger object may not be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
+ This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process the log events.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
+
+
+
+ This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
+ options have been set. This is required for components which have
+ related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
+
+
+ If a component implements this interface then the method
+ must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set
+ and before the component can be used.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
+
+
+
+ This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
+ options have been set. This is required for components which have
+ related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
+
+
+ If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
+ after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
@@ -10043,11 +8623,6 @@
-
-
- The created
-
-
Construct instance using specified
@@ -10072,6 +8647,128 @@
+
+
+ Interface used by the to select the .
+
+
+
+ The uses a
+ to specify the policy for selecting the correct
+ to return to the caller.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Gets the for the specified assembly.
+
+ The assembly to use to look up to the
+ The for the assembly.
+
+
+ Gets the for the specified assembly.
+
+
+ How the association between and
+ is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for
+ this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e.
+ when called again with the same arguments the result must be the
+ save value.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the named .
+
+ The name to use to look up to the .
+ The named
+
+ Lookup a named . This is the repository created by
+ calling .
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
+
+ The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the .
+ The type of repository to create, must implement .
+ The repository created.
+
+
+ The created will be associated with the domain
+ specified such that a call to with the
+ same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
+
+
+ How the association between and
+ is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for
+ this association.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new repository with the name specified.
+
+ The name to associate with the .
+ The type of repository to create, must implement .
+ The repository created.
+
+
+ The created will be associated with the name
+ specified such that a call to with the
+ same name will return the same repository instance.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if a named repository exists
+
+ the named repository to check
+ true if the repository exists
+
+
+ Test if a named repository exists. Use
+ to create a new repository and to retrieve
+ a repository.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
+
+
+ An array of the instances created by
+ this .
+
+
+ Gets an array of all repositories created by this selector.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+
+
+ Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
+
+
+
+ Event raised when a new repository is created.
+ The event source will be this selector. The event args will
+ be a which
+ holds the newly created .
+
+
+
Test if an triggers an action
@@ -10133,27 +8830,27 @@
Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
- -
- .
-
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
+ -
+ .
+
Nicko Cadell
@@ -10168,7 +8865,7 @@
The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
the specified level name and value.
@@ -10181,329 +8878,24 @@
The string name of this level.
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
the specified level name and value.
-
+
- Returns the representation of the current
- .
+ Serialization constructor
-
- A representation of the current .
-
+ The that holds the serialized object data.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- Returns the level .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with serialized data.
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- The object to compare against.
- true if the objects are equal.
-
-
- Compares the levels of instances, and
- defers to base class if the target object is not a
- instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current .
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level .
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
- A instance or to compare with this instance.
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
- Less than zero
- This instance is less than .
-
- -
- Zero
- This instance is equal to .
-
- -
- Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than .
- -or-
- is .
-
-
-
-
-
-
- must be an instance of
- or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown.
-
-
- is not a .
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
- is greater than another specified .
-
- A
- A
-
- true if is greater than
- ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
- is less than another specified .
-
- A
- A
-
- true if is less than
- ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
- is greater than or equal to another specified .
-
- A
- A
-
- true if is greater than or equal to
- ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
- is less than or equal to another specified .
-
- A
- A
-
- true if is less than or equal to
- ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
- objects have the same value.
-
- A or .
- A or .
-
- true if the value of is the same as the
- value of ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
- objects have different values.
-
- A or .
- A or .
-
- true if the value of is different from
- the value of ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified instances.
-
- The first to compare.
- The second to compare.
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
- Less than zero
- is less than .
-
- -
- Zero
- is equal to .
-
- -
- Greater than zero
- is greater than .
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The level designates a higher level than all the rest.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates very severe error events.
- System unusable, emergencies.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates very severe error events
- that will presumably lead the application to abort.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates very severe error events.
- Take immediate action, alerts.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates very severe error events.
- Critical condition, critical.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates very severe error events.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates error events that might
- still allow the application to continue running.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates potentially harmful
- situations.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates informational messages
- that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates informational messages that
- highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates fine-grained informational
- events that are most useful to debug an application.
-
-
-
-
- The level designates the lowest level possible.
-
-
Gets the name of this level.
@@ -10521,34 +8913,339 @@
Gets the value of this level.
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
Gets the display name of this level.
-
- The display name of this level.
-
+
+
+
+ Returns the representation of the current
+ .
+
+
+ A representation of the current .
+
- Gets the display name of this level.
+ Returns the level .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Compares levels.
+
+ The object to compare against.
+ if the objects are equal.
+
+
+
+ Returns a hash code
+
+ A hash code for the current .
+
+
+ Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
+ structures like a hash table.
+
+
+ Returns the hash code of the level .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
+ indication of their relative values.
+
+ A instance or to compare with this instance.
+
+ A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
+ values compared. The return value has these meanings:
+
+
+ Value
+ Meaning
+
+ -
+ Less than zero
+ This instance is less than .
+
+ -
+ Zero
+ This instance is equal to .
+
+ -
+ Greater than zero
+
+ This instance is greater than .
+ -or-
+ is .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ must be an instance of
+ or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Serializes this object into the provided.
+
+ The to populate with data.
+ The destination for this serialization.
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether a specified
+ is greater than another specified .
+
+ A
+ A
+
+ if is greater than
+ ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether a specified
+ is less than another specified .
+
+ A
+ A
+
+ if is less than
+ ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether a specified
+ is greater than or equal to another specified .
+
+ A
+ A
+
+ if is greater than or equal to
+ ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether a specified
+ is less than or equal to another specified .
+
+ A
+ A
+
+ if is less than or equal to
+ ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether two specified
+ objects have the same value.
+
+ A or .
+ A or .
+
+ if the value of is the same as the
+ value of ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a value indicating whether two specified
+ objects have different values.
+
+ A or .
+ A or .
+
+ if the value of is different from
+ the value of ; otherwise, .
+
+
+
+
+ Compares two specified instances.
+
+ The first to compare.
+ The second to compare.
+
+ A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
+ two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
+
+
+ Value
+ Meaning
+
+ -
+ Less than zero
+ is less than .
+
+ -
+ Zero
+ is equal to .
+
+ -
+ Greater than zero
+ is greater than .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates a higher level than all the rest.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events.
+ System unusable, emergencies.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events.
+ System unusable, emergencies.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events
+ that will presumably lead the application to abort.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events.
+ Take immediate action, alerts.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events.
+ Critical condition, critical.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates very severe error events.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates error events that might
+ still allow the application to continue running.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates potentially harmful
+ situations.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates informational messages
+ that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates informational messages that
+ highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates fine-grained informational
+ events that are most useful to debug an application.
+
+
+
+
+ The level designates the lowest level possible.
+
+
A strongly-typed collection of objects.
Nicko Cadell
+
+
+ Supports type-safe iteration over a .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current element in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
+
+
+ true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
+ false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
+
+
+ The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
+
+
Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
@@ -10594,11 +9291,33 @@
The collection whose elements are copied to the new list.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
+ that contains elements copied from the specified collection.
+
+ The collection whose elements are copied to the new list.
+
+
+
+ Type visible only to our subclasses
+ Used to access protected constructor
+
+
+
+
+ A value
+
+
Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection.
+
@@ -10615,6 +9334,28 @@
The one-dimensional array to copy to.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
+
+ false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe.
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the at the specified index.
+
+ The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
+
+ is less than zero
+ -or-
+ is equal to or greater than .
+
+
Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection.
@@ -10649,7 +9390,7 @@
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of
in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1.
-
+
@@ -10683,12 +9424,29 @@
is equal to or greater than .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
+
+ true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
+
+ true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
+
Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection.
An for the entire LevelCollection.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
+
+
Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection.
@@ -10717,100 +9475,18 @@
- is less than zero
+ is less than zero
-or-
- is equal to or greater than .
+ is equal to or greater than .
- is less than zero
+ is less than zero
-or-
- is equal to or greater than .
+ is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
-
- is less than zero
- -or-
- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a .
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
Supports simple iteration over a .
@@ -10822,6 +9498,11 @@
+
+
+ Gets the current element in the collection.
+
+
Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
@@ -10839,11 +9520,6 @@
Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
@@ -10851,29 +9527,21 @@
This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
+ passed to
is equal to or greater than the
level.
Nicko Cadell
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
Create a new evaluator using the threshold.
- Create a new evaluator using the threshold.
-
-
This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
+ passed to
is equal to or greater than the
level.
@@ -10886,28 +9554,8 @@
the threshold to trigger at
- Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold.
-
-
This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
- is equal to or greater than the
- level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this the triggering event?
-
- The event to check
- This method returns true, if the event level
- is equal or higher than the .
- Otherwise it returns false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
+ passed to
is equal to or greater than the
level.
@@ -10923,21 +9571,29 @@
This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
+ passed to
is equal to or greater than the
level.
+
+
+ Is this the triggering event?
+
+ The event to check
+ This method returns true, if the event level
+ is equal or higher than the .
+ Otherwise it returns false
+
- Mapping between string name and Level object
+ Maps between string name and Level object.
- Mapping between string name and object.
This mapping is held separately for each .
- The level name is case insensitive.
+ The level name is case-insensitive.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -10945,19 +9601,9 @@
Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
+ level name is case-insensitive
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
Clear the internal maps of all levels
@@ -10968,87 +9614,52 @@
+
+
+ Looks up a by name
+
+ The name of the Level to look up.
+ A Level from the map with the name specified, or null if none is found.
+
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
+ Creates a new Level and adds it to the map.
the string to display for the Level
the level value to give to the Level
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
+
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
+ Creates a new Level and adds it to the map.
the string to display for the Level
the level value to give to the Level
the display name to give to the Level
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
+ Adds a Level to the map.
the Level to add
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the name of the level to lookup is taken from this level.
- If the level is not set on the map then this level is added
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the property of the
- argument.
-
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
- argument is added to the level map
- and returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a by name
-
- The name of the Level to lookup
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the from the
- map with the name specified. If the no level is
- found then null is returned.
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
+ Gets all possible levels as a collection of Level objects.
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
+
+
+
+ Looks up a named level from the map.
+
+
+ The name of the level to look up is taken from this level.
+ If the level is not set in the map then this level is added.
+ If no level with the specified name is found then the
+ argument is added to the level map
+ and returned.
+
+ the level in the map with the name specified
@@ -11083,13 +9694,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ?.
-
-
Constructor
@@ -11098,7 +9702,7 @@
the stack boundary into the logging system for this call.
- Initializes a new instance of the
+ Initializes a new instance of the
class based on the current thread.
@@ -11113,65 +9717,44 @@
The line number of the method within the file.
- Initializes a new instance of the
+ Initializes a new instance of the
class with the specified data.
+
+
+ Serialization constructor
+
+ The that holds the serialized object data.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with serialized data.
+
+
+
Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
request.
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
Gets the file name of the caller.
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
Gets the line number of the caller.
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
Gets the method name of the caller.
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
@@ -11188,6 +9771,96 @@
+
+
+ Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
+
+
+
+
+ Serializes this object into the provided.
+
+ The to populate with data.
+ The destination for this serialization.
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ When location information is not available the constant
+ NA is returned. Current value of this string
+ constant is ?.
+
+
+
+
+ Exception base type for log4net.
+
+
+
+ This type extends . It
+ does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the
+ type of exception being thrown.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ A message to include with the exception.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ the specified message.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ A message to include with the exception.
+ A nested exception to include.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified message and inner exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Serialization constructor
+
+ The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with serialized data.
+
+
+
Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
@@ -11211,16 +9884,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
Hook the shutdown event
@@ -11229,7 +9892,7 @@
On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
+ These are used to shut down the log4net system as the application exits.
@@ -11247,26 +9910,6 @@
-
-
- Return the default instance.
-
- the repository to lookup in
- Return the default instance
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the argument.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
- The default instance.
-
Return the default instance.
@@ -11284,7 +9927,7 @@
Returns the default instance.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
The default instance.
@@ -11314,7 +9957,7 @@
Returns the named logger if it exists.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
The fully qualified logger name to look for.
The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
@@ -11344,7 +9987,7 @@
Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
All the defined loggers.
@@ -11377,7 +10020,7 @@
Retrieves or creates a named logger.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
The name of the logger to retrieve.
The logger with the name specified.
@@ -11396,7 +10039,7 @@
- Shorthand for .
+ Shorthand for .
The repository to lookup in.
The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
@@ -11409,9 +10052,9 @@
- Shorthand for .
+ Shorthand for .
- the assembly to use to lookup the repository
+ the assembly to use to look up the repository
The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
The logger with the name specified.
@@ -11436,7 +10079,7 @@
The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
and again to a nested appender.
@@ -11446,7 +10089,7 @@
Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
- The repository to shutdown.
+ The repository to shut down.
Calling this method will safely close and remove all
@@ -11459,7 +10102,7 @@
The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
and again to a nested appender.
@@ -11469,7 +10112,7 @@
Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
Calling this method will safely close and remove all
@@ -11483,7 +10126,7 @@
The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
and again to a nested appender.
@@ -11502,14 +10145,14 @@
sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
of the root logger to . Moreover,
message disabling is set its default "off" value.
-
+
Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset.
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset.
Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
@@ -11518,30 +10161,9 @@
sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
of the root logger to . Moreover,
message disabling is set its default "off" value.
-
+
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of which is a
- object.
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
Creates a repository with the specified name.
@@ -11560,26 +10182,6 @@
The specified repository already exists.
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
@@ -11597,26 +10199,6 @@
The specified repository already exists.
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The assembly to use to get the name of the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
- same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
-
-
-
Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
@@ -11629,7 +10211,7 @@
The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
+ specified such that a call to with the
same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
@@ -11645,6 +10227,29 @@
+
+
+ Gets or sets the repository selector used by the .
+
+
+ The repository selector used by the .
+
+
+
+ The repository selector () is used by
+ the to create and select repositories
+ ().
+
+
+ The caller to supplies either a string name
+ or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using
+ ).
+
+
+ This context is used by the selector to look up a specific repository.
+
+
+
Internal method to get pertinent version info.
@@ -11662,7 +10267,7 @@
Called when the event fires.
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is .
+ When the event is triggered the log4net system is .
@@ -11677,41 +10282,17 @@
Called when the event fires.
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is .
+ When the event is triggered the log4net system is .
-
+
- Initialize the default repository selector
+ The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the .
-
-
- The repository selector used by the .
-
-
- The repository selector () is used by
- the to create and select repositories
- ().
-
-
- The caller to supplies either a string name
- or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using
- ).
-
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -11737,11 +10318,6 @@
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
@@ -11764,22 +10340,12 @@
Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
Nicko Cadell
The logger name.
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
@@ -11787,9 +10353,13 @@
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
+ A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use.
+ In many cases it is equivalent of , other times
+ it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults.
+
+
+ Level cannot be Serializable because it is a flyweight.
+ Due to its special serialization it cannot be declared final either.
@@ -11797,31 +10367,16 @@
The application supplied message.
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
- The name of thread
+ Gets or sets the name of the thread in which this logging event was generated.
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
+
- The time the event was logged
+ Gets or sets the UTC time the event was logged.
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
@@ -11886,103 +10441,6 @@
-
-
- Flags passed to the property
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties
-
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
The internal representation of logging events.
@@ -12000,11 +10458,11 @@
Some of the values in instances of
are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the
time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent
- at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed
- at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling
- . There is a performance penalty
- for incurred by calling but it
- is essential to maintaining data consistency.
+ at any time afterward. If an event is to be stored and then processed
+ at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by setting
+ . There is a performance penalty
+ for incurred by calling but it
+ is essential to maintain data consistency.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -12012,39 +10470,28 @@
Douglas de la Torre
Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
from the supplied parameters.
The declaring type of the method that is
the stack boundary into the logging system for this call.
The repository this event is logged in.
The name of the logger of this event.
- The level of this event.
+
+ The level of this event.
+ A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use.
+ In many cases it is equivalent of , other times
+ it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults.
+
The message of this event.
The exception for this event.
Except , and ,
- all fields of LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
- to cache all data locally
- to prevent inconsistencies.
+ all fields of are lazily filled when actually needed. Set
+ to cache all data locally to prevent inconsistencies.
This method is called by the log4net framework
to create a logging event.
@@ -12053,7 +10500,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
using specific data.
The declaring type of the method that is
@@ -12063,12 +10510,12 @@
The fields in the struct that have already been fixed.
- This constructor is provided to allow a
+ This constructor is provided to allow a
to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can
be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme.
- Use the method to obtain an
+ Use the method to obtain an
instance of the class.
@@ -12080,7 +10527,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
using specific data.
The declaring type of the method that is
@@ -12089,12 +10536,12 @@
Data used to initialize the logging event.
- This constructor is provided to allow a
+ This constructor is provided to allow a
to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can
be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme.
- Use the method to obtain an
+ Use the method to obtain an
instance of the class.
@@ -12106,18 +10553,18 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
using specific data.
Data used to initialize the logging event.
- This constructor is provided to allow a
+ This constructor is provided to allow a
to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can
be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme.
- Use the method to obtain an
+ Use the method to obtain an
instance of the class.
@@ -12127,297 +10574,37 @@
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ This constructor is provided to allow deserialization using System.Text.Json
+ or Newtonsoft.Json.
+
+
+ Use the method to obtain an
+ instance of the class.
+
+
+ This constructor sets this objects flags to .
+
+
+
Serialization constructor
- The that holds the serialized object data.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+ The that holds the serialized object data.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with serialized data.
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
- the value for the repository
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
- the writer to write the message to
-
-
- Unlike the property this method
- does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore
- if called only once this method should be faster than the
- property, however if the message is
- to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient.
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the provided.
-
- The to populate with data.
- The destination for this serialization.
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The method must be called during the
- method call if this event
- is to be used outside that method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this .
-
- The for this event.
-
-
- A new can be constructed using a
- instance.
-
-
- Does a fix of the data
- in the logging event before returning the event data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this .
-
- The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData
- The for this event.
-
-
- A new can be constructed using a
- instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
- .
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the .
-
-
-
- Obsolete. Use instead.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
- .
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the .
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
- .
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
- are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the
- time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent
- at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed
- at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling
- . There is a performance penalty
- incurred by calling but it
- is essential to maintaining data consistency.
-
-
- Calling is equivalent to
- calling passing the parameter
- false.
-
-
- See for more
- information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- Set to true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
- are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the
- time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent
- at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed
- at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling
- . There is a performance penalty
- for incurred by calling but it
- is essential to maintaining data consistency.
-
-
- The param controls the data that
- is fixed. Some of the data that can be fixed takes a long time to
- generate, therefore if you do not require those settings to be fixed
- they can be ignored by setting the param
- to true. This setting will ignore the
- and settings.
-
-
- Set to false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the parameter
-
- the fields to fix
-
-
- Only fields specified in the will be fixed.
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the key for the property to lookup
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
- this events properties
-
- This event has that can be set. These
- properties are specific to this event only.
-
-
- -
- the thread properties
-
- The that are set on the current
- thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
-
-
- -
- the global properties
-
- The that are set globally. These
- properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the containing all the properties
-
-
- See for details of the composite properties
- stored by the event.
-
-
- This method returns a single containing all the
- properties defined for this event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
Gets the time when the current process started.
@@ -12427,7 +10614,7 @@
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
+ The TimeStamp is stored internally in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer.
Tries to get the start time for the current process.
@@ -12441,18 +10628,33 @@
+
+
+ Gets the UTC time when the current process started.
+
+
+ This is the UTC time when this process started.
+
+
+
+ Tries to get the start time for the current process.
+ Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
+ this property.
+
+
+ Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
+ same process without the process terminating and therefore
+ without the process start time being reset.
+
+
+
- Gets the of the logging event.
+ Gets the of the logging event.
+ A null level produces varying results depending on the appenders in use.
+ In many cases it is equivalent of , other times
+ it is mapped to Debug or Info defaults.
-
- The of the logging event.
-
-
-
- Gets the of the logging event.
-
-
@@ -12463,36 +10665,33 @@
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
+ The TimeStamp is stored in UTC and converted to the local time zone for this computer.
+
+
+ Gets UTC the time of the logging event.
+
+
+ The UTC time of the logging event.
+
+
Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
The collected information is cached for future use.
- See the class for more information on
+ See the class for more information on
supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and
Release builds.
@@ -12552,12 +10751,18 @@
+
+
+ Ensure that the repository is set.
+
+ the value for the repository
+
- Gets the message, rendered through the .
+ Gets the message, rendered through the .
- The message rendered through the .
+ The message rendered through the .
@@ -12565,6 +10770,21 @@
+
+
+ Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
+
+ the writer to write the message to
+
+
+ Unlike the property this method
+ does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore
+ if called only once this method should be faster than the
+ property, however if the message is
+ to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient.
+
+
+
Gets the name of the current thread.
@@ -12579,6 +10799,13 @@
+
+
+ Returns a 'meaningful' name for the thread (or its Id)
+
+ Name
+ Meaningful name
+
Gets the name of the current user.
@@ -12613,12 +10840,12 @@
Results
-
- WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent()
- 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
+ WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent()
+ 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name
- 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
+ WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name
+ 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
@@ -12632,9 +10859,6 @@
Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
@@ -12646,14 +10870,6 @@
Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
@@ -12685,11 +10901,8 @@
- The fixed fields in this event
+ Gets the fixed fields in this event, or on set, fixes fields specified in the value.
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
@@ -12697,6 +10910,196 @@
+
+
+ Serializes this object into the provided.
+
+ The to populate with data.
+ The destination for this serialization.
+
+
+ The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
+
+
+ The property must be set during the
+ method call if this event
+ is to be used outside that method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the portable data for this .
+
+ The for this event.
+
+
+ A new can be constructed using a
+ instance.
+
+
+ Does a fix of the data
+ in the logging event before returning the event data.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the portable data for this .
+
+ The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData
+ The for this event.
+
+
+ A new can be constructed using a
+ instance.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
+ .
+
+
+ This event's exception's rendered using the .
+
+
+
+ Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
+ .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Fix the fields specified by the parameter
+
+ the fields to fix
+
+
+ Only fields specified in the will be fixed.
+ Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
+ It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Looks up a composite property in this event
+
+ the key for the property to lookup
+ the value for the property
+
+
+ This event has composite properties that combine properties from
+ several different contexts in the following order:
+
+ -
+ this event's properties
+
+ This event has that can be set. These
+ properties are specific to this event only.
+
+
+ -
+ the thread properties
+
+ The that are set on the current
+ thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
+
+
+ -
+ the global properties
+
+ The that are set globally. These
+ properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get all the composite properties in this event
+
+ the containing all the properties
+
+
+ See for details of the composite properties
+ stored by the event.
+
+
+ This method returns a single containing all the
+ properties defined for this event.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The internal logging event data.
+
+
+
+
+ Location information for the caller.
+
+
+
+
+ The internal logging event data.
+
+
+
+
+ The internal logging event data.
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified Type of the calling
+ logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
+
+
+
+
+ The application supplied message of logging event.
+
+
+
+
+ The fix state for this event
+
+
+ These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
+ Not serialized.
+
+
+
+
+ Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
+
+
+ This is a separate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incremental fixing and simpler
+ changes in the caching strategy.
+
+
+
+
+ The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
+
+
+
+
+ The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
+
+
+
+
+ The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
+
+
Implementation of wrapper interface.
@@ -12714,7 +11117,7 @@
-
DEBUG
- The and methods log messages
+ The and methods log messages
at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
repositories . The default value
for this level is . The
@@ -12724,7 +11127,7 @@
-
INFO
- The and methods log messages
+ The and methods log messages
at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
repositories . The default value
for this level is . The
@@ -12734,7 +11137,7 @@
-
WARN
- The and methods log messages
+ The and methods log messages
at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
repositories . The default value
for this level is . The
@@ -12744,7 +11147,7 @@
-
ERROR
- The and methods log messages
+ The and methods log messages
at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
repositories . The default value
for this level is . The
@@ -12754,7 +11157,7 @@
-
FATAL
- The and methods log messages
+ The and methods log messages
at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
repositories . The default value
for this level is . The
@@ -12770,939 +11173,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the to obtain logger instances
- that implement this interface. The
- static method is used to get logger instances.
-
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- The message object to log.
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
- . It then
- proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
- and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
- the additivity flag.
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
- to this method will print the name of the
- but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level including
- the stack trace of the passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The message object to log.
- The exception to log, including its stack trace.
-
-
- See the form for more detailed information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the level.
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- Logs a message object with the level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
- . It then
- proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
- and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
- additivity flag.
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
- to this method will print the name of the
- but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
-
-
- The message object to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The message object to log.
- The exception to log, including its stack trace.
-
-
- See the form for more detailed information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the level.
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
- . It then
- proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
- and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
- additivity flag.
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
- to this method will print the name of the
- but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
-
-
- The message object to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level including
- the stack trace of the passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The message object to log.
- The exception to log, including its stack trace.
-
-
- See the form for more detailed information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the level.
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- Logs a message object with the level.
-
- The message object to log.
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
- . It then
- proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
- and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
- additivity flag.
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
- to this method will print the name of the
- but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level including
- the stack trace of the passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The message object to log.
- The exception to log, including its stack trace.
-
-
- See the form for more detailed information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the level.
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
- Log a message object with the level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
- . It then
- proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
- and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
- additivity flag.
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
- to this method will print the name of the
- but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
-
-
- The message object to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the level including
- the stack trace of the passed
- as a parameter.
-
- The message object to log.
- The exception to log, including its stack trace.
-
-
- See the form for more detailed information.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the level.
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
- An Object to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
- A String containing zero or more format items
- An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
- for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
- methods instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log, when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log. On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in and once in
- the . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging.
-
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see .
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see .
-
-
-
-
-
Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
@@ -13746,7 +11216,7 @@
WARNING Note that passing an
to this method will print the name of the
but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
+ form instead.
@@ -13763,10 +11233,10 @@
as a parameter.
- See the form for more detailed information.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
-
+
@@ -13776,18 +11246,18 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13800,18 +11270,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13825,18 +11295,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13851,18 +11321,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13876,13 +11346,13 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13908,7 +11378,7 @@
WARNING Note that passing an
to this method will print the name of the
but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
+ form instead.
@@ -13925,10 +11395,10 @@
passed as a parameter.
- See the form for more detailed information.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
-
+
@@ -13938,18 +11408,18 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13962,18 +11432,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -13987,18 +11457,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14013,18 +11483,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14038,13 +11508,13 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14070,7 +11540,7 @@
WARNING Note that passing an to this
method will print the name of the but no
stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
+ form instead.
@@ -14087,10 +11557,10 @@
passed as a parameter.
- See the form for more detailed information.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
-
+
@@ -14100,18 +11570,18 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14124,18 +11594,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14149,18 +11619,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14175,18 +11645,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14200,13 +11670,13 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14232,7 +11702,7 @@
WARNING Note that passing an to this
method will print the name of the but no
stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
+ form instead.
@@ -14249,10 +11719,10 @@
passed as a parameter.
- See the form for more detailed information.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
-
+
@@ -14262,18 +11732,18 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14286,18 +11756,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14311,18 +11781,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14337,18 +11807,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14362,13 +11832,13 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14394,7 +11864,7 @@
WARNING Note that passing an to this
method will print the name of the but no
stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
- form instead.
+ form instead.
@@ -14411,10 +11881,10 @@
passed as a parameter.
- See the form for more detailed information.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
-
+
@@ -14424,18 +11894,18 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14448,18 +11918,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14473,18 +11943,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14499,18 +11969,18 @@
An Object to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
The string is formatted using the
format provider. To specify a localized provider use the
- method.
+ method.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
@@ -14524,29 +11994,17 @@
An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- The message is formatted using the method. See
+ The message is formatted using the method. See
String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
of the formatting.
This method does not take an object to include in the
- log event. To pass an use one of the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
methods instead.
-
-
- Event handler for the event
-
- the repository
- Empty
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
@@ -14577,7 +12035,7 @@
if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
{
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
+ log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
}
@@ -14654,6 +12112,104 @@
+
+
+ Event handler for the event
+
+ the repository
+ Empty
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
+
+
+
+
+ Used to ensure 'params object?[]?' arguments that receive a null are converted
+ to an array of one null value so that 'XxxFormat("{0}", null)' will work correctly.
+ Overloads like 'XxxFormat(message, object? arg0)' are not matched by the compiler in this case.
+
+
+
+
+ provides method information without actually referencing a System.Reflection.MethodBase
+ as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded.
+
+
+
+
+
+ constructs a method item for an unknown method.
+
+
+
+
+ constructs a method item from the name of the method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ constructs a method item from the name of the method and its parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ constructs a method item from a method base by determining the method name and its parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the method name of the caller making the logging
+ request.
+
+
+ The method name of the caller making the logging
+ request.
+
+
+
+ Gets the method name of the caller making the logging
+ request.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the method parameters of the caller making
+ the logging request.
+
+
+ The method parameters of the caller making
+ the logging request
+
+
+
+ Gets the method parameters of the caller making
+ the logging request.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ When location information is not available the constant
+ NA is returned. Current value of this string
+ constant is ?.
+
+
A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
@@ -14724,6 +12280,30 @@
The default provider
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
+
+
+ The default SecurityContextProvider
+
+
+
+ The default provider is used by configured components that
+ require a and have not had one
+ given to them.
+
+
+ By default this is an instance of
+ that returns objects.
+
+
+ The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
+ the value of this property to a sub class of
+ that has the desired behavior.
+
+
+
Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
@@ -14750,27 +12330,147 @@
-
+
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
+ Provides stack frame information without actually referencing a System.Diagnostics.StackFrame
+ as that would require that the containing assembly is loaded.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a stack frame item from a stack frame.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
+ request.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the file name of the caller.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the line number of the caller.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the method name of the caller.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets all available caller information in the format
+ fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the StackFrameItem class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ When location information is not available the constant
+ NA is returned. Current value of this string
+ constant is ?.
+
+
+
+
+ An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
+
+
+
+ This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check.
+
+
+ Robert Sevcik
+
+
+
+ The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
+
+
+
+
+ The UTC time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
+
+
+
+
+ The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds.
+
+
+
+ Create a new evaluator using the time threshold in seconds.
+
+
+ This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
+
+
+ The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
+ Zero means it won't trigger at all.
+
+
+
+ Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
+
+
+ This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
- The default SecurityContextProvider
+ The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
+ Zero means it won't trigger at all.
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a and have not had one
- given to them.
+ This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check.
+
+
+
+
+ Is this the triggering event?
+
+ The event to check
+ This method returns true, if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check..
+ Otherwise it returns false
+
- By default this is an instance of
- that returns objects.
-
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
- that has the desired behavior.
+ This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
+ has passed since last check.
@@ -14799,7 +12499,7 @@
This class maintains a mapping between objects and
objects. Use the method to
- lookup the for the specified .
+ look up the for the specified .
New wrapper instances are created by the
@@ -14814,12 +12514,12 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the
+ Initializes a new instance of the
The handler to use to create the wrapper objects.
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
the specified handler to create the wrapper objects.
@@ -14834,13 +12534,28 @@
If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
+ Looks up the wrapper it has previously been requested and
returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
the virtual method is
called.
+
+
+ Gets the map of logger repositories.
+
+
+ Map of logger repositories.
+
+
+
+ Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The
+ values are hashtables keyed on with the
+ value being the corresponding .
+
+
+
Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
@@ -14877,11 +12592,6 @@
The sender of the event.
The event args.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
@@ -14892,21 +12602,6 @@
Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The
- values are hashtables keyed on with the
- value being the corresponding .
-
-
-
Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff".
@@ -14919,51 +12614,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Render a as a string.
-
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
- instance into a string.
-
-
- The method is used to render the
- date to a text writer.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
- The date to format.
- The writer to write to.
-
-
- Format the as a string and write it
- to the provided.
-
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE.
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE.
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601.
-
-
Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss".
@@ -14994,23 +12644,32 @@
per second.
- Sub classes should override
+ Subclasses should override
rather than .
+
+
+ String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE.
+
+
+
+
+ String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE.
+
+
+
+
+ String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601.
+
+
Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
+
Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
as a string.
@@ -15031,16 +12690,6 @@
Gert Driesen
Angelika Schnagl
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
Formats the date without the milliseconds part
@@ -15058,10 +12707,35 @@
-
+
- The format info for the invariant culture.
+ Render a as a string.
+
+
+ Interface to abstract the rendering of a
+ instance into a string.
+
+
+ The method is used to render the
+ date to a text writer.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Formats the specified date as a string.
+
+ The date to format.
+ The writer to write to.
+
+
+ Format the as a string and write it
+ to the provided.
+
+
@@ -15075,16 +12749,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
Formats the date without the milliseconds part
@@ -15103,11 +12767,11 @@
- Formats the using the method.
+ Formats the using the method.
- Formats the using the method.
+ Formats the using the method.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -15120,36 +12784,25 @@
The format string.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with the specified format string.
The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to .
+ that can be supplied to .
- Formats the date using .
+ Formats the date using .
The date to convert to a string.
The writer to write to.
Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the method to format the date.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the .
-
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to .
+ the method to format the date.
@@ -15168,6 +12821,50 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Always returns .
+
+ the LoggingEvent to filter
+ Always returns
+
+
+ Ignores the event being logged and just returns
+ . This can be used to change the default filter
+ chain behavior from to . This filter
+ should only be used as the last filter in the chain
+ as any further filters will be ignored!
+
+
+
+
+
+ The return result from
+
+
+
+ The return result from
+
+
+
+
+
+ The log event must be dropped immediately without
+ consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
+
+
+
+
+ This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
+ The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
+
+
+
+
+ The log event must be logged immediately without
+ consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
+
+
Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
@@ -15214,6 +12911,59 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Initialize the filter with the options set
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+ Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
+ however this method must still be called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Decide if the should be logged through an appender.
+
+ The to decide upon
+ The decision of the filter
+
+
+ If the decision is , then the event will be
+ dropped. If the decision is , then the next
+ filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then
+ the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in
+ the chain.
+
+
+ This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
+ in a subclass.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the next filter in the filter chain.
+
+
+
+ Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
+ the chain to be accessed.
+
+
+
Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
@@ -15278,11 +13028,8 @@
- Property to get and set the next filter
+ Gets or sets the next filter in the chain.
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
@@ -15290,121 +13037,6 @@
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the should be logged through an appender.
-
- The to decide upon
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is , then the event will be
- dropped. If the decision is , then the next
- filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then
- the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in
- the chain.
-
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
-
- the LoggingEvent to filter
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
- . This can be used to change the default filter
- chain behavior from to . This filter
- should only be used as the last filter in the chain
- as any further filters will be ignored!
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
This is a very simple filter based on matching.
@@ -15424,38 +13056,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should on a match
-
-
-
-
- the to match against
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter
-
- the event to filter
- see remarks
-
-
- If the of the event matches the level of the
- filter then the result of the function depends on the
- value of . If it is true then
- the function will return , it it is false then it
- will return . If the does not match then
- the result will be .
-
-
-
when matching
@@ -15484,6 +13084,23 @@
+
+
+ Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter
+
+ the event to filter
+ see remarks
+
+
+ If the of the event matches the level of the
+ filter then the result of the function depends on the
+ value of . If it is true then
+ the function will return , it it is false then it
+ will return . If the does not match then
+ the result will be .
+
+
+
This is a simple filter based on matching.
@@ -15502,43 +13119,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
-
- the minimum value to match
-
-
-
-
- the maximum value to match
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- the logging event to check
- see remarks
-
-
- If the of the logging event is outside the range
- matched by this filter then
- is returned. If the is matched then the value of
- is checked. If it is true then
- is returned, otherwise
- is returned.
-
-
-
when matching and
@@ -15579,6 +13159,23 @@
+
+
+ Check if the event should be logged.
+
+ the logging event to check
+ see remarks
+
+
+ If the of the logging event is outside the range
+ matched by this filter then
+ is returned. If the is matched then the value of
+ is checked. If it is true then
+ is returned, otherwise
+ is returned.
+
+
+
Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
@@ -15596,41 +13193,6 @@
Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- the event being logged
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the .
- If the equals the beginning of
- the incoming ()
- then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
- this function will return
- allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then
- the value of is checked. If it is
- true then is returned otherwise
- is returned.
-
-
-
when matching
@@ -15655,12 +13217,32 @@
This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using ). The match is
+ logger name (using ). The match is
case sensitive. If a match is found then
the result depends on the value of .
+
+
+ Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
+
+ the event being logged
+ see remarks
+
+
+ The rendered message is matched against the .
+ If the equals the beginning of
+ the incoming ()
+ then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
+ this function will return
+ allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then
+ the value of is checked. If it is
+ true then is returned otherwise
+ is returned.
+
+
+
Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
@@ -15677,6 +13259,33 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Simple filter to match a string in the
+
+
+
+ Simple filter to match a string in the
+
+
+ As the NDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
+ properties collections the should
+ be used instead.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+
+ Sets the to "NDC".
+
+
+
Simple filter to match a string an event property
@@ -15689,43 +13298,50 @@
Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
+ The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
+ The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
+ . The match will be performed against
+ the value of this property if it exists.
+
+
+
+ Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
+
+ the event being logged
+ see remarks
+
+
+ The event property for the is matched against
+ the .
+ If the occurs as a substring within
+ the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
+ this function will return
+ allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then
+ the value of is checked. If it is
+ true then is returned otherwise
+ is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message.
+
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
@@ -15744,25 +13360,6 @@
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- the event being logged
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the .
- If the occurs as a substring within
- the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
- this function will return
- allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then
- the value of is checked. If it is
- true then is returned otherwise
- is returned.
-
-
-
when matching or
@@ -15813,17 +13410,7 @@
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
+
Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
@@ -15831,10 +13418,9 @@
see remarks
- The event property for the is matched against
- the .
+ The rendered message is matched against the .
If the occurs as a substring within
- the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
+ the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs
this function will return
allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then
the value of is checked. If it is
@@ -15843,906 +13429,1053 @@
-
+
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
+ The log4net Global Context.
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
- . The match will be performed against
- the value of this property if it exists.
+ The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
+ information to be stored.
+
+
+ The global context has a properties map and these properties can
+ be included in the output of log messages. The
+ supports selecting and outputing these properties.
+
+
+ By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
+ the current machine.
+
+
+ GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Simple filter to match a string in the
+ The global properties map.
+
+
+
+
+ The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
+ the log4net framework.
- Simple filter to match a string in the
+ Use the to obtain logger instances
+ that implement this interface. The
+ static method is used to get logger instances.
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the should
- be used instead.
+ This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
+ has properties for determining if those logging levels are
+ enabled in the current configuration.
+
+
+ This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
+ specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
+ implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
+ do things differently.
+ Simple example of logging messages
+
+ ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
+
+ log.Info("Application Start");
+ log.Debug("This is a debug message");
+
+ if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
+ {
+ log.Debug("This is another debug message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
- Default constructor
+ Logs a message object with the level.
+
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
+ enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
+ level. If this logger is
+ DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
+ (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a formatted string with the level.
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ Logs a message object with the level.
- Sets the to "NDC".
+ This method first checks if this logger is INFO
+ enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
+ level. If this logger is
+ INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
+ (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
+ additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
-
+
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
+ Logs a message object with the INFO level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
- Writes the to the output writer.
+ This method first checks if this logger is WARN
+ enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
+ level. If this logger is
+ WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
+ (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
+ additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
+ The message object to log.
+
+
-
+
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
- Nicko Cadell
+
+
-
+
+ Log a formatted message string with the level.
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ Logs a message object with the level.
+
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
+ enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
+ level. If this logger is
+ ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
+ (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
+ additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
+ This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
+ enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
+ level. If this logger is
+ FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
+ (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the
+ additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
+ The message object to log.
+
+
-
+
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
-
+
+ Log a formatted message string with the level.
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
- that will receive the formatted result.
- The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
-
+
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
- the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain
- the next converter
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
-
+
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
- that will receive the formatted result.
- The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
- This method calls to allow the subclass to perform
- appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have
- been specified via the then this method will
- apply those formattings before writing the output.
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
-
+
- Fast space padding method.
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
- to which the spaces will be appended.
- The number of spaces to be padded.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
- Fast space padding method.
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
-
+
- The option string to the converter
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
- the writer to write to
- a to use for object conversion
- the value to write to the writer
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
- Writes the to a writer in the form:
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
+
+
+ true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
+
+
+
+ This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
+ disabled log debug statements.
+
+ For some ILog interface log, when you write:
+
+ log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- If the specified
- is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise
- the object's ToString method is called.
+ You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
+ this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
- the writer to write to
- a to use for object conversion
- the value to write to the writer
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified
- is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise
- the object's ToString method is called.
+ If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
+
+
+ if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
+ {
+ log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
+ }
+
+
+ This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
+ construction if debugging is disabled for log. On
+ the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
+ will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
+ enabled twice. Once in and once in
+ the . This is an insignificant overhead
+ since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
+ takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging.
+
+ Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
+ enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
+
+
+ private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
+
+
+ Then when you come to log you can write:
+
+
+ if (isDebugEnabled)
+ {
+ log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
+ }
+
+
+ This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
+ when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
+ variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
+ and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
+
+
+ Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
+ hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
+ change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
+ that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
+ speed or runtime flexibility.
+
+
-
+
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
+ Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
- the next pattern converter in the chain
+ true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
+ For more information see .
+
+
+
-
+
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
+ Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
- The formatting info for this converter
+ true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
+ For more information see .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
+
+
+ true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
+
+
+ For more information see .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if this logger is enabled for the level.
+
+
+ true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise.
+
+
+ For more information see .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ A flexible layout configurable with pattern string that re-evaluates on each call.
+
+
+ This class is built on and provides all the
+ features and capabilities of PatternLayout. PatternLayout is a 'static' class
+ in that its layout is done once at configuration time. This class will recreate
+ the layout on each reference.
+ One important difference between PatternLayout and DynamicPatternLayout is the
+ treatment of the Header and Footer parameters in the configuration. The Header and Footer
+ parameters for DynamicPatternLayout must be syntactically in the form of a PatternString,
+ but should not be marked as type log4net.Util.PatternString. Doing so causes the
+ pattern to be statically converted at configuration time and causes DynamicPatternLayout
+ to perform the same as PatternLayout.
+ Please see for complete documentation.
+
+ <layout type="log4net.Layout.DynamicPatternLayout">
+ <param name="Header" value="%newline**** Trace Opened Local: %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} UTC: %utcdate{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" />
+ <param name="Footer" value="**** Trace Closed %date{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.fff} ****%newline" />
+ </layout>
+
-
+
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
+ The header PatternString
+
+
- The option for this converter
+ The footer PatternString
+
+
+
+
+ Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
+ The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Constructs a DynamicPatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern.
+ The pattern to use.
-
+
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
+ Gets or sets the header for the layout format.
- that will receive the formatted result.
- The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
+ the layout header
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- , then this property should be set to
- false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true.
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true, this converter does not handle the exception.
+ The Header text will be appended before any logging events
+ are formatted and appended.
+ The pattern will be formatted on each get operation.
-
+
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
+ Gets or sets the footer for the layout format.
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
+ the layout footer
- Writes the to the output .
+ The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
+ have been formatted and appended.
+ The pattern will be formatted on each get operation.
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a to format
- the date of a .
-
-
-
- Render the to the writer as a string.
-
-
- The value of the determines
- the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed:
-
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
- ISO8601
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
- DATE
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459".
-
-
- -
- ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459".
-
-
- -
- other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the formatter.
- This formatter passes the pattern string to the
- method.
- For details on valid patterns see
- DateTimeFormatInfo Class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The used to render the date to a string
-
-
-
- The used to render the date to a string
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the property.
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Pass the to the
- for it to render it to the writer.
-
-
- The passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the for
- the event to the output writer.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the value of the for
- the to the output .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the to the output writer.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the to the output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the to
- the output writer.
-
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the value of the
- to
- the output .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
- to the writer.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the of the
- to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the for
- the event to the output writer.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the value of the for
- the to the output .
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the of the event.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the method to
- return the fully qualified string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the event being logged
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
- Render the to the precision
- specified by the property.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- the event being logged
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the method
- to write out the event message.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Uses the method
- to write out the event message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location to
- the output.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the caller location to
- the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC.
-
-
- The should be used instead.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The should be used instead.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
- property.
-
-
- If the is set to null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
- property.
-
-
- If the is set to null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
- and the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- start time (in the current local time zone)
- end time (in the current local time zone)
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the to the output.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Writes the to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the of the event.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- the event being logged
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a to format
- the date of a .
-
-
- Uses a to format the
- in Universal time.
-
-
- See the for details on the date pattern syntax.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
- that will receive the formatted result.
- the event being logged
-
-
- Pass the to the
- for it to render it to the writer.
-
-
- The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted
- to Universal time before it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
layouts (e.g. ).
@@ -16750,30 +14483,37 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
+
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
+ Constructs an ExceptionLayout.
+
+
+
+
+ Activates component options.
- This is the base implementation of the
- interface. Most layout objects should extend this class.
+ Part of the component activation
+ framework.
+
+
+ This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
+
+
+
+ Gets the exception text from the logging event
+
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+ the event being logged
-
- Subclasses must implement the
- method.
+ Write the exception string to the .
+ The exception string is retrieved from .
-
- Subclasses should set the in their default
- constructor.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
@@ -16782,7 +14522,7 @@
An object is used to format a
- as text. The method is called by an
+ as text. The method is called by an
appender to transform the into a string.
@@ -16868,174 +14608,28 @@
-
+
- The header text
+ Extensions for
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
+ Jan Friedrich
-
+
- The footer text
+ writes the specified start tag and associates it with the given namespace and prefix
-
-
- See for more information.
-
-
+ Writer
+ The full name of the element
+ The namespace prefix of the element
+ The local name of the element
+ The namespace URI to associate with the element
-
+
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
+ Creates an XmlWriter
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
- The event to format
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the as text.
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain".
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- , then the layout should return
- false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true.
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true, this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the component activation
- framework.
-
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
- the event being logged
-
-
- Write the exception string to the .
- The exception string is retrieved from .
-
-
+ TextWriter
+ XmlWriter
@@ -17100,27 +14694,160 @@
- Format the logging event as an object.
+ Formats the logging event as an object.
The event to format
returns the formatted event
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
Uses the object supplied to
the constructor to perform the formatting.
+
+
+ Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
+
+
+
+ This is the base implementation of the
+ interface. Most layout objects should extend this class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subclasses must implement the
+ method.
+
+
+ Subclasses should set the in their default
+ constructor.
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Empty default constructor
+
+
+
+ Empty default constructor
+
+
+
+
+
+ Activate component options
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+ This method must be implemented by the subclass.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implement this method to create your own layout format.
+
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+ The event to format
+
+
+ This method is called by an appender to format
+ the as text.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
+
+
+
+ Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
+
+
+
+
+ The content type output by this layout.
+
+ The content type is "text/plain"
+
+
+ The content type output by this layout.
+
+
+ This base class uses the value "text/plain".
+ To change this value a subclass must override this
+ property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The header for the layout format.
+
+ the layout header
+
+
+ The Header text will be appended before any logging events
+ are formatted and appended.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The footer for the layout format.
+
+ the layout footer
+
+
+ The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
+ have been formatted and appended.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions.
+
+ false if this layout handles exceptions
+
+
+ If this layout handles the exception object contained within
+ , then the layout should return
+ false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
+ object, then the layout should return true.
+
+
+ Set this value to override the default setting. The default
+ value is true, this layout does not handle the exception.
+
+
+
A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
- The goal of this class is to a
+ The goal of this class is to a
as a string. The results
depend on the conversion pattern.
@@ -17180,8 +14907,52 @@
-
appdomain
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
+ Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
+ logging event was generated.
+
+
+ -
+ aspnet-cache
+
+
+ Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
+
+
+
+ -
+ aspnet-context
+
+
+ Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
+
+
+
+ -
+ aspnet-request
+
+
+ Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
+
+
+
+ -
+ aspnet-session
+
+
+ Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
+
-
@@ -17201,89 +14972,89 @@
Equivalent to date
-
- date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed ().
-
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the .
-
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- ,
- and respectively
- . For example,
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}.
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than .
-
-
-
- -
- exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
+ date
+
+
+ Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
+ To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
+ The date conversion
+ specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
+ %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
+ given then ISO8601 format is
+ assumed ().
+
+
+ The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
+ time pattern string of the .
+
+
+ For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
+ formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
+ "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
+ ,
+ and respectively
+ . For example,
+ %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}.
+
+
+ These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
+ better than .
+
+
+
+ -
+ exception
+
+
+ Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
+
+
+ If an exception object is stored in the logging event
+ it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
+ trailing newline.
+ If there is no exception then nothing will be output
+ and no trailing newline will be appended.
+ It is typical to put a newline before the exception
+ and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
+
+
+
-
F
Equivalent to file
- -
- file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
- identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
+ -
+ file
+
+
+ Used to output the file name where the logging request was
+ issued.
+
+
+ WARNING Generating caller location information is
+ extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
+ is not an issue.
+
+
+ See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
+
+
+
+ -
+ identity
+
+
+ Used to output the user name for the currently active user
+ (Principal.Identity.Name).
+
+
+ WARNING Generating caller information is
+ extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
+ is not an issue.
+
+
+
-
l
Equivalent to location
@@ -17292,72 +15063,72 @@
L
Equivalent to line
- -
- location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
- level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
- line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
+ -
+ location
+
+
+ Used to output location information of the caller which generated
+ the logging event.
+
+
+ The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
+ usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
+ method followed by the callers source the file name and line
+ number between parentheses.
+
+
+ The location information can be very useful. However, its
+ generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
+ unless execution speed is not an issue.
+
+
+ See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
+
+
+
+ -
+ level
+
+
+ Used to output the level of the logging event.
+
+
+
+ -
+ line
+
+
+ Used to output the line number from where the logging request
+ was issued.
+
+
+ WARNING Generating caller location information is
+ extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
+ is not an issue.
+
+
+ See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
+
+
+
-
logger
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
+ Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
+ logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
+ precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in
+ brackets.
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
+
+ If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
+ number of right most components of the logger name will be
+ printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
+
+
+ For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
+ %logger{2} will output "b.c".
+
-
@@ -17368,69 +15139,69 @@
M
Equivalent to method
- -
- message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
- mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property.
-
-
-
- -
- method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
+ -
+ message
+
+
+ Used to output the application supplied message associated with
+ the logging event.
+
+
+
+ -
+ mdc
+
+
+ The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
+ combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
+ but is equivalent to property.
+
+
+
+ -
+ method
+
+
+ Used to output the method name where the logging request was
+ issued.
+
+
+ WARNING Generating caller location information is
+ extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
+ is not an issue.
+
+
+ See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
+
+
+
-
n
Equivalent to newline
- -
- newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
- ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
+ -
+ newline
+
+
+ Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
+ characters.
+
+
+ This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
+ non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
+ Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
+
+
+
+ -
+ ndc
+
+
+ Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
+ with the thread that generated the logging event.
+
+
+
-
p
Equivalent to level
@@ -17443,156 +15214,192 @@
properties
Equivalent to property
- -
- property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
- the event properties
-
- The event has that can be set. These
- properties are specific to this event only.
-
-
- -
- the thread properties
-
- The that are set on the current
- thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
-
-
- -
- the global properties
-
- The that are set globally. These
- properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ -
+ property
+
+
+ Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
+ lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
+ pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
+ from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
+ that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
+ Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
+ the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
+ which the event was originally logged.
+
+
+ If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
+ values are printed in a comma separated list.
+
+
+ The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
+ contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
+
+
+ -
+ the event properties
+
+ The event has that can be set. These
+ properties are specific to this event only.
+
+
+ -
+ the thread properties
+
+ The that are set on the current
+ thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
+
+
+ -
+ the global properties
+
+ The that are set globally. These
+ properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
r
Equivalent to timestamp
+ -
+ stacktrace
+
+
+ Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
+ The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level}.
+ If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
+
+
+ Output uses the format:
+ type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
+
+
+
+ -
+ stacktracedetail
+
+
+ Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
+ The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level}.
+ If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
+
+
+ Output uses the format:
+ type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
+
+
+ This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
+
+
+
-
t
Equivalent to thread
- -
- timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
- thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
+ -
+ timestamp
+
+
+ Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
+ of the application until the creation of the logging event.
+
+
+
+ -
+ thread
+
+
+ Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
+ logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
+
+
+
-
- type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
+ type
+
+
+ Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
+ issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
+ can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that
+ is a decimal constant in brackets.
+
+
+ If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
+ number of right most components of the class name will be
+ printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
+
+
+ For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
+ pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
+
+
+ WARNING Generating the caller class information is
+ slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
+ not an issue.
+
+
+ See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
+
+
-
u
Equivalent to identity
- -
- username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
+ -
+ username
+
+
+ Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
+ active user.
+
+
+ WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
+ extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
+ is not an issue.
+
+
+
-
- utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed ().
-
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the .
-
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- ,
- and respectively
- . For example,
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}.
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than .
-
-
-
+ utcdate
+
+
+ Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
+ The date conversion
+ specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
+ %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
+ given then ISO8601 format is
+ assumed ().
+
+
+ The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
+ time pattern string of the .
+
+
+ For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
+ formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
+ "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
+ ,
+ and respectively
+ . For example,
+ %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}.
+
+
+ These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
+ better than .
+
+
+
-
w
Equivalent to username
@@ -17605,14 +15412,14 @@
X
Equivalent to mdc
- -
- %
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
+ -
+ %
+
+
+ The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
+
+
+
The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
@@ -17656,82 +15463,82 @@
conversion specifier.
-
-
- | Format modifier |
- left justify |
- minimum width |
- maximum width |
- comment |
-
-
- | %20logger |
- false |
- 20 |
- none |
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
- |
-
-
- | %-20logger |
- true |
- 20 |
- none |
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
- |
-
-
- | %.30logger |
- NA |
- none |
- 30 |
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
- |
-
-
- | %20.30logger |
- false |
- 20 |
- 30 |
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
- |
-
-
- | %-20.30logger |
- true |
- 20 |
- 30 |
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
- |
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information.
- The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
+
+
+ | Format modifier |
+ left justify |
+ minimum width |
+ maximum width |
+ comment |
+
+
+ | %20logger |
+ false |
+ 20 |
+ none |
+
+
+ Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
+ characters long.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | %-20logger |
+ true |
+ 20 |
+ none |
+
+
+ Right pad with spaces if the logger
+ name is less than 20 characters long.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | %.30logger |
+ NA |
+ none |
+ 30 |
+
+
+ Truncate from the beginning if the logger
+ name is longer than 30 characters.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | %20.30logger |
+ false |
+ 20 |
+ 30 |
+
+
+ Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
+ characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
+ then truncate from the beginning.
+
+ |
+
+
+ | %-20.30logger |
+ true |
+ 20 |
+ 30 |
+
+
+ Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
+ characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
+ then truncate from the beginning.
+
+ |
+
+
+
+
+ Note about caller location information.
+ The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
+ all generate caller location information.
Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
@@ -17761,7 +15568,7 @@
Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
- instance using the method.
+ instance using the method.
@@ -17814,11 +15621,6 @@
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
the head of the pattern converter chain
@@ -17829,16 +15631,6 @@
patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
@@ -17876,6 +15668,18 @@
+
+
+ Gets or sets the pattern formatting string.
+
+
+
+ The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
+ controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
+ conversion specifiers.
+
+
+
Create the pattern parser instance
@@ -17891,7 +15695,7 @@
- Initialize layout options
+ Initializes layout options.
@@ -17911,16 +15715,16 @@
Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
- the event being logged
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+ The event being logged.
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to.
- Parse the using the patter format
+ Parses the using the patter format
specified in the property.
-
+
Add a converter to this PatternLayout
@@ -17928,20 +15732,19 @@
This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative method.
+ Programmatic users should use the alternative method.
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
+ Adds a named pattern converter to this PatternLayout.
the name of the conversion pattern for this converter
the type of the converter
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
+ This converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
This method must be called before .
@@ -17950,63 +15753,919 @@
-
+
- The pattern formatting string
+ Write the event appdomain name to the output
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
+ Writes the to the output writer.
+
+
+ Daniel Cazzulino
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the event appdomain name to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the to the output .
-
+
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
+ Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration to
- pass to the
- method.
+ Outputs an item from the .
+
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ The under which the ASP.Net request is running.
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property. If no property has been set, all key value pairs from the Cache will
+ be written to the output.
-
+
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
+ Converter for items in the .
- The name of the pattern in the format string
+ Outputs an item from the .
+
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ The under which the ASP.Net request is running.
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property.
-
+
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
+ Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext () that
+ derived classes need.
+
+
+ This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
+ to the writer.
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
+ convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ The under which the ASP.Net request is running.
+
+
+
+ Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
- The value specified must extend the
- type.
+ Outputs an item from the .
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ The under which the ASP.Net request is running.
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
+
+
+
+ Outputs an item from the .
+
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+ The under which the ASP.Net request is running.
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property. If no property has been set, all key value pairs from the Session will
+ be written to the output.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Date pattern converter, uses a to format
+ the date of a .
+
+
+
+ Render the to the writer as a string.
+
+
+ The value of the determines
+ the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed:
+
+
+ Option value
+ Output
+
+ -
+ ISO8601
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
+
+
+ -
+ DATE
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459".
+
+
+ -
+ ABSOLUTE
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459".
+
+
+ -
+ other
+
+ Any other pattern string uses the formatter.
+ This formatter passes the pattern string to the
+ method.
+ For details on valid patterns see
+ DateTimeFormatInfo Class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
+ To output the time in Universal time see .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The used to render the date to a string
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the converter pattern based on the property.
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converts the pattern into the rendered message.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Pass the to the
+ for it to render it to the writer.
+
+
+ The passed is in the local time zone.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Write the exception text to the output
+
+
+
+ If an exception object is stored in the logging event
+ it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
+ trailing newline.
+
+
+ If there is no exception then nothing will be output
+ and no trailing newline will be appended.
+ It is typical to put a newline before the exception
+ and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Write the exception text to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ If an exception object is stored in the logging event
+ it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
+ trailing newline.
+
+
+ If there is no exception or the exception property specified
+ by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
+ and no trailing newline will be appended.
+ It is typical to put a newline before the exception
+ and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
+
+
+ Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
+
+
+ -
+ Message
+
+ -
+ Source
+
+ -
+ StackTrace
+
+ -
+ TargetSite
+
+ -
+ HelpLink
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the value of the for
+ the event to the output writer.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Writes the value of the for
+ the to the output .
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+
+ Write the caller location info to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the to the output writer.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the caller location info to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the to the output writer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the event identity to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the value of the to
+ the output writer.
+
+
+ Daniel Cazzulino
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Writes the event identity to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the value of the
+ to
+ the output .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the event level to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the display name of the event
+ to the writer.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the event level to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the of the
+ to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the caller location line number to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the value of the for
+ the event to the output writer.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the caller location line number to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the value of the for
+ the to the output .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converter for logger name
+
+
+
+ Outputs the of the event.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
+
+ the event being logged
+ The fully qualified logger name
+
+
+ Returns the of the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes the event message to the output
+
+
+
+ Uses the method
+ to write out the event message.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Writes the event message to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Uses the method
+ to write out the event message.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the method name to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the caller location to
+ the output.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the method name to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the caller location to
+ the output.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
+
+
+
+ This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
+ to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
+ This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
+
+
+ Subclasses should override the method to
+ return the fully qualified string.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Initialize the converter
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated name for an event.
+
+ the event being logged
+ the fully qualified name
+
+
+ Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
+ precision is applied to it.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converts the pattern to the rendered message
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+ Render the to the precision
+ specified by the property.
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Converter to include event NDC
+
+
+
+ Outputs the value of the event property named NDC.
+
+
+ The should be used instead.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the event NDC to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
+ this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
+
+
+ The should be used instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
+ derived classes need.
+
+
+ Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
+ individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
+ converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
+
+ false if this converter handles the logging event exception
+
+
+ If this converter handles the exception object contained within
+ , then this property should be set to
+ false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
+ object, then the property should be set to true.
+
+
+ Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
+ value is true, this converter does not handle the exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
+ convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+
+
+
+ Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
+ convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+
+
+
+ Property pattern converter
+
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property.
+
+
+ If the is set to null
+ then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the property value to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property.
+
+
+ If the is set to null
+ then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converter to output the relative time of the event
+
+
+
+ Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the relative time to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
+ That is the number of milliseconds between the event
+ and the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
+
+ start time (in the current local time zone)
+ end time (in the current local time zone)
+ the time difference in milliseconds
+
+
+
+ Writes the to the output writer, using format:
+ type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
+
+ Adam Davies
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Write the caller stack frames to the output
+
+
+
+ Writes the to the output writer, using format:
+ type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
+
+
+ Michael Cromwell
+
+
+
+ Initialize the converter
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the strack frames to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the to the output writer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the Name of the method
+
+
+ This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
+ string
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Converter to include event thread name
+
+
+
+ Writes the to the output.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Write the ThreadName to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Writes the to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pattern converter for the class name
+
+
+
+ Outputs the of the event.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Gets the fully qualified name of the class
+
+ the event being logged
+ The fully qualified type name for the caller location
+
+
+ Returns the of the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converter to include event user name
+
+ Douglas de la Torre
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Convert the pattern to the rendered message
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+
+ Writes the TimeStamp to the output.
+
+
+
+ Date pattern converter, uses a to format
+ the date of a .
+
+
+ Uses a to format the
+ in Universal time.
+
+
+ See the for details on the date pattern syntax.
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Writes the TimeStamp to the output.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ the event being logged
+
+
+ Pass the to the
+ for it to render it to the writer.
+
+
+ The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted
+ to Universal time before it is rendered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
- Type converter for the interface
+ Type converter for the interface.
- Used to convert objects to the interface.
Supports converting from the interface to
the interface using the .
@@ -18014,45 +16673,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the can be converted to the
- type supported by this converter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the object to convert
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the to the type supported
- by this converter.
-
-
-
Can the sourceType be converted to an
@@ -18069,39 +16689,32 @@
- Convert the value to a object
+ Converts the value to a object.
the value to convert
the object
- Convert the object to a
- object. If the object
- is a then the
- is used to adapt between the two interfaces, otherwise an
- exception is thrown.
+ If the object is an then the
+ is used to adapt between the two interfaces,
+ otherwise an exception is thrown.
- Extract the value of a property from the
+ Extracts the value of a property from the .
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
Nicko Cadell
-
+
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
+ The name of the value to look up in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
- Lookup the property for
+ Looks up the property for .
The event to format
returns property value
@@ -18113,36 +16726,13 @@
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the .
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
+ Extracts the date from the .
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
Gets the as a .
@@ -18151,9 +16741,6 @@
returns the time stamp
- Gets the as a .
-
-
The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
in universal time use .
@@ -18161,21 +16748,11 @@
- Extract the date from the
+ Extracts the date from the .
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
Gets the as a .
@@ -18184,9 +16761,6 @@
returns the time stamp
- Gets the as a .
-
-
The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
in local time use .
@@ -18239,7 +16813,7 @@
The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
+ Formats the event as the level of the event,
followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
output is terminated by a newline.
@@ -18251,14 +16825,14 @@
- The output of the consists of a series of
+ The output of the consists of a series of
log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML
file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity
in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would
+ the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would
be:
@@ -18271,12 +16845,12 @@
</log4net:events>
- This approach enforces the independence of the
+ This approach enforces the independence of the
and the appender where it is embedded.
The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by . The value of
+ interpret output generated by . The value of
this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later.
@@ -18290,167 +16864,6 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the method.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with no location info.
-
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The parameter determines whether
- location information will be output by the layout. If
- is set to true, then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
- The event being logged.
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
-
-
- Format the and write it to the .
-
-
- This method creates an that writes to the
- . The is passed
- to the method. Subclasses should override the
- method rather than this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
- The writer to use to output the event to.
- The event to write.
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the as XML.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- Writer adapter that ignores Close
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- If is set to true, then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml".
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml".
-
-
-
Constructs an XmlLayout
@@ -18464,7 +16877,7 @@
The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
+ information output by this layout. If the option is set to
true, then the file name and line number of the statement
at the origin of the log statement will be output.
@@ -18475,6 +16888,48 @@
+
+
+ The prefix to use for all element names
+
+
+
+ The default prefix is log4net. Set this property
+ to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
+ then no prefix will be written.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Set whether to base64 encode the message.
+
+
+
+ By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
+ output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
+ data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
+ base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
+ (see ) will not be performed
+ on the log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Set whether to base64 encode the property values.
+
+
+
+ By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
+ output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
+ binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
+ will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
+ (see ) will not be performed
+ on the property values.
+
+
+
Initialize layout options
@@ -18509,50 +16964,148 @@
-
+
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
+ Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
- The default prefix is log4net. Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
+ This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
+ to conform to a specific schema.
+
+
+ Deriving classes must implement the method.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Protected constructor to support subclasses
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with no location info.
-
+
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
+ Protected constructor to support subclasses
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see ) will not be performed
- on the log message.
+ The parameter determines whether
+ location information will be output by the layout. If
+ is set to true, then the
+ file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
+ statement will be output.
+
+
+ If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
+ then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
+ appender as well.
-
+
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
+ Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
+ the XML events.
+
+
+ true if location information should be included in the XML
+ events; otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ If is set to true, then the file
+ name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
+ statement will be output.
+
+
+ If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
+ then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
+ appender as well.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
+
+
+ Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
+ string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
+ to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
+ details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
+ Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
+ and the property values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize layout options
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see ) will not be performed
- on the property values.
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the content type output by this layout.
+
+
+ As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml".
+
+
+
+ As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Produces a formatted string.
+
+ The event being logged.
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+
+
+ Format the and write it to the .
+
+
+ This method creates an that writes to the
+ . The is passed
+ to the method. Subclasses should override the
+ method rather than this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Does the actual writing of the XML.
+
+ The writer to use to output the event to.
+ The event to write.
+
+
+ Subclasses should override this method to format
+ the as XML.
@@ -18585,7 +17138,7 @@
The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
+ information output by this layout. If the option is set to
true, then the file name and line number of the statement
at the origin of the log statement will be output.
@@ -18596,6 +17149,16 @@
+
+
+ The version of the log4j schema to use.
+
+
+
+ Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
+
+
+
Actually do the writing of the xml
@@ -18608,13 +17171,920 @@
-
+
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
+ The log4net Logical Thread Context.
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
+ The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging
+ information to be stored.
+ The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or
+ properties with the same name.
+
+
+ For .NET Standard this class uses System.Threading.AsyncLocal rather than .
+
+
+ The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
+ The properties and stack can
+ be included in the output of log messages. The
+ supports selecting and outputting these properties.
+
+
+ The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
+ This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
+ output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
+ when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
+
+
+ The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis.
+
+
+ The requires a link time
+ for the
+ .
+ If the calling code does not have this permission then this context will be disabled.
+ It will not store any property values set on it.
+
+
+ Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
+
+ LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
+ log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
+
+
+ Example of how to push a message into the context stack
+
+ using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
+ {
+ log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
+
+ } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The thread properties map
+
+
+
+ The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
+ or properties with the same name.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The logical thread stacks.
+
+
+
+
+ This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
+
+
+
+ This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
+ a logger instance. The method is
+ used to retrieve a logger.
+
+
+ See the interface for more details.
+
+
+ Simple example of logging messages
+
+ ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
+
+ log.Info("Application Start");
+ log.Debug("This is a debug message");
+
+ if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
+ {
+ log.Debug("This is another debug message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Returns the named logger if it exists.
+
+ Returns the named logger if it exists.
+
+
+
+ If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
+ returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null.
+
+
+ The fully qualified logger name to look for.
+ The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
+
+
+ Get the currently defined loggers.
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
+
+
+ The root logger is not included in the returned array.
+
+ All the defined loggers.
+
+
+ Get or create a logger.
+
+ Retrieves or creates a named logger.
+
+
+
+ Retrieves a logger named as the
+ parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
+ existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
+ created.
+
+ By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
+ it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
+ log4net.
+
+
+ The name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Returns the named logger if it exists.
+
+
+
+ If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
+ returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
+ null.
+
+
+ The repository to lookup in.
+ The fully qualified logger name to look for.
+
+ The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
+ repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the named logger if it exists.
+
+
+
+ If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
+ returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
+ null.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+ The fully qualified logger name to look for.
+
+ The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
+ assembly's repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
+
+ The repository to lookup in.
+
+ The root logger is not included in the returned array.
+
+ All the defined loggers.
+
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+
+ The root logger is not included in the returned array.
+
+ All the defined loggers.
+
+
+
+ Retrieves or creates a named logger.
+
+
+
+ Retrieve a logger named as the
+ parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
+ existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
+ created.
+
+
+ By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
+ it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
+ log4net.
+
+
+ The repository to lookup in.
+ The name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Retrieves or creates a named logger.
+
+
+
+ Retrieve a logger named as the
+ parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
+ existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
+ created.
+
+
+ By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
+ it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
+ log4net.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+ The name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Shorthand for .
+
+
+ Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
+
+ The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Shorthand for .
+
+
+ Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
+
+ The repository to lookup in.
+ The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Shorthand for .
+
+
+ Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+ The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
+ The logger with the name specified.
+
+
+
+ Shuts down the log4net system.
+
+
+
+ Calling this method will safely close and remove all
+ appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
+ default repositories.
+
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
+ Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
+
+ The shutdown method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+
+
+ Shutdown a logger repository.
+
+ Shuts down the default repository.
+
+
+
+ Calling this method will safely close and remove all
+ appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
+ default repository.
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
+ Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
+
+ The shutdown method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
+
+
+
+ Calling this method will safely close and remove all
+ appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
+ specified.
+
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
+ Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
+
+ The shutdown method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+ The repository to shut down.
+
+
+
+ Shuts down the repository specified.
+
+
+
+ Calling this method will safely close and remove all
+ appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
+ repository. The repository is looked up using
+ the specified.
+
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
+ Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
+
+
+ The shutdown method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+
+
+ Reset the configuration of a repository
+
+ Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
+
+
+
+ Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
+ defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
+ the level of all non-root loggers to null,
+ sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
+ of the root logger to . Moreover,
+ message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
+
+
+
+ Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
+ defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
+ the level of all non-root loggers to null,
+ sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
+ of the root logger to . Moreover,
+ message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
+
+
+ The repository to reset.
+
+
+
+ Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
+
+
+
+ Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
+ defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
+ the level of all non-root loggers to null,
+ sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
+ of the root logger to . Moreover,
+ message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository to reset.
+
+
+ Get a logger repository.
+
+ Returns the default instance.
+
+
+
+ Gets the for the repository specified
+ by the callers assembly ().
+
+
+ The instance for the default repository.
+
+
+
+ Returns the default instance.
+
+ The default instance.
+
+
+ Gets the for the repository specified
+ by the argument.
+
+
+ The repository to lookup in.
+
+
+
+ Returns the default instance.
+
+ The default instance.
+
+
+ Gets the for the repository specified
+ by the argument.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to look up the repository.
+
+
+ Create a logger repository.
+
+ Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
+
+ A that implements
+ and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
+ as the for the repository specified.
+ The created for the repository.
+
+
+ The created will be associated with the repository
+ specified such that a call to will return
+ the same repository instance.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a repository with the specified name.
+
+
+
+ Creates the default type of which is a
+ object.
+
+
+ The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
+ An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
+
+
+ The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories.
+ The created for the repository.
+ The specified repository already exists.
+
+
+
+ Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
+
+
+
+ The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
+ An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
+
+
+ The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository.
+ A that implements
+ and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
+ as the for the repository specified.
+ The created for the repository.
+ The specified repository already exists.
+
+
+
+ Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
+
+
+
+ The created will be associated with the repository
+ specified such that a call to with the
+ same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
+
+
+ The assembly to use to get the name of the repository.
+ A that implements
+ and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
+ as the for the repository specified.
+ The created for the repository.
+
+
+
+ Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
+
+
+
+ Get an array of all the objects that have been created.
+
+
+ An array of all the known objects.
+
+
+
+ Flushes logging events buffered in all configured appenders in the default repository.
+
+ The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
+
+ The logger to get the wrapper for.
+ The wrapper for the logger specified.
+
+
+
+ Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
+
+ The loggers to get the wrappers for.
+ The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
+
+
+
+ Create the objects used by
+ this manager.
+
+ The logger to wrap.
+ The wrapper for the logger specified.
+
+
+
+ The wrapper map to use to hold the objects.
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
+
+
+
+
+ The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
+
+
+
+ The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is
+ based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped
+ diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or
+ MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
+ output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
+ when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
+
+
+ The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Gets the context value identified by the parameter.
+
+ The key to lookup in the MDC.
+ The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
+
+
+
+ The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
+
+
+
+ If the parameter does not look up to a
+ previously defined context then null will be returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add an entry to the MDC
+
+ The key to store the value under.
+ The value to store.
+
+
+
+ The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
+
+
+
+ Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified
+ with the parameter into the current thread's
+ context map.
+
+
+ If a value is already defined for the
+ specified then the value will be replaced. If the
+ is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
+
+ The key to remove.
+
+
+
+ The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
+
+
+
+ Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clear all entries in the MDC
+
+
+
+
+ The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
+
+
+
+ Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
+ to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
+ output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
+ clients near-simultaneously.
+
+
+ Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
+ from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
+ come into play.
+
+
+ Note that NDCs are managed on a per-thread basis. The NDC class
+ is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
+ calling thread.
+
+
+ How to push a message into the context
+
+ using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
+ {
+ ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
+
+ } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Gets the current context depth.
+
+ The current context depth.
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
+
+
+ Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
+ be restored using the method.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
+
+ A clone of the context info for this thread.
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ The results of this method can be passed to the
+ method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their
+ parent thread.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
+
+ The context stack to inherit.
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ This thread will use the context information from the stack
+ supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
+ the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
+ contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
+ are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
+ Call to obtain a stack to pass to
+ this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the top context from the stack.
+
+
+ The message in the context that was removed from the top
+ of the stack.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ Remove the top context from the stack, and return
+ it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
+ empty string (not null) is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context message.
+
+ The new context message.
+
+ An that can be used to clean up
+ the context stack.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An
+ is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This
+ can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
+ context.
+
+
+ Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
+
+ using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
+ {
+ log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context message.
+
+ The new context message string format.
+ Arguments to be passed into messageFormat.
+
+ An that can be used to clean up
+ the context stack.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An
+ is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This
+ can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
+ context.
+
+
+ Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
+
+ var someValue = "ExampleContext"
+ using(log4net.NDC.PushFormat("NDC_Message {0}", someValue))
+ {
+ log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the context information for this thread. It is
+ not required to call this method.
+
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ This method is not implemented.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Forces the stack depth to be at most .
+
+ The maximum depth of the stack
+
+
+
+ The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
+ The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
+
+
+
+ Forces the stack depth to be at most .
+ This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the
+ stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from
+ growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the
+ call. This can be used to return to a known context depth.
@@ -18633,6 +18103,145 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Renders the object to a string.
+
+ The map used to lookup renderers
+ The object to render
+ The writer to render to
+
+
+ Render the object to a string.
+
+
+ The parameter is
+ provided to lookup and render other objects. This is
+ very useful where contains
+ nested objects of unknown type. The
+ method can be used to render these objects.
+
+
+ The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
+
+
+
+ Value
+ Rendered String
+
+ -
+ null
+
+ "(null)"
+
+
+ -
+
+
+
+ For a one dimensional array this is the
+ array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
+ separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
+ renderer), followed by a close brace.
+
+
+ For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}.
+
+
+ If the array is not one dimensional the
+ Array.ToString() is returned.
+
+
+
+ -
+ , &
+
+
+ Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
+ separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
+ renderer), followed by a close brace.
+
+
+ For example: {a, b, c}.
+
+
+ All collection classes that implement its subclasses,
+ or generic equivalents all implement the interface.
+
+
+
+ -
+
+
+
+ Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
+ renderer).
+
+
+ For example: key=value.
+
+
+
+ -
+ other
+
+ Object.ToString()
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Render the array argument into a string
+
+ The map used to lookup renderers
+ the array to render
+ The writer to render to
+
+
+ For a one dimensional array this is the
+ array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
+ separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
+ renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
+ int[] {1, 2, 3}.
+
+
+ If the array is not one dimensional the
+ Array.ToString() is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Render the enumerator argument into a string
+
+ The map used to lookup renderers
+ the enumerator to render
+ The writer to render to
+
+
+ Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
+ separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
+ renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
+ {a, b, c}.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Renders the DictionaryEntry argument into a string.
+
+ The map used to lookup renderers
+ the DictionaryEntry to render
+ The writer to render to
+
+
+ Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
+ renderer). For example: key=value.
+
+
+
Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
@@ -18664,198 +18273,36 @@
The parameter is
provided to lookup and render other objects. This is
very useful where contains
- nested objects of unknown type. The
+ nested objects of unknown type. The
method can be used to render these objects.
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object to a string
-
- The map used to lookup renderers
- The object to render
- The writer to render to
-
-
- Render the object to a string.
-
-
- The parameter is
- provided to lookup and render other objects. This is
- very useful where contains
- nested objects of unknown type. The
- method can be used to render these objects.
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
- null
-
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}.
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
- , &
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c}.
-
-
- All collection classes that implement its subclasses,
- or generic equivalents all implement the interface.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value.
-
-
-
- -
- other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
- The map used to lookup renderers
- the array to render
- The writer to render to
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3}.
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
- The map used to lookup renderers
- the enumerator to render
- The writer to render to
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c}.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
- The map used to lookup renderers
- the DictionaryEntry to render
- The writer to render to
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value.
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an .
+ Maps types to instances for types that require custom
+ rendering.
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the that
- is used to render them.
-
-
- The method is used to render an
- object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
+ The method is used to render an
+ object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map,
+ using a default renderer if no custom renderer is defined for a type.
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Render using the appropriate renderer.
+ Renders using the appropriate renderer.
the object to render to a string
- the object rendered as a string
+ The object rendered as a string.
This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
+ The alternative method
should be used when streaming output to a .
@@ -18870,7 +18317,7 @@
Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
parameter. This is accomplished by calling the
- method. Once a renderer is found, it is
+ method. Once a renderer is found, it is
applied on the object and the result is returned
as a .
@@ -18878,16 +18325,16 @@
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
+ Gets the renderer for the specified object type.
- the object to lookup the renderer for
+ The object for which to look up the renderer.
the renderer for
Gets the renderer for the specified object type.
- Syntactic sugar method that calls
+ Syntactic sugar method that calls
with the type of the object parameter.
@@ -18896,59 +18343,33 @@
Gets the renderer for the specified type
- the type to lookup the renderer for
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
- will be returned.
-
-
+ the type to look up the renderer for
+ The renderer for the specified type, or if no specific renderer has been defined.
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
+ Recursively searches interfaces.
- the type to lookup the renderer for
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
- . The
- cannot be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an for .
-
- the type that will be rendered by
- the renderer for
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
- specifying the same as an argument.
-
-
+ The type for which to look up the renderer.
+ The renderer for the specified type, or null if not found.
- Get the default renderer instance
+ Gets the default renderer instance
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
+
+
+
+ Clears the map of custom renderers. The
+ is not removed.
+
+
+
+
+ Registers an for .
+
+ The type that will be rendered by .
+ The renderer for .
@@ -18970,6 +18391,21 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
+
+
+ Gets the name of the plugin.
+
+
+ The name of the plugin.
+
+
+
+ Plugins are stored in the
+ keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a
+ repository must be a unique name.
+
+
+
Attaches the plugin to the specified .
@@ -18996,18 +18432,26 @@
-
+
- Gets the name of the plugin.
+ Interface used to create plugins.
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
- Plugins are stored in the
- keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a
- repository must be a unique name.
+ Interface used to create a plugin.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Creates the plugin object.
+
+ the new plugin instance
+
+
+ Create and return a new plugin instance.
@@ -19017,9 +18461,37 @@
Nicko Cadell
+
+
+ Supports type-safe iteration over a .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current element in the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
+
+
+ true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
+ false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
+
+
+ The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
+
+
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
+ Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
list to create a readonly wrapper arround
@@ -19028,8 +18500,8 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
+ Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
+ that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
@@ -19062,13 +18534,36 @@
The collection whose elements are copied to the new list.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
+ that contains elements copied from the specified collection.
+
+ The collection whose elements are copied to the new list.
+
+
+
+ Type visible only to our subclasses
+ Used to access protected constructor
+
+
+
+
+
+ A value
+
+
Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection.
+
+
Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
@@ -19084,6 +18579,31 @@
The one-dimensional array to copy to.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
+
+ false, because the backing type is an array, which is never thread-safe.
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the at the specified index.
+
+
+ The at the specified index.
+
+ The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
+
+ is less than zero.
+ -or-
+ is equal to or greater than .
+
+
Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection.
@@ -19152,12 +18672,32 @@
is equal to or greater than .
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
+
+ true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
+
+ true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false.
+
Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection.
An for the entire PluginCollection.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
+
+
+ The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
+
+
Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection.
@@ -19179,6 +18719,13 @@
The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection.
The new of the PluginCollection.
+
+
+ Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection.
+
+ The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection.
+ The new of the PluginCollection.
+
Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
@@ -19186,111 +18733,18 @@
- is less than zero.
+ is less than zero.
-or-
- is equal to or greater than .
+ is equal to or greater than .
- is less than zero.
+ is less than zero.
-or-
- is equal to or greater than .
+ is equal to or greater than .
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the at the specified index.
-
-
- The at the specified index.
-
- The zero-based index of the element to get or set.
-
- is less than zero.
- -or-
- is equal to or greater than .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
Supports simple iteration over a .
@@ -19303,6 +18757,11 @@
+
+
+ Gets the current element in the collection.
+
+
Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
@@ -19320,14 +18779,6 @@
Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
@@ -19351,19 +18802,35 @@
The repository that the plugins should be attached to.
- Initialize a new instance of the class with a
+ Initialize a new instance of the class with a
repository that the plugins should be attached to.
+
+
+ Gets a by name.
+
+ The name of the to lookup.
+
+ The from the map with the name specified, or
+ null if no plugin is found.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects.
+
+ All possible plugins as a list of objects.
+
- Adds a to the map.
+ Adds a to the map.
- The to add to the map.
+ The to add to the map.
- The will be attached to the repository when added.
+ The will be attached to the repository when added.
If there already exists a plugin with the same name
@@ -19375,41 +18842,9 @@
- Removes a from the map.
+ Removes an from the map.
- The to remove from the map.
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a by name.
-
- The name of the to lookup.
-
- The from the map with the name specified, or
- null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects.
-
- All possible plugins as a list of objects.
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
+ The to remove from the map.
@@ -19434,6 +18869,25 @@
Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
+
+
+ The name of the plugin.
+
+
+
+ Plugins are stored in the
+ keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a
+ repository must be a unique name.
+
+
+ The name of the plugin must not change once the
+ plugin has been attached to a repository.
+
+
+
Attaches this plugin to a .
@@ -19460,184 +18914,34 @@
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
- keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a
- repository must be a unique name.
-
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
The repository for this plugin
- The that this plugin is attached to.
+ The that this plugin is attached to.
- Gets or sets the that this plugin is
+ Gets or sets the that this plugin is
attached to.
-
+
- Plugin that listens for events from the
+
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
- on a specified . This listens for logging events delivered from
- a remote .
-
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
+
- Default constructor
+
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- The property must be set.
-
-
+
-
+
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
- The name to publish the sink under in the remoting infrastructure.
- See for more details.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with specified name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a .
-
- The that this plugin should be attached to.
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers objects to a remote sink.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The repository to log to.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the for the
- specified .
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
- The events to log.
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null.
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying that events should
- be logged to.
+
@@ -19654,76 +18958,18 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
+
- Interface abstracts creation of instances
+ Create a new instance with the specified name.
+ The that will own the .
+ The name of the . If null, the root logger is returned.
+ The instance for the specified name.
- This interface is used by the to
- create new objects.
-
-
- The method is called
- to create a named .
-
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new instance
-
- The name of the .
- The instance for the specified name.
-
-
- Create a new instance with the
- specified name.
-
-
Called by the to create
new named instances.
-
- If the is null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance
-
- The name of the .
- The instance for the specified name.
-
-
- Create a new instance with the
- specified name.
-
-
- Called by the to create
- new named instances.
-
-
- If the is null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
@@ -19738,6 +18984,508 @@
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified name.
+
+ the name of the logger
+
+
+
+ Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
+
+ The in which the has been created.
+ The event args that hold the instance that has been created.
+
+
+
+ Provides data for the event.
+
+
+
+ A event is raised every time a
+ is created.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The that has been created.
+
+
+
+ Gets the that has been created.
+
+
+
+
+ Hierarchical organization of loggers
+
+
+
+ The casual user should not have to deal with this class
+ directly.
+
+
+ This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and also maintaining the logger
+ hierarchy. Implements the interface.
+
+
+ The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
+ method. The hierarchy is such that children
+ link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their
+ children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in
+ particular descendant before ancestor.
+
+
+ In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, then it creates a provision node
+ for the ancestor and adds itself to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor
+ add themselves to the previously created provision node.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the type of the log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
+
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Construct with properties
+
+ The properties to pass to this repository.
+
+
+
+ Construct with a logger factory
+
+ The factory to use to create new logger instances.
+
+
+
+ Construct with properties and a logger factory
+
+ The properties to pass to this repository.
+ The factory to use to create new logger instances.
+
+
+
+ Has no appender warning been emitted
+
+
+ Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning about not having an appender warning.
+
+
+
+
+ Get the root of this hierarchy
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the default instance.
+
+
+
+ The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if a logger exists
+
+ The name of the logger to lookup
+ The Logger object with the name specified
+
+
+ Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
+ its reference, otherwise returns .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
+
+ All the defined loggers
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
+ The root logger is not included in the returned
+ enumeration.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
+ the default factory.
+
+
+ If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
+ returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
+ then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
+
+ The name of the logger to retrieve
+ The logger object with the name specified
+
+
+
+ Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
+ all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
+
+
+
+ Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
+ all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
+
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the
+ application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
+ lost.
+
+
+ The method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
+
+
+
+ Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
+ default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
+ the level of all non-root loggers to ,
+ sets their additivity flag to and sets the level
+ of the root logger to . Moreover,
+ message disabling is set its default "off" value.
+
+
+ Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
+
+
+ This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
+ block all logging until it is completed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
+
+ the event to log
+
+
+ This method should not normally be used to log.
+ The interface should be used
+ for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
+ using the method.
+
+
+ The is delivered to the appropriate logger and
+ that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
+
+ An array containing all the currently configured appenders
+
+
+ Returns all the instances that are currently configured.
+ All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers
+ for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers.
+
+
+ The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Collect the appenders from an .
+ The appender may also be a container.
+
+
+
+
+ Collect the appenders from an container
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
+
+ the appender to use to log all logging events
+
+
+
+ Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
+
+ the appenders to use to log all logging events
+
+
+
+ Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
+
+ the appenders to use to log all logging events
+
+
+ This method provides the same functionality as the
+ method implemented
+ on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
+
+ the element containing the root of the config
+
+
+
+ Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
+
+ the element containing the root of the config
+
+
+ This method provides the same functionality as the
+ method implemented
+ on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified .
+
+ The level to check against.
+
+ if the repository is disabled for the level argument, otherwise.
+
+
+ If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will always return .
+ See also the property.
+
+
+
+
+ Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
+
+
+
+ This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
+ hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
+ logger hierarchy.
+
+
+ You should really know what you are doing before invoking this method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
+ .
+
+ The name of the logger to retrieve
+ The factory that will make the new logger instance
+ The logger object with the name specified
+
+
+ If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
+ returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
+ parameter and linked with its existing
+ ancestors as well as children.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
+
+ The newly created logger
+
+ Raises the logger creation event.
+
+
+
+
+ Updates all the parents of the specified logger
+
+ The logger to update the parents for
+
+
+ This method loops through all the potential parents of
+ . There 3 possible cases:
+
+
+ -
+ No entry for the potential parent of exists
+
+ We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
+ parent and insert in that provision node.
+
+
+ -
+ The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
+
+ The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We
+ update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from
+ the loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's
+ responsibility.
+
+
+ -
+ The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
+
+ We add to the list of children for this potential parent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Replace a with a in the hierarchy.
+
+
+
+ We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
+ in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
+ reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
+ children in 'pn'.
+
+
+ We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
+
+
+ If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
+ 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
+
+
+ Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
+ c's parent field to log.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument
+
+ the level values
+
+ Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
+
+
+
+
+ Value of the level
+
+
+ If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
+ up for the current level with the same name.
+
+
+
+
+ Name of the level
+
+
+
+
+ Display name for the level
+
+
+
+
+ Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
+
+ string info about this object
+
+
+
+ Set a Property using the values in the argument
+
+ the property value
+
+ Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
+
+
+
+
+ Interface abstracts creation of instances
+
+
+
+ This interface is used by the to
+ create new objects.
+
+
+ The method is called
+ to create a named .
+
+
+ Implement this interface to create new subclasses of .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Create a new instance
+
+ The that will own the .
+ The name of the .
+ The instance for the specified name.
+
+
+ Create a new instance with the
+ specified name.
+
+
+ Called by the to create
+ new named instances.
+
+
+ If the is null then the root logger
+ must be returned.
+
+
+
Implementation of used by
@@ -19765,12 +19513,42 @@
Aspi Havewala
Douglas de la Torre
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
+
+
+
+
+ The parent of this logger.
+
+
+
+ All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
+
+
+
+
+ Helper implementation of the interface
+
+
+
+
+ Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
+
+
- This constructor created a new instance and
+ This constructor created a new instance and
sets its name.
- The name of the .
+ The name of the .
This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
@@ -19783,6 +19561,64 @@
+
+
+ Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
+
+
+ The parent logger in the hierarchy.
+
+
+
+ Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
+ The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
+
+
+ if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
+
+
+
+ Additivity is set to by default, that is children inherit
+ the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
+ set to then the appenders found in the
+ ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
+ of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
+ have their additivity flag set to too. See
+ the user manual for more details.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the effective level for this logger.
+
+ The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
+
+
+ Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
+ non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
+ root logger.
+
+ The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
+ quickly as possible.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the where this instance is attached to.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the assigned for this Logger.
+
+
Add to the list of appenders of this
@@ -19791,36 +19627,34 @@
An appender to add to this logger
- Add to the list of appenders of this
- Logger instance.
-
-
If is already in the list of
appenders, then it won't be added again.
+
+
+ Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
+ .
+
+
+ A collection of the appenders in this logger. If no appenders
+ can be found, then a is returned.
+
+
- Look for the appender named as name
+ Look for the appender named as
The name of the appender to lookup
- The appender with the name specified, or null.
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
+ The appender with the name specified, or .
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
+ Removes all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
@@ -19833,7 +19667,6 @@
The appender removed from the list
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
The appender removed is not closed.
If you are discarding the appender you must call
on the appender removed.
@@ -19848,16 +19681,21 @@
The appender removed from the list
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
The appender removed is not closed.
If you are discarding the appender you must call
on the appender removed.
+
+
+ Gets the logger name.
+
+
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
+ Generates a logging event for the specified using
+ the and .
The declaring type of the method that is
the stack boundary into the logging system for this call.
@@ -19866,8 +19704,7 @@
The exception to log, including its stack trace.
- Generate a logging event for the specified using
- the and .
+ This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
@@ -19876,13 +19713,13 @@
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
+ Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
The event being logged.
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
+ This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
+ by wrappers.
This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
@@ -19895,17 +19732,21 @@
The level to check.
- true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false.
+ if this logger is enabled for ,
+ otherwise .
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified .
-
-
This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
+
+
+ Gets the where this
+ instance is attached to.
+
+
Deliver the to the attached appenders.
@@ -19913,9 +19754,8 @@
The event to log.
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this. If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
+ Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at .
+ If no appenders could be found, emit a warning.
This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
@@ -19975,1457 +19815,6 @@
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the interface
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the where this
- Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned , if any, for this Logger.
-
-
- The of this logger.
-
-
-
- The assigned can be null.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
- .
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
- . If no appenders
- can be found, then a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the where this
- Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The that this logger belongs to.
-
-
-
- Gets the where this
- Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
- the name of the logger
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
- The in which the has been created.
- The event args that hold the instance that has been created.
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the event.
-
-
-
- A event is raised every time a
- is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- The created
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The that has been created.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the event argument
- class,with the specified .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the that has been created.
-
-
- The that has been created.
-
-
-
- The that has been created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
- interface.
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
- method. The hierarchy is such that children
- link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their
- children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in
- particular descendant before ancestor.
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the interface.
-
-
- Skeleton implementation of the interface.
- All types can extend this type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
- .
-
-
- This interface is used by the
- to obtain interfaces.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null.
-
- The name of the logger to lookup
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The name of the logger to retrieve
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the through this repository.
-
- the event to log
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The interface should be used
- for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
- using the method.
-
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
- objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the instances
- that have been attached to this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and objects in
- this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
- the properties to set for this repository
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The name of the logger to lookup
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The name of the logger to retrieve
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
- listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
- the event to log
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The interface should be used
- for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
- using the method.
-
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
- The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied.
- The object renderer used to render the object.
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
- Empty EventArgs
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
- Empty EventArgs
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
- Empty EventArgs
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
- EventArgs.Empty
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the .
-
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
- objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the instances
- that have been attached to this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and objects in
- this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
- with a default .
-
-
- A should implement this interface to support
- configuration by the .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
- the appender to use to log all logging events
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a .
-
-
- A should implement this interface to support
- configuration by the .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
- the element containing the root of the config
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
- The properties to pass to this repository.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
- The factory to use to create new logger instances.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified .
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
- The properties to pass to this repository.
- The factory to use to create new logger instances.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified .
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The name of the logger to lookup
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The name of the logger to retrieve
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to . Moreover,
- message disabling is set its default "off" value.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
- the event to log
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The interface should be used
- for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
- using the method.
-
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the instances that are currently configured.
- All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers
- for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers.
-
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an .
- The appender may also be a container.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an container
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
- the appender to use to log all logging events
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
- the appender to use to log all logging events
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
- method implemented
- on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
- the element containing the root of the config
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
- the element containing the root of the config
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
- method implemented
- on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified .
-
- The level to check against.
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true.
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- .
-
- The name of the logger to retrieve
- The factory that will make the new logger instance
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
- parameter and linked with its existing
- ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
- The newly created logger
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
- The logger to update the parents for
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
- . There 3 possible cases:
-
-
- -
- No entry for the potential parent of exists
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert in that provision node.
-
-
- -
- The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We
- update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from
- he loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's
- responsibility.
-
-
- -
- The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add to the list of children for this
- potential parent.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a with a in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument
-
- the level values
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument
-
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the argument
-
- the property value
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the argument.
-
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default instance.
-
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
@@ -21451,7 +19840,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with the specified name.
@@ -21478,20 +19867,10 @@
-
+
- Determines whether two instances
- are equal.
+ Name of the Logger
- The to compare with the current .
-
- true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
@@ -21500,12 +19879,11 @@
instances are used in the
- when there is no specified
- for that node.
+ when there is no specified
+ for that node.
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
+ A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of a logger that does not exist.
Nicko Cadell
@@ -21516,20 +19894,14 @@
Create a new provision node with child node
A child logger to add to this node.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified child logger.
-
-
- The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree.
+ The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree.
- The is a regular except
+ The is a regular except
that it provides several guarantees.
@@ -21549,7 +19921,7 @@
The level to assign to the root logger.
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
the specified logging level.
@@ -21585,6 +19957,15 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
@@ -21604,8 +19985,8 @@
The hierarchy to build.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified .
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified .
@@ -21796,29 +20177,69 @@
The Hierarchy being configured.
-
+
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
+ The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Basic Configurator interface for repositories
- The that is shutting down.
- Empty event args
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
+ Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
+ with a default .
+
+
+ A should implement this interface to support
+ configuration by the .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initialize the repository using the specified appender
+
+ the appender to use to log all logging events
+
+
+ Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
+ specified appender.
+
+
+ Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
+
+ the appenders to use to log all logging events
+
+
+ Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
+ specified appenders.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
+
+ The that is shutting down.
+ Empty event args
+
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
+ Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
The that has had its configuration reset.
Empty event args
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
@@ -21826,12 +20247,4837 @@
The that has had its configuration changed.
Empty event arguments.
+
+
+
+ Interface implemented by logger repositories, e.g. , and used by the
+ to obtain instances.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the map from types to instances for custom rendering.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the map from plugin name to plugin value for plugins attacked to this repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the map from level names and values for this repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the threshold for all events in this repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the named logger, or null.
+
+ The name of the logger to look up.
+ The logger if found, or null.
+
+
+
+ Gets all the currently defined loggers.
+
+
+
+
+ Returns a named logger instance
+
+ The name of the logger to retrieve
+ The logger object with the name specified
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
+ Returns a named logger instance.
+
+
+ If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
+ returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
+ then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
+
+
+ Shuts down the repository, safely closing and removing
+ all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
+
+
+
+ Some appenders need to be closed before the
+ application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
+ lost.
+
+
+ The method is careful to close nested
+ appenders before closing regular appenders. This allows
+ configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
+ and again to a nested appender.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Resets the repository configuration to a default state. Loggers are reset but not removed.
+
+
+
+ This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
+ block all logging until it is completed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a through this repository.
+
+ The event to log.
+
+
+ This method should not normally be used to log.
+ The interface should be used
+ for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
+ using the method.
+
+
+ The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
+ that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether this repository has been configured.
+
+
+
+
+ Collection of internal messages captured during the most
+ recent configuration process.
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has been shut down.
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset to default.
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository's configuration has changed.
+
+
+
+
+ Repository specific properties.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets all Appenders that are configured for this repository.
+
+
+
+
+ Configure repository using XML
+
+
+
+ Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a .
+
+
+ A should implement this interface to support
+ configuration by the .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initialize the repository using the specified config
+
+ the element containing the root of the config
+
+
+ The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
+ the implementation.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Base implementation of
+
+
+
+ Default abstract implementation of the interface.
+
+
+ Skeleton implementation of the interface.
+ All types can extend this type.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Default Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Construct the repository using specific properties
+
+ the properties to set for this repository
+
+
+ Initializes the repository with specified properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The name of the repository
+
+
+ The string name of the repository
+
+
+
+ The name of this repository. The name is
+ used to store and lookup the repositories
+ stored by the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ The threshold for all events in this repository
+
+
+ The threshold for all events in this repository
+
+
+
+ The threshold for all events in this repository
+
+
+
+
+
+ RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
+
+
+ RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
+
+
+
+ RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
+
+
+ The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
+ objects.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The plugin map for this repository.
+
+
+ The plugin map for this repository.
+
+
+
+ The plugin map holds the instances
+ that have been attached to this repository.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the level map for the Repository.
+
+
+
+ Get the level map for the Repository.
+
+
+ The level map defines the mappings between
+ level names and objects in
+ this repository.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if logger exists
+
+ The name of the logger to lookup
+ The Logger object with the name specified
+
+
+ Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
+ its reference, otherwise returns null.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
+
+ All the defined loggers
+
+
+ Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Return a new logger instance
+
+ The name of the logger to retrieve
+ The logger object with the name specified
+
+
+ Return a new logger instance.
+
+
+ If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
+ returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
+ then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Shutdown the repository
+
+
+
+ Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
+ This base class implementation notifies the
+ listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
+
+
+
+ Reset all values contained in this instance to their
+ default state.
+
+
+ Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
+
+
+ This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
+ block all logging until it is completed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log the logEvent through this repository.
+
+ the event to log
+
+
+ This method should not normally be used to log.
+ The interface should be used
+ for routine logging. This interface can be obtained
+ using the method.
+
+
+ The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
+ that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
+
+
+ Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
+
+
+
+ Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contains a list of internal messages captured during the
+ last configuration.
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
+
+
+
+ Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
+
+
+
+ Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
+ reset to default.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
+
+
+ Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
+
+
+
+ Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Repository specific properties
+
+
+ Repository specific properties
+
+
+ These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
+
+
+
+
+ Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
+
+ All the Appenders
+
+
+ Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
+
+ The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied.
+ The object renderer used to render the object.
+
+
+ Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
+
+ Empty EventArgs
+
+
+ Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
+
+ Empty EventArgs
+
+
+ Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
+
+ Empty EventArgs
+
+
+ Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
+
+ EventArgs.Empty
+
+
+ Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
+ raise this event notification to notify listeners.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes all configured Appenders that implement .
+
+ The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for logging events from asynchronous appenders to be flushed,
+ or to wait indefinitely.
+ True if all logging events were flushed successfully, else false.
+
+
+
+ The log4net Thread Context.
+
+
+
+ The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
+ information to be stored.
+ The ThreadContext properties override any
+ properties with the same name.
+
+
+ The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
+ The properties and stack can
+ be included in the output of log messages. The
+ supports selecting and outputting these properties.
+
+
+ The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
+ This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
+ output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
+ when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
+
+
+ The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
+
+
+ Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
+
+ ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
+ log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
+
+
+ Example of how to push a message into the context stack
+
+ using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
+ {
+ log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
+
+ } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
+
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The thread properties map
+
+
+ The thread properties map
+
+
+
+ The ThreadContext properties override any
+ properties with the same name.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The thread stacks
+
+
+ stack map
+
+
+
+ The thread local stacks.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A straightforward implementation of the interface.
+
+
+
+ This is the default implementation of the
+ interface. Implementors of the interface
+ should aggregate an instance of this type.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Append on on all attached appenders.
+
+ The event being logged.
+ The number of appenders called.
+
+
+ Calls the method on all
+ attached appenders.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Append on on all attached appenders.
+
+ The array of events being logged.
+ The number of appenders called.
+
+
+ Calls the method on all
+ attached appenders.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calls the DoAppende method on the with
+ the objects supplied.
+
+ The appender
+ The events
+
+
+ If the supports the
+ interface then the will be passed
+ through using that interface. Otherwise the
+ objects in the array will be passed one at a time.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attaches an appender.
+
+ The appender to add.
+
+
+ If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets all attached appenders.
+
+
+ A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
+ are no attached appenders.
+
+
+
+ The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
+
+ The name of the appender to get.
+
+ The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
+ specified name is found.
+
+
+
+ Lookup an attached appender by name.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes all attached appenders.
+
+
+
+ Removes and closes all attached appenders
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
+
+ The appender to remove.
+ The appender removed from the list
+
+
+ The appender removed is not closed.
+ If you are discarding the appender you must call
+ on the appender removed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
+
+ The name of the appender to remove.
+ The appender removed from the list
+
+
+ The appender removed is not closed.
+ If you are discarding the appender you must call
+ on the appender removed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ List of appenders
+
+
+
+
+ Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
+
+
+
+ Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
+ collections.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the value of a property
+
+
+ The value for the property with the specified key
+
+
+
+ Looks up the value for the specified.
+ The collections are searched
+ in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value
+ returned is the value held by the first collection that contains
+ the specified key.
+
+
+ If none of the collections contain the specified key then
+ null is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
+
+ the properties to add
+
+
+ Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
+ later.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
+
+ the flattened dictionary
+
+
+ Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
+ containing the resultant values for the keys.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Base class for Context Properties implementations
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of a property.
+
+
+
+
+ Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
+
+
+
+ Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
+ PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern in the format string.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the type of the converter. The type must extend .
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subclass of that maintains a count of
+ the number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+ This writer counts the number of bytes written.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The to actually write to.
+ The to report errors to.
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class
+ with the specified and .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
+
+ the char to write
+
+
+ Overrides implementation of . Counts
+ the number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
+
+ the buffer to write
+ the start index to write from
+ the number of characters to write
+
+
+ Overrides implementation of . Counts
+ the number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
+
+ The string data to write to the output.
+
+
+ Overrides implementation of . Counts
+ the number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
+
+
+ The total number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
+
+
+
+ An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The maximum number of logging events in the buffer.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ the specified maximum number of buffered logging events.
+
+
+ The argument is not a positive integer.
+
+
+
+ Appends a to the buffer.
+
+ The event to append to the buffer.
+ The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null.
+
+
+ Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
+ null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
+ to make space for the new event, the dropped event is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
+
+ The oldest logging event in the buffer
+
+
+ Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
+ from the buffer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
+
+ An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
+
+
+ Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clear the buffer
+
+
+
+ Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer.
+
+
+
+ If is outside the range 0 to the number of events
+ currently in the buffer, then null is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
+
+ The maximum size of the buffer.
+
+
+ Gets the maximum size of the buffer
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
+
+ The number of logging events in the buffer.
+
+
+ This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
+ (inclusive).
+
+
+
+
+
+ An always empty .
+
+
+
+ A singleton implementation of the
+ interface that always represents an empty collection.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
+
+ The singleton instance of the empty collection.
+
+
+ Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Copies the elements of the to an
+ , starting at a particular Array index.
+
+ The one-dimensional
+ that is the destination of the elements copied from
+ . The Array must have zero-based
+ indexing.
+ The zero-based index in array at which
+ copying begins.
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe).
+
+
+ true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ For the this property is always true.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty the is always 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
+ the object.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
+
+
+ An that can be used to
+ iterate through the collection.
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty a is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ An always empty .
+
+
+
+ A singleton implementation of the
+ interface that always represents an empty collection.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the singleton instance of the .
+
+ The singleton instance of the .
+
+
+ Gets the singleton instance of the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Copies the elements of the to an
+ , starting at a particular Array index.
+
+ The one-dimensional
+ that is the destination of the elements copied from
+ . The Array must have zero-based
+ indexing.
+ The zero-based index in array at which
+ copying begins.
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe).
+
+
+ true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
+
+
+
+ For the this property is always true.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of elements contained in the
+
+
+ The number of elements contained in the .
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty the is always 0.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+ An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
+ the object.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
+
+
+ An that can be used to
+ iterate through the collection.
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty a is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
+ .
+
+ The to use as the key of the element to add.
+ The to use as the value of the element to add.
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
+ is thrown if this method is called.
+
+
+ This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
+
+
+
+ Removes all elements from the .
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
+ is thrown if this method is called.
+
+
+ This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
+
+
+
+ Determines whether the contains an element
+ with the specified key.
+
+ The key to locate in the .
+ false
+
+
+ As the collection is empty the method always returns false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
+
+
+ An that can be used to
+ iterate through the collection.
+
+
+
+ As the collection is empty a is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the element with the specified key from the .
+
+ The key of the element to remove.
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
+ is thrown if this method is called.
+
+
+ This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size.
+
+ true
+
+
+ As the collection is empty always returns true.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
+
+ true
+
+
+ As the collection is empty always returns true.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an containing the keys of the .
+
+ An containing the keys of the .
+
+
+ As the collection is empty a is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an containing the values of the .
+
+ An containing the values of the .
+
+
+ As the collection is empty a is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
+
+ The key of the element to get or set.
+ null
+
+
+ As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
+ If the index getter is called then null is returned.
+ A is thrown if the setter is called.
+
+
+ This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
+
+
+
+ Wrapper for an
+
+ acts like the wrapped encoding, but without a preamble
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ wraps the in case it has a preamble
+
+ Encoding to check
+ encoding without preamble
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
+ in conversion modifiers.
+
+
+
+ Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
+ the . This is used by the
+ objects when rendering the output.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Defaut Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the minimum value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the maximum value.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled.
+ or not.
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Properties collection for the
+
+
+
+ This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
+ storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
+
+
+ This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
+ and are modified infrequently.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The read only copy of the properties.
+
+
+
+ This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
+ reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of a property
+
+
+ The value for the property with the specified key
+
+
+
+ Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
+ When the value is written a new read only copy of
+ the properties is created.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remove a property from the global context
+
+ the key for the entry to remove
+
+
+ Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
+ with reading a value.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clear the global context properties
+
+
+
+
+ Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
+
+ the current global context properties
+
+
+ This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
+ stores a readonly copy of the properties.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The static class ILogExtensions contains a set of widely used
+ methods that ease the interaction with the ILog interface implementations.
+
+
+
+ This class contains methods for logging at different levels and checks the
+ properties for determining if those logging levels are enabled in the current
+ configuration.
+
+
+ Simple example of logging messages
+
+ using log4net.Util;
+
+ ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
+
+ log.InfoExt("Application Start");
+ log.DebugExt("This is a debug message");
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is INFO
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a
+ string by invoking the appropriate .
+ It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level. //TODO
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is INFO
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is INFO
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a
+ string by invoking the appropriate .
+ It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level. //TODO
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is INFO
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is INFO enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is WARN
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a
+ string by invoking the appropriate .
+ It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level. //TODO
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is WARN
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is WARN enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a
+ string by invoking the appropriate .
+ It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level. //TODO
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is ERROR enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (retrieved by invocation of the provided callback) to a
+ string by invoking the appropriate .
+ It then proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The lambda expression that gets the object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level. //TODO
+
+ Log a message object with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+
+
+ This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
+ enabled by reading the value property.
+ This check happens always and does not depend on the
+ implementation. If this logger is FATAL enabled, then it converts
+ the message object (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
+ . It then
+ proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger
+ and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of
+ the additivity flag.
+
+ WARNING Note that passing an
+ to this method will print the name of the
+ but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the
+ form instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log a message object with the level including
+ the stack trace of the passed
+ as a parameter.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ The message object to log.
+ The exception to log, including its stack trace.
+
+
+ See the form for more detailed information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object array containing zero or more objects to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Logs a formatted message string with the level.
+
+ The logger on which the message is logged.
+ A String containing zero or more format items
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+ An Object to format
+
+
+ The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
+ for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
+ of the formatting.
+
+
+ This method does not take an object to include in the
+ log event. To pass an use one of the
+ methods instead.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Manages an ordered mapping from instances
+ to subclasses.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Add a to this mapping
+
+ the entry to add
+
+
+ If a has previously been added
+ for the same then that entry will be
+ overwritten.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Looks up the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
+ mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
+ specified.
+
+ the level to look up.
+ The for the level or if no mapping found
+
+
+
+ Initialize options
+
+
+ Caches the sorted list of
+
+
+
+
+ An abstract base class for types that are stored in the
+ object.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Default protected constructor
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the level that is the key for this mapping.
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize any options defined on this entry
+
+
+
+ Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialize based on their options
+
+
+
+
+
+ Class for assertions
+
+
+
+
+ Ensures that is not and returns the validated value
+
+ Type of
+ Value to validate
+ Name of the value
+ Error message (optional)
+ Value (when not null)
+
+
+
+
+ Ensures that is not null and an instance of
+ and returns the validated value
+
+ Type to check for
+ Value to validate
+ Name of the value
+ Error message (optional)
+ Value (when not null and of the required type)
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Properties collection for the
+
+
+
+ Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
+ The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own .
+
+
+ This class stores its properties in a slot on the named
+ for .net4x,
+ otherwise System.Threading.AsyncLocal
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remove a property
+
+ the key for the entry to remove
+
+
+ Remove the value for the specified from the context.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clear all the context properties
+
+
+
+ Clear all the context properties
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
+
+ create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist
+ the properties for this thread
+
+
+ The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
+ caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
+ caller must clone the collection before doings so.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the call context get data.
+
+ The properties dictionary stored in the call context
+
+ The method GetData security link demand, therefore we must
+ put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler.
+
+
+
+
+ Sets the call context data.
+
+ The properties.
+
+ The method SetData has a security link demand, therefore we must
+ put the method call in a separate method that we can wrap in an exception handler.
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Delegate type used for LogicalThreadContextStack's callbacks.
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Stack for the
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The stack store.
+
+
+
+
+ The name of this within the
+ .
+
+
+
+
+ The callback used to let the register a
+ new instance of a .
+
+
+
+
+ Internal constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of messages in the stack.
+
+
+
+ The current number of messages in the stack. That is
+ the number of times has been called
+ minus the number of times has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
+
+
+
+ Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
+ Only call this if you think that this thread is being reused after
+ a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
+ You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
+ the method of the
+ returned from even in exceptional circumstances,
+ for example by using the using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
+ syntax.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the top context from this stack.
+
+ The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
+
+
+ Remove the top context from this stack, and return
+ it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
+ empty string (not ) is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context message into this stack.
+
+ The new context message.
+
+ An that can be used to clean up the context stack.
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context onto this stack. An
+ is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This
+ can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
+ context.
+
+
+ Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
+
+ using(log4net.LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
+ {
+ log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the top context from this stack.
+
+ The message in the context from the top of this stack.
+
+
+ Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an
+ empty string (not ) is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current context information for this stack.
+
+ The current context information.
+
+
+
+ Gets the current context information for this stack.
+
+ Gets the current context information
+
+
+ Gets the current context information for this stack.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a cross-thread portable version of this object
+
+
+
+
+ Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The message for this context.
+ The parent context in the chain.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified message and parent context.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the message.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+ Get the message.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+ The full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+
+ Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Struct returned from the method.
+
+
+
+ This struct implements the and is designed to be used
+ with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
+
+
+
+
+ The outer LogicalThreadContextStack.
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack.
+ The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ the specified stack and return depth.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the stack to the correct depth.
+
+
+
+ Returns the stack to the correct depth.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Stacks collection for the
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Internal constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the named thread context stack
+
+
+ The named stack
+
+
+
+ Gets the named thread context stack
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
+
+
+
+ Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
+ sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
+ doing.
+
+
+ All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
+ whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
+ stream.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ The event raised when an internal message has been received.
+
+
+
+
+ The Type that generated the internal message.
+
+
+
+
+ The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
+
+
+
+
+ The UTC DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
+
+
+
+
+ A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
+
+
+ "log4net: ",
+ "log4net:ERROR ",
+ "log4net:WARN "
+
+
+
+
+ The internal log message.
+
+
+
+
+ The Exception related to the message.
+
+
+ Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
+
+
+
+
+ Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
+ sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
+ settings from the application configuration file.
+
+
+
+ The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
+ controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
+ to true to enable debugging.
+
+
+ The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
+ suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
+ This setting should be set to true to enable message
+ suppression.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
+ is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+ true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
+ false.
+
+
+
+ When set to true, internal debug level logging will be
+ displayed.
+
+
+ This value can be set by setting the application setting
+ log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
+ file.
+
+
+ The default value is false, i.e. debugging is
+ disabled.
+
+
+
+
+ The following example enables internal debugging using the
+ application configuration file :
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
+ from internal logging, not even for errors.
+
+
+ true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
+ logging, otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
+ suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
+ This option overrides the setting and
+ disables all debug also.
+
+ This value can be set by setting the application setting
+ log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
+
+
+ The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not
+ disabled.
+
+
+
+ The following example disables internal logging using the
+ application configuration file :
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
+
+
+ true if Debug is enabled
+
+
+
+ Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
+ standard output stream.
+
+
+ The message to log.
+
+
+ All internal debug messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net: ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
+ standard output stream.
+
+ The Type that generated this message.
+ The message to log.
+ An exception to log.
+
+
+ All internal debug messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net: ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
+
+
+ true if Warn is enabled
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
+ standard error stream.
+
+ The Type that generated this message.
+ The message to log.
+
+
+ All internal warning messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net:WARN ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
+ standard error stream.
+
+ The Type that generated this message.
+ The message to log.
+ An exception to log.
+
+
+ All internal warning messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net:WARN ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
+
+
+ true if Error is enabled
+
+
+
+ Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal error messages to the
+ standard error stream.
+
+ The Type that generated this message.
+ The message to log.
+
+
+ All internal error messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net:ERROR ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes log4net internal error messages to the
+ standard error stream.
+
+ The Type that generated this message.
+ The message to log.
+ An exception to log.
+
+
+ All internal debug messages are prepended with
+ the string "log4net:ERROR ".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes output to the standard output stream.
+
+ The message to log.
+
+
+ Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
+
+
+ If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
+ the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
+ an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes output to the standard error stream.
+
+ The message to log.
+
+
+ Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
+ Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
+ on the Compact Framework.
+
+
+ If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
+ the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
+ an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
+ to the supplied IList instance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Represents a Win32 native error code and message.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Create an instance of the class with the specified
+ error number and message.
+
+ The number of the native error.
+ The message of the native error.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of the native error.
+
+
+ The number of the native error.
+
+
+
+ Gets the number of the native error.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the message of the native error.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new instance of the class for the last Windows error.
+
+
+ An instance of the class for the last windows error.
+
+
+
+ The message for the error number is lookup up using the
+ native Win32 FormatMessage function.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create a new instance of the class.
+
+ the error number for the native error
+
+ An instance of the class for the specified
+ error number.
+
+
+
+ The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
+ native Win32 FormatMessage function.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
+
+ Message identifier for the requested message.
+
+ The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
+
+
+
+ The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
+ using the native FormatMessage function.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Return error information string
+
+ error information string
+
+
+ Return error information string
+
+
+
+
+
+ Formats a message string.
+
+ Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter.
+ Location of the message definition.
+ Message identifier for the requested message.
+ Language identifier for the requested message.
+ If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in .
+ If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer.
+ Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message.
+
+
+ The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
+ buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
+ already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
+ table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
+ in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
+ The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
+ insert sequences if requested.
+
+
+ To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
+
+
+
+
+ If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
+ buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
+
+
+ If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
+ call .
+
+
+
+
+
+ An always empty .
+
+
+
+ A singleton implementation of the over a collection
+ that is empty and not modifiable.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the singleton instance of the .
+
+ The singleton instance of the .
+
+
+
+ Gets the current object from the enumerator.
+
+
+ Throws an because the
+ never has a current value.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will throw an .
+
+
+ The collection is empty and
+ cannot be positioned over a valid location.
+
+
+
+ Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
+
+ false as the cannot advance.
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will always return false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Resets the enumerator back to the start.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current key from the enumerator.
+
+
+ Throws an exception because the
+ never has a current value.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will throw an .
+
+
+ The collection is empty and
+ cannot be positioned over a valid location.
+
+
+
+ Gets the current value from the enumerator.
+
+ The current value from the enumerator.
+
+ Throws an because the
+ never has a current value.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will throw an .
+
+
+ The collection is empty and
+ cannot be positioned over a valid location.
+
+
+
+ Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
+
+
+ Throws an because the
+ never has a current entry.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will throw an .
+
+
+ The collection is empty and
+ cannot be positioned over a valid location.
+
+
+
+ An always empty .
+
+
+
+ A singleton implementation of the over a collection
+ that is empty and not modifiable.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+ Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the singleton instance of the .
+
+ The singleton instance of the .
+
+
+
+ Gets the current object from the enumerator.
+
+
+ Throws an because the
+ never has a current value.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will throw an .
+
+
+ The collection is empty and
+ cannot be positioned over a valid location.
+
+
+
+ Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
+
+ false as the cannot advance.
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
+ value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
+ will always return false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Resets the enumerator back to the start.
+
+
+
+ As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing.
+
+
+
+
+
+ A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
+
+
+
+ The is a no-op implementation of the
+ base class. It is used where a
+ is required but one has not been provided.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Singleton instance of
+
+
+
+ Singleton instance of
+
+
+
+
+
+ Private constructor
+
+
+
+ Private constructor for singleton pattern.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Impersonate this SecurityContext
+
+ State supplied by the caller
+ null
+
+
+ No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
+ of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
+ ignoring all subsequent errors.
+
+
+
+ The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system by default.
+
+
+ This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
+ from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Default Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The prefix to use for each message.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified prefix.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
+
+
+
+
+ Log an Error
+
+ The error message.
+ The exception.
+ The internal error code.
+
+
+ Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log the very first error
+
+ The error message.
+ The exception.
+ The internal error code.
+
+
+ Sends the error information to 's Error method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log an Error
+
+ The error message.
+ The exception.
+
+
+ Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Log an error
+
+ The error message.
+
+
+ Invokes if and only if this is the first error or the first error after has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Is error logging enabled
+
+
+
+ Logging is only enabled for the first error delivered to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ The date the first error that triggered this error handler occurred, or if it has not been triggered.
+
+
+
+
+ The UTC date the first error that triggered this error handler occured, or if it has not been triggered.
+
+
+
+
+ The message from the first error that triggered this error handler.
+
+
+
+
+ The exception from the first error that triggered this error handler.
+
+
+ May be .
+
+
+
+
+ The error code from the first error that triggered this error handler.
+
+
+ Defaults to
+
+
+
+
+ String to prefix each message with
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
+
+
+
+ Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Converts a string to a value.
+
+ String to convert.
+ The default value.
+ The value of .
+
+
+ If is "true", then true is returned.
+ If is "false", then false is returned.
+ Otherwise, is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Parses a file size into a number.
+
+ String to parse.
+ The default value.
+ The value of .
+
+
+ Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
+ long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
+
+
+ is returned when
+ cannot be converted to a value.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converts a string to an object.
+
+ The target type to convert to.
+ The string to convert to an object.
+
+ The object converted from a string or null when the
+ conversion failed.
+
+
+
+ Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
+ to convert the string value into the specified target type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
+
+ The type to convert from.
+ The type to convert to.
+ true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
+
+ Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converts an object to the target type.
+
+ The object to convert to the target type.
+ The type to convert to.
+ The converted object.
+
+
+ Converts an object to the target type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Instantiates an object given a class name.
+
+ The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate.
+ The class to which the new object should belong.
+ The object to return in case of non-fulfillment.
+
+ An instance of the or
+ if the object could not be instantiated.
+
+
+
+ Checks that the is a subclass of
+ . If that test fails or the object could
+ not be instantiated, then is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Performs variable substitution in string from the
+ values of keys found in .
+
+ The string on which variable substitution is performed.
+ The dictionary to use to lookup variables.
+ The result of the substitutions.
+
+
+ The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }.
+
+
+ For example, if props contains key=value, then the call
+
+
+
+ string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
+
+
+
+ will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
+
+
+ If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
+ defaults to an empty string.
+
+
+ For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
+ "nonExistentKey", then the call
+
+
+
+ string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
+
+
+
+ will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
+
+
+ An Exception is thrown if contains a start
+ delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}".
+
+
+
+
+
+ Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
+ more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
+
+ The type to convert to.
+ The enum string value.
+ If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
+ An object of type whose value is represented by .
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
+ derived classes need.
+
+
+
+ Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
+ individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
+ converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Protected constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the next pattern converter in the chain.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
+
+
+ The formatting info for this converter
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the option value for this converter
+
+
+ The option for this converter
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the option value for this converter
+
+
+
+
+
+ Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+
+
+ Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
+ convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Set the next pattern converter in the chains
+
+ the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain
+ the next converter
+
+
+ The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a subclass).
+ Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed.
+
+
+ This method calls to allow the subclass to perform
+ appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have
+ been specified via the then this method will
+ apply those formattings before writing the output.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Fast space padding method.
+
+ to which the spaces will be appended.
+ The number of spaces to be padded.
+
+
+ Fast space padding method.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initial buffer size
+
+
+
+
+ Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
+
+
+
+
+ Write an dictionary to a
+
+ the writer to write to
+ a to use for object conversion
+ the value to write to the writer
+
+
+ Writes the to a writer in the form:
+
+
+ {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
+
+
+ If the specified
+ is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise
+ the object's ToString method is called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a dictionary to a
+
+ the writer to write to
+ a to use for object conversion
+ the value to write to the writer
+
+
+ Writes the to a writer in the form:
+
+
+ {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
+
+
+ If the specified
+ is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise
+ the object's ToString method is called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write an object to a
+
+ the writer to write to
+ a to use for object conversion
+ the value to write to the writer
+
+
+ Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified
+ is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise
+ the object's ToString method is called.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Most of the work of the class
+ is delegated to the PatternParser class.
+
+
+
+ The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
+ returns a chain of objects.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The pattern to parse.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified pattern string.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
+
+ The head of a chain of pattern converters.
+
+
+
+ Gets the converter registry used by this parser.
+
+
+
+
+ Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
+
+ the list of all the converter names
+
+
+
+ Sort strings by length
+
+
+
+ that orders strings by string length.
+ The longest strings are placed first
+
+
+
+
+
+ Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
+
+ the pattern to parse
+ the converter names to match in the pattern
+
+
+ The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Process a parsed literal
+
+ the literal text
+
+
+
+ Process a parsed converter pattern
+
+ the name of the converter
+ the optional option for the converter
+ the formatting info for the converter
+
+
+
+ Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
+ to the chain.
+
+ The pattern converter to add.
+
+
+
+ The first pattern converter in the chain
+
+
+
+
+ the last pattern converter in the chain
+
+
+
+
+ The pattern
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ This class implements a patterned string.
+
+
+
+ This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
+ when the string is formatted.
+
+
+ This class functions similarly to the
+ in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the
+ however the PatternString
+ does not render the properties of a specific but
+ of the process in general.
+
+
+ The recognized conversion pattern names are:
+
+
+
+ Conversion Pattern Name
+ Effect
+
+ -
+ appdomain
+
+
+ Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
+
+
+
+ -
+ appsetting
+
+
+ Used to output the value of a specific appSetting key in the application
+ configuration file.
+
+
+
+ -
+ date
+
+
+ Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
+ To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
+ The date conversion
+ specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
+ %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
+ given then ISO8601 format is
+ assumed ().
+
+
+ The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
+ time pattern string of the .
+
+
+ For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
+ formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
+ "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
+ ,
+ and respectively
+ . For example,
+ %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}.
+
+
+ These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
+ better than .
+
+
+
+ -
+ env
+
+
+ Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
+ lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
+ pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
+ of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
+
+
+ The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
+
+
+
+ -
+ identity
+
+
+ Used to output the user name for the currently active user
+ (Principal.Identity.Name).
+
+
+
+ -
+ newline
+
+
+ Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
+ characters.
+
+
+ This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
+ non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
+ Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
+
+
+
+ -
+ processid
+
+
+ Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
+
+
+
+ -
+ property
+
+
+ Used to output a specific context property. The key to
+ lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
+ pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
+ from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
+ that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
+ Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
+ the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
+ which the event was originally logged.
+
+
+ If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
+ values are printed in a comma separated list.
+
+
+ The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
+ contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
+
+
+ -
+ the thread properties
+
+ The that are set on the current
+ thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
+
+
+ -
+ the global properties
+
+ The that are set globally. These
+ properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
+
+
+
+
+
+ -
+ random
+
+
+ Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
+ uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
+ The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
+ pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
+
+
+
+ -
+ username
+
+
+ Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
+ active user.
+
+
+
+ -
+ utcdate
+
+
+ Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
+ The date conversion
+ specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
+ between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
+ %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
+ given then ISO8601 format is
+ assumed ().
+
+
+ The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
+ time pattern string of the .
+
+
+ For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
+ formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
+ "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
+ ,
+ and respectively
+ . For example,
+ %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}.
+
+
+ These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
+ better than .
+
+
+
+ -
+ %
+
+
+ The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
+ instance using or
+ .
+
+
+ See the for details on the
+ format modifiers supported by the patterns.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
+
+
+
+
+ the head of the pattern converter chain
+
+
+
+
+ patterns defined on this PatternString only
+
+
+
+
+ Default constructor
+
+
+
+ Initialize a new instance of
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructs a PatternString
+
+ The pattern to use with this PatternString
+
+
+ Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
+
+
+ The pattern formatting string
+
+
+
+ The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
+ controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
+ conversion specifiers.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initialize object options
+
+
+
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create the used to parse the pattern
+
+ the pattern to parse
+ The
+
+
+ Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
+ may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
+ custom conversion pattern name.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
+
+ The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
+
+
+ Format the pattern to the .
+
+
+
+
+
+ Format the pattern as a string
+
+ the pattern formatted as a string
+
+
+ Format the pattern to a string.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Adds a converter to this PatternString.
+
+ the converter info
+
+
+ This version of the method is used by the configurator.
+ Programmatic users should use the alternative method.
+ The converter name is case-insensitive.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Add a converter to this PatternString
+
+ the name of the conversion pattern for this converter
+ the type of the converter
+
Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
@@ -21855,6 +25101,52 @@
+
+
+ AppSetting pattern converter
+
+
+
+ This pattern converter reads appSettings from the application configuration file.
+
+
+ If the is specified then that will be used to
+ lookup a single appSettings value. If no is specified
+ then all appSettings will be dumped as a list of key value pairs.
+
+
+ A typical use is to specify a base directory for log files, e.g.
+
+
+
+
+ ...
+
+
+ ]]>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Write the property value to the output
+
+ that will receive the formatted result.
+ null, state is not set
+
+
+ Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
+ should be set in the
+ property.
+
+
+ If the is set to null
+ then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
+
+
+
Write the current date to the output
@@ -21868,41 +25160,41 @@
The value of the determines
the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed:
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
- ISO8601
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
- DATE
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459".
-
-
- -
- ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the formatter.
- Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459".
-
-
- -
- other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the formatter.
- This formatter passes the pattern string to the
- method.
- For details on valid patterns see
- DateTimeFormatInfo Class.
-
-
+
+ Option value
+ Output
+
+ -
+ ISO8601
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
+
+
+ -
+ DATE
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459".
+
+
+ -
+ ABSOLUTE
+
+ Uses the formatter.
+ Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459".
+
+
+ -
+ other
+
+ Any other pattern string uses the formatter.
+ This formatter passes the pattern string to the
+ method.
+ For details on valid patterns see
+ DateTimeFormatInfo Class.
+
+
@@ -21916,11 +25208,6 @@
The used to render the date to a string
-
-
- The used to render the date to a string
-
-
@@ -21944,7 +25231,7 @@
Write the current date to the output
- that will receive the formatted result.
+ that will receive the formatted result.
null, state is not set
@@ -21956,6 +25243,52 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Write an folder path to the output
+
+
+
+ The value of the determines
+ the name of the variable to output.
+ should be a value in the enumeration.
+
+
+ Ron Grabowski
+
+
+
+ Writes a special path environment folder path to the output
+
+ the writer to write to
+ null, state is not set
+
+
+ Writes the special path environment folder path to the output .
+ The name of the special path environment folder path to output must be set
+ using the
+ property.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Write an environment variable to the output
@@ -21984,6 +25317,15 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Write the current thread identity to the output
@@ -22007,6 +25349,15 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
@@ -22059,7 +25410,7 @@
Convert this pattern into the rendered message
- that will receive the formatted result.
+ that will receive the formatted result.
null, not set
@@ -22134,6 +25485,15 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Property pattern converter
@@ -22158,7 +25518,7 @@
Write the property value to the output
- that will receive the formatted result.
+ that will receive the formatted result.
null, state is not set
@@ -22183,8 +25543,7 @@
to the string value of the length required.
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
+ The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters and numbers only.
The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
@@ -22222,14 +25581,18 @@
- Write a randoim string to the output
+ Writes a random string to the output
the writer to write to
null, state is not set
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
+
-
- Write a randoim string to the output .
-
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
@@ -22255,6 +25618,15 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
Write the UTC date time to the output
@@ -22275,7 +25647,7 @@
Write the current date and time to the output
- that will receive the formatted result.
+ that will receive the formatted result.
null, state is not set
@@ -22288,6 +25660,1609 @@
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ String keyed object map.
+
+
+
+ While this collection is serializable, only member
+ objects that are serializable will
+ be serialized along with this collection.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ properties to copy
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with serialized data.
+
+ The that holds the serialized object data.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
+
+
+ The value of the property with the specified key.
+
+ The key of the property to get or set.
+
+
+ The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
+ If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
+ a serialization operation is performed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
+
+ the key for the entry to remove
+
+
+ Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+ an enumerator
+
+
+ Returns a over the contest of this collection.
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+ the key to remove
+
+
+ Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remove all properties from the properties collection
+
+
+
+ Remove all properties from the properties collection
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+ the key
+ the value to store for the key
+
+
+ Store a value for the specified .
+
+
+ Thrown if the is not a string
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+ false
+
+
+
+ This collection is modifiable. This property always
+ returns false.
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+ The value for the key specified.
+
+
+
+ Get or set a value for the specified .
+
+
+ Thrown if the is not a string
+
+
+
+ A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
+
+
+
+
+ Property Key
+
+
+
+
+ Property Value
+
+
+
+
+ Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
+
+ string info about this object
+
+
+
+ A that ignores the message
+
+
+ This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
+ to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ the writer to actually write to
+
+ Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
+
+
+
+
+ Attaches this instance to a different underlying .
+
+ the writer to attach to
+
+
+
+ Does not close the underlying output writer.
+
+
+
+
+ that does not leak exceptions
+
+
+
+ does not throw exceptions when things go wrong.
+ Instead, it delegates error handling to its .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ the writer to actually write to
+ the error handler to report error to
+
+
+ Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
+
+
+ The error handler that all errors are passed to.
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
+
+
+ true if this writer is closed, otherwise false.
+
+
+
+ Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a character to the underlying writer
+
+ the char to write
+
+
+ Writes a character to the underlying writer
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
+
+ the buffer to write
+ the start index to write from
+ the number of characters to write
+
+
+ Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a string to the output.
+
+ The string data to write to the output.
+
+
+
+ Closes the underlying output writer.
+
+
+
+ Closes the underlying output writer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The error handler instance to pass all errors to
+
+
+
+
+ Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
+
+
+
+ ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
+ At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
+ multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
+ situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
+ ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
+ one-at-a-time lock, such as .
+
+
+ If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
+ implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
+ the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Acquires a reader lock
+
+
+
+ blocks if a different thread has the writer
+ lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Decrements the lock count
+
+
+
+ decrements the lock count. When the count
+ reaches zero, the lock is released.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acquires the writer lock
+
+
+
+ This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
+
+
+
+ ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
+ When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
+
+
+
+
+
+ String keyed object map that is read only.
+
+
+
+ This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. It is not thread-safe.
+
+
+ While this collection is serializable, only member
+ objects that are serializable will
+ be serialized along with this collection.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Copy Constructor
+
+ properties to copy
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Deserialization constructor
+
+ The that holds the serialized object data.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with serialized data.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the key names.
+
+ An array of all the keys.
+
+
+ Gets the key names.
+
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
+
+
+ The value of the property with the specified key, or null if a property is not present in the dictionary.
+ Note this is the semantic, not that of .
+
+ The key of the property to get or set.
+
+
+ The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
+ If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
+ a serialization operation is performed.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
+
+ the key to look for
+ true if the dictionary contains the specified key
+
+
+ Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
+
+
+
+
+
+ The hashtable used to store the properties
+
+
+ The internal collection used to store the properties
+
+
+
+ The hashtable used to store the properties
+
+
+
+
+
+ Serializes this object into the provided.
+
+ The to populate with data.
+ The destination for this serialization.
+
+
+ Serializes this object into the provided.
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ Removes all properties from the properties collection
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ The number of properties in this collection
+
+
+
+
+ See .
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ See
+
+
+
+
+ A that can be and reused
+
+
+
+ This uses a single buffer for string operations.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of
+
+ the format provider to use
+
+
+
+ Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
+
+ flag
+
+
+
+ Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
+
+ the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed
+ the default size to make the buffer
+
+
+ Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
+ The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Utility class for system specific information.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+ Alexey Solofnenko
+
+
+
+ Initialize default values for private static fields.
+
+
+
+ Only static methods are exposed from this type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the system dependent line terminator.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the base directory for this .
+
+
+
+ The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the path to the configuration file for the current .
+
+
+
+ The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current .
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the ID of the current thread.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the host name or machine name for the current machine.
+
+
+
+ The host name () or
+ the machine name () for
+ the current machine, or if neither of these are available
+ then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets this application's friendly name.
+
+
+
+ If available the name of the application is retrieved from
+ the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName.
+
+
+ Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the UTC start time for the current process.
+
+
+
+ This is the UTC time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
+ AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
+ this is not the start time for the current process.
+
+
+ The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
+ startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
+ the actual start time.
+
+
+ Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
+ same process without the process terminating, however this start time
+ will be set per AppDomain.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Text to output when a null is encountered.
+
+
+
+ Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
+ outputting a string representation of an item.
+
+
+ The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying
+ a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
+ .config file.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
+
+
+
+ Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
+
+
+ The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying
+ a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
+ .config file.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
+
+ The assembly to get the location for.
+ The location of the assembly.
+
+
+ This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
+ to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
+ where the assembly was loaded from.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the short name of the .
+
+ The to get the name for.
+ The short name of the .
+
+
+ The short name of the assembly is the
+ without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the
+ assembly's file name without the extension.
+
+
+ Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
+ the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
+ the of the assembly so we
+ start from there and strip out just the assembly name.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension.
+
+ The to get the file name for.
+ The file name of the assembly.
+
+
+ Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Loads the type specified in the type string.
+
+ A sibling type to use to load the type.
+ The name of the type to load.
+ Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
+ true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
+ The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
+
+
+ If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
+ the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
+ .
+
+
+ If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
+ containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
+ then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Loads the type specified in the type string.
+
+ The name of the type to load.
+ Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
+ true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
+ The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
+
+
+ If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
+ the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
+ .
+
+
+ If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
+ assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
+ in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Loads the type specified in the type string.
+
+ An assembly to load the type from.
+ The name of the type to load.
+ Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
+ true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
+ The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
+
+
+ If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
+ the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
+ .
+
+
+ If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
+ assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
+ will be searched for the type.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates an
+
+ The name of the parameter that caused the exception
+ The value of the argument that causes this exception
+ The message that describes the error
+
+ A new instance of the class
+ with the specified error message, parameter name, and value
+ of the argument.
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a for read-only collection modification calls.
+
+ The NotSupportedException object
+
+
+
+ Parse a string into an value
+
+ the string to parse
+ out param where the parsed value is placed
+ true if the string was parsed into an integer
+
+
+ Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
+ be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Parse a string into an value
+
+ the string to parse
+ out param where the parsed value is placed
+ true if the string was parsed into an integer
+
+
+ Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
+ be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Parse a string into an value
+
+ the string to parse
+ out param where the parsed value is placed
+ true if the string was parsed into an integer
+
+
+ Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
+ be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Lookup an application setting
+
+ the application settings key to lookup
+ the value for the key, or null
+
+
+
+ Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
+
+ The path to convert.
+ The fully qualified path.
+
+
+ Converts the path specified to a fully
+ qualified path. If the path is relative it is
+ taken as relative from the application base
+ directory.
+
+
+ The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity.
+
+ A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity
+
+
+ The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Tests two strings for equality, the ignoring case.
+
+
+ If the platform permits, culture information is ignored completely (ordinal comparison).
+ The aim of this method is to provide a fast comparison that deals with null and ignores different casing.
+ It is not supposed to deal with various, culture-specific habits.
+ Use it to compare against pure ASCII constants, like keywords etc.
+
+ The one string.
+ The other string.
+ true if the strings are equal, false otherwise.
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Cache the host name for the current machine
+
+
+
+
+ Cache the application friendly name
+
+
+
+
+ Start time for the current process.
+
+
+
+
+ Utility class that represents a format string.
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Format
+
+
+
+
+ Args
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information.
+ A containing zero or more format items.
+ An array containing zero or more objects to format.
+
+
+
+ Format the string and arguments
+
+ the formatted string
+
+
+
+ Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent
+ of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array.
+ A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information.
+
+ An that supplies culture-specific formatting information.
+ A containing zero or more format items.
+ An array containing zero or more objects to format.
+
+ A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
+ equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args.
+
+
+
+ This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
+ exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Process an error during StringFormat
+
+
+
+
+ Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
+
+
+
+
+ Dump an object to a string
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Adapter that extends and forwards all
+ messages to an instance of .
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Creates an instance of that forwards all
+ messages to a .
+
+ The to forward to
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the underlying .
+
+
+
+
+ The in which the output is written
+
+
+
+
+ Gets an object that controls formatting
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter.
+
+
+
+
+ Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Dispose this writer
+
+ flag indicating if we are being disposed
+
+
+ Dispose this writer
+
+
+
+
+
+ Flushes any buffered output
+
+
+
+ Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
+ to the underlying device
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+ the value to write to the TextWriter
+
+
+ Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+ the data buffer
+ the start index
+ the number of characters to write
+
+
+ Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+
+
+
+
+ Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+ the value to write to the TextWriter
+
+
+ Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Properties collection for the
+
+
+
+ Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
+ The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Each thread will automatically have its instance.
+
+
+
+
+ Internal constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of a property
+
+
+ The value for the property with the specified key
+
+
+
+ Gets or sets the value of a property
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remove a property
+
+ the key for the entry to remove
+
+
+ Remove a property
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the keys stored in the properties.
+
+
+ Gets the keys stored in the properties.
+
+ a set of the defined keys
+
+
+
+ Clear all properties
+
+
+
+ Clear all properties
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
+
+ create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if it does not exist
+ the properties for this thread
+
+
+ The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
+ caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
+ caller must clone the collection before doing so.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Stack for the
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Stack for the
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ The stack store.
+
+
+
+
+ Internal constructor
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The number of messages in the stack
+
+
+ The current number of messages in the stack
+
+
+
+ The current number of messages in the stack. That is
+ the number of times has been called
+ minus the number of times has been called.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
+
+
+
+ Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
+ Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
+ a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
+ You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
+ the method of the
+ returned from even in exceptional circumstances,
+ for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
+ syntax.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Removes the top context from this stack.
+
+ The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
+
+
+ Remove the top context from this stack, and return
+ it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
+ empty string (not ) is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context message into this stack.
+
+ The new context message.
+
+ An that can be used to clean up the context stack.
+
+
+
+ Pushes a new context onto this stack. An
+ is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This
+ can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
+ context.
+
+
+ Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
+
+ using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
+ {
+ log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
+ }
+
+
+
+
+
+ Returns the top context from this stack.
+
+ The message in the context from the top of this stack.
+
+
+ Returns the top context from this stack. If this stack is empty then an
+ empty string (not ) is returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current context information for this stack.
+
+ The current context information.
+
+
+
+ Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
+
+ The internal storage stack
+
+
+ This property is provided only to support backward compatibility
+ of the . Typically the internal stack should not
+ be modified.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the current context information for this stack.
+
+
+
+
+ Get a portable version of this object
+
+
+
+
+ Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
+
+
+
+ Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Constructor
+
+ The message for this context.
+ The parent context in the chain.
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
+ with the specified message and parent context.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Get the message.
+
+ The message.
+
+
+ Get the message.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+ The full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+
+ Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Struct returned from the method.
+
+
+
+ This struct implements the and is designed to be used
+ with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope.
+
+
+
+
+
+ The ThreadContextStack internal stack
+
+
+
+
+ The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class with
+ the specified stack and return depth.
+
+ The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack.
+ The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed.
+
+
+
+ Returns the stack to the correct depth.
+
+
+
+
+ Implementation of Stacks collection for the
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+
+
+
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the named thread context stack.
+
+
+
+
+ The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
+
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
+
+
+
+ Utility class for transforming strings.
+
+
+
+ Utility class for transforming strings.
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Write a string to an
+
+ the writer to write to
+ the string to write
+ The string to replace non XML compliant chars with
+
+
+ The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
+ or using CDATA sections.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Replace invalid XML characters in text string
+
+ the XML text input string
+ the string to use in place of invalid characters
+ A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
+
+
+ Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
+ details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets.
+
+
+ This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
+ with the mask string specified.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
+
+ the text to search
+ the substring to find
+ the number of times the substring occurs in the text
+
+
+ The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Characters illegal in XML 1.0
+
+
Type converter for Boolean.
@@ -22308,17 +27283,14 @@
Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the is
+
+ True if the is
the type.
-
-
+
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
+ Converts the source object to the type supported by this object
the object to convert
the converted object
@@ -22354,7 +27326,7 @@
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Initializes a new instance of the class.
@@ -22365,7 +27337,7 @@
A message to include with the exception.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with the specified message.
@@ -22378,7 +27350,7 @@
A nested exception to include.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with the specified message and inner exception.
@@ -22387,39 +27359,39 @@
Serialization constructor
- The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
+ The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown.
+ The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
- Initializes a new instance of the class
+ Initializes a new instance of the class
with serialized data.
- Creates a new instance of the class.
+ Creates a new instance of the class.
The conversion destination type.
The value to convert.
- An instance of the .
+ An instance of the .
- Creates a new instance of the class.
+ Creates a new instance of the class.
- Creates a new instance of the class.
+ Creates a new instance of the class.
The conversion destination type.
The value to convert.
A nested exception to include.
- An instance of the .
+ An instance of the .
- Creates a new instance of the class.
+ Creates a new instance of the class.
@@ -22429,12 +27401,11 @@
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
+ Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between types.
- Use the and
- methods to register new converters.
+ Use the and
+ methods to register new converters.
The and methods
lookup appropriate converters to use.
@@ -22444,23 +27415,10 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Static constructor.
+ This class constructor adds the intrinsic type converters
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
@@ -22468,11 +27426,6 @@
The type being converted to.
The type converter to use to convert to the destination type.
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
@@ -22480,11 +27433,6 @@
The type being converted to.
The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type.
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
@@ -22496,11 +27444,6 @@
The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
if no type converter is found.
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
@@ -22511,11 +27454,6 @@
The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
if no type converter is found.
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
@@ -22545,20 +27483,19 @@
-
+
- Mapping from to type converter.
+ The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
+
+ Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
+ log message.
+
Supports conversion from string to type.
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to type.
-
-
@@ -22570,13 +27507,10 @@
Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the is
+
+ True if the is
the type.
-
-
+
@@ -22586,7 +27520,7 @@
the encoding
- Uses the method to
+ Uses the method to
convert the argument to an .
@@ -22596,6 +27530,45 @@
method.
+
+
+ Interface supported by type converters
+
+
+
+ This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
+ to a single target type. See .
+
+
+ Nicko Cadell
+ Gert Driesen
+
+
+
+ Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
+
+ the type to convert
+ true if the conversion is possible
+
+
+ Test if the can be converted to the
+ type supported by this converter.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
+
+ the object to convert
+ the converted object
+
+
+ Converts the to the type supported
+ by this converter.
+
+
+
Interface supported by type converters
@@ -22680,20 +27653,12 @@
method.
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
Supports conversion from string to type.
- Supports conversion from string to type.
-
-
The string is used as the
of the .
@@ -22708,13 +27673,10 @@
Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the is
+
+ True if the is
the type.
-
-
+
@@ -22776,7 +27738,7 @@
the converted object
- Uses the method to convert the
+ Uses the method to convert the
argument to a .
@@ -22791,13 +27753,10 @@
Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the is
+
+ True if the is
the type.
-
-
+
@@ -22822,11 +27781,6 @@
Supports conversion from string to type.
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to type.
-
-
@@ -22837,13 +27791,10 @@
Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
the type to convert
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the is
+
+ True if the is
the type.
-
-
+
@@ -22853,7 +27804,7 @@
the Type
- Uses the method to convert the
+ Uses the method to convert the
argument to a .
Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types
by searching the loaded assemblies.
@@ -22883,24 +27834,9 @@
Nicko Cadell
Gert Driesen
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
+ Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
The string type name of the type converter
@@ -22912,7 +27848,7 @@
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
+ Creates a new type converter attribute for the specified type
The type of the type converter
@@ -22926,9 +27862,6 @@
The string type name of the type converter
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
The type specified must implement the
@@ -22936,4326 +27869,6 @@
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the interface.
-
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
- interface. Implementors of the interface
- should aggregate an instance of this type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The event being logged.
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the method on all
- attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The array of events being logged.
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the method on all
- attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the with
- the objects supplied.
-
- The appender
- The events
-
-
- If the supports the
- interface then the will be passed
- through using that interface. Otherwise the
- objects in the array will be passed one at a time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
- The appender to add.
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
- The name of the appender to get.
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender to remove.
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
- on the appender removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The name of the appender to remove.
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
- on the appender removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
- collections.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
- the properties to add
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the specified.
- The collections are searched
- in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value
- returned is the value held by the first collection that contains
- the specified key.
-
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of that maintains a count of
- the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- that does not leak exceptions
-
-
-
- does not throw exceptions when things go wrong.
- Instead, it delegates error handling to its .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends and forwards all
- messages to an instance of .
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends and forwards all
- messages to an instance of .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of that forwards all
- messages to a .
-
- The to forward to
-
-
- Create an instance of that forwards all
- messages to a .
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
- flag indicating if we are being disposed
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
- the value to write to the TextWriter
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
- the data buffer
- the start index
- the number of characters to write
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
- the value to write to the TextWriter
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying .
-
-
- The underlying .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying .
-
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- the writer to actually write to
- the error handler to report error to
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
- the char to write
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
- the buffer to write
- the start index to write from
- the number of characters to write
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
- The string data to write to the output.
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false.
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The to actually write to.
- The to report errors to.
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the class
- with the specified and .
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
- the char to write
-
-
- Overrides implementation of . Counts
- the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
- the buffer to write
- the start index to write from
- the number of characters to write
-
-
- Overrides implementation of . Counts
- the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
- The string data to write to the output.
-
-
- Overrides implementation of . Counts
- the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The maximum number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified maximum number of buffered logging events.
-
-
- The argument is not a positive integer.
-
-
-
- Appends a to the buffer.
-
- The event to append to the buffer.
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null.
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer.
-
- The th oldest event currently in the buffer.
-
-
- If is outside the range 0 to the number of events
- currently in the buffer, then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
- (inclusive).
-
-
-
-
-
- An always empty .
-
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
- interface that always represents an empty collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the to an
- , starting at a particular Array index.
-
- The one-dimensional
- that is the destination of the elements copied from
- . The Array must have zero-based
- indexing.
- The zero-based index in array at which
- copying begins.
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An that can be used to
- iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
-
- true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- For the this property is always true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the .
-
-
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty the is always 0.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the object.
-
-
-
-
-
- An always empty .
-
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
- interface that always represents an empty collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the to an
- , starting at a particular Array index.
-
- The one-dimensional
- that is the destination of the elements copied from
- . The Array must have zero-based
- indexing.
- The zero-based index in array at which
- copying begins.
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An that can be used to
- iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
- .
-
- The to use as the key of the element to add.
- The to use as the value of the element to add.
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
- is thrown if this method is called.
-
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the .
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
- is thrown if this method is called.
-
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the contains an element
- with the specified key.
-
- The key to locate in the .
- false
-
-
- As the collection is empty the method always returns false.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An that can be used to
- iterate through the collection.
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the .
-
- The key of the element to remove.
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
- is thrown if this method is called.
-
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the .
-
- The singleton instance of the .
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
-
- true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- For the this property is always true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
-
- The number of elements contained in the .
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty the is always 0.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the object.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size.
-
- true
-
-
- As the collection is empty always returns true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
-
- true
-
-
- As the collection is empty always returns true.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an containing the keys of the .
-
- An containing the keys of the .
-
-
- As the collection is empty a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an containing the values of the .
-
- An containing the values of the .
-
-
- As the collection is empty a is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- The key of the element to get or set.
- null
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A is thrown if the setter is called.
-
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the . This is used by the
- objects when rendering the output.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
- the key for the entry to remove
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from instances
- to subclasses.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of .
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a to this mapping
-
- the entry to add
-
-
- If a has previously been added
- for the same then that entry will be
- overwritten.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the level to lookup
- the for the level or null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
- specified.
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of in an array
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
- the key for the entry to remove
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified from the context.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
- The message to log.
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
- The message to log.
- An exception to log.
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
- The message to log.
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
- The message to log.
- An exception to log.
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
- The message to log.
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
- The message to log.
- An exception to log.
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
- The message to log.
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
- The message to log.
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false.
-
-
-
- When set to true, internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false, i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false.
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the setting and
- disables all debug also.
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the class with the specified
- error number and message.
-
- The number of the native error.
- The message of the native error.
-
-
- Create an instance of the class with the specified
- error number and message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the class for the last Windows error.
-
-
- An instance of the class for the last windows error.
-
-
-
- The message for the error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the class.
-
- the error number for the native error
-
- An instance of the class for the specified
- error number.
-
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
- Message identifier for the requested message.
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- Formatting options, and how to interpret the parameter.
- Location of the message definition.
- Message identifier for the requested message.
- Language identifier for the requested message.
- If includes FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, the function allocates a buffer using the LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in .
- If the FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER flag is not set, this parameter specifies the maximum number of TCHARs that can be stored in the output buffer. If FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER is set, this parameter specifies the minimum number of TCHARs to allocate for an output buffer.
- Pointer to an array of values that are used as insert values in the formatted message.
-
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty .
-
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the over a collection
- that is empty and not modifiable.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the cannot advance.
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will always return false.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the .
-
- The singleton instance of the .
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an because the
- never has a current value.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will throw an .
-
-
- The collection is empty and
- cannot be positioned over a valid location.
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
- never has a current value.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will throw an .
-
-
- The collection is empty and
- cannot be positioned over a valid location.
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an because the
- never has a current value.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will throw an .
-
-
- The collection is empty and
- cannot be positioned over a valid location.
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an because the
- never has a current entry.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will throw an .
-
-
- The collection is empty and
- cannot be positioned over a valid location.
-
-
-
- An always empty .
-
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the over a collection
- that is empty and not modifiable.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the cannot advance.
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will always return false.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the .
-
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the .
-
- The singleton instance of the .
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an because the
- never has a current value.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
- value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore
- will throw an .
-
-
- The collection is empty and
- cannot be positioned over a valid location.
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The is a no-op implementation of the
- base class. It is used where a
- is required but one has not been provided.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- State supplied by the caller
- null
-
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is printed on the standard error output stream.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The prefix to use for each message.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified prefix.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
- The error message.
- The exception.
- The internal error code.
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
- The error message.
- The exception.
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
- The error message.
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a value.
-
- String to convert.
- The default value.
- The value of .
-
-
- If is "true", then true is returned.
- If is "false", then false is returned.
- Otherwise, is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- String to parse.
- The default value.
- The value of .
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
- is returned when
- cannot be converted to a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
- The target type to convert to.
- The string to convert to an object.
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- The type to convert from.
- The type to convert to.
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The object to convert to the target type.
- The type to convert to.
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
- The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate.
- The class to which the new object should belong.
- The object to return in case of non-fulfillment.
-
- An instance of the or
- if the object could not be instantiated.
-
-
-
- Checks that the is a subclass of
- . If that test fails or the object could
- not be instantiated, then is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string from the
- values of keys found in .
-
- The string on which variable substitution is performed.
- The dictionary to use to lookup variables.
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }.
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value, then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if contains a start
- delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}".
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- The type to convert to.
- The enum string value.
- If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type whose value is represented by .
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the class
- is delegated to the PatternParser class.
-
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of objects.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The pattern to parse.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified pattern string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
- the pattern to parse
- the converter names to match in the pattern
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
- the literal text
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
- the name of the converter
- the optional option for the converter
- the formatting info for the converter
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
- The pattern converter to add.
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
- that orders strings by string length.
- The longest strings are placed first
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the
- in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the
- however the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific but
- of the process in general.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
- appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
- date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed ().
-
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the .
-
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- ,
- and respectively
- . For example,
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}.
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than .
-
-
-
- -
- env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
- identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
- newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
- processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
- property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
- the thread properties
-
- The that are set on the current
- thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread.
-
-
- -
- the global properties
-
- The that are set globally. These
- properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- -
- random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
- username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
- utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed ().
-
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the .
-
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- ,
- and respectively
- . For example,
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}.
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than .
-
-
-
- -
- %
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
- instance using or
- .
-
-
- See the for details on the
- format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
- The pattern to use with this PatternString
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the used to parse the pattern
-
- the pattern to parse
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
- The TextWriter to write the formatted event to
-
-
- Format the pattern to the .
-
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
- the converter info
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
- the name of the conversion pattern for this converter
- the type of the converter
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
- The name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
- The type of the converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
- properties to copy
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
- The that holds the serialized object data.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- the key to look for
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the provided.
-
- The to populate with data.
- The destination for this serialization.
-
-
- Serializes this object into the provided.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
- The key of the property to get or set.
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- properties to copy
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with serialized data.
-
- The that holds the serialized object data.
- The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
- the key for the entry to remove
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a over the contest of this collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- the key to remove
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- the key to lookup in the collection
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- the key
- the value to store for the key
-
-
- Store a value for the specified .
-
-
- Thrown if the is not a string
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
- The key of the property to get or set.
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified .
-
-
- Thrown if the is not a string
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A that ignores the message
-
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- the writer to actually write to
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
- the writer to attach to
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as .
-
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
- blocks if a different thread has the writer
- lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
- decrements the lock count. When the count
- reaches zero, the lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A that can be and reused
-
-
-
- A that can be and reused.
- This uses a single buffer for string operations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
- the format provider to use
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
- flag
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
- the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed
- the default size to make the buffer
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The assembly to get the location for.
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the , including
- the name of the assembly from which the was
- loaded.
-
- The to get the fully qualified name for.
- The fully qualified name for the .
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the .
-
- The to get the name for.
- The short name of the .
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
- without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the
- assembly's file name without the extension.
-
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the of the assembly so we
- start from there and strip out just the assembly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension.
-
- The to get the file name for.
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- A sibling type to use to load the type.
- The name of the type to load.
- Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
- .
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- The name of the type to load.
- Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
- .
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- An assembly to load the type from.
- The name of the type to load.
- Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
- .
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
-
- The name of the parameter that caused the exception
- The value of the argument that causes this exception
- The message that describes the error
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the class
- with a specified error message, the parameter name, and the value
- of the argument.
-
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
- type. This method provides an
- implementation that works for all platforms.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an value
-
- the string to parse
- out param where the parsed value is placed
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an value
-
- the string to parse
- out param where the parsed value is placed
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the application settings key to lookup
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The path to convert.
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity.
-
- A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this .
-
- The base directory path for the current .
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this .
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current .
-
- The path to the configuration file for the current .
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current .
-
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name () or
- the machine name (Environment.MachineName) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName.
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information.
- A containing zero or more format items.
- An array containing zero or more objects to format.
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent
- of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array.
- A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information.
-
- An that supplies culture-specific formatting information.
- A containing zero or more format items.
- An array containing zero or more objects to format.
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
- equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args.
-
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
- the key for the entry to remove
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the method of the
- returned from even in exceptional circumstances,
- for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
- The new context message.
-
- An that can be used to clean up the context stack.
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An
- is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This
- can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times has been called
- minus the number of times has been called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
-
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the . Tytpically the internal stack should not
- be modified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The message for this context.
- The parent context in the chain.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class
- with the specified message and parent context.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the method.
-
-
-
- This struct implements the and is designed to be used
- with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope.
-
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
- The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack.
- The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed.
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class with
- the specified stack and return depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
- the writer to write to
- the string to write
- The string to replace non XML compliant chars with
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- the XML text input string
- the string to use in place of invalid characters
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets.
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the text to search
- the substring to find
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
Impersonate a Windows Account
@@ -27271,70 +27884,26 @@
-
+
- Default constructor
+ The impersonation modes for the
- Default constructor
+ See the property for
+ details.
-
+
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
+ Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
- This is part of the delayed object
- activation scheme. The method must
- be called on this object after the configuration properties have
- been set. Until is called this
- object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
-
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
- must be called again.
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required ,
- or properties were not specified.
-
+
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the and properties.
+ Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
- caller provided state
-
- An instance that will revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext
-
-
-
- Depending on the property either
- impersonate a user using credentials supplied or revert
- to the process credentials.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a given the userName, domainName and password.
-
- the user name
- the domain name
- the password
- the for the account specified
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
@@ -27412,26 +27981,60 @@
-
+
- The impersonation modes for the
+ Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
- See the property for
- details.
+ This is part of the delayed object
+ activation scheme. The method must
+ be called on this object after the configuration properties have
+ been set. Until is called this
+ object is in an undefined state and must not be used.
+
+
+ If any of the configuration properties are modified then
+ must be called again.
+
+
+ The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
+ capture a primary token for impersonation.
+
+
+ The required ,
+ or properties were not specified.
+
+
+
+ Impersonate the Windows account specified by the and properties.
+
+ caller provided state
+
+ An instance that will revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext
+
+
+
+ Depending on the property either
+ impersonate a user using credentials supplied or revert
+ to the process credentials.
-
+
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
+ Create a given the userName, domainName and password.
+ the user name
+ the domain name
+ the password
+ the for the account specified
+
+
+ Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
+ token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
+
+
@@ -27465,1191 +28068,262 @@
-
+
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
- supports selecting and outputing these properties.
-
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
+ Specifies that null is allowed as an input even if the corresponding type disallows it.
-
+
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or
- properties with the same name.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
- supports selecting and outputting these properties.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
+ Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.AllowNullAttribute class.
-
+
- The thread context stacks instance
+ Specifies that null is disallowed as an input even if the corresponding type allows it.
-
+
- The thread properties map
+ Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DisallowNullAttribute class.
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
- or properties with the same name.
-
-
-
+
- The thread stacks
+ Specifies that a method that will never return under any circumstance.
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
+
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
+ Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnAttribute class.
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The method is
- used to retrieve a logger.
-
-
- See the interface for more details.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
+
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
+ Specifies that the method will not return if the associated System.Boolean parameter is passed the specified value.
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
+
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
+ Initializes a new instance of the System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.DoesNotReturnIfAttribute class
+ with the specified parameter value.
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null.
-
-
- The fully qualified logger name to look for.
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
+
+ The condition parameter value.
+ Code after the method is considered unreachable by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter
+ matches this value.
+
-
+
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
+ Gets the condition parameter value.
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null.
-
-
- The repository to lookup in.
- The fully qualified logger name to look for.
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
+ The condition parameter value. Code after the method is considered unreachable
+ by diagnostics if the argument to the associated parameter matches this value.
-
+
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
- The fully qualified logger name to look for.
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- The repository to lookup in.
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
- existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
- created.
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
- parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
- existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
- created.
-
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The repository to lookup in.
- The name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
- parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the
- existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is
- created.
-
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
- The name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for .
-
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for .
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The repository to lookup in.
- The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for .
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
- The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve.
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- specified.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
- The repository to shutdown.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the specified.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to . Moreover,
- message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to . Moreover,
- message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
-
-
- The repository to reset.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to . Moreover,
- message disabling is set to its default "off" value.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset.
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the callers assembly ().
-
-
- The instance for the default repository.
-
-
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
- The default instance.
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the argument.
-
-
- The repository to lookup in.
-
-
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
- The default instance.
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the argument.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the callers assembly ().
-
-
- The instance for the default repository.
-
-
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
- The default instance.
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the argument.
-
-
- The repository to lookup in.
-
-
-
- Returns the default instance.
-
- The default instance.
-
-
- Gets the for the repository specified
- by the argument.
-
-
- The assembly to use to lookup the repository.
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to will return
- the same repository instance.
-
-
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to will return
- the same repository instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of which is a
- object.
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories.
- The created for the repository.
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of which is a
- object.
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories.
- The created for the repository.
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined.
- An will be thrown if the repository already exists.
-
-
- The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
- same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
-
-
- The assembly to use to get the name of the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The created will be associated with the repository
- specified such that a call to with the
- same assembly specified will return the same repository instance.
-
-
- The assembly to use to get the name of the repository.
- A that implements
- and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act
- as the for the repository specified.
- The created for the repository.
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the objects that have been created.
-
-
- An array of all the known objects.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The logger to get the wrapper for.
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The loggers to get the wrappers for.
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the objects used by
- this manager.
-
- The logger to wrap.
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the objects.
+ Specifies that an output may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it.
-
+
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is
- based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped
- diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the parameter.
-
- The key to lookup in the MDC.
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
-
-
-
- If the parameter does not look up to a
- previously defined context then null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
- The key to store the value under.
- The value to store.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified
- with the parameter into the current thread's
- context map.
-
-
- If a value is already defined for the
- specified then the value will be replaced. If the
- is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
- The key to remove.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties.
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
- method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their
- parent thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
- The context stack to inherit.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call to obtain a stack to pass to
- this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
- The new context message.
-
- An that can be used to clean up
- the context stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An
- is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This
- can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most .
-
- The maximum depth of the stack
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most .
- This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the
- stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from
- growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the
- call. This can be used to return to a known context depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the .
- The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the method.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
- properties with the same name.
-
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
- supports selecting and outputting these properties.
-
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
+ Specifies that when a method returns System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.MaybeNullWhenAttribute.ReturnValue,
+ the parameter may be null even if the corresponding type disallows it.
-
+
- The thread context stacks instance
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter may be null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
-
+
- The thread properties map
+ Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have values that aren't null.
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
- properties with the same name.
-
-
-
+
- The thread stacks
+ Initializes the attribute with list of field or property members.
+
+ The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null.
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with a field or property member.
+
+ The field or property member that is promised to be non-null.
+
+
+
+ Gets field or property member names.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that the method or property will ensure that the listed field and property members have non-null values
+ when returning with the specified return value condition.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+ The list of field and property members that are promised to be non-null.
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition and a field or property member.
+
+ The return value condition. If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+ The field or property member that is promised to be non-null.
+
+
+
+ Gets field or property member names.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that an output is not even if the corresponding type allows it.
+ Specifies that an input argument was not when the call returns.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that the output will be non-null if the named parameter is non-null.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the associated parameter name.
+
+
+ The associated parameter name.
+ The output will be non-null if the argument to the parameter specified is non-null.
+
+
+
+
+ Gets the associated parameter name.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that when a method returns ReturnValue,
+ the parameter will not be null even if the corresponding type allows it.
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes the attribute with the specified return value condition.
+
+
+ The return value condition.
+ If the method returns this value, the associated parameter will not be null.
+
+
+
+ Gets the return value condition.
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that this constructor sets all required members for the current type,
+ and callers do not need to set any required members themselves.
+
+
+
+
+ Attribute to tell Roslyn-Analyzers that a parameter will be checked for
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates that a parameter captures the expression passed for another parameter as a string.
+
+
+
+
+ Name of the parameter whose expression should be captured as a string
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Indicates that compiler support for a particular feature is required for the location where this attribute is applied
+
+
+
+
+ The used for the ref structs C# feature
+
+
+
+
+ The used for the required members C# feature
+
+
+
+
+ The name of the compiler feature
+
+
+
+
+ Gets a value that indicates whether the compiler can choose to allow access to the location
+ where this attribute is applied if it does not understand
+
+
+
+
+ Initializes a instance for the passed in compiler feature
+
+ The name of the compiler feature
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Specifies that a type has required members or that a member is required
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-